diff --git a/.gitignore b/.gitignore index a5d512b2..79f996a8 100644 --- a/.gitignore +++ b/.gitignore @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ resources/**/*.dir #ignore config and log files config.txt bkt-debug.log -bkt-debug-py.log +bkt-debug-py.log* #ignore compiled python files, code editor files and windows temp files *.pyc diff --git a/CHANGELOG.md b/CHANGELOG.md index 07ccc629..26583769 100644 --- a/CHANGELOG.md +++ b/CHANGELOG.md @@ -1,3 +1,49 @@ +# Release 2020-07-30 (2.7.1) + + * Added quickedit dark theme + * Added function to open slideshow in window or fullscreen + * Added option to remove hidden slides when sending slides + * Added checkbox stateshape + * Added sticker with custom text + * Added support for transparent background in chartlib thumbnails + * Added function to open in explorer + * Added function to toggle master shape visibility + * Added multiple traffic light styles + * Added shape scaling function + * Added dialog to apply multiple slide cleanup functions at once + * Added function to apply theme from file + * Added support for template files (*.potx) in chartlib + * Added format sync via context menu and format painter button if multiple shapes are selected + * Added more shape types to shape adjustments + * Added "Format Syncer" that allows to sync format for all selected shapes (master can be the one right clicked) + * Added minified font and text group (default in 2-page layout) + * Added function to reset adjustment values + * Added function to choose aspect ratio from picklist or reset to default ratio + * Added rows support to process chevrons + * Excel: Added function to translate english formula to local and vice versa + * Excel: Added function to apply theme from other file and import/export font schema + * Improved shape statistics: supertip show details about found numbers, result can be copied to clipboard, correct processing of decimals for various countries + * Improved text replacement with additional placeholders and proper template engine + * Improved arrange behavior if master/reference shape is deleted + * Improved various WPF dialogs, i.e. shape selection dialog + * Improved chartlib may paste on multiple selected slides + * Improved chartlib insertion of slides + * Improved shape connector support for chevron, pentagon, hexagon and oval + * Fixed shape statistics did not consider negative numbers + * Fixed logging was processed even if logging was turned on + * Fixed error in settings shelve auto repair + * Fixed use of slide index vs slide number in multiple places + * Fixed maintaining lock aspect ratio for all stateshapes (incl. likert scale) + * Fixed sending slides of unsaved presentation + * Fixed popup positioning with multiple monitors (especially negative coordinates) + * Fixed charlib refresh not working due to premature comrelease + * Fixed getting correct content area size for slide master + * Fixed multiple issues related to getting slide in slide master view + * Fixed charlib not updating all libraries + * Fixed iteration of non-contiguous selection of cells in Excel + * Fixed error message if ribbon id is unknown (e.g. contact popup in Word) + + # Release 2020-05-17 (2.7.0) * Added option to link shapes by its shape names diff --git a/bin/BKT.Dev.dll b/bin/BKT.Dev.dll index 14613236..4c1bf56e 100644 Binary files a/bin/BKT.Dev.dll and b/bin/BKT.Dev.dll differ diff --git a/bin/BKT.Dev.pdb b/bin/BKT.Dev.pdb index e76c9860..c8a821cc 100644 Binary files a/bin/BKT.Dev.pdb and b/bin/BKT.Dev.pdb differ diff --git a/bin/BKT.dll b/bin/BKT.dll index a3045c3a..973fa41a 100644 Binary files a/bin/BKT.dll and b/bin/BKT.dll differ diff --git a/bin/BKT.pdb b/bin/BKT.pdb index 212f1e96..f16f7650 100644 Binary files a/bin/BKT.pdb and b/bin/BKT.pdb differ diff --git a/bin/ControlzEx.dll b/bin/ControlzEx.dll index 6a3e41a9..9c3b1356 100644 Binary files a/bin/ControlzEx.dll and b/bin/ControlzEx.dll differ diff --git a/bin/ControlzEx.pdb b/bin/ControlzEx.pdb index 5bf22e8e..7cb15eeb 100644 Binary files a/bin/ControlzEx.pdb and b/bin/ControlzEx.pdb differ diff --git a/bin/ControlzEx.xml b/bin/ControlzEx.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f86de8f9 --- /dev/null +++ b/bin/ControlzEx.xml @@ -0,0 +1,3483 @@ + + + + ControlzEx + + + + + Automation-Peer for . + + + + + Initializes a new instance. + + + + + + + + Automation-Peer for in . + + + + + Initializes a new instance. + + + + + + + + Gets the real tab item. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Gets or sets the Badge content to display. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + The BadgeFontFamily property specifies the name of font family. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + The BadgeFontStyle property requests normal, italic, and oblique faces within a font family. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + The BadgeFontWeight property specifies the weight of the font. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + The BadgeFontStretch property selects a normal, condensed, or extended face from a font family. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + The BadgeFontSize property specifies the size of the font. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Gets or sets the background brush for the Badge. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Gets or sets the foreground brush for the Badge. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Gets or sets the border brush for the Badge. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Gets or sets the border thickness for the Badge. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Gets or sets the placement of the Badge relative to its content. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Gets or sets a margin which can be used to make minor adjustments to the placement of the Badge. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Gets or sets the for the Badge + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Gets or sets the for the Badge + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Gets or sets a composite string that specifies how to format the Badge property if it is displayed as a string. + + + This property is ignored if is set. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Indicates whether the Badge has content to display. + + + + + for . + + + + + Gets or sets a brush which is used as the glow when the window is active. + + + + + for . + + + + + Gets or sets a brush which is used as the glow when the window is not active. + + + + + for . + + + + + Defines whether glow transitions should be used or not. + + + + + for . + + + + + Gets or sets resize border thickness. + + + + + + + + Updates all glow windows (visible, hidden, collapsed) + + + + + Sets the opacity to all glow windows + + + + + Starts the opacity storyboard 0 -> 1 + + + + + Shows all glow windows + + + + + Closes all glow windows + + + + + Enables an InputMask for with 2 Properties: , . + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Pasting prüft ob korrekte Daten reingepastet werden + + + + + Falls eine Textauswahl vorliegt wird diese entsprechend behandelt. + + + + + With this class we can make custom window styles. + + + + Underlying HWND for the _window. + + Critical : Critical member + + + + Underlying HWND for the _window. + + Critical : Critical member provides access to HWND's window messages which are critical + + + + + Mirror property for . + + + + + for . + + + + + Defines if the Taskbar should be ignored when maximizing a Window. + This only works with WindowStyle = None. + + + + + for . + + + + + Gets/sets if the border thickness value should be kept on maximize + if the MaxHeight/MaxWidth of the window is less than the monitor resolution. + + + + + for . + + + + + Gets or sets whether the resizing of the window should be tried in a way that does not cause flicker/jitter, especially when resizing from the left side. + + + Please note that setting this to true may cause resize lag and black areas appearing on some systems. + + + + + for . + + + + + for . + + + + + Gets whether the non-client area is active or not. + + + + + Gets or sets whether if the minimize button is visible and the minimize system menu is enabled. + + + + + Gets or sets whether if the maximize/restore button is visible and the maximize/restore system menu is enabled. + + + + + + + + Gets the default resize border thicknes from the system parameters. + + + + + Occurs during the cleanup of this behavior. + + + + + + + + Is called when the associated object of this instance is loaded + + + + + This fix is needed because style triggers don't work if someone sets the value locally/directly on the window. + + + + + Critical : Store critical methods in critical callback table + Safe : Demands full trust permissions + + + + + Critical : Calls critical methods + Safe : Demands full trust permissions + + + + + Critical : Calls critical methods + + + + + Critical : Accesses critical _hwnd + + + + + Critical : Calls critical methods + + + + + Critical : Calls critical methods + + + + + Critical : Calls critical methods + + + + + This method handles the window size if the taskbar is set to auto-hide. + + + Critical : Calls critical methods + + + + + Critical : Calls critical Marshal.PtrToStructure + + + + + Critical : Calls critical methods + + + + + Critical : Calls critical methods + + + + + Critical : Calls critical method + + + + + Critical : Calls critical method + + + + + Critical : Calls critical Marshal.PtrToStructure + + + + + Critical : Calls critical Marshal.PtrToStructure + + + + + Critical : Calls critical methods + + + + + Critical : Calls critical methods + + + + + Critical : Calls critical methods + + + + + Critical : Calls critical methods + + + + + Critical : Calls critical methods + + + + + Critical : Calls critical methods + + + + Add and remove a native WindowStyle from the HWND. + The styles to be removed. These can be bitwise combined. + The styles to be added. These can be bitwise combined. + Whether the styles of the HWND were modified as a result of this call. + + Critical : Calls critical methods + + + + + Get the WindowState as the native HWND knows it to be. This isn't necessarily the same as what Window thinks. + + + Critical : Calls critical methods + + + + + Get the bounding rectangle for the window in physical coordinates. + + The bounding rectangle for the window. + + Critical : Calls critical methods + + + + + Update the items in the system menu based on the current, or assumed, WindowState. + + + The state to assume that the Window is in. This can be null to query the Window's state. + + + We want to update the menu while we have some control over whether the caption will be repainted. + + + Critical : Calls critical methods + + + + + Critical : Calls critical methods + + + + + Critical : Calls critical methods + + + + + Critical : Calls critical methods + + + + + Critical : Calls critical methods + + + + + Critical : Calls critical methods + + + + + Matrix of the HT values to return when responding to NC window messages. + + + + + Critical : Calls critical methods + + + + + Critical : Calls critical methods + + + + + GlowWindow + + + + + InitializeComponent + + + + + The standard WPF TabControl is quite bad in the fact that it only + even contains the current TabItem in the VisualTree, so if you + have complex views it takes a while to re-create the view each tab + selection change.Which makes the standard TabControl very sticky to + work with. This class along with its associated ControlTemplate + allow all TabItems to remain in the VisualTree without it being Sticky. + It does this by keeping all TabItem content in the VisualTree but + hides all inactive TabItem content, and only keeps the active TabItem + content shown. + + Acknowledgement + Eric Burke + http://eric.burke.name/dotnetmania/2009/04/26/22.09.28 + Sacha Barber: https://sachabarbs.wordpress.com/about-me/ + http://stackoverflow.com/a/10210889/920384 + http://stackoverflow.com/a/7838955/920384 + + + + + Initializes a new instance. + + + + + Defines if the TabPanel (Tab-Header) are visible. + + + + + Gets or sets the child content visibility. + + + The child content visibility. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + When the items change we remove any generated panel children and add any new ones as necessary. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Copied from . wish it were protected in that class instead of private. + + + + + Clears all current children by calling and calls afterwards. + + + + + Generate a ContentPresenter for the selected item and control the visibility of already created presenters. + + + + + Create the child ContentPresenter for the given item (could be data or a TabItem) if none exists. + + + + + Find the for the given object. Data could be a TabItem or a piece of data. + + + + + Gets the value associated with directly from . + + + + + Checks if directly contains . + + + + + Helper class for a common focusing problem. + The focus itself isn't the problem. If we use the common focusing methods the control get the focus + but it doesn't get the focus visual style. + The KeyboardNavigation class handles the visual style only if the control get the focus from a keyboard + device or if the SystemParameters.KeyboardCues is true. + + + + + Gets the KeyboardNavigationEx singleton instance. + + + + + Shows the focus visual of the current focused UI element. + Works only together with AlwaysShowFocusVisual property. + + + + + Focuses the specified element and shows the focus visual style. + + The element which will be focused. + + + + Attached DependencyProperty for setting AlwaysShowFocusVisual for a UI element. + + + + + Gets a the value which indicates if the UI element always show the focus visual style. + + + + + Sets a the value which indicates if the UI element always show the focus visual style. + + + + IID_IApplicationAssociationRegistration + + + IID_IConnectionPoint + + + IID_IConnectionPointContainer + + + IID_IEnumConnectionPoints + + + IID_IEnumConnections + + + IID_IEnumIDList + + + IID_IEnumObjects + + + IID_IFileDialog + + + IID_IFileDialogEvents + + + IID_IFileOpenDialog + + + IID_IFileSaveDialog + + + IID_IHTMLDocument + + + IID_IHTMLDocument2 + + + IID_IModalWindow + + + IID_IObjectArray + + + IID_IObjectCollection + + + IID_IPropertyNotifySink + + + IID_IPropertyStore + + + IID_IServiceProvider + + + IID_IShellFolder + + + IID_IShellLink + + + IID_IShellItem + + + IID_IShellItem2 + + + IID_IShellItemArray + + + IID_ITaskbarList + + + IID_ITaskbarList2 + + + IID_IUnknown + + + IID_IWebBrowser2 + + + DIID_DWebBrowserEvents + + + IID_DWebBrowserEvents2 + + + IID_IWICBitmapDecoder + + + IID_IWICBitmapFlipRotator + + + IID_IWICBitmapFrameDecode + + + IID_IWICBitmap + + + IID_IWICBitmapSource + + + IID_IWICFormatConverter + + + IID_IWICImagingFactory + + + IID_IWICStream + + + IID_IApplicationDestinations + + + IID_IApplicationDocumentLists + + + IID_ICustomDestinationList + + + IID_IObjectWithAppUserModelID + + + IID_IObjectWithProgID + + + IID_ITaskbarList3 + + + IID_ITaskbarList4 + + + SID_SWebBrowserApp + + + CLSID_ApplicationAssociationRegistration + IID_IApplicationAssociationRegistration + + + CLSID_DragDropHelper + + + CLSID_FileOpenDialog + IID_IFileOpenDialog + + + CLSID_FileSaveDialog + IID_IFileSaveDialog + + + CLSID_TaskbarList + IID_ITaskbarList + + + CLSID_EnumerableObjectCollection + IID_IEnumObjects. + + + CLSID_ShellLink + IID_IShellLink + + + CLSID_WICImagingFactory + + + CLSID_DestinationList + IID_ICustomDestinationList + + + CLSID_ApplicationDestinations + IID_IApplicationDestinations + + + CLSID_ApplicationDocumentLists + IID_IApplicationDocumentLists + + + A static class for verifying assumptions. + + + A function signature for Assert.Evaluate. + + + A function signature for Assert.Implies. + Returns the truth of a predicate. + + + + Executes the specified argument. + + The function to execute. + + + Obsolete: Use Standard.Assert.AreEqual instead of Assert.Equals + The generic type to compare for equality. + The first generic type data to compare. This is is the expected value. + The second generic type data to compare. This is the actual value. + + + + Verifies that two generic type data are equal. The assertion fails if they are not. + + The generic type to compare for equality. + The first generic type data to compare. This is is the expected value. + The second generic type data to compare. This is the actual value. + This breaks into the debugger in the case of a failed assertion. + + + + Verifies that two generic type data are not equal. The assertion fails if they are. + + The generic type to compare for inequality. + The first generic type data to compare. This is is the value that's not expected. + The second generic type data to compare. This is the actual value. + This breaks into the debugger in the case of a failed assertion. + + + + Verifies that if the specified condition is true, then so is the result. + The assertion fails if the condition is true but the result is false. + + if set to true [condition]. + + A second Boolean statement. If the first was true then so must this be. + If the first statement was false then the value of this is ignored. + + This breaks into the debugger in the case of a failed assertion. + + + + Lazy evaluation overload. Verifies that if a condition is true, then so is a secondary value. + + The conditional value. + A function to be evaluated for truth if the condition argument is true. + + This overload only evaluates the result if the first condition is true. + + + + + Verifies that a string has content. I.e. it is not null and it is not empty. + + The string to verify. + + + + Verifies that a string has content. I.e. it is not null and it is not purely whitespace. + + The string to verify. + + + + Verifies the specified value is not null. The assertion fails if it is. + + The generic reference type. + The value to check for nullness. + This breaks into the debugger in the case of a failed assertion. + + + + Verifies that the specified condition is false. The assertion fails if it is true. + + The expression that should be false. + This breaks into the debugger in the case of a failed assertion. + + + + Verifies that the specified condition is false. The assertion fails if it is true. + + The expression that should be false. + The message to display if the condition is true. + This breaks into the debugger in the case of a failed assertion. + + + + Verifies that the specified condition is true. The assertion fails if it is not. + + A condition that is expected to be true. + This breaks into the debugger in the case of a failed assertion. + + + + Verifies that the specified condition is true. The assertion fails if it is not. + + A condition that is expected to be true. + The message to write in case the condition is false. + This breaks into the debugger in the case of a failed assertion. + + + + This line should never be executed. The assertion always fails. + + This breaks into the debugger in the case of a failed assertion. + + + + This line should never be executed. The assertion always fails. + + The message to display if this function is executed. + This breaks into the debugger in the case of a failed assertion. + + + + Verifies that the specified object is null. The assertion fails if it is not. + + The item to verify is null. + + + + Verifies that the specified value is within the expected range. The assertion fails if it isn't. + + The lower bound inclusive value. + The value to verify. + The upper bound inclusive value. + + + + Verifies that the specified value is within the expected range. The assertion fails if it isn't. + + The lower bound inclusive value. + The value to verify. + The upper bound exclusive value. + + + + Verify the current thread's apartment state is what's expected. The assertion fails if it isn't + + + The expected apartment state for the current thread. + + This breaks into the debugger in the case of a failed assertion. + + + + DoubleUtil uses fixed eps to provide fuzzy comparison functionality for doubles. + Note that FP noise is a big problem and using any of these compare + methods is not a complete solution, but rather the way to reduce + the probability of repeating unnecessary work. + + + + + Epsilon - more or less random, more or less small number. + + + + + AreClose returns whether or not two doubles are "close". That is, whether or + not they are within epsilon of each other. + There are plenty of ways for this to return false even for numbers which + are theoretically identical, so no code calling this should fail to work if this + returns false. + + The first double to compare. + The second double to compare. + The result of the AreClose comparision. + + + + LessThan returns whether or not the first double is less than the second double. + That is, whether or not the first is strictly less than *and* not within epsilon of + the other number. + There are plenty of ways for this to return false even for numbers which + are theoretically identical, so no code calling this should fail to work if this + returns false. + + The first double to compare. + The second double to compare. + The result of the LessThan comparision. + + + + GreaterThan returns whether or not the first double is greater than the second double. + That is, whether or not the first is strictly greater than *and* not within epsilon of + the other number. + There are plenty of ways for this to return false even for numbers which + are theoretically identical, so no code calling this should fail to work if this + returns false. + + The first double to compare. + The second double to compare. + The result of the GreaterThan comparision. + + + + LessThanOrClose returns whether or not the first double is less than or close to + the second double. That is, whether or not the first is strictly less than or within + epsilon of the other number. + There are plenty of ways for this to return false even for numbers which + are theoretically identical, so no code calling this should fail to work if this + returns false. + + The first double to compare. + The second double to compare. + The result of the LessThanOrClose comparision. + + + + GreaterThanOrClose returns whether or not the first double is greater than or close to + the second double. That is, whether or not the first is strictly greater than or within + epsilon of the other number. + There are plenty of ways for this to return false even for numbers which + are theoretically identical, so no code calling this should fail to work if this + returns false. + + The first double to compare. + The second double to compare. + The result of the GreaterThanOrClose comparision. + + + + Test to see if a double is a finite number (is not NaN or Infinity). + + The value to test. + Whether or not the value is a finite number. + + + + Test to see if a double a valid size value (is finite and > 0). + + The value to test. + Whether or not the value is a valid size value. + + + + Convert a point in device independent pixels (1/96") to a point in the system coordinates. + + A point in the logical coordinate system. + Returns the parameter converted to the system's coordinates. + + + + Convert a point in system coordinates to a point in device independent pixels (1/96"). + + A point in the physical coordinate system. + Returns the parameter converted to the device independent coordinate system. + + + + Wrapper for common Win32 status codes. + + + + The operation completed successfully. + + + Incorrect function. + + + The system cannot find the file specified. + + + The system cannot find the path specified. + + + The system cannot open the file. + + + Access is denied. + + + The handle is invalid. + + + Not enough storage is available to complete this operation. + + + There are no more files. + + + The process cannot access the file because it is being used by another process. + + + The parameter is incorrect. + + + The data area passed to a system call is too small. + + + Cannot nest calls to LoadModule. + + + Illegal operation attempted on a registry key that has been marked for deletion. + + + Element not found. + + + There was no match for the specified key in the index. + + + An invalid device was specified. + + + The operation was canceled by the user. + + + Cannot find window class. + + + The window class was already registered. + + + The specified datatype is invalid. + + + + Create a new Win32 error. + + The integer value of the error. + + + Performs HRESULT_FROM_WIN32 conversion. + The Win32 error being converted to an HRESULT. + The equivilent HRESULT value. + + + Performs HRESULT_FROM_WIN32 conversion. + The equivilent HRESULT value. + + + Performs the equivalent of Win32's GetLastError() + A Win32Error instance with the result of the native GetLastError + + + + Compare two Win32 error codes for equality. + + The first error code to compare. + The second error code to compare. + Whether the two error codes are the same. + + + + Compare two Win32 error codes for inequality. + + The first error code to compare. + The second error code to compare. + Whether the two error codes are not the same. + + + FACILITY_NULL + + + FACILITY_RPC + + + FACILITY_DISPATCH + + + FACILITY_STORAGE + + + FACILITY_ITF + + + FACILITY_WIN32 + + + FACILITY_WINDOWS + + + FACILITY_CONTROL + + + MSDN doced facility code for ESE errors. + + + FACILITY_WINCODEC (WIC) + + + Wrapper for HRESULT status codes. + + + S_OK + + + S_FALSE + + + E_PENDING + + + E_NOTIMPL + + + E_NOINTERFACE + + + E_POINTER + + + E_ABORT + + + E_FAIL + + + E_UNEXPECTED + + + STG_E_INVALIDFUNCTION + + + REGDB_E_CLASSNOTREG + + + DESTS_E_NO_MATCHING_ASSOC_HANDLER. Win7 internal error code for Jump Lists. + There is no Assoc Handler for the given item registered by the specified application. + + + DESTS_E_NORECDOCS. Win7 internal error code for Jump Lists. + The given item is excluded from the recent docs folder by the NoRecDocs bit on its registration. + + + DESTS_E_NOTALLCLEARED. Win7 internal error code for Jump Lists. + Not all of the items were successfully cleared + + + E_ACCESSDENIED + Win32Error ERROR_ACCESS_DENIED. + + + E_OUTOFMEMORY + Win32Error ERROR_OUTOFMEMORY. + + + E_INVALIDARG + Win32Error ERROR_INVALID_PARAMETER. + + + INTSAFE_E_ARITHMETIC_OVERFLOW + + + COR_E_OBJECTDISPOSED + + + WC_E_GREATERTHAN + + + WC_E_SYNTAX + + + + Create an HRESULT from an integer value. + + + + + + Convert an HRESULT to an int. Used for COM interface declarations out of our control. + + + + + retrieve HRESULT_FACILITY + + + + + retrieve HRESULT_CODE + + + + + Get a string representation of this HRESULT. + + + + + + Convert the result of Win32 GetLastError() into a raised exception. + + + + + Gets the monitor information from the current cursor position. + + + + + + HIGHCONTRAST flags + + + + + DROPIMAGE_* + + + + + BITMAPINFOHEADER Compression type. BI_*. + + + + + CombingRgn flags. RGN_* + + + + + Creates the intersection of the two combined regions. + + + + + Creates the union of two combined regions. + + + + + Creates the union of two combined regions except for any overlapping areas. + + + + + Combines the parts of hrgnSrc1 that are not part of hrgnSrc2. + + + + + Creates a copy of the region identified by hrgnSrc1. + + + + + For IWebBrowser2. OLECMDEXECOPT_* + + + + + For IWebBrowser2. OLECMDF_* + + + + + For IWebBrowser2. OLECMDID_* + + + + + For IWebBrowser2. READYSTATE_* + + + + + DATAOBJ_GET_ITEM_FLAGS. DOGIF_*. + + + + Use the system default, which is to display all error dialog boxes. + + + + The system does not display the critical-error-handler message box. + Instead, the system sends the error to the calling process. + + + + + 64-bit Windows: The system automatically fixes memory alignment faults and makes them + invisible to the application. It does this for the calling process and any descendant processes. + After this value is set for a process, subsequent attempts to clear the value are ignored. + + + + + The system does not display the general-protection-fault message box. + This flag should only be set by debugging applications that handle general + protection (GP) faults themselves with an exception handler. + + + + + The system does not display a message box when it fails to find a file. + Instead, the error is returned to the calling process. + + + + + Non-client hit test values, HT* + + + + + GetClassLongPtr values, GCLP_* + + + + + https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/windows/desktop/api/winuser/nf-winuser-getwindow + + + + + GetWindowLongPtr values, GWL_* + + + + + SystemMetrics. SM_* + + + + + SystemParameterInfo values, SPI_* + + + + + SystemParameterInfo flag values, SPIF_* + + + + + CS_* + + + + + WindowStyle values, WS_* + + + + + Window message values, WM_* + + + + + Window style extended values, WS_EX_* + + + + + GetDeviceCaps nIndex values. + + + + Number of bits per pixel + + + + + Number of planes + + + + + Logical pixels inch in X + + + + + Logical pixels inch in Y + + + + + "FILEOP_FLAGS", FOF_*. + + + + + EnableMenuItem uEnable values, MF_* + + + + + Possible return value for EnableMenuItem + + + + Specifies the type of visual style attribute to set on a window. + + + Non-client area window attributes will be set. + + + + DWMFLIP3DWINDOWPOLICY. DWMFLIP3D_* + + + + + DWMNCRENDERINGPOLICY. DWMNCRP_* + + + + + DWMWINDOWATTRIBUTE. DWMWA_* + + + + + WindowThemeNonClientAttributes + + + + Prevents the window caption from being drawn. + + + Prevents the system icon from being drawn. + + + Prevents the system icon menu from appearing. + + + Prevents mirroring of the question mark, even in right-to-left (RTL) layout. + + + A mask that contains all the valid bits. + + + + SetWindowPos options + + + + + ShowWindow options + + + + + SCF_ISSECURE + + + + + GDI+ Status codes + + + + + MSGFLT_*. New in Vista. Realiased in Windows 7. + + + + + Shell_NotifyIcon messages. NIM_* + + + + + SHAddToRecentDocuments flags. SHARD_* + + + + + Shell_NotifyIcon flags. NIF_* + + + + + Vista only. + + + + + Vista only. + + + + + Shell_NotifyIcon info flags. NIIF_* + + + + XP SP2 and later. + + + XP and later. + + + Vista and later. + + + Windows 7 and later + + + XP and later. Native version called NIIF_ICON_MASK. + + + + AC_* + + + + + The state of the icon. There are two flags that can be set independently. + NIS_HIDDEN = 1. The icon is hidden. + NIS_SHAREDICON = 2. The icon is shared. + + + + The idlist for the shell item that should be added to the recent docs folder. + + + The id of the application that should be associated with this recent doc. + + + Defines options that are used to set window visual style attributes. + + + + A combination of flags that modify window visual style attributes. + Can be a combination of the WTNCA constants. + + + + + A bitmask that describes how the values specified in dwFlags should be applied. + If the bit corresponding to a value in dwFlags is 0, that flag will be removed. + If the bit is 1, the flag will be added. + + + + Width of left border that retains its size. + + + Width of right border that retains its size. + + + Height of top border that retains its size. + + + Height of bottom border that retains its size. + + + + + + + initialize this field using: Marshal.SizeOf(typeof(APPBARDATA)); + + + + Delegate declaration that matches native WndProc signatures. + + + Delegate declaration that matches managed WndProc signatures. + + + + Try to get the relative mouse position to the given handle in client coordinates. + + The handle for this method. + The relative mouse position to the given handle. + + + + https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/windows/desktop/api/winuser/nf-winuser-getwindow + + + + + Sets attributes to control how visual styles are applied to a specified window. + + + Handle to a window to apply changes to. + + + Value of type WINDOWTHEMEATTRIBUTETYPE that specifies the type of attribute to set. + The value of this parameter determines the type of data that should be passed in the pvAttribute parameter. + Can be the following value: + WTA_NONCLIENT (Specifies non-client related attributes). + pvAttribute must be a pointer of type WTA_OPTIONS. + + + A pointer that specifies attributes to set. Type is determined by the value of the eAttribute value. + + + Specifies the size, in bytes, of the data pointed to by pvAttribute. + + + + + Retrieves the show state and the restored, minimized, and maximized positions of the specified window. + + A handle to the window. + A pointer to the WINDOWPLACEMENT structure that receives the show state and position information. + + Before calling GetWindowPlacement, set the length member to sizeof(WINDOWPLACEMENT). + GetWindowPlacement fails if lpwndpl-> length is not set correctly. + + If the function succeeds, the return value is nonzero. If the function fails, the return value is zero. + + + + Sets the show state and the restored, minimized, and maximized positions of the specified window. + + A handle to the window. + A pointer to a WINDOWPLACEMENT structure that specifies the new show state and window positions. + + Before calling SetWindowPlacement, set the length member of the WINDOWPLACEMENT structure to sizeof(WINDOWPLACEMENT). + SetWindowPlacement fails if the length member is not set correctly. + + If the function succeeds, the return value is nonzero. If the function fails, the return value is zero. + + + + The MonitorFromRect function retrieves a handle to the display monitor that + has the largest area of intersection with a specified rectangle. + + Pointer to a RECT structure that specifies the rectangle of interest in + virtual-screen coordinates + Determines the function's return value if the rectangle does not intersect + any display monitor + + If the rectangle intersects one or more display monitor rectangles, the return value + is an HMONITOR handle to the display monitor that has the largest area of intersection with the rectangle. + If the rectangle does not intersect a display monitor, the return value depends on the value of dwFlags. + + + + + Loads an icon, cursor, animated cursor, or bitmap. + + Handle to the module of either a DLL or executable (.exe) that contains the image to be loaded + Specifies the image to load + Specifies the type of image to be loaded. + Specifies the width, in pixels, of the icon or cursor + Specifies the height, in pixels, of the icon or cursor + This parameter can be one or more of the following values. + If the function succeeds, the return value is the requested value.If the function fails, the return value is zero. To get extended error information, call GetLastError. + + + + Creates a Color dialog box that enables the user to select a color. + + A pointer to a CHOOSECOLOR structure that contains information used to initialize the dialog box. When ChooseColor returns, this structure contains information about the user's color selection. + If the user clicks the OK button of the dialog box, the return value is nonzero. The rgbResult member of the CHOOSECOLOR structure contains the RGB color value of the color selected by the user.If the user cancels or closes the Color dialog box or an error occurs, the return value is zero. + + + + Contains information the ChooseColor function uses to initialize the Color dialog box. After the user closes the dialog box, the system returns information about the user's selection in this structure. + + + + + The length, in bytes, of the structure. + + + + + A handle to the window that owns the dialog box. This member can be any valid window handle, or it can be NULL if the dialog box has no owner. + + + + + If the CC_ENABLETEMPLATEHANDLE flag is set in the Flags member, hInstance is a handle to a memory object containing a dialog box template. If the CC_ENABLETEMPLATE flag is set, hInstance is a handle to a module that contains a dialog box template named by the lpTemplateName member. If neither CC_ENABLETEMPLATEHANDLE nor CC_ENABLETEMPLATE is set, this member is ignored. + + + + + If the CC_RGBINIT flag is set, rgbResult specifies the color initially selected when the dialog box is created. If the specified color value is not among the available colors, the system selects the nearest solid color available. If rgbResult is zero or CC_RGBINIT is not set, the initially selected color is black. If the user clicks the OK button, rgbResult specifies the user's color selection. To create a COLORREF color value, use the RGB macro. + + + + + A pointer to an array of 16 values that contain red, green, blue (RGB) values for the custom color boxes in the dialog box. If the user modifies these colors, the system updates the array with the new RGB values. To preserve new custom colors between calls to the ChooseColor function, you should allocate static memory for the array. To create a COLORREF color value, use the RGB macro. + + + + + A set of bit flags that you can use to initialize the Color dialog box. When the dialog box returns, it sets these flags to indicate the user's input. + + + + + Application-defined data that the system passes to the hook procedure identified by the lpfnHook member. When the system sends the WM_INITDIALOG message to the hook procedure, the message's lParam parameter is a pointer to the CHOOSECOLOR structure specified when the dialog was created. The hook procedure can use this pointer to get the lCustData value. + + + + + A pointer to a CCHookProc hook procedure that can process messages intended for the dialog box. This member is ignored unless the CC_ENABLEHOOK flag is set in the Flags member. + + + + + The name of the dialog box template resource in the module identified by the hInstance member. This template is substituted for the standard dialog box template. For numbered dialog box resources, lpTemplateName can be a value returned by the MAKEINTRESOURCE macro. This member is ignored unless the CC_ENABLETEMPLATE flag is set in the Flags member. + + + + + Stop flashing. The system restores the window to its original state. + + + + + Flash the window caption + + + + + Flash the taskbar button. + + + + + Flash both the window caption and taskbar button. + This is equivalent to setting the FLASHW_CAPTION | FLASHW_TRAY flags. + + + + + Flash continuously, until the FLASHW_STOP flag is set. + + + + + Flash continuously until the window comes to the foreground. + + + + Overload of SystemParametersInfo for getting and setting NONCLIENTMETRICS. + + + Overload of SystemParametersInfo for getting and setting HIGHCONTRAST. + + + + Sets the User Model AppID for the current process, enabling Windows to retrieve this ID + + + + + + Retrieves the User Model AppID that has been explicitly set for the current process via SetCurrentProcessExplicitAppUserModelID + + + + + ASSOCIATIONLEVEL, AL_* + + + ASSOCIATIONTYPE, AT_* + + + FileDialog AddPlace options. FDAP_* + + + IFileDialog options. FOS_* + + + FDE_OVERWRITE_RESPONSE. FDEOR_* + + + FDE_SHAREVIOLATION_RESPONSE. FDESVR_* + + + ShellItem attribute flags. SIATTRIBFLAGS_* + + + + Flags for SetTabProperties. STPF_* + + The native enum was called STPFLAG. + + + + Flags for Setting Taskbar Progress state. TBPF_* + + + The native enum was called TBPFLAG. + + + + + THUMBBUTTON mask. THB_* + + + + + THUMBBUTTON flags. THBF_* + + + + + GetPropertyStoreFlags. GPS_*. + + + These are new for Vista, but are used in downlevel components + + + + + KNOWNDESTCATEGORY. KDC_* + + + + Objects can be copied + DROPEFFECT_COPY + + + Objects can be moved + DROPEFFECT_MOVE + + + Objects can be linked + + DROPEFFECT_LINK. + + If this bit is set on an item in the shell folder, a + 'Create Shortcut' menu item will be added to the File + menu and context menus for the item. If the user selects + that command, your IContextMenu::InvokeCommand() will be called + with 'link'. + That flag will also be used to determine if 'Create Shortcut' + should be added when the item in your folder is dragged to another + folder. + + + + supports BindToObject(IID_IStorage) + + + Objects can be renamed + + + Objects can be deleted + + + Objects have property sheets + + + Objects are drop target + + + Object is encrypted (use alt color) + + + 'Slow' object + + + Ghosted icon + + + Shortcut (link) + + + Shared + + + Read-only + + + Hidden object + + + May contain children with SFGAO_FILESYSTEM + + + Support BindToObject(IID_IShellFolder) + + + Is a win32 file system object (file/folder/root) + + + May contain children with SFGAO_FOLDER (may be slow) + + + Invalidate cached information (may be slow) + + + Is this removeable media? + + + Object is compressed (use alt color) + + + Supports IShellFolder, but only implements CreateViewObject() (non-folder view) + + + Is a non-enumerated object (should be hidden) + + + Should show bold in explorer tree + + + Obsolete + + + Obsolete + + + Supports BindToObject(IID_IStream) + + + May contain children with SFGAO_STORAGE or SFGAO_STREAM + + + For determining storage capabilities, ie for open/save semantics + + + + Attributes that are masked out for PKEY_SFGAOFlags because they are considered + to cause slow calculations or lack context + (SFGAO_VALIDATE | SFGAO_ISSLOW | SFGAO_HASSUBFOLDER and others) + + + + + IShellFolder::EnumObjects grfFlags bits. Also called SHCONT + + + + + IShellFolder::GetDisplayNameOf/SetNameOf uFlags. Also called SHGDNF. + + + For compatibility with SIGDN, these bits must all sit in the LOW word. + + + + + SHELLITEMCOMPAREHINTF. SICHINT_*. + + + + iOrder based on display in a folder view + + + exact instance compare + + + iOrder based on canonical name (better performance) + + + + ShellItem enum. SIGDN_*. + + + + + STR_GPS_* + + + When requesting a property store through IShellFolder, you can specify the equivalent of + GPS_DEFAULT by passing in a null IBindCtx parameter. + + You can specify the equivalent of GPS_READWRITE by passing a mode of STGM_READWRITE | STGM_EXCLUSIVE + in the bind context + + Here are the string versions of GPS_ flags, passed to IShellFolder::BindToObject() via IBindCtx::RegisterObjectParam() + These flags are valid when requesting an IPropertySetStorage or IPropertyStore handler + + The meaning of these flags are described above. + + There is no STR_ equivalent for GPS_TEMPORARY because temporary property stores + are provided by IShellItem2 only -- not by the underlying IShellFolder. + + + + + WPARAM value for a THUMBBUTTON being clicked. + + + + fmtid + + + pid + + + PKEY_Title + + + PKEY_AppUserModel_ID + + + PKEY_AppUserModel_IsDestListSeparator + + + PKEY_AppUserModel_RelaunchCommand + + + PKEY_AppUserModel_RelaunchDisplayNameResource + + + PKEY_AppUserModel_RelaunchIconResource + + + Unknown Object Array + + + + Shell Namespace helper + + + + + Shell Namespace helper 2 + + + + + This function must be called first to validate use of other members. + + + + + This function adds a tab for hwnd to the taskbar. + + The HWND for which to add the tab. + + + + This function deletes a tab for hwnd from the taskbar. + + The HWND for which the tab is to be deleted. + + + + This function activates the tab associated with hwnd on the taskbar. + + The HWND for which the tab is to be actuvated. + + + + This function marks hwnd in the taskbar as the active tab. + + The HWND to activate. + + + + Marks a window as full-screen. + + The handle of the window to be marked. + A Boolean value marking the desired full-screen status of the window. + + Setting the value of fFullscreen to true, the Shell treats this window as a full-screen window, and the taskbar + is moved to the bottom of the z-order when this window is active. Setting the value of fFullscreen to false + removes the full-screen marking, but does not cause the Shell to treat the window as though it were + definitely not full-screen. With a false fFullscreen value, the Shell depends on its automatic detection facility + to specify how the window should be treated, possibly still flagging the window as full-screen. + + + + + Allows an application to retrieve the most recent and frequent documents opened in that app, as reported via SHAddToRecentDocs + + + + + Set the App User Model ID for the application retrieving this list. If an AppID is not provided via this method, + the system will use a heuristically determined ID. This method must be called before GetList. + + App Id. + + + + Retrieve an IEnumObjects or IObjectArray for IShellItems and/or IShellLinks. + Items may appear in both the frequent and recent lists. + + + + + + Provides access to the App User Model ID on objects supporting this value. + + + + + Provides access to the ProgID associated with an object + + + + + Wraps an IStream interface pointer from COM into a form consumable by .Net. + + + This implementation is immutable, though it's possible that the underlying + stream can be changed in another context. + + + + + Wraps a native IStream interface into a CLR Stream subclass. + + + The stream that this object wraps. + + + Note that the parameter is passed by ref. On successful creation it is + zeroed out to the caller. This object becomes responsible for the lifetime + management of the wrapped IStream. + + + + + Wraps a managed stream instance into an interface pointer consumable by COM. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the ManagedIStream class with the specified managed Stream object. + + + The stream that this IStream reference is wrapping. + + + + + Creates a new stream object with its own seek pointer that + references the same bytes as the original stream. + + + When this method returns, contains the new stream object. This parameter is passed uninitialized. + + + For more information, see the existing documentation for IStream::Clone in the MSDN library. + This class doesn't implement Clone. A COMException is thrown if it is used. + + + + + Ensures that any changes made to a stream object that is open in transacted + mode are reflected in the parent storage. + + + A value that controls how the changes for the stream object are committed. + + + For more information, see the existing documentation for IStream::Commit in the MSDN library. + + + + + Copies a specified number of bytes from the current seek pointer in the + stream to the current seek pointer in another stream. + + + A reference to the destination stream. + + + The number of bytes to copy from the source stream. + + + On successful return, contains the actual number of bytes read from the source. + (Note the native signature is to a ULARGE_INTEGER*, so 64 bits are written + to this parameter on success.) + + + On successful return, contains the actual number of bytes written to the destination. + (Note the native signature is to a ULARGE_INTEGER*, so 64 bits are written + to this parameter on success.) + + + + + Restricts access to a specified range of bytes in the stream. + + + The byte offset for the beginning of the range. + + + The length of the range, in bytes, to restrict. + + + The requested restrictions on accessing the range. + + + For more information, see the existing documentation for IStream::LockRegion in the MSDN library. + This class doesn't implement LockRegion. A COMException is thrown if it is used. + + + + + Reads a specified number of bytes from the stream object into memory starting at the current seek pointer. + + + When this method returns, contains the data read from the stream. This parameter is passed uninitialized. + + + The number of bytes to read from the stream object. + + + A pointer to a ULONG variable that receives the actual number of bytes read from the stream object. + + + For more information, see the existing documentation for ISequentialStream::Read in the MSDN library. + + + + + Discards all changes that have been made to a transacted stream since the last Commit call. + + + This class doesn't implement Revert. A COMException is thrown if it is used. + + + + + Changes the seek pointer to a new location relative to the beginning of the + stream, to the end of the stream, or to the current seek pointer. + + + The displacement to add to dwOrigin. + + + The origin of the seek. The origin can be the beginning of the file, the current seek pointer, or the end of the file. + + + On successful return, contains the offset of the seek pointer from the beginning of the stream. + (Note the native signature is to a ULARGE_INTEGER*, so 64 bits are written + to this parameter on success.) + + + For more information, see the existing documentation for IStream::Seek in the MSDN library. + + + + + Changes the size of the stream object. + + + The new size of the stream as a number of bytes. + + + For more information, see the existing documentation for IStream::SetSize in the MSDN library. + + + + + Retrieves the STATSTG structure for this stream. + + + When this method returns, contains a STATSTG structure that describes this stream object. + This parameter is passed uninitialized. + + + Members in the STATSTG structure that this method does not return, thus saving some memory allocation operations. + + + + + Removes the access restriction on a range of bytes previously restricted with the LockRegion method. + + The byte offset for the beginning of the range. + + + The length, in bytes, of the range to restrict. + + + The access restrictions previously placed on the range. + + + For more information, see the existing documentation for IStream::UnlockRegion in the MSDN library. + This class doesn't implement UnlockRegion. A COMException is thrown if it is used. + + + + + Writes a specified number of bytes into the stream object starting at the current seek pointer. + + + The buffer to write this stream to. + + + The number of bytes to write to the stream. + + + On successful return, contains the actual number of bytes written to the stream object. + If the caller sets this pointer to null, this method does not provide the actual number + of bytes written. + + + + + Releases resources controlled by this object. + + + Dispose can be called multiple times, but trying to use the object + after it has been disposed will generally throw ObjectDisposedExceptions. + + + + + Wrapper around File.Copy to provide feedback as to whether the file wasn't copied because it didn't exist. + + + + + + Simple guard against the exceptions that File.Delete throws on null and empty strings. + + The path to delete. Unlike File.Delete, this can be null or empty. + + Note that File.Delete, and by extension SafeDeleteFile, does not throw an exception + if the file does not exist. + + + + + Utility to help classes catenate their properties for implementing ToString(). + + The StringBuilder to catenate the results into. + The name of the property to be catenated. + The value of the property to be catenated. + + + + Generates ToString functionality for a struct. This is an expensive way to do it, + it exists for the sake of debugging while classes are in flux. + Eventually this should just be removed and the classes should + do this without reflection. + + + + + + + + Encodes a URL string. Duplicated functionality from System.Web.HttpUtility.UrlEncode. + + + + + Duplicated from System.Web.HttpUtility because System.Web isn't part of the client profile. + URL Encoding replaces ' ' with '+' and unsafe ASCII characters with '%XX'. + Safe characters are defined in RFC2396 (http://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc2396.txt). + They are the 7-bit ASCII alphanumerics and the mark characters "-_.!~*'()". + This implementation does not treat '~' as a safe character to be consistent with the System.Web version. + + + + GDI's DeleteObject + + + GDI+'s DisposeImage + + + + From a list of BitmapFrames find the one that best matches the requested dimensions. + The methods used here are copied from Win32 sources. We want to be consistent with + system behaviors. + + + Convert a native integer that represent a color with an alpha channel into a Color struct. + The integer that represents the color. Its bits are of the format 0xAARRGGBB. + A Color representation of the parameter. + + + + A static class for retail validated assertions. + Instead of breaking into the debugger an exception is thrown. + + + + + Ensure that the current thread's apartment state is what's expected. + + + The required apartment state for the current thread. + + + The message string for the exception to be thrown if the state is invalid. + + + Thrown if the calling thread's apartment state is not the same as the requiredState. + + + + + Ensure that an argument is neither null nor empty. + + The string to validate. + The name of the parameter that will be presented if an exception is thrown. + + + + Ensure that an argument is neither null nor does it consist only of whitespace. + + The string to validate. + The name of the parameter that will be presented if an exception is thrown. + + + Verifies that an argument is not null. + Type of the object to validate. Must be a class. + The object to validate. + The name of the parameter that will be presented if an exception is thrown. + + + Verifies that an argument is not null. + Type of the object to validate. Must be a class. + The object to validate. + The name of the parameter that will be presented if an exception is thrown. + + + Verifies that an argument is null. + Type of the object to validate. Must be a class. + The object to validate. + The name of the parameter that will be presented if an exception is thrown. + + + + Verifies the specified statement is true. Throws an ArgumentException if it's not. + + The statement to be verified as true. + Name of the parameter to include in the ArgumentException. + The message to include in the ArgumentException. + + + + Verifies that the specified value is within the expected range. The assertion fails if it isn't. + + The lower bound inclusive value. + The value to verify. + The upper bound exclusive value. + The name of the parameter that caused the current exception. + + + + Shows the system menu at the current mouse position. + + The window for which the system menu should be shown. + The mouse event args. + + + Display the system menu at a specified location. + The visual for which the system menu should be displayed. + The location to display the system menu, in logical screen coordinates. + + + Display the system menu at a specified location. + The visual for which the system menu should be displayed. + The location to display the system menu, in physical screen coordinates. + + The dpi of is NOT used to calculate the final coordinates. + So you have to pass the final coordinates. + + + + Display the system menu at a specified location. + The source/hwnd for which the system menu should be displayed. + The location to display the system menu, in physical screen coordinates. + + The dpi of is NOT used to calculate the final coordinates. + So you have to pass the final coordinates. + + + + + Private constructor. The public way to access this class is through the static Current property. + + + + + Critical as this accesses Native methods. + TreatAsSafe - it would be ok to expose this information - DPI in partial trust + + + + + Invalidates the rectangle or region that you specify in lprcUpdate or hrgnUpdate. + You can set only one of these parameters to a non-NULL value. If both are NULL, RDW_INVALIDATE invalidates the entire window. + + + + Causes the OS to post a WM_PAINT message to the window regardless of whether a portion of the window is invalid. + + + + Causes the window to receive a WM_ERASEBKGND message when the window is repainted. + Specify this value in combination with the RDW_INVALIDATE value; otherwise, RDW_ERASE has no effect. + + + + + Validates the rectangle or region that you specify in lprcUpdate or hrgnUpdate. + You can set only one of these parameters to a non-NULL value. If both are NULL, RDW_VALIDATE validates the entire window. + This value does not affect internal WM_PAINT messages. + + + + Suppresses any pending WM_ERASEBKGND messages. + + + Excludes child windows, if any, from the repainting operation. + + + Includes child windows, if any, in the repainting operation. + + + Causes the affected windows, which you specify by setting the RDW_ALLCHILDREN and RDW_NOCHILDREN values, to receive WM_ERASEBKGND and WM_PAINT messages before the RedrawWindow returns, if necessary. + + + + Causes the affected windows, which you specify by setting the RDW_ALLCHILDREN and RDW_NOCHILDREN values, to receive WM_ERASEBKGND messages before RedrawWindow returns, if necessary. + The affected windows receive WM_PAINT messages at the ordinary time. + + + + + Causes the dialog box to display all available colors in the set of basic colors. + + + + http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/ms182161.aspx + + + http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/windows/desktop/ms633572%28v=vs.85%29.aspx + + + http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/dd144901%28v=VS.85%29.aspx + + + http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/dd145064%28v=VS.85%29.aspx + + + http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/windows/desktop/ms647486%28v=vs.85%29.aspx + + + http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/windows/desktop/ms633528(v=vs.85).aspx + + + http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/windows/desktop/ms647985(v=vs.85).aspx + + + http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/windows/desktop/ms648003(v=vs.85).aspx + + + http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/windows/desktop/ms644944(v=vs.85).aspx + + + http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/windows/desktop/ms684175%28v=vs.85%29.aspx + + + http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/windows/desktop/ms683152%28v=vs.85%29.aspx + + + + Base class for creating an icon control for icon packs. + + + + + + Inheritors should provide a factory for setting up the path data index (per icon kind). + The factory will only be utilized once, across all closed instances (first instantiation wins). + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Gets or sets the icon to display. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Gets the icon path data for the current . + + + + + This custom popup can be used by validation error templates or something else. + It provides some additional nice features: + - repositioning if host-window size or location changed + - repositioning if host-window gets maximized and vice versa + - it's only topmost if the host-window is activated + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Gets or sets if the popup can be closed by left mouse button down. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Gets or sets whether if the Popup should be always on top. + + + + + Causes the popup to update it's position according to it's current settings. + + + + + SetWindowPos options + + + + + AddValueChanged of dependency property descriptor results in memory leak as you already know. + So, as described here, you can create custom class PropertyChangeNotifier to listen + to any dependency property changes. + + This class takes advantage of the fact that bindings use weak references to manage associations + so the class will not root the object who property changes it is watching. It also uses a WeakReference + to maintain a reference to the object whose property it is watching without rooting that object. + In this way, you can maintain a collection of these objects so that you can unhook the property + change later without worrying about that collection rooting the object whose values you are watching. + + Complete implementation can be found here: http://agsmith.wordpress.com/2008/04/07/propertydescriptor-addvaluechanged-alternative/ + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Gets or sets the value of the watched property. + + + + + + This struct represent a Color in HSL (Hue, Saturation, Luminance) + + Idea taken from here http://ciintelligence.blogspot.com/2012/02/converting-excel-theme-color-and-tint.html + and here: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HSL_and_HSV + + + + + Creates a new HSL Color + + Any System.Windows.Media.Color + + + + Creates a new HSL Color + + Alpha Channel [0;1] + Hue Channel [0;360] + Saturation Channel [0;1] + Luminance Channel [0;1] + + + + Gets or sets the Alpha channel. + + + + + Gets or sets the Hue channel. + + + + + Gets or sets the Saturation channel. + + + + + Gets or sets the Luminance channel. + + + + + Gets the ARGB-Color for this HSL-Color + + System.Windows.Media.Color + + + + Gets a lighter / darker color based on a tint value. If is > 0 then the returned color is darker, otherwise it will be lighter. + + Tint Value in the Range [-1;1]. + a new which is lighter or darker. + + + + Gets a lighter / darker color based on a tint value. If is > 0 then the returned color is darker, otherwise it will be lighter. + + The input color which should be tinted. + Tint Value in the Range [-1;1]. + a new which is lighter or darker. + + + + Represents a theme. + + + + + Gets the key for the library theme instance. + + + + + Gets the key for the theme color scheme. + + + + + Gets the key for the color values being used to generate a runtime theme. + + + + + Initializes a new instance. + + The URI of the theme ResourceDictionary. + The which created this instance. + + + + Initializes a new instance. + + The ResourceDictionary of the theme. + The which created this instance. + + + + + + + + + + + + + Get the origin of the theme. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + The root containing all resource dictionaries belonging to this instance as + + + + + Gets the alternative color scheme for this theme. + + + + + Determining Ideal Text Color Based on Specified Background Color + http://www.codeproject.com/KB/GDI-plus/IdealTextColor.aspx + + The background color. + + + + + Global options for . + + + + + Used to create the options being used to generate a single . + + + + + Options being used to generate one single . + + + + + Represents a theme. + + + + + Gets the key for the themes name. + + + + + Gets the key for the themes origin. + + + + + Gets the key for the themes display name. + + + + + Gets the key for the themes base color scheme. + + + + + Gets the key for the themes color scheme. + + + + + Gets the key for the themes primary accent color. + + + + + Gets the key for the themes showcase brush. + + + + + Gets the key for the themes runtime generation flag. + + + + + Gets the key for the themes high contrast flag. + + + + + Gets the key for the theme instance. + + + + + Initializes a new instance. + + The first of the theme. + + + + Gets whether this theme was generated at runtime. + + + + + Gets whether this theme is for high contrast mode. + + + + + Gets the name of the theme. + + + + + Gets the display name of the theme. + + + + + Get the base color scheme for this theme. + + + + + Gets the primary accent color for this theme. + + + + + Gets the color scheme for this theme. + + + + + Gets a brush which can be used to showcase this theme. + + + + + The root containing all resource dictionaries of all belonging to this instance as + + + + + The ResourceDictionaries that represent this theme. + + + + + The ResourceDictionaries that represent this theme. + + + + + Ensures that all from provided a for this . + + This instance for fluent call usage. + + + + Gets a flat list of all from all library themes. + + A flat list of all from all library themes. + + + + Adds a new to this . + + The to add. + This instance for fluent call usage. + + + + + + + Class which is used as argument for an event to signal theme changes. + + + + + Creates a new instance of this class. + + + + + The target object for which was targeted by the theme change. + + + + + The for which was targeted by the theme change. + + + + + The old theme. + + + + + The new theme. + + + + + A class that allows for the detection and alteration of a theme. + + + + + Gets the name for the light base color. + + + + + Gets the name for the light base color. + + + + + Gets the name for the dark base color. + + + + + Gets the name for the dark base color. + + + + + Gets a list of all library theme providers. + + + + + Gets a list of all themes. + + + + + Gets a list of all available base colors. + + + + + Gets a list of all available color schemes. + + + + + Clears the internal themes list. + + + + + Gets the with the given name. + + The or null, if the theme wasn't found + + + + Gets the with the given name. + + The or null, if the theme wasn't found + + + + Gets the with the given resource dictionary. + + from which the theme should be retrieved. + The or null, if the theme wasn't found. + + + + Gets the inverse of the given . + This method relies on the "Dark" or "Light" affix to be present. + + The app theme. + The inverse or null if it couldn't be found. + + Returns BaseLight, if BaseDark is given or vice versa. + Custom Themes must end with "Dark" or "Light" for this to work, for example "CustomDark" and "CustomLight". + + + + + Determines whether the specified resource dictionary represents a . + + This might include runtime themes which do not have a resource uri. + + The resources. + true if the resource dictionary is an ; otherwise, false. + resources + + + + Determines whether the specified resource dictionary represents a and was generated at runtime. + + This might include runtime themes which do not have a resource uri. + + The resources. + true if the resource dictionary is an ; otherwise, false. + resources + + + + Change the theme for the whole application. + + + + + Change theme for the given window. + + + + + Change theme for the whole application. + + The instance of Application to change. + The theme to apply. + + + + Change theme for the given ResourceDictionary. + + The FrameworkElement to change. + The theme to apply. + + + + Change theme for the given ResourceDictionary. + + The target object for which the theme change should be made. This is optional an can be null. + The ResourceDictionary to change. + The theme to apply. + + + + Change base color and color scheme of for the given application. + + The application to modify. + The base color to apply to the ResourceDictionary. + The color scheme to apply to the ResourceDictionary. + + + + Change base color and color scheme of for the given window. + + The FrameworkElement to modify. + The base color to apply to the ResourceDictionary. + The color scheme to apply to the ResourceDictionary. + + + + Change base color and color scheme of for the given ResourceDictionary. + + The target object for which the theme change should be made. This is optional an can be null. + The ResourceDictionary to modify. + The old/current theme. + The base color to apply to the ResourceDictionary. + The color scheme to apply to the ResourceDictionary. + + + + Change base color for the given application. + + The application to change. + The base color to apply to the ResourceDictionary. + + + + Change base color for the given window. + + The FrameworkElement to change. + The base color to apply to the ResourceDictionary. + + + + Change base color of for the given ResourceDictionary. + + The target object for which the theme change should be made. This is optional an can be null. + The ResourceDictionary to modify. + The old/current theme. + The base color to apply to the ResourceDictionary. + + + + Change color scheme for the given application. + + The application to change. + The color scheme to apply to the ResourceDictionary. + + + + Change color scheme for the given window. + + The FrameworkElement to change. + The color scheme to apply to the ResourceDictionary. + + + + Change color scheme for the given ResourceDictionary. + + The target object for which the theme change should be made. This is optional an can be null. + The ResourceDictionary to modify. + The old/current theme. + The color scheme to apply to the ResourceDictionary. + + + + Changes the theme of a ResourceDictionary directly. + + The ResourceDictionary to modify. + The theme to apply to the ResourceDictionary. + + + + Scans the resources and returns it's theme. + + If the theme can't be detected from the we try to detect it from . + + + + Scans the application resources and returns it's theme. + + The Application instance to scan. + + + + Scans the resources and returns it's theme. + + The FrameworkElement to scan. + If the theme can't be detected from the we try to detect it from . + + + + Scans a resources and returns it's theme. + + The ResourceDictionary to scan. + + + + This event fires if the theme was changed + this should be using the weak event pattern, but for now it's enough + + + + + Invalidates global colors and resources. + Sometimes the ContextMenu is not changing the colors, so this will fix it. + + + + + Synchronizes the current with the "app mode" setting from windows. + + + + + Gets or sets whether changes to the "app mode" setting from windows should be detected at runtime and the current be changed accordingly. + + + + + Gets or sets whether changes to the accent color settings from windows should be detected at runtime and the current be changed accordingly. + + + + + Gets or sets whether changes to the high contrast setting from windows should be detected at runtime and the current be changed accordingly. + + + + + Works around an issue in the XamlReader. + Without this fix the XamlReader would not be able to read the XAML we produced earlier because it does not know where to look for the types. + The real issue is that we can't use the full namespace, with assembly hint, at compile time of the original project because said assembly does not yet exist and would cause a compile time error. + Hence we have to use this workaround to enable both. + The issue + + The fixed version of . + + If you have the following in your XAML file: + xmlns:markup="clr-namespace:MahApps.Metro.Markup" + xmlns:markupWithAssembly="clr-namespace:MahApps.Metro.Markup;assembly=MahApps.Metro" + It get's converted to: + xmlns:markup="clr-namespace:MahApps.Metro.Markup;assembly=MahApps.Metro" + xmlns:markupWithAssembly="clr-namespace:MahApps.Metro.Markup;assembly=MahApps.Metro" + + + + + Indicates whether a tooltip should follow the mouse cursor. + + + + + Sets whether a tooltip should follow the mouse cursor. + + + + + Gets the horizontal offset for the relative placement of the Tooltip. + + + + + Sets the horizontal offset for the relative placement of the Tooltip. + + + + + Gets the vertical offset for the relative placement of the Tooltip. + + + + + Sets the vertical offset for the relative placement of the Tooltip. + + + + diff --git a/bin/Extensibility.dll b/bin/Extensibility.dll index 3237d297..6b06abf6 100644 Binary files a/bin/Extensibility.dll and b/bin/Extensibility.dll differ diff --git a/bin/Extensibility.xml b/bin/Extensibility.xml deleted file mode 100644 index 341b511a..00000000 --- a/bin/Extensibility.xml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,71 +0,0 @@ - - - - Extensibility - - - - Informs the add-in about how it was loaded by the integrated development environment (IDE). - - - The add-in was loaded after Visual Studio started. - - - The add-in was loaded from the command line. - - - The add-in was loaded by an external client. (This setting is no longer used by Visual Studio.) - - - The add-in was loaded with a solution. - - - The add-in was loaded when Visual Studio started. - - - The add-in was loaded for user interface setup. - - - Informs the add-in about how it was unloaded by the integrated development environment (IDE). - - - The add-in was unloaded when Visual Studio was shut down. - - - The add-in was unloaded when the solution was closed. - - - The add-in was unloaded after the user interface was set up. - - - The add-in was unloaded while Visual Studio was running. - - - Hosts the event notifications that occur to add-ins, such as when they are loaded, unloaded, updated, and so forth. - - - Occurs whenever an add-in is loaded or unloaded from the Visual Studio integrated development environment (IDE). - An empty array that you can use to pass host-specific data for use in the add-in. - - - Occurs whenever the Visual Studio integrated development environment (IDE) shuts down while an add-in is running. - An empty array that you can use to pass host-specific data for use in the add-in. - - - Occurs whenever an add-in is loaded into Visual Studio. - A reference to an instance of the integrated development environment (IDE), , which is the root object of the Visual Studio automation model. - An enumeration value that indicates the way the add-in was loaded into Visual Studio. - An reference to the add-in's own instance. This is stored for later use, such as determining the parent collection for the add-in. - An empty array that you can use to pass host-specific data for use in the add-in. - - - Occurs whenever an add-in is unloaded from Visual Studio. - An enumeration value that informs an add-in why it was unloaded. - An empty array that you can use to pass host-specific data for use after the add-in unloads. - - - Occurs whenever an add-in, which is set to load when Visual Studio starts, loads. - An empty array that you can use to pass host-specific data for use when the add-in loads. - - - \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/bin/Fluent.dll b/bin/Fluent.dll index 7e453fb7..f63ce4b8 100644 Binary files a/bin/Fluent.dll and b/bin/Fluent.dll differ diff --git a/bin/Fluent.pdb b/bin/Fluent.pdb index ee1b0c4b..3a9c9d69 100644 Binary files a/bin/Fluent.pdb and b/bin/Fluent.pdb differ diff --git a/bin/Fluent.xml b/bin/Fluent.xml index 78901fbe..39dfc78c 100644 --- a/bin/Fluent.xml +++ b/bin/Fluent.xml @@ -4,58 +4,99 @@ Fluent - + - Represents backstage button + Represents adorner for KeyTips. + KeyTipAdorners is chained to produce one from another. + Detaching root adorner couses detaching all adorners in the chain - + - Gets or sets width of right content + This event is occured when adorner is + detached and is not able to be attached again - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for RightContentWidth. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Determines whether at least one on the adorners in the chain is alive - + - Gets or sets application menu right pane content + Returns wether any key tips are visibile. - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for RightContent. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Gets the currently active by following eventually present child adorners. - + - Gets or sets application menu bottom pane content + Gets a copied list of the currently available . - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for BottomContent. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Construcotor + Element to adorn. + Parent adorner or null. + The element which is container for elements. - + - Static constructor + Attaches this adorner to the adorned element - + - Default constructor + Detaches this adorner from the adorned element - + - Gets control which represents shortcut item. - This item MUST be syncronized with the original - and send command to original one control. + Terminate whole key tip's adorner chain - Control which represents shortcut item + + + + Back to the previous adorner. + + + + + Forwards to the elements with the given keys + + Keys + If true the element will be clicked + If the element will be found the function will return true + + + + Gets by keys. + + The keys to look for. + The associated with . + + + + Determines if an of the keytips contained in this adorner start with + + true if any keytip start with . Otherwise false. + + + + + + + + + + + + @@ -102,21 +143,6 @@ UI Element Group box state - - - for specifying AppTheme. - - - - - Sets for . - - - - - Gets for . - - for specifying MouseOverBackground. @@ -162,3182 +188,3284 @@ Gets for . - + - Represents adorner for Backstage + asdf - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - Adorned element - Backstage + + Helper for setting on . - - - Gets the . - + + Helper for getting from . + LastVisibleWidth property value. - + - Positions child elements and determines - a size for the control + Automation peer for . - The final area within the parent - that this element should use to arrange - itself and its children - The actual size used - + - Measures KeyTips + Creates a new instance. - The available size that this element can give to child elements. - The size that the groups container determines it needs during - layout, based on its calculations of child element sizes. - - - - Gets visual children count - + + - - - Returns a child at the specified index from a collection of child elements - - The zero-based index of the requested child element in the collection - The requested child element + + - - - Represents backstage button - + + - - - Occurs when IsOpen has been changed - + + - - - Gets or sets whether backstage is shown - + + - - - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for IsOpen. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + + - - - Gets or sets whether backstage can be openend or closed. - + + - - - for - + + - - - Gets or sets the duration for the hide animation - + + - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for HideAnimationDuration. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Creates the for . - + - Gets or sets whether context tabs on the titlebar should be hidden when backstage is open + Automation peer for . - + - Gets or sets wether opening or closing should be animated. + Creates a new instance. - - - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for IsOpenAnimationEnabled. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + + - - - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for HideContextTabsOnOpen. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + + - - - Gets or sets whether to close the backstage when Esc is pressed - + + - - - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for CloseOnEsc. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + + - - - Gets or sets content of the backstage - + + - - - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Content. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + + - + - Gets an enumerator for logical child elements of this element. + Automation peer for . - + - Static constructor + Creates a new instance. - - - Default constructor - + + - - - Shows the - + + - + - Hides the + Automation peer for . - + - Invoked when an unhandled  attached event reaches an element in its route that is derived from this class. Implement this method to add class handling for this event. + Creates a new instance. - The that contains the event data. - - - Invoked when an unhandled System.Windows.UIElement.PreviewMouseLeftButtonDown routed event reaches an element - in its route that is derived from this class. Implement this method to add class handling for this event. - - The System.Windows.Input.MouseButtonEventArgs that contains the event data. - The event data reports that the left mouse button was pressed. + + - + - + - - - When overridden in a derived class, is invoked whenever application code or internal processes call . - + + - + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + The element associated with this automation peer. + + + + + + + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + The element associated with this automation peer. + + + + + + + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + The element associated with this automation peer. + + + + + + + + - Gets control which represents shortcut item. - This item MUST be syncronized with the original - and send command to original one control. + Automation peer for . - Control which represents shortcut item - + - Represents Backstage tab control. + Creates a new instance. - + + + + - Gets or sets the margin which is used to render selected content. + Automation peer for ribbon control items. - + - for . + Creates a new instance. - + + + + + + + - Dependency property for + Automation peer for . - + - Gets content for selected tab + Creates a new instance. - - - Dependency property for - + + - - - Dependency property for - + + - - - Dependency property for - + + - - - Dependency property for - + + - - - Dependency property for - + + - + + + + + + + - Dependency property for + Automation peer for . - + - Get or sets the string format for the content. + Creates a new instance. - + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + - Gets or sets the which should be used for the content + Automation peer for the header of . - + - Gets or sets the which should be used for the content + Creates a new instance. - + + + + + + + + + + + + + - Get or sets the string format for the selected content. + Base automation peer for . - + - Gets or sets the which should be used for the selected content + Creates a new instance. - + + + + + + + - Gets or sets the which should be used for the selected content + Automation peer for - + - Dependency property for . + Creates a new instance. - + + + + - Gets or sets the MinWidth for the ItemsPanel. + Automation peer for . - + - Gets or sets current Backround of the ItemsPanel + Creates a new instance. - + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + The element associated with this automation peer. + + + + + + + + - Dependency property for + Automation peer for . - + - Gets or sets the + Creates a new instance. - + + + + + + + - for + Automation peer for . - + - Defines if the is enabled in this control + Creates a new instance. - + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + - for . + Automation peer for . - + - Defines if the back button is visible or not. + Creates a new instance. - + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + - for . + Automation peer wrapper for . - + - Static constructor + Creates a new instance. - + + + + + + + + + + - Default constructor + Automation peer for . - + - Raises the System.Windows.FrameworkElement.Initialized event. - This method is invoked whenever System.Windows.FrameworkElement. - IsInitialized is set to true internally. + Creates a new instance. - The System.Windows.RoutedEventArgs that contains the event data. - + + + + + + + + + + - Creates or identifies the element that is used to display the given item. + If Ribbon.IsMinimized then set Ribbon.IsDropDownOpen to false - The element that is used to display the given item. - + - Determines if the specified item is (or is eligible to be) its own container. + If Ribbon.IsMinimized then set Ribbon.IsDropDownOpen to true - The item to check. - - + - Updates the current selection when an item in the System.Windows.Controls.Primitives.Selector has changed + Return Ribbon.IsDropDownOpen - The event data. - + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + The element associated with this automation peer. + + + + + + + + - Called when the selection changes. + Automation peer for . - The event data. - + - Gets selected . - If there is no item selected, the first found item is selected and it's container () is returned. + Creates a new instance. - The currently selected . Or null of nothing was selected and nothing could be selected. - + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + The element associated with this automation peer. + + + + + + + + - Represents backstage tab item + Automation peer for . - + - Gets or sets KeyTip for element. + Creates a new instance. - + + + + + + + + + + - Dependency property for + for . - + - Gets or sets a value indicating whether the tab is selected + Constructor. + Owner of the AutomationPeer. - + - Dependency property for + - + - Gets parent tab control + - + - Gets or sets tab items text + + - + + + + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Text. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + - + - Static constructor + Represents backstage button - + - Called when the System.Windows.Controls.ContentControl.Content property changes. + Gets or sets width of right content - The old value of the System.Windows.Controls.ContentControl.Content property. - The new value of the System.Windows.Controls.ContentControl.Content property. - + - Invoked when an unhandled System.Windows.UIElement.MouseLeftButtonDown routed event is raised on this element. - Implement this method to add class handling for this event. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for RightContentWidth. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - The System.Windows.Input.MouseButtonEventArgs that contains the event data. - The event data reports that the left mouse button was pressed. - + - Handles selected event + Gets or sets application menu right pane content - The event data. - + - Handles unselected event + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for RightContent. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - The event data. - + - Handles IsSelected changed + Gets or sets application menu bottom pane content - The event data. - + - Handles key tip pressed + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for BottomContent. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Handles back navigation with KeyTips + Static constructor - + - Represents button + Default constructor - + + + + + + + - Gets or sets Size for the element. + Represents backstage button - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Size. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Occurs when IsOpen has been changed - + - Gets or sets SizeDefinition for element. + Gets the for the . + This is exposed to make it possible to show content on the same as the backstage is shown on. - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for SizeDefinition. + Gets or sets whether backstage is shown + + + + + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for IsOpen. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - - + + + Gets or sets whether backstage can be openend or closed. + - + - for . + for - + - Gets or sets element Text + Gets or sets whether context tabs on the titlebar should be hidden when backstage is open - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Header. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for HideContextTabsOnOpen. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Gets or sets Icon for the element + Gets or sets whether opening or closing should be animated. - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Icon. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for IsOpenAnimationEnabled. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Gets or sets button large icon + Gets or sets whether to close the backstage when Esc is pressed - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for SmallIcon. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for CloseOnEsc. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Gets or sets whether ribbon control click must close backstage + for . - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for IsDefinitive. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Gets or sets whether the highest available adorner layer should be used for the . + This means that we will try to look up the visual tree till we find the highest . - + - Gets or sets the CornerRadius for the element + Gets or sets content of the backstage - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for CornerRadius. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Content. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + + + + Static constructor - + Default constructor - + - Called when a is clicked. + Called when this control receives the . - + - Gets control which represents shortcut item. - This item MUST be synchronized with the original - and send command to original one control. + Shows the - Control which represents shortcut item - + - Gets or sets whether control can be added to quick access toolbar + Hides the - - - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for CanAddToQuickAccessToolBar. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + + - + - + - - - Represents Fluent UI specific CheckBox - + + - + + + + + + + + + + - Gets or sets Size for the element. + Represents adorner for Backstage - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Size. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Initializes a new instance of the class. + Adorned element + Backstage - + - Gets or sets SizeDefinition for element. + Gets the . - + + + + + + + + + + + + + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for SizeDefinition. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Represents Backstage tab control. - + - Gets or sets KeyTip for element. + Gets or sets the margin which is used to render selected content. - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Keys. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + for . - + - Gets or sets element Text + Dependency property for - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Header. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Gets content for selected tab - + - Gets or sets Icon for the element + Dependency property for - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Icon. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Dependency property for - + - Gets or sets button large icon + Dependency property for - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for SmallIcon. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Dependency property for - + - Static constructor + Dependency property for - + - Default constructor + Dependency property for - + - Gets control which represents shortcut item. - This item MUST be syncronized with the original - and send command to original one control. + Get or sets the string format for the content. - Control which represents shortcut item - + - Gets or sets whether control can be added to quick access toolbar + Gets or sets the which should be used for the content - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for CanAddToQuickAccessToolBar. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Gets or sets the which should be used for the content - - - - - - - + - Represents color gallery modes + Get or sets the string format for the selected content. - + - Color gallery displays only fixed highlight colors + Gets or sets the which should be used for the selected content - + - Color gallery displays only fixed standart colors + Gets or sets the which should be used for the selected content - + - Color gallery displays theme colors + Dependency property for . - + - Date template selector for gradients + Gets or sets the MinWidth for the ItemsPanel. - + - When overridden in a derived class, returns a based on custom logic. + Gets or sets current Backround of the ItemsPanel - - Returns a or null. The default value is null. - - The data object for which to select the template.The data-bound object. - + - More colors event args + Dependency property for - + - Gets or sets choosed color + Gets or sets the - + - Gets or sets a value indicating whether more colors is canceled + for - + - Represents color gallery + Defines if the is enabled in this control - + - Hightlight colors array + for . - + - Standard colors array + Defines if the back button is visible or not. - + - Standard colors array in ThemeColor mode + for . - + - Gets recent colors collection + Static constructor - + - Gets or sets color gallery mode + Default constructor - + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Mode. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Gets selected . + If there is no item selected, the first found item is selected and it's container () is returned. + The currently selected . Or null of nothing was selected and nothing could be selected. - + + + + - Gets or sets chip width + Represents backstage tab item - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for ChipWidth. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Gets or sets Icon for the element - + - Gets or sets chip height + Dependency property for - + + + + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for ChipHeight. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Dependency property for - + - Gets or sets a value indicating whether Automatic button is visible + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the tab is selected - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for IsAutomaticColorButtonVisible. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Dependency property for - + - Gets or sets a value indicating whether No color button is visible + Gets parent tab control - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for IsNoColorButtonVisible. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Gets or sets tab items text - + - Gets or sets a value indicating whether More Colors button is visible + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Text. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for IsMoreColorsButtonVisible. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Static constructor - + + + + + + + + + + - Gets or sets number of color gallery columns. It works only when Mode is ThemeColors + Handles selected event + The event data. - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Columns. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Handles unselected event + The event data. - + - Gets or set number of standard color rows. Work only when Mode is ThemeColors + Handles IsSelected changed + The event data. - + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for StandardColorGridRows. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Represents button - + + + + - Gets or set number of theme color rows. Work only when Mode is ThemeColors + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Size. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + + + + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for ThemeColorGridRows. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for SizeDefinition. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + + + + - Gets or sets selected color + for . - + + + + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for SelectedColor. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Header. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + + + + - Gets collection of theme colors + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Icon. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + + + + - Gets or sets theme colors source + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for SmallIcon. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for ThemeColorsSource. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Gets or sets whether ribbon control click must close backstage - + - Gets theme gradients collection + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for IsDefinitive. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for ThemeGradients. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Static constructor - + - Gets standart gradients collection + Default constructor - + + + + + + + + + + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for ThemeGradients. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for CanAddToQuickAccessToolBar. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + - Occurs when selection color is changed + Represents Fluent UI specific CheckBox - + + + + - Identifies the SelectedColorChanged routed event. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Size. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + + + + - Occurs whether more colors menu item is clicked + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for SizeDefinition. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + + + + - Static constructor + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Keys. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + + + + - When overridden in a derived class, is invoked whenever application code or internal processes call . + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Header. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + + + + - Returns brightness of the given color from 0..1 + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Icon. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - Color - Brightness of the given color from 0..1 - + + + + - Makes gradient colors from lighter to darker + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for SmallIcon. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - Base color - Count of items in the gradient - Colors from lighter to darker - + - Represents custom Fluent UI ComboBox + Static constructor - + - Gets or sets Size for the element. + Default constructor - - - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Size. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + + - + + + + - Gets or sets SizeDefinition for element. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for CanAddToQuickAccessToolBar. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for SizeDefinition. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Represents color gallery modes - + - Gets or sets KeyTip for element. + Color gallery displays only fixed highlight colors - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Keys. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Color gallery displays only fixed standart colors - + - Gets drop down popup + Color gallery displays theme colors - + - Gets a value indicating whether context menu is opened + Date template selector for gradients - + - Gets or sets element Text + When overridden in a derived class, returns a based on custom logic. + + Returns a or null. The default value is null. + + The data object for which to select the template.The data-bound object. - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Header. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + More colors event args - + - Gets or sets Icon for the element + Gets or sets choosed color - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Icon. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Gets or sets a value indicating whether more colors is canceled - + - Gets or sets menu to show in combo box bottom + Represents color gallery - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Menu. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Hightlight colors array - + - Gets or sets width of the value input part of combobox + Standard colors array - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for InputWidth. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Standard colors array in ThemeColor mode - + - Gets or sets context menu resize mode + Gets recent colors collection - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for ResizeMode. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Gets or sets color gallery mode - + - Snaps / Unsnaps the Visual - (remove visuals and substitute with freezed image) + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Mode. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Gets or sets initial dropdown height + Gets or sets chip width - + - /Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for DropDownHeight. This enables animation, styling, binding, - etc... + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for ChipWidth. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Static constructor + Gets or sets chip height - + - Default Constructor + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for ChipHeight. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Gets control which represents shortcut item. - This item MUST be syncronized with the original - and send command to original one control. + Gets or sets a value indicating whether Automatic button is visible - Control which represents shortcut item - + - Gets or sets whether control can be added to quick access toolbar + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for IsAutomaticColorButtonVisible. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for CanAddToQuickAccessToolBar. This enables animation, styling, - binding, etc... + Gets or sets a value indicating whether No color button is visible - + - When overridden in a derived class, is invoked whenever application code or internal processes call - . + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for IsNoColorButtonVisible. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Reports when a combo box's popup opens. + Gets or sets a value indicating whether More Colors button is visible - The event data for the event. - + - Reports when a combo box's popup closes. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for IsMoreColorsButtonVisible. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - The event data for the event. - + - Invoked when a attached routed event occurs. + Gets or sets number of color gallery columns. It works only when Mode is ThemeColors - Event data. - + - Invoked when a attached routed event occurs. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Columns. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - Event data. - - - - - - - + - Represents context menu resize mode + Gets or set number of standard color rows. Work only when Mode is ThemeColors - + - Context menu can not be resized + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for StandardColorGridRows. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Context menu can be only resized vertically + Gets or set number of theme color rows. Work only when Mode is ThemeColors - + - Context menu can be resized vertically and horizontally + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for ThemeColorGridRows. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Represents a pop-up menu that enables a control - to expose functionality that is specific to the context of the control + Gets or sets selected color - + - Gets or sets context menu resize mode + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for SelectedColor. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for ResizeMode. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Gets collection of theme colors - + - Static constructor - ] + Gets or sets theme colors source + - + - When overridden in a derived class, is invoked whenever application code or internal processes call . + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for ThemeColorsSource. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Creates or identifies the element that is used to display the given item. + Gets theme gradients collection - The element that is used to display the given item. - + - Determines if the specified item is (or is eligible to be) its own container. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for ThemeGradients. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - The item to check. - true if the item is (or is eligible to be) its own container; otherwise, false. - + - Special wrap panel for . + Gets standart gradients collection - + - Creates a new instance. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for ThemeGradients. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Attached for SharedSizeGroupName. + Occurs when selection color is changed - + - Sets for . + Identifies the SelectedColorChanged routed event. - + - Gets for . + Occurs whether more colors menu item is clicked - + - Attached for SharedSizeGroupName. + Static constructor - + + + + - Sets for . + Returns brightness of the given color from 0..1 + Color + Brightness of the given color from 0..1 - + - Gets for . + Makes gradient colors from lighter to darker + Base color + Count of items in the gradient + Colors from lighter to darker - + - DependencyProperty for property. + Represents custom Fluent UI ComboBox - + + + + - The ItemWidth and ItemHeight properties specify the size of all items in the WrapPanel. - Note that children of - WrapPanel may have their own Width/Height properties set - the ItemWidth/ItemHeight - specifies the size of "layout partition" reserved by WrapPanel for the child. - If this property is not set (or set to "Auto" in markup or Double.NaN in code) - the size of layout - partition is equal to DesiredSize of the child element. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Size. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + + + + - DependencyProperty for property. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for SizeDefinition. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - - - The ItemWidth and ItemHeight properties specify the size of all items in the WrapPanel. - Note that children of - WrapPanel may have their own Width/Height properties set - the ItemWidth/ItemHeight - specifies the size of "layout partition" reserved by WrapPanel for the child. - If this property is not set (or set to "Auto" in markup or Double.NaN in code) - the size of layout - partition is equal to DesiredSize of the child element. - + + - + - DependencyProperty for property. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Keys. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - - - Specifies dimension of children positioning in absence of wrapping. - Wrapping occurs in orthogonal direction. For example, if Orientation is Horizontal, - the items try to form horizontal rows first and if needed are wrapped and form vertical stack of rows. - If Orientation is Vertical, items first positioned in a vertical column, and if there is - not enough space - wrapping creates additional columns in horizontal dimension. - + + - - - - + + - - - - + + - + - + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Header. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - - - Represents the container for the . - + + - + - Indicates whether the has aleaady been shown or not. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Icon. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - for . + Gets or sets menu to show in combo box bottom - + - Shows the . + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Menu. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Hides the . + Gets or sets width of the value input part of combobox - + - Helper control which enables easy embedding of window steering functions. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for InputWidth. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Static constructor + Gets or sets context menu resize mode - + - Invoked when an unhandled  routed event is raised on this element. Implement this method to add class handling for this event. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for ResizeMode. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - The that contains the event data. The event data reports that the left mouse button was pressed. - + - Invoked when an unhandled  routed event reaches an element in its route that is derived from this class. Implement this method to add class handling for this event. + Snaps / Unsnaps the Visual + (remove visuals and substitute with freezed image) - The that contains the event data. The event data reports that the right mouse button was released. - + - Converts to a and back. + Gets or sets initial dropdown height - + - Converts a value. + /Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for DropDownHeight. This enables animation, styling, binding, + etc... - - A converted value. If the method returns null, the valid null value is used. - - The value produced by the binding source.The type of the binding target property.The converter parameter to use.The culture to use in the converter. - + - Converts a value. + Static constructor - - A converted value. If the method returns null, the valid null value is used. - - The value that is produced by the binding target.The type to convert to.The converter parameter to use.The culture to use in the converter. - + - Checks equality of value and the converter parameter. - Returns if they are equal. - Returns if they are NOT equal. + Default Constructor - + - + - + - Converts null to true and not null to false. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for CanAddToQuickAccessToolBar. This enables animation, styling, + binding, etc... - - - A singleton instance for . - + + - + - + - - - Converter class which converts from to and back. - + + - - - Converts a value. - - - A converted value. If the method returns null, the valid null value is used. - - The value produced by the binding source.The type of the binding target property.The converter parameter to use.The culture to use in the converter. + + - - - Converts a value. - - - A converted value. If the method returns null, the valid null value is used. - - The value that is produced by the binding target.The type to convert to.The converter parameter to use.The culture to use in the converter. + + - - - Converts the given to a . - - The value converted from or if the conversion fails. + + - + + + + + + + + + + - Converts to a formatted text using . + Represents context menu resize mode - converted to a . - + - Extracts right content presenter of application menu converter + Context menu can not be resized - + - Converts a value. + Context menu can be only resized vertically - - A converted value. If the method returns null, the valid null value is used. - - The value produced by the binding source.The type of the binding target property.The converter parameter to use.The culture to use in the converter. - + - Converts a value. + Context menu can be resized vertically and horizontally - - A converted value. If the method returns null, the valid null value is used. - - The value that is produced by the binding target.The type to convert to.The converter parameter to use.The culture to use in the converter. - + - Used to invert numbers + Represents a pop-up menu that enables a control + to expose functionality that is specific to the context of the control - + - Converts a value. + Gets or sets context menu resize mode - - A converted value. If the method returns null, the valid null value is used. - - The value produced by the binding source.The type of the binding target property.The converter parameter to use.The culture to use in the converter. - + - Converts a value. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for ResizeMode. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - - A converted value. If the method returns null, the valid null value is used. - - The value that is produced by the binding target.The type to convert to.The converter parameter to use.The culture to use in the converter. - + - Converts string, URI or ImageSource to Image control - + Static constructor + ] - + - + - - - Extracts an from which closest matches the . - - Value from which the should be extracted. It can be of type - The desired size to extract from . - An which closest matches + + - + - Class which enables conversion from to + Represents drop down button - + - Returns whether this converter can convert an object of the given type to the type of this converter, using the specified context. + Gets or sets Size for the element. - - true if this converter can perform the conversion; otherwise, false. - - An that provides a format context. A that represents the type you want to convert from. - + - Converts the given object to the type of this converter, using the specified context and culture information. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Size. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - - An that represents the converted value. - - An that provides a format context. The to use as the current culture. The to convert. The conversion cannot be performed. - + + + + - Hold static instances of several commonly used converters. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for SizeDefinition. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + + + + - Get a static instance of + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Keys. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + + + + + + + + + + - Get a static instance of + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Header. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + + + + - Get a static instance of + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Icon. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - - - Get a static instance of - - - - - Get a static instance of - - - - - Used to convert from four double values to - - - - - Converts source values to a value for the binding target. The data binding engine calls this method when it propagates the values from source bindings to the binding target. - - - A converted value.If the method returns null, the valid null value is used.A return value of . indicates that the converter did not produce a value, and that the binding will use the if it is available, or else will use the default value.A return value of . indicates that the binding does not transfer the value or use the or the default value. - - The array of values that the source bindings in the produces. The value indicates that the source binding has no value to provide for conversion.The type of the binding target property.The converter parameter to use.The culture to use in the converter. - - - - Converts a binding target value to the source binding values. - - - An array of values that have been converted from the target value back to the source values. - - The value that the binding target produces.The array of types to convert to. The array length indicates the number and types of values that are suggested for the method to return.The converter parameter to use.The culture to use in the converter. - - - - Represents the result of . - - - - - An empty default instance. - - - - - Creates a new instance. - - Defines if the pressed element aquired focus or not. - Defines if the pressed element opened a popup or not. - - - - Defines if the pressed element aquired focus or not. - - - - - Defines if the pressed element opened a popup or not. - - - - - Interface which allows extension of the KeyTip system. - - - - - Gets a list of which belong to the current instance. - - Defines if the created should be hidden or not. - A list of which belong to the current instance. - - - - Interface which is used to signal size changes - - - - - Called when the size is changed - - Size before change - Size after change - - - - Extensions for . - - - - - Execute using and . - - - - - Determines whether the can be executed using and . - - Returns the commands result of CanExecute. - - - - Class with extension methods for . - - - - - Class with extension methods for and . - - - - - Helper class to position . - - - - - Positions like would but ignores the value of . - - - - - Gets the values for a like would but ignores the value of . - - - - - Class which offers helper methods for steering the window - - - - - Shows the system menu at the current mouse position. - - The mouse event args. - Defines if window dragging should be handled. - Defines if window state changes should be handled. - - - - Shows the system menu at the current mouse position. - - The object which was the source of the mouse event. - The mouse event args. - Defines if window dragging should be handled. - Defines if window state changes should be handled. - - - - Shows the system menu at the current mouse position. - - The object which was the source of the mouse event. - The mouse event args. - - - - Shows the system menu at the current mouse position. - - The window for which the system menu should be shown. - The mouse event args. - - - - Shows the system menu at . - - The window for which the system menu should be shown. - The location at which the system menu should be shown. - - - - Inferface for controls which provide a large icon. - - - - - Gets or sets the large icon. - - - - - Represents a control that has a header. - - - - - Gets or sets the header. - - - - - Class containing boxed values for . - - - - - Gets a boxed value for true. - - - - - Gets a boxed value for true. - - - - - Gets a boxed value for . - - A boxed value. - - - - Class containing boxed values for . - - - - - Gets a boxed value for 0. - - - - - Gets a boxed value for . - - - - - Class containing boxed values for . - - - - - Gets a boxed value for 0.0D. - - - - - Gets a boxed value for . - - - - - Gets a boxed value for . - - - - - Class containing boxed values for . - - - - - Gets a boxed value for . - - - - - Class containing boxed values for . - - - - - Gets a boxed value for . - - - - - Gets a boxed value for . - - - - - Gets a boxed value for . - - - - - Gets a boxed value for . - - A boxed value. - - - - Class with helper functions for UI related stuff - - - - - Tries to find immediate visual child of type which matches - - - The visual child of type that matches . - Returns null if no child matches. - - - - - Gets the first visual child of type TChildItem by walking down the visual tree. - - The type of visual child to find. - The parent element whose visual tree shall be walked down. - The first element of type TChildItem found in the visual tree is returned. If none is found, null is returned. - - - - Gets all visual children of . - - - - - - Finds the parent control of type . - First looks at the visual tree and then at the logical tree to find the parent. - - The found visual/logical parent or null. - This method searches further up the parent chain instead of just using the immediate parent. - - - - Returns either the visual or logical parent of . - This also works for and . - - - - - Returns the visual parent of . - This also works for and . - - - - - First checks if is either a or and if it is returns it's . - If those checks yield no result is called. - - The visual element for which to find an adorner layer. - An adorner layer for the specified visual, or null if no adorner layer can be found. - Raised when visual is null. - - - - Helper class for - - - - - Checks if can be executed. - This method is null safe. - - true if the command can be executed, otherwise false. - - - - Executes . - This method is null safe. - - - - - Helper class used to queue action for completion or items changes of - - - - - Creates a new instance used to queue action for completion or items changes of - - The to be used. - The that should be invoked. - - - - Gets the to be used. - - - - - Gets the that should be invoked. - - - - - Gets the current wait state. true in case was called and we are waiting for the to finish. - - - - - Queues for invocation. - - - - - AreClose - Returns whether or not two doubles are "close". That is, whether or - not they are within epsilon of each other. Note that this epsilon is proportional - to the numbers themselves to that AreClose survives scalar multiplication. - There are plenty of ways for this to return false even for numbers which - are theoretically identical, so no code calling this should fail to work if this - returns false. This is important enough to repeat: - NB: NO CODE CALLING THIS FUNCTION SHOULD DEPEND ON ACCURATE RESULTS - this should be - used for optimizations *only*. - - - bool - the result of the AreClose comparision. - - The first double to compare. - The second double to compare. - - - - GreaterThan - Returns whether or not the first double is greater than the second double. - That is, whether or not the first is strictly greater than *and* not within epsilon of - the other number. Note that this epsilon is proportional to the numbers themselves - to that AreClose survives scalar multiplication. Note, - There are plenty of ways for this to return false even for numbers which - are theoretically identical, so no code calling this should fail to work if this - returns false. This is important enough to repeat: - NB: NO CODE CALLING THIS FUNCTION SHOULD DEPEND ON ACCURATE RESULTS - this should be - used for optimizations *only*. - - - bool - the result of the GreaterThan comparision. - - The first double to compare. - The second double to compare. + + - + - This trigger action binds a command/command parameter for MVVM usage with - a Blend based trigger. This is used in place of the one in the Blend samples - - it has a problem in it as of the current (first) release. Once it is fixed, this - command can go away. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for SmallIcon. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - ICommand to execute + Gets or sets whether button has triangle - + - Command parameter to pass to command execution + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for HasTriangle. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + + + + - Command to execute + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for IsOpen. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Command parameter + Gets or sets context menu resize mode - + - This is called to execute the command when the trigger conditions are satisfied. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for ResizeMode. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - parameter (not used) - + - Interface for handling loading and saving the state of a . + Get or sets max height of drop down popup - + - Gets wether state is currently loading. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for MaxDropDownHeight. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Gets or sets whether state is loaded. + Gets or sets initial dropdown height - + - Save current state to a temporary storage. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for InitialDropDownHeight. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Save current state to a persistent storage. + Gets or sets whether the popup of this drop down button should automatically be closed on mouse down. - + - Load state from a temporary storage. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for ClosePopupOnMouseDown. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Loads the state from a persistent storage. + Gets or sets the delay in milliseconds to close the popup on mouse down. - - Sets after it's finished to prevent a race condition with saving the state to the temporary storage. - - + - Resets saved state. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for ClosePopupOnMouseDownDelay. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + + + + + + + - Meant to support interop scenarios + Static constructor - + - Gets the titlebar + Default constructor - + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + - Container class for KeyTip informations + Called when drop down opened. - + - Creates a new instance. + Called when drop down closed. - The keys to be used for . - The element to which this instance belongs to. - Defines if the created should be hidden or not. - + + + + - Gets + Handles quick access button drop down menu opened - + - Gets the element this instance belongs to. + Handles quick access button drop down menu closed - + - Gets or sets the element which acts as the visual target. + This method must be overridden to bind properties to use in quick access creating + Toolbar item - + - Gets the initial visibility. + Binds the DropDownClosed and DropDownOpened events to the created quick access item + Toolbar item - + + + + - Gets the for . + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for CanAddToQuickAccessToolBar. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + + + + + + + + + + + + + - Gets or sets the position of . + Represents gallery control. + Usually a gallery is hosted in context menu - + - Gets or sets the backed up value of of + Min width of the Gallery - + - Gets from . + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for MinItemsInRow. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Gets or sets from . + Max width of the Gallery - + - Gets from + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for MaxItemsInRow. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Attribute class providing informations about a localization + Gets or sets name of property which + will use to group items in the Gallery. - + - Creates a new instance. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for GroupBy. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - Specifies the display name. - Specifies the culture name. - + - Gets the display name. + Gets or sets name of property which + will use to group items in the Gallery. - + - Gets the culture name. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for GroupBy. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Base class for localizations. + Gets or sets orientation of gallery - + - Fallback instance of for localization. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Orientation. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Gets text for representing "Automatic" + Gets or sets item width - + - Gets KeyTip of backstage button + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for ItemWidth. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Gets text of backstage button + Gets or sets item height - + - Gets customize Status Bar + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for ItemHeight. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Expand Button ScreenTip Text + Gets collection of filters - + - Expand Button ScreenTip Title + Gets or sets selected filter - + - Minimize Button ScreenTip Text + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for SelectedFilter. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Minimize Button ScreenTip Title + Gets selected filter title - + - Gets text for representing "More colors..." + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for SelectedFilterTitle. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Gets text for representing "No color" + Gets selected filter groups - + - Quick Access ToolBar DropDown Button ToolTip + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for SelectedFilterGroups. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Quick Access ToolBar Menu Header + Gets whether gallery has selected filter - + - Quick Access ToolBar Menu Minimize Quick Access Toolbar + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for HasFilter. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Quick Access ToolBar Minimize Quick Access Toolbar + Gets or sets whether gallery items can be selected - + - Quick Access ToolBar MoreControls Button ToolTip + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Selectable. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Quick Access ToolBar Menu Add Gallery + Gets whether gallery is last item in ItemsControl - + - Quick Access ToolBar Menu Add Group + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for IsLastItem. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Quick Access ToolBar Menu Add Item + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for IsLastItem. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Quick Access ToolBar Menu Add Menu + Static constructor - + - Ribbon Context Menu Customize Quick Access Toolbar + Default constructor - + + + + + + + + + + - Ribbon Context Menu Customize Quick Access Toolbar + Represents container of grouped gallery items in GalleryPanel or Gallery - + - Ribbon Context Menu Minimize Quick Access Toolbar + Gets or sets whether the header must be shown. + When the property is false this control uses to show all items without grouping - + - Quick Access ToolBar Menu Remove Item + for . - + - Ribbon Context Menu Minimize Quick Access Toolbar + Gets or sets panel orientation - + - Ribbon Context Menu Minimize Quick Access Toolbar + for . - + - Gets ScreenTip's disable reason header + Gets or sets a value that specifies the width of + all items that are contained within - + - Gets ScreenTip's disable reason header + for . - + - Change notifications are not implemented. - This class only implements to prevent WPF from trying to listen to changes by using other ways than listening for this event. + Gets or sets a value that specifies the height of + all items that are contained within - + - Contains localizable Ribbon's properties. - Set Culture property to change current Ribbon localization or - set properties independently to use your localization + for . - + - Occurs then property is changed + Gets or sets minimum items in which should be placed in one row. - + - Static instance of to ease it's usage in XAML. + for . - + - Gets or sets current culture used for localization. + Gets or sets maximum items in which should be placed in one row. - + - Gets or sets the current localization. + for . - + - Default constructor + Creates a new instance of . - + - Handles loading and saving the state of a from/to a , for temporary storage, and from/to , for persistent storage. + Static constructor - + + + + - Creates a new instance. + Determinates item's size (return Size.Empty in case of it is not possible) - The of which the state should be stored. + - + + + + - Finalizes an instance of the class. + Represents gallery group filter definition - + - Gets wether this object already got disposed. + Gets or sets title of filter - + - Gets wether state is currently loading. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Title. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Gets or sets whether state is loaded. + Gets or sets list pf groups splitted by comma - + - Gets name of the isolated storage file + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Groups. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Save current state to a temporary storage. + Represents gallery item - + + + + - Save current state to a persistent storage. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Keys. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Saves state to . + Gets a value that indicates whether a Button is currently activated. + This is a dependency property. - Stream - + - Create the serialized state data which should be saved later. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for IsPressed. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - which contains the serialized state data. - + - Load state from a temporary storage. + Gets or sets GalleryItem group - + - Loads the State from Isolated Storage (in user store for domain) + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Group. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - - Sets after it's finished to prevent a race condition with saving the state to the MemoryStream. - - + - Loads state from . + Gets or sets whether ribbon control click must close backstage or popup. - The to load the state from. - + - Loads state from . + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for IsDefinitive. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - The to load the state from. - + + + + + + + + + + - Loads state from . + Identifies the CommandParameter dependency property. - The to load the state from. - + - Loads quick access items from . + Identifies the routed Command dependency property. - Serialized data for generating quick access items. - + - Creates a quick access item () from the given . + Identifies the CommandTarget dependency property. - Serialized data for one quick access item. - The created quick access item or null of the creation failed. - + - Determines whether the given file exists in the given storage + Gets or sets the command to invoke when mouse enters or leaves this button. The commandparameter will be the instance. + This is a dependency property. - + - Get this which should be used to store the current state. + Identifies the PreviewCommand dependency property. - or if threw an exception. - + - Resets saved state. + Gets or sets the command to invoke when mouse enters or leaves this button. The commandparameter will be the instance. + This is a dependency property. - - Performs application-defined tasks associated with freeing, releasing, or resetting unmanaged resources. - - + - Performs application-defined tasks associated with freeing, releasing, or resetting unmanaged resources. + Identifies the PreviewCommand dependency property. - Defines wether managed resources should also be freed. - + - Represents additional context menu service + Handles Command changed - + - Attach needed parameters to control + Handles Command CanExecute changed - + + + + - Coerce control context menu + Occurs when a RibbonControl is clicked. - + - Represents logical sizes of a ribbon control + Identifies the RibbonControl.Click routed event. - + - Large size of a control + Raises click event - + - Middle size of a control + Static constructor - + - Small size of a control + Default constructor - + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + - Represents states of ribbon group + Handles click event + Sender + The event data + + + + + + - + - Large. All controls in the group will try to be large size + Represents internal class to use it in + GalleryPanel as placeholder for GalleryItems - + - Middle. All controls in the group will try to be middle size + Gets the target of the placeholder - + - Small. All controls in the group will try to be small size + Constructor + Target - - - Collapsed. Group will collapse its content in a single button - + + - - - QuickAccess. Group will collapse its content in a single button in quick access toolbar - + + - + - Represents class to determine .NET Framework version difference + Represents panel for Gallery and InRibbonGallery with grouping and filtering capabilities - + - Version of WPF + Used to prevent measures which cause the layout to flicker. + This is needed when the gallery panel has switched owners during InRibbonGallery popup open/close. - + - Gets UseLayoutRounding attached property value + Gets or sets whether gallery panel shows groups + (Filter property still works as usual) - - + - Gets UseLayoutRounding attached property value + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for IsGrouped. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for UseLayoutRounding. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Gets or sets property name to group items - + - Represents container of grouped gallery items in GalleryPanel or Gallery + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for GroupBy. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Gets or sets whether the header must be shown. - When the property is false this control uses to show all items without grouping + Gets or sets name of property which + will use to group items in the Gallery. - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for IsHeadered. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for GroupBy. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Gets or sets panel orientation + Gets or sets ItemContainerGenerator which generates the + user interface (UI) on behalf of its host, such as an ItemsControl. - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Orientation. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for ItemContainerGenerator. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + Gets or sets a value that specifies the width of all items that are contained within - + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for ItemWidth. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + Gets or sets a value that specifies the height of all items that are contained within - + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for ItemHeight. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Gets or sets minimum items quantity in row + Gets or sets groups names separated by comma which must be shown - + + + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Filter. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + + + + + Gets or sets maximum items quantity in row + + + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for ItemsInRow. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + Gets or sets maximum items quantity in row - + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for ItemsInRow. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Static constructor + Default constructor - + + + + + + + - Invoked when the property changes. + Updates MinWidth and MaxWidth of the gallery panel (based on MinItemsInRow and MaxItemsInRow) - Old value of the property.New value of the property. - + Determinates item's size (return Size.Empty in case of it is not possible) - + + + + + + + + + + + + + - Called to remeasure a control. + Represents group separator menu item - The size of the control, up to the maximum specified by constraint. - The maximum size that the method can return. - + - Represents internal class to use it in - GalleryPanel as placeholder for GalleryItems + Represents the In-Ribbon Gallery, a gallery-based control that exposes + a default subset of items directly in the Ribbon. Any remaining items + are displayed when a drop-down menu button is clicked - + + + + - Gets the target of the placeholder + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Size. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + + + + - Constructor + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for SizeDefinition. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - Target - + + + + - When overridden in a derived class, measures the size in layout - required for child elements and determines a size for the derived class. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Keys. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - - The size that this element determines it needs during layout, - based on its calculations of child element sizes. - - The available size that this element can - give to child elements. Infinity can be specified as a value to - indicate that the element will size to whatever content is available. - + + + + - Defines the template for WPF core-level arrange layout definition. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Header. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - - The final area within the parent that element should use to - arrange itself and its child elements. - + + + + - Represents panel for Gallery, InRibbonGallery, ComboBox - with grouping and filtering capabilities + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Icon. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Gets or sets whether gallery panel shows groups - (Filter property still works as usual) + Min width of the Gallery - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for IsGrouped. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for MinItemsInDropDownRow. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Gets or sets property name to group items + Max width of the Gallery - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for GroupBy. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for MaxItemsInDropDownRow. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + + + Gets or sets item width + + + + + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for ItemWidth. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + + + + + Gets or sets item height + + + + + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for ItemHeight. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + + + Gets or sets name of property which will use to group items in the Gallery. - + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for GroupBy. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Gets or sets ItemContainerGenerator which generates the - user interface (UI) on behalf of its host, such as an ItemsControl. + Gets or sets name of property which + will use to group items in the Gallery. - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for ItemContainerGenerator. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for GroupBy. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Gets or sets group style + Gets or sets orientation of gallery - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for GroupHeaderStyle. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Orientation. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Gets or sets a value that specifies the width of - all items that are contained within + Gets collection of filters - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for ItemWidth. + Gets or sets selected filter + + + + + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for SelectedFilter. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Gets or sets a value that specifies the height of - all items that are contained within + Gets selected filter title - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for ItemHeight. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for SelectedFilterTitle. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Gets or sets groups names separated by comma which must be shown + Gets selected filter groups - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Filter. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for SelectedFilterGroups. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Gets or sets maximum items quantity in row + Gets whether gallery has selected filter - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for ItemsInRow. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for HasFilter. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Gets or sets maximum items quantity in row + Gets or sets whether gallery items can be selected - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for ItemsInRow. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Selectable. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + + + + + + + + + + - Default constructor + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for IsOpen. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Gets the number of visual child elements within this element. + Gets or sets context menu resize mode - + - Overrides System.Windows.Media.Visual.GetVisualChild(System.Int32), - and returns a child at the specified index from a collection of child elements. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for ResizeMode. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - The zero-based index of the requested - child element in the collection - The requested child element. This should not return null; - if the provided index is out of range, an exception is thrown - + - Updates MinWidth and MaxWidth of the gallery panel (based on MinItemsInRow and MaxItemsInRow) + Gets or sets whether InRibbonGallery - + - Determinates item's size (return Size.Empty in case of it is not possible) + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for CanCollapseToButton. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - - + - Invoked when the VisualCollection of a visual object is modified. + Gets whether InRibbonGallery is collapsed to button - The Visual that was added to the collection. - The Visual that was removed from the collection. - + - When overridden in a derived class, measures the size in - layout required for child elements and determines a size - for the derived class. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for IsCollapsed. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - - The size that this element determines it needs during layout, - based on its calculations of child element sizes. - - The available size that this element can give - to child elements. Infinity can be specified as a value to indicate that - the element will size to whatever content is available. - + + + + - When overridden in a derived class, positions child elements - and determines a size for a derived class. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for SmallIcon. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - The actual size used. - The final area within the parent that this - element should use to arrange itself and its children. - + - Gets an enumerator that can iterate the logical child elements of this element. + Snaps / Unsnaps the Visual + (remove visuals and substitute with freezed image) - - An . This property has no default value. - - + - Represents control that have drop down popup + Gets or sets menu to show in combo box bottom - + - Gets drop down popup + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Menu. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Gets a value indicating whether control context menu is opened + Gets or sets max count of items in row - + - Gets or sets a value indicating whether drop down is opened + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for MaxItemsInRow. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Base interface for controls supports key tips + Gets or sets min count of items in row - + - Gets and sets KeyTip for element. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for MaxItemsInRow. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Handles key tip pressed + Get or sets max height of drop down popup - + - Handles back navigation with KeyTips + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for MaxDropDownHeight. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Base interface for Fluent controls + Get or sets max width of drop down popup - + - Gets or sets Size for the element + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for MaxDropDownWidth. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Gets or sets SizeDefinition for element + Gets or sets initial dropdown height - + - Gets or sets Icon for the element + /Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for DropDownHeight. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Interface for controls that support -Behavior + Gets or sets initial dropdown width - + - Gets or sets the name of the group that the toggle button belongs to. - Use the GroupName property to specify a grouping of toggle buttons to - create a mutually exclusive set of controls. You can use the GroupName - property when only one selection is possible from a list of available - options. When this property is set, only one ToggleButton in the specified - group can be selected at a time. + /Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for DropDownWidth. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Gets or sets a value indicating whether SplitButton is checked + for . - + - Gets a value indicating whether the ToggleButton is fully loaded + Gets or sets the height of the container which hosts the . - - Gets the logical parent element of this element. - This element's logical parent. + + - - - Class for several commands belonging to the Ribbon - + + - - - Gets the value that represents the Open Backstage command - + + - + - Enables the use of behaviors in styles + Initializes static members of the class. - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Behaviors. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Default constructor - - - Gets Behaviors for element - + + - + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + - Sets Behaviors for element + Represents KeyTip control - + - Just a for + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Keys. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Creates a new instance of the . + Sets value of attached property Keys for the given element - - The new instance. - + The given element + Value - + - Dismiss popup mode + Gets value of the attached property Keys of the given element + The given element - + - Always dismiss popup + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for AutoPlacement. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Dismiss only if mouse is not over popup + Sets whether key tip placement is auto + or defined by alignment and margin properties + The given element + Value - + - Dismiss popup arguments + Gets whether key tip placement is auto + or defined by alignment and margin properties + The given element - + - Popup dismiss mode + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for HorizontalAlignment. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Standard constructor + Sets Horizontal Alignment of the key tip + The given element + Value - + - Constructor + Gets Horizontal alignment of the key tip - Dismiss mode + The given element - + - When overridden in a derived class, provides a way to invoke event handlers in a type-specific way, which can increase efficiency over the base implementation. + Gets vertical alignment of the key tip - The generic handler / delegate implementation to be invoked.The target on which the provided handler should be invoked. + The given element - + - Represent additional popup functionality + Sets vertical alignment of the key tip + The given element + Value - + - Occurs then popup is dismissed + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for VerticalAlignment. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Raises DismissPopup event (Async) + Gets margin of the key tip + The key tip + Margin - + - Raises DismissPopup event + Sets margin of the key tip + The key tip + Value - + - Set needed parameters to control + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Margin. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - Control type - + - Handles PreviewMouseDownOutsideCapturedElementEvent event + Represents menu item - + + + + - Handles lost mouse capture event + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Size. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + + + + - Returns true whether parent is ancestor of element + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for SizeDefinition. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - Parent - Element - Returns true whether parent is ancestor of element - + + + + - Handles dismiss popup event + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Keys. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + + + + + + + - Returns true whether mouse is physically over the popup + Useless property only used in secon level application menu items - Element - Returns true whether mouse is physically over the popup - + - Returns true whether mouse is physically over the element + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Description. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - Element - Returns true whether mouse is physically over the element - + + + + - Handles context menu opened event + Gets or sets whether ribbon control click must close backstage - + - Handles context menu closed event + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for IsDefinitive. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Represents Fluent UI specific RadioButton + Gets or sets context menu resize mode - + - Gets or sets Size for the element. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for ResizeMode. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Size. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Get or sets max height of drop down popup - + - Gets or sets SizeDefinition for element. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for MaxDropDownHeight. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for SizeDefinition. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Gets or sets a value indicating whether menu item is splited - + - Gets or sets KeyTip for element. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for IsSplited. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + + + + + + + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Keys. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for GroupName. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + + + + + + + - Gets or sets element Text + Initializes static members of the class. - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Header. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Initializes a new instance of the class. - + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Helper for setting on . + to set on. + RecognizesAccessKey property value. + + + Helper for getting from . + to read from. + RecognizesAccessKey property value. + + - Gets or sets Icon for the element + Defines if access keys should be recognized. - + + + + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Icon. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Handles quick access button drop down menu opened - + - Gets or sets button large icon + Handles quick access button drop down menu closed - + + + + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for SmallIcon. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for CanAddToQuickAccessToolBar. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + + + + + + + + + + + + + - Static constructor + Returns logical parent; either Parent or ItemsControlFromItemContainer(this). + + Copied from . + - + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + - Default constructor + This interface must be implemented for controls + which are intended to insert to quick access toolbar - + Gets control which represents shortcut item. This item MUST be syncronized with the original @@ -3345,5708 +3473,6039 @@ Control which represents shortcut item - + - Gets or sets whether control can be added to quick access toolbar + Gets or sets a value indicating whether control can be added to quick access toolbar - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for CanAddToQuickAccessToolBar. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Peresents quick access shortcut to another control - - + + + Default constructor + - + + + Gets or sets shortcut to the target control + + + + + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for shortcut. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + + + - + - Represents menu in combo box and gallery + The class responds to mine controls for QuickAccessToolBar - + - Creates or identifies the element that is used to display the given item. + Determines whether the given control can provide a quick access toolbar item - The element that is used to display the given item. + Control + True if this control is able to provide + a quick access toolbar item, false otherwise - + - Determines if the specified item is (or is eligible to be) its own container. + Gets control which represents quick access toolbar item - The item to check. - + Host control + Control which represents quick access toolbar item - + - Class to map from to + Finds the top supported control - + - Creates a new instance + Represents quick access toolbar - + - Creates a new instance + Occured when items are added or removed from Quick Access toolbar - + - Gets or sets the value for large group sizes + Gets items collection - + - Gets or sets the value for middle group sizes + Gets whether QuickAccessToolBar has overflow items - + - Gets or sets the value for small group sizes + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for HasOverflowItems. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Converts from to + Gets quick access menu items - + - Converts from to + Handles quick access menu items chages - + - Converts from to + Gets or sets whether quick access toolbar showes above ribbon - + - Gets the appropriate from , or depending on + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for ShowAboveRibbon. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - - - - - - - + - - Determines whether the specified object instances are considered equal. - The first object to compare. - The second object to compare. - true if the objects are considered equal; otherwise, false. If both and are null, the method returns true. - - - Determines whether the specified object instances are not considered equal. - The first object to compare. - The second object to compare. - true if the objects are not considered equal; otherwise, false. If both and are null, the method returns false. - - + - Returns a string that represents the current object. + Gets or sets whether user can change location of QAT - - A string that represents the current object. - - + - Represents ribbon status bar + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for CanQuickAccessLocationChanging. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Static constructor + Gets or sets whether the Menu-DropDown is visible or not. - + - Default constructor + for . - + - Creates or identifies the element that is used to display the given item. + Static constructor - The element that is used to display the given item. - - - Determines if the specified item is (or is eligible to be) its own container. - - The item to check. - true if the item is (or is eligible to be) its own container; otherwise, false. + + - + - Invoked when the property changes. + Handles show below menu item click - Information about the change. + Sender + The event data - + - Represents ribbon status bar item + Handles show above menu item click + Sender + The event data - - - Gets or sets ribbon status bar item - + + - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Title. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + We have to use this function because setting a very frequently is quite expensive - + - Gets or sets ribbon status bar value + First calls and then - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Value. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Gets or sets a custom action to generate KeyTips for items in this control. - + - Gets or sets whether status bar item is checked in menu + for . - + + + + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for IsChecked. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Represents Fluent UI specific RadioButton - + + + + - Occurs when status bar item checks + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Size. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + + + + - Occurs when status bar item unchecks + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for SizeDefinition. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + + + + - Static constructor + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Keys. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + + + + - Represents menu item in ribbon status bar menu + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Header. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + + + + - Gets or sets Ribbon Status Bar menu item + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Icon. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + + + + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for StatusBarItem. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for SmallIcon. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + Static constructor - + Default constructor - Ribbon Status Bar menu item - - - Represents separator to use in the TabControl - + + - + + + + - Static constructor + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for CanAddToQuickAccessToolBar. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + - Represents panel for status bar + Represents the main Ribbon control which consists of multiple tabs, each of which + containing groups of controls. The Ribbon also provides improved context + menus, enhanced screen tips, and keyboard shortcuts. - + - When overridden in a derived class, measures the size in layout required for child elements and determines a size for the -derived class. + Gets the current instance for storing the state of this control. - - The size that this element determines it needs during layout, based on its calculations of child element sizes. - - The available size that this element can give to child elements. Infinity can be specified as a value to indicate that the element will size to whatever content is available. - + - When overridden in a derived class, positions child elements and determines a size for a derived class. + Create a new instance for storing the state of this control. - - The actual size used. - - The final area within the parent that this element should use to arrange itself and its children. + Instance of a state storage class. - + - Represents custom Fluent UI TextBox + Minimal width of ribbon parent window - + - Gets or sets width of the value input part of textbox + Minimal height of ribbon parent window - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for InputWidth. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + for . - + - Static constructor + Gets or sets whether the default context menu should be enabled/used. - + - Creates a new instance. + Context menu for ribbon in current thread - + + + + + + + - Invoked when an unhandled System.Windows.Input.Keyboard.KeyUp�attached event reaches - an element in its route that is derived from this class. Implement this method to add class handling for this event. + Occurs when selected tab has been changed (be aware that SelectedTab can be null) - The System.Windows.Input.KeyEventArgs that contains the event data. - + - Gets control which represents shortcut item. - This item MUST be syncronized with the original - and send command to original one control. + Occurs when customize the ribbon - Control which represents shortcut item - + - Gets or sets whether control can be added to quick access toolbar + Occurs when customize quick access toolbar - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for CanAddToQuickAccessToolBar. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Occurs when IsMinimized property is changing - + - This method must be overridden to bind properties to use in quick access creating + Occurs when IsCollapsed property is changing - Toolbar item - - - - - + + + Gets or sets file menu control (can be application menu button, backstage button and so on) + - + - Gets or sets Size for the element. + for . - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Size. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Property for defining the start screen. - + - Gets or sets SizeDefinition for element. + for - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for SizeDefinition. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Property for defining the QuickAccessToolBar. - + - Gets or sets KeyTip for element. + for - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Keys. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Property for defining the TabControl. - + - Gets or sets element Text + for - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Header. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Gets or sets selected tab item - + - Gets or sets Icon for the element + for . - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Icon. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Gets or sets selected tab index - + - Represents gallery control. - Usually a gallery is hosted in context menu + for . - + - Min width of the Gallery + Gets the first visible TabItem - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for MinItemsInRow. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Gets the last visible TabItem - + - Max width of the Gallery + Gets currently active quick access elements. - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for MaxItemsInRow. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Gets a copy of currently active quick access elements. - + - Gets or sets name of property which - will use to group items in the Gallery. + Gets ribbon titlebar - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for GroupBy. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + for . - + - Gets or sets name of property which - will use to group items in the Gallery. + Gets or sets whether quick access toolbar showes above ribbon - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for GroupBy. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for ShowAboveRibbon. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Gets or sets orientation of gallery + Handles ShowQuickAccessToolBarAboveRibbon property changed + Object + The event data - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Orientation. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Gets or sets the height which is used to render the window title. - + - Gets or sets item width + for . - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for ItemWidth. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Gets collection of contextual tab groups - + - Gets or sets item height + Handles collection of contextual tab groups ghanges + Sender + The event data - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for ItemHeight. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + gets collection of ribbon tabs - + - Gets collection of filters + Handles collection of ribbon tabs changed + Sender + The event data - + - Gets or sets selected filter + Gets collection of toolbar items - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for SelectedFilter. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Handles collection of toolbar items changes + Sender + The event data - + + + + - Gets selected filter title + Gets collection of quick access menu items - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for SelectedFilterTitle. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Handles collection of quick access menu items changes + Sender + The event data - + - Gets selected filter groups + Gets or sets whether Customize Quick Access Toolbar menu item is shown - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for SelectedFilterGroups. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for CanCustomizeQuickAccessToolBar. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Gets whether gallery has selected filter + Gets or sets whether items can be added or removed from the quick access toolbar by users. - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for HasFilter. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for CanCustomizeQuickAccessToolBarItems. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Gets or sets whether gallery items can be selected + Gets or sets whether the QAT Menu-DropDown is visible or not. - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Selectable. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + for . - + - Gets whether gallery is last item in ItemsControl + Gets or sets whether Customize Ribbon menu item is shown - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for IsLastItem. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for CanCustomizeRibbon. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for IsLastItem. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Gets or sets whether ribbon can be minimized - + - Static constructor + Gets or sets whether ribbon is minimized - + - Default constructor + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for IsMinimized. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Creates or identifies the element that is used to display the given item. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for CanMinimize. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - The element that is used to display the given item. - + - Determines if the specified item is (or is eligible to be) its own container. + Gets or sets the height of the gap between the ribbon and the regular window content - The item to check. - - + - When overridden in a derived class, is invoked whenever application code or internal processes call . + DependencyProperty for - + - Represents gallery group filter definition + Gets or sets the height of the ribbon content area - + - Gets or sets title of filter + for - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Title. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Gets whether ribbon is collapsed - + - Gets or sets list pf groups splitted by comma + DependencyProperty for - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Groups. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Defines if the Ribbon should automatically set when the width or height of the owner window drop under or - + - Represents gallery item + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for IsCollapsed. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Gets or sets KeyTip for element. + Gets or sets whether QAT is visible - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Keys. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for IsQuickAccessToolBarVisible. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Gets a value that indicates whether a Button is currently activated. - This is a dependency property. + Gets or sets whether user can change location of QAT - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for IsPressed. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for CanQuickAccessLocationChanging. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Gets or sets GalleryItem group + for . - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Group. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Defines whether tab headers are visible or not. - + - Gets or sets whether ribbon control click must close backstage or popup. + for . - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for IsDefinitive. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Defines whether tab headers are visible or not. - + - Gets or sets the command to invoke when this button is pressed. This is a dependency property. + DependencyProperty for - + - Gets or sets the parameter to pass to the System.Windows.Controls.Primitives.ButtonBase.Command property. This is a dependency property. + Defines whether scrolling by mouse wheel is enabled or not. - + - Gets or sets the element on which to raise the specified command. This is a dependency property. + Checks if any keytips are visible. - + - Identifies the CommandParameter dependency property. + for . - + - Identifies the routed Command dependency property. + Defines whether handling of key tips is enabled or not. - + - Identifies the CommandTarget dependency property. + Defines the keys that are used to activate the key tips. - + - Gets or sets the command to invoke when mouse enters or leaves this button. The commandparameter will be the instance. - This is a dependency property. + Gets add to quick access toolbar command - + - Identifies the PreviewCommand dependency property. + Gets remove from quick access command - + - Gets or sets the command to invoke when mouse enters or leaves this button. The commandparameter will be the instance. - This is a dependency property. + Gets show quick access above command - + - Identifies the PreviewCommand dependency property. + Gets show quick access below command - + - Handles Command changed + Gets toggle ribbon minimize command - + - Handles Command CanExecute changed + Gets customize quick access toolbar command - + - Gets a value that becomes the return - value of IsEnabled in derived classes. + Gets customize the ribbon command - - true if the element is enabled; otherwise, false. - - + - Occurs when a RibbonControl is clicked. + Initializes static members of the class. - + - Identifies the RibbonControl.Click routed event. + Default constructor - + + + + + + + + + + - Raises click event + Called when the is closed, so that we set it to null. - + - Static constructor + Determines whether the given element is in quick access toolbar + Element + True if element in quick access toolbar - + - Default constructor + Adds the given element to quick access toolbar + Element - + - Provides class handling for the System.Windows.UIElement.MouseLeftButtonDown routed event that occurs - when the left mouse button is pressed while the mouse pointer is over this control. + Removes the given elements from quick access toolbar - The event data. + Element - + - Invoked when an unhandled  attached event reaches an element in its route that is derived from this class. Implement this method to add class handling for this event. + Clears quick access toolbar - The that contains event data. - + - Provides class handling for the System.Windows.UIElement.MouseLeftButtonUp routed event that occurs - when the left mouse button is released while the mouse pointer is over this control. + Traverse logical tree and find QAT items, remember paths - The event data. - + - Called when the mouse enters a . + Gets or sets whether Quick Access ToolBar can + save and load its state automatically - The event data. - + - Called when the mouse leaves a . + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for AutomaticStateManagement. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - The event data. - + - Handles click event + Represents contextual groups container - Sender - The event data - + - + - + - An effect that turns the input into shades of a single color. + Represents contextual tab group - + - Dependency property for Input + for - + - Dependency property for FilterColor + Gets or sets the foreground brush to be used for a selected belonging to this group. - + - Default constructor + for - + - Impicit input + Gets or sets the foreground brush to be used when the mouse is over a belonging to this group. - + - The color used to tint the input. + for - + - Icon converter provides application default icon if user-defined is not present. + Gets or sets the foreground brush to be used when the mouse is over a selected belonging to this group. - - - - - - - + - Represents the In-Ribbon Gallery, a gallery-based control that exposes - a default subset of items directly in the Ribbon. Any remaining items - are displayed when a drop-down menu button is clicked + Gets or sets group header - + - Gets or sets Size for the element. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Header. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Size. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Handles header chages + Object + The event data. - + - Gets or sets SizeDefinition for element. + Gets collection of tab items - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for SizeDefinition. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Gets or sets the visibility this group for internal use (this enables us to hide this group when all items in this group are hidden) - + - Gets or sets KeyTip for element. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for InnerVisibility. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Keys. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Gets the first visible TabItem in this group - + - Gets or sets element Text + Gets the first visible TabItem in this group - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Header. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Gets the last visible TabItem in this group - + - Gets or sets Icon for the element + Static constructor - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Icon. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Handles visibility prioperty changed + Object + The event data - + - Min width of the Gallery + Default constructor - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for MinItemsInDropDownRow. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Appends tab item + Ribbon tab item - + - Max width of the Gallery + Removes tab item + Ribbon tab item - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for MaxItemsInDropDownRow. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Updates the group border - + + + + - Gets or sets item width + Updates the Visibility of the inner container - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for ItemWidth. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Represent base class for Fluent controls - + + + + - Gets or sets item height + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Keys. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + + + + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for ItemHeight. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Header. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + + + + - Gets or sets name of property which - will use to group items in the Gallery. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Icon. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for GroupBy. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Called when changes. - + + + + + + + + + + - Gets or sets name of property which - will use to group items in the Gallery. + Identifies the CommandParameter dependency property. - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for GroupBy. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Identifies the routed Command dependency property. - + - Gets or sets orientation of gallery + Identifies the CommandTarget dependency property. - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Orientation. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Handles Command changed - + - Gets collection of filters + Handles Command CanExecute changed - + + + + + + + - Gets or sets selected filter + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Size. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + + + + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for SelectedFilter. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for SizeDefinition. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Gets selected filter title + Static constructor - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for SelectedFilterTitle. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Default Constructor - + + + + - Gets selected filter groups + Binds default properties of control to quick access element + Source item + Toolbar item - + + + + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for SelectedFilterGroups. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for CanAddToQuickAccessToolBar. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Gets whether gallery has selected filter + Occurs then CanAddToQuickAccessToolBar property changed - + + + + + + + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for HasFilter. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Returns screen workarea in witch control is placed + Control + Workarea in witch control is placed - + - Gets or sets whether gallery items can be selected + Returns monitor in witch control is placed + Control + Workarea in witch control is placed - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Selectable. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Get the parent . + The found or null of no parent could be found. - + + + + + + + + + + - Gets drop down popup + RibbonGroup represents a logical group of controls as they appear on + a RibbonTab. These groups can resize its content - + - Gets a value indicating whether context menu is opened + Get the responsible for rendering the header. - + - Gets or sets whether popup is opened + Get the responsible for rendering the header when is equal to . - + + + + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for IsOpen. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Keys. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Gets or sets context menu resize mode + for IsCollapsedHeaderContentPresenter. - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for ResizeMode. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Sets the value of . - + - Gets or sets whether InRibbonGallery + Gets the value of . - + + + + + + + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for CanCollapseToButton. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Gets or sets the current state of the group - + - Gets whether InRibbonGallery is collapsed to button + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for State. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for IsCollapsed. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + On state property changed + Object + The event data - + - Button large icon + Gets or sets scale index (for internal IRibbonScalableControl) - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for SmallIcon. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Gets or sets whether to reset cache when scalable control is scaled - + - Snaps / Unsnaps the Visual - (remove visuals and substitute with freezed image) + Gets or sets dialog launcher button visibility - + - Gets or sets menu to show in combo box bottom + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for IsLauncherVisible. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Menu. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Gets or sets key tip for dialog launcher button - + - Gets or sets max count of items in row + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for + LauncherKeys. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for MaxItemsInRow. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Gets or sets launcher button icon - + - Gets or sets min count of items in row + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for LauncherIcon. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for MaxItemsInRow. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Gets or sets launcher button text - + - Get or sets max height of drop down popup + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for LauncherIcon. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for MaxDropDownHeight. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Gets or sets the command to invoke when this button is pressed. This is a dependency property. - + - Get or sets max width of drop down popup + Gets or sets the parameter to pass to the System.Windows.Controls.Primitives.ButtonBase.Command property. This is a dependency property. - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for MaxDropDownWidth. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Gets or sets the element on which to raise the specified command. This is a dependency property. - + - Gets or sets initial dropdown height + Identifies the System.Windows.Controls.Primitives.ButtonBase.CommandParameter dependency property. - + - /Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for DropDownHeight. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Identifies the routed System.Windows.Controls.Primitives.ButtonBase.Command dependency property. - + - Gets or sets initial dropdown width + Identifies the System.Windows.Controls.Primitives.ButtonBase.CommandTarget dependency property. - + - /Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for DropDownWidth. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Gets or sets launcher button tooltip - + - Occurs when control is scaled + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for LauncherToolTip. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Occurs when context menu is opened + Gets or sets whether launcher button is enabled - + - Occurs when context menu is closed + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for IsLauncherEnabled. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Initializes static members of the class. + Gets launcher button - + - Default constructor + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for LauncherButton. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - - - - + - + - Called when the selection changes. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for IsOpen. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - The event data. - + + + + - When overridden in a derived class, is invoked whenever application - code or internal processes call ApplyTemplate + Gets or sets icon - + - Handles size property changing + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Icon. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - Previous value - Current value - + - Creates or identifies the element that is used to display the given item. + Gets or sets whether the groupbox shows a separator. - The element that is used to display the given item. - + - Determines if the specified item is (or is eligible to be) its own container. + DependencyProperty for - The item to check. - - + - Invoked when the event is received. + Dialog launcher btton click event - Information about the event. - + + + + + + + - Gets control which represents shortcut item. - This item MUST be syncronized with the original - and send command to original one control. + Initializes static members of the class. - Control which represents shortcut item - + - Gets or sets whether control can be added to quick access toolbar + Default constructor - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for CanAddToQuickAccessToolBar. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Gets a panel with items + - + - Enlarge control size + Gets cmmon layout root for popup and groupbox + - + - Reduce control size + Snaps / Unsnaps the Visual + (remove visuals and substitute with freezed image) - + - Repesents scalable ribbon contol + Gets or sets intermediate state of the group box - + - Enlarge control size + Gets or sets intermediate scale of the group box - + - Reduce control size + Gets intermediate desired size - + - Occurs when contol is scaled + Clears cache - + - Represents ScrollViewer with modified hit test + Invalidates layout (with children) - + + + + + + + + + + - Performs a hit test to determine whether the specified - points are within the bounds of this ScrollViewer + Dialog launcher button click handler - The result of the hit test - The parameters for hit testing within a visual object + Sender + the event data - + - Represent logical container for toolbar items + Handles IsOpen propertyu changes + Object + The event data - + + + + + + + - Gets whether the group is the fisrt control in the row + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for CanAddToQuickAccessToolBar. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for IsFirstInRow. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Special wrap panel for . - + - Gets whether the group is the last control in the row + Creates a new instance. - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for IsFirstInRow. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Attached for SharedSizeGroupName. - + - Represent logical definition for a control in toolbar + Sets for . - + - Creates a new instance + Gets for . - + - Gets or sets Size for the element. + Attached for SharedSizeGroupName. - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Size. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Sets for . - + - Gets or sets SizeDefinition for element. + Gets for . - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for SizeDefinition. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + DependencyProperty for property. - + - Gets or sets name of the target control + The ItemWidth and ItemHeight properties specify the size of all items in the WrapPanel. + Note that children of + WrapPanel may have their own Width/Height properties set - the ItemWidth/ItemHeight + specifies the size of "layout partition" reserved by WrapPanel for the child. + If this property is not set (or set to "Auto" in markup or Double.NaN in code) - the size of layout + partition is equal to DesiredSize of the child element. - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for ControlName. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + DependencyProperty for property. - + - Gets or sets width of the target control + The ItemWidth and ItemHeight properties specify the size of all items in the WrapPanel. + Note that children of + WrapPanel may have their own Width/Height properties set - the ItemWidth/ItemHeight + specifies the size of "layout partition" reserved by WrapPanel for the child. + If this property is not set (or set to "Auto" in markup or Double.NaN in code) - the size of layout + partition is equal to DesiredSize of the child element. - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Width. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + DependencyProperty for property. - + - Occurs when a property value changes. + Specifies dimension of children positioning in absence of wrapping. + Wrapping occurs in orthogonal direction. For example, if Orientation is Horizontal, + the items try to form horizontal rows first and if needed are wrapped and form vertical stack of rows. + If Orientation is Vertical, items first positioned in a vertical column, and if there is + not enough space - wrapping creates additional columns in horizontal dimension. - + - Called when the size is changed + - Size before change - Size after change - + + + + + + + - Represent logical container for toolbar items + Represent panel with ribbon group. + It is automatically adjusting size of controls - + - Occures when children has been changed + Gets or sets reduce order of group in the ribbon panel. + It must be enumerated with comma from the first to reduce to + the last to reduce (use Control.Name as group name in the enum). + Enclose in parentheses as (Control.Name) to reduce/enlarge + scalable elements in the given group - + - Gets rows + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for ReduceOrder. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + Default constructor - - - Represents size definition for group box - + + - - - Gets rows - + + - + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + - Represent panel for group box panel + Not implemented - + - Gets or sets style for the separator + Not implemented - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for SeparatorStyle. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Not implemented - + - Gets children + Not implemented - + - Gets particular rules for layout in this group box panel + Not implemented - + - Gets the number of visual child elements within this element. + Not implemented - + - Overrides System.Windows.Media.Visual.GetVisualChild(System.Int32), - and returns a child at the specified index from a collection of child elements. + Not implemented - The zero-based index of the requested - child element in the collection - The requested child element. This should not return null; - if the provided index is out of range, an exception is thrown - + - Gets an enumerator for logical child elements of this element + Not implemented - + - Static constructor + Not implemented - + - Default constructor + Not implemented - + - Gets current used layout definition (or null if no present definitions) + Not implemented - Layout definition or null - + + + + + + + - Handles size property changing + Not implemented - Previous value - Current value - + - Measures all of the RibbonGroupBox, and resize them appropriately - to fit within the available room + Not implemented - The available size that - this element can give to child elements. - The size that the panel determines it needs during - layout, based on its calculations of child element sizes. - - + - When overridden in a derived class, positions child elements and determines - a size for a System.Windows.FrameworkElement derived class. + Not implemented - The final area within the parent that this - element should use to arrange itself and its children. - The actual size used. - + - Unified method for wrap panel logic + Represents menu in combo box and gallery - Available or final size - Pass true if measure required; pass false if arrange required - Final size - + + + + + + + - Layout logic for the given layout definition + Represents ScrollViewer with modified hit test - Current layout definition - Available or final size - Pass true if measure required; pass false if arrange required - Determines whether we have to add children to the logical and visual tree - Final size - + + + + - Gets control which represents shortcut item. - This item MUST be syncronized with the original - and send command to original one control. + Represents ribbon tab control - Control which represents shortcut item - + - Represents size definition for group box + Default value for . - + - Gets or sets Size for the element. + Default value for . - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Size. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Provides a value needed to add space to the popup to accomodate for overlapping keytips. - + - Gets or sets SizeDefinition for element. + Provides a value needed to add space to the popup to accomodate for overlapping keytips. - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for SizeDefinition. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Event which is fired when the, maybe listening, should be closed - + + + + + + + - Gets or sets count of rows in the ribbon toolbar + Gets or sets file menu control (can be application menu button, backstage button and so on) - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for RowCount. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Button. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - - - Gets rows - + + - + - Represents basic window for ribbon + Gets the responsible for displaying the selected tabs content. - + - Gets ribbon titlebar + Gets the responsible for displaying the selected tabs content. - + + + + - for . + Gets content of selected tab item - + - Gets or sets the height which is used to render the window title. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for . This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - for . + Gets or sets whether ribbon is minimized - + - Gets or sets the which is used to render the window title. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for . This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - for . + Gets or sets whether ribbon can be minimized - + - Gets or sets the which is used to render the window title background. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for . This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + + + + - for . + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for . This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for WindowCommands. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Defines if the currently selected item should draw it's highlight/selected borders - + - Gets or sets the window commands + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for . This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Gets or sets resize border thickness + Gets whether ribbon tabs can scroll - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for ResizeBorderTickness. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Gets or sets selected tab item - + - Gets or sets glass border thickness + Gets collection of ribbon toolbar items - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for GlassFrameThickness. - GlassFrameThickness != 0 enables the default window drop shadow. + Gets or sets the height of the content area. - + - Gets or sets whether icon is visible + for . - + - Gets or sets whether icon is visible + Gets or sets the height of the gap between the ribbon and the content - + - Gets whether window is collapsed + DependencyProperty for - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for IsCollapsed. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + for . - + - Defines if the Ribbon should automatically set when the width or height of the owner window drop under or + Defines whether tab headers are visible or not. - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for IsCollapsed. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + for . - + - Defines if the taskbar should be ignored and hidden while the window is maximized. + Defines whether tab headers are visible or not. - + - for . + DependencyProperty for - + - Static constructor + Defines whether scrolling by mouse wheel is enabled or not. - + - Default constructor + Initializes static members of the class. - + - Initializes the WindowChromeBehavior which is needed to render the custom WindowChrome. + Initializes a new instance of the class. - + - + - - - Gets the template child with the given name. - - The interface type inheirted from DependencyObject. - The name of the template child. + + - - - Represents spinner control - + + - - - Occurs when value has been changed - + + - - - Gets or sets current value - + + - - - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Value. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + + - - - Gets current text from the spinner - + + - - - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Text. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + + - + - Gets or sets a value added or subtracted from the value property + Selects the first tab if is false. - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Increment. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Implements custom placement for ribbon popup - + - Gets or sets minimun value + Raises an event causing the Backstage-View to be closed - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Minimum. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Gets the first visible item - + - Gets or sets maximum value + Gets the first visible and enabled item - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Maximum. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Represents ribbon tab item - + - Gets or sets string format of value + Gets or sets the which is used to render the background if this is the currently active/selected one. - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Format. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + for . - + - Gets or sets the amount of time, in milliseconds, - the Spinner waits while it is pressed before it starts repeating. - The value must be non-negative. This is a dependency property. + Gets or sets the which is used to render the border if this is the currently active/selected one. - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Delay. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + for . - - - Gets or sets the amount of time, in milliseconds, - between repeats once repeating starts. The value must be non-negative. - This is a dependency property. - + + - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Interval. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Keys. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - - - Gets or sets width of the value input part of spinner - - - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for InputWidth. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Gets ribbon groups container - + - Gets or sets a converter which is used to convert from text to double and from double to text. + Gets or sets whether ribbon is minimized - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for TextToValueConverter. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for IsMinimized. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Defines wether all text should be select as soon as this control gets focus. + Gets or sets whether ribbon is opened - + - for + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for IsOpen. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Static constructor + Gets or sets reduce order - + - Select all text in the Spinner. + Gets or sets whether tab item is contextual - + - When overridden in a derived class, is invoked whenever application code or internal processes call . + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for IsContextual. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - + - Invoked when an unhandled System.Windows.Input.Keyboard.KeyUp attached event reaches - an element in its route that is derived from this class. Implement this method to add class handling for this event. + Gets or sets whether tab item is selected - The System.Windows.Input.KeyEventArgs that contains the event data. - + - Gets control which represents shortcut item. - This item MUST be syncronized with the original - and send command to original one control. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for IsSelected. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - Control which represents shortcut item - + - This method must be overriden to bind properties to use in quick access creating + Gets ribbon tab control parent - Toolbar item - + - Represents button control that allows - you to add menu and handle clicks + Gets or sets the padding for the header. - + - Gets an enumerator for logical child elements of this element. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for HeaderPadding. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Gets or sets the command to invoke when this button is pressed. This is a dependency property. + Gets or sets whether separator is visible - + - Gets or sets the parameter to pass to the System.Windows.Controls.Primitives.ButtonBase.Command property. This is a dependency property. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for IsSeparatorVisible. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Gets or sets the element on which to raise the specified command. This is a dependency property. + Gets or sets ribbon contextual tab group - + - Identifies the CommandParameter dependency property. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Group. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Identifies the routed Command dependency property. + Gets or sets desired width of the tab item. + This is needed in case the width of is larger than it's tabs. - + - Identifies the CommandTarget dependency property. + Gets or sets whether tab item has left group border - + - Gets or sets the name of the group that the toggle button belongs to. - Use the GroupName property to specify a grouping of toggle buttons to - create a mutually exclusive set of controls. You can use the GroupName - property when only one selection is possible from a list of available - options. When this property is set, only one ToggleButton in the specified - group can be selected at a time. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for HaseLeftGroupBorder. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for GroupName. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Gets or sets whether tab item has right group border - + - Gets or sets a value indicating whether SplitButton is checked + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for HaseLeftGroupBorder. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for IsChecked. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + get collection of ribbon groups - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether SplitButton can be checked - + + - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for IsChecked. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + DependencyProperty for . - + - Gets or sets tooltip of dropdown part of split button + Gets or sets header template of tab item. - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for DropDownToolTip. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + DependencyProperty for . - + - Gets or sets a value indicating whether dropdown part of split button is enabled + Handles Focusable changes - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for IsDropDownEnabled. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Coerces Focusable - + - Gets or sets whether ribbon control click must close backstage + Static constructor - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for IsDefinitive. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Default constructor - - - Occurs when user clicks - + + - - - Occurs when user clicks - + + - - - Occurs when button is checked - + + - - - Occurs when button is checked - + + - + + + + + + + - Occurs when button is unchecked + Handles selected + The event data - + - Occurs when button is unchecked + handles unselected + The event data + + + + + + - + - Default constructor + Represent panel with ribbon tab items. + It is automatically adjusting size of tabs - + - When overridden in a derived class, is invoked - whenever application code or internal processes call ApplyTemplate + Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - Invoked when an unhandled System.Windows.UIElement.PreviewMouseLeftButtonDown routed event - reaches an element in its route that is derived from this class. Implement this method to add - class handling for this event. - - The System.Windows.Input.MouseButtonEventArgs that contains the event data. - The event data reports that the left mouse button was pressed. + + - - - Provides class handling for the routed event that occurs when the user presses a key. - - The event data for the event. + + - + - Gets control which represents shortcut item. - This item MUST be synchronized with the original - and send command to original one control. + Updates separator visibility - Control which represents shortcut item + If this parameter true, regular tabs will have separators + If this parameter true, contextual tabs will have separators - - - This method must be overridden to bind properties to use in quick access creating - - Toolbar item + + - - - Gets or sets whether button can be added to quick access toolbar - + + - - - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for CanAddButtonToQuickAccessToolBar. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + + - + - - - Helper-Class for switching states in ToggleButton-Groups - + + - - - Handles changes to - + + - - - Updates the states of all buttons inside the group which belongs to. - + + - - - Handles changes to - + + - + - Represents additional toltip functionality + Not implemented - - - Attach ooltip properties to control - - Control type + + - - - Represents specific label to use in particular ribbon controls - + + - + - Run with text + Not implemented - + - Gets or sets whether label must have two lines + Not implemented - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for HasTwoLines. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Not implemented - + - Handles HasTwoLines property changes + Not implemented - Object - The event data - - - Gets or sets whether label has glyph - + + - - - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for HasGlyph. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + + - + - Handles HasGlyph property changes + Not implemented - Object - The event data - + - Gets or sets labels text + Not implemented - + + + + + + + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Text. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Not implemented - + - Static constructor + Not implemented - + - Default constructor + Not implemented - + - When overridden in a derived class, is invoked whenever application code or internal - processes call System.Windows.FrameworkElement.ApplyTemplate(). + Helper class to hold scrolling data. + This class exists to reduce working set when SCP is delegating to another implementation of ISI. + Standard "extra pointer always for less data sometimes" cache savings model: - + - Handles text property changes + Scroll viewer - Object - The event data - + - Updates text run adds newline if HasTwoLines == true + Scroll offset - + - Represents group separator menu item + ViewportSize is computed from our FinalSize, but may be in different units. - + - Represents adorner for KeyTips. - KeyTipAdorners is chained to produce one from another. - Detaching root adorner couses detaching all adorners in the chain + Extent is the total size of our content. - + - This event is occured when adorner is - detached and is not able to be attached again + Represents title bar - + - Determines whether at least one on the adorners in the chain is alive + Gets or sets quick access toolbar - + - Construcotor + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for QuickAccessToolBar. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - Element to adorn. - Parent adorner or null. - The element which is container for elements. - + - Attaches this adorner to the adorned element + Gets or sets header alignment - + - Detaches this adorner from the adorned element + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for HeaderAlignment. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Terminate whole key tip's adorner chain + Defines whether title bar is collapsed - + - Forwards to the elements with the given keys + DependencyProperty for - Keys - If true the element will be clicked - If the element will be found the function will return true - + - Gets by keys. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for HideContextTabs. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - The keys to look for. - The associated with . - + - Determines if an of the keytips contained in this adorner start with + Gets or sets whether context tabs are hidden. - true if any keytip start with . Otherwise false. - + - Positions child elements and determines - a size for the control + Static constructor - The final area within the parent - that this element should use to arrange - itself and its children - The actual size used - + - Measures KeyTips + Creates a new instance. - The available size that this element can give to child elements. - The size that the groups container determines it needs during - layout, based on its calculations of child element sizes. - - + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + - Gets visual children count + Sometimes the relative position only changes after the arrange phase. + To compensate such sitiations we issue a second layout pass by invalidating our measure. + This situation can occur if, for example, the icon of a ribbon window has it's visibility changed. - + + + + - Returns a child at the specified index from a collection of child elements + Represent panel for group box panel - The zero-based index of the requested child element in the collection - The requested child element - + - Represents KeyTip control + Gets or sets style for the separator - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Keys. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for SeparatorStyle. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Sets value of attached property Keys for the given element + Gets children - The given element - Value - + - Gets value of the attached property Keys of the given element + Gets particular rules for layout in this group box panel - The given element - + + + + + + + + + + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for AutoPlacement. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Static constructor - + - Sets whether key tip placement is auto - or defined by alignment and margin properties + Default constructor - The given element - Value - + - Gets whether key tip placement is auto - or defined by alignment and margin properties + Gets current used layout definition (or null if no present definitions) - The given element + Layout definition or null - + + + + + + + + + + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for HorizontalAlignment. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Unified method for wrap panel logic + Available or final size + Pass true if measure required; pass false if arrange required + Final size - + - Sets Horizontal Alignment of the key tip + Layout logic for the given layout definition - The given element - Value + Current layout definition + Available or final size + Pass true if measure required; pass false if arrange required + Determines whether we have to add children to the logical and visual tree + Final size - + + + + - Gets Horizontal alignment of the key tip + Represent logical definition for a control in toolbar - The given element - + - Gets vertical alignment of the key tip + Creates a new instance - The given element - + - Sets vertical alignment of the key tip + Gets or sets Size for the element. - The given element - Value - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for VerticalAlignment. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Size. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Gets margin of the key tip + Gets or sets SizeDefinition for element. - The key tip - Margin - + - Sets margin of the key tip + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for SizeDefinition. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - The key tip - Value - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Margin. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Gets or sets name of the target control - + - Represents drop down button + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for ControlName. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Gets or sets Size for the element. + Gets or sets width of the target control - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Size. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Width. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + + + + + + + - Gets or sets SizeDefinition for element. + Represent logical container for toolbar items - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for SizeDefinition. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Gets whether the group is the fisrt control in the row - + - Gets or sets KeyTip for element. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for IsFirstInRow. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Keys. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Gets whether the group is the last control in the row - + - Gets drop down popup + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for IsFirstInRow. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Gets a value indicating whether context menu is opened + Represent logical container for toolbar items - + - Gets or sets element Text + Occures when children has been changed - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Header. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Gets rows - + - Gets or sets Icon for the element + Default constructor - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Icon. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Represents size definition for group box - + - Gets or sets button large icon + Gets or sets Size for the element. - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for SmallIcon. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Size. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Gets or sets whether button has triangle + Gets or sets SizeDefinition for element. - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for HasTriangle. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for SizeDefinition. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Gets or sets whether popup is opened + Gets or sets count of rows in the ribbon toolbar - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for IsOpen. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for RowCount. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Gets or sets context menu resize mode + Gets rows - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for ResizeMode. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Represents size definition for group box - + - Get or sets max height of drop down popup + Gets rows - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for MaxDropDownHeight. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Represents basic window for ribbon - - - Gets or sets initial dropdown height - + + - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for InitialDropDownHeight. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + for . - + - Gets or sets whether the popup of this drop down button should automatically be closed on mouse down. + Gets or sets the height which is used to render the window title. - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for ClosePopupOnMouseDown. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + for . - + - Gets or sets the delay in milliseconds to close the popup on mouse down. + Gets or sets the which is used to render the window title. - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for ClosePopupOnMouseDownDelay. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + for . - + - Occurs when context menu is opened + Gets or sets the which is used to render the window title background. - + - Occurs when context menu is closed + for . - + - Static constructor + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for WindowCommands. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Default constructor + Gets or sets the window commands - + - When overridden in a derived class, is invoked whenever application code or internal processes call . + Gets or sets resize border thickness. - + - Creates or identifies the element that is used to display the given item. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for ResizeBorderTickness. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - The element that is used to display the given item. - + - Determines if the specified item is (or is eligible to be) its own container. + for . - The item to check. - - + - Provides class handling for the routed event that occurs when the user presses a key. + Gets or sets a brush which is used as the glow when the window is active. - The event data for the event. - - - - - - - + - Called when drop down opened. + for . - + - Called when drop down closed. + Gets or sets a brush which is used as the glow when the window is not active. - + - Gets control which represents shortcut item. - This item MUST be synchronized with the original - and send command to original one control. + for . - Control which represents shortcut item - + - Handles quick access button drop down menu opened + Gets or sets a brush which is used as the border brush when the window is not active. - + - Handles quick access button drop down menu closed + Gets or sets whether icon is visible - + - This method must be overridden to bind properties to use in quick access creating + Gets or sets whether icon is visible - Toolbar item - + - Binds the DropDownClosed and DropDownOpened events to the created quick access item + Gets whether window is collapsed - Toolbar item - + - Gets or sets whether control can be added to quick access toolbar + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for IsCollapsed. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for CanAddToQuickAccessToolBar. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Defines if the Ribbon should automatically set when the width or height of the owner window drop under or - - - - + - Handles Alt, F10 and so on + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for IsCollapsed. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Checks if any keytips are visible. + Defines if the taskbar should be ignored and hidden while the window is maximized. - + - Default constrctor + for . - Host element - + - Attaches self + Static constructor - + - Detachs self + Default constructor - + - Represents menu item + Initializes the WindowChromeBehavior which is needed to render the custom WindowChrome. - + - Gets or sets Size for the element. + Initializes the GlowWindowBehavior which is needed to render the custom resize windows around the current window. - + + + + + + + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Size. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Gets the template child with the given name. + The interface type inheirted from DependencyObject. + The name of the template child. - + - Gets or sets SizeDefinition for element. + ScreenTips display the name of the control, + the keyboard shortcut for the control, and a brief description + of how to use the control. ScreenTips also can provide F1 support, + which opens help and takes the user directly to the related + help topic for the control whose ScreenTip was + displayed when the F1 button was pressed - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for SizeDefinition. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Static constructor - + - Gets or sets KeyTip for element. + Default constructor - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Keys. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Gets or sets title of the screen tip - + - Gets drop down popup + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Title. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Gets a value indicating whether context menu is opened + Gets or sets text of the screen tip - + - Useless property only used in secon level application menu items + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Text. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Description. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Gets or sets disable reason of the associated screen tip's control - + - Gets or sets whether popup is opened + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for DisableReason. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Gets or sets whether ribbon control click must close backstage + Gets or sets help topic of the ScreenTip - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for IsDefinitive. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for HelpTopic. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Gets or sets context menu resize mode + Gets or sets image of the screen tip - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for ResizeMode. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Image. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Get or sets max height of drop down popup + Shows or hides the Help Label - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for MaxDropDownHeight. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store the boolean. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Gets or sets a value indicating whether menu item is splited + Occurs when user press F1 on ScreenTip with HelpTopic filled - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for IsSplited. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Gets or set whether ScreenTip should positioned below Ribbon - + - Gets or sets the name of the group that the toggle button belongs to. - Use the GroupName property to specify a grouping of toggle buttons to - create a mutually exclusive set of controls. You can use the GroupName - property when only one selection is possible from a list of available - options. When this property is set, only one ToggleButton in the specified - group can be selected at a time. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for BelowRibbon. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for GroupName. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Event args for HelpPressed event handler - + - Occurs when context menu is opened + Constructor + Help topic - + - Occurs when context menu is closed + Gets help topic associated with screen tip - + - Initializes static members of the class. + Represents separator to use in the TabControl - + - Initializes a new instance of the class. + Static constructor - + - Gets control which represents shortcut item. - This item MUST be synchronized with the original - and send command to original one control. + Represents spinner control - Control which represents shortcut item - + - Handles quick access button drop down menu opened + Occurs when value has been changed - + - Handles quick access button drop down menu closed + Gets or sets current value - + - Gets or sets whether control can be added to quick access toolbar + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Value. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for CanAddToQuickAccessToolBar. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Gets current text from the spinner - - - - - - - + - Creates or identifies the element that is used to display the given item. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Text. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - The element that is used to display the given item. - + - Determines if the specified item is (or is eligible to be) its own container. + Gets or sets a value added or subtracted from the value property - The item to check. - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - + - Called when the left mouse button is released. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Increment. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - The event data for the event. - + - Called when a is clicked. + Gets or sets minimun value - + - Called when the template's tree is generated. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Minimum. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Responds to the event. + Gets or sets maximum value - The event data for the event. - + - This interface must be implemented for controls - which are intended to insert to quick access toolbar + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Maximum. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Gets control which represents shortcut item. - This item MUST be syncronized with the original - and send command to original one control. + Gets or sets string format of value - Control which represents shortcut item - + - Gets or sets a value indicating whether control can be added to quick access toolbar + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Format. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Peresents quick access shortcut to another control + Gets or sets the amount of time, in milliseconds, + the Spinner waits while it is pressed before it starts repeating. + The value must be non-negative. This is a dependency property. - + - Default constructor + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Delay. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Gets or sets shortcut to the target control + Gets or sets the amount of time, in milliseconds, + between repeats once repeating starts. The value must be non-negative. + This is a dependency property. - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for shortcut. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Interval. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Gets an enumerator for logical child elements of this element. + Gets or sets width of the value input part of spinner - + - The class responds to mine controls for QuickAccessToolBar + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for InputWidth. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Determines whether the given control can provide a quick access toolbar item + Gets or sets a converter which is used to convert from text to double and from double to text. - Control - True if this control is able to provide - a quick access toolbar item, false otherwise - + - Gets control which represents quick access toolbar item + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for TextToValueConverter. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - Host control - Control which represents quick access toolbar item - + - Finds the top supported control + Defines whether all text should be select as soon as this control gets focus. - + - Represents quick access toolbar + for - + - Occured when items are added or removed from Quick Access toolbar + Static constructor - + - Gets items collection + Select all text in the Spinner. - + - Gets whether QuickAccessToolBar has overflow items + When overridden in a derived class, is invoked whenever application code or internal processes call . - - - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for HasOverflowItems. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + + - + - Gets quick access menu items + Invoked when an unhandled System.Windows.Input.Keyboard.KeyUp attached event reaches + an element in its route that is derived from this class. Implement this method to add class handling for this event. + The System.Windows.Input.KeyEventArgs that contains the event data. - + - Handles quick access menu items chages + Gets control which represents shortcut item. + This item MUST be syncronized with the original + and send command to original one control. + Control which represents shortcut item - + - Gets or sets whether quick access toolbar showes above ribbon + This method must be overriden to bind properties to use in quick access creating + Toolbar item - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for ShowAboveRibbon. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Represents button control that allows + you to add menu and handle clicks - + + + + + + + + + + + + + - Gets an enumerator to the logical child elements + Identifies the CommandParameter dependency property. - + - Gets or sets whether user can change location of QAT + Identifies the routed Command dependency property. - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for CanQuickAccessLocationChanging. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Identifies the CommandTarget dependency property. - + + + + - Gets or sets whether the Menu-DropDown is visible or not. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for GroupName. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + + + + - for . + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for IsChecked. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Static constructor + Gets or sets a value indicating whether SplitButton can be checked - + - When overridden in a derived class, is invoked whenever application code or - internal processes call System.Windows.FrameworkElement.ApplyTemplate(). + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for IsChecked. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Handles show below menu item click + Gets or sets tooltip of dropdown part of split button - Sender - The event data - + - Handles show above menu item click + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for DropDownToolTip. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - Sender - The event data - + - Called to remeasure a control. + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the button part of split button is enabled. + If you want to disable the button part and the DropDown please use . - The size of the control, up to the maximum specified by constraint - The maximum size that the method can return - + - We have to use this function because setting a very frequently is quite expensive + for . - + - First calls and then + Gets or sets whether ribbon control click must close backstage - + - Gets or sets a custom action to generate KeyTips for items in this control. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for IsDefinitive. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - for . + for . - + - Represents the main Ribbon control which consists of multiple tabs, each of which - containing groups of controls. The Ribbon also provides improved context - menus, enhanced screen tips, and keyboard shortcuts. + Gets or sets the postfix for the primary keytip action. - + + Identifies the dependency property. + + - Gets the current instance for storing the state of this control. + Gets or sets the postfix for the secondary keytip action. - + + Identifies the dependency property. + + - Create a new instance for storing the state of this control. + Gets or sets the keytip for the secondary action. - Instance of a state storage class. - + - Minimal width of ribbon parent window + Occurs when user clicks - + - Minimal height of ribbon parent window + Occurs when user clicks - + - Context menu for ribbon in current thread + Occurs when button is checked - + - Invoked whenever an unhandled routed event reaches this class in its route. Implement this method to add class handling for this event. + Occurs when button is checked - The that contains the event data. - + - Invoked whenever an unhandled routed event reaches this class in its route. Implement this method to add class handling for this event. + Occurs when button is unchecked - Provides data about the event. - + - Occurs when selected tab has been changed (be aware that SelectedTab can be null) + Occurs when button is unchecked - + - Occurs when customize the ribbon + Occurs when button is unchecked - + - Occurs when customize quick access toolbar + Occurs when button is unchecked - + - Occurs when IsMinimized property is changing + Default constructor - + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + - Occurs when IsCollapsed property is changing + Gets or sets whether button can be added to quick access toolbar - + - Gets or sets file menu control (can be application menu button, backstage button and so on) + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for CanAddButtonToQuickAccessToolBar. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + + + + - for . + Represents the container for the . - + - Property for defining the start screen. + Indicates whether the has aleaady been shown or not. - + - for + for . - + - Property for defining the QuickAccessToolBar. + Shows the . - + - for + Hides the . - + - Property for defining the TabControl. + Control for representing the left and right side of the start screen. + + To control some aspects of the left handed side of this control please use properties prefixed with "ItemsPanel*". + - + - for + Left side panel content of the startscreen. - + - Gets or sets selected tab item + for . - + - for . + Defines the margin for - + - Gets or sets selected tab index + for . - + - for . + Right side panel content of the startscreen. - + - Gets the first visible TabItem + for . - + - Gets the last visible TabItem + Static constructor. - + - Gets currently active quick access elements. + Represents ribbon status bar - + - Gets a copy of currently active quick access elements. + Static constructor - + - Gets ribbon titlebar + Default constructor - + + + + + + + + + + - for . + Represents ribbon status bar item - + - Gets or sets whether quick access toolbar showes above ribbon + Gets or sets ribbon status bar item - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for ShowAboveRibbon. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Title. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Handles ShowQuickAccessToolBarAboveRibbon property changed + Gets or sets ribbon status bar value - Object - The event data - + - Gets or sets the height which is used to render the window title. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Value. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - for . + Gets or sets whether status bar item is checked in menu - + - Gets collection of contextual tab groups + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for IsChecked. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Handles collection of contextual tab groups ghanges + Occurs when status bar item checks - Sender - The event data - + - gets collection of ribbon tabs + Occurs when status bar item unchecks - + - Handles collection of ribbon tabs changed + Static constructor - Sender - The event data - + - Gets collection of toolbar items + Represents menu item in ribbon status bar menu - + - Handles collection of toolbar items changes + Gets or sets Ribbon Status Bar menu item - Sender - The event data - + - Gets an enumerator for logical child elements of this element. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for StatusBarItem. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Gets collection of quick access menu items + Static constructor - + - Handles collection of quick access menu items changes + Default constructor - Sender - The event data + Ribbon Status Bar menu item - + - Gets or sets whether Customize Quick Access Toolbar menu item is shown + Represents panel for status bar - + + + + + + + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for CanCustomizeQuickAccessToolBar. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Represents custom Fluent UI TextBox - + - Gets or sets whether items can be added or removed from the quick access toolbar by users. + Gets or sets width of the value input part of textbox - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for CanCustomizeQuickAccessToolBarItems. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for InputWidth. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Gets or sets whether the QAT Menu-DropDown is visible or not. + Static constructor - + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + - for . + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for CanAddToQuickAccessToolBar. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Gets or sets whether Customize Ribbon menu item is shown + This method must be overridden to bind properties to use in quick access creating + Toolbar item - + + + + + + + + + + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for CanCustomizeRibbon. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Size. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - - - Gets or sets whether ribbon can be minimized - + + - + - Gets or sets whether ribbon is minimized + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for SizeDefinition. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + + + + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for IsMinimized. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Keys. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - - - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for CanMinimize. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + + - + - Gets or sets the height of the gap between the ribbon and the regular window content + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Header. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - - - DependencyProperty for - + + - + - Gets or sets the height of the ribbon content area + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Icon. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - - - for - + + - - - Gets whether ribbon is collapsed - + + + + + - + - DependencyProperty for + Represents toggle button - - - Defines if the Ribbon should automatically set when the width or height of the owner window drop under or - + + - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for IsCollapsed. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Size. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - - - Gets or sets whether QAT is visible - + + - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for IsQuickAccessToolBarVisible. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for SizeDefinition. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + + + + - Gets or sets whether user can change location of QAT + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Keys. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + + + + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for CanQuickAccessLocationChanging. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for GroupName. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + + + + - DependencyProperty for + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Header. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + + + + - Defines wether scrolling by mouse wheel is enabled or not. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Icon. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + + + + - Checks if any keytips are visible. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for SmallIcon. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - for . + Gets or sets whether ribbon control click must close backstage - + - Defines wether handling of key tips is enabled or not. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for IsDefinitive. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Gets add to quick access toolbar command + Initializes static members of the class. - + - Gets remove from quick access command + Initializes a new instance of the class. - + + + + + + + - Gets show quick access above command + Used to call OnClick (which is protected) - + + + + + + + - Gets show quick access below command + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for CanAddToQuickAccessToolBar. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + - Gets toggle ribbon minimize command + Represents specific label to use in particular ribbon controls - + - Gets customize quick access toolbar command + Run with text - + - Gets customize the ribbon command + Gets or sets whether label must have two lines - + - Initializes static members of the class. + for . - + - Default constructor + Handles HasTwoLines property changes + Object + The event data - + - Invoked whenever an unhandled System.Windows.UIElement.GotFocus - event reaches this element in its route. + Gets or sets whether label has glyph - The System.Windows.RoutedEventArgs that contains the event data. - + - When overridden in a derived class, is invoked whenever application code or - internal processes call System.Windows.FrameworkElement.ApplyTemplate(). + for . - + - Called when the is closed, so that we set it to null. + Handles HasGlyph property changes + Object + The event data - + - Determines whether the given element is in quick access toolbar + Gets or sets the text - Element - True if element in quick access toolbar - + - Adds the given element to quick access toolbar + for . - Element - + - Removes the given elements from quick access toolbar + Static constructor - Element - + + + + + + + - Clears quick access toolbar + Handles text property changes + Object + The event data - + - Traverse logical tree and find QAT items, remember paths + Updates text runs and adds newline if HasTwoLines == true - + - Gets or sets whether Quick Access ToolBar can - save and load its state automatically + Helper control which enables easy embedding of window steering functions. - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for AutomaticStateManagement. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Static constructor - + + + + + + + - Represents contextual tab group + Extracts right content presenter of application menu converter - + + + + + + + - Gets or sets group header + Converts to a and back. - + + + + + + + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Header. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Checks equality of value and the converter parameter. + Returns if they are equal. + Returns if they are NOT equal. - + + + + + + + - Handles header chages + Used to invert numbers - Object - The event data. - + + + + + + + - Gets collection of tab items + Converts null to true and not null to false. - + - Gets or sets the visibility this group for internal use (this enables us to hide this group when all items in this group are hidden) + A singleton instance for . - + + + + + + + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for InnerVisibility. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Converts , , or to or (dependent upon target type). + When converting you can pass a desired size as the converter parameter. + The returned will be the closest found in the provided image. + + - This converter is also a to be able to extract the from the target control. + - This converter is also a . The order for parameters/values is: + 0 = value to convert + 1 = visual target or desired size + 2 = desired size + Index checks are applied during value extraction, so providing null or just the value to convert are considered valid. + - + - Gets the first visible TabItem in this group + Creates a new instance. - + - Gets the first visible TabItem in this group + Creates a new instance. + The object or binding to which the converter should be applied to. - + - Gets the last visible TabItem in this group + Creates a new instance. + The object or binding to which the converter should be applied to. + The desired size for the image. - + - Static constructor + Creates a new instance. + The object or binding to which the converter should be applied to. + The desired size for the image. - + - Handles visibility prioperty changed + Creates a new instance. - Object - The event data + The object or binding to which the converter should be applied to. + The desired size for the image. + The target visual on which the image/icon should be shown. - + - Default constructor + The target visual on which the image/icon should be shown. - + - Appends tab item + The binding to which the converter should be applied to. - Ribbon tab item - + - Removes tab item + The binding for the desired size for the image. - Ribbon tab item - + + + + + + + - Updates the group border + Returns the value to convert. - + - + + + + + + + - Updates the Visibility of the inner container + Extracts an from which closest matches the . + Value from which the should be extracted. It can be of type + The desired size to extract from . + An frozen which closest matches - + - Represents contextual groups container + Extracts an from which closest matches the . + Value from which the should be extracted. It can be of type + The target on which the will be used. + The desired size to extract from . + An frozen which closest matches - + - When overridden in a derived class, positions child elements and determines a size for - a System.Windows.FrameworkElement derived class. + Extracts an from which closest matches the . - The final area within the parent that this element should - use to arrange itself and its children. - The actual size used. + Value from which the should be extracted. It can be of type + The desired size to extract from . + An which closest matches - + - When overridden in a derived class, measures the size in layout required for - child elements and determines a size for the System.Windows.FrameworkElement-derived class. + Extracts an from which closest matches the . - The available size that this element can give to child elements. - Infinity can be specified as a value to indicate that the element will size to whatever content is available. - The size that this element determines it needs during layout, based on its calculations of child element sizes. + Value from which the should be extracted. It can be of type + /// The target on which the will be used. + The desired size to extract from . + An which closest matches - + - Represents title bar + Get the scaled desired size. - + - Gets or sets quick access toolbar + Get the scaled desired size. - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for QuickAccessToolBar. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Class which enables conversion from to - + + + + + + + - Gets or sets header alignment + Converter class which converts from to and back. - + + + + + + + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for HeaderAlignment. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Converts the given to a . + The value converted from or if the conversion fails. - + - Defines whether title bar is collapsed + Converts to a formatted text using . + converted to a . - + - DependencyProperty for + Hold static instances of several commonly used converters. - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for HideContextTabs. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Get a static instance of - + - Gets or sets whether context tabs are hidden. + Get a static instance of - + - Static constructor + Get a static instance of - + - Creates a new instance. + Get a static instance of - - - - - - - - + + + Get a static instance of + - - + + + Used to convert from four double values to + - + - + - - + + + Icon converter provides window or application default icon if user-defined is not present. + - - + + + Creates a new instance. + + The binding to which the converter should be applied to. - + - Sometimes the relative position only changes after the arrange phase. - To compensate such sitiations we issue a second layout pass by invalidating our measure. - This situation can occur if, for example, the icon of a ribbon window has it's visibility changed. + Creates a new instance. + The binding to which the converter should be applied to. + The target visual on which the image/icon should be shown. - + - ScreenTips display the name of the control, - the keyboard shortcut for the control, and a brief description - of how to use the control. ScreenTips also can provide F1 support, - which opens help and takes the user directly to the related - help topic for the control whose ScreenTip was - displayed when the F1 button was pressed + Creates a new instance. + The binding to which the converter should be applied to. + The desired size for the image. + The target visual on which the image/icon should be shown. - + + + + - Static constructor + Container class for KeyTip informations - + - Default constructor + Creates a new instance. + The keys to be used for . + The element to which this instance belongs to. + Defines if the created should be hidden or not. - + - Gets or sets title of the screen tip + Gets - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Title. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Gets the element this instance belongs to. - + - Gets or sets text of the screen tip + Gets or sets the element which acts as the visual target. - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Text. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Gets the initial visibility. - + - Gets or sets disable reason of the associated screen tip's control + Gets the for . - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for DisableReason. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Gets or sets the position of . - + - Gets or sets help topic of the ScreenTip + Gets or sets the backed up value of of - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for HelpTopic. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Gets from . - + - Gets or sets image of the screen tip + Gets or sets from . - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Image. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Gets from - + - Shows or hides the Help Label + Represents the result of . - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store the boolean. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + An empty default instance. - + - Occurs when user press F1 on ScreenTip with HelpTopic filled + Creates a new instance. + Defines if the pressed element aquired focus or not. + Defines if the pressed element opened a popup or not. - + - Gets or set whether ScreenTip should positioned below Ribbon + Defines if the pressed element aquired focus or not. - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for BelowRibbon. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Defines if the pressed element opened a popup or not. - + - Event args for HelpPressed event handler + Class to map from to - + - Gets help topic associated with screen tip + Creates a new instance - + - Constructor + Creates a new instance - Help topic - + - Represent panel with ribbon tab items. - It is automatically adjusting size of tabs + Gets or sets the value for large group sizes - + - Initializes a new instance of the class. + Gets or sets the value for middle group sizes - + - Measures all of the RibbonGroupBox, and resize them appropriately - to fit within the available room + Gets or sets the value for small group sizes - The available size that this element can give to child elements. - The size that the groups container determines it needs during - layout, based on its calculations of child element sizes. - - + - Positions child elements and determines - a size for the control + Converts from to - The final area within the parent - that this element should use to arrange - itself and its children - The actual size used - + - Updates separator visibility + Converts from to - If this parameter true, regular tabs will have separators - If this parameter true, contextual tabs will have separators - + - Gets or sets a System.Windows.Controls.ScrollViewer element that controls scrolling behavior. + Converts from to - + - Sets the amount of horizontal offset. + Gets the appropriate from , or depending on - The degree to which content is horizontally offset from the containing viewport. - + + + + + + + + + + + Determines whether the specified object instances are considered equal. + The first object to compare. + The second object to compare. + true if the objects are considered equal; otherwise, false. If both and are null, the method returns true. + + + Determines whether the specified object instances are not considered equal. + The first object to compare. + The second object to compare. + true if the objects are not considered equal; otherwise, false. If both and are null, the method returns false. + + - Gets the horizontal size of the extent. + Returns a string that represents the current object. + + A string that represents the current object. + - + - Gets the horizontal offset of the scrolled content. + Handles loading and saving the state of a from/to a , for temporary storage, and from/to , for persistent storage. - + - Gets the horizontal size of the viewport for this content. + Creates a new instance. + The of which the state should be stored. - + - Scrolls left within content by one logical unit. + Finalizes an instance of the class. - + - Scrolls right within content by one logical unit. + Gets whether this object already got disposed. - + + + + + + + - Forces content to scroll until the coordinate space of a System.Windows.Media.Visual object is visible. - This is optimized for horizontal scrolling only + Gets name of the isolated storage file - A System.Windows.Media.Visual that becomes visible. - A bounding rectangle that identifies the coordinate space to make visible. - A System.Windows.Rect that is visible. - + + + + + + + - Not implemented + Saves state to . + Stream - + - Not implemented + Create the serialized state data which should be saved later. + which contains the serialized state data. - + + + + + + + - Not implemented + Loads state from . + The to load the state from. - + - Not implemented + Loads state from . + The to load the state from. - + - Not implemented + Loads state from . + The to load the state from. - + - Not implemented + Loads quick access items from . + Serialized data for generating quick access items. - + - Not implemented + Creates a quick access item () from the given . + Serialized data for one quick access item. + The created quick access item or null of the creation failed. - + - Not implemented + Determines whether the given file exists in the given storage - + - Not implemented + Get this which should be used to store the current state. + or if threw an exception. - + - Not implemented + Resets saved state. - + + + + - Not implemented + Performs application-defined tasks associated with freeing, releasing, or resetting unmanaged resources. + Defines whether managed resources should also be freed. - + - Gets or sets a value that indicates whether scrolling on the vertical axis is possible. + An effect that turns the input into shades of a single color. - + - Gets or sets a value that indicates whether scrolling on the horizontal axis is possible. + Dependency property for Input - + - Not implemented + Dependency property for FilterColor - + - Not implemented + Default constructor - + - Not implemented + Impicit input - + - Helper class to hold scrolling data. - This class exists to reduce working set when SCP is delegating to another implementation of ISI. - Standard "extra pointer always for less data sometimes" cache savings model: + The color used to tint the input. - + - Scroll viewer + Represents logical sizes of a ribbon control - + - Scroll offset + Large size of a control - + - ViewportSize is computed from our FinalSize, but may be in different units. + Middle size of a control - + - Extent is the total size of our content. + Small size of a control - + - Represent base class for Fluent controls + Represents states of ribbon group - + - Gets or sets KeyTip for element. + Large. All controls in the group will try to be large size - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Keys. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Middle. All controls in the group will try to be middle size - + - Gets or sets element header + Small. All controls in the group will try to be small size - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Header. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Collapsed. Group will collapse its content in a single button - + - Gets or sets Icon for the element + QuickAccess. Group will collapse its content in a single button in quick access toolbar - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Icon. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Interface which allows extension of the KeyTip system. - + - Gets or sets the command to invoke when this button is pressed. This is a dependency property. + Gets a list of which belong to the current instance. + Defines if the created should be hidden or not. + A list of which belong to the current instance. - + - Gets or sets the parameter to pass to the System.Windows.Controls.Primitives.ButtonBase.Command property. This is a dependency property. + Interface which is used to signal size changes - + - Gets or sets the element on which to raise the specified command. This is a dependency property. + Called when the size is changed + Size before change + Size after change - + - Identifies the CommandParameter dependency property. + Extension methods for . - + - Identifies the routed Command dependency property. + Class with extension methods for and . - + - Identifies the CommandTarget dependency property. + Class with extension methods for . - + - Handles Command changed + Extensions for . - + - Handles Command CanExecute changed + Execute using and . - + - Gets a value that becomes the return - value of IsEnabled in derived classes. + Determines whether the can be executed using and . - - true if the element is enabled; otherwise, false. - + Returns the commands result of CanExecute. - + - Gets or sets Size for the element. + Extension-Methods for . - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Size. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Returns the container or the content of the container. + + The container for if the container is of type . + The container content for if the container content is of type , but the container itself is not of type . + - + - Gets or sets SizeDefinition for element. + Returns the container or the content of the container. + + The container for if the container is of type . + The container content for if the container content is of type , but the container itself is not of type . + - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for SizeDefinition. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + asdf + - + - Static constructor + Helper class to position . - + - Default Constructor + Positions like would but ignores the value of . - + - Gets control which represents shortcut item. - This item MUST be syncronized with the original - and send command to original one control. + Gets the values for a like would but ignores the value of . - Control which represents shortcut item - + - Binds default properties of control to quick access element + Class which offers helper methods for steering the window - Source item - Toolbar item - + - Gets or sets whether control can be added to quick access toolbar + Shows the system menu at the current mouse position. + The mouse event args. + Defines if window dragging should be handled. + Defines if window state changes should be handled. - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for CanAddToQuickAccessToolBar. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Shows the system menu at the current mouse position. + The object which was the source of the mouse event. + The mouse event args. + Defines if window dragging should be handled. + Defines if window state changes should be handled. - + - Occurs then CanAddToQuickAccessToolBar property changed + Shows the system menu at the current mouse position. + The object which was the source of the mouse event. + The mouse event args. - - - - - - - + - Returns screen workarea in witch control is placed + Shows the system menu at the current mouse position. - Control - Workarea in witch control is placed + The window for which the system menu should be shown. + The mouse event args. - + - Returns monitor in witch control is placed + Shows the system menu at . - Control - Workarea in witch control is placed + The window for which the system menu should be shown. + The location at which the system menu should be shown. - + - Get the parent . + Represents class to determine .NET Framework version difference - The found or null of no parent could be found. - + - Represents ribbon tab control + Version of WPF - + - Default value for . + Gets UseLayoutRounding attached property value + - + - Default value for . + Gets UseLayoutRounding attached property value - + - Event which is fired when the, maybe listening, should be closed + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for UseLayoutRounding. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Gets or sets file menu control (can be application menu button, backstage button and so on) + Helper-Class for switching states in ToggleButton-Groups - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Button. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Handles changes to - + - Gets drop down popup + Updates the states of all buttons inside the group which belongs to. - + - Gets the responsible for displaying the selected tabs content. + Handles changes to - + - Gets a value indicating whether context menu is opened + Represents control that have drop down popup - + - Gets content of selected tab item + Gets drop down popup - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for . This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Gets a value indicating whether control context menu is opened - + - Gets or sets whether ribbon is minimized + Gets or sets a value indicating whether drop down is opened - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for . This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Occurs when drop down is opened. - + - Gets or sets whether ribbon can be minimized + Occurs when drop down menu is closed. - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for . This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Represents a control that has a header. - + - Gets or sets whether ribbon popup is opened + Gets or sets the header. - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for . This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Base interface for controls supports key tips - + - Defines if the currently selected item should draw it's highlight/selected borders + Gets and sets KeyTip for element. - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for . This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Handles key tip pressed - + - Gets whether ribbon tabs can scroll + Handles back navigation with KeyTips - + - Gets or sets selected tab item + Inferface for controls which provide a large icon. - + - Gets collection of ribbon toolbar items + Gets or sets the large icon. - + - Gets or sets the height of the content area. + Adds support for forwarding AddLogicalChild and RemoveLogicalChild. - + + Adds the provided object to the logical tree of this element. + Child element to be added. + + - for . + Removes the provided object from this element's logical tree. + updates the affected logical tree parent pointers to keep in sync with this deletion. + The element to remove. - + - Gets or sets the height of the gap between the ribbon and the content + Helper class for - + - DependencyProperty for + Checks if can be executed. + This method is null safe. + true if the command can be executed, otherwise false. - + - DependencyProperty for + Executes . + This method is null safe. - + - Defines wether scrolling by mouse wheel is enabled or not. + AreClose - Returns whether or not two doubles are "close". That is, whether or + not they are within epsilon of each other. Note that this epsilon is proportional + to the numbers themselves to that AreClose survives scalar multiplication. + There are plenty of ways for this to return false even for numbers which + are theoretically identical, so no code calling this should fail to work if this + returns false. This is important enough to repeat: + NB: NO CODE CALLING THIS FUNCTION SHOULD DEPEND ON ACCURATE RESULTS - this should be + used for optimizations *only*. + + bool - the result of the AreClose comparision. + + The first double to compare. + The second double to compare. - + - Initializes static members of the class. + GreaterThan - Returns whether or not the first double is greater than the second double. + That is, whether or not the first is strictly greater than *and* not within epsilon of + the other number. Note that this epsilon is proportional to the numbers themselves + to that AreClose survives scalar multiplication. Note, + There are plenty of ways for this to return false even for numbers which + are theoretically identical, so no code calling this should fail to work if this + returns false. This is important enough to repeat: + NB: NO CODE CALLING THIS FUNCTION SHOULD DEPEND ON ACCURATE RESULTS - this should be + used for optimizations *only*. + + bool - the result of the GreaterThan comparision. + + The first double to compare. + The second double to compare. - + - Initializes a new instance of the class. + Helper class used to queue action for completion or items changes of - + - Raises the System.Windows.FrameworkElement.Initialized event. - This method is invoked whenever System.Windows. - FrameworkElement.IsInitialized is set to true internally. + Creates a new instance used to queue action for completion or items changes of - The System.Windows.RoutedEventArgs that contains the event data. + The to be used. + The that should be invoked. - + - Creates or identifies the element that is used to display the given item. + Gets the to be used. - The element that is used to display the given item. - + - Determines if the specified item is (or is eligible to be) its own container. + Gets the that should be invoked. - The item to check. - true if the item is (or is eligible to be) its own container; otherwise, false. - + - When overridden in a derived class, is invoked whenever application code or - internal processes call System.Windows.FrameworkElement.ApplyTemplate(). + Gets the current wait state. true in case was called and we are waiting for the to finish. - + - Updates the current selection when an item in the System.Windows.Controls.Primitives.Selector has changed + Queues for invocation. - The event data. - + - Called when the selection changes. + Class containing boxed values for . - The event data. - + - Invoked when an unhandled System.Windows.Input.Mouse.PreviewMouseWheel - attached event reaches an element in its route that is derived from this class. - Implement this method to add class handling for this event. + Gets a boxed value for true. - The System.Windows.Input.MouseWheelEventArgs that contains the event data. - + - Invoked when the event is received. + Gets a boxed value for true. - Information about the event. - + - Implements custom placement for ribbon popup + Gets a boxed value for . + A boxed value. - + - Raises an event causing the Backstage-View to be closed + Class containing boxed values for . - + - Gets the first visible item + Gets a boxed value for 0.0D. - - - RibbonGroup represents a logical group of controls as they appear on - a RibbonTab. These groups can resize its content + + + Gets a boxed value for . - + - Gets or sets KeyTip for element. + Gets a boxed value for . - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Keys. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Class containing boxed values for . - + - Gets drop down popup + Gets a boxed value for 0. - + - Gets a value indicating whether context menu is opened + Gets a boxed value for . - + - Gets or sets the current state of the group + Class containing boxed values for . - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for State. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Gets a boxed value for . - + - On state property changed + Class containing boxed values for . - Object - The event data - + - Gets or sets scale index (for internal IRibbonScalableControl) + Gets a boxed value for . - + - Gets or sets whether to reset cache when scalable control is scaled + Gets a boxed value for . - + - Gets or sets group box header + Gets a boxed value for . - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Header. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Gets a boxed value for . + A boxed value. - + - Gets or sets dialog launcher button visibility + Scope guard to prevent reentrancy. - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for IsLauncherVisible. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Gets whether this instance is still active (not disposed) or not. - + + + + - Gets or sets key tip for dialog launcher button + Class with helper functions for UI related stuff - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for - LauncherKeys. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Gets the first visual child of . + If there are no visual children null is returned. + The first visual child of or null if there are no children. - + - Gets or sets launcher button icon + Tries to find immediate visual child of type which matches + + The visual child of type that matches . + Returns null if no child matches. + - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for LauncherIcon. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Gets the first visual child of type TChildItem by walking down the visual tree. + The type of visual child to find. + The parent element whose visual tree shall be walked down. + The first element of type TChildItem found in the visual tree is returned. If none is found, null is returned. - + - Gets or sets launcher button text + Gets all visual children of . + - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for LauncherIcon. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Finds the parent control of type . + First looks at the visual tree and then at the logical tree to find the parent. + The found visual/logical parent or null. + This method searches further up the parent chain instead of just using the immediate parent. - + - Gets or sets the command to invoke when this button is pressed. This is a dependency property. + Returns either the visual or logical parent of . + This also works for and . - + - Gets or sets the parameter to pass to the System.Windows.Controls.Primitives.ButtonBase.Command property. This is a dependency property. + Returns the visual parent of . + This also works for and . - + - Gets or sets the element on which to raise the specified command. This is a dependency property. + First checks if is either a or and if it is returns it's . + If those checks yield no result is called. + The visual element for which to find an adorner layer. + An adorner layer for the specified visual, or null if no adorner layer can be found. + Raised when visual is null. - + - Identifies the System.Windows.Controls.Primitives.ButtonBase.CommandParameter dependency property. + Gets all containers from the of . + The desired container type. - + - Identifies the routed System.Windows.Controls.Primitives.ButtonBase.Command dependency property. + Gets all containers from . + The desired container type. - + - Identifies the System.Windows.Controls.Primitives.ButtonBase.CommandTarget dependency property. + Base interface for Fluent controls - + - Gets or sets launcher button tooltip + Gets or sets Size for the element - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for LauncherToolTip. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Gets or sets SizeDefinition for element - + - Gets or sets whether launcher button is enabled + Gets or sets Icon for the element - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for IsLauncherEnabled. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Interface for handling loading and saving the state of a . - + - Gets launcher button + Gets whether state is currently loading. - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for LauncherButton. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Gets or sets whether state is loaded. - + - Gets or sets drop down popup visibility + Save current state to a temporary storage. - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for IsOpen. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Save current state to a persistent storage. - + - Gets an enumerator for the logical child objects of - the System.Windows.Controls.ItemsControl object. + Load state from a temporary storage. - + - Gets or sets icon + Loads the state from a persistent storage. + + Sets after it's finished to prevent a race condition with saving the state to the temporary storage. + - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Icon. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Resets saved state. - + - Gets or sets wether the groupbox shows a separator. + Meant to support interop scenarios - + - DependencyProperty for + Gets the titlebar - + - Dialog launcher btton click event + Repesents scalable ribbon contol - + - Occurs when context menu is opened + Enlarge control size - + - Occurs when context menu is closed + Reduce control size - + - Initializes static members of the class. + Occurs when contol is scaled - + - Default constructor + Interface for controls that support -Behavior - + - Gets a panel with items + Gets or sets the name of the group that the toggle button belongs to. + Use the GroupName property to specify a grouping of toggle buttons to + create a mutually exclusive set of controls. You can use the GroupName + property when only one selection is possible from a list of available + options. When this property is set, only one ToggleButton in the specified + group can be selected at a time. - - + - Gets cmmon layout root for popup and groupbox + Gets or sets a value indicating whether SplitButton is checked - - + - Snaps / Unsnaps the Visual - (remove visuals and substitute with freezed image) + Gets a value indicating whether the ToggleButton is fully loaded - + + Gets the logical parent element of this element. + This element's logical parent. + + - Gets or sets intermediate state of the group box + Attribute class providing informations about a localization - + - Gets or sets intermediate scale of the group box + Creates a new instance. + Specifies the display name. + Specifies the culture name. - + - Gets intermediate desired size + Gets the display name. - + - Clears cache + Gets the culture name. - + - Invalidates layout (with children) + Base class for localizations. - + - When overridden in a derived class, is invoked whenever application code - or internal processes call System.Windows.FrameworkElement.ApplyTemplate(). + Creates a new instance and initializes and from . - + - Invoked when an unhandled System.Windows.UIElement.PreviewMouseLeftButtonDown - event reaches an element in its route that is derived from this class. - Implement this method to add class handling for this event. + Creates a new instance. - The System.Windows.Input.MouseButtonEventArgs that contains the event data. - The event data reports that the left mouse button was pressed. - + - Supports layout behavior when a child element is resized. + Gets or sets the culture name. - The child element that is being resized. - + - Dialog launcher button click handler + Gets or sets the display name. - Sender - the event data - + - Handles IsOpen propertyu changes + Fallback instance of for localization. - Object - The event data - + - Gets control which represents shortcut item. - This item MUST be syncronized with the original - and send command to original one control. + Gets text for representing "Automatic" - Control which represents shortcut item - + - Gets or sets whether control can be added to quick access toolbar + Gets KeyTip of backstage button - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for CanAddToQuickAccessToolBar. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Gets text of backstage button - - - - - + + + Gets customize Status Bar + - + - Represent panel with ribbon group. - It is automatically adjusting size of controls + Expand Button ScreenTip Text - + - Gets or sets reduce order of group in the ribbon panel. - It must be enumerated with comma from the first to reduce to - the last to reduce (use Control.Name as group name in the enum). - Enclose in parentheses as (Control.Name) to reduce/enlarge - scalable elements in the given group + Expand Button ScreenTip Title - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for ReduceOrder. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Minimize Button ScreenTip Text - + - Default constructor + Minimize Button ScreenTip Title - + - Returns a collection of the panel's UIElements. + Gets text for representing "More colors..." - The logical parent of the collection to be created. - Returns an ordered collection of elements that have the specified logical parent. - + - Measures all of the RibbonGroupBox, and resize them appropriately - to fit within the available room + Gets text for representing "No color" - The available size that this element can give to child elements. - The size that the groups container determines it needs during - layout, based on its calculations of child element sizes. - - + - When overridden in a derived class, positions child elements and determines - a size for a System.Windows.FrameworkElement derived class. + Quick Access ToolBar DropDown Button ToolTip - The final area within the parent that this element should use to arrange itself and its children. - The actual size used. - + - Gets or sets a System.Windows.Controls.ScrollViewer element that controls scrolling behavior. + Quick Access ToolBar Menu Header - + - Sets the amount of horizontal offset. + Quick Access ToolBar Menu Minimize Quick Access Toolbar - The degree to which content is horizontally offset from the containing viewport. - + - Gets the horizontal size of the extent. + Quick Access ToolBar Minimize Quick Access Toolbar - + - Gets the horizontal offset of the scrolled content. + Quick Access ToolBar MoreControls Button ToolTip - + - Gets the horizontal size of the viewport for this content. + Quick Access ToolBar Menu Add Gallery - + - Scrolls left within content by one logical unit. + Quick Access ToolBar Menu Add Group - + - Scrolls right within content by one logical unit. + Quick Access ToolBar Menu Add Item - + - Forces content to scroll until the coordinate space of a System.Windows.Media.Visual object is visible. - This is optimized for horizontal scrolling only + Quick Access ToolBar Menu Add Menu - A System.Windows.Media.Visual that becomes visible. - A bounding rectangle that identifies the coordinate space to make visible. - A System.Windows.Rect that is visible. - + - Not implemented + Ribbon Context Menu Customize Quick Access Toolbar - + - Not implemented + Ribbon Context Menu Customize Quick Access Toolbar - + - Not implemented + Ribbon Context Menu Minimize Quick Access Toolbar - + - Not implemented + Quick Access ToolBar Menu Remove Item - + - Not implemented + Ribbon Context Menu Minimize Quick Access Toolbar - + - Not implemented + Ribbon Context Menu Minimize Quick Access Toolbar - + - Not implemented + Gets ScreenTip's disable reason header - + - Not implemented + Gets ScreenTip's disable reason header - + - Not implemented + Change notifications are not implemented. + This class only implements to prevent WPF from trying to listen to changes by using other ways than listening for this event. - + + + + + + + + + + - Not implemented + - + - Not implemented + - + - Gets or sets a value that indicates whether scrolling on the vertical axis is possible. + Contains localizable Ribbon's properties. + Set Culture property to change current Ribbon localization or + set properties independently to use your localization - + + + + - Gets or sets a value that indicates whether scrolling on the horizontal axis is possible. + Raises the event. - + - Not implemented + Static instance of to ease it's usage in XAML. - + - Not implemented + Gets a map of all registered localization classes. + + The key of items in this dictionary should be the CultureName. + - + - Not implemented + Gets or sets current culture used for localization. - + - Represents ribbon tab item + Gets or sets the current localization. - + - Gets or sets the which is used to render the background if this is the currently active/selected one. + Default constructor - + - for . + Enables the use of behaviors in styles - + - Gets or sets the which is used to render the border if this is the currently active/selected one. + for behaviors. - + - for . + Gets the behaviors associated with - + - Gets or sets KeyTip for element. + Sets the behaviors associated with - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Keys. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Just a for - + + + + - Gets ribbon groups container + Contains commands for - + - Gets or sets whether ribbon is minimized + Finalizes an instance of the class. - + + + + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for IsMinimized. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Dispose(bool disposing) executes in two distinct scenarios. + If disposing equals true, the method has been called directly + or indirectly by a user's code. Managed and unmanaged resources + can be disposed. + If disposing equals false, the method has been called by the + runtime from inside the finalizer and you should not reference + other objects. Only unmanaged resources can be disposed. - + - Gets or sets whether ribbon is opened + Retrieves the translated string for Minimize - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for IsOpen. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Retrieves the translated string for Maximize - + - Gets or sets reduce order + Retrieves the translated string for Restore - + - Gets or sets whether tab item is contextual + Retrieves the translated string for Close - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for IsContextual. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Gets the responsible for showing . - + + Identifies the dependency property. + + - Gets an enumerator for logical child elements of this element. + Gets or sets the of the panel which contains . - + - Gets or sets whether tab item is selected + Gets or sets the button brush - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for IsSelected. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for ButtonBrush. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + + + + + + + - Gets ribbon tab control parent + Class for several commands belonging to the Ribbon - + - Gets or sets indent + Gets the value that represents the Open Backstage command - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for HeaderMargin. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Represents additional context menu service - + - Gets or sets whether separator is visible + Attach needed parameters to control - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for IsSeparatorVisible. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Coerces the ContextMenu for . + - + - Gets or sets ribbon contextual tab group + Coerce control context menu - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Group. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Handles Alt, F10 and so on - + - Gets or sets desired width of the tab item. + Checks if any keytips are visible. - This is needed in case the width of is larger than it's tabs. - + - Gets or sets whether tab item has left group border + The default keys used to activate key tips. - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for HaseLeftGroupBorder. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + List of key tip activation keys. - + - Gets or sets whether tab item has right group border + Default constrctor + Host element - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for HaseLeftGroupBorder. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Attaches self - + - get collection of ribbon groups + Detachs self - + - Gets or sets header of tab item + Dismiss popup mode. - + - DependencyProperty for . + Always dismiss popup. - + - Gets or sets header template of tab item. + Dismiss only if mouse is not over popup. - + - DependencyProperty for . + Reason for dismiss popup event. - + - Handles Focusable changes + No reason given. - + - Coerces Focusable + Application lost focus. - + - Static constructor + Showing key tips. - + - Default constructor + Dismiss popup arguments. - + - Focus event handler + Standard constructor. - + - Called to remeasure a control. + Constructor. - The maximum size that the method can return. - The size of the control, up to the maximum specified by constraint. + Dismiss mode. - - - - + - On new style applying + Constructor. + Dismiss mode. + Dismiss reason. - - - - + - Handles selected + Popup dismiss mode. - The event data - + - handles unselected + Popup dismiss reason. - The event data - - - - + - + - Represents toggle button + Represent additional popup functionality - + - Gets or sets Size for the element. + Occurs then popup is dismissed - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Size. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Raises DismissPopup event (Async) - + - Gets or sets SizeDefinition for element. + Raises DismissPopup event - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for SizeDefinition. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Set needed parameters to control + Control type - + - Gets or sets KeyTip for element. + Handles PreviewMouseDownOutsideCapturedElementEvent event - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Keys. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Handles lost mouse capture event - + - Gets or sets the name of the group that the toggle button belongs to. - Use the GroupName property to specify a grouping of toggle buttons to - create a mutually exclusive set of controls. You can use the GroupName - property when only one selection is possible from a list of available - options. When this property is set, only one ToggleButton in the specified - group can be selected at a time. + Returns true whether parent is ancestor of element + Parent + Element + Returns true whether parent is ancestor of element - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for GroupName. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Handles dismiss popup event - + - Gets or sets element Text + Returns true whether mouse is physically over the popup + Element + Returns true whether mouse is physically over the popup - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Header. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Returns true whether mouse is physically over the element + Element + Returns true whether mouse is physically over the element - + - Gets or sets Icon for the element + Handles context menu opening event - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Icon. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Handles context menu closing event - + - Gets or sets button large icon + Provides additional tooltip functionality. - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for SmallIcon. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Attach ooltip properties to control. + Control type. - + - Gets or sets whether ribbon control click must close backstage + for in . - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for IsDefinitive. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + A singleton instance for . - + + + + - Initializes static members of the class. + for in . - + - Initializes a new instance of the class. + A singleton instance for . - - - - + - + - Used to call OnClick (which is protected) + for in with style HeaderApplicationMenuItemTemplate. - + - Gets control which represents shortcut item. - This item MUST be syncronized with the original - and send command to original one control. + A singleton instance for . - Control which represents shortcut item - + + + + - Gets or sets whether control can be added to quick access toolbar + for in with style SplitedApplicationMenuItem. - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for CanAddToQuickAccessToolBar. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + A singleton instance for . - - - - + - + - Contains commands for + for the header of . - + - Finalizes an instance of the class. + Gets a static instance of . - + + + + - Performs application-defined tasks associated with freeing, releasing, or resetting unmanaged resources. + Represents the background theme of the application. - + - Dispose(bool disposing) executes in two distinct scenarios. - If disposing equals true, the method has been called directly - or indirectly by a user's code. Managed and unmanaged resources - can be disposed. - If disposing equals false, the method has been called by the - runtime from inside the finalizer and you should not reference - other objects. Only unmanaged resources can be disposed. + Gets the key for the theme name. - + - Retrieves the translated string for Minimize + Gets the key for the theme display name. - + - Retrieves the translated string for Maximize + Gets the key for the theme base color scheme. - + - Retrieves the translated string for Restore + Gets the key for the theme color scheme. - + - Retrieves the translated string for Close + Gets the key for the theme showcase brush. - + - Gets or sets the button brush + Initializes a new instance. + The URI of the theme ResourceDictionary. - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for ButtonBrush. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Initializes a new instance. + The ResourceDictionary of the theme. - + - When overridden in a derived class, is invoked whenever application code or internal processes call . + The ResourceDictionary that represents this application theme. - - - - + - Control for representing the left and right side of the start screen. + Gets the name of the theme. - - To control some aspects of the left handed side of this control please use properties prefixed with "ItemsPanel*". - - + - Left side panel content of the startscreen. + Gets the display name of the theme. - + - for . + Get the base color scheme for this theme. - + - Defines the margin for + Gets the color scheme for this theme. - + - for . + Gets a brush which can be used to showcase this theme. - + - Right side panel content of the startscreen. + A class that allows for the detection and alteration of a theme. - - - for . + A class that allows for the detection and alteration of a theme. - + - Static constructor. + Gets the name for the light base color. - + - An object that represents the foreground color for a . + Gets the name for the dark base color. - + - The ResourceDictionary that represents this Accent. + Gets a list of all themes. - + - Gets/sets the name of the Accent. + Gets a list of all available base colors. - + - Initializes a new instance of the class. + Gets a list of all available color schemes. - + - Initializes a new instance of the class. + Clears the internal themes list. - The name of the new Accent. - The URI of the accent ResourceDictionary. - + - Represents the background theme of the application. + Adds an theme. + true if the app theme does not exists and can be added. - + - The ResourceDictionary that represents this application theme. + Adds an theme. + The ResourceDictionary of the theme. + true if the app theme does not exists and can be added. - + - Gets the name of the application theme. + Gets the with the given name. + The or null, if the theme wasn't found - + - Initializes a new instance of the AppTheme class. + Gets the with the given resource dictionary. - The name of the new AppTheme. - The URI of the accent ResourceDictionary. + from which the theme should be retrieved. + The or null, if the theme wasn't found. - + - A class that allows for the detection and alteration of a theme and accent. + Gets the inverse of the given . + This method relies on the "Dark" or "Light" affix to be present. + The app theme. + The inverse or null if it couldn't be found. + + Returns BaseLight, if BaseDark is given or vice versa. + Custom Themes must end with "Dark" or "Light" for this to work, for example "CustomDark" and "CustomLight". + - + - Gets a list of all of default accents. + Determines whether the specified resource dictionary represents an . + + This might include runtime themes which do not have a resource uri. + The resources. + true if the resource dictionary is an ; otherwise, false. + resources - + - Gets a list of all default themes. + Gets a resource from the detected AppStyle. + The window to check. If this is null, the Application's sources will be checked. + The key to check against. + The resource object or null, if the resource wasn't found. - + - Adds an accent with the given name. + Change the theme for the whole application. - true if the accent does not exists and can be added. - + - Adds an app theme with the given name. + Change theme for the given window. - true if the app theme does not exists and can be added. - + - Gets app theme with the given resource dictionary. + Change theme for the whole application. - from which the theme should be retrieved. - AppTheme + The instance of Application to change. + The theme to apply. - + - Gets app theme with the given name and theme type (light or dark). + Change theme for the given window. - AppTheme + The Window to change. + The theme to apply. - + - Gets the inverse of the given . - This method relies on the "Dark" or "Light" affix to be present. + Change theme for the given ResourceDictionary. - The app theme. - The inverse or null if it couldn't be found. - - Returns BaseLight, if BaseDark is given or vice versa. - Custom Themes must end with "Dark" or "Light" for this to work, for example "CustomDark" and "CustomLight". - + The Window to change. + The theme to apply. - + - Gets the with the given name. + Change base color and color scheme of for the given application. - The or null, if the app theme wasn't found + The application to modify. + The base color to apply to the ResourceDictionary. + The color scheme to apply to the ResourceDictionary. - + - Gets the with the given resource dictionary. + Change base color and color scheme of for the given window. - from which the accent should be retrieved. - The or null, if the accent wasn't found. + The window to modify. + The base color to apply to the ResourceDictionary. + The color scheme to apply to the ResourceDictionary. - + - Determines whether the specified resource dictionary represents an . - - This might include runtime accents which do not have a resource uri. + Change base color and color scheme of for the given ResourceDictionary. - The resources. - true if the resource dictionary is an ; otherwise, false. - resources + The ResourceDictionary to modify. + The old/current theme. + The base color to apply to the ResourceDictionary. + The color scheme to apply to the ResourceDictionary. - + - Gets a resource from the detected AppStyle. + Change base color for the given application. - The window to check. If this is null, the Application's sources will be checked. - The key to check against. - The resource object or null, if the resource wasn't found. + The application to change. + The base color to apply to the ResourceDictionary. - + - Change the theme for the whole application. + Change base color for the given window. + The Window to change. + The base color to apply to the ResourceDictionary. - + - Change theme for the given window. + Change base color of for the given ResourceDictionary. + The ResourceDictionary to modify. + The old/current theme. + The base color to apply to the ResourceDictionary. - + - Change accent and theme for the whole application. + Change color scheme for the given application. - The instance of Application to change. - The accent to apply. - The theme to apply. + The application to change. + The color scheme to apply to the ResourceDictionary. - + - Change accent and theme for the given window. + Change color scheme for the given window. The Window to change. - The accent to apply. - The theme to apply. + The color scheme to apply to the ResourceDictionary. - + - Changes the accent and theme of a ResourceDictionary directly. + Change color scheme for the given ResourceDictionary. The ResourceDictionary to modify. - The accent to apply to the ResourceDictionary. - The theme to apply to the ResourceDictionary. + The old/current theme. + The color scheme to apply to the ResourceDictionary. - + - Copies all resource keys from one resource to another. + Changes the theme of a ResourceDictionary directly. - The source resource dictionary. - The destination resource dictionary. - - fromRD - or - toRD - + The ResourceDictionary to modify. + The theme to apply to the ResourceDictionary. - + - Scans the window resources and returns it's accent and theme. + Scans the window resources and returns it's theme. + If the theme can't be detected from the we try to detect it from . - + - Scans the window resources and returns it's accent and theme. + Scans the window resources and returns it's theme. The Window to scan. + If the theme can't be detected from the we try to detect it from . - + - Scans the application resources and returns it's accent and theme. + Scans the application resources and returns it's theme. The Application instance to scan. - + - Scans a resources and returns it's accent and theme. + Scans a resources and returns it's theme. - The ResourceDictionary to check. + The ResourceDictionary to scan. - This event fires if accent color and theme was changed + This event fires if the theme was changed this should be using the weak event pattern, but for now it's enough - + Invalidates global colors and resources. Sometimes the ContextMenu is not changing the colors, so this will fix it. - + - Synchronizes the current with the "app mode" setting from windows. + Synchronizes the current with the "app mode" setting from windows. - Gets or sets wether changes to the "app mode" setting from windows should be detected at runtime and the current be changed accordingly. + Gets or sets whether changes to the "app mode" setting from windows should be detected at runtime and the current be changed accordingly. @@ -9054,49 +9513,39 @@ Class which is used as argument for an event to signal theme changes. - + Creates a new instance of this class. - + The new theme. - - - The new accent - - - - - GeneratedInternalTypeHelper - - - + - CreateInstance + Helper class for displaying color schemes. - + - GetPropertyValue + Initializes a new instance. - + - SetPropertyValue + Initializes a new instance. - + - CreateDelegate + Gets the name for this color scheme. - + - AddEventHandler + Gets the showcase brush for this color scheme. diff --git a/bin/MahApps.Metro.dll b/bin/MahApps.Metro.dll index b23b9d41..cde4f1a1 100644 Binary files a/bin/MahApps.Metro.dll and b/bin/MahApps.Metro.dll differ diff --git a/bin/MahApps.Metro.pdb b/bin/MahApps.Metro.pdb index fa9d1266..9bb185ba 100644 Binary files a/bin/MahApps.Metro.pdb and b/bin/MahApps.Metro.pdb differ diff --git a/bin/MahApps.Metro.xml b/bin/MahApps.Metro.xml index 929b7d97..b618c95d 100644 --- a/bin/MahApps.Metro.xml +++ b/bin/MahApps.Metro.xml @@ -34,42 +34,22 @@ Gets or sets an object that will be passed to the attached to this trigger. - - - Updates all glow windows (visible, hidden, collapsed) - - - - - Sets the opacity to all glow windows - - - - - Starts the opacity storyboard 0 -> 1 - - - - - Shows all glow windows - - - + Gets or sets the bindable Password property on the PasswordBox control. This is a dependency property. - + Handles changes to the 'Password' attached property. - + Handle the 'PasswordChanged'-event on the PasswordBox - + Called after the behavior is attached to an AssociatedObject. @@ -77,7 +57,7 @@ Override this to hook up functionality to the AssociatedObject. - + Called when the behavior is being detached from its AssociatedObject, but before it has actually occurred. @@ -85,7 +65,59 @@ Override this to unhook functionality from the AssociatedObject. - + + + The DependencyProperty for the ' OnDataContextChanged property. + + With the OnDataContextChanged property the Reload behavior of the MetroContentControl can be switched on or off. + If the property is set to true, the transition of the is triggered again when the DataContext is changed. + + + + + Helper for getting from . + + If the property is set to true, the transition of the is triggered again when the DataContext is changed. + + to read from. + OnDataContextChanged property value. + + + + Helper for setting on . + + If the property is set to true, the transition of the is triggered again when the DataContext is changed. + + to set on. + OnDataContextChanged property value. + + + + The DependencyProperty for the ' and ' OnSelectedTabChanged property. + + With the OnSelectedTabChanged property the Reload behavior of the control can be switched on or off. + If the property is set to true, the transition is triggered again when the SelectionChanged event of a TabControl was raised. + + + + + Helper for getting from . + + If the property is set to true, the transition is triggered again when the SelectionChanged event of a TabControl was raised. + + to read from. + OnSelectedTabChanged property value. + + + + Helper for setting on . + + If the property is set to true, the transition is triggered again when the SelectionChanged event of a TabControl was raised. + + to set on. + OnSelectedTabChanged property value. + + Sets the first TabItem with Visibility="" as @@ -96,12 +128,21 @@ - + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + - + + + Identifies the dependency property. + Represents a border whose contents are clipped within the bounds @@ -444,38 +485,16 @@ Brush true if yes, otherwise false - - - Defines the method that determines whether the command can execute in its current state. - - - true if this command can be executed; otherwise, false. - - Data used by the command. If the command does not require data to be passed, this object can be set to null. - - - - Defines the method to be called when the command is invoked. - - Data used by the command. If the command does not require data to be passed, this object can be set to null. - - - The DependencyProperty for the CharacterCasing property. - Controls whether or not content is converted to upper or lower case - Default Value: CharacterCasing.Normal - + Identifies the dependency property. - Character casing of the Content + Gets or sets the character casing of the Content. - - The DependencyProperty for the RecognizesAccessKey property. - Default Value: false - + Identifies the dependency property. @@ -491,17 +510,47 @@ - it's only topmost if the host-window is activated + + Identifies the dependency property. + - Gets/sets if the popup can be closed by left mouse button down. + Gets or sets whether if the popup can be closed by left mouse button down. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Gets or sets whether the validation error text will be shown when hovering the validation triangle. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Gets or sets the that this object is reserving space for. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Gets whether the popup can be shown (useful for transitions). - Called when a cell has just switched to edit mode. + Called when a cell has just switched to edit mode. - A reference to element returned by GenerateEditingElement. - The event args of the input event that caused the cell to go into edit mode. May be null. + A reference to element returned by GenerateEditingElement. + The event args of the input event that caused the cell to go into edit mode. May be null. The unedited value of the cell. @@ -515,9 +564,7 @@ - - The DependencyProperty for the StringFormat property. - + Identifies the dependency property. @@ -527,85 +574,93 @@ + + Identifies the dependency property. + - - The DependencyProperty for the Minimum property. - + Identifies the dependency property. - - The DependencyProperty for the Maximum property. - + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. - - The DependencyProperty for the Interval property. - + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. - - The DependencyProperty for the HideUpDownButtons property. - + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. - - The DependencyProperty for the UpDownButtonsWidth property. - + Identifies the dependency property. - - The DependencyProperty for the FontFamily property. - Default Value: SystemFonts.MessageFontFamily - + Identifies the dependency property. - - The font family of the desired font. + + The font family of the desired font. - - The DependencyProperty for the FontSize property. - Default Value: SystemFonts.MessageFontSize - + Identifies the dependency property. - + The size of the desired font. - + - - The DependencyProperty for the FontStyle property. - Default Value: SystemFonts.MessageFontStyle - + Identifies the dependency property. - The style of the desired font. - + The style of the desired font. + - - The DependencyProperty for the FontWeight property. - Default Value: SystemFonts.MessageFontWeight - + Identifies the dependency property. - The weight or thickness of the desired font. + The weight or thickness of the desired font. - - The DependencyProperty for the Foreground property. - Default Value: SystemColors.ControlTextBrush - + Identifies the dependency property. An brush that describes the foreground color. This overrides the cell foreground inherited color. - + @@ -627,49 +682,85 @@ use the class. + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Gets or sets the left and right margin for the dialog content. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Gets or sets the width for the dialog content. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + - Gets/sets the dialog's title. + Gets or sets the title of the dialog. + + Identifies the dependency property. + - Gets/sets arbitrary content on top of the dialog. + Gets or sets the content above the dialog. + + Identifies the dependency property. + - Gets/sets arbitrary content below the dialog. + Gets or sets the content below the dialog. + + Identifies the dependency property. + - Gets or sets the size of the dialog title font. + Gets or sets the font size of the dialog title. - - The size of the dialog title font. - + + + Identifies the dependency property. - Gets or sets the size of the dialog message font. + Gets or sets the font size of the dialog message text. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Gets or sets the font size of any dialog buttons. - - The size of the dialog message font. - - Initializes a new MahApps.Metro.Controls.BaseMetroDialog. + Initializes a new . The window that is the parent of the dialog. The settings for the message dialog. - Initializes a new MahApps.Metro.Controls.BaseMetroDialog. + Initializes a new . + + + With this method it's possible to return your own settings in a custom dialog. @@ -808,6 +899,24 @@ The dialog owner. + + + Create and show an external dialog. + + The dialog which will be shown externally. + The owner for the external window. If it's null the main window will be use. + The delegate for customizing dialog window. It can be null. + The given dialog. + + + + Create and show an external modal dialog. + + The dialog which will be shown externally. + The owner for the external window. If it's null the main window will be use. + The delegate for customizing dialog window. It can be null. + The given dialog. + Creates a LoginDialog outside of the current window. @@ -952,6 +1061,18 @@ InputDialog + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + InitializeComponent @@ -962,6 +1083,45 @@ LoginDialog + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + InitializeComponent @@ -975,6 +1135,24 @@ MessageDialog + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + InitializeComponent @@ -1067,6 +1245,14 @@ The size of the dialog message font. + + + Gets or sets the size of the dialog button font. + + + The size of the dialog button font. + + Gets or sets the dialog result when the user cancelled the dialog with 'ESC' key @@ -1112,11 +1298,6 @@ Gets or sets the text used for the second auxiliary button. - - - If set, stops standard resource dictionaries being applied to the dialog. - - An internal control that represents a message dialog. Please use MetroWindow.ShowMessage instead! @@ -1125,6 +1306,18 @@ ProgressDialog + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + InitializeComponent @@ -1174,12 +1367,12 @@ - Gets/Sets the minimum restriction of the progress Value property + Gets/Sets the minimum restriction of the progress Value property. - Gets/Sets the maximum restriction of the progress Value property + Gets/Sets the maximum restriction of the progress Value property. @@ -1196,9 +1389,9 @@ - Sets the dialog's progress bar brush + Sets the dialog's progress bar brush. - The brush to use for the progress bar's foreground + The brush to use for the progress bar's foreground. @@ -1206,117 +1399,159 @@ A task representing the operation. - - - The DependencyProperty for the ContentTemplate property. + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Whether or not the "popup" menu for this control is currently open - + + Identifies the dependency property. + + - The DependencyProperty for the ContentTemplateSelector property. + Gets or sets an extra tag. - + + Identifies the dependency property. + + - The DependencyProperty for the ContentStringFormat property. - + Gets or sets the orientation of children stacking. + - + + Identifies the dependency property. + + - Gets or sets the Content of this control.. + Gets or sets the content for the icon part. - + + Identifies the dependency property. + + - ContentTemplate is the template used to display the content of the control. + Gets or sets the DataTemplate for the icon part. - + + Identifies the dependency property. + + - ContentTemplateSelector allows to provide custom logic for choosing the template used to display the content of the control. + Gets or sets the command to invoke when the content button is pressed. - - This property is ignored if is set. - - + + Identifies the dependency property. + + - ContentStringFormat is the format used to display the content of the control as a string + Gets or sets the element on which to raise the specified command. - - This property is ignored if is set. - + + + Identifies the dependency property. - Reflects the parameter to pass to the CommandProperty upon execution. + Gets or sets the parameter to pass to the command property. - - - Gets or sets the target element on which to fire the command. - + + Identifies the dependency property. - + - Get or sets the Command property. + Gets or sets the content of this control. - + + Identifies the dependency property. + + - Indicates whether the Menu is visible. + Gets or sets the data template used to display the content of the DropDownButton. - - - Gets or sets an extra tag. - + + Identifies the dependency property. - + - Gets or sets the dimension of children stacking. + Gets or sets a template selector that enables an application writer to provide custom template-selection logic. + + This property is ignored if is set. + - + + Identifies the dependency property. + + - Gets or sets the Content used to generate the icon part. + Gets or sets a composite string that specifies how to format the content property if it is displayed as a string. + + This property is ignored if is set. + - - - Gets or sets the ContentTemplate used to display the content of the icon part. - + + Identifies the dependency property. - Gets/sets the button style. + Gets or sets the button content style. + + Identifies the dependency property. + - Gets/sets the menu style. + Gets or sets the "popup" menu style. + + Identifies the dependency property. + - Gets/sets the brush of the button arrow icon. + Gets or sets the foreground brush for the button arrow icon. + + Identifies the dependency property. + - Gets/sets the brush of the button arrow icon if the mouse is over the drop down button. + Gets or sets the foreground brush of the button arrow icon if the mouse is over the drop down button. + + Identifies the dependency property. + - Gets/sets the brush of the button arrow icon if the arrow button is pressed. + Gets or sets the foreground brush of the button arrow icon if the arrow button is pressed. + + Identifies the dependency property. + - Gets/sets the visibility of the button arrow icon. + Gets or sets the visibility of the button arrow icon. + + + Invoked when the property changes. Information about the change. @@ -1329,108 +1564,184 @@ An action that takes no parameters. The dispatcher priority. + + + Executes the specified action if the element is loaded or at the loaded event if it's not loaded. + + The element where the action should be run. + An action that takes no parameters. + - A control that imitate a slideshow with back/forward buttons. + A control that imitate a slide show with back/forward buttons. - + + Identifies the dependency property. + + - To counteract the double Loaded event issue. + Gets or sets the border brush of the mouse hover effect. - + + Identifies the dependency property. + + - Coerce SelectedIndexProperty's value. + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the border for mouse over effect is enabled or not. - The object that the property exists on. - The new value of the property, prior to any coercion attempt. - The coerced value (with appropriate type). - + + Identifies the dependency property. + + - Computes the transition when changing selected index. + Gets or sets the border thickness for the border of the mouse hover effect. - Previous selected index. - New selected index. - + + Identifies the dependency property. + + - Gets the navigation buttons. + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the navigation is circular, so you get the first after last and the last before first. - Previous button. - Next button. - Inactive buttons. - + + Identifies the dependency property. + + - Applies actions to navigation buttons. + Gets or sets the position of the navigation buttons. - Action applied to the previous button. - Action applied to the next button. - Action applied to the inactive buttons. - Any action is null. - + + Identifies the dependency property. + + - Sets the visibility of navigation buttons. + Gets or sets the orientation of the navigation. - Visibility of active buttons. - + + Identifies the dependency property. + + - Changes the current slide to the previous item. + Gets or sets the transition of the left navigation. - + + Identifies the dependency property. + + - Changes the current to the next item. + Gets or sets the transition of the right navigation. - + + Identifies the dependency property. + + - Brings the control buttons (next/previous) into view. + Gets or sets the transition of the up navigation. - + + Identifies the dependency property. + + - Removes the control buttons (next/previous) from view. + Gets or sets the transition of the down navigation. - + + Identifies the dependency property. + + - Gets or sets a value indicating whether the border for mouse over state is enabled or not. + Gets or sets whether the banner is visible or not. - + + Identifies the dependency property. + + - Gets or sets the mouse hover border brush. + Gets or sets whether the navigation button are visible or not. - + + Identifies the dependency property. + + - Gets or sets the mouse hover border thickness. + Gets or sets the banner text. - + - Gets/sets the text that is displayed in the FlipView's banner. + To counteract the double Loaded event issue. - + - Gets/sets whether the FlipView's banner is visible. + Coerce SelectedIndexProperty's value. + The object that the property exists on. + The new value of the property, prior to any coercion attempt. + The coerced value (with appropriate type). - + - Gets or sets a value indicating whether the navigation is circular, so you get the first after last and the last before first. + Changes the current slide to the previous item. - + + + Changes the current to the next item. + + + + + Brings the control buttons (next/previous) into view. + + + + + Removes the control buttons (next/previous) from view. + + + + + Applies actions to navigation buttons. + + Action applied to the previous button. + Action applied to the next button. + Action applied to the inactive buttons. + Any action is null. + + + + Computes the transition when changing selected index. + + Previous selected index. + New selected index. + + + + Sets the visibility of navigation buttons. + + Visibility of active buttons. + + - Gets/sets whether the FlipView's NavigationButton is visible. + Gets the navigation buttons. + Previous button. + Next button. + Inactive buttons. @@ -1444,6 +1755,11 @@ An event that is raised when IsOpen changes. + + + An event that is raised when the opening animation has finished. + + An event that is raised when the closing animation has finished. @@ -1475,11 +1791,6 @@ Gets/sets the command parameter which will be passed by the CloseCommand. - - - Gets/sets a command which will be executed if the close button was clicked. - - Gets/sets whether this flyout is visible. @@ -1565,7 +1876,7 @@ Adapts the Flyout's theme to the theme of its host window, but inverted. This theme can only be applied if the host window's theme abides the "Dark" and "Light" affix convention. - (see for more infos. + (see for more infos. @@ -1578,32 +1889,24 @@ The flyouts theme will match the host window's accent color. - + - GlowWindow + Represents an icon that uses a glyph from the specified font. - + + Identifies the dependency property. + + - InitializeComponent + Gets or sets the character code that identifies the icon glyph. + The hexadecimal character code for the icon glyph. The HamburgerMenu is based on a SplitView control. By default it contains a HamburgerButton and a ListView to display menu items. - - The HamburgerMenu is based on a SplitView control. By default it contains a HamburgerButton and a ListView to display menu items. - - - The HamburgerMenu is based on a SplitView control. By default it contains a HamburgerButton and a ListView to display menu items. - - - The HamburgerMenu is based on a SplitView control. By default it contains a HamburgerButton and a ListView to display menu items. - - - The HamburgerMenu is based on a SplitView control. By default it contains a HamburgerButton and a ListView to display menu items. - @@ -1615,59 +1918,72 @@ Override default OnApplyTemplate to capture children controls + + Identifies the routed event. + Event raised when an item is clicked + + Identifies the routed event. + Event raised when an options' item is clicked + + Identifies the routed event. + Event raised when an item is invoked - + + Identifies the routed event. + + - Identifies the dependency property. + Event raised when the hamburger button is clicked + + Identifies the dependency property. + - - Identifies the dependency property. - + Identifies the dependency property. - - Identifies the dependency property. - + Identifies the dependency property. - - Identifies the dependency property. - + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. - + + Identifies the dependency property. + + - Identifies the dependency property. + Gets or sets the Style used for the hamburger button. - + - Gets or sets a template for the hamburger icon. + Gets or sets a template for the hamburger button. - - Identifies the dependency property. - + Identifies the dependency property. - Gets or sets a template for the hamburger icon. + Gets or sets a template for the hamburger pane header. @@ -1691,49 +2007,31 @@ - - Identifies the dependency property. - + Identifies the dependency property. - - Identifies the dependency property. - + Identifies the dependency property. - - Identifies the dependency property. - + Identifies the dependency property. - - Identifies the dependency property. - + Identifies the dependency property. - - Identifies the dependency property. - + Identifies the dependency property. - - Identifies the dependency property. - + Identifies the dependency property. - - Identifies the dependency property. - + Identifies the dependency property. - - Identifies the dependency property. - + Identifies the dependency property. - - Identifies the dependency property. - + Identifies the dependency property. @@ -1794,99 +2092,116 @@ + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + - Identifies the dependency property. + Gets or sets the minimum width of the pane when it's fully expanded. + + The minimum width of the pane when it's fully expanded. The default is 320 device-independent + pixel (DIP). + - + + Identifies the dependency property. + + - Identifies the dependency property. + Gets or sets the maximum width of the pane when it's fully expanded. + + The maximum width of the pane when it's fully expanded. The default is 320 device-independent + pixel (DIP). + - + + Identifies the dependency property. + + - Identifies the dependency property. + Gets or Sets if the open pane can be resized by the user. The default value is false. - + + Identifies the dependency property. + + - Identifies the dependency property. + Gets or Sets the for the resizing Thumb (type of ) + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + - - Identifies the dependency property. - + Identifies the dependency property. - - Identifies the dependency property. - + Identifies the dependency property. - - Identifies the dependency property. - + Identifies the dependency property. - - Identifies the dependency property. - + Identifies the dependency property. - - Identifies the dependency property. - + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. - - Identifies the dependency property. - + Identifies the dependency property. - - Identifies the dependency property. - + Identifies the dependency property. - - Identifies the dependency property. - + Identifies the dependency property. - - Identifies the dependency property. - + Identifies the dependency property. - - Identifies the dependency property. - + Identifies the dependency property. - - Identifies the dependency property. - + Identifies the dependency property. - - Identifies the dependency property. - + Identifies the dependency property. - - Identifies the dependency property. - + Identifies the dependency property. - - Identifies the dependency property. - + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. - - Identifies the dependency property. - + Identifies the dependency property. @@ -1908,6 +2223,16 @@ Gets or sets the width of the pane in its compact display mode. + + + Gets or sets the margin for the pane. + + + + + Gets or sets the margin for the pane header. + + Gets or sets the Brush to apply to the background of the Pane area of the control. @@ -1933,6 +2258,16 @@ Gets or sets the Style used for each item. + + + Gets or sets the Style used for each header item. + + + + + Gets or sets the Style used for each separator item. + + Gets or sets the DataTemplate used to display each item. @@ -1997,16 +2332,39 @@ EventArgs used for the ItemClick and OptionsItemClick event. + + + + + + + + + Gets the clicked item + + + RoutedEventHandler used for the ItemClick and OptionsItemClick event. + + EventArgs used for the ItemInvoked event. + + + + + + + + + Gets the invoked item @@ -2017,6 +2375,11 @@ Gets a value indicating whether the invoked item is an options item + + + RoutedEventHandler used for the ItemInvoked event. + + The HamburgerMenuGlyphItem provides a glyph based implementation for HamburgerMenu entries. @@ -2032,6 +2395,16 @@ Gets or sets a value that specifies the glyph to use from Segoe MDL2 Assets font. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Gets or sets a value that specifies label to display. + + The HamburgerMenuIconItem provides an icon based implementation for HamburgerMenu entries. @@ -2077,12 +2450,7 @@ Identifies the dependency property. - - - Identifies the dependency property. - - - + Identifies the dependency property. @@ -2117,11 +2485,6 @@ Gets or sets a value that specifies the page to navigate to (if you use the HamburgerMenu with a Frame content) - - - Gets or sets a value that specifies an user specific value. - - Gets or sets a command which will be executed if an item is clicked by the user. @@ -2158,10 +2521,59 @@ Executes the command which can be set by the user. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Gets or sets a value that specifies an user specific value. + + + + + Gets or sets the value indicating whether this element is visible in the user interface (UI). This is a dependency property. + + + true if the item is visible, otherwise false. The default value is true. + + - The HamburgerMenuItemCollection provides typed collection of HamburgerMenuItem. + The HamburgerMenuItemCollection provides typed collection of HamburgerMenuItemBase. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether which item container style will be used for the HamburgerMenuItem. + + + + + + + + The HamburgerMenuSeparatorItem provides an separator based implementation for HamburgerMenu entries. + + + + + Gets or sets a value that specifies label to display. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether this item is enabled in the user interface (UI). + + true if the item is enabled; otherwise, false. The default value is true. + @@ -2173,23 +2585,804 @@ This comparer is used only if in the corresponding the value for is false. - + + + Gets the size of the CheckBox itself. + + + + + Sets the size of the CheckBox itself. + + + + + Gets the stroke thickness of the CheckBox itself. + + + + + Sets the stroke thickness of the CheckBox itself. + + + + + Gets the Glyph for IsChecked = false. + + + + + Sets the Glyph for IsChecked = false. + + + + + Gets the GlyphTemplate for IsChecked = false. + + + + + Sets the GlyphTemplate for IsChecked = false. + + + + + Gets the Foreground for IsChecked = false. + + + + + Sets the Foreground for IsChecked = false. + + + + + Gets the Background for IsChecked = false. + + + + + Sets the Background for IsChecked = false. + + + + + Gets the BorderBrush for IsChecked = false. + + + + + Sets the BorderBrush for IsChecked = false. + + + + + Gets the check BackgroundBrush for IsChecked = false. + + + + + Sets the BackgroundBrush for IsChecked = false. + + + + + Gets the check BorderBrush for IsChecked = false. + + + + + Sets the check BorderBrush for IsChecked = false. + + + + + Gets the check Foreground for IsChecked = false. + + + + + Sets the check Foreground for IsChecked = false. + + + + + Gets the Foreground for IsChecked = false, IsMouseOver = true. + + + + + Sets the Foreground for IsChecked = false, IsMouseOver = true. + + + + + Gets the Background for IsChecked = false, IsMouseOver = true. + + + + + Sets the Background for IsChecked = false, IsMouseOver = true. + + + + + Gets the BorderBrush for IsChecked = false, IsMouseOver = true. + + + + + Sets the BorderBrush for IsChecked = false, IsMouseOver = true. + + + + + Gets the check BackgroundBrush for IsChecked = false, IsMouseOver = true. + + + + + Sets the BackgroundBrush for IsChecked = false, IsMouseOver = true. + + + + + Gets the check BorderBrush for IsChecked = false, IsMouseOver = true. + + + + + Sets the check BorderBrush for IsChecked = false, IsMouseOver = true. + + + + + Gets the check Foreground for IsChecked = false, IsMouseOver = true. + + + + + Sets the check Foreground for IsChecked = false, IsMouseOver = true. + + + + + Gets the Foreground for IsChecked = false, IsPressed = true. + + + + + Sets the Foreground for IsChecked = false, IsPressed = true. + + + + + Gets the Background for IsChecked = false, IsPressed = true. + + + + + Sets the Background for IsChecked = false, IsPressed = true. + + + + + Gets the BorderBrush for IsChecked = false, IsPressed = true. + + + + + Sets the BorderBrush for IsChecked = false, IsPressed = true. + + + + + Gets the check BackgroundBrush for IsChecked = false, IsPressed = true. + + + + + Sets the BackgroundBrush for IsChecked = false, IsPressed = true. + + + + + Gets the check BorderBrush for IsChecked = false, IsPressed = true. + + + + + Sets the check BorderBrush for IsChecked = false, IsPressed = true. + + + + + Gets the check Foreground for IsChecked = false, IsPressed = true. + + + + + Sets the check Foreground for IsChecked = false, IsPressed = true. + + + + + Gets the Foreground for IsChecked = false, IsEnabled = false. + + + + + Sets the Foreground for IsChecked = false, IsEnabled = false. + + + + + Gets the Background for IsChecked = false, IsEnabled = false. + + + + + Sets the Background for IsChecked = false, IsEnabled = false. + + + + + Gets the BorderBrush for IsChecked = false, IsEnabled = false. + + + + + Sets the BorderBrush for IsChecked = false, IsEnabled = false. + + + + + Gets the check BackgroundBrush for IsChecked = false, IsEnabled = false. + + + + + Sets the BackgroundBrush for IsChecked = false, IsEnabled = false. + + + + + Gets the check BorderBrush for IsChecked = false, IsEnabled = false. + + + + + Sets the check BorderBrush for IsChecked = false, IsEnabled = false. + + + + + Gets the check Foreground for IsChecked = false, IsEnabled = false. + + + + + Sets the check Foreground for IsChecked = false, IsEnabled = false. + + + + + Gets the Glyph for IsChecked = true. + + + + + Sets the Glyph for IsChecked = true. + + + + + Gets the GlyphTemplate for IsChecked = true. + + + + + Sets the GlyphTemplate for IsChecked = true. + + + + + Gets the Foreground for IsChecked = true. + + + + + Sets the Foreground for IsChecked = true. + + + + + Gets the Background for IsChecked = true. + + + + + Sets the Background for IsChecked = true. + + + + + Gets the BorderBrush for IsChecked = true. + + + + + Sets the BorderBrush for IsChecked = true. + + + + + Gets the check Background for IsChecked = true. + + + + + Sets the check Background for IsChecked = true. + + + + + Gets the check BorderBrush for IsChecked = true. + + + + + Sets the check BorderBrush for IsChecked = true. + + + + + Gets the check glyph Foreground for IsChecked = true. + + + + + Sets the check glyph Foreground for IsChecked = true. + + + + + Gets the Foreground for IsChecked = true, IsMouseOver = true. + + + + + Sets the Foreground for IsChecked = true, IsMouseOver = true. + + + + + Gets the Background for IsChecked = true, IsMouseOver = true. + + + + + Sets the Background for IsChecked = true, IsMouseOver = true. + + + + + Gets the BorderBrush for IsChecked = true, IsMouseOver = true. + + + + + Sets the BorderBrush for IsChecked = true, IsMouseOver = true. + + + + + Gets the check Background for IsChecked = true, IsMouseOver = true. + + + + + Sets the check Background for IsChecked = true, IsMouseOver = true. + + + + + Gets the check BorderBrush for IsChecked = true, IsMouseOver = true. + + + + + Sets the check BorderBrush for IsChecked = true, IsMouseOver = true. + + + + + Gets the check glyph Foreground for IsChecked = true, IsMouseOver = true. + + + + + Sets the check glyph Foreground for IsChecked = true, IsMouseOver = true. + + + + + Gets the Foreground for IsChecked = true, IsPressed = true. + + + + + Sets the Foreground for IsChecked = true, IsPressed = true. + + + + + Gets the Background for IsChecked = true, IsPressed = true. + + + + + Sets the Background for IsChecked = true, IsPressed = true. + + + + + Gets the BorderBrush for IsChecked = true, IsPressed = true. + + + + + Sets the BorderBrush for IsChecked = true, IsPressed = true. + + + + + Gets the check Background for IsChecked = true, IsPressed = true. + + + + + Sets the check Background for IsChecked = true, IsPressed = true. + + + + + Gets the check BorderBrush for IsChecked = true, IsPressed = true. + + + + + Sets the check BorderBrush for IsChecked = true, IsPressed = true. + + + + + Gets the check glyph Foreground for IsChecked = true, IsPressed = true. + + + + + Sets the check glyph Foreground for IsChecked = true, IsPressed = true. + + + + + Gets the Foreground for IsChecked = true, IsEnabled = false. + + + + + Sets the Foreground for IsChecked = true, IsEnabled = false. + + + + + Gets the Background for IsChecked = true, IsEnabled = false. + + + + + Sets the Background for IsChecked = true, IsEnabled = false. + + + + + Gets the BorderBrush for IsChecked = true, IsEnabled = false. + + + + + Sets the BorderBrush for IsChecked = true, IsEnabled = false. + + + + + Gets the check Background for IsChecked = true, IsEnabled = false. + + + + + Sets the check Background for IsChecked = true, IsEnabled = false. + + + + + Gets the check BorderBrush for IsChecked = true, IsEnabled = false. + + + + + Sets the check BorderBrush for IsChecked = true, IsEnabled = false. + + + + + Gets the check glyph Foreground for IsChecked = true, IsEnabled = false. + + + + + Sets the check glyph Foreground for IsChecked = true, IsEnabled = false. + + + + + Gets the Glyph for IsChecked = null. + + + + + Sets the Glyph for IsChecked = null. + + + + + Gets the GlyphTemplate for IsChecked = null. + + + + + Sets the GlyphTemplate for IsChecked = null. + + + + + Gets the Foreground for IsChecked = null. + + + + + Sets the Foreground for IsChecked = null. + + + + + Gets the Background for IsChecked = null. + + + + + Sets the Background for IsChecked = null. + + + + + Gets the BorderBrush for IsChecked = null. + + + + + Sets the BorderBrush for IsChecked = null. + + + + + Gets the glyph BackgroundBrush for IsChecked = null. + + + + + Sets the glyph BackgroundBrush for IsChecked = null. + + + + + Gets the glyph BorderBrush for IsChecked = null. + + + + + Sets the glyph BorderBrush for IsChecked = null. + + + + + Gets the glyph Foreground for IsChecked = null. + + + + + Sets the glyph Foregorund for IsChecked = null. + + + + + Gets the Foreground for IsChecked = null, IsMouseOver = true. + + + + + Sets the Foreground for IsChecked = null, IsMouseOver = true. + + + + + Gets the Background for IsChecked = null, IsMouseOver = true. + + + + + Sets the Background for IsChecked = null, IsMouseOver = true. + + + + + Gets the BorderBrush for IsChecked = null, IsMouseOver = true. + + + + + Sets the BorderBrush for IsChecked = null, IsMouseOver = true. + + + + + Gets the glyph BackgroundBrush for IsChecked = null, IsMouseOver = true. + + + + + Sets the glyph BackgroundBrush for IsChecked = null, IsMouseOver = true. + + + + + Gets the glyph BorderBrush for IsChecked = null, IsMouseOver = true. + + + + + Sets the glyph BorderBrush for IsChecked = null, IsMouseOver = true. + + + + + Gets the glyph Foreground for IsChecked = null, IsMouseOver = true. + + + + + Sets the glyph Foregorund for IsChecked = null, IsMouseOver = true. + + + + + Gets the Foreground for IsChecked = null, IsPressed = true. + + + + + Sets the Foreground for IsChecked = null, IsPressed = true. + + + + + Gets the Background for IsChecked = null, IsPressed = true. + + + + + Sets the Background for IsChecked = null, IsPressed = true. + + + + + Gets the BorderBrush for IsChecked = null, IsPressed = true. + + + + + Sets the BorderBrush for IsChecked = null, IsPressed = true. + + + + + Gets the glyph BackgroundBrush for IsChecked = null, IsPressed = true. + + + + + Sets the glyph BackgroundBrush for IsChecked = null, IsPressed = true. + + + + + Gets the glyph BorderBrush for IsChecked = null, IsPressed = true. + + + + + Sets the glyph BorderBrush for IsChecked = null, IsPressed = true. + + + + + Gets the glyph Foreground for IsChecked = null, IsPressed = true. + + + + + Sets the glyph Foregorund for IsChecked = null, IsPressed = true. + + + + + Gets the Foreground for IsChecked = null, IsEnabled = false. + + + + + Sets the Foreground for IsChecked = null, IsEnabled = false. + + + + + Gets the Background for IsChecked = null, IsEnabled = false. + + + + + Sets the Background for IsChecked = null, IsEnabled = false. + + + + + Gets the BorderBrush for IsChecked = null, IsEnabled = false. + + + + + Sets the BorderBrush for IsChecked = null, IsEnabled = false. + + + + + Gets the glyph BackgroundBrush for IsChecked = null, IsEnabled = false. + + + - Overrides the text case behavior for certain buttons. - When set to true, the text case will be preserved and won't be changed to upper or lower case. + Sets the glyph BackgroundBrush for IsChecked = null, IsEnabled = false. - + - DependencyProperty for property. + Gets the glyph BorderBrush for IsChecked = null, IsEnabled = false. - - - The CornerRadius property allows users to control the roundness of the button corners independently by - setting a radius value for each corner. Radius values that are too large are scaled so that they - smoothly blend from corner to corner. (Can be used e.g. at MetroButton style) - Description taken from original Microsoft description :-D + + + Sets the glyph BorderBrush for IsChecked = null, IsEnabled = false. + + + + + Gets the glyph Foreground for IsChecked = null, IsEnabled = false. + + + + + Sets the glyph Foregorund for IsChecked = null, IsEnabled = false. @@ -2248,9 +3441,19 @@ Sets the character casing of the control - + + + Gets the value if the inner ContentPresenter use AccessText in its style. + + + + + Sets the value if the inner ContentPresenter should use AccessText in its style. + + + - This property can be used to set the button width (PART_ClearText) of TextBox, PasswordBox, ComboBox, NumericUpDown + Gets the brush used to draw the focus border. @@ -2258,14 +3461,14 @@ Sets the brush used to draw the focus border. - + Gets the brush used to draw the focus border. - + - Sets the brush used to draw the mouse over brush. + Sets the brush used to draw the focus border. @@ -2273,6 +3476,11 @@ Gets the brush used to draw the mouse over brush. + + + Sets the brush used to draw the mouse over brush. + + DependencyProperty for property. @@ -2301,34 +3509,54 @@ Sets a value indicating whether the child contents of the control are not editable. - + + + Gets the ElementStyle for the autogenerated DataGridCheckBoxColumn. + + + + + Sets the ElementStyle for the autogenerated DataGridCheckBoxColumn. + + + + + Gets the EditingElementStyle for the autogenerated DataGridCheckBoxColumn. + + + - Save the DataGrid. + Sets the EditingElementStyle for the autogenerated DataGridCheckBoxColumn. - + - Get the DataGrid. + Gets the EditingElementStyle for the autogenerated DataGridTextColumn. - + - Gets the value to define the DataGridCell selection behavior. + Sets the EditingElementStyle for the autogenerated DataGridTextColumn. - + - Sets the value to define the DataGridCell selection behavior. + Gets the padding inside the cell. - + - Gets the value to define the DataGridCell selection behavior. + Sets the padding inside the cell. - + - Sets the value to define the DataGridCell selection behavior. + Gets the padding inside the column. + + + + + Sets the padding inside the column. @@ -2341,14 +3569,54 @@ Sets a value which indicates the preview cell editing is enabled or not. - + + + Gets the value to define the selection behavior. + + + + + Sets the value to define the selection behavior. + + + + + Gets the content of the DropDown Button. + + + + + Sets the content of the DropDown Button. + + + + + Gets the data template used to display the content of the DropDown Button. + + + + + Sets the data template used to display the content of the DropDown Button. + + + + + Gets the font family of the desired font. + + + - Gets the value to define the DataGridRow selection behavior. + Sets the font family of the desired font. - + - Sets the value to define the DataGridRow selection behavior. + Gets the size of the desired font. + + + + + Sets the size of the desired font. @@ -2397,6 +3665,146 @@ Sets the toggle button style used for the ExpandDirection Right. + + + The DependencyProperty for the ' ExpandStoryboard property. + + If the Storyboard is set, the expanded event applies this to the inner grid. + + + + + Helper for getting from . + + If the Storyboard is set, the expanded event applies this to the inner grid. + + to read from. + ExpandStoryboard property value. + + + + Helper for setting on . + + If the Storyboard is set, the expanded event applies this to the inner grid. + + to set on. + ExpandStoryboard property value. + + + + The DependencyProperty for the ' CollapseStoryboard property. + + If the Storyboard is set, the collapsed event applies this to the inner grid. + + + + + Helper for getting from . + + If the Storyboard is set, the collapsed event applies this to the inner grid. + + to read from. + CollapseStoryboard property value. + + + + Helper for setting on . + + If the Storyboard is set, the collapsed event applies this to the inner grid. + + to set on. + CollapseStoryboard property value. + + + + Gets the value of the Foreground for the header. + + + + + Sets the value of the Foreground for the header. + + + + + Gets the value of the Background for the header. + + + + + Sets the value of the Background for the header. + + + + + Gets the value of the FontFamily for the header. + + + + + Sets the value of the FontFamily for the header. + + + + + Gets the value of the FontSize for the header. + + + + + Sets the value of the FontSize for the header. + + + + + Gets the value of the FontStretch for the header. + + + + + Sets the value of the FontStretch for the header. + + + + + Gets the value of the FontWeight for the header. + + + + + Sets the value of the FontWeight for the header. + + + + + Gets or sets the outer margin for the header. + + + + + Sets or sets the outer margin for the header. + + + + + Gets the horizontal alignment of the header. + + + + + Sets the horizontal alignment of the header. + + + + + Gets the vertical alignment of the header. + + + + + Sets the vertical alignment of the header. + + Gets or sets the background brush which will be used for the active selected item (if the keyboard focus is within). @@ -2572,6 +3980,68 @@ Changes the value of the slider if the mouse pointer is over this element. + + + Defines a helper class for selected items binding on collections with multiselector elements + + + + + Handles disposal and creation of old and new bindings + + + + + Gets the selected items property binding + + + + + Sets the selected items property binding + + + + + Gets the for a binding + + + + + Sets the for a bining + + + + + Defines a binding between multi selector and property + + + + + Creates an instance of + + The selector of this binding + The bound collection + + + + Registers the event handlers for selector and collection changes + + + + + Unregisters the event handlers for selector and collection changes + + + + + Updates the collection with changes made in the selector + + + + + Updates the selector with changes made in the collection + + Gets the content of the RevealButton. @@ -2592,9 +4062,14 @@ Sets the data template used to display the content of the RevealButton. - + - This property can be used to set vertical scrollbar left side from the tabpanel (look at MetroAnimatedSingleRowTabControl) + Gets the StrokeThickness of the RadioButton itself. + + + + + Sets the StrokeThickness of the RadioButton itself. @@ -2604,14 +4079,14 @@ - - Gets whether the vertical ScrollBar is on the left side or not. - + Helper for getting from . + to read from. + VerticalScrollBarOnLeftSide property value. - - Sets whether the vertical ScrollBar should be on the left side or not. - + Helper for setting on . + to set on. + VerticalScrollBarOnLeftSide property value. @@ -2619,15 +4094,60 @@ + Helper for getting from . + to read from. + IsHorizontalScrollWheelEnabled property value. + + + Helper for setting on . + to set on. + IsHorizontalScrollWheelEnabled property value. + + - Gets whether the ScrollViewer is scrolling horizontal by using the mouse wheel. + This property can be used to trigger the call to a command when the user reach the end of the vertical scrollable area. - + + Helper for getting from . + to read from. + EndOfVerticalScrollReachedCommand property value. + + + Helper for setting on . + to set on. + EndOfVerticalScrollReachedCommand property value. + + + + This property can be used to trigger the call to a command when the user reach the end of the horizontal scrollable area. + + + + Helper for getting from . + to read from. + EndOfHorizontalScrollReachedCommand property value. + + + Helper for setting on . + to set on. + EndOfHorizontalScrollReachedCommand property value. + + - Sets whether the ScrollViewer should be scroll horizontal by using the mouse wheel. + This property can be used to provide a command parameter to the command called when reaching the end of the vertical or horizontal scrollable area. + + Helper for getting from . + to read from. + EndOfScrollReachedCommandParameter property value. + + + Helper for setting on . + to set on. + EndOfScrollReachedCommandParameter property value. + Gets or sets the brush of the thumb. @@ -2835,7 +4355,7 @@ Sets the Style and Template property to null. - + Removing a TabItem in code behind can produce such nasty output System.Windows.Data Warning: 4 : Cannot find source for binding with reference 'RelativeSource FindAncestor, AncestorType='System.Windows.Controls.TabControl', AncestorLevel='1''. BindingExpression:Path=Background; DataItem=null; target element is 'TabItem' (Name=''); target property is 'Background' (type 'Brush') or @@ -2890,11 +4410,6 @@ Sets a command parameter for the TabItem that will be passed to the CloseTabCommand. - - - Defines whether the underline below the is shown or not. - - Defines whether the underline below the or is shown or not. @@ -2925,6 +4440,11 @@ This property can be used to set the Transition for animated TabControls + + + Defines the position of the Underline + + A helper class that provides various attached properties for the TextBox control. @@ -3023,51 +4543,96 @@ Sets the clear text button visibility / feature. Can be used to enable text deletion. - + + + Gets the text button visibility. + + + + + Sets the text button visibility. + + + + + Gets the buttons placement variant. + + + + + Sets the buttons placement variant. + + + + + Gets the clear text button behavior. + + + + + Sets the clear text button behavior. + + + + + ButtonContentTemplate is the template used to display the content of the ClearText button. + + + + + This property can be used to handle the style for CheckBox and RadioButton + LeftToRight means content left and button right and RightToLeft vise versa + + + + + This property can be used to handle the style for CheckBox and RadioButton + LeftToRight means content left and button right and RightToLeft vise versa + + + - Gets the text button visibility. + Gets the toggle button style used for the TreeViewItem expander. - + - Sets the text button visibility. + Sets the toggle button style used for the TreeViewItem expander. - + - Gets the buttons placement variant. + Identifies the CloseOnMouseLeftButtonDown attached property. - + - Sets the buttons placement variant. + Gets whether if the popup can be closed by left mouse button down. - + - Gets the clear text button behavior. + Sets whether if the popup can be closed by left mouse button down. - + - Sets the clear text button behavior. + Identifies the ShowValidationErrorOnMouseOver attached property. - - - ButtonContentTemplate is the template used to display the content of the ClearText button. + + + Gets whether the validation error text will be shown when hovering the validation triangle. - + - This property can be used to handle the style for CheckBox and RadioButton - LeftToRight means content left and button right and RightToLeft vise versa + Sets whether the validation error text will be shown when hovering the validation triangle. - + - This property can be used to handle the style for CheckBox and RadioButton - LeftToRight means content left and button right and RightToLeft vise versa + Represents the base class for an icon UI element. @@ -3092,9 +4657,68 @@ - Originally from http://xamlcoder.com/blog/2010/11/04/creating-a-metro-ui-style-control/ + A ContentControl which use a transition to slide in the content. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Gets or sets whether the reverse version of the transition should be used. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Gets or sets the value if a transition should be used or not. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Gets or sets whether the transition should be used only at the loaded event of the control. + + + + Identifies the routed event. + + + + The event which will be fired when the transition starts. + + + + Identifies the routed event. + + + + The event which will be fired when the transition ends. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Gets whether if the content is transitioning. + + + + + Execute the transition again. + + + Creates AutomationPeer () @@ -3290,11 +4914,14 @@ A standard MetroTabControl (Pivot). - + Initializes a new instance of the MahApps.Metro.Controls.MetroTabControl class. + + Identifies the dependency property. + A base class for every MetroTabControl (Pivot). @@ -3447,17 +5074,47 @@ - Gets/sets whether the window will ignore (and overlap) the taskbar when maximized. + Defines if the Taskbar should be ignored when maximizing a Window. + This only works with WindowStyle = None. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. - Gets or sets resize border thickness + Gets or sets resize border thickness. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for ResizeBorderTickness. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + for . + + + + + Gets/sets if the border thickness value should be kept on maximize + if the MaxHeight/MaxWidth of the window is less than the monitor resolution. + + + + + for . + + + + + Gets or sets wether the resizing of the window should be tried in a way that does not cause flicker/jitter, especially when resizing from the left side. + + + Please note that setting this to true may cause resize lag and black areas appearing on some systems. + + + + + for . @@ -3517,17 +5174,17 @@ - Gets/sets if the minimize button is visible. + Gets or sets whether if the minimize button is visible and the minimize system menu is enabled. - Gets/sets if the Maximize/Restore button is visible. + Gets or sets whether if the maximize/restore button is visible and the maximize/restore system menu is enabled. - Gets/sets if the close button is visible. + Gets or sets whether if the close button is visible. @@ -3550,19 +5207,19 @@ Gets or sets whether if the close button should be enabled or not if a dialog is shown. - + - Gets/sets if the the system menu should popup on right click. + Gets or sets a value that indicates whether the system menu should popup with left mouse click on the window icon. - + - Gets/sets the TitleBar's height. + Gets or sets a value that indicates whether the system menu should popup with right mouse click if the mouse position is on title bar or on the entire window if it has no title bar (and no title bar height). - + - Gets/sets if the TitleBar's text is automatically capitalized. + Gets/sets the TitleBar's height. @@ -3610,6 +5267,11 @@ Gets/sets the opacity used for the dialog overlay. + + + Gets or sets the brush used for the Flyouts overlay. + + Gets or sets the overlay fade in storyboard. @@ -3648,12 +5310,15 @@ Initializes a new instance of the MahApps.Metro.Controls.MetroWindow class. - + Initializes various behaviors for the window. - For example , and . + For example , and . + + + Gets the template child with the given name. @@ -3688,13 +5353,12 @@ The name of the template child. The direction. - + Adapts the WindowCommands to the theme of the first opened, topmost && (top || right || left) flyout The MetroWindow All the flyouts! Or flyouts that fall into the category described in the summary. - An optional brush to reset the window commands brush to. @@ -3762,6 +5426,11 @@ Gets or sets a value indicating whether the user can enter text in the control. + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the value will be changed directly on every TextBox text changed event or when using the Enter key. + + Gets or sets a value indicating the culture to be used in string formatting operations. @@ -3786,6 +5455,11 @@ + + + Gets or sets whether the up and down buttons will got the focus when using them. + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the text can be changed by the use of the up or down buttons only. @@ -3811,11 +5485,6 @@ Gets or sets the horizontal alignment of the contents of the text box. - - - Indicates if the NumericUpDown should show the decimal separator or not. - - Gets or sets which numeric input for the NumericUpDown is allowed. @@ -3826,6 +5495,16 @@ Indicates if the NumericUpDown should round the value to the nearest possible interval when the focus moves to another element. + + + Gets or sets the parsing number style for the value from text to numeric. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the up down buttons are switched. + + Called when this element or any below gets focus. @@ -3848,96 +5527,261 @@ New value of the property + + + Doesn't overlay Flyouts nor a hidden TitleBar. + + + + + Overlays opened controls. + + + + + Overlays a hidden TitleBar. + + Based on Greg Schechter's Planerator http://blogs.msdn.com/b/greg_schechter/archive/2007/10/26/enter-the-planerator-dead-simple-3d-in-wpf-with-a-stupid-name.aspx + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + An Enum representing different positions, such as Left or Right. - + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + - Event arguments created for the RangeSlider's SelectionChanged event. - + This delegate must used by handlers of the RangeSelectionChangedEvent event. + The current element along the event's route. + The event arguments containing additional information about the event. + Nothing. - + - The value of the new range's beginning. + This RangeSelectionChangedEventArgs class contains old and new value when + RangeSelectionChanged is raised. + + - + - The value of the new range's ending. + Return the old lower value. - + - A slider control with the ability to select a range between two values. + Return the new lower value. - + - Identifies the  dependency property. + Return the old upper value. - + - Identifies the  dependency property. + Return the new upper value. - + - Identifies the  dependency property. + This is an instance constructor for the RangeSelectionChangedEventArgs class. + The old lower property value + The new lower property value + The old upper property value + The new upper property value - + - Identifies the  dependency property. + This is an instance constructor for the RoutedPropertyChangedEventArgs class. + It is constructed with a reference to the event being raised. + The old lower property value + The new lower property value + The old upper property value + The new upper property value + RoutedEvent - + - Identifies the  dependency property. + This method is used to perform the proper type casting in order to + call the type-safe RoutedPropertyChangedEventHandler delegate for the IsCheckedChangedEvent event. + The handler to invoke. + The current object along the event's route. + Nothing. - + - Identifies the  dependency property. + A slider control with the ability to select a range between two values. - + + Identifies the routed event. + + + Identifies the routed event. + + + Identifies the routed event. + + + Identifies the routed event. + + + Identifies the routed event. + + + Identifies the routed event. + + + Identifies the routed event. + + + Identifies the routed event. + + + Identifies the routed event. + + + Identifies the routed event. + + + Identifies the routed event. + + + Identifies the routed event. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + - Get/sets value how fast thumbs will move when user press on left/right/central with left mouse button (IsMoveToPoint must be set to FALSE) + Get/sets the end of the range selection. - + + Identifies the dependency property. + + - Get/sets precision of the value, which displaying inside AutotToolTip + Get/sets the beginning of the range selection. - + + Identifies the dependency property. + + - Get/sets the converter for the tooltip text + Get/sets the minimum range that can be selected. - + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Get/sets the minimal distance between two thumbs. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Get/sets whether whole range will be moved when press on right/left/central part of control + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Get/sets whether possibility to make manipulations inside range with left/right mouse buttons + cotrol button + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Get/sets whether possibility to make manipulations inside range with left/right mouse buttons + cotrol button + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + - Get/sets tooltip, which will show while dragging thumbs and display currect value + Gets or sets the orientation of the . + + Identifies the dependency property. + Gets or sets the position of tick marks with respect to the of the . - A value that defines how to position the tick marks in a with respect to the slider bar. The default is . + A value that defines how to position the tick marks in a with respect to the slider bar. The default is . + + Identifies the dependency property. + Gets or sets the interval between tick marks. @@ -3946,6 +5790,9 @@ The distance between tick marks. The default is (1.0). + + Identifies the dependency property. + Gets or sets the positions of the tick marks to display for a . @@ -3953,52 +5800,72 @@ A set of tick marks to display for a . The default is . + + Identifies the dependency property. + Get or sets IsMoveToPoint feature which will enable/disable moving to exact point inside control when user clicked on it Gets or sets a value that indicates whether the two of a moves immediately to the location of the mouse click that occurs while the mouse pointer pauses on the tracks. - - - Gets or sets the orientation of the . - + + Identifies the dependency property. - + - Get/sets whether possibility to make manipulations inside range with left/right mouse buttons + cotrol button + Gets or sets whether a tooltip that contains the current value of the displays when the is pressed. If a tooltip is displayed, this property also specifies the placement of the tooltip. + + One of the values that determines where to display the tooltip with respect to the of the , or that specifies to not show a tooltip. The default is , which specifies that a tooltip is not displayed. + - - - Get/sets whether possibility to make manipulations inside range with left/right mouse buttons + cotrol button - + + Identifies the dependency property. - + - Get/sets whether whole range will be moved when press on right/left/central part of control + Gets or sets the number of digits that are displayed to the right side of the decimal point for the of the in a tooltip. + + The precision of the that displays in the tooltip, specified as the number of digits that appear to the right of the decimal point. The default is zero (0). + - + + Identifies the dependency property. + + - Get/sets the minimal distance between two thumbs. + Gets or sets a template for the auto tooltip to show the lower value. - + + Identifies the dependency property. + + - Get/sets the beginning of the range selection. + Gets or sets a template for the auto tooltip to show the upper value. - + + Identifies the dependency property. + + - Get/sets the end of the range selection. + Gets or sets a template for the auto tooltip to show the center value. - + + Identifies the dependency property. + + - Get/sets the minimum range that can be selected. + Get/sets value how fast thumbs will move when user press on left/right/central with left mouse button (IsMoveToPoint must be set to FALSE) + + Identifies the dependency property. + Gets or sets a value that indicates whether the displays a selection range along the . @@ -4007,6 +5874,9 @@ if a selection range is displayed; otherwise, . The default is . + + Identifies the dependency property. + Gets or sets the smallest value of a specified selection for a . @@ -4015,6 +5885,9 @@ The largest value of a selected range of values of a . The default is zero (0.0). + + Identifies the dependency property. + Gets or sets the largest value of a specified selection for a . @@ -4035,6 +5908,19 @@ The old value of the property.The new value of the property. + + + Gets the lower value of the range selection. + + + + + Gets the upper value of the range selection. + + + + + RevealImage @@ -4045,80 +5931,102 @@ InitializeComponent - + + Identifies the dependency property. + + - Reflects the parameter to pass to the CommandProperty upon execution. + Gets or sets an extra tag. - + + Identifies the dependency property. + + - Gets or sets the target element on which to fire the command. + Gets or sets the orientation of children stacking. - + + Identifies the dependency property. + + - Get or sets the Command property. + Gets or sets the content for the icon part. - + + Identifies the dependency property. + + - Indicates whether the Popup is visible. + Gets or sets the DataTemplate for the icon part. - + + Identifies the dependency property. + + - Gets or sets an extra tag. + Gets or sets the command to invoke when the content button is pressed. - + + Identifies the dependency property. + + - Gets or sets the dimension of children stacking. + Gets or sets the element on which to raise the specified command. - + + Identifies the dependency property. + + - Gets or sets the Content used to generate the icon part. + Gets or sets the parameter to pass to the command property. - - - Gets or sets the ContentTemplate used to display the content of the icon part. - + + Identifies the dependency property. - Gets/sets the button style. + Gets or sets the button content style. + + Identifies the dependency property. + - Gets/sets the button arrow style. + Gets or sets the button arrow style. - - - Gets/sets the popup listbox style. - + + Identifies the dependency property. - Gets/sets the brush of the button arrow icon. + Gets or sets the foreground brush for the button arrow icon. + + Identifies the dependency property. + - Gets/sets the brush of the button arrow icon if the mouse is over the split button. + Gets or sets the foreground brush of the button arrow icon if the mouse is over the split button. + + Identifies the dependency property. + - Gets/sets the brush of the button arrow icon if the arrow button is pressed. + Gets or sets the foreground brush of the button arrow icon if the arrow button is pressed. - - Updates the current selection when an item in the has changed - The event data. - A special animation used to animates the length of a . @@ -4133,10 +6041,7 @@ - - Identifies the dependency property. - - The identifier for the property. + Identifies the dependency property. @@ -4148,10 +6053,7 @@ - - Identifies the dependency property. - - The identifier for the dependency property. + Identifies the dependency property. @@ -4160,10 +6062,7 @@ The contents of the main panel of a . The default is null. - - Identifies the dependency property. - - The identifier for the dependency property. + Identifies the dependency property. @@ -4175,10 +6074,7 @@ - - Identifies the dependency property. - - The identifier for the dependency property. + Identifies the dependency property. @@ -4186,11 +6082,17 @@ true if the pane is expanded to its full width; otherwise, false. The default is true. - + + Identifies the dependency property. + + - Identifies the dependency property. + Gets or sets a value that specifies the OverlayBrush - The identifier for the dependency property. + The current OverlayBrush + + + Identifies the dependency property. @@ -4201,11 +6103,48 @@ pixel (DIP). - + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Gets or sets the minimum width of the pane when it's fully expanded. + + + The minimum width of the pane when it's fully expanded. The default is 320 device-independent + pixel (DIP). + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + - Identifies the dependency property. + Gets or sets the maximum width of the pane when it's fully expanded. - The identifier for the dependency property. + + The maximum width of the pane when it's fully expanded. The default is 320 device-independent + pixel (DIP). + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Gets or Sets if the open pane can be resized by the user. The default value is false. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Gets or Sets the for the resizing Thumb (type of ) + + + + Identifies the dependency property. @@ -4214,10 +6153,7 @@ The contents of the pane of a . The default is null. - - Identifies the dependency property. - - The identifier for the dependency property. + Identifies the dependency property. @@ -4226,10 +6162,7 @@ The Brush to apply to the background of the area of the control. - - Identifies the dependency property. - - The identifier for the dependency property. + Identifies the dependency property. @@ -4238,10 +6171,7 @@ The Brush to apply to the background of the area of the control. - - Identifies the PanePlacement dependency property. - - The identifier for the PanePlacement dependency property. + Identifies the dependency property. @@ -4254,10 +6184,7 @@ - - Identifies the dependency property. - - The identifier for the dependency property. + Identifies the dependency property. @@ -4281,6 +6208,15 @@ Occurs when the pane is closing. + + + + + + + + + Constants that specify how the pane is shown in a . @@ -4345,43 +6281,56 @@ Not intended for general use. + + Identifies the dependency property. + Gets the value as a GridLength. + + Identifies the dependency property. + Gets the negative of the value. + + Identifies the dependency property. + Gets the negative of the value calculated by subtracting the value from the value. + + Identifies the dependency property. + Gets the value as a GridLength. + + Identifies the dependency property. + Gets the value. + + Identifies the dependency property. + Gets a value calculated by subtracting the value from the value. - - - An Enum representing different themes for window commands. - - HorizontalTitleAlignment Dependency Property. @@ -4409,10 +6358,17 @@ Represents a control that allows the user to select a date and a time. - + + Identifies the dependency property. + + - Occurs when the property is changed. + Gets or sets the last date to be displayed. + The last date to display. + + + Identifies the dependency property. @@ -4422,11 +6378,8 @@ The date to display. The default is . - - - Gets or sets the last date to be displayed. - - The last date to display. + + Identifies the dependency property. @@ -4434,6 +6387,9 @@ The first date to display. + + Identifies the dependency property. + Gets or sets the day that is considered the beginning of the week. @@ -4443,10 +6399,8 @@ that is determined by the current culture. - - - Gets or sets the format that is used to display the selected date. - + + Identifies the dependency property. @@ -4454,6 +6408,17 @@ true if the current date is highlighted; otherwise, false. The default is true. + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Gets or sets the format that is used to display the selected date. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + Gets or sets a value that indicates the dimension by which calendar and clock are stacked. @@ -4463,13 +6428,29 @@ . - - - Gets or sets the currently selected date. - - - The date currently selected. The default is null. - + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + @@ -4481,24 +6462,15 @@ Represents a control that allows the user to select a time. - - - Represents a base-class for time picking. - - - - - This readonly dependency property is to control whether to show the date-picker (in case of ) or hide it (in case of . - + + - - - Represents the time 00:00:00; 12:00:00 AM respectively - + + - + - Represents the time 23:59:59.9999999; 11:59:59.9999999 PM respectively + Represents a base-class for time picking. @@ -4537,29 +6509,68 @@ Returns a list containing {0, 15, 30, 45}. - + + Identifies the dependency property. + + - Occurs when the property is changed. + Gets or sets a collection used to generate the content for selecting the hours. + + A collection that is used to generate the content for selecting the hours. The default is a list of interger from 0 + to 23 if is false or a list of interger from + 1 to 12 otherwise.. + - + + Identifies the dependency property. + + - Gets or sets a value indicating the culture to be used in string formatting operations. + Gets or sets a collection used to generate the content for selecting the minutes. + + A collection that is used to generate the content for selecting the minutes. The default is a list of int from + 0 to 59. + - + + Identifies the dependency property. + + - Gets or sets a value indicating the visibility of the clock hands in the user interface (UI). + Gets or sets a collection used to generate the content for selecting the seconds. - The visibility definition of the clock hands. The default is . + A collection that is used to generate the content for selecting the minutes. The default is a list of int from + 0 to 59. - + + Identifies the dependency property. + + - Gets or sets a value indicating whether the date can be selected or not. This property is read-only. + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the drop-down for a box is currently + open. + + true if the drop-down is open; otherwise, false. The default is false. + + + + IsDropDownOpenProperty property changed handler. + + DatePicker that changed its IsDropDownOpen. + DependencyPropertyChangedEventArgs. + + + + This method is invoked when the changes. + + Identifies the dependency property. + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the clock of this control is visible in the user interface (UI). This is a @@ -4573,12 +6584,8 @@ true if the clock is visible; otherwise, false. The default value is true. - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether the drop-down for a box is currently - open. - - true if the drop-down is open; otherwise, false. The default is false. + + Identifies the dependency property. @@ -4588,6 +6595,28 @@ true if the is read-only; otherwise, false. The default is false. + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating the visibility of the clock hands in the user interface (UI). + + + The visibility definition of the clock hands. The default is . + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating the culture to be used in string formatting operations. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + Gets or sets a value indicating the visibility of the selectable date-time-parts in the user interface (UI). @@ -4596,46 +6625,66 @@ visibility definition of the selectable date-time-parts. The default is . - + + + Occurs when the property is changed. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + - Gets or sets the currently selected time. + Gets or sets the currently selected date and time. - The time currently selected. The default is null. + The date and time which is currently selected. The default is null. + + Identifies the dependency property. + Gets or sets the format that is used to display the selected time. - + + Identifies the dependency property. + + - Gets or sets a collection used to generate the content for selecting the hours. + Gets or sets a composite string that specifies how to format the hour items. - - A collection that is used to generate the content for selecting the hours. The default is a list of interger from 0 - to 23 if is false or a list of interger from - 1 to 12 otherwise.. - - + + Identifies the dependency property. + + - Gets or sets a collection used to generate the content for selecting the minutes. + Gets or sets a composite string that specifies how to format the minute items. - - A collection that is used to generate the content for selecting the minutes. The default is a list of int from - 0 to 59. - - + + Identifies the dependency property. + + - Gets or sets a collection used to generate the content for selecting the seconds. + Gets or sets a composite string that specifies how to format the second items. + + + + + This readonly dependency property is to control whether to show the date-picker (in case of ) or hide it (in case of . + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the date can be selected or not. This property is read-only. - - A collection that is used to generate the content for selecting the minutes. The default is a list of int from - 0 to 59. - @@ -4674,155 +6723,188 @@ Selected hour is between 12 PM and 11 PM+12h - - - - - - - A control that allows the user to toggle between two states: One represents true; The other represents false. - - - - - Identifies the  dependency property. - - - - - Gets/sets the font family of the header. - - - - - Gets/sets the text to display when the control is in it's On state. - - - - - Gets/sets the text to display when the control is in it's Off state. - - - - - Gets/sets the brush used for the switch's foreground. - - - - - Gets/sets the brush used for the on-switch's foreground. - - - - - Gets/sets the brush used for the off-switch's foreground. - - - - - Gets/sets the brush used for the thumb indicator. - + + + - + - Gets/sets the brush used for the thumb indicator. + A control that allows the user to toggle between two states: One represents true; The other represents false. - - - Gets/sets the width of the thumb indicator. - + + Identifies the dependency property. - Gets/sets the control's content flow direction. + Gets or sets the flow direction of the switch and content. + + LeftToRight means content left and button right and RightToLeft vise versa. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. Gets or sets the padding of the inner content. - - - Gets/sets the control's toggle switch button style. - + + Identifies the dependency property. - + - Gets/sets whether the control is Checked (On) or not (Off). + Gets or sets a value that declares whether the state of the ToggleSwitch is "On". - + + Identifies the dependency property. + + - Gets/sets the command which will be executed if the IsChecked property was changed. + Provides the object content that should be displayed using the OnContentTemplate when this ToggleSwitch has state of "On". - + + Identifies the dependency property. + + - Gets/sets the command which will be executed if the checked event of the control is fired. + Gets or sets the DataTemplate used to display the control's content while in "On" state. - + + Identifies the dependency property. + + - Gets/sets the command which will be executed if the checked event of the control is fired. + Gets or sets a template selector for OnContent property that enables an application writer to provide custom template-selection logic . + + This property is ignored if is set. + - + + Identifies the dependency property. + + - Gets/sets the command parameter which will be passed by the CheckChangedCommand. + Gets or sets a composite string that specifies how to format the OnContent property if it is displayed as a string. + + This property is ignored if is set. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. - + - Gets/sets the command parameter which will be passed by the CheckedCommand. + Provides the object content that should be displayed using the OffContentTemplate when this ToggleSwitch has state of "Off". - + + Identifies the dependency property. + + - Gets/sets the command parameter which will be passed by the UnCheckedCommand. + Gets or sets the DataTemplate used to display the control's content while in "Off" state. - + + Identifies the dependency property. + + - An event that is raised when the value of IsChecked changes. + Gets or sets a template selector for OffContent property that enables an application writer to provide custom template-selection logic . + + This property is ignored if is set. + - + + Identifies the dependency property. + + - A Button that allows the user to toggle between two states. + Gets or sets a composite string that specifies how to format the OffContent property if it is displayed as a string. + + This property is ignored if is set. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. - + + Identifies the dependency property. + + - Gets/sets the brush used for the control's foreground. + Gets or sets a command which will be executed when the changes. - + + Identifies the dependency property. + + - Gets/sets the brush used for the on-switch's foreground. + Gets or sets a command which will be executed when the changes. - + + Identifies the dependency property. + + - Gets/sets the brush used for the off-switch's foreground. + Gets or sets a command which will be executed when the changes. - + + Identifies the dependency property. + + - Gets/sets the brush used for the thumb indicator. + Gets or sets the command parameter which will be passed by the Command. - + + Identifies the dependency property. + + - Gets/sets the brush used for the thumb indicator. + Gets or sets the element on which to raise the specified Command. + + Element on which to raise the Command. + - + - Gets/sets the width of the thumb indicator. + Occurs when "On"/"Off" state changes for this ToggleSwitch. + + This method is invoked when the changes. + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + The associated with this . + + + + + + + + + + enumeration for the different transition types @@ -4932,8 +7014,7 @@ This method is an alternative to WPF's - method, which also - supports content elements. Keep in mind that for content element, + method, which also supports content elements. Keep in mind that for content element, this method falls back to the logical tree of the element! The item to be processed. @@ -4973,117 +7054,191 @@ hit testing. The position to be evaluated on the origin. - + - Gets the relative mouse position to the given handle in client coordinates. + Get the working area size of the monitor from where the visual stays. - The handle for this method. + The visual element to get the monitor information. + The working area size of the monitor. - - - Try to get the relative mouse position to the given handle in client coordinates. - - The handle for this method. - The relative mouse position to the given handle. + + Identifies the dependency property. Gets or sets the value indicating current light style for the minimize button. + + Identifies the dependency property. + Gets or sets the value indicating current light style for the maximize button. + + Identifies the dependency property. + Gets or sets the value indicating current light style for the close button. + + Identifies the dependency property. + Gets or sets the value indicating current dark style for the minimize button. + + Identifies the dependency property. + Gets or sets the value indicating current dark style for the maximize button. + + Identifies the dependency property. + Gets or sets the value indicating current dark style for the close button. + + Identifies the dependency property. + Gets or sets the value indicating current theme. + + Identifies the dependency property. + Gets or sets the minimize button tooltip. + + Identifies the dependency property. + Gets or sets the maximize button tooltip. + + Identifies the dependency property. + Gets or sets the close button tooltip. + + Identifies the dependency property. + Gets or sets the restore button tooltip. + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Gets the window. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + - Gets or sets the value indicating current theme. + Gets or sets the value indicating the current theme. + + Identifies the dependency property. + - Gets or sets the value indicating light theme template. + Gets or sets the value indicating the light theme ControlTemplate. + + Identifies the dependency property. + - Gets or sets the value indicating light theme template. + Gets or sets the value indicating the light theme ControlTemplate. + + Identifies the dependency property. + - Gets or sets the value indicating whether to show the separators. + Gets or sets the value indicating whether to show the separators or not. + + Identifies the dependency property. + - Gets or sets the value indicating whether to show the last separator. + Gets or sets the value indicating whether to show the last separator or not. + + Identifies the dependency property. + - Gets or sets the value indicating separator height. + Gets or sets the value indicating the height of the separators. - + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + - Gets or sets the value indicating whether to show the separator. + Gets the window. - + + Identifies the dependency property. + + - Doesn't overlay flyouts nor a hidden TitleBar. + Gets or sets the value indicating whether to show the separator. - + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + - Overlays opened controls. + Doesn't overlay a hidden TitleBar. @@ -5134,6 +7289,11 @@ Converts a double representing either hour/minute/second to the corresponding angle. + + + Converts a CornerRadius to a new CornerRadius. It's possible to ignore a side with the IgnoreRadius property. + + Converts the value from true to false and false to true. @@ -5177,6 +7337,56 @@ This class cannot be inherited. + + + Use the radius of all corners. + + + + + Ignore the radius of the top-left and bottom-left corner. + + + + + Ignore the radius of the top-left and top-right corner. + + + + + Ignore the radius of the top-right and bottom-right corner. + + + + + Ignore the radius of the bottom-left and bottom-right corner. + + + + + Ignore the radius of the top-left corner. + + + + + Ignore radius of the top-right corner. + + + + + Ignore the radius of the bottom-right corner. + + + + + Ignore the radius of the bottom-left corner. + + + + + This Converter converts a given height or width of an control to a CornerRadius + + Converts a String into a Visibility enumeration (and back) @@ -5200,7 +7410,7 @@ - Converts a Thickness to a new Thickness. It's possible to ignore a side With the IgnoreThicknessSide property. + Converts a Thickness to a new Thickness. It's possible to ignore a side with the IgnoreThicknessSide property. @@ -5244,306 +7454,18 @@ The converter parameter to use. The culture to use in the converter. - - - An object that represents the foreground color for a . - - - - - The ResourceDictionary that represents this Accent. - - - - - Gets/sets the name of the Accent. - - - + - Initializes a new instance of the Accent class. + Implements a markup extension that supports static (XAML load time) resource references made from XAML. - + - Initializes a new instance of the Accent class. + Provides theme resources from Fluent.Ribbon. - The name of the new Accent. - The URI of the accent ResourceDictionary. - - - Initializes a new instance of the Accent class. - - The name of the new Accent. - The ResourceDictionary of the accent. - - - - Represents the background theme of the application. - - - - - The ResourceDictionary that represents this application theme. - - - - - Gets the name of the application theme. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the AppTheme class. - - The name of the new AppTheme. - The URI of the AppTheme ResourceDictionary. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the AppTheme class. - - The name of the new AppTheme. - The ResourceDictionary of the accent. - - - - A class that allows for the detection and alteration of a theme and accent. - - - - - Gets a list of all of default accents. - - - - - Gets a list of all default themes. - - - - - Adds an accent with the given name and uniform resource identfier. - - The name of the new Accent. - The URI of the accent ResourceDictionary. - true if the accent does not exists and can be added. - - - - Adds an accent with the given name and resource dictionary. - - The name of the new Accent. - The ResourceDictionary of the accent. - true if the accent does not exists and can be added. - - - - Adds an app theme with the given name. - - The name of the new AppTheme. - The URI of the AppTheme ResourceDictionary. - true if the app theme does not exists and can be added. - - - - Adds an app theme with the given name. - - The name of the new AppTheme. - The ResourceDictionary of the accent. - true if the app theme does not exists and can be added. - - - - Gets app theme with the given resource dictionary. - - from which the theme should be retrieved. - AppTheme - - - - Gets app theme with the given name and theme type (light or dark). - - AppTheme - - - - Gets the inverse of the given . - This method relies on the "Dark" or "Light" affix to be present. - - The app theme. - The inverse or null if it couldn't be found. - - Returns BaseLight, if BaseDark is given or vice versa. - Custom Themes must end with "Dark" or "Light" for this to work, for example "CustomDark" and "CustomLight". - - - - - Gets the with the given name. - - The or null, if the app theme wasn't found - - - - Gets the with the given resource dictionary. - - from which the accent should be retrieved. - The or null, if the accent wasn't found. - - - - Determines whether the specified resource dictionary represents an . - - This might include runtime accents which do not have a resource uri. - - The resources. - true if the resource dictionary is an ; otherwise, false. - resources - - - - Gets a resource from the detected AppStyle. - - The window to check. If this is null, the Application's sources will be checked. - The key to check against. - The resource object or null, if the resource wasn't found. - - - - Change the theme for the whole application. - - - - - - - Change theme for the given window. - - - - - - - Change accent and theme for the whole application. - - The instance of Application to change. - The accent to apply. - The theme to apply. - - - - Change accent and theme for the given window. - - The Window to change. - The accent to apply. - The theme to apply. - - - - Changes the accent and theme of a ResourceDictionary directly. - - The ResourceDictionary to modify. - The accent to apply to the ResourceDictionary. - The theme to apply to the ResourceDictionary. - - - - Copies all resource keys from one resource to another. - - The source resource dictionary. - The destination resource dictionary. - - fromRD - or - toRD - - - - - Scans the window resources and returns it's accent and theme. - - - - - Scans the window resources and returns it's accent and theme. - - The Window to scan. - - - - Scans the application resources and returns it's accent and theme. - - The Application instance to scan. - - - - Scans a resources and returns it's accent and theme. - - The ResourceDictionary to check. - - - - This event fires if accent color and theme was changed - this should be using the weak event pattern, but for now it's enough - - - - - Invalidates global colors and resources. - Sometimes the ContextMenu is not changing the colors, so this will fix it. - - - - - Class which is used as argument for an event to signal theme changes. - - - - - Creates a new instance of this class. - - - - - The new theme. - - - - - The new accent - - - - - GeneratedInternalTypeHelper - - - - - CreateInstance - - - - - GetPropertyValue - - - - - SetPropertyValue - - - - - CreateDelegate - - - - - AddEventHandler - + + diff --git a/bin/Microsoft.Office.Tools.dll b/bin/Microsoft.Office.Tools.dll new file mode 100644 index 00000000..953f14fb Binary files /dev/null and b/bin/Microsoft.Office.Tools.dll differ diff --git a/bin/Microsoft.Xaml.Behaviors.dll b/bin/Microsoft.Xaml.Behaviors.dll new file mode 100644 index 00000000..8555b892 Binary files /dev/null and b/bin/Microsoft.Xaml.Behaviors.dll differ diff --git a/bin/Microsoft.Xaml.Behaviors.pdb b/bin/Microsoft.Xaml.Behaviors.pdb new file mode 100644 index 00000000..9464ccc5 Binary files /dev/null and b/bin/Microsoft.Xaml.Behaviors.pdb differ diff --git a/bin/Microsoft.Xaml.Behaviors.xml b/bin/Microsoft.Xaml.Behaviors.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000..e2b9c8a4 --- /dev/null +++ b/bin/Microsoft.Xaml.Behaviors.xml @@ -0,0 +1,2389 @@ + + + + Microsoft.Xaml.Behaviors + + + + + Represents a collection of IAttachedObject with a shared AssociatedObject and provides change notifications to its contents when that AssociatedObject changes. + + + + + The object on which the collection is hosted. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + Internal, because this should not be inherited outside this assembly. + + + + Called immediately after the collection is attached to an AssociatedObject. + + + + + Called when the collection is being detached from its AssociatedObject, but before it has actually occurred. + + + + + Called when a new item is added to the collection. + + The new item. + + + + Called when an item is removed from the collection. + + The removed item. + + + Cannot add the instance to a collection more than once. + + + + Gets the associated object. + + The associated object. + + + + Attaches to the specified object. + + The object to attach to. + The IAttachedObject is already attached to a different object. + + + + Detaches this instance from its associated object. + + + + + Encapsulates state information and zero or more ICommands into an attachable object. + + The type the can be attached to. + + Behavior is the base class for providing attachable state and commands to an object. + The types the Behavior can be attached to can be controlled by the generic parameter. + Override OnAttached() and OnDetaching() methods to hook and unhook any necessary handlers + from the AssociatedObject. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Gets the object to which this is attached. + + + + + Encapsulates state information and zero or more ICommands into an attachable object. + + This is an infrastructure class. Behavior authors should derive from Behavior<T> instead of from this class. + + + + The type to which this behavior can be attached. + + + + + Gets the object to which this behavior is attached. + + + + + Called after the behavior is attached to an AssociatedObject. + + Override this to hook up functionality to the AssociatedObject. + + + + Called when the behavior is being detached from its AssociatedObject, but before it has actually occurred. + + Override this to unhook functionality from the AssociatedObject. + + + + Gets the associated object. + + The associated object. + + + + Attaches to the specified object. + + The object to attach to. + The Behavior is already hosted on a different element. + dependencyObject does not satisfy the Behavior type constraint. + + + + Detaches this instance from its associated object. + + + + + Represents a collection of behaviors with a shared AssociatedObject and provides change notifications to its contents when that AssociatedObject changes. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + Internal, because this should not be inherited outside this assembly. + + + + Called immediately after the collection is attached to an AssociatedObject. + + + + + Called when the collection is being detached from its AssociatedObject, but before it has actually occurred. + + + + + Called when a new item is added to the collection. + + The new item. + + + + Called when an item is removed from the collection. + + The removed item. + + + + Creates a new instance of the BehaviorCollection. + + The new instance. + + + + This method evaluates operands. + + Left operand from the LeftOperand property. + Operator from Operator property. + Right operand from the RightOperand property. + Returns true if the condition is met; otherwise, returns false. + + + + Evaluates both operands that implement the IComparable interface. + + Left operand from the LeftOperand property. + Operator from Operator property. + Right operand from the RightOperand property. + Returns true if the condition is met; otherwise, returns false. + + + + A basic implementation of ICommand that wraps a method that takes no parameters or a method that takes one parameter. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The action. + Use this constructor to provide an action that ignores the ICommand parameter. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + An action that takes an object parameter. + Use this constructor to provide an action that uses the object parameter passed by the Execute method. + + + + Occurs when changes occur that affect whether the command should execute. Will not be fired by ActionCommand. + + + + + Defines the method that determines whether the command can execute in its current state. + + Data used by the command. If the command does not require data to be passed, then this object can be set to null. + + Always returns true. + + + + + Defines the method to be called when the command is invoked. + + Data used by the command. If the command does not require data to be passed, then this object can be set to null. + + + + Calls a method on a specified object when invoked. + + + + + The object that exposes the method of interest. This is a dependency property. + + + + + The name of the method to invoke. This is a dependency property. + + + + + Invokes the action. + + The parameter of the action. If the action does not require a parameter, the parameter may be set to a null reference. + + + + Called after the action is attached to an AssociatedObject. + + Override this to hook up functionality to the AssociatedObject. + + + + Called when the action is getting detached from its AssociatedObject, but before it has actually occurred. + + Override this to unhook functionality from the AssociatedObject. + + + + An action that will change a specified property to a specified value when invoked. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Gets or sets the name of the property to change. This is a dependency property. + + The name of the property to change. + + + + Gets or sets the value to set. This is a dependency property. + + The value to set. + + + + Gets or sets the duration of the animation that will occur when the ChangePropertyAction is invoked. This is a dependency property. + If the duration is unset, no animation will be applied. + + + + + Increment by Value if true; otherwise, set the value directly. If the property cannot be incremented, it will instead try to set the value directly. + + + + + Invokes the action. + + The parameter of the action. If the action does not require a parameter, then the parameter may be set to a null reference. + A property with could not be found on the Target. + Could not set to the value specified by . + + + + Represents one ternary condition. + + + + + Gets or sets the left operand. + + + + + Gets or sets the right operand. + + + + + Gets or sets the comparison operator. + + + + + Method that evaluates the condition. Note that this method can throw ArgumentException if the operator is + incompatible with the type. For instance, operators LessThan, LessThanOrEqual, GreaterThan, and GreaterThanOrEqual + require both operators to implement IComparable. + + Returns true if the condition has been met; otherwise, returns false. + + + + Ensure that any binding on DP operands are up-to-date. + + + + + Enumeration of different comparison operators. + + + + + Forward chaining. + + + + + Represents a conditional expression that is set on a ConditionBehavior.Condition property. + Contains a list of conditions that gets evaluated in order to return true or false for ICondition.Evaluate(). + + + + + Gets or sets forward chaining for the conditions. + If forward chaining is set to ForwardChaining.And, all conditions must be met. + If forward chaining is set to ForwardChaining.Or, only one condition must be met. + + + + + Return the Condition collections. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Goes through the Conditions collection and evalutes each condition based on + ForwardChaining property. + + Returns true if conditions are met; otherwise, returns false. + + + + A behavior that attaches to a trigger and controls the conditions + to fire the actions. + + + + + + Gets or sets the IConditon object on behavior. + + The name of the condition to change. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + The event handler that is listening to the preview invoke event that is fired by + the trigger. Setting PreviewInvokeEventArgs.Cancelling to True will + cancel the invocation. + + The trigger base object. + An object of type PreviewInvokeEventArgs where e.Cancelling can be set to True. + + + + Toggles between two states based on a conditional statement. + + + + + Gets or sets the binding that produces the property value of the data object. This is a dependency property. + + + + + Gets or sets the value to be compared with the property value of the data object. This is a dependency property. + + + + + Gets or sets the name of the visual state to transition to when the condition is met. This is a dependency property. + + + + + Gets or sets the name of the visual state to transition to when the condition is not met. This is a dependency property. + + + + + Called after the behavior is attached to an AssociatedObject. + + Override this to hook up functionality to the AssociatedObject. + + + + A helper function to take the place of FrameworkElement.IsLoaded, as this property isn't available in Silverlight. + + The element of interest. + Returns true if the element has been loaded; otherwise, returns false. + + + + Trigger designed to be bound to a data store property. Fires when the property changes. + + + + + Represents a trigger that performs actions when the bound data meets a specified condition. + + + + + Gets or sets the value to be compared with the property value of the data object. This is a dependency property. + + + + + Gets or sets the type of comparison to be performed between the specified values. This is a dependency property. + + + + + Called when the binding property has changed. + UA_REVIEW:chabiss + + argument. + + + + ExtendedVisualStateManager is a custom VisualStateManager that can smooth out the animation of layout properties. + With this custom VisualStateManager, states can include changes to properties like Grid.Column, can change element heights to or from Auto, and so on. + These changes will be smoothed out over time using the GeneratedDuration and GeneratedEasingFunction of the appropriate transition. + See the "VisualStateManager overrides" region below for a general description of the algorithm. + + + + + OriginalValueRecord remembers the original value of a property that was changed in a state. + + + + + A VisualStateGroup that can use FluidLayout or not. + + + + + Visibility is shadowed by a custom attached property at runtime. + + + + + A VisualStateGroup keeps a list of these original values in an attached property. + + + + + For every state, the layout-specific properties get extracted and then are attached to the state. These properties are removed from the state itself. + + + + + Remember the current state. + + + + + The TransitionEffect to use when the state changes. + + + + + The TransitionEffectStoryboard in use during the state change. + + + + + The cached background in use during the state change. + + + + + The cached background in use during the state change. + + + + + The cached background in use during the state change. + + + + + This is the set of elements that are currently in motion. + + + + + This is the storyboard that is animating the transition. + + + + + This list contains all the known layout properties. + + + + + Stop the animation and replace the layout changes that were made to support that animation. + + + + + Locate the transition that VisualStateManager will use to animate the change, so that the layout animation can match the duration and easing. + + The group in which the transition is taking place. + The state that you are coming from. + The state you are going to. + The transition + + + + Remove all layout-affecting properties from the Storyboard for the state and cache them in an attached property. + + The state you are moving to. + A Storyboard containing the layout properties in that state. + + + + The set of target elements is the set of all elements that might have moved in a layout transition. This set is the closure of: + - Elements with layout properties animated in the state. + - Siblings of elements in the set. + - Parents of elements in the set. + + Subsequent code will check these rectangles both before and after the layout change. + + The control whose layout is changing state. + The storyboard containing the layout changes. + Any previous values from previous state navigations that might be reverted. + The set of elements currently in motion, if there is a state change transition ongoing. + The full set of elements whose layout may have changed. + + + + Gets a set of rectangles for all the elements in the target list. + + The set of elements to consider. + The set of elements currently in motion. + A Dictionary mapping elements to their Rects. + + + + Get the layout rectangle of an element, by getting the layout slot and then computing which portion of the slot is being used. + + The element whose layout Rect will be retrieved. + The layout Rect of that element. + + + + Get the opacities of elements at the time of the state change, instead of visibilities, because the state change may be in process and the current value is the most important. + + The control whose state is changing. + The storyboard with the layout properties. + The set of original values. + + + + + Go through the layout Storyboard and set all the properties by using SetValue to enable calling UpdateLayout without + ticking the timeline, which would cause a render. + All values that are overwritten will be stored in the collection of OriginalValueRecords so that they can be replaced later. + + The control whose state is changing. + The Storyboard holding the layout properties. + The store of original values. + + + + Take all the elements that will be moving as a result of the layout animation, and wrap them in Canvas panels so that + they do not affect their sibling elements. + + The set of elements that will be moving. + + + + Take all the elements that have been moving as a result of the layout animation, and unwrap them from their Canvas panels. + + The set of elements that have been moving. + + + + Copy the layout properties from the source element to the target element, clearing them from the source. + + The source of the layout properties. + The destination of the layout properties. + + + + Create the actual Storyboard that will be used to animate the transition. Use all previously calculated results. + + The duration of the animation. + The easing function to be used in the animation. + The set of elements that will be moving. + The old opacities of the elements whose visibility properties are changing. + The Storyboard. + + + + An action that will transition a FrameworkElement to a specified VisualState when invoked. + + + If the TargetName property is set, this action will attempt to change the state of the targeted element. If not, it walks + the element tree in an attempt to locate an alternative target that defines states. ControlTemplate and UserControl are + two common possibilities. + + + + + Determines whether or not to use a VisualTransition to transition between states. + + + + + The name of the VisualState. + + + + + Called when the target changes. If the TargetName property isn't set, this action has custom behavior. + + + + Could not locate an appropriate FrameworkElement with states. + + + + This method is called when some criteria is met and the action is invoked. + + + Could not change the target to the specified StateName. + + + + An interface that a given object must implement in order to be + set on a ConditionBehavior.Condition property. + + + + + An action that will launch a process to open a file or Uri. For files, this action will launch the default program + for the given file extension. A Uri will open in a web browser. + + + + + The file or Uri to open. + + + + + This method is called when some criteria is met and the action is invoked. + + + + + + Represents a trigger that performs actions when the bound data have changed. + + + + + A binding object that the trigger will listen to, and that causes the trigger to fire when it changes. + + + + + Called when the binding property has changed. + + argument. + + + + Called after the trigger is attached to an AssociatedObject. + + + + + Called when the trigger is being detached from its AssociatedObject, but before it has actually occurred. + + + + + Called when the target changes. If the TargetName property isn't set, this action has custom behavior. + + + + Could not locate an appropriate FrameworkElement with states. + + + + Allows a user to remove the item from a ListBox ItemTemplate. + + + + + An action that will remove the targeted element from the tree when invoked. + + + This action may fail. The action understands how to remove elements from common parents but not from custom collections or direct manipulation + of the visual tree. + + + + + An action that will change the value of a property from a data store object. + This class is identical to ChangePropertyAction. The only difference is that the data store picker is loaded + for this action. + + + + + A trigger that is triggered by a specified event occurring on its source and fires after a delay when that event is fired. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Gets or sets the number of milliseconds to wait between ticks. This is a dependency property. + + + + + Gets or sets the total number of ticks to be fired before the trigger is finished. This is a dependency property. + + + + + Enumerates possible values for reusable property value editors. + + + + + Uses the element picker, if supported, to edit this property at design time. + + + + + Uses the storyboard picker, if supported, to edit this property at design time. + + + + + Uses the state picker, if supported, to edit this property at design time. + + + + + Uses the element-binding picker, if supported, to edit this property at design time. + + + + + Uses the property-binding picker, if supported, to edit this property at design time. + + + + + Associates the given editor type with the property on which the CustomPropertyValueEditor is applied. + + Use this attribute to get improved design-time editing for properties that denote element (by name), storyboards, or states (by name). + + + + Gets or sets the custom property value editor. + + The custom property value editor. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The custom property value editor. + + + + Helper class for managing binding expressions on dependency objects. + + + + + Ensure that all DP on an action with binding expressions are + up to date. DataTrigger fires during data binding phase. Since + actions are children of the trigger, any bindings on the action + may not be up-to-date. This routine is called before the action + is invoked in order to guarantee that all bindings are up-to-date + with the most current data. + + + + + Ensures that all binding expression on actions are up to date + + + + + This helper function ensures that, if a dependency property on a dependency object + has a binding expression, the binding expression is up-to-date. + + + + + + + Provides design tools information about what to instantiate for a given action or command. + + + + + Gets the type that this DefaultTriggerAttribute applies to. + + The type this DefaultTriggerAttribute applies to. + + + + Gets the type of the to instantiate. + + The type of the to instantiate. + + + + Gets the parameters to pass to the constructor. + + The parameters to pass to the constructor. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The type this attribute applies to. + The type of to instantiate. + A single argument for the specified . + is not derived from TriggerBase. + This constructor is useful if the specifed has a single argument. The + resulting code will be CLS compliant. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The type this attribute applies to. + The type of to instantiate. + The constructor arguments for the specified . + is not derived from TriggerBase. + + + + Instantiates this instance. + + The specified by the DefaultTriggerAttribute. + + + + This method will use the VisualTreeHelper.GetParent method to do a depth first walk up + the visual tree and return all ancestors of the specified object, including the object itself. + + The object in the visual tree to find ancestors of. + Returns itself an all ancestors in the visual tree. + + + + EventObserver is designed to help manage event handlers by detatching when disposed. Creating this object will also attach in the constructor. + + + + + Creates an instance of EventObserver and attaches to the supplied event on the supplied target. Call dispose to detach. + + The event to attach and detach from. + The target object the event is defined on. Null if the method is static. + The delegate to attach to the event. + + + + Detaches the handler from the event. + + + + + A trigger that listens for a specified event on its source and fires when that event is fired. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + Name of the event. + + + + Gets or sets the name of the event to listen for. This is a dependency property. + + The name of the event. + + + + Represents a trigger that can listen to an element other than its AssociatedObject. + + The type that this trigger can be associated with. + + EventTriggerBase extends TriggerBase to add knowledge of another object than the one it is attached to. + This allows a user to attach a Trigger/Action pair to one element and invoke the Action in response to a + change in another object somewhere else. Override OnSourceChanged to hook or unhook handlers on the source + element, and OnAttached/OnDetaching for the associated element. The type of the Source element can be + constrained by the generic type parameter. If you need control over the type of the + AssociatedObject, set a TypeConstraintAttribute on your derived type. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Gets the resolved source. If is not set or cannot be resolved, defaults to AssociatedObject. + + The resolved source object. + In general, this property should be used in place of AssociatedObject in derived classes. + + + + Called when the source property changes. + + Override this to hook functionality to and unhook functionality from the specified source, rather than the AssociatedObject. + The old source. + The new source. + + + + Represents a trigger that can listen to an object other than its AssociatedObject. + + This is an infrastructure class. Trigger authors should derive from EventTriggerBase<T> instead of this class. + + + + Gets the type constraint of the associated object. + + The associated object type constraint. + Define a TypeConstraintAttribute on a derived type to constrain the types it may be attached to. + + + + Gets the source type constraint. + + The source type constraint. + + + + Gets or sets the target object. If TargetObject is not set, the target will look for the object specified by TargetName. If an element referred to by TargetName cannot be found, the target will default to the AssociatedObject. This is a dependency property. + + The target object. + + + + Gets or sets the name of the element this EventTriggerBase listens for as a source. If the name is not set or cannot be resolved, the AssociatedObject will be used. This is a dependency property. + + The name of the source element. + + + + Gets the resolved source. If is not set or cannot be resolved, defaults to AssociatedObject. + + The resolved source object. + In general, this property should be used in place of AssociatedObject in derived classes. + The element pointed to by does not satisify the type constraint. + + + + Specifies the name of the Event this EventTriggerBase is listening for. + + + + + + Called when the event associated with this EventTriggerBase is fired. By default, this will invoke all actions on the trigger. + + The instance containing the event data. + Override this to provide more granular control over when actions associated with this trigger will be invoked. + + + + Called when the source changes. + + The old source. + The new source. + This function should be overridden in derived classes to hook functionality to and unhook functionality from the changing source objects. + + + + Called after the trigger is attached to an AssociatedObject. + + + + + Called when the trigger is being detached from its AssociatedObject, but before it has actually occurred. + + + + Could not find eventName on the Target. + + + + A strongly-typed resource class, for looking up localized strings, etc. + + + + + Returns the cached ResourceManager instance used by this class. + + + + + Overrides the current thread's CurrentUICulture property for all + resource lookups using this strongly typed resource class. + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to Could not find method named '{0}' on object of type '{1}' that matches the expected signature.. + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to Cannot set the same BehaviorCollection on multiple objects.. + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to An instance of a Behavior cannot be attached to more than one object at a time.. + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to Cannot host an instance of a TriggerAction in multiple TriggerCollections simultaneously. Remove it from one TriggerCollection before adding it to another.. + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to Cannot set the same TriggerCollection on multiple objects.. + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to An instance of a trigger cannot be attached to more than one object at a time.. + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to More than one potential addition operator was found on type '{0}'.. + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to Cannot animate a property change on a type '{0}' Target. Property changes can only be animated on types derived from DependencyObject.. + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to Cannot find a property named "{0}" on type "{1}".. + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to The Increment property cannot be set to True if the Duration property is set.. + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to The '{0}' property cannot be incremented because its value cannot be read.. + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to Cannot assign value of type "{0}" to property "{1}" of type "{2}". The "{1}" property can be assigned only values of type "{2}".. + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to Property "{0}" defined by type "{1}" does not expose a set method and therefore cannot be modified.. + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to The command "{0}" does not exist or is not publicly exposed on {1}.. + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to Cannot find state named '{0}' on type '{1}'. Ensure that the state exists and that it can be accessed from this context.. + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to "{0}" is not a valid type for the TriggerType parameter. Make sure "{0}" derives from TriggerBase.. + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to Cannot add the same instance of "{0}" to a "{1}" more than once.. + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to The event "{0}" on type "{1}" has an incompatible signature. Make sure the event is public and satisfies the EventHandler delegate.. + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to Cannot find an event named "{0}" on type "{1}".. + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to Target {0} does not define any VisualStateGroups. . + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to LeftOperand of type "{0}" cannot be used with operator "{1}".. + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to LeftOperand of type "{1}" and RightOperand of type "{0}" cannot be used with operator "{2}".. + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to RightOperand of type "{0}" cannot be used with operator "{1}".. + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to An object of type "{0}" cannot have a {3} property of type "{1}". Instances of type "{0}" can have only a {3} property of type "{2}".. + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to Cannot attach type "{0}" to type "{1}". Instances of type "{0}" can only be attached to objects of type "{2}".. + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to Unable to resolve TargetName "{0}".. + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to The target of the RemoveElementAction is not supported.. + + + + + An interface for an object that can be attached to another object. + + + + + Gets the associated object. + + The associated object. + Represents the object the instance is attached to. + + + + Attaches to the specified object. + + The object to attach to. + + + + Detaches this instance from its associated object. + + + + + A Trigger that is triggered by a keyboard event. If the target Key and Modifiers are detected, it fires. + + + + + The key that must be pressed for the trigger to fire. + + + + + The modifiers that must be active for the trigger to fire (the default is no modifiers pressed). + + + + + If true, the Trigger only listens to its trigger Source object, which means that element must have focus for the trigger to fire. + If false, the Trigger listens at the root, so any unhandled KeyDown/Up messages will be caught. + + + + + Determines whether or not to listen to the KeyDown or KeyUp event. + + + + + Allows the user to use common touch gestures to translate, zoom, and rotate the attached object. + + + + + Gets or sets a value specifying which zooming and translation variants to support. + + + + + Gets or sets a number describing the rate at which the translation will decrease. + + + + + Gets or sets a number describing the rate at which the rotation will decrease. + + + + + Gets or sets the value indicating whether the zoom and translate position of the attached object is limited by the bounds of the parent object. + + + + + Gets or sets a number indicating the minimum zoom value allowed. + + + + + Gets or sets a number indicating the maximum zoom value allowed. + + + + + Called after the behavior is attached to an AssociatedObject. + + Override this to hook up functionality to the AssociatedObject. + + + + Called when the behavior is getting detached from its AssociatedObject, but before it has actually occurred. + + Override this to unhook functionality from the AssociatedObject. + + + + Static class that owns the Triggers and Behaviors attached properties. Handles propagation of AssociatedObject change notifications. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether to run as if in design mode. + + + True if [should run in design mode]; otherwise, False. + + Not to be used outside unit tests. + + + + This property is used as the internal backing store for the public Triggers attached property. + + + This property is not exposed publicly. This forces clients to use the GetTriggers and SetTriggers methods to access the + collection, ensuring the collection exists and is set before it is used. + + + + + This property is used as the internal backing store for the public Behaviors attached property. + + + This property is not exposed publicly. This forces clients to use the GetBehaviors and SetBehaviors methods to access the + collection, ensuring the collection exists and is set before it is used. + + + + + Gets the TriggerCollection containing the triggers associated with the specified object. + + The object from which to retrieve the triggers. + A TriggerCollection containing the triggers associated with the specified object. + + + + Gets the associated with a specified object. + + The object from which to retrieve the . + A containing the behaviors associated with the specified object. + + + Cannot host the same BehaviorCollection on more than one object at a time. + + + Cannot host the same TriggerCollection on more than one object at a time. + + + + A helper function to take the place of FrameworkElement.IsLoaded, as this property is not available in Silverlight. + + The element of interest. + True if the element has been loaded; otherwise, False. + + + + Executes a specified ICommand when invoked. + + + + + Gets or sets the name of the command this action should invoke. + + The name of the command this action should invoke. + This property will be superseded by the Command property if both are set. + + + + Gets or sets the command this action should invoke. This is a dependency property. + + The command to execute. + This property will take precedence over the CommandName property if both are set. + + + + Gets or sets the command parameter. This is a dependency property. + + The command parameter. + This is the value passed to ICommand.CanExecute and ICommand.Execute. + + + + Gets or sets the IValueConverter that is used to convert the EventArgs passed to the Command as a parameter. + + If the or properties are set, this property is ignored. + + + + Gets or sets the parameter that is passed to the EventArgsConverter. + + + + + Gets or sets the parameter path used to extract a value from an property to pass to the Command as a parameter. + + If the propert is set, this property is ignored. + + + + Specifies whether the EventArgs of the event that triggered this action should be passed to the Command as a parameter. + + If the , , or properties are set, this property is ignored. + + + + Invokes the action. + + The parameter to the action. If the action does not require a parameter, the parameter may be set to a null reference. + + + + This enumerated type indicates whether a FluidMoveBehavior applies to the element to which it is attached, or to the children of that element. + "Self" is useful when there is a single element that should behave in a special manner; "Children" is useful when the same behavior should apply to all + children of a WrapPanel or to the ItemsHost panel of an ItemsControl. + + + + + This enumerated type indicates whether an element is identified by itself, or by its DataContext. + DataContext identification allows movement from one data-driven location to another. + + + + + Indicates whether the behavior applies just to this element, or to all children of the element (if the element is a Panel). + + + + + Dependency property for the scope of the behavior. See FluidMoveScope for more details. + + + + + Indicates whether the behavior is currently active. + + + + + Dependency property for the active state of the behavior. + + + + + Indicates whether to use the element as its own tag, or to use the binding on the element as the tag. + + + + + Dependency property that provides the ability to use the element as its own tag, or the binding on the element. + + + + + Extra path to add to the binding when TagType is specified. + + + + + Dependency property for the extra path to add to the binding when UsaBindingAsTag is true. + + + + + Identity tag used to detect element motion between containers. + + + + + Private structure that stores all relevant data pertaining to a tagged item. + + + + + Behavior that watches an element (or a set of elements) for layout changes, and moves the element smoothly to the new position when needed. + This behavior does not animate the size or visibility of an element; it only animates the offset of that element within its parent container. + + + + + The duration of the move. + + + + + Dependency property for the duration of the move. + + + + + Spawning point for this item. + + + + + Dependency property for the tag type to use just before the object is loaded. + + + + + Extra path to add to the binding when TagType is specified. + + + + + Dependency property for the extra path to add to the binding when UsaBindingAsTag is true. + + + + + Identity tag used to detect element motion between containers. + + + + + Flag that says whether elements are allowed to float above their containers (in a Popup or Adorner) when changing containers. + + + + + Dependency property for the FloatAbove flag. + + + + + EasingFunction to use for the horizontal component of the move. + + + + + Dependency property for the EasingFunction to use for the horizontal component of the move. + + + + + EasingFunction to use for the vertical component of the move. + + + + + Dependency property for the EasingFunction to use for the vertical component of the move. + + + + + Remember the popup/adorner being used, in case of element motion between containers when FloatAbove is true. + + + + + Opacity cache used when floating a Popup. + + + + + Marks the animation transform. + + + + + Simple helper class to allow any UIElements to be used as an Adorner. + + + + + Repositions the attached element in response to mouse drag gestures on the element. + + + + + Occurs when a drag gesture is initiated. + + + + + Occurs when a drag gesture update is processed. + + + + + Occurs when a drag gesture is finished. + + + + + Dependency property for the X position of the dragged element, relative to the left of the root element. + + + + + Dependency property for the Y position of the dragged element, relative to the top of the root element. + + + + + Dependency property for the ConstrainToParentBounds property. If true, the dragged element will be constrained to stay within the bounds of its parent container. + + + + + Gets or sets the X position of the dragged element, relative to the left of the root element. This is a dependency property. + + + + + Gets or sets the Y position of the dragged element, relative to the top of the root element. This is a dependency property. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the dragged element is constrained to stay within the bounds of its parent container. This is a dependency property. + + + True if the dragged element should be constrained to its parents bounds; otherwise, False. + + + + + Gets the on-screen position of the associated element in root coordinates. + + The on-screen position of the associated element in root coordinates. + + + + Gets the element bounds in element coordinates. + + The element bounds in element coordinates. + + + + Gets the parent element of the associated object. + + The parent element of the associated object. + + + + Gets the root element of the scene in which the associated object is located. + + The root element of the scene in which the associated object is located. + + + + Gets and sets the RenderTransform of the associated element. + + + + + Attempts to update the position of the associated element to the specified coordinates. + + The desired position of the element in root coordinates. + + + + Applies a relative position translation to the associated element. + + The X component of the desired translation in root coordinates. + The Y component of the desired translation in root coordinates. + + + + Applies the given translation to the RenderTransform of the associated element. + + The X component of the translation in parent coordinates. + The Y component of the translation in parent coordinates. + + + + Does a recursive deep copy of the specified transform. + + The transform to clone. + A deep copy of the specified transform, or null if the specified transform is null. + Thrown if the type of the Transform is not recognized. + + + + Updates the X and Y properties based on the current rendered position of the associated element. + + + + + Check if one Rect is contained by another. + + The containing Rect. + The contained Rect. + True if rect1 contains rect2; otherwise, False. + + + + Transforms as vector. + + The transform. + The X component of the vector. + The Y component of the vector. + A point containing the values of X and Y transformed by transform as a vector. + + + + Gets the transform offset. + + The transform. + The offset of the transform. + + + + Called after the behavior is attached to an AssociatedObject. + + Override this to hook up functionality to the AssociatedObject. + + + + Called when the behavior is getting detached from its AssociatedObject, but before it has actually occurred. + + Override this to unhook functionality from the AssociatedObject. + + + + An action that will play a sound to completion. + + + This action is intended for use with short sound effects that don't need to be stopped or controlled. If you're trying + to create a music player or game, it may not meet your needs. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + A Uri defining the location of the sound file. This is used to set the source property of the MediaElement. This is a dependency property. + + + The sound can be any file format supported by MediaElement. In the case of a video, it will play only the + audio portion. + + + + + Control the volume of the sound. This is used to set the Volume property of the MediaElement. This is a dependency property. + + + + + When the action is invoked, this method is used to customize the dynamically created MediaElement. + + + This method may be useful for Action authors who wish to extend PlaySoundAction. If you want to control the + MediaElement Balance property, you could inherit from PlaySoundAction and override this method. + + + + + + This method is called when some criteria are met and the action should be invoked. + + + Each invocation of the Action plays a new sound. Although the implementation is subject-to-change, the caller should + anticipate that this will create a new MediaElement that will be cleaned up when the sound completes or if the media + fails to play. + + + + + + An abstract class that provides the ability to target a Storyboard. + + + For action authors, this class provides a standard way to target a Storyboard. Design tools may choose to provide a + special editing experience for classes that inherit from this action, thereby improving the designer experience. + + + + + The targeted Storyboard. This is a dependency property. + + + + + This method is called when the Storyboard property is changed. + + + + + + An action that will change the state of a targeted storyboard when invoked. + + + + + This method is called when some criteria is met and the action should be invoked. This method will attempt to + change the targeted storyboard in a way defined by the ControlStoryboardOption. + + + + + + An abstract class that provides the ability to target a Storyboard. + + + For Trigger authors, this class provides a standard way to target a Storyboard. Design tools may choose to provide a + special editing experience for classes that inherit from this trigger, thereby improving the designer experience. + + + + + The targeted Storyboard. This is a dependency property. + + + + + This method is called when the Storyboard property is changed. + + + + + A trigger that listens for the completion of a Storyboard. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Defines a transition effect shader that transitions from one visual to another visual + using an interpolated value between 0 and 1. + + + + + Brush-valued properties that turn into sampler-properties in the shader. + Represents the image present in the final state of the transition. + + + + + Brush-valued properties that turn into sampler-properties in the shader. + Represents the image present in the initial state of the transition. + + + + + A Dependency property as the backing store for Progress. + Also used to represent the state of a transition from start to finish (range between 0 and 1). + + + + + Creates a modifiable clone (deep copy) of the using its current values. + + + + + Makes a deep copy of the transition effect. Implements CloneCurrentValue in Silverlight. + + A clone of current instance of transition effect. + + + + Updates the shader's variables to the default values. + + + + + Gets or sets the Input variable within the shader. + + + + + Gets or sets the OldImage variable within the shader. + + + + + Gets or sets the Progress variable within the shader. + + + + + Provides data about which objects were affected when resolving a name change. + + + + + Helper class to handle the logic of resolving a TargetName into a Target element + based on the context provided by a host element. + + + + + Occurs when the resolved element has changed. + + + + + Gets or sets the name of the element to attempt to resolve. + + The name to attempt to resolve. + + + + The resolved object. Will return the reference element if TargetName is null or empty, or if a resolve has not been attempted. + + + + + Gets or sets the reference element from which to perform the name resolution. + + The reference element. + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the reference element load is pending. + + + True if [pending reference element load]; otherwise, False. + + + If the Host has not been loaded, the name will not be resolved. + In that case, delay the resolution and track that fact with this property. + + + + + Attempts to update the resolved object from the name within the context of the namescope reference element. + + The old resolved object. + + Resets the existing target and attempts to resolve the current TargetName from the + context of the current Host. If it cannot resolve from the context of the Host, it will + continue up the visual tree until it resolves. If it has not resolved it when it reaches + the root, it will set the Target to null and write a warning message to Debug output. + + + + + The current version of the flow file schema. + This number should be incremented whenever: + A new _required_ field is added. + The data type of a field is changed. + The semantic interpretation of a field is changed. + + When upgrading the current schema number, you'll also need to take into account + migration/upgrade strategies, and mechanisms for deserializing older schemas. + In some cases, the same serializer data structure may suffice by applying different + parsing validation rules. In other cases, a new data structure may be needed to + deserialize the old format from disk. + + + + + Represents an action that can be targeted to affect an object other than its AssociatedObject. + + The type constraint on the target. + + TargetedTriggerAction extends TriggerAction to add knowledge of another element than the one it is attached to. + This allows a user to invoke the action on an element other than the one it is attached to in response to a + trigger firing. Override OnTargetChanged to hook or unhook handlers on the target element, and OnAttached/OnDetaching + for the associated element. The type of the Target element can be constrained by the generic type parameter. If + you need control over the type of the AssociatedObject, set a TypeConstraintAttribute on your derived type. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Gets the target object. If TargetName is not set or cannot be resolved, defaults to the AssociatedObject. + + The target. + In general, this property should be used in place of AssociatedObject in derived classes. + + + + Called when the target property changes. + + Override this to hook and unhook functionality on the specified Target, rather than the AssociatedObject. + The old target. + The new target. + + + + Represents an action that can be targeted to affect an object other than its AssociatedObject. + + This is an infrastructure class. Action authors should derive from TargetedTriggerAction<T> instead of this class. + + + + Gets or sets the target object. If TargetObject is not set, the target will look for the object specified by TargetName. If an element referred to by TargetName cannot be found, the target will default to the AssociatedObject. This is a dependency property. + + The target object. + + + + Gets or sets the name of the object this action targets. If Target is set, this property is ignored. If Target is not set and TargetName is not set or cannot be resolved, the target will default to the AssociatedObject. This is a dependency property. + + The name of the target object. + + + + Gets the target object. If TargetObject is set, returns TargetObject. Else, if TargetName is not set or cannot be resolved, defaults to the AssociatedObject. + + The target object. + In general, this property should be used in place of AssociatedObject in derived classes. + The Target element does not satisfy the type constraint. + + + + Gets the associated object type constraint. + + The associated object type constraint. + Define a TypeConstraintAttribute on a derived type to constrain the types it may be attached to. + + + + Gets the target type constraint. + + The target type constraint. + + + + Called when the target changes. + + The old target. + The new target. + This function should be overriden in derived classes to hook and unhook functionality from the changing source objects. + + + + Called after the action is attached to an AssociatedObject. + + + + + Called when the action is being detached from its AssociatedObject, but before it has actually occurred. + + + + + Represents an attachable object that encapsulates a unit of functionality. + + The type to which this action can be attached. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Gets the object to which this is attached. + + The associated object. + + + + Gets the associated object type constraint. + + The associated object type constraint. + + + + Represents an attachable object that encapsulates a unit of functionality. + + This is an infrastructure class. Action authors should derive from TriggerAction<T> instead of this class. + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether this action will run when invoked. This is a dependency property. + + + True if this action will be run when invoked; otherwise, False. + + + + + Gets the object to which this action is attached. + + The associated object. + + + + Gets the associated object type constraint. + + The associated object type constraint. + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether this instance is attached. + + True if this instance is attached; otherwise, False. + + + + Attempts to invoke the action. + + The parameter to the action. If the action does not require a parameter, the parameter may be set to a null reference. + + + + Invokes the action. + + The parameter to the action. If the action does not require a parameter, the parameter may be set to a null reference. + + + + Called after the action is attached to an AssociatedObject. + + + + + Called when the action is being detached from its AssociatedObject, but before it has actually occurred. + + + + + When implemented in a derived class, creates a new instance of the derived class. + + The new instance. + + + + Gets the associated object. + + The associated object. + + + + Attaches to the specified object. + + The object to attach to. + Cannot host the same TriggerAction on more than one object at a time. + dependencyObject does not satisfy the TriggerAction type constraint. + + + + Detaches this instance from its associated object. + + + + + Represents a collection of actions with a shared AssociatedObject and provides change notifications to its contents when that AssociatedObject changes. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + Internal, because this should not be inherited outside this assembly. + + + + Called immediately after the collection is attached to an AssociatedObject. + + + + + Called when the collection is being detached from its AssociatedObject, but before it has actually occurred. + + + + + Called when a new item is added to the collection. + + The new item. + + + + Called when an item is removed from the collection. + + The removed item. + + + + Creates a new instance of the TriggerActionCollection. + + The new instance. + + + + Represents an object that can invoke actions conditionally. + + The type to which this trigger can be attached. + + TriggerBase is the base class for controlling actions. Override OnAttached() and + OnDetaching() to hook and unhook handlers on the AssociatedObject. You may + constrain the types that a derived TriggerBase may be attached to by specifying + the generic parameter. Call InvokeActions() to fire all Actions associated with + this TriggerBase. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Gets the object to which the trigger is attached. + + The associated object. + + + + Gets the type constraint of the associated object. + + The associated object type constraint. + + + + Argument passed to PreviewInvoke event. Assigning Cancelling to True will cancel the invoking of the trigger. + + This is an infrastructure class. Behavior attached to a trigger base object can add its behavior as a listener to TriggerBase.PreviewInvoke. + + + + Represents an object that can invoke Actions conditionally. + + This is an infrastructure class. Trigger authors should derive from Trigger<T> instead of this class. + + + + Gets the object to which the trigger is attached. + + The associated object. + + + + Gets the type constraint of the associated object. + + The associated object type constraint. + + + + Gets the actions associated with this trigger. + + The actions associated with this trigger. + + + + Event handler for registering to PreviewInvoke. + + + + + Invoke all actions associated with this trigger. + + Derived classes should call this to fire the trigger. + + + + Called after the trigger is attached to an AssociatedObject. + + + + + Called when the trigger is being detached from its AssociatedObject, but before it has actually occurred. + + + + + Creates a new instance of the TriggerBase derived class. + + The new instance. + + + + Gets the associated object. + + The associated object. + + + + Attaches to the specified object. + + The object to attach to. + Cannot host the same trigger on more than one object at a time. + dependencyObject does not satisfy the trigger type constraint. + + + + Detaches this instance from its associated object. + + + + + Represents a collection of triggers with a shared AssociatedObject and provides change notifications to its contents when that AssociatedObject changes. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + Internal, because this should not be inherited outside this assembly. + + + + Called immediately after the collection is attached to an AssociatedObject. + + + + + Called when the collection is being detached from its AssociatedObject, but before it has actually occurred. + + + + + Called when a new item is added to the collection. + + The new item. + + + + Called when an item is removed from the collection. + + The removed item. + + + + Creates a new instance of the . + + The new instance. + + + + Specifies type constraints on the AssociatedObject of TargetedTriggerAction and EventTriggerBase. + + + + + Gets the constraint type. + + The constraint type. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The constraint type. + + + + This class provides various platform agnostic standard operations for working with VisualStateManager. + + + + + Transitions the control between two states. + + The element to transition between states. + The state to transition to. + True to use a System.Windows.VisualTransition to transition between states; otherwise, false. + True if the control successfully transitioned to the new state; otherwise, false. + Control is null. + StateName is null. + + + + Gets the value of the VisualStateManager.VisualStateGroups attached property. + + The element from which to get the VisualStateManager.VisualStateGroups. + + + + + Find the nearest parent which contains visual states. + + The element from which to find the nearest stateful control. + The nearest stateful control if True; else null. + True if a parent contains visual states; else False. + + + diff --git a/bin/System.Windows.Interactivity.dll b/bin/System.Windows.Interactivity.dll deleted file mode 100644 index 931c744c..00000000 Binary files a/bin/System.Windows.Interactivity.dll and /dev/null differ diff --git a/bin/office.dll b/bin/office.dll new file mode 100644 index 00000000..1c829617 Binary files /dev/null and b/bin/office.dll differ diff --git a/bin/office.xml b/bin/office.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000..e0a7c793 --- /dev/null +++ b/bin/office.xml @@ -0,0 +1,17424 @@ + + + + office + + + + Reserved for internal use. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Represents a button control on a command bar. + + + Reserved for internal use. + + + Reserved for internal use. + + + Reserved for internal use. + + + Reserved for internal use. + + + Reserved for internal use. + + + Reserved for internal use. + + + Reserved for internal use. + + + Reserved for internal use. + + + Reserved for internal use. + + + Reserved for internal use. + + + Reserved for internal use. + + + Reserved for internal use. + + + Reserved for internal use. + + + Reserved for internal use. + + + Reserved for internal use. + + + Reserved for internal use. + + + Reserved for internal use. + + + Reserved for internal use. + + + Reserved for internal use. + + + Returns an Application object that represents the container application for the object. + + + Returns or sets a value that indicates if the specified command bar control appears at the beginning of a group of controls on the command bar. + + + Returns a value that indicates if the specified command bar control is a built-in control of the container application. + + + Returns or sets a value that indicates if the face of a command bar button control is its original built-in face. + + + Returns or sets the caption text for a command bar control. + + + Reserved for internal use. + + + Copies a command bar control to an existing command bar. + Optional Object. A number that indicates the position for the new control on the command bar. The new control will be inserted before the control at this position. If this argument is omitted, the control is copied to the end of the command bar. + Optional Object. A object that represents the destination command bar. If this argument is omitted, the control is copied to the command bar where the control already exists. + + + Copies the face of a command bar button control to the Clipboard. + + + Returns a value that indicates the application in which the specified object was created. + + + Deletes the specified object from its collection. + Optional Object. True to delete the control for the current session. The application will display the control again in the next session. + + + Returns or sets the description for a command bar control. + + + Returns or sets a value that indicates if the specified command bar control is enabled. + + + Runs the procedure or built-in command assigned to the specified command bar control. + + + Returns or sets the ID number for the face of a command bar button control. + + + Returns or sets the height of a command bar control. + + + Returns or sets the Help context ID number for the Help topic attached to the command bar control. + + + Returns or sets the file name for the Help topic attached to the command bar control. + + + Returns or sets the type of hyperlink associated with the specified command bar button. + + + Returns the ID for a built-in command bar control. + + + Returns a value that indicates the index number for an object in the collection. + + + Reserved for internal use. + + + Reserved for internal use. + + + Returns a value that indicates if the control is currently dropped from the menu or toolbar based on usage statistics and layout space. + + + Returns a value that indicates the horizontal position of the specified command bar control (in pixels) relative to the left edge of the screen. + + + Returns or sets an IPictureDisp object that represents the mask image of a object. + + + Moves the specified command bar control to an existing command bar. + A number that indicates the position for the control. The control is inserted before the control currently occupying this position. If this argument is omitted, the control is inserted on the same command bar. + A object that represents the destination command bar for the control. If this argument is omitted, the control is moved to the end of the command bar where the control currently resides. + + + Returns or sets the OLE client and OLE server roles in which a command bar control will be used when two Microsoft Office applications are merged. + + + Returns or sets the name of a Visual Basic procedure that will run when the user clicks or changes the value of a command bar control. + + + Returns or sets a value that an application can use to execute a command. + + + Returns a value that indicates the parent object for the specified object. + + + Pastes the contents of the Clipboard onto a command bar button control. + + + Returns or sets an IPictureDisp object representing the image of a object. + + + Returns or sets the priority of a command bar control. + + + Reserved for internal use. + + + Reserved for internal use. + + + Reserved for internal use. + + + Reserved for internal use. + + + Reserved for internal use. + + + Reserved for internal use. + + + Reserved for internal use. + + + Resets a built-in command bar control to its original function and face. + + + Moves the keyboard focus to the specified command bar control. + + + Returns or sets the shortcut key text displayed next to a button control when the button appears on a menu, submenu, or shortcut menu. + + + Returns or sets the appearance of a command bar button control. + + + Returns or sets the way a command bar button control is displayed. + + + Returns or sets the information about the command bar control, such as data that can be used as an argument in procedures, or information that identifies the control. + + + Returns or sets the text displayed in a command bar control's ScreenTip. + + + Returns the distance (in pixels) from the top edge of the specified command bar control to the top edge of the screen. + + + Returns the type of command bar control. + + + Returns or sets a value that indicates if the specified object is visible. + + + Returns or sets the width (in pixels) of the specified command bar control. + + + Reserved for internal use. + + + + A Delegate type used to add an event handler for the event. The Click event occurs when the user clicks a object. + Required CommandBarButton. Denotes the CommandBarButton control that initiated the event. + Required Boolean. False if the default behavior associated with the CommandBarButton control occurs, unless it’s canceled by another process or add-in. + + + Events interface for Microsoft Office object events. + + + Reserved for internal use. + + + Occurs when the user clicks a object. + + + Reserved for internal use. + + + Reserved for internal use. + + + + + + Represents a combo box control on a command bar. + + + Reserved for internal use. + + + Reserved for internal use. + + + Reserved for internal use. + + + Reserved for internal use. + + + Reserved for internal use. + + + Reserved for internal use. + + + Reserved for internal use. + + + Reserved for internal use. + + + Reserved for internal use. + + + Reserved for internal use. + + + Reserved for internal use. + + + Reserved for internal use. + + + Reserved for internal use. + + + Reserved for internal use. + + + Reserved for internal use. + + + Reserved for internal use. + + + Reserved for internal use. + + + Reserved for internal use. + + + Reserved for internal use. + + + Adds a list item to the specified command bar combo box control. + Required String. The text added to the control. + Optional Object. The position of the item in the list. If this argument is omitted, the item is added to the end of the list. + + + Returns an Application object that represents the container application for the object. + + + Determines if the specified command bar control appears at the beginning of a group of controls on the command bar. + + + Determines if the specified command bar or command bar control is a built-in command bar or control of the container application. + + + Returns or sets the caption text for a command bar control. + + + Removes all list items from a command bar combo box control (drop-down list box or combo box) and clears the text box (edit box or combo box). + + + Reserved for internal use. + + + Copies a command bar control to an existing command bar. + Optional Object. A object that represents the destination command bar. If this argument is omitted, the control is copied to the command bar where the control already exists. + Optional Object. A number that indicates the position for the new control on the command bar. The new control will be inserted before the control at this position. If this argument is omitted, the control is copied to the end of the command bar. + + + Returns a 32-bit integer that indicates the application in which the specified object was created. + + + Deletes the specified object from its collection. + Optional Object. True to delete the control for the current session. The application will display the control again in the next session. + + + Returns or sets the description for a command bar control. + + + Returns or sets the number of lines in a command bar combo box control. + + + Returns or sets the width (in pixels) of the list for the specified command bar combo box control. + + + Determines if the specified command bar or command bar control is enabled. + + + Runs a procedure, command, or user action depending on the specified object. + + + Returns or sets the height of a command bar control or command bar. + + + Returns or sets the Help context Id number for the Help topic attached to the command bar control. + + + Returns or sets the file name for the Help topic attached to the command bar control. + + + Returns the ID for a built-in command bar control. + + + Returns an Integer representing the index number for an object in the collection. + + + Reserved for internal use. + + + Reserved for internal use. + + + Determines if the control is currently dropped from the menu or toolbar based on usage statistics and layout space. + + + Returns or sets the horizontal position of the specified command bar control (in pixels) relative to the left edge of the screen. + + + Returns or sets an item in the command bar combo box control. + Required Integer. The list item to be set. + + + Returns the number of list items in a command bar combo box control. + + + Returns or sets the number of list items in a command bar combo box control that appears above the separator line. + + + Returns or sets the index number of the selected item in the list portion of the command bar combo box control. + + + Moves the specified command bar control to an existing command bar. + Optional Object. A object that represents the destination command bar for the control. If this argument is omitted, the control is moved to the end of the command bar where the control currently resides. + Optional Object. A number that indicates the position for the control. The control is inserted before the control currently occupying this position. If this argument is omitted, the control is inserted on the same command bar. + + + Returns or sets the OLE client and OLE server roles in which a command bar control will be used when two Microsoft Office applications are merged. + + + Returns or sets the name of a Visual Basic procedure that will run when the user clicks or changes the value of a command bar control. + + + Returns or sets a string that an application can use to execute a command. + + + Returns the parent object for the specified object. + + + Returns or sets the priority of a command bar control. + + + Removes an item from a command bar combo box control. + Required Integer. The item to be removed from the list. + + + Reserved for internal use. + + + Reserved for internal use. + + + Reserved for internal use. + + + Reserved for internal use. + + + Reserved for internal use. + + + Reserved for internal use. + + + Reserved for internal use. + + + Resets a built-in command bar control to its original function and face. + + + Moves the keyboard focus to the specified command bar control. + + + Returns or sets the way a command bar is displayed. + + + Returns or sets information about the command bar control, such as data that can be used as an argument in procedures, or information that identifies the control. + + + Returns or sets the text in the display or edit portion of the command bar combo box control. + + + Returns or sets the text displayed in a command bar control's ScreenTip. + + + Returns the distance (in pixels) from the top edge of the specified command bar control to the top edge of the screen. + + + Returns the type of command bar control. + + + Determines if the specified object is visible. + + + Returns or sets the width (in pixels) of the specified command bar or command bar control. + + + Reserved for internal use. + + + + A Delegate type used to add an event handler for the event. The Change event occurs when the end user changes the selection in a command bar combo box. + The command bar combo box control. + + + Events interface for Microsoft Office object events. + + + Reserved for internal use. + + + Occurs when the end user changes the selection in a command bar combo box. + + + Reserved for internal use. + + + Reserved for internal use. + + + + + + A collection of objects that represent the command bars in the container application. + + + Returns the object whose property is set to the running procedure. + + + Returns a object that represents the active menu bar in the container application. + + + Checks or unchecks the check box control for the option to show menus in Microsoft Office as full or personalized. + + + Creates a new command bar and adds it to the collection of command bars. + Optional Object. The name of the new command bar. If this argument is omitted, a default name is assigned to the command bar (such as Custom 1). + Optional Object. The position or type of the new command bar. Can be one of the constants listed in the following table.ConstantDescriptionmsoBarLeft, msoBarTop, msoBarRight, msoBarBottomIndicates the left, top, right, and bottom coordinates of the new command barmsoBarFloatingIndicates that the new command bar won't be dockedmsoBarPopupIndicates that the new command bar will be a shortcut menumsoBarMenuBarMacintosh only + Optional Object. True to replace the active menu bar with the new command bar. The default value is False. + Optional Object. True to make the new command bar temporary. Temporary command bars are deleted when the container application is closed. The default value is False. + + + Reserved for internal use. + + + Returns an Application object that represents the container application for the object. + + + Commits the rendering transaction. Returns Nothing. + + + Returns or sets an Integer value indicating the number of items in the specified collection. + + + Returns a 32-bit integer that indicates the application in which the specified object was created. + + + Determines if the Answer Wizard dropdown menu is enabled. + + + Determines if toolbar customization is disabled. + + + Determines if the font names in the Font box are displayed in their actual fonts. + + + Determines if shortcut keys are displayed in the ToolTips for each command bar control. + + + Determines if ScreenTips are displayed whenever the user positions the pointer over command bar controls. + + + Executes the control identified by the parameter. + Identifier for the control. + + + Returns a object that fits the specified criteria. + Optional . The type of control. + Optional Object. The identifier of the control. + Optional Object. The tag value of the control. + Optional Object. True to include only visible command bar controls in the search. The default value is False. Visible command bars include all visible toolbars and any menus that are open at the time the FindControl method is executed. + + + Returns the collection that fits the specified criteria. + Optional . The type of control. + Optional Object. The control’s identifier. + Optional Object. The control’s tag value. + Optional Object. True to include only visible command bar controls in the search. The default value is False. + + + Returns True if the control identified by the parameter is enabled. + Boolean + Identifier for the control. + + + + Returns an IPictureDisp object of the control image identified by the parameter scaled to the dimensions specified by width and height. + IPictureDisp + Identifier for the control. + The width of the image. + The height of the image. + + + Returns the label of the control identified by the parameter as a String. + String + Identifier for the control. + + + Returns a value indicating whether the toggleButton control identified by the parameter is pressed. + Boolean + Identifier for the control. + + + Returns the screentip of the control identified by the parameter as a String. + String + Identifier for the control. + + + Returns the supertip of the control identified by the parameter as a String. + String + Identifier for the control. + + + Returns True if the control identified by the parameter is visible. + Boolean + Identifier for the control. + + + Reserved for internal use. + + + Returns a object from the collection. + Required Object. The name or index number of the object to be returned. + + + Determines if the toolbar buttons displayed are larger than normal size. + + + Returns or sets the way a command bar is animated. + + + Returns the parent object for the specified object. + + + Releases the user interface focus from all command bars. + + + Reserved for internal use. + + + Reserved for internal use. + + + + Events interface for Microsoft Office object events. + + + Reserved for internal use. + + + Occurs when any change is made to a command bar. + + + Reserved for internal use. + + + A Delegate type used to add an event handler for the event. The OnUpdate event occurs when any change is made to a command bar. + + + Reserved for internal use. + + + + + + Represents a custom task pane in the container application. + + + Gets the Application object of the host application. Read-only. + Object + + + Gets the Microsoft ActiveX® control instance displayed in the custom task pane frame. Read-only. + Object + + + Deletes the active custom task pane. + + + Gets or sets an enumerated value specifying the docked position of a object. Read/write. + + + + + + Gets or sets an enumerated value specifying a restriction on the orientation of a object. Read/write. + + + + + + Gets or sets the height of the object (in points). Read/write. + Integer + + + Gets the title of a CustomTaskPane object. Read-only. + String + + + True if the specified object is visible. Read/write. + Boolean + + + Gets or sets the width of the task pane specified by the object. Read/write. + Integer + + + Gets the parent window object of the object. Read-only. + Object + + + Reserved for internal use. + + + + + Reserved for internal use. + + + + Reserved for internal use. + + + Reserved for internal use. + + + Occurs when the user changes the docking position of the active custom task pane. + + + Reserved for internal use. + + + Reserved for internal use. + + + Occurs when the user changes the visibility of the custom task pane. + + + Reserved for internal use. + + + + + + + + + Represents a single in a collection. + + + Adds a node to the XML tree. + Represents the node under which this node should be added. If adding an attribute, the parameter denotes the element that the attribute should be added to. + Represents the base name of the node to be added. + Represents the namespace of the element to be appended. This parameter is required to append nodes of type or , otherwise it is ignored. + Represents the node which should become the next sibling of the new node. If not specified, the node is added to the end of the parent node’s children. This parameter is ignored for additions of type . If the node is not a child of the parent, an error is displayed. + Specifies the type of node to append. If the parameter is not specified, it is assumed to be of type . + Used to set the value of the appended node for those nodes that allow text. If the node doesn’t allow text, the parameter is ignored. + + + Gets an Application object that represents the container application for the object. Read-only. + Object + + + Gets a value that indicates whether the is built-in. Read-only + Boolean + + + Gets a 32-bit integer that indicates the application in which the object was created. Read-only. + Integer + + + Deletes the current from the data store (IXMLDataStore interface). + + + Gets the root element of a bound region of data in a document. If the region is empty, the property returns Nothing. Read-only. + + + + + + Gets a object that provides access to any XML validation errors, if any exists. If no validation errors exist, this property returns Nothing. Read-only. + + + + + + Gets a String containing the GUID assigned to the current object. Read-only. + String + + + Allows the template author to populate a from an existing file. Returns True if the load was successful. + Boolean + Points to the file on the user’s computer or on a network containing the XML to be loaded. + + + Allows the template author to populate a object from an XML string. Returns True if the load was successful. + Boolean + Contains the XML to load. + + + Gets the set of namespace prefix mappings used against the current object. Read-only. + + + + + + Gets the unique address identifier for the namespace of the object. Read-only. + String + + + Gets the parent object for the object. Read-only. + Object + + + Gets or sets a object representing the set of schemas attached to a bound region of data in a document. Read/write. + + + + + + Selects a collection of nodes from a custom XML part. + + + + Contains the XPath expression. + + + Selects a single node within a custom XML part matching an XPath expression. + + + + Contains an XPath expression. + + + Gets the XML representation of the current object. Read-only. + String + + + + + + + + + + + Occurs after a node is deleted in a object. + + + Occurs after a node is inserted in a object. + + + Occurs just after a node is replaced in a object. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Represents a collection of objects. + + + Allows you to add a new to a file. + + + + Optional String. Contains the XML to add to the newly created . + Optional . Represents the set of schemas to be used to validate this stream. + + + Gets an Application object that represents the container application for the object. Read-only. + Object + + + Gets the number of items in the collection. Read-only. + Integer + + + Gets a 32-bit integer that indicates the application in which the object was created. Read-only. + Integer + + + Returns . + + + Gets a object from the collection. Read-only. + + + + Required Object. The name or index number of the object to be returned. + + + Gets the parent object for the object. Read-only. + Object + + + Selects a custom XML part matching a GUID. + + + + Required String. Contains the GUID for the custom XML part. + + + Selects the collection of custom XML parts whose namespace matches the search criteria. + + + + Required String. Contains a namespace URI. + + + + + + + + + + + Occurs just after a object is added to the collection. + + + Occurs just after a object is loaded. + + + Occurs just before a object is deleted from the collection. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Represents a collection of objects attached to a data stream. + + + Allows you to add one or more schemas to a schema collection that can then be added to a stream in the data store and to the Schema Library. + + + + Optional String. Contains the namespace of the schema to be added to the collection. If the schema already exists in the Schema Library, the method will retrieve it from there. + Optional String. Contains the alias of the schema to be added to the collection. If the alias already exists in the Schema Library, the method can find it using this argument. + Optional String. Contains the location of the schema on a disk. If this parameter is specified, the schema is added to the collection and to the Schema Library. + Optional Boolean. Specifies whether, in the case where the method is adding the schema to the Schema Library, the Schema Library keys should be written to the registry(HKey_Local_Machine for all users or HKey_Current_User for just the current user). The parameter defaults to False and writes to HKey_Current_User. + + + + Gets an Application object that represents the container application for the object. Read-only. + Object + + + Gets the number of items in the collection. Read-only. + Integer + + + Gets a 32-bit integer that indicates the application in which the object was created. Read-only. + Integer + + + Returns . + + + Gets a object from the collection. Read-only. + + + + Required Object. The name or index number of the object to be returned. + + + Gets the unique address identifier for the namespace of the object. Read-only. + String + Required Integer. The index number of the object. + + + Gets the parent object for the object. Read-only. + Object + + + Specifies whether the schemas in a schema collection are valid (conforms to the syntactic rules of XML and the rules for a specified vocabulary; a standard for structuring XML). + Boolean + + + Reserved for internal use. + + + + + Reserved for internal use. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Reserved for internal use. + + + + + + + + Represents the Answer Wizard in a Microsoft Office application. + + + Returns an Application object that represents the container application for the object. + + + Clears the list of files for the current AnswerWizard, including the default list of files for the Microsoft Office host application. + + + Returns a 32-bit integer that indicates the application in which the specified object was created. + + + Returns an collection that represents the list of files available to the current AnswerWizard. + + + Returns the Parent object for the specified object. + + + Resets the list of files for the current AnswerWizard to the default list of files for the Microsoft Office host application. + + + The AnswerWizardFiles collection contains all of the Answer Wizard files (with the file name extension .AW) available to the active Microsoft Office application. + + + Creates a new reference to an Answer Wizard file and adds it to the collection. + Required String. The fully qualified path to the specified Answer Wizard file. + + + Returns an Application object that represents the container application for the object. + + + Returns or sets an Integer indicating the number of items in the specified collection. + + + Returns a 32-bit integer that indicates the application in which the specified object was created. + + + Deletes the specified object from its collection. + Required String. The name of the file to be deleted, including the fully qualified path, file name, and extension. + + + Returns a file name string from an collection. + Required Integer. The index number of the Answer Wizard file name string, or the file name, to be returned. + + + Returns the parent object for the specified object. + + + Represents the Microsoft Office Assistant. + + + Resumes or suspends Office Assistant Help during a custom wizard. + The number returned by the method. + Specifies the change to the Office Assistant Help session. + The animation the Office Assistant performs when it is suspended or resumed. + + + Returns or sets an animation action for the Office Assistant. + + + Returns an Application object that represents the container application for the object. + + + True if the Office Assistant balloon delivers application alerts when the Office Assistant is visible. + + + True if the Office Assistant appears when the user presses the F1 key to display Help. + + + True if the Office Assistant provides online Help with wizards. + + + Returns a value that indicates the last recorded balloon error. + + + Returns a 32-bit integer that indicates the application in which the specified object was created. + + + Displays an alert and returns an Integer that indicates which button the user pressed. + Sets the title of the alert. + Sets the text of the alert. + Determines which buttons are displayed on the alert. + Determines the icon that is displayed on the alert. + Determines which button is set as the default button of the alert. If this argument is set to a value greater than the number of buttons, an error is returned. + Always set this to msoAlertCancelDefault. Any other setting may return an error. + True if the alert is displayed in a message box or False if the alert is displayed through the Office Assistant. + + + Releases the variable returned by the method. + The number returned by the StartWizard method. + True to indicate that the user completed the wizard successfully. + The animation the Office Assistant performs if is set to True. The default value is msoAnimationCharacterSuccessMajor. + + + True if the Office Assistant provides information about using application features more effectively. + + + Returns or sets the path and file name for the active Office Assistant. + + + True if the Office Assistant balloon presents a list of Help topics based on keywords the user selects before clicking the Assistant window or pressing F1. + + + Displays the Office Assistant and the built-in "What would you like to do?" Assistant balloon for standard Office online Help. + + + True if the Office Assistant displays high-priority tips. + + + Returns the text associated with an object. + + + True if the Office Assistant displays Help about keyboard shortcuts. + + + Sets or returns the horizontal position of the Office Assistant window (in points), or the distance (in pixels) of the command bar, from the left edge of the specified object relative to the screen. + + + True if the Office Assistant provides suggestions for using the mouse effectively. + + + Moves the Office Assistant to the specified location. + The left position of the Office Assistant window, in points. + The top position of the Office Assistant window, in points. + + + True if the Office Assistant window automatically moves when it's in the way of the user's work area. + + + Returns or sets the name of the specified object. + + + Creates an Office Assistant balloon. + + + True if the Office Assistant is enabled. + + + Returns the Parent object for the specified object. + + + True if the Office Assistant window appears in its smaller size. + + + Resets the application tips that appear in the Office Assistant balloon. + + + True if the Office Assistant displays application and programming Help. + + + True if the Office Assistant produces the sounds that correspond to animations. + + + Starts the Office Assistant and returns an Integer value that identifies the session. + True to display the Office decision balloon. The Office decision balloon asks the user whether he or she wants help with the active custom wizard. It isn't necessary to use the property to display the Office Assistant if you specify True for this argument. + The name of the callback procedure run by the Office decision balloon and the branch balloon. The branch balloon allows the user to choose between custom Help you've provided for the wizard and standard Office Help. + A number that identifies the balloon that initiated the callback procedure. + The animation the Office Assistant performs when this method is used. The default value is msoAnimationGetWizardy. + False to display the Office decision balloon. + The position of the corners (in points and relative to the screen) of the custom wizard form the Office Assistant will avoid when the Office Assistant appears. + The position of the corners (in points and relative to the screen) of the custom wizard form the Office Assistant will avoid when the Office Assistant appears. + The position of the corners (in points and relative to the screen) of the custom wizard form the Office Assistant will avoid when the Office Assistant appears. + The position of the corners (in points and relative to the screen) of the custom wizard form the Office Assistant will avoid when the Office Assistant appears. + + + True if the Office Assistant displays a special tip each time the Office application is opened. + + + Sets or returns the distance (in points) from the top of the Office Assistant, or from the top edge of the specified command bar, to the top edge of the screen. + + + True if the specified object is visible. + + + A collection of all the objects in the specified chart. + + + Returns . + + + + When used without an object qualifier, this property returns an Application object that represents the Microsoft Office application. When used with an object qualifier, this property returns an Application object that represents the creator of the specified object (you can use this property with an OLE Automation object to return the application of that object). Read-only. + Object + + + Returns the number of objects in the collection. + Integer + + + Returns a 32-bit integer that indicates the application in which this object was created. Read-only + Long + + + Returns a single Axis object from the collection. + + + + The axis type. + The axis. Optional. + + + Returns the parent object for the specified object. Read-only. + Object + + + Represents the balloon where the Office Assistant displays information. + + + Returns or sets an animation action for the Office Assistant. + + + Returns an Application object that represents the container application for the object. + + + Returns or sets the type of balloon the Office Assistant uses. + + + Returns or sets the type of button displayed at the bottom of the Office Assistant balloon. + + + Returns or sets the name of the procedure to run from a modeless balloon. + + + Returns the collection that represents all the check boxes contained in the specified balloon. + + + Closes the active modeless balloon. + + + Returns a 32-bit integer that indicates the application in which the specified object was created. + + + Returns or sets the heading that appears in the Office Assistant balloon. + + + Returns or sets the type of icon that appears in the upper-left portion of the Office Assistant balloon. + + + Returns a collection that represents the button labels, number labels, and bullet labels contained in the specified Office Assistant balloon. + + + Returns or sets the modal behavior of the Office Assistant balloon. + + + Returns or sets the name of the specified object. + + + Returns the parent object for the specified object. + + + Returns or sets an integer that identifies the Office Assistant balloon that initiated the callback procedure. + + + Prevents the Office Assistant balloon from being displayed in a specified area of the screen. + Required Integer. The coordinates (in points and relative to the screen) of the area of the screen that the Office Assistant balloon will avoid when it's displayed. + Required Integer. The coordinates (in points and relative to the screen) of the area of the screen that the Office Assistant balloon will avoid when it's displayed. + Required Integer. The coordinates (in points and relative to the screen) of the area of the screen that the Office Assistant balloon will avoid when it's displayed. + Required Integer. The coordinates (in points and relative to the screen) of the area of the screen that the Office Assistant balloon will avoid when it's displayed. + + + Displays the specified balloon object and returns a constant. + + + Returns or sets the text displayed after the heading but before the labels or check boxes in the Office Assistant balloon. + + + Represents a checkbox in the Office Assistant balloon. + + + Returns an Application object that represents the container application for the object. + + + Determines if the specified checkbox in the Office Assistant balloon is checked. + + + Returns a 32-bit integer that indicates the application in which the specified object was created. + + + Returns the text associated with an object. + + + Returns or sets the name of the specified object. + + + Returns the parent object for the specified object. + + + Returns or sets the text displayed next to a checkbox or label in the Office Assistant balloon. + + + A collection of objects that represent all the check boxes in the Office Assistant balloon. + + + Returns an Application object that represents the container application for the object. + + + Returns or sets an Integer indicating the number of items in the specified collection. + + + Returns a 32-bit integer that indicates the application in which the specified object was created. + + + + Returns a object. + Required Item. The index number of the check box or label to be returned. + + + Returns the name of the specified object. + + + Returns the parent object for the specified object. + + + Represents a label in the Office Assistant balloon. + + + Returns an Application object that represents the container application for the object. + + + Returns a 32-bit integer that indicates the application in which the specified object was created. + + + Returns the text associated with an object. + + + Returns the name of the specified object. + + + Returns the parent object for the specified object. + + + Returns or sets the text displayed next to a check box or label in the Office Assistant balloon. + + + A collection of objects that represent all the labels in the Office Assistant balloon. + + + Returns an Application object that represents the container application for the object. + + + Returns or sets an Integer indicating the number of items in the specified collection. + + + Returns a 32-bit integer that indicates the application in which the specified object was created. + + + + Returns a object. + Required Integer. The index number of the check box or label to be returned. + + + Returns or sets the name of the specified object. + + + Returns the parent object for the specified object. + + + Represents bullet formatting. + + + Gets an object that represents the object. Read-only. + Object + + + Gets or sets the Unicode character value that is used for bullets in the specified text. Read/write. + Integer + + + Gets a 32-bit integer that indicates the application in which the object was created. Read-only. + Integer + + + Gets the font that represents the formatting for a object. Read-only. + + + + + + Gets the bullet number of a paragraph. Read-only. + Integer + + + Gets the parent of the object. Read-only. + Object + + + Sets the graphics file to be used for bullets in a bulleted list. + The file name of a valid graphics file. + + + + Returns or sets the bullet size relative to the size of the first text character in the paragraph. Read/write. + Single + + + Gets or sets the beginning value of a bulleted list. Read/write. + Integer + + + Returns or sets a constant that represents the style of a bullet. Read/write. + + + + + + Gets or sets a constant that represents the type of bullet. Read/write. + + + + + + Determines whether the specified bullets are set to the color of the first text character in the paragraph. Read/write. + + + + + + Determines whether the specified bullets are set to the font of the first text character in the paragraph. Read/write. + + + + + + Gets or sets a value that specifies whether the bullet is visible. Read/write. + + + + + + Reserved for internal use. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Reserved for internal use. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Provides information about the digital certificate. + + + Specifies that the digital certificate is available for signing. + + + The holder of a Private Key corresponding to a Public Key. + + + The issuing authority of the certification. + + + The expiration date of the certificate. + + + A hash of the certificate's complete contents. + + + Provides the results of verifying a digital certificate. + + + The verification resulted in an error. + + + The certificate is currently being verified. + + + The certification is currently unverified. + + + The certification is valid. + + + The certification is invalid. + + + The certification has expired. + + + The certification has been revoked. + + + The certification is from an untrusted source. + + + Represents the color of a one-color object or the foreground or background color of an object with a gradient or patterned fill. + + + + Returns an Application object that represents the container application for the object. + Object + + + Returns a 32-bit integer that indicates the application in which this object was created. Read-only + Long + + + Returns the parent object for the specified object. Read-only. + Object + + + Returns an Integer value that represents the red-green-blue value of the specified color. + Integer + + + Returns or sets an Integer value that represents the color of a Color object, as an index in the current color scheme. + IntegerReturns a Long value that represents the red-green-blue value of the specified color. + + + Returns an Integer value that that represents the color format type. + Integer + + + Used only with charts. Represents fill formatting for chart elements. + + + Returns an Application object that represents the container application for the object. + Object + + + Returns or sets the fill background color. + + + + + + Returns a 32-bit integer that indicates the application in which this object was created. Read-only. + Integer + + + Returns or sets the foreground fill or solid color. + + + + + + Returns the gradient color type for the specified fill. Read-only + + + + + + Returns the gradient degree of the specified one-color shaded fill as a floating-point value from 0.0 (dark) through 1.0 (light). Read-only. + Single + + + Returns the gradient style for the specified fill. Read-only + + + + + + Returns the shade variant for the specified fill as an integer value from 1 through 4. The values for this property correspond to the gradient variants (numbered from left to right and from top to bottom) on the Gradient tab in the Fill Effects dialog box. Read-only + Integer + + + Sets the specified fill to a one-color gradient. + Required . The gradient style. + Required Integer. The gradient variant. Can be a value from 1 through 4, corresponding to one of the four variants on the Gradient tab in the Fill Effects dialog box. If is , the argument can only be 1 or 2. + Required Single. The gradient degree. Can be a value from 0.0 (dark) through 1.0 (light). + + + Returns the parent object for the specified object. Read-only. + Object + + + Returns or sets the fill pattern. + + + + + + Sets the specified fill to a pattern. + Required . The type of pattern. + + + Sets the specified fill to a preset gradient. + Required . The gradient style. + Required Integer. The gradient variant. Can be a value from 1 through 4, corresponding to one of the four variants on the Gradient tab in the Fill Effects dialog box. If is , the argument can only be 1 or 2. + + + Returns the preset gradient type for the specified fill. Read-only. + + + + + + Returns the preset texture for the specified fill. Read-only. + + + + + + Sets the specified fill format to a preset texture. + Required . The type of texture to apply. + + + Sets the specified fill to a uniform color. Use this method to convert a gradient, textured, patterned, or background fill back to a solid fill. + + + Returns the name of the custom texture file for the specified fill. Read-only. + String + + + Returns the texture type for the specified fill. Read-only. + + + + + + Sets the specified fill to a two-color gradient. + Required . The gradient style. + Required Integer. The gradient variant. Can be a value from 1 through 4, corresponding to one of the four variants on the Gradient tab in the Fill Effects dialog box. If is , the argument can only be 1 or 2. + + + Returns the fill type. + + + + + + Fills the specified shape with an image. + Optional Object. The filename of the image. + Optional Object. An value that indicates the format of the picture. + Optional Object. A Double value that specifies the picture stack or scale unit (depends on the argument). + Optional Object. An XlChartPicturePlacement value that indicates the placement of the picture. + + + Fills the specified shape with small tiles of an image. If you want to fill the shape with one large image, use the method. + Required String. The name of the picture file. + + + Returns or sets a value that determines whether the object is visible. Read/write. + + + + + + + Returns an Application object that represents the container application for the object. + Object + + + + + + + Returns a 32-bit integer that indicates the application in which this object was created. Read-only. + Integerc + + + + + + + Returns the parent object for the specified object. Read-only. + Objects + + + + + + + + + A collection of all the ChartGroup objects in the specified chart. + + + Returns an Application object that represents the container application for the object. + Object + + + Returns the number of objects in the collection. Read-only + Integer + + + Returns a 32-bit integer that indicates the application in which this object was created. Read-only. + Integer + + + Returns . + + + Returns a single object from a collection. + + + + Required Object. The name or index number for the object. + + + Returns the parent object for the specified object. Read-only. + Object + + + + + Returns an Application object that represents the container application for the object. + Object + + + + + + + + + + Returns a 32-bit integer that indicates the application in which this object was created. Read-only. + Integer + + + + + + + + + + Gets or sets the height of a command bar control. + + + + + Gets the horizontal position of the specified control (in pixels) relative to the left edge of the screen. Returns the distance from the left side of the docking area. + + + + + + + + + Gets the name of the built-in object. + + + + + + + Double + + + + + + + Gets the distance (in pixels) from the top edge of the specified control to the top edge of the screen. + + + Gets or sets the width (in pixels) of the specified control. + + + Reserved for internal use. + + + + + + Returns or sets a color that is mapped to the theme color scheme. Read/write. + + + + + + + + + + + Represents a COM add-in in the Microsoft Office host application. + + + Returns an Application object that represents the container application for the object. + + + Returns or sets the state of the connection for the specified object. + + + Returns a 32-bit integer that indicates the application in which the specified object was created. + + + Returns or sets a descriptive String value for the specified object. + + + Returns the globally unique class identifier (GUID) for the specified object. + + + Returns or sets the object that is the basis for the specified object. + + + Returns the parent object for the specified object. + + + Returns the programmatic identifier (ProgID) for the specified object. + + + A collection of objects that provide information about a COM add-in registered in the Windows Registry. + + + Returns an Application object that represents the container application for the object. + + + Returns an Integer indicating the number of items in the specified collection. + + + Returns a 32-bit integer that indicates the application in which the specified object was created. + + + + Returns a member of the specified collection. + Required Object. Either an ordinal value that returns the COM add-in at that position in the COMAddIns collection, or a String value that represents the ProgID of the specified COM add-in. + + + Returns the parent object for the specified object. + + + Reserved for internal use. + + + Updates the contents of the collection from the list of add-ins stored in the Windows Registry. + + + Represents a command bar in the container application. + + + Reserved for internal use. + + + Reserved for internal use. + + + Reserved for internal use. + + + Reserved for internal use. + + + Reserved for internal use. + + + Reserved for internal use. + + + Reserved for internal use. + + + Reserved for internal use. + + + Reserved for internal use. + + + Reserved for internal use. + + + Reserved for internal use. + + + Reserved for internal use. + + + + Reserved for internal use. + + + Reserved for internal use. + + + Reserved for internal use. + + + Reserved for internal use. + + + Reserved for internal use. + + + Reserved for internal use. + + + Determines if an individual menu is enabled to use adaptive menus. + + + Returns an Application object that represents the container application for the object. + + + Determines if the specified command bar or command bar control is a built-in command bar or control of the container application. + + + Returns or sets a string that determines where a command bar will be saved. + + + Returns a object that represents all the controls on a command bar or pop-up control. + + + Returns a 32-bit integer that indicates the application in which the specified object was created. + + + Deletes the specified object from the collection. + + + Determines if the specified command bar or is enabled. + This property returns True if the specified command bar is enabled; False if not enabled.Setting this property to True causes the name of the command bar to appear in the list of available command bars. + + + Returns a object that fits the specified criteria. + Optional . The type of control. + Optional Object. The identifier of the control. + Optional Object. The tag value of the control. + Optional Object. True to include only visible command bar controls in the search. The default value is False. Visible command bars include all visible toolbars and any menus that are open at the time the FindControl method is executed. + Optional Boolean. True to include the command bar and all of its pop-up subtoolbars in the search. The default value is False. + + + Returns or sets the height of a command bar. + + + Reserved for internal use. + + + Returns an Integer representing the index number for an object in the collection. + + + Reserved for internal use. + + + + Returns or sets the distance (in pixels) of the command bar from the left edge of the specified object relative to the screen. + + + Returns or sets the name of the specified object. + + + Returns the name of a built-in command bar as it's displayed in the language version of the container application, or returns or sets the name of a custom command bar. + + + Returns the parent object for the specified object. + + + Returns or sets the position of a command bar. + + + Returns or sets the way a command bar is protected from user customization. + + + Resets a built-in command bar to its default configuration. + + + Returns or sets the docking order of a command bar in relation to other command bars in the same docking area. + + + Displays a command bar as a shortcut menu at the specified coordinates or at the current pointer coordinates. + Optional Object. The x-coordinate for the location of the shortcut menu. If this argument is omitted, the current x-coordinate of the pointer is used. + Optional Object. The y-coordinate for the location of the shortcut menu. If this argument is omitted, the current y-coordinate of the pointer is used. + + + Returns or sets the distance (in points) from the top edge of the specified command bar to the top edge of the screen. + + + Returns the type of command bar. + + + Determines if the specified object is visible. + + + Returns or sets the width (in pixels) of the specified command bar. + + + Represents a button control on a command bar. + + + Reserved for internal use. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Is True if the face of a command bar button control is its original built-in face. Read/write. + + + + + + + Copies the face of a command bar button control to the Clipboard. + + + + + + + + Gets or sets the Id number for the face of a CommandBarButton control. Read/write. + + + + + + Sets or gets a MsoCommandBarButtonHyperlinkType constant that represents the type of hyperlink associated with the specified command bar button. Read/write. + + + + + + + + + Gets or sets an IPictureDisp object representing the mask image of a CommandBarButton object. The mask image determines what parts of the button image are transparent. Read/write. + + + + + + + + Pastes the contents of the Clipboard onto a CommandBarButton. + + + Gets or sets an IPictureDisp object representing the image of a CommandBarButton object. Read/write. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Gets or sets the shortcut key text displayed next to a CommandBarButton control when the button appears on a menu, submenu, or shortcut menu. Read/write. + + + + + + + + + + + Represents a combo box control on a command bar. + + + Reserved for internal use. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Gets or sets the number of lines in a command bar combo box control. The combo box control must be a custom control and it must be a drop-down list box or a combo box. Read/write. + + + Gets or sets the width (in pixels) of the list for the specified command bar combo box control. Read/write. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Gets or sets an item in the CommandBarComboBox control. Read/write. + The list item to be set. + + + + Gets the number of list items in a CommandBarComboBox control. Read-only. + + + Gets or sets the number of list items in a CommandBarComboBox control that appears above the separator line. Read/write. + + + Gets or sets the index number of the selected item in the list portion of the CommandBarComboBox control. If nothing is selected in the list, this property returns zero. Read/write. + + + + + + + + + + Removes an item from a CommandBarComboBox control. + The item to be removed from the list. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Represents a command bar control. + + + Reserved for internal use. + + + Reserved for internal use. + + + Reserved for internal use. + + + Reserved for internal use. + + + Reserved for internal use. + + + Reserved for internal use. + + + Reserved for internal use. + + + Reserved for internal use. + + + Reserved for internal use. + + + Reserved for internal use. + + + Reserved for internal use. + + + Reserved for internal use. + + + Reserved for internal use. + + + Reserved for internal use. + + + Reserved for internal use. + + + Reserved for internal use. + + + Reserved for internal use. + + + Reserved for internal use. + + + Reserved for internal use. + + + Returns an Application object that represents the container application for the object. + + + Determines if the specified command bar control appears at the beginning of a group of controls on the command bar. + + + Determines if the specified command bar control is a built-in control of the container application. + + + Returns or sets the caption text for a command bar control. + + + Reserved for internal use. + + + Copies a command bar control to an existing command bar. + Optional Object. A object that represents the destination command bar. If this argument is omitted, the control is copied to the command bar where the control already exists. + Optional Object. A number that indicates the position for the new control on the command bar. The new control will be inserted before the control at this position. If this argument is omitted, the control is copied to the end of the command bar. + + + Returns a 32-bit integer that indicates the application in which the specified object was created. + + + Deletes the specified object from its collection. + Optional Object. Set to True to delete the control for the current session. The application will display the control again in the next session. + + + Returns or sets the description for a command bar control. + + + Determines if the specified command bar control is enabled. + + + Runs the procedure or built-in command assigned to the specified command bar control. + + + Returns or sets the height of a command bar control. + + + Returns or sets the Help context Id number for the Help topic attached to the command bar control. + + + Returns or sets the file name for the Help topic attached to the command bar control. + + + Returns the ID for a built-in command bar control. + + + Returns an Integer representing the index number for an object in the collection. + + + Reserved for internal use. + + + Determines if the control is currently dropped from the menu or toolbar based on usage statistics and layout space. + + + Returns the horizontal position of the specified command bar control (in pixels) relative to the left edge of the screen. + + + Moves the specified command bar control to an existing command bar. + Optional Object. A object that represents the destination command bar for the control. If this argument is omitted, the control is moved to the end of the command bar where the control currently resides. + Optional Object. A number that indicates the position for the control. The control is inserted before the control currently occupying this position. If this argument is omitted, the control is inserted on the same command bar. + + + Returns or sets the OLE client and OLE server roles in which a command bar control will be used when two Microsoft Office applications are merged. + + + Returns or sets the name of a procedure that will run when the user clicks or changes the value of a command bar control. + + + Returns or sets a string that an application can use to execute a command. + + + Returns the Parent object for the specified object. + + + Returns or sets the priority of a command bar control. + + + Reserved for internal use. + + + Reserved for internal use. + + + Reserved for internal use. + + + Reserved for internal use. + + + Reserved for internal use. + + + Reserved for internal use. + + + Reserved for internal use. + + + Resets a built-in command bar control to its original function and face. + + + Moves the keyboard focus to the specified command bar control. + + + Returns or sets information about the command bar control, such as data that can be used as an argument in procedures, or information that identifies the control. + + + Returns or sets the text displayed in a command bar control's ScreenTip. + + + Returns the distance (in pixels) from the top edge of the specified command bar control to the top edge of the screen. + + + Returns the type of command bar control. + + + Determines if the specified object is visible. + + + Returns or sets the width (in pixels) of the specified command bar control. + + + A collection of objects that represent the command bar controls on a command bar. + + + Creates a new object and adds it to the collection of controls on the specified command bar. + Optional Object. The type of control to be added to the specified command bar. Can be one of the following constants: msoControlButton, msoControlEdit, msoControlDropdown, msoControlComboBox, or msoControlPopup. + Optional Object. An integer that specifies a built-in control. If the value of this argument is 1, or if this argument is omitted, a blank custom control of the specified type will be added to the command bar. + Optional Object. For built-in controls, this argument is used by the container application to run the command. For custom controls, you can use this argument to send information to procedures, or you can use it to store information about the control (similar to a second property value). + Optional Object. A number that indicates the position of the new control on the command bar. The new control will be inserted before the control at this position. If this argument is omitted, the control is added at the end of the specified command bar. + Optional Object. True to make the new control temporary. Temporary controls are automatically deleted when the container application is closed. The default value is False. + + + Returns an Application object that represents the container application for the object. + + + Returns or sets an Integer indicating the number of items in the specified collection. + + + Returns a 32-bit integer that indicates the application in which the specified object was created. + + + + Returns a object from the collection. + Required Object. The name or index number of the object to be returned. + + + Returns the Parent object for the specified object. + + + Represents a pop-up control on a command bar. + + + Reserved for internal use. + + + Reserved for internal use. + + + Reserved for internal use. + + + Reserved for internal use. + + + Reserved for internal use. + + + Reserved for internal use. + + + Reserved for internal use. + + + Reserved for internal use. + + + Reserved for internal use. + + + Reserved for internal use. + + + Reserved for internal use. + + + Reserved for internal use. + + + Reserved for internal use. + + + Reserved for internal use. + + + Reserved for internal use. + + + Reserved for internal use. + + + Reserved for internal use. + + + Reserved for internal use. + + + Reserved for internal use. + + + Returns an Application object that represents the container application for the object. + + + Determines if the specified command bar control appears at the beginning of a group of controls on the command bar. + + + Determines if the specified command bar control is a built-in control of the container application. + + + Returns or sets the caption text for a command bar control. + + + Returns a object that represents the menu displayed by the specified pop-up control. + + + Reserved for internal use. + + + Returns a object that represents all the controls on a command bar or pop-up control. + + + Copies a command bar control to an existing command bar. + Optional Object. A object that represents the destination command bar. If this argument is omitted, the control is copied to the command bar where the control already exists. + Optional Object. A number that indicates the position for the new control on the command bar. The new control will be inserted before the control at this position. If this argument is omitted, the control is copied to the end of the command bar. + + + Returns a 32-bit integer that indicates the application in which the specified object was created. + + + Deletes the specified object from its collection. + Optional Object. True to delete the control for the current session. The application will display the control again in the next session. + + + Returns or sets the description for a command bar control. + + + Determines if the specified command bar control is enabled. + + + Runs the procedure or built-in command assigned to the specified command bar control. + + + Returns or sets the height of a command bar control. + + + Returns or sets the Help context ID number for the Help topic attached to the command bar control. + + + Returns or sets the file name for the Help topic attached to the command bar control. + + + Returns the ID for a built-in command bar control. + + + Returns an Integer representing the index number for an object in the collection. + + + Reserved for internal use. + + + + Determines if the control is currently dropped from the menu or toolbar based on usage statistics and layout space. + + + Returns or sets the horizontal position of the specified command bar control (in pixels) relative to the left edge of the screen. + + + Moves the specified command bar control to an existing command bar. + Optional Object. A object that represents the destination command bar for the control. If this argument is omitted, the control is moved to the end of the command bar where the control currently resides. + Optional Object. A number that indicates the position for the control. The control is inserted before the control currently occupying this position. If this argument is omitted, the control is inserted on the same command bar. + + + Returns or sets the menu group that the specified command bar pop-up control belongs to when the menu groups of the OLE server are merged with the menu groups of an OLE client - that is, when an object of the container application type is embedded in another application. + + + Returns or sets the OLE client and OLE server roles in which a command bar control will be used when two Microsoft Office applications are merged. + + + Returns or sets the name of a procedure that will run when the user clicks or changes the value of a command bar control. + + + Returns or sets a string that an application can use to execute a command. + + + Returns the Parent object for the specified object. + + + Returns or sets the priority of a command bar control. + + + Reserved for internal use. + + + Reserved for internal use. + + + Reserved for internal use. + + + Reserved for internal use. + + + Reserved for internal use. + + + Reserved for internal use. + + + Reserved for internal use. + + + Resets a built-in command bar control to its original function and face. + + + Moves the keyboard focus to the specified command bar control. + + + Returns or sets information about the command bar control, such as data that can be used as an argument in procedures, or information that identifies the control. + + + Returns or sets the text displayed in a command bar control's ScreenTip. + + + Returns the distance (in pixels) from the top edge of the specified command bar control to the top edge of the screen. + + + Returns the type of command bar control. + + + Determines if the specified object is visible. + + + Returns or sets the width (in pixels) of the specified command bar control. + + + A collection of objects that represent the command bars in the container application. + + + Reserved for internal use. + + + + + + + + + + Commits the rendering transaction. Returns Nothing (null in C#). + Specifies a handle to the window in which to commit the rendering transaction. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Gets a CommandBars + collection. Read-only. + + + + + + + Reserved for internal use. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Represents a Microsoft Office system contact card. + + + Returns an Application object that represents the parent Office application for the ContactCard object. + + + Closes the contact card. + + + Returns a that indicates the application in which the ContactCard object was created. + + + Displays the contact card at the specified x-coordinate position outside the specified rectangle. + + that determines whether the card is displayed as a hover card or as a fully expanded card. + Specifies the x-coordinate of the left side of the rectangle where the card is not displayed. + Specifies the x-coordinate of the right side of the rectangle where the card is not displayed. + Specifies the y-coordinate of the top side of the rectangle where the card is not displayed. + Specifies the y-coordinate of the bottom side of the rectangle where the card is not displayed. + Specifies the x-coordinate position of the left edge of the card. + Determines if there is a delay before the card is displayed. + + + Provides the status of verifying whether the content of a document has changed. + + + The verification resulted in an error. + + + The content of the document is currently being verified. + + + The document has not been verified. + + + The content of the has been verified and is valid. + + + The content of the document has been modified since it was digitally signed. + + + An object used to remove a portion of an image. + + + Gets the Application object of the host application. + + + Gets a 32-bit integer that indicates the application in which the Crop object was created. + + + Gets or sets the height of the image that is to be cropped. + + + Gets or sets the x-axis offset of the image that is to be cropped. + + + Gets or sets the y-axis offset of the image that is to be cropped. + + + Gets or sets the width of the image that is to be cropped. + + + Gets or sets the height of a shape that is used to crop an image. + + + Gets or sets the location of the left-side of a shape that is used to crop an image. + + + Gets or sets the location of the top of a shape that is used to crop an image. + + + Gets or sets the width of a shape that is used to crop an image. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Occurs when the user changes the docking position of the active custom task pane. + The active custom task pane. + + + Occurs when the user changes the visibility of the custom task pane. + The active task pane. + + + Represents an XML node in a tree in a document. The object is a member of the collection. + + + Appends a single node as the last child under the context element node in the tree. + Represents the base name of the element to be appended. + Represents the namespace of the element to be appended. This parameter is required to append nodes of type or , otherwise it is ignored. + Specifies the type of node to append. If the parameter is not specified, it is assumed to be of type . + Used to set the value of the appended node for those nodes that allow text. If the node doesn’t allow text, the parameter is ignored. + + + Adds a subtree as the last child under the context element node in the tree. + Represents the subtree to add. + + + Gets an Application object that represents the container application for a . Read-only. + Object + + + Gets a collection representing the attributes of the current element in the current node. Read-only. + + + + + + Gets the base name of the node without the namespace prefix, if one exists, in the Document Object Model (DOM). Read-only. + String + + + Gets a collection containing all of the child elements of the current node. Read-only. + + + + + + Gets a 32-bit integer that indicates the application in which the object was created. Read-only. + Integer + + + Deletes the current node from the tree (including all of its children, if any exist). + + + Gets a object corresponding to the first child element of the current node. If the node has no child elements (or if it isn’t of type ), returns Nothing. Read-only. + + + + + + Returns True if the current element node has child element nodes. + Boolean + + + Inserts a new node just before the context node in the tree. + Represents the base name of the node to be added. + Represents the namespace of the element to be added. This parameter is required if adding nodes of type or , otherwise it is ignored. + Specifies the type of the node to be added. If the parameter is not specified, it is assumed to be a node of type . + Used to set the value of the node to be added for those nodes that allow text. If the node doesn’t allow text, the parameter is ignored. + Represents the context node. + + + Inserts the specified subtree into the location just before the context node. + Represents the subtree to be added. + Specifies the context node. + + + Gets a object corresponding to the last child element of the current node. If the node has no child elements (or if it is not of type ), the property returns Nothing. Read-only. + + + + + + Gets the unique address identifier for the namespace of the object. Read-only. + String + + + Gets the next sibling node (element, comment, or processing instruction) of the current node. If the node is the last sibling at its level, the property returns Nothing. Read-only. + + + + + + Gets the type of the current node. Read-only. + + + + + + Gets or sets the value of the current node. Read/write. + String + + + Gets the object representing the Microsoft Office Excel workbook, Microsoft Office PowerPoint presentation, or the Microsoft Office Word document associated with this node. Read-only. + Object + + + Gets the object representing the part associated with this node. Read-only. + + + + + + Gets the parent object for the object. Read-only. + Object + + + Gets the parent element node of the current node. If the current node is at the root level, the property returns Nothing. Read-only. + + + + + + Gets the previous sibling node (element, comment, or processing instruction) of the current node. If the current node is the first sibling at its level, the property returns Nothing. Read-only. + + + + + + Removes the specified child node from the tree. + Represents the child node of the context node. + + + Removes the specified child node (and its subtree) from the main tree, and replaces it with a different node in the same location. + Represents the child node to be replaced. + Represents the base name of the element to be added. + Represents the namespace of the element to be added. This parameter is required if adding nodes of type or , otherwise it is ignored. + Specifies the type of node to add. If the parameter is not specified, it is assumed to be of type . + Used to set the value of the node to be added for those nodes that allow text. If the node doesn’t allow text, the parameter is ignored. + + + Removes the specified node (and its subtree) from the main tree, and replaces it with a different subtree in the same location. + Represents the subtree to be added. + Represents the child node to be replaced. + + + Selects a collection of nodes matching an XPath expression. This method differs from the method in that the XPath expression will be evaluated starting with the 'expression' node as the context node. + + + + Contains an XPath expression. + + + Selects a single node from a collection matching an XPath expression. This method differs from the method in that the XPath expression will be evaluated starting with the 'expression' node as the context node. + + + + Contains an XPath expression. + + + Gets or sets the text for the current node. Read/write. + String + + + Gets the XML representation of the current node and its children, if any exist. Read-only. + String + + + Gets a String with the canonicalized XPath for the current node. If the node is no longer in the Document Object Model (DOM), the property returns an error message. Read-only. + String + + + Contains a collection of objects representing the XML nodes in a document. + + + Gets an Application object that represents the container application for the object. Read-only. + Object + + + Gets a count of the number of objects in a collection. Read-only. + Integer + + + Gets a 32-bit integer that indicates the application in which the object was created. Read-only. + Integer + + + + Gets a object from the collection. Read-only. + + + + The index number of the object to be returned. + + + Gets the parent object for the object. Read-only. + Object + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Represents a namespace prefix. + + + Gets an Application object that represents the container application for the object. Read-only. + Object + + + Gets a 32-bit integer that indicates the application in which the object was created. Read-only. + Integer + + + Gets the unique address identifier for the namespace of the object. Read-only. + String + + + Gets the parent object of the object. Read-only. + Object + + + Gets the prefix for a object. Read-only. + String + + + Represents a collection of objects. + + + Allows you to add a custom namespace/prefix mapping to use when querying an item. + Contains the prefix to add to the prefix mapping list. + Contains the namespace to assign to the newly added prefix. + + + Gets an Application object that represents the container application for the object. Read-only. + Object + + + Gets the number of items in the collection. Read-only. + Integer + + + Gets a 32-bit integer that indicates the application in which the object was created. Read-only. + Integer + + + + Gets a object from the collection. Read-only. + + + + The name or index number of the object to be returned. + + + Allows you to get the namespace corresponding to the specified prefix. + String + Contains a prefix in the prefix mapping list. + + + Allows you to get a prefix corresponding to the specified namespace. + String + Contains the namespace URI. + + + Gets the parent object for the object. Read-only. + Object + + + Represents a schema in a collection. + + + Gets an Application object that represents the container application for the object. Read-only. + Object + + + Gets a 32-bit integer that indicates the application in which the object was created. Read-only. + Integer + + + Deletes the specified schema from the collection. + + + Gets a String that represents the location of a schema on a computer. Read-only. + String + + + Gets the unique address identifier for the namespace of the object. Read-only. + String + + + Gets the parent object for the object. Read-only. + Object + + + Reloads a schema from a file. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Represents a single validation error in a collection. + + + Gets an Application object that represents the container application for the object. Read-only. + Object + + + Gets a 32-bit integer that indicates the application in which the object was created. Read-only. + Integer + + + Deletes the object representing a data validation error. + + + Gets a number representing a validation error in a object. Read-only. + Integer + + + Gets the name of an error in a object. If no errors exist, the property returns Nothing. Read-only. + String + + + Gets a node in a object, if any exist. If no nodes exist, the property returns Nothing. Read-only. + + + + + + Gets the parent object for the object. Read-only. + Object + + + Gets the text in the object. Read-only. + String + + + Gets the type of error generated from the object. Read-only. + + + + + + Represents a collection of objects. + + + Adds a object containing an XML validation error to the collection. + Represents the node where the error occurred. + Contains the name of the error. + Contains the descriptive error text. + Specifies whether the error is to be cleared from the collection when the XML is corrected and updated. + + + Gets an Application object that represents the container application for the object. Read-only. + Object + + + Gets the number of items in the collection. Read-only. + Integer + + + Gets a 32-bit integer that indicates the application in which the object was created. Read-only. + Integer + + + + Gets a object from the collection. Read-only. + + + + The name or index number of the object to be returned. + + + Gets the parent object for the object. Read-only. + Object + + + Reserved for internal use. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Reserved for internal use. + + + + + + + + + + + + + Reserved for internal use. + + + + + + + + + + Reserved for internal use. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Represents a Document Inspector module in a collection. + + + Gets an object that represents the creator of the object. Read-only. + Object + + + Gets a 32-bit integer that indicates the application in which the object was created. Read-only. + Integer + + + Gets the description of the object. Read-only. + String + + + Performs an action on specific information items or document properties depending on the Document Inspector module specified. + An enumeration representing that staus of the document. Status is an output parameter which means that its value is returned when the method has completed its purpose. + Contains the results of the action. Results is an output parameter. + + + Inspects a document for specific information or document properties. + An enumeration representing that status of the document. is an output parameter which means that its value is returned when the method has completed its purpose. + Contains a lists the information items or document properties found in the document. + + + Gets the name of the module represented by a object. Read-only. + String + + + Gets an object that represents the parent of the object. Read-only. + Object + + + Represents a collection of objects. + + + Gets an Application object that represents the creator of the object. Read-only. + Object + + + Gets the number of items in the object. Read-only. + Integer + + + Gets a 32-bit integer that indicates the application in which the object was created. Read-only. + Integer + + + + Gets the object specified by the index. Read-only. + + + + The index number of the object. + + + Gets an object that represents the parent of a object. Read-only. + Object + + + The DocumentLibraryVersion object represents a single saved version of a shared document that has versioning enabled and that is stored in a document library on the server. + + + Returns an Application object that represents the container application for the object. + + + Returns any optional comments associated with the specified version of the shared document. + + + Returns a 32-bit integer that indicates the application in which the specified object was created. + + + Removes a document library version from the collection. + + + Returns an Integer representing the index number for an object in the collection. + + + Returns the date and time at which the specified version of the shared document was last saved to the server. + + + Returns the name of the user who last saved the specified version of the shared document to the server. + + + Opens the specified version of the shared document from the collection in read-only mode. + + + Returns the parent object for the specified object. + + + Restores a previous saved version of a shared document from the collection. + + + The DocumentLibraryVersions object represents a collection of objects. + + + Returns an Application object that represents the container application for the object. + + + Returns an Integer indicating the number of items in the specified collection. + + + Returns a 32-bit integer that indicates the application in which the specified object was created. + + + + Returns a Boolean value that indicates whether the document library in which the active document is saved on the server is configured to create a backup copy, or version, each time the file is edited on the Web site. + + + Returns a object from the collection. + Required Integer. The index number of the DocumentLibraryVersion returned. + + + Returns the parent object for the specified object. + + + A collection of objects. + + + Creates a new custom document property. + Required String. The name of the property. + Required Boolean. Specifies whether the property is linked to the contents of the container document. If this argument is True, the argument is required; if it's False, the value argument is required. + Optional Object. The data type of the property. Can be one of the following constants: msoPropertyTypeBoolean, msoPropertyTypeDate, msoPropertyTypeFloat, msoPropertyTypeNumber, or msoPropertyTypeString. + Optional Object. The value of the property, if it's not linked to the contents of the container document. The value is converted to match the data type specified by the type argument. If it can't be converted, an error occurs. If is True, the argument is ignored and the new document property is assigned a default value until the linked property values are updated by the container application (usually when the document is saved). + Optional Object. Ignored if is False. The source of the linked property. The container application determines what types of source linking you can use. + + + Returns an Application object that represents the container application for the object. + + + Returns an Integer indicating the number of items in the specified collection. + + + Returns a 32-bit integer that indicates the application in which the specified object was created. + + + + Returns a object from the collection. + Required Object. The name or index number of the document property returned. + + + Returns the Parent object for the specified object. + + + Represents a custom or built-in document property of a container document. + + + Returns an Application object that represents the container application for the object. + + + Returns a 32-bit integer that indicates the application in which the specified object was created. + + + Removes a custom document property. + + + Returns or sets the source of a linked custom document property. + + + Determine if the value of the custom document property is linked to the content of the container document. + + + Returns or sets the name of the specified object. + + + Returns the Parent object for the specified object. + + + Returns or sets the document property type. + + + Returns or sets the value of a document property. + + + Describes a single Picture Effect parameter. + + + Gets an Application object that represents the container application for the EffectParameter object. + + + Gets a 32-bit integer that indicates the application in which the EffectParameter object was created. + + + Gets the string name of the EffectParameterparameter. + + + Gets or sets the value of the EffectParameter object. + + + Represents a collection of objects. + + + Gets an Application object that represents the container application for the EffectParameters object. + + + Gets the count of the number of objects contained within the EffectParameters collection. + + + Gets a 32-bit integer that indicates the application in which the EffectParameters object was created. + + + Returns . + + + Gets an object at the specified index or with the specified unique identifier. + Specifies either an integer representing the index or a string representing the location of the . + + + + + + + + + + Provides the methods for setting up permissions, applying the cryptography of the underlying encryption and decryption, and user authentication. + + + Used to determine whether the user has the proper permissions to open the encrypted document. + Integer + Specifies the window that is called to display the encryption settings. + Contains the encrypted data for the current document. + The user interface displayed by the encryption provider add-in. + + + Creates a second, working copy of the object’s encryption session for a file that is about to be saved. + Integer + The ID of the cloned session. + + + Decrypts and returns a stream of encrypted data for a document. + The ID of the current session. + The ID of the stream of data. + The encrypted data stream. + The data stream before decryption. + + + Encrypts and returns a stream of data for a document. + The ID of the current session. + The name of the encrypted stream of document data. + The data stream before encryption. + The data stream information after it has been encrypted. + + + Ends the current encryption session. + The ID of the current session. + + + Displays information about the encryption of the current document. + object + Specifies the encryption information that you want. + + + Used by the object to create a new encryption session. This session is used by the provider to cache document-specific information about the encryption, users, and rights while the document is in memory. + Integer + Specifies the window that is called to display the encryption settings. + + + Saves an encrypted document. + Integer + The ID of the current session. + Contains the encryption information. + + + Used to display a dialog of the encryption settings for the current document. + The ID of the current session. + Specifies the window that is called to display the encryption settings. + Specifies whether you want the user to be able to change the encryption settings. + If True, the encryption for a document will be removed during the next save operation. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Provides file dialog box functionality similar to the functionality of the standard Open and Save dialog boxes found in Microsoft Office applications. + + + Determines if the user is allowed to select multiple files from a file dialog box. + + + Returns an Application object that represents the container application for the object. + + + Returns or sets a String representing the text that is displayed on the action button of a file dialog box. + + + Returns a 32-bit integer that indicates the application in which the specified object was created. + + + Returns an constant representing the type of file dialog box that the object is set to display. + + + Runs the procedure or built-in command assigned to the specified command bar control. + + + Returns or sets an Integer indicating the default file filter of a file dialog box. + + + Returns a collection. + + + Returns or sets a String representing the path and/or file name that is initially displayed in a file dialog box. + + + Returns or sets a constant representing the initial presentation of files and folders in a file dialog box. + + + Returns the text associated with an object. + + + Returns the Parent object for the specified object. + + + Returns a collection. + + + Displays a file dialog box and returns an Integer indicating whether the user pressed the action button (-1) or the cancel button (0). + + + Returns or sets the title of a file dialog box displayed using the object. + + + Represents a file filter in a file dialog box displayed through the object. + + + Returns an Application object that represents the container application for the object. + + + Returns a 32-bit integer that indicates the application in which the specified object was created. + + + Returns the description of each object as a String value. + + + Returns a String value containing the extensions that determine which files are displayed in a File dialog box for each object. + + + Returns the Parent object for the specified object. + + + A collection of objects that represent the types of files that can be selected in a file dialog box that is displayed using the object. + + + Adds a new file filter to the list of filters in the Files of type list box in the File dialog box, and returns a FileDialogFilter object that represents the newly added file filter. + Required String. The text representing the description of the file extension you want to add to the list of filters. + Required String. The text representing the file extension you want to add to the list of filters. More than one extension may be specified and each must be separated by a semi-colon (;). For example, the argument can be assigned to the string: "*.txt; *.htm".Note Parentheses do not need to be added around the extensions. Office will automatically add parentheses around the extensions string when the description and extensions strings are concatenated into one file filter item. + Optional Object. A number that indicates the position of the new control in the filter list. The new filter will be inserted before the filter at this position. If this argument is omitted, the filter is added at the end of the list. + + + Returns an Application object that represents the container application for the object. + + + Removes all list items from a command bar combo box control (drop-down list box or combo box) and clears the text box (edit box or combo box). + + + Returns an Integer indicating the number of items in the specified collection. + + + Returns a 32-bit integer that indicates the application in which the specified object was created. + + + Removes a file dialog filter. + Optional Object. The filter to be removed. + + + + Returns a object that is a member of the specified collection. + Required Integer. The index number of the FileDialogFilter object to be returned. + + + Returns the Parent object for the specified object. + + + A collection of String values that correspond to the paths of the files or folders that a user has selected from a file dialog box displayed through the object. + + + Returns an Application object that represents the container application for the object. + + + Returns an Integer indicating the number of items in the specified collection. + + + Returns a 32-bit integer that indicates the application in which the specified object was created. + + + + Returns a String that corresponds to the path of one of the files that the user selected from a file dialog box that was displayed using the method of the object. + Required Integer. The index number of the string to be returned. + + + Returns the Parent object for the specified object. + + + Represents the functionality of the Open dialog box accessible by the File menu. + + + Returns an Application object that represents the container application for the object. + + + Returns a 32-bit integer that indicates the application in which the specified object was created. + + + Begins the search for the specified file(s). + Optional . The method used to sort the returned file(s). + Optional . The order in which the returned file(s) are sorted. + Optional Boolean. True to include files that have been added, modified, or deleted since the file index was last updated as part of the file search. The default value is True. + + + Returns or sets the name of the file to look for during a file search. + + + Returns or sets the type of file to look for during a file search. + + + Returns a collection. + + + Returns a object that contains the names of all the files found during a search. + + + Returns or sets a constant that represents the amount of time since the specified file was last modified and saved. + The default value is msoLastModifiedAnyTime. + + + Returns or sets the folder to be searched during the specified file search. + + + Determines if the file search is expanded to include all forms of the specified word contained in the body of the file or in the file's properties. + + + Determines if the specified file search will find only files whose body text or file properties contain the exact word or phrase that you've specified. + + + Resets all the search criteria settings to their default settings. + + + Returns the collection that represents all the search criteria for a file search. + + + Refreshes the list of currently available objects. + + + Returns a collection. + + + Returns a collection. + + + Determines if the search includes all the subfolders in the folder specified by the property. + + + Returns or sets the word or phrase to be searched for, in either the body of a file or the file's properties, during the file search. + + + A collection of values of the type that determine which types of files are returned by the method of the object. + + + Adds a new file type to a file search. + Required . Specifies the type of file for which to search. + + + Returns an Application object that represents the container application for the object. + + + Returns an Integer indicating the number of items in the specified collection. + + + Returns a 32-bit integer that indicates the application in which the specified object was created. + + + + Returns a value that indicates which file type will be searched for by the method of the object. + Optional Integer. The index number of the object to be returned. + + + Removes the specified object from the collection. + Required Integer. The index number of the property test to be removed. + + + Reserved for internal use. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Gets a collection of objects. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Contains font attributes (for example, font name, font size, and color) for an object. + + + True if the font is formatted as all capital letters. Read/write. + + + + + + Gets an object that represents the application the object is used in. Read-only. + Object + + + Gets or sets a value that specifies whether the numbers in a numbered list should be rotated when the text is rotated. Read/write. + + + + + + Gets or sets a value specifying the horizontal offset of the selected font. Read/write. + Single + + + Gets or sets a value specifying whether the font should be bold. Read/write. + + + + + + Gets or sets a value specifying that the text should be capitalized. Read/write. + + + + + + Gets a value indicating the application the object was created in. Read-only. + Integer + + + True if the specified font is formatted as double strikethrough text. Read/write. + + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether the font can be embedded in a page. Read-only. + + + + + + Gets a value specifying whether the font is embedded in a page. Read-only. + + + + + + Gets or sets a value specifying whether the text for a selection should be spaced equal distances apart. Read/write. + + + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether the font is displayed as a glow effect. Read-only. + + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether the font is displayed as highlighted. Read-only. + + + + + + Gets or sets a value specifying whether the text for a selection is italic. Read/write. + + + + + + Gets or sets a value specifying the amount of spacing between text characters. Read/write. + Single + + + Gets a value specifiying the format of a line. Read-only. + + + + + + Gets or sets a value specifying the font to use for a selection. Read/write. + String + + + Gets or sets the font used for Latin text (characters with character codes from 0 (zero) through 127). Read/write. + String + + + Gets or sets the complex script font name. Used for mixed language text. Read/write. + String + + + Gets or sets an East Asian font name. Read/write. + String + + + Gets or sets the font used for characters whose character set numbers are greater than 127. Read/write. + String + + + Gets the parent of the object. Read-only. + Object + + + Gets a value specifying the type of reflection format for the selection of text. Read-only. + + + + + + Gets the value specifying the type of shadow effect for the selection of text. Read-only. + + + + + + Gets or sets a value specifying the size of the font. Read/write. + Single + + + Gets or sets a value specifying whether small caps should be used with the selection of text. Small caps are the same height as the lowercase letters in a selection of text. Read/write. + + + + + + Gets or sets a value specifying the type of soft edge effect used in a selection of text. Read/write. + + + + + + Gets or sets a value specifying the spacing between characters in a selection of text. Read/write. + Single + + + Gets or sets a value specifying the strike format used for a selection of text. Read/write. + + + + + + Gets or sets a value specifying the text should be rendered in a strikethrough appearance. Read/write. + + + + + + Gets or sets a value specifying that the selected text should be displayed as subscript. Read/write. + + + + + + Gets or sets a value specifying that the selected text should be displayed as superscript. Read/write. + + + + + + Gets a value specifying the color of the underline for the selected text. Read-only. + + + + + + Gets or sets a value specifying the underline style for the selected text. Read/write. + + + + + + Gets or sets a value specifying the text effect for the selected text. Read/write. + + + + + + Represents the list of files returned from a file search. + + + Returns an Application object that represents the container application for the object. + + + Returns an Integer indicating the number of items in the specified collection. + + + Returns a 32-bit integer that indicates the application in which the specified object was created. + + + + Returns a file name from the list of file names represented by the object. + Required Integer. The index number of the Answer Wizard file name string or the file name to be returned. + + + Reserved for internal use. + + + + + + + + Represents a glow effect around an Office graphic. + + + Gets an Application object that represents the container application for the object. Read-only. + Object + + + Gets the color of text formatted as glow. Read-only. + + + + + + Gets a 32-bit integer that indicates the application in which the object was created. Read-only. + Integer + + + Gets or sets the radius value of the glow effect for the object. Read/write. + Single + + + Gets or sets the degree of transparency of the specified glow as a value between 0.0 (opaque) and 1.0 (clear). + + + Represents one gradient stop. + + + When used without an object qualifier, this property returns an Application object that represents the Microsoft Office application. When used with an object qualifier, this property returns an Application object that represents the creator of the specified object. Read-only. + Object + + + Gets a value representing the color of the gradient stop. Read-only. + + + + + + Gets a 32-bit integer that indicates the application in which the object was created. Read-only. + Integer + + + Gets or sets a value representing the position of a stop within the gradient expressed as a percent. Read/write. + Single + + + Gets or sets a value representing the opacity of the gradient fill expressed as a percent. Read/write. + Single + + + Contains a collection of objects. + + + When used without an object qualifier, this property returns an Application object that represents the Microsoft Office application. When used with an object qualifier, this property returns an Application object that represents the creator of the specified object. Read-only. + Object + + + Gets the number of items in the collection. Read-only. + Integer + + + Gets a 32-bit integer that indicates the application in which the object was created. Read-only. + Integer + + + Removes a gradient stop. + The index number of the gradient stop. + + + + Adds a stop to a gradient. + Specifies the color at that the gradient stop. + Specifies the position of the stop within the gradient expressed as a percent. + Specifies the opacity of color at the gradient stop. + The index number of the stop. + + + Adds a stop to a gradient and specifies the brightness, as well as the transparency, of the color. + Specifies the color at that the gradient stop. + Specifies the position of the stop within the gradient expressed as a percent. + Specifies the opacity of color at the gradient stop. + The index number of the stop. + Specifies the brightness of the color at the gradient stop. + + + Gets a object from a collection. Read-only. + GradientStop + The name or index number of the object returned. + + + + Returns an Application object that represents the container application for the object. + Object + + + + Returns a 32-bit integer that indicates the application in which this object was created. Read-only. + Integer + + + + + + + + Reserved for internal use. + + + + + + + + + + Represents a top-level project branch, as in the Project Explorer in the Microsoft Script Editor. + + + Returns an Application object that represents the container application for the object. + + + Returns a 32-bit integer that indicates the application in which the specified object was created. + + + Returns the collection that is included in the specified HTML project. + + + Opens the specified HTML project or HTML project item in the Microsoft Script Editor in one of the views specified by the optional constants. + Optional . The view in which the specified project or project item is opened. + + + Returns the Parent object for the specified object. + + + Refreshes the specified HTML project in the Microsoft Office host application. + Optional Boolean. True if all changes are to be saved; False if all changes are to be ignored. + + + Refreshes the specified HTML project in the Microsoft Script Editor. + Optional Boolean. True if the document will be refreshed; False if the document will not be refreshed. + + + Returns the current state of an object. + + + Represents an individual project item that’s a project item branch in the Project Explorer in the Microsoft Script Editor. + + + Returns an Application object that represents the container application for the object. + + + Returns a 32-bit integer that indicates the application in which the specified object was created. + + + Determines if the specified HTML project item is open in the Microsoft Script Editor. + + + Updates the text in the Microsoft Script Editor with text from the specified file (on disk). + Required String. The fully qualified path of the text file that contains the text to be loaded. + + + Returns the name of the specified object. + + + Opens the specified HTML project or HTML project item in the Microsoft Script Editor in one of the views specified by the optional constants. + Optional . The view in which the specified project or project item is opened. + + + Returns the Parent object for the specified object. + + + Saves the specified HTML project item using a new file name. + Required String. The fully qualified path of the file to which you want to save the HTML project item. + + + Returns or sets the HTML text in the HTML editor. + + + A collection of objects that represent the HTML project items contained in the object. + + + Returns an Application object that represents the container application for the object. + + + Returns an Integer indicating the number of items in the specified collection. + + + Returns a 32-bit integer that indicates the application in which the specified object was created. + + + + Returns the object that represents a particular project in the Microsoft Script Editor. + Required Object. The name or index number of the HTML project item to be returned. + + + Returns the Parent object for the specified object. + + + Reserved for internal use. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Provides a means for developers to create a customized help experience for users within Microsoft Office. + + + Clears the default help topic previously defined in the method. + The ID of the default help topic. + + + Performs a search from the Office Help Viewer based on one or more keywords. Keywords can be a word or a phrase. + Represents the search keyword or phrase. + Optional, the namespace registered within the host application. + + + Sets a help topic as the default topic that will be displayed when the user opens a help window. + The ID of the default help topic. + + + Displays the help topic specified by its ID in the Office Help Viewer or, for help topics that ship with Office, in the Help window of the current Office application. + Optional, the ID of the help topic. + Optional, the namespace registered within the host application. + + + An object that provides the ability to manipulate blog entries. + + + Contains information about the provider. + The name of the blog provider. + Represents the name displayed in the user interface. + Represents how many categories are supported by the provider. + Specifies whether table padding is recognized. + + + This method returns the list of blog categories for an account so Microsoft Office Word can populate the categories dropdown list. + Represents the GUID of the account registry key. + Represents the HWND of the host window. + The current document. + A list of categories supported by the provider. + + + Returns the list of the user’s last fifteen blog posts that Microsoft Office Word then displays in the Open Existing Post dialog. This method does not actually return the blog post contents. + Represents the GUID of the account registry key. Blog account settings are stored in the registry at \\HKCU\Software\Microsoft\Office\Common\Blog\Account. + Contains the HWND for the window Office Word is calling from. + The current document. + Contains the titles of the last fifteen posts. + Contains the dates of the last fifteen posts. + Contains the IDs of the last fifteen posts. + + + Returns the list and details of user blogs associated with the specified account. + Represents the GUID of the account registry key. Blog account settings are stored in the registry at \\HKCU\Software\Microsoft\Office\Common\Blog\Account. + Contains the HWND for the window Microsoft Office Word is calling from. + The current document. + Contains all blog names under the current account. + Contains all blog IDs under the current account. + Contains all blog URLs under the current account. + + + Opens the blog specified by the blog ID. It is called by the Open Existing Post dialog based on the item selected by the user. + Represents the GUID of the account registry key. Blog account settings are stored in the registry at \\HKCU\Software\Microsoft\Office\Common\Blog\Account. + The ID of the post. + Contains the HWND for the window Microsoft Office Word is calling from. + Represents the xHTML of the current document. + The title of the post. + The date the entry was posted. + A list of categories supported by the provider. + + + Hands off the current post so it can be published by the provider. + Represents the GUID of the account registry key. Blog account settings are stored in the registry at \\HKCU\Software\Microsoft\Office\Common\Blog\Account. + Contains the HWND for the window Microsoft Office Word is calling from. + The current document. + Represents the xHTML of the current document. + The title of the post. + The date the entry was posted. + A list of categories supported by the provider. + Specifies whether this is a draft version of the post. + The ID of the original post if this post has been republished. + Specifies what is displayed in the publish bar. + + + Hands off the current post so it can be republished by the provider. + Represents the GUID of the account registry key. Blog account settings are stored in the registry at \\HKCU\Software\Microsoft\Office\Common\Blog\Account. + Contains the HWND for the window Microsoft Office Word is calling from. + The current document. + The ID of the original post. + Represents the xHTML of the current document. + The title of the post. + The date the entry was posted. + A list of categories supported by the provider. + Specifies whether this is a draft version of the post. + Specifies what is displayed in the publish bar. + + + Called from the Choose Account dialog when the provider’s name is chosen in the Blog Host dropdown or when the user requests to change a provider’s account in the Blog Accounts dialog box. + Represents the GUID of the account registry key. Blog account settings are stored in the registry at \\HKCU\Software\Microsoft\Office\Common\Blog\Account. + Contains the HWND for the window Microsoft Word is calling from. + The current document. + Indicates whether this is a new account. + Indicates whether Microsoft Office Word’s picture user interface needs to be displayed. + + + Represents an object that provides the ability to manipulate blog images. + + + Enables picture providers to offer themselves as an upload location for blog pictures. + The ID of the picture provider. + The friendly name of the picture provider. + + + Allows a picture provider to display the user interface needed to guide the user through setting up a picture account. + Represents the GUID of the account registry key. Blog account settings are stored in the registry at \\HKCU\Software\Microsoft\Office\Common\Blog\Account. + The ID of the provider. + Contains the HWND for the window Microsoft Office Word is calling from. + The current document. + + + Used to post a picture object to its final destination in a blog. + Represents the GUID of the account registry key. Blog account settings are stored in the registry at \\HKCU\Software\Microsoft\Office\Common\Blog\Account. + Contains the HWND for the window Microsoft Office Word is calling from. + The current document. + Represents the name of the image file. + The URI of the picture. + + + Reserved for internal use. + + + + Reserved for internal use. + + + + Reserved for internal use. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Used to create a custom task pane. + + + Creates an instance of a custom task pane. + + + + The CLSID or ProgID of a Microsoft ActiveX® object. + The title for the task pane. + The window that hosts the task pane. If not present, the parent of the task pane is the ActiveWindow property of the host application. + + + An interface that provides access to the method that is used to create an instance of a custom task pane. + + + Passes an object to a Microsoft ActiveX add-in that can then be used when creating a custom task pane. + The object is used by an add-in to create a task pane. + + + + + + + + + + + Represents the interface through which the methods of a object are accessed. + + + Performs some action on specific information items or document properties by using a custom Document Inspector module. + Specifies nn object representing the container object. + Specifies the unique identifier of the active document window. + Specifies an enumeration that indicates the status of the action. + Contains the results of the action. + + + Gets information about a custom Document Inspector module. + Represents the name of the module. + Represents the description of the module. + + + Inspects a document for specific information items or document properties by using a custom Document Inspector module. + An object representing the container document. + An value that represents the results of the inspection. + Contains a list of the information items or document properties found in the document. + Indicates to the user what action to take based on the results of the inspection. + + + + This member is for Macintosh only and should not be used. + + + This member is for Macintosh only and should not be used. + + + This member is for Macintosh only and should not be used. + + + This member is for Macintosh only and should not be used. + + + This member is for Macintosh only and should not be used. + + + This member is for Macintosh only and should not be used. + This parameter is for Macintosh only and should not be used. + + + This member is for Macintosh only and should not be used. + + + This member is for Macintosh only and should not be used. + + + This member is for Macintosh only and should not be used. + + + This member is for Macintosh only and should not be used. + + + This member is for Macintosh only and should not be used. + This parameter is for Macintosh only and should not be used. + + + This member is for Macintosh only and should not be used. + + + This member is for Macintosh only and should not be used. + + + This member is for Macintosh only and should not be used. + + + This member is for Macintosh only and should not be used. + + + This member is for Macintosh only and should not be used. + + + This member is for Macintosh only and should not be used. + This parameter is for Macintosh only and should not be used. + + + This member is for Macintosh only and should not be used. + + + This member is for Macintosh only and should not be used. + + + This member is for Macintosh only and should not be used. + + + This member is for Macintosh only and should not be used. + + + This member is for Macintosh only and should not be used. + + + This member is for Macintosh only and should not be used. + + + This member is for Macintosh only and should not be used. + + + This member is for Macintosh only and should not be used. + + + This member is for Macintosh only and should not be used. + + + This member is for Macintosh only and should not be used. + + + + This member is for Macintosh only and should not be used. + + + This member is for Macintosh only and should not be used. + + + This member is for Macintosh only and should not be used. + This parameter is for Macintosh only and should not be used. + + + Reserved for internal use. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Reserved for internal use. + + + + + Reserved for internal use. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Represents a Contact card. + + + Gets the address in a Contact card. + + + Gets the value that represents the address type for the Contact card object. + + + Gets an Application object that represents the container application for the IMsoContactCard object. + + + Gets an value that represents the type of a Contact card. + + + Gets a 32-bit integer that indicates the application in which the IMsoContactCard object was created. + + + Returns the calling object. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Gets or sets a value that indicates whether the data table changes font size when the data table size changes. Returns True, the default value, if the font size changes with data table size changes. Read/write. + Variant + + + Provides access to properties that determine visual characteristics of a data table border. Read-only. + IMsoBorder + + + + Deletes a data table. + + + Provides access to properties that determine the characteristics of the text in a data table. Read-only. + ChartFont + + + + Gets or sets a Boolean value that specifies whether the data table has a horizontal border. Read/write. + Boolean + + + Gets or sets a Boolean value that specifies whether to display a border around a data table. Read/write. + Boolean + + + Gets or sets a Boolean value that specifies whether the data table has a vertical border. Read/write. + Boolean + + + Gets the Parent object for the IMsoDataTable object. Read-only. + Object + + + Selects a IMsoDataTable object. + + + Gets or sets a Boolean value that specifies whether to display the legend with the data table. Read/write. + Boolean + + + Reserved for internal use. + + + + + + + + + + + + + Reserved for internal use. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Provides access to functionality that lets you send documents as emails directly from Microsoft Office applications. + + + Returns a collection. + + + Sets or returns the introductory text that is included with a document that is sent using the MsoEnvelope object. The introductory text is included at the top of the document in the e-mail. + + + Returns a MailItem object that can be used to send the document as an e-mail. + + + Returns the Parent object for the specified object. + + + Reserved for internal use. + + + + + A Delegate type used to add an event handler for the event. The EnvelopeHide event occurs when the user interface (UI) that corresponds to the object is hidden. + + + A Delegate type used to add an event handler for the event. The EnvelopeShow event occurs when the user interface (UI) that corresponds to the object is displayed. + + + Events interface for Microsoft Office object events. + + + Reserved for internal use. + + + Reserved for internal use. + + + Occurs when the user interface (UI) that corresponds to the object is hidden. + + + Occurs when the user interface (UI) that corresponds to the object is displayed. + + + Reserved for internal use. + + + Reserved for internal use. + + + Reserved for internal use. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Reserved for internal use. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Represents the object passed into every Ribbon user interface (UI) control's callback procedure. + + + Represents the active window containing the Ribbon user interface that triggers a callback procedure. Read-only. + Object + + + Gets the ID of the control specified in the Ribbon XML markup customization file. Read-only. + String + + + Used to store arbitrary strings and fetch them at runtime. Read-only + String + + + The interface through which the Ribbon user interface (UI) communicates with a COM add-in to customize the UI. + + + Loads the XML markup, either from an XML customization file or from XML markup embedded in the procedure, that customizes the Ribbon user interface. + String + + + The object that is returned by the onLoad procedure specified on the customUI tag. The object contains methods for invalidating control properties and for refreshing the user interface. + + + Activates the specified custom tab. + Specifies the identifier of the custom Ribbon tab to be activated. + + + Activates the specified built-in tab. + Specifies the identifier of the custom Ribbon tab to be activated. + + + Activates the specified custom tab on the Microsoft Office Fluent Ribbon UI. Uses the fully qualified name of the tab which includes the identifier and the namespace of the tab. + Specifies the identifier of the custom Ribbon tab to be activated. + Specifies the namespace of the tab element. + + + Invalidates the cached values for all of the controls of the Ribbon user interface. + + + Invalidates the cached value for a single control on the Ribbon user interface. + Specifies the ID of the control that will be invalidated. + + + Used to invalidate a built-in control. + Specified the identifier of the control that will be invalidated. + + + Returns information about the language settings in a Microsoft Office application. + + + Returns an Application object that represents the container application for the object. + + + Returns a 32-bit integer that indicates the application in which the specified object was created. + + + Returns the locale identifier (LCID) for the install language, the user interface language, or the Help language. + Required . + + + Determines if the value for the constant has been identified in the Windows Registry as a preferred language for editing. + Required . + + + Returns the Parent object for the specified object. + + + + + + + + + Returns an Application object that represents the container application for the object. + Object + + + + Returns a 32-bit integer that indicates the application in which this object was created. Read-only. + Integer + + + + + + + Returns an Application object that represents the container application for the object. + Object + + + + Returns a 32-bit integer that indicates the application in which this object was created. Read-only. + Integer + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Reserved for internal use. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Specifies the format for an e-mail message. These formats correspond to the formats supported by Microsoft Outlook for e-mail messages. + + + Plain text. + + + Hypertext Markup Language (HTML) formatting. + + + Rich Text Format (RTF) formatting. + + + Represents a collection of properties describing the metadata stored in a document. + + + Gets an Application object that represents the container application for the object. Read-only. + Object + + + Gets an Integer indicating the number of items in the collection. Read-only. + Integer + + + Gets ID of the application in which the object was created. Read-only. + Integer + + + + Gets a property's value specifying its name as opposed to its index value. + + + + Contains the name of the property. + + + Gets a object from the collection. Read-only. + + + + The name or index number of the object to be returned. + + + Gets the parent object for the object. Read-only. + Object + + + Gets the schema XML for the object. Read-only. + String + + + Validates all of the properties in a collection object according to a schema. + String + + + + Represents a single property in a collection of properties describing the metadata stored in a document. + + + Gets an Application object that represents the container application for the object. Read-only. + Object + + + Gets a 32-bit integer that indicates the application in which the object was created. Read-only. + Integer + + + Gets the ID of the object. Read-only. + String + + + Gets a Boolean value that specifies whether the meta property is read-only. Read-only. + Boolean + + + Gets a Boolean value that specifies whether the meta property is required. Read-only. + Boolean + + + Gets the name of the object. Read-only. + String + + + Gets the parent object for the object. Read-only. + Object + + + Gets the data type of the object. Read-only. + + + + + + Validates a object representing a single property value according to a schema. + String + + + + Gets or sets the value of the object. Read/write. + Object + + + Specifies the buttons to be displayed when issuing an alert to the user with the DoAlert method of the Assistant object. + + + OK button. + + + OK and Cancel buttons. + + + Abort, Retry, and Ignore buttons. + + + Yes, No, and Cancel buttons. + + + Yes and No buttons. + + + Retry and Cancel buttons. + + + Yes, Yes to All, No, and Cancel buttons. Can only be used if the varSysAlert argument of the DoAlert method is set to False. + + + Specifies behavior when the user cancels an alert. Only is currently supported. + + + Default behavior for canceling an alert. + + + Not supported. + + + Not supported. + + + Not supported. + + + Not supported. + + + Not supported. + + + Specifies which button is set as the default when calling the DoAlert method of the Assistant object. + + + Default to first button. + + + Default to second button. + + + Default to third button. + + + Default to fourth button. + + + Default to fifth button. + + + Specifies which icon, if any, to display with an alert. + + + Displays no icon with the alert message. + + + Displays the Critical icon. + + + Displays the Query icon. + + + Displays the Warning icon. + + + Displays the Info icon. + + + Defines how to align specified objects relative to one another. + + + Align left sides of specified objects. + + + Align centers of specified objects. + + + Align right sides of specified objects. + + + Align tops of specified objects. + + + Align middles of specified objects. + + + Align bottoms of specified objects. + + + Specifies the animation action for the Office Assistant. + + + "Idle" animation action. + + + "Greeting" animation action. + + + "Goodbye" animation action. + + + "Begin speaking" animation action. + + + "Rest pose" animation action. + + + "Major success" animation action. + + + Major "Get attention" animation action. + + + Minor "Get attention" animation action. + + + "Searching" animation action. Repeats until Assistant is dismissed or Animation property is reset with another animation. + + + "Printing" animation action. + + + "Gesture right" animation action. + + + "Noting something" animation action. Repeats until Assistant is dismissed or Animation property is reset with another animation. + + + "Working at something" animation action. Repeats until Assistant is dismissed or Animation property is reset with another animation. + + + "Thinking" animation action. Repeats until Assistant is dismissed or Animation property is reset with another animation. + + + "Sending mail" animation action. + + + "Listens to computer" animation action. Repeats until Assistant is dismissed or Animation property is reset with another animation. + + + "Disappear" animation action. + + + "Appear" animation action. + + + "Get artsy" animation action. + + + "Get techy" animation action. Repeats until Assistant is dismissed or Animation property is reset with another animation. + + + "Get wizardy" animation action. + + + "Checking something" animation action. Repeats until Assistant is dismissed or Animation property is reset with another animation. + + + "Look down" animation action. + + + "Look down and left" animation action. + + + "Look down and right" animation action. + + + "Look left" animation action. + + + "Look right" animation action. + + + "Look up" animation action. + + + "Look up and left" animation action. + + + "Look up and right" animation action. + + + "Saying" animation action. + + + "Gesture down" animation action. + + + "Gesture left" animation action. + + + "Gesture up" animation action. + + + "Empty trash" animation action. + + + Specifies a language setting in a Microsoft Office application. + + + Install language. + + + User interface language. + + + Help language. + + + Execution mode language. + + + User interface language used prior to the current user interface language. + + + Specifies the length of the arrowhead at the end of a line. + + + Return value only; indicates a combination of the other states in the specified shape range. + + + Short. + + + Medium. + + + Long. + + + Specifies the style of the arrowhead at the end of a line. + + + Return value only; indicates a combination of the other states. + + + No arrowhead. + + + Triangular. + + + Open. + + + Stealth-shaped. + + + Diamond-shaped. + + + Oval-shaped. + + + Specifies the width of the arrowhead at the end of a line. + + + Return value only; indicates a combination of the other states. + + + Narrow. + + + Medium. + + + Wide. + + + Specifies the security mode an application uses when programmatically opening files. + + + Enables all macros. This is the default value when the application is started. + + + Uses the security setting specified in the Security dialog box. + + + Disables all macros in all files opened programmatically, without showing any security alerts. + + + Specifies the shape type for an AutoShape object. + + + Return value only; indicates a combination of the other states. + + + Rectangle. + + + Parallelogram. + + + Trapezoid. + + + Diamond. + + + Rounded rectangle. + + + Octagon. + + + Isosceles triangle. + + + Right triangle. + + + Oval. + + + Hexagon. + + + Cross. + + + Pentagon. + + + Can. + + + Cube. + + + Bevel. + + + Folded corner. + + + Smiley face. + + + Donut. + + + "No" symbol. + + + Block arc. + + + Heart. + + + Lightning bolt. + + + Sun. + + + Moon. + + + Arc. + + + Double bracket. + + + Double brace. + + + Plaque. + + + Left bracket. + + + Right bracket. + + + Left brace. + + + Right brace. + + + Block arrow that points right. + + + Block arrow that points left. + + + Block arrow that points up. + + + Block arrow that points down. + + + Block arrow with arrowheads that point both left and right. + + + Block arrow that points up and down. + + + Block arrows that point up, down, left, and right. + + + Block arrow with arrowheads that point left, right, and up. + + + Block arrow that follows a curved 90-degree angle. + + + Block arrow forming a U shape. + + + Block arrow with arrowheads that point left and up. + + + Block arrow that follows a sharp 90-degree angle. Points up by default. + + + Block arrow that curves right. + + + Block arrow that curves left. + + + Block arrow that curves up. + + + Block arrow that curves down. + + + Block arrow that points right with stripes at the tail. + + + Notched block arrow that points right. + + + Pentagon. + + + Chevron. + + + Callout with arrow that points right. + + + Callout with arrow that points left. + + + Callout with arrow that points up. + + + Callout with arrow that points down. + + + Callout with arrowheads that point both left and right. + + + Callout with arrows that point up and down. + + + Callout with arrows that point up, down, left, and right. + + + Block arrow that follows a curved 180-degree angle. + + + Process flowchart symbol. + + + Alternate process flowchart symbol. + + + Decision flowchart symbol. + + + Data flowchart symbol. + + + Predefined process flowchart symbol. + + + Internal storage flowchart symbol. + + + Document flowchart symbol. + + + Multi-document flowchart symbol. + + + Terminator flowchart symbol. + + + Preparation flowchart symbol. + + + Manual input flowchart symbol. + + + Manual operation flowchart symbol. + + + Connector flowchart symbol. + + + Off-page connector flowchart symbol. + + + Card flowchart symbol. + + + Punched tape flowchart symbol. + + + Summing junction flowchart symbol. + + + "Or" flowchart symbol. + + + Collate flowchart symbol. + + + Sort flowchart symbol. + + + Extract flowchart symbol. + + + Merge flowchart symbol. + + + Stored data flowchart symbol. + + + Delay flowchart symbol. + + + Sequential access storage flowchart symbol. + + + Magnetic disk flowchart symbol. + + + Direct access storage flowchart symbol. + + + Display flowchart symbol. + + + Explosion. + + + Explosion. + + + 4-point star. + + + 5-point star. + + + 8-point star. + + + 16-point star. + + + 24-point star. + + + 32-point star. + + + Ribbon banner with center area above ribbon ends. + + + Ribbon banner with center area below ribbon ends. + + + Ribbon banner that curves up. + + + Ribbon banner that curves down. + + + Vertical scroll. + + + Horizontal scroll. + + + Wave. + + + Double wave. + + + Rectangular callout. + + + Rounded rectangle-shaped callout. + + + Oval-shaped callout. + + + Cloud callout. + + + Callout with border and horizontal callout line. + + + Callout with diagonal straight line. + + + Callout with angled line. + + + Callout with callout line segments forming a U-shape. + + + Callout with horizontal accent bar. + + + Callout with diagonal callout line and accent bar. + + + Callout with angled callout line and accent bar. + + + Callout with accent bar and callout line segments forming a U-shape. + + + Callout with horizontal line. + + + Callout with no border and diagonal callout line. + + + Callout with no border and angled callout line. + + + Callout with no border and callout line segments forming a U-shape. + + + Callout with border and horizontal accent bar. + + + Callout with border, diagonal straight line, and accent bar. + + + Callout with border, angled callout line, and accent bar. + + + Callout with border, accent bar, and callout line segments forming a U-shape. + + + Button with no default picture or text. Supports mouse-click and mouse-over actions. + + + Home button. Supports mouse-click and mouse-over actions. + + + Help button. Supports mouse-click and mouse-over actions. + + + Information button. Supports mouse-click and mouse-over actions. + + + Back or Previous button. Supports mouse-click and mouse-over actions. + + + Forward or Next button. Supports mouse-click and mouse-over actions. + + + Beginning button. Supports mouse-click and mouse-over actions. + + + End button. Supports mouse-click and mouse-over actions. + + + Return button. Supports mouse-click and mouse-over actions. + + + Document button. Supports mouse-click and mouse-over actions. + + + Sound button. Supports mouse-click and mouse-over actions. + + + Movie button. Supports mouse-click and mouse-over actions. + + + Balloon. + + + Not supported. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Determines the type of automatic sizing allowed. + + + A combination of automatic sizing schemes are used. + + + No autosizing. + + + The shape is adjusted to fit the text. + + + The text is adjusted to fit the shape. + + + Indicates the background style for an object. + + + Specifies a combination of styles. + + + Specifies no styles. + + + Specifies style 1. + + + Specifies style 2. + + + Specifies style 3. + + + Specifies style 4. + + + Specifies style 5. + + + Specifies style 6. + + + Specifies style 7. + + + Specifies style 8. + + + Specifies style 9. + + + Specifies style 10. + + + Specifies style 11. + + + Specifies style 12. + + + Indicates which button the user clicked in a balloon. + + + Yes to all button. + + + Options button. + + + Tips button. + + + Close button. + + + Snooze button. + + + Search button. + + + Ignore button. + + + Abort button. + + + Retry button. + + + Next button. + + + Back button. + + + No button. + + + Yes button. + + + Cancel button. + + + OK button. + + + Null button. + + + Specifies what error occurred in a balloon. + + + No error was encountered. + + + Balloon won't appear because some other error occurred, such as another modal balloon is already active. + + + Balloon is too big to appear on the screen. + + + Balloon won't appear because there is insufficient memory. + + + Balloon contains a graphic that couldn't be displayed because the file doesn't exist or because the graphic isn't a valid .BMP or .WMF file. + + + Balloon contains an unrecognized or unsupported reference. + + + The balloon you attempted to display is modal, but it contains no buttons. The balloon won't be shown because it can't be dismissed. + + + The balloon you attempted to display is modeless, contains buttons, and has no procedure assigned to the Callback property. The balloon won't be shown because a callback procedure is required for modeless balloons. + + + Balloon contains an ASCII control character other than CR or LF and less than 32. + + + Balloon could not be displayed because of a COM failure. + + + Modal balloon was requested by an application that isn't the active application. Microsoft Office renders balloons for the active (topmost) application only. + + + Balloon contains more than twenty controls (check boxes or labels). + + + Specifies the type of label used in a balloon. + + + Labeled buttons. + + + Bulleted labels. + + + Numbered labels. + + + Specifies the position or behavior of a command bar. + + + Command bar is docked on the left side of the application window. + + + Command bar is docked at the top of the application window. + + + Command bar is docked on the right side of the application window. + + + Command bar is docked at the bottom of the application window. + + + Command bar floats on top of the application window. + + + Command bar will be a shortcut menu. + + + Command bar will be a menu bar (Macintosh only). + + + Specifies how a command bar is protected from user customization. + + + All aspects of command bar can be customized by user. + + + Command bar cannot be customized. + + + Command bar cannot be resized. + + + Command bar cannot be moved. + + + Command bar cannot be hidden. + + + Docking setting cannot be changed. + + + Command bar cannot be docked to the left or right. + + + Command bar cannot be docked to the top or bottom. + + + Specifies whether a command bar is in the first row or last row relative to other command bars in the same docking area. + + + First row of docking area. + + + Last row of docking area. + + + Specifies the type of the command bar. + + + Default command bar. + + + Menu bar. + + + Shortcut menu. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Indicates the bevel type of a object. + + + Specifies a mixed type bevel. + + + Specifies no bevel. + + + Specifies a RelaxedInset bevel. + + + Specifies a Circle bevel. + + + Specifies a Slope bevel. + + + Specifies a Cross bevel. + + + Specifies an Angle bevel. + + + Specifies a SoftRound bevel. + + + Specifies a Convex bevel. + + + Specifies a CoolSlant bevel. + + + Specifies a Divot bevel. + + + Specifies a Riblet bevel. + + + Specifies a HardEdge bevel. + + + Specifies an ArtDeco bevel. + + + Specifies how a shape appears when viewed in black-and-white mode. + + + Not supported. + + + Default behavior. + + + Grayscale. + + + Light grayscale. + + + Inverse grayscale. + + + Gray with white fill. + + + White with grayscale fill. + + + Black with white fill. + + + Black. + + + White. + + + Not shown. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Specifies the type of button to be displayed at the bottom of an Office Assistant balloon. + + + No buttons. + + + OK button. + + + Cancel button. + + + OK and Cancel buttons. + + + Yes and No buttons. + + + Yes, No, and Cancel buttons. + + + Back and Close buttons. + + + Next and Close buttons. + + + Back, Next, and Close buttons. + + + Retry and Cancel buttons. + + + Abort, Retry, and Ignore buttons. + + + Search and Close buttons. + + + Back, Next, and Snooze buttons. + + + Tips, Options, and Close buttons. + + + Yes to All, No, and Cancel buttons. + + + Specifies the appearance of a command bar button control. + + + Button is not pressed down. + + + Button is pressed down. + + + Button is pressed down. + + + Specifies the style of a command bar button. + + + Default behavior. + + + Image only. + + + Text only. + + + Image and text, with text to the right of image. + + + Image with text wrapped and to the right of the image. + + + Image with text below. + + + Text only, centered and wrapped. + + + Image with text wrapped below image. + + + Reserved for internal use. + + + + + + + + + Specifies the size of the angle between the callout line and the side of the callout text box. + + + Return value only; indicates a combination of the other states. + + + Default angle. Angle can be changed as you drag the object. + + + 30˚ angle. + + + 45˚ angle. + + + 60˚ angle. + + + 90˚ angle. + + + Specifies starting position of the callout line relative to the text bounding box. + + + Return value only; indicates a combination of the other states. + + + Custom. If this value is used as the value for the PresetDrop property, the Drop and AutoAttach properties of the CalloutFormat object are used to determine where the callout line attaches to the text box. + + + Top. + + + Center. + + + Bottom. + + + Specifies the type of callout line. + + + Return value only; indicates a combination of the other states. + + + Single, horizontal callout line. + + + Single, angled callout line. + + + Callout line made up of two line segments. Callout line is attached on left side of text bounding box. + + + Callout line made up of two line segments. Callout line is attached on right side of text bounding box. + + + Specifies the character set to be used when rendering text. + + + Arabic character set. + + + Cyrillic character set. + + + English, Western European, and other Latin script character set. + + + Greek character set. + + + Hebrew character set. + + + Japanese character set. + + + Korean character set. + + + Multilingual Unicode character set. + + + Simplified Chinese character set. + + + Thai character set. + + + Traditional Chinese character set. + + + Vietnamese character set. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Specifies the color type. + + + Not supported. + + + Color is determined by values of red, green, and blue. + + + Color is defined by an application-specific scheme. + + + Color is determined by values of cyan, magenta, yellow, and black. + + + Color Management System color type. + + + Not supported. + + + Specifies whether the command bar combo box includes a label or not. + + + Combo box does not include a label. + + + Combo box includes a label, specified by the Caption property of the combo box. + + + Specifies whether the command bar button is a hyperlink. If the command bar button is a hyperlink, further specifies whether the hyperlink should launch another application such as the browser or insert a picture at the active selection point. + + + The command bar button is not a hyperlink. + + + Clicking the command bar button opens the link specified in the command bar button's TooltipText property. + + + Clicking the command bar button inserts a picture at the active selection point. + + + Defines the condition for comparison between a file and a specified property in a file search. + + + File can be any type. + + + File can be any Office file type. + + + Word document. + + + Excel workbook. + + + PowerPoint presentation. + + + Binder file. + + + Database. + + + Template. + + + Value of the file property specified in Name property of the PropertyTest object includes the value specified in the Value property of the PropertyTest object. + + + Value of the file property specified in Name property of the PropertyTest object includes the phrase specified in the value specified in the Value property of the PropertyTest object. + + + Value of the file property specified in Name property of the PropertyTest object begins with the value specified in the Value property of the PropertyTest object. + + + Value of the file property specified in Name property of the PropertyTest object ends with the value specified in the Value property of the PropertyTest object. + + + Value of the file property specified in Name property of the PropertyTest object and the value specified in the Value property of the PropertyTest object are near each other. + + + Value of the file property specified in Name property of the PropertyTest object is exactly the value specified in the Value property of the PropertyTest object. + + + Value of the file property specified in Name property of the PropertyTest object is not the value specified in the Value property of the PropertyTest object. + + + Date specified in the Name property of the PropertyTest object is yesterday. + + + Date specified in the Name property of the PropertyTest object is today. + + + Date specified in the Name property of the PropertyTest object is tomorrow. + + + Date specified in the Name property of the PropertyTest object is within the last week. + + + Date specified in the Name property of the PropertyTest object is this week. + + + Date specified in the Name property of the PropertyTest object is next week. + + + Date specified in the Name property of the PropertyTest object is within the last month. + + + Date specified in the Name property of the PropertyTest object is this month. + + + Date specified in the Name property of the PropertyTest object is next month. + + + Date specified in the Name property of the PropertyTest object can be any time. + + + Date specified in the Name property of the PropertyTest object is between the dates specified with the Value and SecondValue properties of the PropertyTest object. + + + Date specified in the Name property of the PropertyTest object is the same as the date specified in the Value property of the PropertyTest object. + + + Date specified in the Name property of the PropertyTest object is on or after the date specified in the Value property of the PropertyTest object. + + + Date specified in the Name property of the PropertyTest object is on or before the date specified in the Value property of the PropertyTest object. + + + Date specified in the Name property of the PropertyTest object is within the next time interval specified in the Value property of the PropertyTest object. + + + Date specified in the Name property of the PropertyTest object is within the last time interval specified in the Value property of the PropertyTest object. + + + Value of the file property specified in Name property of the PropertyTest object equals the value specified in the Value property of the PropertyTest object. + + + Value of the file property specified in Name property of the PropertyTest object does not equal the value specified in the Value property of the PropertyTest object. + + + Any number between values specified with the Value and SecondValue properties of the PropertyTest object. + + + Value of the file property specified in Name property of the PropertyTest object is at most the value specified in the Value property of the PropertyTest object. + + + Value of the file property specified in Name property of the PropertyTest object is at least the value specified in the Value property of the PropertyTest object. + + + Value of the file property specified in Name property of the PropertyTest object is more than the value specified in the Value property of the PropertyTest object. + + + Value of the file property specified in Name property of the PropertyTest object is less than the value specified in the Value property of the PropertyTest object. + + + Value of the file property specified in Name property of the PropertyTest object is "True". + + + Value of the file property specified in Name property of the PropertyTest object is "False". + + + Value of the file property specified in Name property of the PropertyTest object includes forms of the value specified in the Value property of the PropertyTest object. + + + Value of the file property specified in the Name property of the PropertyTest object matches the value specified in the Value property of the PropertyTest object when a FreeText search is used. + + + Outlook item. + + + Mail item. + + + Calendar item. + + + Contact item. + + + Note item. + + + Journal item. + + + Task item. + + + PhotoDraw file. + + + Data connection file. + + + Publisher file. + + + Project file. + + + Document imaging file. + + + Visio file. + + + Designer file. + + + Web page. + + + Priority equals "Low". Value of the Name property must be Priority. + + + Priority equals "Normal". Value of the Name property must be Priority. + + + Priority equals "High". Value of the Name property must be Priority. + + + Value of file property specified in the Name property of the PropertyTest object does not equal "Low". Value of the Name property must be Priority or Importance. + + + Value of file property specified in the Name property of the PropertyTest object does not equal "Normal". Value of the Name property must be Priority or Importance. + + + Value of file property specified in the Name property of the PropertyTest object does not equal "High". Value of the Name property must be Priority or Importance. + + + Status equals "Not Started". Value of the Name property must be Status. + + + Status equals "In Progress". Value of the Name property must be Status. + + + Status equals "Completed". Value of the Name property must be Status. + + + Status equals "Waiting for Someone Else". Value of the Name property must be Status. + + + Status equals "Deferred". Value of the Name property must be Status. + + + Status does not equal "Not Started". Value of the Name property must be Status. + + + Status does not equal "In Progress". Value of the Name property must be Status. + + + Status does not equal "Completed". Value of the Name property must be Status. + + + Status does not equal "Waiting for Someone Else". Value of the Name property must be Status. + + + Status does not equal "Deferred". Value of the Name property must be Status. + + + Specifies the connector between two similar property test values. + + + Combine property test values to form one property test. + + + Treat property test values as separate criteria. + + + Specifies a type of connector. + + + Return value only; indicates a combination of the other states. + + + Straight line connector. + + + Elbow connector. + + + Curved connector. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Specifies the OLE client and OLE server roles in which a command bar control is used when two Microsoft Office applications are merged. + + + Control runs on neither client nor server. + + + Server-only control. + + + Client-only control. + + + Control runs on both client and server. + + + Specifies the type of the command bar control. + + + Custom control. Cannot be created through the object model. + + + Command button. + + + Text box. + + + Drop-down list. + + + Combo box. + + + Drop-down button. Cannot be created through the object model. + + + Split drop-down list. Cannot be created through the object model. + + + OCX drop-down list. Cannot be created through the object model. + + + Generic drop-down list. Cannot be created through the object model. + + + Graphic drop-down list. Cannot be created through the object model. + + + Pop-up. + + + Graphic pop-up menu. Cannot be created through the object model. + + + Pop-up button. Cannot be created through the object model. + + + Split button pop-up. Cannot be created through the object model. + + + Most Recently Used (MRU) pop-up. Cannot be created through the object model. + + + Label. Cannot be created through the object model. + + + Expanding grid. Cannot be created through the object model. + + + Split expanding grid. Cannot be created through the object model. + + + Grid. Cannot be created through the object model. + + + Gauge control. Cannot be created through the object model. + + + Graphic combo box. Cannot be created through the object model. + + + Pane. Cannot be created through the object model. + + + ActiveX control. + + + Spinner. Cannot be created through the object model. + + + Extended label. Cannot be created through the object model. + + + Work pane. Cannot be created through the object model. + + + Combo box in which the first matching choice is automatically filled in as the user types. Cannot be created through the object model. + + + Specifies the docking behavior of the custom task pane. + + + Dock the task pane on the left side of the document window. + + + Dock the task pane at the top of the document window. + + + Dock the task pane on the right side of the document window. + + + Dock the task pane at the bottom of the document window. + + + Don't dock the task pane. + + + Specifies retrictions on the docking behavior of the custom task pane. + + + No restrictions on docking the task pane. + + + There is no change from the current restriction setting for the task pane. + + + Task pane can't be docked to either the right or the left side of the document window. + + + Task pane can't be docked to either the top or the bottom of the document window. + + + Specifies the node type. + + + The node is an element. + + + The node is an attribute. + + + The node is a text node. + + + The node is a CData type. + + + The node is a processing instruction. + + + The node is a comment. + + + The node is a Document node. + + + Indicates how validation errors will be cleared or generated. + + + Specifies that where there is a non-empty schema collection available for the custom XML part and validation is in effect, any changes to the part will cause validation errors. + + + Specifies that the error will clear itself whenever any change is made to the node it is bound to. + + + Specifies that the error will not be cleared until the method is called. + + + Specifies the format of a date/time data type. + + + Specifies a mixed format. + + + Specifies a Mdyy format. + + + Specifies a ddddMMMMddyyyy format. + + + Specifies MMMMyyyy format. + + + Specifies a MMMMdyyyy format. + + + Specifies MMMyy format. + + + Specifies a MMMMyy format. + + + Specifies a MMyy format. + + + Specifies a MMddyyHmm format. + + + Specifies a MMddyyhmmAMPM format. + + + Specifies Hmm format. + + + Specifies a Hmmss format. + + + Specifies a hmmAMPM format. + + + Specifies a hmmssAMPM format. + + + Specifies that the Office application will determine the format. + + + Reserved for internal use. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Specifies type of diagram node. + + + Diagram node is a subordinate of its parent. + + + Diagram node is an assistant to its parent. + + + Specifies the type of diagram. + + + Return value only; indicates a combination of the other states. + + + Organization chart diagram. + + + Cycle diagram. + + + Radial diagram. + + + Pyramid diagram. + + + Venn diagram. + + + Target diagram. + + + Specifies how to evenly distribute a collection of shapes. + + + Distribute horizontally. + + + Distribute vertically. + + + Represents the results of running a Document Inspector module. + + + Indicates that the Document Inspector module returned no issues or errors. + + + Indicates that the Document Inspector module found one or more occurrences of the search criteria. + + + Indicates that the Document Inspector module returned an error. + + + Specifies the data type for a document property. + + + Integer value. + + + Boolean value. + + + Date value. + + + String value. + + + Floating point value. + + + Specifies the editing type of a node. + + + Editing type is appropriate to the segments being connected. + + + Corner node. + + + Smooth node. + + + Symmetric node. + + + Specifies the document encoding (code page or character set) for the Web browser to use when a user views a saved document. + + + Thai. + + + Japanese (Shift-JIS). + + + Simplified Chinese GBK. + + + Korean. + + + Traditional Chinese Big 5. + + + Unicode little endian. + + + Unicode big endian. + + + Central European. + + + Cyrillic. + + + Western. + + + Greek. + + + Turkish. + + + Hebrew. + + + Arabic. + + + Baltic. + + + Vietnamese. + + + Web browser auto-detects type of encoding to use. + + + Web browser auto-detects type of Japanese encoding to use. + + + Web browser auto-detects type of Simplified Chinese encoding to use. + + + Web browser auto-detects type of Korean encoding to use. + + + Web browser auto-detects type of Traditional Chinese encoding to use. + + + Web browser auto-detects type of Cyrillic encoding to use. + + + Web browser auto-detects type of Greek encoding to use. + + + Web browser auto-detects type of Arabic encoding to use. + + + ISO 8859-1 Latin 1. + + + ISO 8859-2 Central Europe. + + + ISO 8859-3 Latin 3. + + + ISO 8859-4 Baltic. + + + ISO 8859-5 Cyrillic. + + + ISA 8859-6 Arabic. + + + ISO 8859-7 Greek. + + + ISO 8859-8 Hebrew. + + + ISO 8859-9 Turkish. + + + ISO 8859-15 with Latin 9. + + + ISO 8859-8 Hebrew (Logical). + + + ISO 2022-JP with no half-width Katakana. + + + ISO 2022-JP + + + ISO 2022-JP + + + ISO 2022-KR. + + + ISO 2022-CN encoding as used with Traditional Chinese. + + + ISO 2022-CN encoding as used with Simplified Chinese. + + + Macintosh Roman. + + + Macintosh Japanese. + + + Macintosh Traditional Chinese (Big 5). + + + Macintosh Korean. + + + Macintosh Arabic. + + + Macintosh Hebrew. + + + Macintosh Greek. + + + Macintosh Cyrillic. + + + Macintosh Simplified Chinese (GB 2312). + + + Macintosh Romanian. + + + Macintosh Ukrainian. + + + Macintosh Latin 2. + + + Macintosh Icelandic. + + + Macintosh Turkish. + + + Macintosh Croatian. + + + EBCDIC as used in the United States and Canada. + + + International EBCDIC. + + + EBCDIC Multilingual ROECE (Latin 2). + + + EBCDIC as used in the Modern Greek language. + + + EBCDIC as used with Turkish (Latin 5). + + + EBCDIC as used in Germany. + + + EBCDIC as used in Denmark and Norway. + + + EBCDIC as used in Finland and Sweden. + + + EBCDIC as used in Italy. + + + EBCDIC as used in Latin America and Spain. + + + EBCDIC as used in the United Kingdom. + + + EBCDIC as used with Japanese Katakana (extended). + + + EBCDIC as used in France. + + + Extended Binary Coded Decimal Interchange Code (EBCDIC) Arabic. + + + EBCDIC as used in the Greek language. + + + EBCDIC as used in the Hebrew language. + + + EBCDIC as used with Korean (extended). + + + EBCDIC as used with Thai. + + + EBCDIC as used in Iceland. + + + EBCDIC as used with Turkish. + + + EBCDIC as used with Russian. + + + EBCDIC as used with Serbian and Bulgarian. + + + EBCDIC as used with Japanese Katakana (extended) and Japanese. + + + EBCDIC as used in the United States and Canada, and with Japanese. + + + EBCDIC as used with Korean (extended) and Korean. + + + EBCDIC as used with Simplified Chinese (extended) and Simplified Chinese. + + + EBCDIC as used in the United States and Canada, and with Traditional Chinese. + + + EBCDIC as used with Japanese Latin (extended) and Japanese. + + + OEM as used in the United States. + + + OEM as used with Greek 437G. + + + OEM as used with Baltic. + + + OEM as used with multi-lingual Latin I. + + + OEM as used with multi-lingual Latin II. + + + OEM as used with Cyrillic. + + + OEM as used with Turkish. + + + OEM as used with Portuguese. + + + OEM as used with Icelandic. + + + OEM as used with Hebrew. + + + OEM as used with Canadian French. + + + OEM as used with Arabic. + + + OEM as used with Nordic languages. + + + OEM as used with Cyrillic II. + + + OEM as used with Modern Greek. + + + EUC as used with Japanese. + + + Extended Unix Code (EUC) as used with Chinese and Simplified Chinese. + + + EUC as used with Korean. + + + EUC as used with Taiwanese and Traditional Chinese. + + + ISCII as used with Devanagari. + + + ISCII as used with Bengali. + + + ISCII as used with Tamil. + + + ISCII as used with Telugu. + + + Indian Script Code for Information Interchange (ISCII) as used with Assamese. + + + ISCII as used with Oriya. + + + ISCII as used with Kannada. + + + ISCII as used with Malayalam. + + + ISCII as used with Gujarati. + + + ISCII as used with Punjabi. + + + Arabic ASMO. + + + Transparent Arabic. + + + Korean (Johab). + + + Taiwan CNS. + + + Taiwan TCA. + + + Taiwan Eten. + + + Taiwan IBM 5550. + + + Taiwan Teletext. + + + Taiwan Wang. + + + IA5, International Reference Version (IRV). + + + German (International Alphabet No. 5, or IA5). + + + IA5 as used with Swedish. + + + IA5 as used with Norwegian. + + + United States ASCII. + + + T61. + + + ISO 6937 Non-Spacing Accent. + + + KOI8-R. + + + Extended Alpha lowercase. + + + K0I8-U. + + + Europa. + + + Simplified Chinese (HZGB). + + + Simplified Chinese GB 18030. + + + UTF-7 encoding. + + + UTF-8 encoding. + + + Provides access to functionality that lets you send documents as emails directly from Microsoft Office applications. + + + Reserved for internal use. + + + + + + + + + + + + + Specifies how to use the value specified in the ExtraInfo property of the FollowHyperlink method. + + + The value specified in the ExtraInfo property is a string that is appended to the address. + + + The value specified in the ExtraInfo property is posted as a string or byte array. + + + Specifies whether the extrusion color is based on the extruded shape's fill (the front face of the extrusion) and automatically changes when the shape's fill changes, or whether the extrusion color is independent of the shape's fill. + + + Return value only; indicates a combination of the other states. + + + Extrusion color is based on shape fill. + + + Extrusion color is independent of shape fill. + + + Specifies the language to use to determine which line break level is used when the line break control option is turned on. + + + Japanese. + + + Korean. + + + Simplified Chinese. + + + Traditional Chinese. + + + Specifies how the application handles calls to methods and properties that require features not yet installed. + + + Generates a generic automation error at run time when uninstalled features are called. + + + Prompts the user to install new features. + + + Displays a progress meter during installation; does not prompt the user to install new features. + + + Specifies the type of a FileDialog object. + + + Open dialog box. + + + Save As dialog box. + + + File picker dialog box. + + + Folder picker dialog box. + + + Specifies the view presented to the user in a file dialog box. + + + Files displayed in a list without details. + + + Files displayed in a list with detail information. + + + Files displayed in a list with a pane showing the selected file's properties. + + + Files displayed in a list with a preview pane showing the selected file. + + + Files displayed as thumbnails. + + + Files displayed as large icons. + + + Files displayed as small icons. + + + Files displayed in Web view. + + + Files displayed as tiled icons. + + + This enumeration applies to the Macintosh only and should not be used. + + + This member is for Macintosh only and should not be used. + + + This member is for Macintosh only and should not be used. + + + This enumeration applies to the Macintosh only and should not be used. + + + This member is for Macintosh only and should not be used. + + + This member is for Macintosh only and should not be used. + + + This member is for Macintosh only and should not be used. + + + This enumeration applies to the Macintosh only and should not be used. + + + This member is for Macintosh only and should not be used. + + + This member is for Macintosh only and should not be used. + + + This member is for Macintosh only and should not be used. + + + This member is for Macintosh only and should not be used. + + + This member is for Macintosh only and should not be used. + + + This member is for Macintosh only and should not be used. + + + This member is for Macintosh only and should not be used. + + + Specifies view to use for a file find process. + + + View file information. + + + View preview of file. + + + View summary information. + + + Specifies action to take when a user clicks an item in the task pane. + + + Edit file. + + + Create a new file. + + + Open file. + + + Specifies the task pane section to which to add a file or where the file reference exists. + + + Open Document section. + + + New section. + + + New from Existing File section. + + + New from Template section. + + + Bottom section. + + + Specifies a type of file. + + + All files. + + + Files with any of the following extensions: *.doc, *.xls, *.ppt, *.pps, *.obd, *.mdb, *.mpd, *.dot, *.xlt, *.pot, *.obt, *.htm, or *.html. + + + Microsoft Word document file (*.doc). + + + Microsoft Excel workbook (*.wbk). + + + PowerPoint presentation file (*.ppt), PowerPoint template file (*.pot), or PowerPoint slide show file (*.pps). + + + Microsoft Binder file (*.obd). + + + Database file (*.mdb). + + + Microsoft PowerPoint template (*.pot), Word template (*.dot), Excel template (*.xlt). + + + Any Microsoft Outlook item file. + + + Mail item file (*.msg). + + + Calendar item file (*.ics or *.vsc). + + + Contact item file (*.vcf). + + + Microsoft Outlook Note item. + + + Microsoft Outlook Journal item + + + Microsoft Outlook task item. + + + PhotoDraw item file (*.mix). + + + Data connection file (*.mdf). + + + Microsoft Publisher file (*.pub) + + + Project file (*.mpd). + + + Microsoft Document Imaging file (*.mdi). + + + Microsoft Visio file (*.vsd). + + + Visual Basic Active Designer file (*.dsr). + + + HTML file (*.htm or *.html). + + + + + + + + + + Specifies a shape's fill type. + + + Mixed fill. + + + Solid fill. + + + Patterned fill. + + + Gradient fill. + + + Textured fill. + + + Fill is the same as the background. + + + Picture fill. + + + Specifies how the Column and CompareTo properties are compared for an ODSOFilter object. + + + Column matches CompareTo if the CompareTo value is the same as the Column value. + + + Column matches CompareTo if the CompareTo value is not equal to the Column value. + + + Column matches CompareTo if the Column value is less than the CompareTo value. + + + Column matches CompareTo if the Column value is greater than the CompareTo value. + + + Column matches CompareTo if the Column value is less than or equal to the CompareTo value. + + + Column matches CompareTo if the Column value is greater than or equal to the CompareTo value. + + + Column passes filter if Column is blank. + + + Column passes filter if Column is blank. + + + Column matches CompareTo if any part of the CompareTo string is contained in the Column value. + + + Column matches CompareTo if any part of the CompareTo string is not contained in the Column value. + + + Specifies how a filter criterion relates to other filter criteria. + + + And conjunction. + + + Or conjunction. + + + Specifies whether a shape should be flipped horizontally or vertically. + + + Flip horizontally. + + + Flip vertically. + + + Represents one of the three language fonts contained in the collection + + + Represents the Latin font face. + + + Represents the font face for Complex Script languages. The Complex Script language collection supports Arabic, Georgian, Hebrew, Indian, Thai and Vietnamese alphabets. + + + Represents the East Asian font face. East Asian Languages include Simplified Chinese, Traditional Chinese, Japanese, and Korean. + + + Specifies the type of gradient used in a shape's fill. + + + Mixed gradient. + + + One-color gradient. + + + Two-color gradient. + + + Gradient colors set according to a built-in gradient of the set defined by the msoPresetGradientType constant. + + + + + + Specifies the style for a gradient fill. + + + Gradient is mixed. + + + Gradient running horizontally across the shape. + + + Gradient running vertically down the shape. + + + Diagonal gradient moving from a bottom corner up to the opposite corner. + + + Diagonal gradient moving from a top corner down to the opposite corner. + + + Gradient running from a corner to the other three corners. + + + Gradient running from the title outward. + + + Gradient running from the center out to the corners. + + + Specifies the horizontal alignment of text in a text frame. + + + Return value only; indicates a combination of the other states. + + + No alignment. + + + Text is centered horizontally. + + + Specifies the view in which an HTML project or project item is opened. + + + Open project in source view. + + + Open project in text view. + + + Specifies the current state of an HTMLProject object. + + + Document is locked. In a Microsoft Office host application or Microsoft Script Editor, indicates that the Refresh toolbar is displayed in the host application. + + + Project is locked. In the Microsoft Script Editor, indicates that the Refresh toolbar is displayed. + + + Document is unlocked. In a Microsoft Office host application or Microsoft Script Editor, indicates that the Refresh toolbar is not displayed at all. + + + Specifies the type of hyperlink. + + + Hyperlink applies to a Range object. + + + Hyperlink applies to a Shape object. + + + Hyperlink applies to an inline shape. Used only with Microsoft Word. + + + Specifies an icon type to show in a Balloon object. + + + No icon. + + + Alert icon. + + + Tip icon. + + + Information alert icon. + + + Warning alert icon. + + + Query alert icon. + + + Critical alert icon. + + + + + + + + + + + + + Specifies which language to use. + + + Mixed languages. + + + No language specified. + + + No proofing requested. + + + Afrikaans. + + + Albanian. + + + Amharic. + + + Arabic as spoken in Algeria. + + + Arabic as spoken in Bahrain. + + + Arabic as spoken in Egypt. + + + Arabic as spoken in Iraq. + + + Arabic as spoken in Jordan. + + + Arabic as spoken in Kuwait. + + + Arabic as spoken in Lebanon. + + + Arabic as spoken in Libya. + + + Arabic as spoken in Morocco. + + + Arabic as spoken in Oman. + + + Arabic as spoken in Qatar. + + + Arabic. + + + Arabic as spoken in Syria. + + + Arabic as spoken in Tunisia. + + + Arabic as spoken in the United Arab Emirates. + + + Arabic as spoken in Yemen. + + + Armenian. + + + Assamese. + + + Azeri-Cyrillic. + + + Azeri-Latin. + + + Basque (Basque). + + + Belarusian. + + + Bengali. + + + Bosnian. + + + The Bosnian Bosnia Herzegovina Cyrillic language. + + + The Bosnian Bosnia Herzegovina Latin language. + + + Bulgarian. + + + Burmese. + + + Catalan. + + + Chinese as spoken in Hong Kong SAR. + + + Chinese as spoken in Macao SAR. + + + Simplified Chinese. + + + Chinese as spoken in Singapore. + + + Traditional Chinese. + + + Cherokee. + + + Croatian. + + + Czech. + + + Danish. + + + Divehi. + + + Belgian Dutch. + + + Dutch. + + + Dzongkha as spoken in Bhutan. + + + Edo. + + + English as spoken in Australia. + + + English as spoken in Belize. + + + English as spoken in Canada. + + + English as spoken in the Caribbean. + + + English as spoken in Indonesia. + + + English as spoken in Ireland. + + + English as spoken in Jamaica. + + + English as spoken in New Zealand. + + + English as spoken in the Philippines. + + + English as spoken in South Africa. + + + English as spoken in Trinidad and Tobago. + + + English as spoken in the United Kingdom. + + + English as spoken in the United States. + + + English as spoken in Zimbabwe. + + + Estonian. + + + Faeroese. + + + Farsi. + + + Filipina. + + + Finnish. + + + Belgian French. + + + French as spoken in Cameroon. + + + French as spoken in Canada. + + + French as spoken in Cote d'Ivoire. + + + French. + + + French as spoken in Haiti. + + + French as spoken in Luxembourg. + + + French as spoken in Mali. + + + French as spoken in Monaco. + + + French as spoken in Morocco. + + + French as spoken in French Reunion Island. + + + French as spoken in Senegal. + + + French as spoken in Switzerland. + + + French as spoken in the West Indies. + + + French as spoken in Zaire. + + + The French Congo DRC language. + + + French as spoken in the Netherlands. + + + Fulfulde. + + + Gaelic as spoken in Ireland. + + + Gaelic as spoken in Scotland. + + + Galician. + + + Georgian. + + + German as spoken in Austria. + + + German. + + + German as spoken in Liechtenstein. + + + German as spoken in Luxembourg. + + + German as spoken in Switzerland. + + + Greek. + + + Guarani. + + + Gujarati. + + + Hausa. + + + Hawaiian. + + + Hebrew. + + + Hindi. + + + Hungarian. + + + Ibibio. + + + Icelandic. + + + Igbo. + + + Indonesian. + + + Inuktitut. + + + Italian. + + + Italian as spoken in Switzerland. + + + Japanese. + + + Kannada. + + + Kanuri. + + + Kashmiri. + + + Kashmiri in Devanagari script. + + + Kazakh. + + + Khmer. + + + Kirghiz. + + + Konkani. + + + Korean. + + + Kyrgyz. + + + Latin. + + + Lao. + + + Latvian. + + + Lithuanian. + + + Macedonian. + + + Macedonian FYROM language. + + + Malaysian. + + + Malay as spoken in Brunei Darussalam. + + + Malayalam. + + + Maltese. + + + Manipuri. + + + Maori. + + + Marathi. + + + Mongolian. + + + Nepali. + + + Bokmol as spoken in Norway. + + + Nynorsk as spoken in Norway. + + + Oriya. + + + Oromo. + + + Pashto. + + + Polish. + + + Brazilian Portuguese. + + + Portuguese. + + + Punjabi. + + + Quechua as spoken in Bolivia. + + + Quechua as spoken in Ecuador. + + + Quechua as spoken in Peru. + + + Rhaeto-Romanic. + + + Romanian as spoken in Moldova. + + + Romanian. + + + Russian as spoken in Moldova. + + + Russian. + + + Sami/Lappish. + + + Sanskrit. + + + Sepedi. + + + The Serbian Bosnia Herzegovina Cyrillic language. + + + The Serbian Bosnia Herzegovina Latin language. + + + Serbian/Cyrillic. + + + Serbian/Latin. + + + Sesotho. + + + Sindhi. + + + Sindhi as spoken in Pakistan. + + + Sinhalese. + + + Slovak. + + + Slovenian. + + + Somali. + + + Sorbian. + + + Spanish as spoken in Argentina. + + + Spanish as spoken in Bolivia. + + + Spanish as spoken in Chile. + + + Spanish as spoken in Colombia. + + + Spanish as spoken in Costa Rica. + + + Spanish as spoken in the Dominican Republic. + + + Spanish as spoken in Ecuador. + + + Spanish as spoken in El Salvador. + + + Spanish as spoken in Guatemala. + + + Spanish as spoken in Honduras. + + + Spanish as spoken in Mexico. + + + Spanish as spoken in Nicaragua. + + + Spanish as spoken in Panama. + + + Spanish as spoken in Paraguay. + + + Spanish as spoken in Peru. + + + Spanish as spoken in Puerto Rico. + + + Spanish (Modern Sort). + + + Spanish. + + + Spanish as spoken in Uruguay. + + + Spanish as spoken in Venezuela. + + + Sutu. + + + Swahili. + + + Swedish as spoken in Finland. + + + Swedish. + + + Syriac. + + + Tajik. + + + Tamil. + + + Tamazight. + + + Tamazight (Latin). + + + Tatar. + + + Telugu. + + + Thai. + + + Tibetan. + + + Tigrigna as spoken in Ethiopia. + + + Tigrigna as spoken in Eritrea. + + + Tsonga. + + + Tswana. + + + Turkish. + + + Turkmen. + + + Ukrainian. + + + Urdu. + + + Uzbek (Cyrillic). + + + Uzbek (Latin). + + + Venda. + + + Vietnamese. + + + Welsh. + + + Xhosa. + + + Yi. + + + Yiddish. + + + Yoruba. + + + Zulu. + + + Reserved for internal use. + + + + + + + + + + + + Specifies the period of time to filter files by the date last modified. Used with the LastModified property of the FileSearch object. + + + File last modified yesterday. + + + File last modified today. + + + File last modified last week. + + + File last modified this week. + + + File last modified last month. + + + File last modified this month. + + + File last modified any time. + + + Indicates the effects lighting for an object. + + + Specifies the Mixed effect. + + + Specifies the LegacyFlat1 effect. + + + Specifies the LegacyFlat2 effect. + + + Specifies the LegacyFlat3 effect. + + + Specifies the LegacyFlat4 effect. + + + Specifies the LegacyNormal1 effect. + + + Specifies the LegacyNormal2 effect. + + + Specifies the LegacyNormal3 effect. + + + Specifies the LegacyNormal4 effect. + + + Specifies the LegacyHarsh1 effect. + + + Specifies the LegacyHarsh2 effect. + + + Specifies the LegacyHarsh3 effect. + + + Specifies the LegacyHarsh4 effect. + + + Specifies the ThreePoint effect. + + + Specifies the Balanced effect. + + + Specifies the Soft effect. + + + Specifies the Harsh effect. + + + Specifies the Flood effect. + + + Specifies the Contrasting effect. + + + Specifies the Morning effect. + + + Specifies the Sunrise effect. + + + Specifies the Sunset effect. + + + Specifies the Chilly effect. + + + Specifies the Freezing effect. + + + Specifies the Flat effect. + + + Specifies the TwoPoint effect. + + + Specifies the Glow effect. + + + Specifies the BrightRoom effect. + + + Specifies the dash style for a line. + + + Not supported. + + + Line is solid. + + + Line is made up of square dots. + + + Line is made up of round dots. + + + Line consists of dashes only. + + + Line is a dash-dot pattern. + + + Line is a dash-dot-dot pattern. + + + Line consists of long dashes. + + + Line is a long dash-dot pattern. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Specifies the style for a line. + + + Not supported. + + + Single line. + + + Two thin lines. + + + Thick line next to thin line. For horizontal lines, thick line is below thin line. For vertical lines, thick line is to the right of the thin line. + + + Thick line next to thin line. For horizontal lines, thick line is above thin line. For vertical lines, thick line is to the left of the thin line. + + + Thick line with a thin line on each side. + + + Specifies animation style for Microsoft Office command bars. + + + No animation. + + + Random animation. + + + Menus unfold into view. + + + Menus slide into view. + + + Specifies the metadata property type. + + + Represents an unknown value. + + + Represents a Boolean value. + + + Represents a value from one or more choices. + + + Represents a calculated value. + + + Represents a computed value. + + + Represents a Currency value + + + Represents a DateTime value. + + + Represents a value from two or more choices that is written-in by the user. + + + Represents a GUID value. + + + Represents an Integer value. + + + Represents a value used to lookup another value. + + + Represents a collection of choices used to lookup another value. + + + Represents a collection of choices. + + + Represents a collection of choices that require the user to write-in a value. + + + Represents a value of one or more sentences. + + + Represents a generic number data type. + + + Represents a Text value. + + + Represents a URL. + + + Represents a category of user. + + + + + + + + + + + + Represents the maximum value for a range. + + + This enumeration has been deprecated and should not be used. + + + Internal use only. + + + Internal use only. + + + Specifies the mode type for a Balloon object. + + + Modal. User must dismiss balloon before continuing work. + + + Auto-down. Balloon is dismissed when user clicks anywhere on the screen. + + + Modeless. User can work in application while balloon is displayed. + + + This enumeration has been deprecated and should not be used. + + + Internal use only. + + + Internal use only. + + + Internal use only. + + + Internal use only. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Specifies the menu group that a command bar pop-up control belongs to when the menu groups of the OLE server are merged with the menu groups of an OLE client (that is, when an object of the container application type is embedded in another application). + + + Pop-up control is not merged. + + + File menu. + + + Edit menu. + + + Container menu. + + + Object menu. + + + Window menu. + + + Help menu. + + + Indicates how to format the child nodes in an organization chart. + + + Return value for a parent node that has children formatted using more than one MsoOrgChartLayoutType. + + + Places child nodes horizontally below the parent node. + + + Places child nodes vertically below the parent node on both the left and the right side. + + + Places child nodes vertically below the parent node on the left side. + + + Places child nodes vertically below the parent node on the right side. + + + + + + Specifies orientation of an organization chart. + + + Mixed orientation. + + + Vertical orientation. + + + Specifies orientation of an object when it is displayed or printed. + + + Mixed orientation. + + + Horizontal (landscape) orientation. + + + Vertical (portrait) orientation. + + + Specifies paragraph alignment for a text block. + + + Use a combination of alignment styles. + + + Specifies that the leftmost character of each line is aligned to the left margin, and the right edge of each line is ragged. This is the default alignment for paragraphs with left-to-right text direction. + + + + Specifies that the center of each line of text is aligned to the midpoint of the right and left text box margins, and the left and right edges of each line are ragged. + + + Specifies that the rightmost character of each line is aligned to the right margin, and the left edge of each line is ragged. This is the default alignment for paragraphs with right-to-left text direction. + + + Specifies that the first and last characters of each line (except the last) are aligned to the left and right margins, and lines are filled by adding or subtracting space between and within words. The last line of the paragraph is aligned to the left margin if text direction is left-to-right, or to the right margin if text direction is right-to-left. + + + + Specifies that the first and last characters of each line (except the last) are aligned to the left and right margins, and lines are filled by adding or subtracting the same amount from each character. The last line of the paragraph is aligned to the left margin if text direction is left-to-right, or to the right margin if text direction is right-to-left. + + + Specifies that the first and last characters of each line (except the last) are aligned to the left and right margins, and lines are filled by adding or subtracting space between (but not within) words. The last line of the paragraph is aligned to the left margin. + + + Specifies the alignment or adjustment of kashida length in Arabic text. Kashida are special characters used to extend the joiner between two Arabic characters. + + + Specifies the format of a file or folder path. + + + Represents a mixed format. + + + Represents no format. + + + Represents the Type1 format. + + + Represents the Type2 format. + + + Represents the Type3 format. + + + Represents the Type4 format. + + + Specifies the fill pattern used in a shape. + + + Not supported. + + + 5% of the foreground color. + + + 10% of the foreground color. + + + 20% of the foreground color. + + + 25% of the foreground color. + + + 30% of the foreground color. + + + 40% of the foreground color. + + + 50% of the foreground color. + + + 60% of the foreground color. + + + 70% of the foreground color. + + + 75% of the foreground color. + + + 80% of the foreground color. + + + 90% of the foreground color. + + + Thick horizontal lines in the foreground color. + + + Thick vertical lines in the foreground color. + + + Thick lines in the foreground color running from the top to the right-hand side of the shape. + + + Thick lines in the foreground color running from the top to the left-hand side of the shape. + + + Small squares in alternating foreground/background colors. + + + Trellis pattern in the foreground color. + + + Thin horizontal lines in the foreground color. + + + Thin vertical lines in the foreground color. + + + Thin lines in the foreground color running from the top to the right-hand side of the shape. + + + Thin lines in the foreground color running from the top to the left-hand side of the shape. + + + Solid, closely spaced perpendicular lines in the foreground color running horizontally and vertically to form grid lines across the shape. + + + Dotted perpendicular lines in the foreground color running diagonally to form diamonds across the shape. + + + Widely spaced lines in the foreground color running from the top to the right-hand side of the shape. + + + Widely spaced lines in the foreground color running from the top to the left-hand side of the shape. + + + Dashed lines in the foreground color running from the top to the left-hand side of the shape. + + + Dashed lines in the foreground color running from the top to the right-hand side of the shape. + + + Narrowly spaced vertical lines in the foreground color. + + + Narrowly spaced horizontal lines in the foreground color. + + + Dashed vertical lines in the foreground color. + + + Dashed horizontal lines in the foreground color. + + + Large dots in the foreground color scattered across the shape. + + + Solid, widely spaced perpendicular lines in the foreground color running horizontally and vertically to form grid lines across the shape. + + + Rectangular brick pattern running horizontally across the shape. + + + Squares in alternating foreground/background colors. + + + Small dots in the foreground color scattered across the shape. + + + Zigzag lines running horizontally across the shape. + + + Diamond shapes in alternating foreground/background colors. + + + Rectangular brick pattern running diagonally across the shape. + + + Solid perpendicular lines in the foreground color running diagonally to form diamonds across the shape. + + + Very thick solid lines in the foreground color running vertically, coupled with very thick lines and 40% of the foreground color running horizontally. + + + Circles that use foreground and background colors to make them appear three-dimensional, oriented in rows across the shape. + + + Weave pattern in the foreground color running diagonally across the shape. + + + Dotted perpendicular lines in the foreground color running horizontally and vertically to form grid lines across the shape. + + + Small angled shapes in the foreground color running in alternating rows down the shape. + + + Overlapping curved rectangles running diagonally across the shape. + + + Wavy lines in the foreground color. + + + Horizontal + + + Vertical + + + Cross + + + Downward Diagonal + + + Upward Diagonal + + + Diagonal Cross + + + Specifies an Information Rights Management (IRM) permission type for a document. + + + Permission to view. + + + Permission to read. + + + Permission to edit. + + + Permission to save. + + + Permission to extract. + + + Permission to change. + + + Permission to print. + + + Permission to access the object model programmatically. + + + Full control permissions. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Specifies the color transformation applied to a picture. + + + Mixed transformation. + + + Default color transformation. + + + Grayscale transformation. + + + Black-and-white transformation. + + + Watermark transformation. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Indicates the effects camera type used by the specified object. + + + Specifies a mixed effect. + + + Specifies Legacy Oblique Upper Left. + + + Specifies Legacy Oblique Top. + + + Specifies Legacy Oblique Upper Right. + + + Specifies Legacy Oblique Left. + + + Specifies Legacy Oblique Front. + + + Specifies Legacy Oblique Right. + + + Specifies Legacy Oblique Lower Left. + + + Specifies Legacy Oblique Bottom. + + + Specifies Legacy Oblique Lower Right. + + + Specifies Legacy Perspective Upper Left. + + + Specifies Legacy Perspective Top. + + + Specifies Legacy Perspective Upper Right. + + + Specifies Legacy Perspective Left. + + + Specifies Legacy Perspective Front. + + + Specifies Legacy Perspective Right. + + + Specifies Legacy Perspective Lower Left. + + + Specifies Legacy Perspective Bottom. + + + Specifies Legacy Perspective Lower Right. + + + Specifies Orthographic Front. + + + Specifies Isometric Top Up. + + + Specifies Isometric Top Down. + + + Specifies Isometric Bottom Up. + + + Specifies Isometric Bottom Down. + + + Specifies Isometric Left Up. + + + Specifies Isometric Left Down. + + + Specifies Isometric Right Up. + + + Specifies Isometric Right Down. + + + Specifies Isometric OffAxis1 Left. + + + Specifies Isometric OffAxis1 Right. + + + Specifies Isometric OffAxis1 Top. + + + Specifies Isometric OffAxis2 Left. + + + Specifies Isometric OffAxis2 Right. + + + Specifies Isometric OffAxis2 Top. + + + Specifies Isometric OffAxis3 Left. + + + Specifies Isometric OffAxis3 Right. + + + Specifies Isometric OffAxis3 Bottom. + + + Specifies Isometric OffAxis4 Left. + + + Specifies Isometric OffAxis4 Right. + + + Specifies Isometric OffAxis4 Bottom. + + + Specifies Oblique Upper Left. + + + Specifies Oblique Top. + + + Specifies Oblique Upper Right. + + + Specifies Oblique Left. + + + Specifies Oblique Right. + + + Specifies Oblique Lower Left. + + + Specifies Oblique Bottom. + + + Specifies Oblique Lower Right. + + + Specifies Perspective Front. + + + Specifies Perspective Left. + + + Specifies Perspective Right. + + + Specifies Perspective Above. + + + Specifies Perspective Below. + + + Specifies Perspective Above Left Facing. + + + Specifies Perspective Above Right Facing. + + + Specifies Perspective Contrasting Left Facing. + + + Specifies Perspective Contrasting Right Facing. + + + Specifies Perspective Heroic Left Facing. + + + Specifies Perspective Heroic Right Facing. + + + Specifies Perspective Heroic Extreme Left Facing. + + + Specifies Perspective Heroic Extreme Right Facing. + + + Specifies Perspective Relaxed. + + + Specifies Perspective Relaxed Moderately. + + + Specifies the direction that the extrusion's sweep path takes away from the extruded shape (the front face of the extrusion). + + + Return value only; indicates a combination of the other states. + + + Bottom right. + + + Bottom. + + + Bottom left. + + + Right. + + + No extrusion. + + + Left. + + + Top right. + + + Top. + + + Top left. + + + Specifies which predefined gradient to use to fill a shape. + + + Mixed gradient. + + + Early Sunset gradient. + + + Late Sunset gradient. + + + Nightfall gradient. + + + Daybreak gradient. + + + Horizon gradient. + + + Desert gradient. + + + Ocean gradient. + + + Calm Water gradient. + + + Fire gradient. + + + Fog gradient. + + + Moss gradient. + + + Peacock gradient. + + + Wheat gradient. + + + Parchment gradient. + + + Mahogany gradient. + + + Rainbow gradient. + + + Rainbow II gradient. + + + Gold gradient. + + + Gold II gradient. + + + Brass gradient. + + + Chrome gradient. + + + Chrome II gradient. + + + Silver gradient. + + + Sapphire gradient. + + + Specifies the location of lighting on an extruded (three-dimensional) shape relative to the shape. + + + Not supported. + + + Lighting comes from the top left. + + + Lighting comes from the top. + + + Lighting comes from the top right. + + + Lighting comes from the left. + + + No lighting. + + + Lighting comes from the right. + + + Lighting comes from the bottom left. + + + Lighting comes from the bottom. + + + Lighting comes from the bottom right. + + + Specifies the intensity of light used on a shape. + + + Not supported. + + + Dim light. + + + Normal light. + + + Bright light. + + + Specifies the extrusion surface material. + + + Return value only; indicates a combination of the other states. + + + Matte. + + + Plastic. + + + Metal. + + + Wire frame. + + + Matte2 + + + Plastic2 + + + Metal2 + + + Warm Matte + + + Translucent Powder + + + Powder + + + DarkEdge + + + Soft Edge + + + Clear + + + Flat + + + Soft Metal + + + Specifies what text effect to use on a WordArt object. + + + Not used. + + + First text effect. + + + Second text effect. + + + Third text effect. + + + Fourth text effect. + + + Fifth text effect. + + + Sixth text effect. + + + Seventh text effect. + + + Eighth text effect. + + + Ninth text effect. + + + Tenth text effect. + + + Eleventh text effect. + + + Twelfth text effect. + + + Thirteenth text effect. + + + Fourteenth text effect. + + + Fifteenth text effect. + + + Sixteenth text effect. + + + Seventeenth text effect. + + + Eighteenth text effect. + + + Nineteenth text effect. + + + Twentieth text effect. + + + Twenty-first text effect. + + + Twenty-second text effect. + + + Twenty-third text effect. + + + Twenty-fourth text effect. + + + Twenty-fifth text effect. + + + Twenty-sixth text effect. + + + Twenty-seventh text effect. + + + Twenty-eighth text effect. + + + Twenty-ninth text effect. + + + Thirtieth text effect. + + + Specifies shape of WordArt text. + + + Not used. + + + No shape applied. + + + Text follows the shape of a stop sign. + + + Text slants down, then up. + + + Text slants up, then down. + + + Text slants down to its center point and then slants up. + + + Text slants up to its center point and then slants down. + + + Text appears to be written on the inside of a 3-D ring. + + + Text appears to be written on the outside of a 3-D ring. + + + Text is an arch that curves up. + + + Text is an arch that curves down. + + + Text follows a circle, reading clockwise. + + + Text is curved around a center "button." + + + Text is a 3-D arch that curves up. + + + Text is a 3-D arch that curves down. + + + Text has a 3-D effect and follows a circle, reading clockwise. + + + Text is seen in 3-D, curved around a center "button." + + + Text curves down and to the right as font size increases. + + + Text curves down and to the right as font size decreases. + + + Text is stretched to fill the height of the shape, with only a slight curve up. + + + Text is stretched to fill the height of the shape, with only a slight curve down. + + + Text follows a wave up, then down and up again. + + + Text follows a wave down, then up and down again. + + + Text follows a line that curves up, then down, then up and down again. + + + Text follows a line that curves down, then up, then down and up again. + + + Font size of text increases to its center point, then decreases. Center point of each letter is on the same straight line. + + + Font size decreases to the text's midpoint, then increases to the starting size. + + + Font size of text increases to its center point, then decreases. Center point of each letter follows an arch that curves downward. + + + Font size decreases to the text's midpoint, then increases to the starting size, while keeping the top of the text along the same curve. + + + Font size of text increases to its center point, then decreases. Center point of each letter follows an arch that curves upward. + + + Font size decreases to the text's midpoint, then increases to the starting size, while keeping the bottom of the text along the same curve. + + + Font size increases to the text's midpoint, then decreases to the starting size. + + + Font size decreases, increases, and decreases again across the text. + + + Right side of text appears to be closer to the viewer than left side. + + + Left side of text appears to be closer to the viewer than right side. + + + Bottom of text appears to be closer to the viewer than top. + + + Top of the text appears to be closer to the viewer than bottom of the text. + + + Text slants up and to the right. + + + Text slants down and to the right. + + + Text slants down and to the right as font size increases. + + + Text slants up and to the right as font size decreases. + + + Specifies texture to be used to fill a shape. + + + Not used. + + + Papyrus texture. + + + Canvas texture. + + + Denim texture. + + + Woven mat texture. + + + Water droplets texture. + + + Paper bag texture. + + + Fish fossil texture. + + + Sand texture. + + + Green marble texture. + + + White marble texture. + + + Brown marble texture. + + + Granite texture. + + + Newsprint texture. + + + Recycled paper texture. + + + Parchment texture. + + + Stationery texture. + + + Blue tissue paper texture. + + + Pink tissue paper texture. + + + Purple mesh texture. + + + Bouquet texture. + + + Cork texture. + + + Walnut texture. + + + Oak texture. + + + Medium wood texture. + + + Specifies an extrusion (three-dimensional) format. + + + Not used. + + + First 3-D format. + + + Second 3-D format. + + + Third 3-D format. + + + Fourth 3-D format. + + + Fifth 3-D format. + + + Sixth 3-D format. + + + Seventh 3-D format. + + + Eighth 3-D format. + + + Ninth 3-D format. + + + Tenth 3-D format. + + + Eleventh 3-D format. + + + Twelfth 3-D format. + + + Thirteenth 3-D format. + + + Fourteenth 3-D format. + + + Fifteenth 3-D format. + + + Sixteenth 3-D format. + + + Seventeenth 3-D format. + + + Eighteenth 3-D format. + + + Nineteenth 3-D format. + + + Twentieth 3-D format. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Specifies where a node is added to a diagram relative to existing nodes. + + + Node is added before current node. + + + Node is added after current node. + + + Node is added before first sibling. + + + Node is added after last sibling. + + + Specifies which part of the shape retains its position when the shape is scaled. + + + Shape's top left corner retains its position. + + + Shape's midpoint retains its position. + + + Shape's bottom right corner retains its position. + + + Specifies the ideal screen resolution to be used to view a document in a Web browser. + + + 544x376 resolution. + + + 640x480 resolution. + + + 720x512 resolution. + + + 800x600 resolution. + + + 1024x768 resolution. + + + 1152x882 resolution. + + + 1152x900 resolution. + + + 1280x1024 resolution. + + + 1600x1200 resolution. + + + 1800x1440 resolution. + + + 1920x1200 resolution. + + + Specifies scripting language of the active script. + + + Java. + + + Visual Basic. + + + Active Server Pages (ASP). + + + A language other than ASP, Java, or Visual Basic. + + + Specifies the location of the script anchor within a document. + + + Script anchor is in the head of the document. + + + Script anchor is in the body of the document. + + + Indicates the area in which the Execute method of the FileSearch object searches for files. + + + Searches the My Computer node. + + + Searches Microsoft Outlook folders. + + + Searches the My Network Places node. + + + Searches a custom path. Custom path is defined by the LookIn property of the FileSearch object. + + + Specifies the type for a segment. + + + Line. + + + Curve. + + + Specifies the type of shadowing effect. + + + Specifies a combination of inner and outer shadow effects. + + + Specifies the inner shadow effect. + + + Specifies the outer shadow effect. + + + Specifies the type of shadow displayed with a shape. + + + Not supported. + + + First shadow type. + + + Second shadow type. + + + Third shadow type. + + + Fourth shadow type. + + + Fifth shadow type. + + + Sixth shadow type. + + + Seventh shadow type. + + + Eighth shadow type. + + + Ninth shadow type. + + + Tenth shadow type. + + + Eleventh shadow type. + + + Twelfth shadow type. + + + Thirteenth shadow type. + + + Fourteenth shadow type. + + + Fifteenth shadow type. + + + Sixteenth shadow type. + + + Seventeenth shadow type. + + + Eighteenth shadow type. + + + Nineteenth shadow type. + + + Twentieth shadow type. + + + Twenty first shadow type. + + + Twenty second shadow type. + + + Twenty third shadow type. + + + Twenty forth shadow type. + + + Twenty fifth shadow type. + + + Twenty sixth shadow type. + + + Twenty seventh shadow type. + + + Twenty eighth shadow type. + + + Twenty ninth shadow type. + + + Thirtieth shadow type. + + + Thirty first shadow type. + + + Thirty second shadow type. + + + Thirty third shadow type. + + + Thirty forth shadow type. + + + Thirty fifth shadow type. + + + Thirty sixth shadow type. + + + Thirty seventh shadow type. + + + Thirty eighth shadow type. + + + Thirty ninth shadow type. + + + Fortieth shadow type. + + + Forty first shadow type. + + + Forty second shadow type. + + + Forty third shadow type. + + + Indicates the line and shape style. + + + A mix of shape styles. + + + No shape style. + + + Shape style 1. + + + Shape style 2. + + + Shape style 3. + + + Shape style 4. + + + Shape style 5. + + + Shape style 6. + + + Shape style 7. + + + Shape style 8. + + + Shape style 9. + + + Shape style 10. + + + Shape style 11. + + + Shape style 12. + + + Shape style 13. + + + Shape style 14. + + + Shape style 15. + + + Shape style 16. + + + Shape style 17. + + + Shape style 18. + + + Shape style 19. + + + Shape style 20. + + + Shape style 21. + + + Shape style 22. + + + Shape style 23. + + + Shape style 24. + + + Shape style 25. + + + Shape style 26. + + + Shape style 27. + + + Shape style 28. + + + Shape style 29. + + + Shape style 30. + + + Shape style 31. + + + Shape style 32. + + + Shape style 33. + + + Shape style 34. + + + Shape style 35. + + + Shape style 36. + + + Shape style 37. + + + Shape style 38. + + + Shape style 39. + + + Shape style 40. + + + Shape style 41. + + + Shape style 42. + + + Line style 1. + + + Line style 2. + + + Line style 3. + + + Line style 4. + + + Line style 5. + + + Line style 6. + + + Line style 7. + + + Line style 8. + + + Line style 9. + + + Line style 10. + + + Line style 11. + + + Line style 12. + + + Line style 13. + + + Line style 14. + + + Line style 15. + + + Line style 16. + + + Line style 17. + + + Line style 18. + + + Line style 19. + + + Line style 20. + + + Line style 21. + + + Specifies the type of a shape or range of shapes. + + + Return value only; indicates a combination of the other states. + + + AutoShape. + + + Callout. + + + Chart. + + + Comment. + + + Freeform. + + + Group. + + + Embedded OLE object. + + + Form control. + + + Line. + + + Linked OLE object. + + + Linked picture. + + + OLE control object. + + + Picture. + + + Placeholder. + + + Text effect. + + + Media. + + + Text box. + + + Script anchor. + + + Table. + + + Canvas. + + + Diagram. + + + Ink. + + + Ink comment. + + + + + + + + + Specifies the priority for a shared workspace task. + + + High priority. + + + Normal priority. + + + Low priority. + + + Specifies the status of a shared workspace task. + + + Not started. + + + In progress. + + + Completed. + + + Deferred. + + + Waiting. + + + Specifies properties of the signature subset. These settings act as filters for signature sets. + + + All non-visible signatures plus all signed signature lines. + + + All non-visible signatures. + + + All signature lines. + + + Signature lines that have been signed. + + + Signature lines that have not been signed. + + + All non-visible signatures plus all signature lines. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Specifies the type of soft edge effect. + + + A mix of soft edge types. + + + No soft edge. + + + Soft Edge Type 1 + + + Soft Edge Type 2 + + + Soft Edge Type 3 + + + Soft Edge Type 4 + + + Soft Edge Type 5 + + + Soft Edge Type 6 + + + Specifies sort order for files in a FileSearch object's FoundFiles collection. + + + File name. + + + File size. + + + File type. + + + Last modified date. + + + No sort. + + + Specifies whether files in a FileSearch object's FoundFiles collection should be sorted in ascending or descending order. + + + Ascending order. + + + Descending order. + + + Specifies whether and under what circumstances synchronization is available for the document. + + + No synchronization is available. + + + Synchronization is available offline only. + + + Synchronization is available offline and online. + + + Specifies how comparison between local copy and server copy should be done in a synchronization process. + + + Compare and merge versions. + + + Compare versions side-by-side. + + + Specifies how conflicts should be resolved when synchronizing a shared document. + + + Replace the server copy with the local copy. + + + Replace the local copy with the server copy. + + + Merge changes made to the server copy into the local copy. In order to resolve the conflict with the merged changes winning, you must save the active document after merging changes, then call the ResolveConflict method again with the option. + + + Specifies a document synchronization error. + + + No error. + + + Unauthorized user. + + + Could not connect. + + + Out of space. + + + Destination file not found. + + + File too large to synchronize. + + + Destination file in use. + + + Virus uploaded. + + + Virus downloaded. + + + Upload error. + + + Download error. + + + Could not open file. + + + Could not update destination file. + + + Source and destination files could not be compared. + + + Could not resolve files. + + + No network available. + + + Unknown error. + + + Specifies the return value of a Sync event. + + + Download initiated. + + + Download succeeded. + + + Download failed. + + + Upload initiated. + + + Upload succeeded. + + + Upload failed. + + + No change detected. + + + Offline. + + + Specifies the status of the synchronization of the local copy of the active document with the server copy. + + + No shared workspace. + + + No syncronization is needed. + + + Documents are already in sync. + + + Only server copy has changes. + + + Only local copy has changes. + + + Both the local and the server copies have changes. + + + Synchronization was suspended. You can use the Unsuspend method of the Sync object to resume synchronization. + + + An error occurred. Use ErrorType property of Sync object to determine exact error. + + + Specifies which version of a shared document to open alongside the currently open local version. + + + Opens the copy of the document that is created whenever the user overwrites the local copy with the server copy. + + + Opens the server version. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Specifies target browser for documents viewed in a Web browser. + + + Netscape Navigator 3. + + + Netscape Navigator 4. + + + Microsoft Internet Explorer 4.0. + + + Microsoft Internet Explorer 5. + + + Microsoft Internet Explorer 6. + + + Specifies the capitalization of the text. + + + Display the text as mixed uppercase and lowercase letters. + + + Display the text with no uppercase letters. + + + Display the text with any lowercase letters displayed as uppercase that are the same height as lowercase for the current font and size. + + + Display the text as all uppercase letters. + + + Specifies the capitalization of text. + + + Display the text as sentence case characters. Sentence case specifies that the first letter of the sentence is capitalized and that all others should be lowercase (with some exceptions such as proper nouns, and acronyms). + + + Display the text as lowercase characters. + + + Display the text as uppercase characters. + + + Display the text as title case characters. Title case specifies that the first letter of each word is capitalized and that all others should be lowercase. In some cases short articles, prepositions, and conjunctions are not capitalized. + + + Indicates that lowercase text should be converted to uppercase and that uppercase text should be converted to lowercase text. + + + Indicates the type of text wrap. + + + Specifies a mixed text wrap. + + + Specifies no text wrapping. + + + Specifies wrapping text around the standard boundry of an object. + + + Specifies text wrapping that adheres to restrictions imposed by some languages such as Chinese and Japanese alphabets. + + + Specifies a custom text wrap scheme. + + + + + + + + + + + + + Specifies alignment for WordArt text. + + + Not used. + + + Left-aligned. + + + Centered. + + + Right- aligned. + + + Text is justified. Spacing between letters may be adjusted to justify text. + + + Text is justified. Spacing between words (but not letters) may be adjusted to justify text. + + + Text is justified. Letters may be stretched to justify text. + + + Indicates the text alignment scheme used for an object. + + + Specifies that there is a mix of text alignments used with the object. + + + Specifies that the text alignment will be determined by the Office application. + + + Specifies that the font is aligned to the top of the object. + + + Specifies that the font is aligned to the center of the object. + + + Specifies that the font is aligned to the baseline of the object. + + + Specifies that the font is aligned to the bottom of the object. + + + Specifies orientation for text. + + + Not supported. + + + Horizontal. + + + Upward. + + + Downward. + + + Vertical as required for Far East language support. + + + Vertical. + + + Horizontal and rotated as required for Far East language support. + + + Indicates the number of times a character is printed to darken the image. + + + Specifies that the text can contain a combination of double-strike and single-strike characters. + + + Specifies that the character is not printed. + + + Specifies that the character is printed once. + + + Specifies that the character is printed twice. + + + Indicates the text alignment against tab stops or line breaks. The default value is . + + + Specifies that mixed text alignment against tab stops is used. + + + Specifies that the following text starts immediately after the designated tab stop. + + + Specifies that the following text up to next tab or line break is centered on the designated tab stop. + + + Specifies that the following text up to the next tab or line break is rendered flush right to the designated tab stop. + + + Specifies that the following text is searched for the first occurrence of the character representing the decimal point. The text up to the next tab or line break is then aligned such that the decimal point starts at the designated tab stop. + + + Indicates the type of underline for text. + + + Specifies a mix of underline types. + + + Specifies no underline. + + + Specifies underlining words. + + + Specifies a single line underline. + + + Specifies a double line underline. + + + Specifies a heavy line underline. + + + Specifies a dotted line underline. + + + Specifies a dotted heavy line underline. + + + Specifies a dash line underline. + + + Specifies a dash underline. + + + Specifies a dashed long line underline. + + + Specifies a long heavy line underline. + + + Specifies a dot dash line underline. + + + Specifies a dot dash heavy line underline. + + + Specifies a dot dot dash line underline. + + + Specifies a dot dot dash heavy line underline. + + + Specifies a wavy line underline. + + + Specifies a wavy heavy line underline. + + + Specifies a wavy double line underline. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Specifies the texture type for the selected fill. + + + Return value only; indicates a combination of the other states. + + + Preset texture type. + + + User-defined texture type. + + + Indicates the Office theme color. + + + Specifies a mixed color theme. + + + Specifies no theme color. + + + Specifies the Dark 1 theme color. + + + Specifies the Light 1 theme color. + + + Specifies the Dark 2 theme color. + + + Specifies the Light 2 theme color. + + + Specifies the Accent 1 theme color. + + + Specifies the Accent 2 theme color. + + + Specifies the Accent 3 theme color. + + + Specifies the Accent 4 theme color. + + + Specifies the Accent 5 theme color. + + + Specifies the Accent 6 theme color. + + + Specifies the theme color for a hyperlink. + + + Specifies the theme color for a clicked hyperlink. + + + Specifies the Text 1 theme color. + + + Specifies the Background 1 theme color. + + + Specifies the Text 2 theme color. + + + Specifies the Background 2 theme color. + + + Indicates the color scheme for an Office theme. + + + Specifies color scheme Dark 1. + + + Specifies color scheme Light 1. + + + Specifies color scheme Dark 2. + + + Specifies color scheme Light 2. + + + Specifies color scheme Accent 1. + + + Specifies color scheme Accent 2. + + + Specifies color scheme Accent 3. + + + Specifies color scheme Accent 4. + + + Specifies color scheme Accent 5. + + + Specifies color scheme Accent 6. + + + Specifies a color scheme for a hyperlink. + + + Specifies a color scheme for a clicked hyperlink. + + + Specifies a tri-state Boolean value. + + + True. + + + False. + + + Not supported. + + + Not supported. + + + Not supported. + + + Specifies the vertical alignment of text in a text frame. + + + Return value only; indicates a combination of the other states. + + + Aligns text to top of text frame. + + + Anchors bottom of text string to current position, regardless of text resizing. When you resize text without baseline anchoring, text centers itself on previous position. + + + Centers text vertically. + + + Aligns text to bottom of text frame. + + + Anchors bottom of text string to current position, regardless of text resizing. When you resize text without baseline anchoring, text centers itself on previous position. + + + Indicates various image warping formats. + + + Specifies a mix of warp formats. + + + Specifies Warp Format 1. + + + Specifies Warp Format 2. + + + Specifies Warp Format 3. + + + Specifies Warp Format 4. + + + Specifies Warp Format 5. + + + Specifies Warp Format 6. + + + Specifies Warp Format 7. + + + Specifies Warp Format 8. + + + Specifies Warp Format 9. + + + Specifies Warp Format 10. + + + Specifies Warp Format 11. + + + Specifies Warp Format 12. + + + Specifies Warp Format 13. + + + Specifies Warp Format 14. + + + Specifies Warp Format 15. + + + Specifies Warp Format 16. + + + Specifies Warp Format 17. + + + Specifies Warp Format 18. + + + Specifies Warp Format 19. + + + Specifies Warp Format 20. + + + Specifies Warp Format 21. + + + Specifies Warp Format 22. + + + Specifies Warp Format 23. + + + Specifies Warp Format 24. + + + Specifies Warp Format 25. + + + Specifies Warp Format 26. + + + Specifies Warp Format 27. + + + Specifies Warp Format 28. + + + Specifies Warp Format 29. + + + Specifies Warp Format 30. + + + Specifies Warp Format 31. + + + Specifies Warp Format 32. + + + Specifies Warp Format 33. + + + Specifies Warp Format 34. + + + Specifies Warp Format 35. + + + Specifies Warp Format 36. + + + Specifies the change to the Office Assistant Help session. + + + Make Office Assistant inactive. + + + Make Office Assistant active. + + + Suspend Office Assistant. + + + Resume Office Assistant. + + + Specifies context under which a wizard's callback procedure is called. + + + Not supported. + + + User clicked the right button in the decision or branch balloon. + + + User clicked the left button in the decision or branch balloon. + + + Passed to the ActivateWizard method if msoWizardActSuspend is specified for the Act argument. + + + Passed to the ActivateWizard method if msoWizardActResume is specified for the Act argument. + + + Specifies where in the z-order a shape should be moved relative to other shapes. + + + Bring shape to the front. + + + Send shape to the back. + + + Bring shape forward. + + + Send shape backward. + + + Bring shape in front of text. + + + Send shape behind text. + + + The NewFile object represents items listed on the New Item task pane available in several Microsoft Office applications. + + + Adds a new item to the New Item task pane. + Required String. The name of the file to add to the list of files on the task pane. + Optional Object. The section to which to add the file. Can be any constant. + Optional Object. The text to display in the task pane. + Optional Object. The action to take when a user clicks on the item. Can be any constant. + + + Returns an Application object that represents the container application for the object. + + + Returns a 32-bit integer that indicates the application in which the specified object was created. + + + Removes an item from the New Item task pane. + Required String. The name of the file reference. + Optional Object. The section of the task pane where the file reference exists. Can be any constant. + Optional Object. The display text of the file reference. + Optional Object. The action taken when a user clicks on the item. Can be any constant. + + + Represents a field in a data source. + + + Returns an Application object that represents the container application for the object. + + + Returns a 32-bit integer that indicates the application in which the specified object was created. + + + Returns an Integer representing the index number for an object in the collection. + + + Returns the name of the specified object. + + + Returns the Parent object for the specified object. + + + Returns the value of a field in a data source. + + + A collection of objects that represent the data fields in a mail merge data source. + + + Returns an Application object that represents the container application for the object. + + + Returns an Integer indicating the number of items in the specified collection. + + + Returns a 32-bit integer that indicates the application in which the specified object was created. + + + Returns a member of the specified collection. + Required Object. The name or index number of the ODSOColumn item to be returned. + + + Returns the Parent object for the specified object. + + + Represents a filter to be applied to an attached mail merge data source. + + + Returns an Application object that represents the container application for the object. + + + Returns or sets a String that represents the name of the field in the mail merge data source to use in the filter. + + + Returns or sets a String that represents the text to compare in the query filter criterion. + + + Returns or sets a constant that represents how to compare the and properties. + + + Returns or sets a constant that represents how a filter criterion relates to other filter criteria in the object. + + + Returns a 32-bit integer that indicates the application in which the specified object was created. + + + Returns an Integer representing the index number for an object in the collection. + + + Returns the Parent object for the specified object. + + + Represents all the filters to apply to the data source attached to the mail merge publication. + + + Adds a new filter to the collection. + Required String. The name of the table in the data source. + Required . How the data in the table is filtered. + Required . Determines how this filter relates to other filters in the ODSOFilters object. + Optional String. If the argument is something other than msoFilterComparisonIsBlank or msoFilterComparisonIsNotBlank, a string to which the data in the table is compared. + Optional Boolean. Default value is False. + + + Returns an Application object that represents the container application for the object. + + + Returns an Integer indicating the number of items in the specified collection. + + + Returns a 32-bit integer that indicates the application in which the specified object was created. + + + Deletes a filter object from the collection. + Required Integer. The number of the filter to delete. + Optional Boolean. + + + Returns a member of the specified collection. + Required Integer. The index number of the ODSOFilter to be returned. + + + Returns the Parent object for the specified object. + + + Represents the mail merge data source in a mail merge operation. + + + Applies a filter to a mail merge data source to filter specified records meeting specified criteria. + + + Returns an object that represents the fields in a data source. + + + Returns or sets a String that represents the connection to the specified mail merge data source. + + + Returns or sets a String that represents the name of the attached data source. + + + Returns a collection. + + + Moves the focus to a specified row in a mail merge data source. + Required . The row that receives the focus. + Optional Integer. The row number of the row that receives the focus. + + + Opens a connection to a mail merge data source. + Optional String. The name of the data source. + Optional String. The connection string to the data source. + Optional String. The name of a table in the data source. + Optional Integer. Sets whether the data source is opened for exclusive access. + Optional Integer. Sets whether prompts are displayed. + + + Returns an Integer that represents the number of records in the specified data source. + + + Sets the sort order for mail merge data. + Required String. The first field on which to sort the mail merge data. + Optional Boolean. True (default) to perform an ascending sort on ; False to perform a descending sort. + Optional String. The second field on which to sort the mail merge data. Default is an empty string. + Optional Boolean. True (default) to perform an ascending sort on ; False to perform a descending sort. + Optional String. The third field on which to sort the mail merge data. Default is an empty string. + Optional Boolean. True (default) to perform an ascending sort on ; False to perform a descending sort. + + + Returns a String that represents the name of the table within the data source file that contains the mail merge records. + + + Represents a Microsoft Office theme. + + + Gets an Application object that represents the container application for the object. Read-only. + Object + + + Gets a 32-bit integer that indicates the application in which the object was created. Read-only. + Integer + + + Gets the parent object for the object. Read-only. + Object + + + Gets a object that represents the color scheme of a Microsoft Office theme. Read-only. + + + + + + Gets a object that represents the effects scheme of a Microsoft Office theme. Read-only. + + + + + + Gets a object that represents the font scheme of a Microsoft Office theme. Read-only. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Represents the paragraph formatting of a text range. + + + Gets or sets a value specifying the alignment of the paragraph. Read/write. + + + + + + Gets an object that represents the application that contains the object. Read-only. + Object + + + Gets or sets a constant that represents the vertical position of fonts in a paragraph. Read/write. + + + + + + Gets a object for the paragraph. Read-only. + + + + + + Gets a value representing the application that created the object. Read-only. + Integer + + + Gets or sets the East Asian line break control level for the specified paragraph. Read/write. + + + + + + Gets or sets the value (in points) for a first line or hanging indent. Read/write. + Single + + + Determines whether hanging punctuation is enabled for the specified paragraphs. +Read/write. + + + + + + Gets or sets a value representing the indent level assigned to text in the selected paragraph. Read/write. + Integer + + + Gets or sets a value that represents the left indent value (in points) for the specified paragraphs. Read/write. + Single + + + Determines whether line spacing after the last line in each paragraph is set to a specific number of points or lines. Read/write. + + + + + + Determines whether line spacing before the first line in each paragraph is set to a specific number of points or lines. Read/write. + + + + + + Determines whether line spacing between base lines is set to a specific number of points or lines. Read/write. + + + + + + Gets the parent object for the object. Read-only. + Object + + + Gets or sets the right indent (in points) for the specified paragraphs. Read/write. + Single + + + Gets or sets the amount of spacing (in points) after the specified paragraph. Read/write. + Single + + + Gets or sets the spacing (in points) before the specified paragraphs. Read/write. + Single + + + Gets or sets the amount of space between base lines in the specified paragraph, in points or lines. Read/write. + Single + + + Gets a collection that represents all the custom tab stops for the specified paragraphs. Read-only. + + + + + + Gets or sets the text direction for the specified paragraph. Read/write. + + + + + + Determines whether the application wraps the Latin text in the middle of a word in the specified paragraphs. Read/write. + + + + + + Use the Permission object to restrict permissions to the active document and to return or set specific permissions settings. + + + Creates a new set of permissions on the active document for the specified user. + Optional Object. The email address (in the format ) of the user to whom permissions on the active document are being granted. + Optional String. The permissions on the active document that are being granted to the specified user. + Required String. The expiration date for the permissions that are being granted. + + + Returns an Application object that represents the container application for the object. + + + Applies the specified permission policy to the active document. + Required String. The path and filename of the permission policy template file. + + + Returns an Integer indicating the number of items in the specified collection. + + + Returns a 32-bit integer that indicates the application in which the specified object was created. + + + Returns or sets the name in email form of the author of the active document. + + + Returns or sets a Boolean value that indicates whether permissions are enabled on the active document. + + + Returns or sets the option that allows a user to view a document with restricted permissions in a web browser if the user does not have the appropriate client application installed. + + + + Returns a object that is a member of the collection. + Optional Object. The numeric index of the UserPermission in the Permission collection, or the email address of the user whose set of permissions on the active document is to be returned. + + + Returns the Parent object for the specified object. + + + Returns a Boolean value that indicates whether a permission policy has been applied to the active document. + + + Returns the description of the permissions policy applied to the active document. + + + Returns the name of the permissions policy applied to the active document. + + + Removes all objects from the collection of the active document and disables restrictions on the active document. + + + Returns or sets the file or web site URL to visit or the email address to contact for users who need additional permissions on the active document. + + + Returns a Boolean value that indicates whether the user's license to view the active document should be cached to allow offline viewing when the user cannot connect to a rights management server. + + + Provides dialog user interface functionality for picking people or picking data. + + + Gets a Application object that represents the container application for the PickerDialog object. + + + Creates an empty object. + Returns a . + + + Gets a 32-bit integer that indicates the application in which the PickerDialog object was created. + + + Sets or gets the GUID of the Picker Dialog data handler component. + + + Returns the object to specify custom properties for data handler component. + + + Resolves the token using the Picker Dialog and retrieves the results. + Returns . + The text string to resolve. + + + Displays the Picker Dialog with already specified data handler and given options. + Returns . + Specifies whether the Picker Dialog user interface provides multiple item selection functions. + Contains existing in Picker Dialog user interface. These results are displayed in the selected item control. + + + Gets or sets the title of a picker dialog displayed in the Picker Dialog. + + + Represents the field definitions of sub-items in a object. Each PickerField object represents a column definition of a Picker dialog. + + + Gets a Application object that represents the container application for the PickerField object. + + + Gets a 32-bit integer that indicates the application in which the PickerField object was created. + + + Gets a Boolean that specifies whether the Picker field is hidden. + + + Gets the name of the Picker field. + + + The type of the Picker field. + + + A collection of objects. Each PickerField object represents a column definition of Picker dialog. + + + Gets a object that represents the container application for the PickerFields object. + + + Retrieves the count of the number of objects contained within the PickerFields collection. + + + Gets a 32-bit integer that indicates the application in which the PickerFields object was created. + + + Returns an enumerator that iterates through the collection of objects. + Returns . + + + Gets a object at the specified index. + Specifies an integer representing the index of the . + + + A collection of objects. + + + Adds a object to the collection. + Returns . + Specifies the key name of the property. + Specifies the value of the property. + + that specifies the type of the property. + + + Gets a object that represents the container application for the PickerProperties object. + + + Gets the count of the number of objects contained within the PickerProperties collection. + + + Gets a 32-bit integer that indicates the application in which the PickerProperties object was created. + + + Returns an enumerator that iterates through the collection. + Returns . + + + Gets a object at the specified index. + Specifies an integer representing the index of the object. + + + Removes a from the collection. + Specifies the identifier of the to remove. + + + Represents an object for passing a custom property. + + + Gets a object that represents the container application for the PickerProperty object. + + + Gets a 32-bit integer that indicates the application in which the PickerProperty object was created. + + + Gets the unique identifier of the associated PickerProperty object. + + + Gets the type of the Picker property. + + + Gets the value of a Picker property. + + + Represents a resolved or selected item of data. + + + Gets a object that represents the container application for the PickerResult object. + + + Gets a 32-bit integer that indicates the application in which the PickerResult object was created. + + + Represents a display name of PickerResult. + + + Gets PickerResult collection if the result of resolving results has multiple candidates. + + + Gets the field definitions of sub items in a collection. + + + Retrieves the unique identifier of the associated PickerResult object. + + + Gets or sets a non-display purpose item binding to data. + + + Gets or sets the identifier for Office Communication Server. It is used only for people picking scenario. + + + Gets or sets display purpose or non-display purpose field data of a PickerResult object. It is used for passing column values in a Picker dialog. + + + Gets the type of a PickerResult object. + + + A collection of objects. + + + Adds a object to the PickerResults collection. + Returns . + Specifies the identifier of the . + Specifies the display name of the . + Specifies the type of the . + Currently not supported. The is the identifier for Office Communication Server. It is used only for the people picking scenario. + Specifies the non- displaying item binding data. + Displays the purpose or non-display purpose field data of the . It is used for passing column values in the Picker Dialog. + + + Gets a object that represents the container application for the PickerResults object. + + + Retrieves the count of the number of objects contained within the PickerResults collection. + + + Gets a 32-bit integer that indicates the application in which the PickerResults object was created. + + + Returns . + + + Gets a PickerResult object at the specified index. + Specifies an integer representing the indexed location of the object. + + + Represents a picture effect. + + + Gets a object that represents the container application for the PictureEffect object. + + + Gets a 32-bit integer that indicates the application in which the PictureEffect object was created. + + + Deletes a picture effect. + + + Gets an object. + + + Gets or sets the position of a picture effect in a chain of composite effects. + + + Gets the type of picture effect. + + + Gets or sets a Boolean value representing the visible state of the picture effect. + + + Represents a collection of objects. + + + Gets a object that represents the container application for the PictureEffects object. + + + Gets the count of the number of objects contained within the PictureEffects collection. + + + Gets a 32-bit integer that indicates the application in which the PictureEffects object was created. + + + Deletes a object from the collection. + Specifies the index number of the object to delete. + + + Returns . + + + Inserts a picture effect in a chain of composite effects. + Returns a . + An enumeration specifying the type of picture effect. + Specifies the position of the effect in the composite chain of picture effects. + + + Gets a object at the specified index. + Specifies an integer representing the indexed location of the object. + + + Reserved for internal use. + + + + + + + + An object used to remove a portion of an image. + Returns . + + + + + + + + + + + + A collection of all the objects in the specified series in a chart. + + + + Gets the Application object in which this object was created. Read-only. + Object + + + Returns the number of objects in the collection. + Integer. + + + Returns the ID of the application in which this object was created. + Integer + + + Returns . + + + Returns a single object from a collection. + A object contained by the collection. + The index number for the object. + + + Returns the parent object for the specified object. Read-only. + Returns . + + + Represents an item within a object that contains the settings for one policy. + + + Gets an Application object that represents the container application for the object. Read-only. + Object + + + Gets a 32-bit integer that indicates the application in which the object was created. Read-only. + Integer + + + Gets the information that is used to implement the policy item. Read-only. + String + + + Gets a description of the current state of the policy item. Read-only. + String + + + Gets the ID of a policy item. objects are contained in objects. Read-only. + String + + + Gets the name of the object. Read-only. + String + + + Gets the parent object for the object. Read-only. + Object + + + Represents a single file search criterion. + + + Returns an Application object that represents the container application for the object. + + + Returns the condition of the specified search criteria. + + + Returns the connector between two similar property test values. + + + Returns a 32-bit integer that indicates the application in which the specified object was created. + + + Returns the name of the specified object. + + + Returns an optional second value property test (as in a range) for the file search. + + + Returns the value of a property test for a file search. + + + A collection of objects that represent all the search criteria of a file search. Search criteria are listed in the Advanced Find dialog box (File menu, Open command, Advanced Find button). + + + Add a new object to the collection representing the search criteria of a file search. + Required String. The name of the PropertyTest object. + Required . A constant representing the condition used for the search. + Optional Object. A value used by . + Optional Object. A second value used by . + Optional MsoCondition. A constant representinat a connector such as Or or And used in the criterion. + + + Returns an Application object that represents the container application for the object. + + + Returns an Integer indicating the number of items in the specified collection. + + + Returns a 32-bit integer that indicates the application in which the specified object was created. + + + + Returns a object from the collection. + Optional Integer. The index number of the property test to be returned. + + + Removes the specified object from the collection. + Required Integer. The index number of the property test to be removed. + + + Represents the reflection effect in Office graphics. + + + Gets an Application object that represents the container application for the object. Read-only. + Object + + + Gets or sets the amount of blur, measured in points, of the shape's reflection image. + + + Gets a 32-bit integer that indicates the application in which the object was created. Read-only. + Integer + + + Gets or sets the amount of separation, measured in points, of the reflected image from the shape. + + + Gets or sets the size, measured in percentages, of the shape's reflection image. + + + Gets or sets the amount of transparency, measured in percentages, of the shape's reflection image. + + + Gets or sets the type of the object. Read/write. + + + + + + + + + + + + + Represents the ruler for the text in the specified shape or for all text in the specified text style. Contains tab stops and the indentation settings for text outline levels. + + + Gets an Application object that represents the container application for the object. Read-only. + Object + + + Gets a 32-bit integer that indicates the application in which the object was created. Read-only. + Integer + + + Gets a object that represents outline text formatting. Read-only. + + + + + + Gets the parent object for the object. Read-only. + Object + + + Gets a collection that represents the tab stops for the specified text. Read-only. + + + + + + Contains first-line indent and hanging indent information for an outline level. + + + Gets an Application object that represents the container application for the object. Read-only. + Object + + + Gets a 32-bit integer that indicates the application in which the object was created. Read-only. + Integer + + + Gets or sets the first-line indent for the specified outline level, in points. Read/write. + Single + + + Gets or sets the left indent for the specified outline level, in points. Read/write. + Single + + + Gets the parent object for the object. Read-only. + Object + + + A collection of all the objects on the specified ruler. + + + Gets an Application object that represents the container application for the object. Read-only. + Object + + + Gets a Integer indicating the number of items in the collection. Read-only. + Integer + + + Gets a 32-bit integer that indicates the application in which the object was created. Read-only. + Integer + + + + Gets a member of the collection. + + + + The index number of the object to be returned. + + + Gets the parent object for the object. Read-only. + Object + + + Corresponds to a searchable folder. + + + Adds a object the collection. + + + Returns an Application object that represents the container application for the object. + + + Returns a 32-bit integer that indicates the application in which the specified object was created. + + + Returns the name of the specified object. + + + Returns a String indicating the full path of a object. + + + Returns a collection. + + + A collection of objects. + + + Returns an Application object that represents the container application for the object. + + + Returns an Integer indicating the number of items in the specified collection. + + + Returns a 32-bit integer that indicates the application in which the specified object was created. + + + + Returns a object that represents a subfolder of the parent object. + Required Integer. Determines which subfolder to return. + + + Represents a block of HTML script in a Microsoft Word document, on a Microsoft Excel spreadsheet, or on a Microsoft PowerPoint slide. + + + Returns an Application object that represents the container application for the object. + + + Returns a 32-bit integer that indicates the application in which the specified object was created. + + + Deletes the specified object from the collection. + + + Returns or sets attributes added to the <SCRIPT> tag, with the exception of the LANGUAGE and ID attributes. + + + Returns or sets the ID of a object. + + + Returns or sets the scripting language of the active script. + + + Returns the location of the script anchor in the specified HTML document. + + + Returns the Parent object for the specified object. + + + Returns or sets the text contained in a block of script. + + + Returns a Shape object or InlineShape object, depending on the Microsoft Office host application. + + + A collection of objects that represent the collection of HTML scripts in the specified document. + + + Adds a object to the collection of one of the following objects: a Document or Range object in Microsoft Word; a Worksheet or Chart object in Microsoft Excel; or a Slide, SlideRange, slide Master, or title Master object in Microsoft PowerPoint. + Optional Object (Microsoft Excel only). The argument accepts an Excel Range object, which specifies the placement of the script anchor on an Excel Worksheet. You cannot insert script anchors into Excel charts. + Optional . Specifies the location of the script anchor in a document. If you’ve specified the argument, the argument isn’t used; the location of the argument determines the location of the script anchor. + Optional . Specifies the script language. + Optional String. The ID of the <SCRIPT> tag in HTML. The argument specifies an SGML identifier used for naming elements. Valid identifiers include any string that begins with a letter and is composed of alphanumeric characters; the string can also include the underscore character ( _ ). The ID must be unique within the HTML document. This parameter is exported as the ID attribute in the <SCRIPT> tag. + Optional String. Specifies attributes that are to be added to the <SCRIPT> tag (LANGUAGE and ID attributes are exported through the and parameters and should not be exported through the parameter). The default is the empty string. Attributes are separated by spaces, the same as in HTML. The Microsoft Office host application doesn’t provide any means of checking the syntax of passed attributes. + Optional String. Specifies the text contained in a block of script. The default is the empty string. The Microsoft Office host application doesn’t check the syntax of the script. + + + Returns an Application object that represents the container application for the object. + + + Returns an Integer indicating the number of items in the specified collection. + + + Returns a 32-bit integer that indicates the application in which the specified object was created. + + + Deletes the specified object from the collection. + + + + Returns a member of the collection. + Required Object. The ID or index number of the script to be returned. + + + Returns the Parent object for the specified object. + + + A collection of objects that determines which folders are searched when the method of the object is called. + + + Adds a search folder to a file search. + Required . The folder to add to the search. + + + Returns an Application object that represents the container application for the object. + + + Returns an Integer indicating the number of items in the specified collection. + + + Returns a 32-bit integer that indicates the application in which the specified object was created. + + + + Returns a object that represents a subfolder of the parent object. + Required Integer. Determines which subfolder to return. + + + Removes the specified object from the collection. + Required Integer. The index number of the property test to be removed. + + + Corresponds to a type of folder tree that can be searched by using the object. + + + Returns an Application object that represents the container application for the object. + + + Returns a 32-bit integer that indicates the application in which the specified object was created. + + + Returns a object. + + + Returns a value that corresponds to the type of object. + + + A collection of objects. + + + Returns an Application object that represents the container application for the object. + + + Returns an Integer indicating the number of items in the specified collection. + + + Returns a 32-bit integer that indicates the application in which the specified object was created. + + + + Returns a object that corresponds to an area in which to perform a file search, such as local drives or Microsoft Outlook folders. + Required Integer. Determines which SearchScope object to return. + + + + + + + + + + Returns an Application object that represents the container application for the object. + Object + + + + Returns a 32-bit integer that indicates the application in which this object was created. Read-only. + Integer + + + + + + + + + Represents a policy specified for a document type stored on a server running Office SharePoint Server 2007. + + + Gets an Application object that represents the container application for the object. Read-only. + Object + + + Gets a Boolean value that indicates whether you can preview items using this policy. Read-only. + Boolean + + + Gets the number of items in the collection. Read-only. + Integer + + + Gets a 32-bit integer that indicates the application in which the object was created. Read-only. + Integer + + + A description of what the server policy is and its purpose. Read-only. + String + + + Gets the ID of a server policy. Read-only. + String + + + Gets a object from the collection. Read-only. + PolicyItem + The name or index number of the PolicyItem object to be returned. + + + Gets the name of the object. Read-only. + String + + + Gets the parent object for the object. Read-only. + Object + + + Gets the information specified in the Policy Statement. Read-only. + String + + + Reserved for internal use. + + + + Returns or sets the degree of blurriness of the specified shadow. Read/write. + Single + + + + + + + + + + + Returns or sets an that represents whether to rotate the shadow when rotating the shape. Read/write. + + + + + + Returns or sets the size of the specified shadow. Read/write. + Single + + + Returns or sets the style of the specified shadow. Read/write. + + + + + + + + + Reserved for internal use. + + + + + + + + Returns or sets the background style. Read/write. + + + + + + + + + + + + + Returns the chart contained in the shape. Read-only. + + + + + + + + + + + Copies the object to the Clipboard. + + + + Cuts the object to the Clipboard or pastes it into a specified destination. + + + + + + + + + Returns a object for a specified shape that contains glow formatting properties for the shape. Read-only. + + + + + + + Returns whether a shape contains a chart. Read-only. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Returns a object for a specified shape that contains reflection formatting properties for the shape. Read-only. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Returns or sets an that represents the shape style of shape range. Read/write. + + + + + + Gets top-level class for interacting with a SmartArt graphic. + + + Returns a object for a specified shape that contains soft edge formatting properties for the shape. Read-only. + + + + + + + + Returns a object that contains text formatting for the specified shape. Read-only. + + + + + + + Sets or gets the title of a file dialog box displayed using the object. + + + + + + + + + + + + Reserved for internal use. + + + + + + + + + Reserved for internal use. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Reserved for internal use. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Reserved for internal use. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + A SharedWorkspace object allows the developer to add the active document to a Microsoft Windows SharePoint Services document workspace on the server and to manage other objects in the shared workspace. + + + Returns an Application object that represents the container application for the object. + + + Returns a Boolean value that indicates whether or not the active document is currently saved in and connected to a shared workspace. + + + Creates a new document workspace on the server and adds the active document to the new shared workspace. + Optional String. The URL for the parent folder in which the new shared workspace is to be created. If you do not supply a URL, the new shared workspace is created in the user's default server location. + Optional String. The name of the new shared workspace. Defaults to the name of the active document without its file extension. For example, if you create a shared workspace for Budget.xls, the name of the new shared workspace becomes "Budget". + + + Returns a 32-bit integer that indicates the application in which the specified object was created. + + + Deletes the current shared workspace and all data within it. + + + Disconnects the local copy of the active document from the shared workspace. + + + Returns a collection that represents the list of files stored in the document library associated with the current shared workspace. + + + Returns a collection that represents the list of subfolders in the document library associated with the current shared workspace. + + + Returns the date and time when the method was most recently called. + + + Returns a collection that represents the list of links saved in the current shared workspace. + + + Returns a collection that represents the list of members in the current shared workspace. + + + Returns or sets the name of the specified object. + + + Returns the Parent object for the specified object. + + + Refreshes the local cache of the object's files, folders, links, members, and tasks from the server. + + + Removes the active document from the shared workspace. + + + Designates the location of the public copy of a shared document to which changes should be published after the document has been revised in a separate document workspace. + + + Returns a collection that represents the list of tasks in the current shared workspace. + + + Returns the top-level Uniform Resource Locator (URL) of the shared workspace. + + + The SharedWorkspaceFile object represents a file saved in a shared document workspace. + + + Returns an Application object that represents the container application for the object. + + + Returns the friendly name of the member who created the shared workspace object. + + + Returns the date and time when the shared workspace object was created. + + + Returns a 32-bit integer that indicates the application in which the specified object was created. + + + Deletes the current object. + + + Returns the name of the user who last modified the object. + + + Returns the date and time when the shared workspace object was last modified. + + + Returns the Parent object for the specified object. + + + Returns the full uniform resource locator (URL) and file name of the shared workspace file. + + + A collection of the objects in the current shared workspace. + + + Adds a file to the document library in a shared workspace. + Required String. The path and filename of the file to be added to the current shared workspace. + Optional . The subfolder in which to place the file, if not the main document library folder within the shared workspace. Add the file to the main document library folder by leaving this optional argument empty. + Optional Boolean. True to overwrite an existing file by the same name. Default is False. + Optional Boolean. True to keep the local copy of the document synchronized with the copy in the shared workspace. Default is False. + + + Returns an Application object that represents the container application for the object. + + + Returns an Integer indicating the number of items in the specified collection. + + + Returns a 32-bit integer that indicates the application in which the specified object was created. + + + + Returns a object from the Files collection of the shared workspace. + Optional Integer. Returns the SharedWorkspaceFile at the position specified. does not correspond to the order in which the items are displayed in the Shared Workspace pane, and is not affected by re-sorting the display. + + + Returns a Boolean value that indicates whether the number of items in the collection has exceeded the 99 that can be displayed in the Shared Workspace task pane. + + + Returns the Parent object for the specified object. + + + The SharedWorkspaceFolder object represents a folder in a shared document workspace. + + + Returns an Application object that represents the container application for the object. + + + Returns a 32-bit integer that indicates the application in which the specified object was created. + + + Deletes the current shared workspace folder and all data within it. + Optional Boolean. True to delete the folder without warning even if the folder contains files. Default is False. + + + Returns the name of a subfolder within the main document library folder of a shared workspace. + + + Returns the Parent object for the specified object. + + + A collection of the objects in the current shared workspace. + + + Adds a folder to the document library in a shared workspace. + Required String. The name of the folder to be added to the current shared workspace. + Optional . The subfolder in which to place the new folder, if not the main document library folder within the shared workspace. Add the folder to the main document library folder by leaving this optional argument empty. + + + Returns an Application object that represents the container application for the object. + + + Returns an Integer indicating the number of items in the specified collection. + + + Returns a 32-bit integer that indicates the application in which the specified object was created. + + + + Returns a object from the Folders collection of the shared workspace. + Required Integer. Returns the SharedWorkspaceFolder at the position specified. does not correspond to the order in which the items are displayed in the Shared Workspace pane, and is not affected by re-sorting the display. + + + Returns a Boolean value that indicates whether the number of items in the collection has exceeded the 99 that can be displayed in the Shared Workspace task pane. + + + Returns the Parent object for the specified object. + + + The SharedWorkspaceLink object represents a URL link saved in a shared document workspace. + + + Returns an Application object that represents the container application for the object. + + + Returns the friendly name of the member who created the shared workspace object. + + + Returns the date and time when the shared workspace object was created. + + + Returns a 32-bit integer that indicates the application in which the specified object was created. + + + Deletes the current object. + + + Returns or sets a descriptive String value for the specified object. + + + Returns the name of the user who last modified the object. + + + Returns the date and time when the shared workspace object was last modified. + + + Returns or sets the optional notes associated with a shared workspace link. + + + Returns the Parent object for the specified object. + + + Uploads changes made programmatically to a to the server. + + + Returns or sets the uniform resource locator (URL) of the link saved in the shared workspace. + + + A collection of the objects in the current shared workspace. + + + Adds a link to the list of links in a shared workspace. + Required Object. The URL of the web site to which a link is being added. + Optional Object. Optional description of the link. + Optional String. Optional notes about the link. + + + Returns an Application object that represents the container application for the object. + + + Returns an Integer indicating the number of items in the specified collection. + + + Returns a 32-bit integer that indicates the application in which the specified object was created. + + + + Returns a object from the Links collection of the shared workspace. + Required Integer. Returns the SharedWorkspaceLink at the position specified. does not correspond to the order in which the items are displayed in the Shared Workspace pane, and is not affected by re-sorting the display. + + + Returns a Boolean value that indicates whether the number of items in the collection has exceeded the 99 that can be displayed in the Shared Workspace task pane. + + + Returns the Parent object for the specified object. + + + The SharedWorkspaceMember object represents a user who has rights in a shared document workspace. + + + Returns an Application object that represents the container application for the object. + + + Returns a 32-bit integer that indicates the application in which the specified object was created. + + + Deletes the current object. + + + Returns the domain and user name of the specified in the format domain\user. + + + Returns the email name of the specified in the format user@domain.com. + + + Reserved for internal use. + + + Returns the name of the specified object. + + + Returns the Parent object for the specified object. + + + A collection of the objects in the current shared workspace. + + + Adds a member to the list of members in a shared workspace. + Required String. The new member's email address in the format . Raises an error if the user is not a valid candidate for membership in the shared workspace. + Required String. The new member's Windows user name in the format . + Required String. The friendly name to display for the new member. + Optional String. An optional role that determines the tasks the new member can accomplish in the shared workspace; for example, "Contributor". An invalid role name raises an error. + + + Returns an Application object that represents the container application for the object. + + + Returns an Integer indicating the number of items in the specified collection. + + + Returns a 32-bit integer that indicates the application in which the specified object was created. + + + + Returns a object from the Members collection of the shared workspace. + Required Integer. Returns the SharedWorkspaceMember at the position specified. does not correspond to the order in which the items are displayed in the Shared Workspace pane. + + + Returns a Boolean value that indicates whether the number of items in the collection has exceeded the 99 that can be displayed in the Shared Workspace task pane. + + + Returns the Parent object for the specified object. + + + The SharedWorkspaceTask object represents a task in a shared document workspace. + + + Returns an Application object that represents the container application for the object. + + + Returns or sets the to whom the task is assigned. + + + Returns the friendly name of the member who created the shared workspace object. + + + Returns the date and time when the shared workspace object was created. + + + Returns a 32-bit integer that indicates the application in which the specified object was created. + + + Deletes the current object. + + + Returns or sets a descriptive String value for the specified object. + + + Returns or sets the optional due date and time of a object. + + + Returns the name of the user who last modified the object. + + + Returns the date and time when the shared workspace object was last modified. + + + Returns the Parent object for the specified object. + + + Returns or sets the status of the specified shared workspace task. + + + Uploads changes made programmatically to a to the server. + + + Returns or sets the status of the specified shared workspace task. + + + Returns or sets the title of a object. + + + A collection of the objects in the current shared workspace. + + + Adds a task to the list of tasks in a shared workspace and returns a object. + Required String. The title of the new task. + Optional . The status of the new task. Default is msoSharedWorkspaceTaskStatusNotStarted. + Optional . The priority of the new task. Default is msoSharedWorkspaceTaskPriorityNormal. + Optional . The member to whom the new task is assigned. + Optional String. The description of the new task. + Optional Date. The due date of the new task. + + + Returns an Application object that represents the container application for the object. + + + Returns an Integer indicating the number of items in the specified collection. + + + Returns a 32-bit integer that indicates the application in which the specified object was created. + + + + Returns a object from the Tasks collection of the shared workspace. + Required Integer. Returns the SharedWorkspaceTask at the position specified. does not correspond to the order in which the items are displayed in the Shared Workspace pane, and is not affected by re-sorting the display. + + + Returns a Boolean value that indicates whether the number of items in the collection has exceeded the 99 that can be displayed in the Shared Workspace task pane. + + + Returns the Parent object for the specified object. + + + Corresponds to a digital signature that is attached to a document. + + + Returns an Application object that represents the container application for the object. + + + Determine if the digital certificate that corresponds to the specified object is attached to the document. + + + Gets a Boolean value indicating whether the user can set properties of the object. Read-only. + Boolean + + + Returns a 32-bit integer that indicates the application in which the specified object was created. + + + Deletes the specified object from the collection. + + + Gets information about a signature. Read-only. + + + + + + Returns an Object representing the date on which the digital signature that corresponds to the object will expire. + + + Determine if the digital certificate that corresponds to the object has expired. + + + Determine if the digital certificate that corresponds to the object has been revoked by the issuer of the certificate. + + + Gets a value indicating whether this is a signature line. Read-only. + Boolean + + + Gets a Boolean value indicating whether the document was signed successfully. Read-only. + Boolean + + + Returns a String representing the name of the issuer of the digital certificate that corresponds to the object. + + + Determines if the digital signature that corresponds to the object is a valid signature. + + + Returns the Parent object for the specified object. + + + Gets a object that provides access to various properties of a signature packet. Read-only. + SignatureSetup + + + Displays details related to a signature packet. + + + Creates a signature packet. + The signature line graphic image. + The suggested signer. + The additional signature line. + The e-mail address of the suggested signer. + + + Gets the object associated with a object that is a signature line. Read-only. + Object + + + Returns an Object representing the date and time that the digital certificate corresponding to the object was attached to the document. + + + Returns a String representing the name of the person who attached the digital certificate that corresponds to the object to the document. + + + Gets a value representing the sort order of the signatures in a packet with multiple signatures. Read-only. + Integer + + + Indicates additional information about a signature. + + + Specifies the local signing time. + + + Specifies the application name. + + + Specifies the application version. + + + Specifies the Office version. + + + Specifies the Windows version. + + + Specifies the number of monitors + + + Specifies the horizontal resolution. + + + Specifies the vertical resolution. + + + Specifies the color depth. + + + Specifies the signed data. + + + Specifies the document preview image. + + + Specifies the IP form hash. + + + Specifies the IP current view. + + + Specifies the signature type. + + + Specifies the hash algorithm. + + + Specifies the Should Show View Warning setting. + + + Specifies the suggested signer delegate. + + + Specifies the set of suggested signer's delegates. + + + Specifies the suggested signer's delegate's signature line. + + + Specifies the set of suggested signer's delegate's signature lines. + + + Specifies the suggested signer's delegate's e-mail. + + + Indicates whether an email for a suggested signer delegate has been specified. + + + Represents the information used to create a digital or in-document signature. + + + Gets an Application object that represents the container application for the object. Read-only. + Object + + + Gets the results from the verification of a digital certificate. Read-only. + + + + + + Gets a value representing the results of the verification of the hashed contents of a signed document. Read-only. + + + + + + Gets a 32-bit integer that indicates the application in which the object was created. Read-only. + Integer + + + Displays a specified detail related to a digital certificate. + Object + An enumerated value specifying which certificate detail to display. + + + Displays a specified detail related to a signature. + Object + An enumerated value specifying which signature detail to display. + + + Gets a Boolean value indicating whether the digital certificate is expired. Read-only. + Boolean + + + Gets a Boolean value indicating whether the digital certificate is revoked. Read-only. + Boolean + + + Gets a Boolean value indicating whether the digital certificate used to digitally sign a document comes from a trusted source. Read-only. + Boolean + + + Gets a Boolean value indicating whether the signature was successfully validated following signature verification. Read-only. + Boolean + + + Gets a Boolean value indicating whether the object is read-only. Read-only. + Boolean + + + Displays a dialog box containing information about a digital certificate following vertification of the user from a thumbprint. + Contains information about the signer identified by the thumbprint. + + + Displays a dialog box that allows users to select which signature certificate to use for signing a document. + Contains a handle to the window containing the certificate selection dialog box. + + + Displays the selected or default digital certificate. + Contains the handle to the window containing the Certificate dialog box. + + + Gets or sets a value containing comments included in a signature packet. Read/write. + String + + + Gets or sets the value of the image used to sign the document. Read/write. + IPictureDisp + + + Gets a value identifying an installed signature provider add-in. Read-only. + String + + + Gets or sets the value of the signature text used to sign this document. Read/write. + String + + + Indicates the signature line image. + + + The SoftwareRequired image. + + + The Unsigned image. + + + The SignedValid image. + + + The SignedInvalid image. + + + + + + Represents a signature provider add-in. + + + Gets a signature line image. + IPictureDisp + Contains the name if the signature line graphic. + Specifies initial settings of the signature provider add-in. + Specifies information about the signature provider add-in. + + + Queries the signature provider add-in for various details. + Object + Contains an enumerated value representing the type of information to query the add-in for. + + + Allows a signature provider add-in to create a hash value for the document that you can use to determine if the document contents were tampered with after digital signing. + Array + Provides a way to query the host application for permission to continue the hashing process. + Contains the data stream. + + + Used to display a dialog box informing the user that the signing process has completed and providing additional functionality for the add-in. + Allows the host application to obtain the handle to the window containing the displayed dialog box. + Contains initial settings of the signature provider. + Contains information about the signature provider add-in. + + + Provides a signature provider add-in the opportunity to display details about a signed signature line and display additional stored information such as a secure time-stamp. + Contains the handle to the window containing the signature details. + Specifies initial settings of the signature provider. + Specifies information about the signed signature line. + Represents a steam of data or binary large object of XML. + Contains a value representing the results of verificating the signature content. + Contains a value representing the results of verificating the signing certification. + + + Provides a signature provider add-in the opportunity to display the Signature Setup dialog box to the user. + Contains the handle to the window containing the Signature Setup dialog box. + Specifies initial settings of the signature provider. + + + Provides a signature provider add-in the opportunity to display the Signature dialog box to users, allowing them to specify their identity and then be authenticated. + Contains the handle to the window containing the Signature dialog box. + Specifies initial settings of the signature provider. + Specifies information about the signature provider. + + + Used to sign the XMLDSIG template. + Provides a way to query the host application for permission to continue the verification operation. + Specifies configuration information about a signature line. + Specifies information captured from the signing ceremony. + Represents a steam of data containing XML, which represents an XMLDSIG object. + + + Verifies a signature based on the signed state of the document and the legitimacy of the certificate used for signing. + Provides a way to query the host application for permission to continue the verification operation. + Specifies configuration information about a signature line. + Specifies information captured from the signing ceremony. + Represents a steam of data containing XML, which represents an XMLDSIG object. + Specifies the status of the signature verification action. + Specifies the status of the signing certificate verification. + + + Specifies properties of a signature provider. + + + The URL of the signature provider. + + + Hash algorithm used to hash the data in the file. + + + + Indicates that the signature provider only uses a custom user interface. + + + + + + + + + A collection of objects that correspond to the digital signatures attached to a document. + + + Returns a object that represents a new e-mail signature. + + + Creates a signature packet when digitally signing a document. + + + + Represents the ID of the signature provider. + + + Adds lines to a document where signatures are collected. + Signature + Represents the ID of the signature provider. + + + Returns an Application object that represents the container application for the object. + + + Gets a Boolean value indicating whether you can add a signature line to a document. Read-only. + Boolean + + + Commits all changes of the specified collection to disk. + + + Returns an Integer indicating the number of items in the specified collection. + + + Returns a 32-bit integer that indicates the application in which the specified object was created. + + + + Returns a object that corresponds to one of the digital signatures with which the document is currently signed. + Required Integer. Determines which Signature object to return. + + + Returns the Parent object for the specified object. + + + Gets or sets a Boolean value indicating whether the Signature task pane should be displayed. Read/write. + Boolean + + + Gets or sets a value that acts as a filter on the available objects for a document. Read/write. + + + + + + Represents the information used to set up a signature packet. + + + Gets or sets any additional XML information added to the signature during setup. Read/write. + String + + + Gets or sets a Boolean value specifying whether the signer can enter comments in the Sign dialog box. Read/write. + Boolean + + + Gets an Application object that represents the container application for the object. Read-only. + Object + + + Gets a 32-bit integer that indicates the application in which the object was created. Read-only. + Integer + + + Gets the ID of the signature provider for a document. Read-only. + String + + + Gets a Boolean value indicating whether the object is read-only. Read-only. + Boolean + + + Gets or sets a Boolean value indicating whether the date the document was signed should be displayed. Read/write. + Boolean + + + Gets a value identifying an installed signature provider add-in. Read-only. + String + + + Gets or sets the instructions for signing the document. Read/write. + String + + + Gets or sets the name of the principle signer of the document. Read/write. + String + + + Gets or sets the e-mail address of the signer of the document. Read/write. + String + + + Gets or sets the second line of suggested signer information (for example, title). Read/write. + String + + + Specifies properties of a signature. + + + A signature not generated by Office. + + + + A signature that is not visible in the content of the document. + + + + A signature that is visible in the content of the document. + + + Specifies the maximum number of the signature types available in the current version of Office. + + + The top level class for interacting with a SmartArt graphic. Specifies constants that define the types of SmartArt nodes. + + + Gets a object containing all of the nodes within the SmartArt diagram. + + + Gets a object that represents the container application for the SmartArt object. + + + Gets or sets the Smart Art color style applied to the Smart Art graphic. + + + Gets a 32-bit integer that indicates the application in which the SmartArt object was created. + + + Gets or sets the Smart Art layout associated with the Smart Art graphic. + + + Gets the children of the root node of the SmartArt diagram. + + + Gets the calling object. + + + Gets or sets the SmartArt quick style applied to the SmartArt graphic. + + + Resets the SmartArt graphic to its original state. + + + Gets or sets the state of the SmartArt diagram with regard to (left-to-right) LTR or (right-to-left) RTL, if the diagram supports reversal. + + + Represents the color scheme for the SmartArt diagram. + + + Gets an Application object that represents the container application for the SmartArtColor object. + + + Retrieves the primary category name associated with the SmartArt color style. + + + Returns a 32-bit integer that indicates the application in which this object was created. + + + Returns the description of the SmartArt color style. + + + Returns the unique identifier of the associated SmartArt color style. + + + Returns the string name of the SmartArt color style. + + + Returns the calling object. + + + A collection of SmartArt color styles. + + + Gets a object that represents the container application for the SmartArtColors object. + + + Gets the count of the number of SmartArtColor objects contained within the SmartArtColors collection. + + + Gets a 32-bit integer that indicates the application in which the SmartArtColors object was created. + + + Returns . + + + Gets a object at the specified index or with the specified unique identifier. + Specifies either the index or the identifier of the SmartArt color. + + + Returns the calling object. + + + Represents a SmartArt diagram. + + + Gets a object that represents the container application for the SmartArtLayout object. + + + Gets the primary category name associated with the SmartArt layout. + + + Gets a 32-bit integer that indicates the application in which the SmartArtLayout object was created. + + + Gets the description of the SmartArt layout. + + + Retrieves the unique identifier of the associated SmartArt layout. + + + Gets the string name of the SmartArt layout. + + + Gets the calling object. + + + Represents a collection of SmartArt layout diagrams. + + + Gets a object that represents the container application for the SmartArtLayouts object. + + + Gets the count of the number of objects contained within the SmartArtLayouts collection. + + + Gets a 32-bit integer that indicates the application in which the SmartArtLayouts object was created. + + + Returns . + + + Gets a object at the specified index or with the specified unique identifier. + Specifies either the index or the location of the object. + + + Gets the calling object. + + + A single semantic node within the data model of a SmartArt graphic. + + + Adds a new SmartArt node to the data model in the way specified by the value, and . + Specifies the location of the SmartArtNode in the data model. For example, or . + Specifies the type of the added SmartArtNode. For example, or . + + + Gets an Application object that represents the container application for the SmartArtNode object. + + + Gets a 32-bit integer that indicates the application in which the SmartArtNode object was created. + + + Removes the current SmartArt node. + + + Demotes the current node a single level within the data model. + + + Returns true if this node is a hidden node in the data model. + + + Increases the size of the SmartArt. Mimics the behavior of the Larger button on the Microsoft Office Fluent Ribbon Format tab for SmartArt. + + + Returns the node’s level in the hierarchy. + + + Returns the child nodes associated with this SmartArt Node. + + + Returns or sets the associated with this node if there is one. + + + Gets the calling object. + + + Returns the parent SmartArtNode of this SmartArtNode. + + + Promotes the current node (and all its children) a single level within the data model. + + + Swaps a node with the next node in the bulleted list. This method reorders the node’s entire family. + + + Swaps a node with the previous node in the bulleted list. This method reorders the node’s entire family. + + + Returns the shape range associated with this SmartArtNode object. + + + Decreases the size of the SmartArt. Mimics the behavior of the Smaller button on the Microsoft Office Fluent Ribbon UI Format tab for SmartArt. + + + Returns the text associated with the SmartArtNode object. + Returns a . + + + Returns the type of SmartArt node. + + + Represents a collection of nodes within a SmartArt diagram. + + + Adds a new object to the diagram with specified text. + + + Gets a object that represents the container application for the SmartArtNodes object. + + + Gets the number of objects contained within the SmartArtNodescollection. + + + Gets a 32-bit integer that indicates the application in which the SmartArtNodes object was created. + + + Returns . + + + Gets a object at the specified index or with the specified unique identifier. + Specifies either the index or a string the location of the object. + + + Gets the calling object. + + + Represents a SmartArt quick style + + + Gets a object that represents the container application for the SmartArtQuickStyle object. + + + Gets the primary category name associated with the SmartArt quick style. + + + Gets a 32-bit integer that indicates the application in which the SmartArtQuickStyle object was created. + + + Gets the description of the SmartArt quick style. + + + Gets the unique identifier of the associated SmartArt quick style. + + + Gets the string name of the SmartArt quick style. + + + Returns the calling object. + + + Represents a collection of SmartArt quick styles. + + + Gets a object that represents the container application for the SmartArtQuickStyles object. + + + Gets the count of the number of objects contained within the SmartArtQuickStyles collection. + + + Gets a 32-bit integer that indicates the application in which the SmartArtQuickStyles object was created. + + + Returns . + + + Gets a object at the specified index or with the specified unique identifier. + Specifies either the index or the location of the object. + + + Gets the calling object. + + + The SmartDocument property of the Microsoft Office Word 2003 Document object and the Microsoft Office Excel 2003 Workbook object returns a SmartDocument object. + + + Returns an Application object that represents the container application for the object. + + + Returns a 32-bit integer that indicates the application in which the specified object was created. + + + Displays a dialog box which allows the user to choose an available XML expansion pack to attach to the active Microsoft Office Word 2003 document or Microsoft Office Excel 2003 workbook. + Optional Boolean. True displays all available XML expansion packs installed on the user's computer. False displays only XML expansion packs applicable to the active document. Default value is False. + + + Refreshes the Document Actions task pane for the active Microsoft Office Word 2003 document or Microsoft Office Excel 2003 workbook. + + + Returns or sets the ID, often a globally unique identifier (GUID), which identifies the XML expansion pack attached to the active Microsoft Office Word 2003 document or Microsoft Office Excel 2003 workbook. + + + Returns or sets an absolute URL that provides the complete path to the XML expansion pack file attached to the active Microsoft Office Word 2003 document or Microsoft Office Excel 2003 workbook. + + + Represents the soft edges effect in Office graphics. + + + Gets an Application object that represents the container application for the object. Read-only. + Object + + + Gets a 32-bit integer that indicates the application in which the object was created. Read-only. + Integer + + + Gets or sets the size, measured in points, of the soft edge effect of the shape. + + + Gets or sets the type of the object. Read/write. + + + + + + Use the Sync object to manage the synchronization of the local and server copies of a shared document stored in a Windows SharePoint Services document workspace. + + + Returns an Application object that represents the container application for the object. + + + Returns a 32-bit integer that indicates the application in which the specified object was created. + + + Returns a constant which indicates the type of the most recent document synchronization error. + + + Compares the local version of the shared document to the version on the server. + + + Returns the date and time when the local copy of the active document was last synchronized with the server copy. + + + Opens a different version of the shared document alongside the currently open local version. + Required . + + + Returns the Parent object for the specified object. + + + Updates the server copy of the shared document with the local copy. + + + Resolves conflicts between the local and the server copies of a shared document. + Required . + + + Returns the status of the synchronization of the local copy of the active document with the server copy. + + + Resumes synchronization between the local copy and the server copy of a shared document. + + + Displays the friendly name of the user who last saved changes to the server copy of a shared document. + + + Represents a single tab stop. The TabStop2 object is a member of the collection. + + + Gets an Application object that represents the container application + +for the object. Read-only. + Object + + + Removes the specified custom tab stop + + + Gets a 32-bit integer that represents the Microsoft Office application in which the + + object was created. Read-only. + Integer + + + Gets the parent of the object. + +Read-only. + Object + + + Gets or sets the position of a tab stop relative to the left margin. Read/write. + Single + + + Gets or sets the type of the object. Read/write. + + + + + + The collection of objects. + + + Adds a new tab stop to the specified object. + + + + The type of tab stop to add. + The horizontal position of the new tab stop relative to the left edge of the text frame. Numeric values are evaluated in points; strings are evaluated in the units specified and can be in any measurement unit supported by the Microsoft Office product. + + + Gets an Application object that represents the container application + +for the object. Read-only. + Object + + + Gets the number of items in the + + collection. Read-only. + Integer + + + Gets a 32-bit integer that represents the Microsoft Office application in which the + + object was created. Read-only. + Integer + + + Gets or sets the default spacing between tab stops. Read/write. + Single + + + + Gets an individual object from the collection. + + + + The number of the object to return. + + + Gets the parent of the specified object. Read-only. + Object + + + + Gets an Application object that represents the container application + +for the object. Read-only. + Object + + + Gets a 32-bit integer that indicates the application in which the + + object was created. Read-only. + Integer + + + Gets or sets the index of the object. Read/write + Integer + + + Gets or sets the spacing between text columns in a object. Read/write. + Single + + + Gets or sets the direction of text in the object. Read/write. + + + + + + Reserved for internal use. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Reserved for internal use. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Returns or sets a value that specifies if the text on a shape is rotated if the shape itself is being rotated. + + + + + + + + + + + + + Represents the text frame in a Shape or ShapeRange objects. + + + Adds period (.) punctuation to the right side of the text contained in object for left-to-right languages and on the left side for right-to-left languages. + + + Used without an object qualifier, this property returns an Application + object that represents the current instance of the Microsoft Office application. Used with an object qualifier, this property returns an Application object that represents the creator of the object. When used with an OLE Automation object, it returns the object's application. Read-only. + Object + + + Gets the height, in points, of the text bounding box for the specified text. Read-only. + Single + + + Gets the left coordinate, in points, of the text bounding box for the specified text. Read-only. + Single + + + Gets the top coordinate, in points, of the text bounding box for the specified text. Read-only. + Single + + + Gets the width, in points, of the text bounding box for the specified text. Read-only. + Single + + + Changes the case of a object to one of the values in the enumeration. + Specifies the type of change to make to the text. + + + Read-only. + + + + The first character in the returned range. + The number of characters to be returned. + + + Copies a object. + + + Gets the number of items in the + + collection. Read-only. + Integer + + + Gets a 32-bit integer that indicates the application in which the + + object was created. Read-only. + Integer + + + Removes a portion or all of the text from a range of text. + + + Deletes a object. + + + Searches a object for a subset of text. + TextRange2 + Contains the text to find. + Specifies the point in the text range to start the search. + Specifies if the target text must exactly match the case of the search text. + Specifies that only whole words will be searched. + + + Returns a Font + object that represents character formatting for the object. Read-only. + Font + + + + Inserts text to the right of the existing text in the object. + TextRange2 + Contains the text to be inserted. + + + Inserts text to the left of the existing text in the object. + TextRange2 + Contains the text to be inserted. + + + Inserts a symbol from the specified font set into the range of text represented by the object. + TextRange2 + The name of the font set. + The number of the symbol. + Indicates whether the value of the symbol is specified as a unicode value. + + + Gets the range of text specified by the index number from the object. + TextRange2 + The index number of the text range. + + + Gets or sets the value of the object. Read/write. + MsoLanguageID + + + Gets the length of a text range. Read-only. + Integer + + + Returns the specified subset of text lines. Read-only. + + + + The first line in the returned range. + The number of lines to be returned. + + + Returns a object that represents the specified subset of left-to-right text runs. A text run consists of a range of characters that share the same font attributes. + + + + Returns the paragraph formatting for the specified text. Read-only. + + + + + + Gets the specified subset of text paragraphs. Read-only. + + + + The first paragraph in the returned range. + The number of paragraphs to be returned. + + + Gets the parent object for the object. + +Read-only. + Object + + + Pastes the contents of the Clipboard into the object. + TextRange2 + + + Replaces the text range with the contents of the Clipboard in the format specified. If the paste succeeds, this method returns a object including the text range that was pasted. + TextRange2 + Determines the format for the Clipboard contents when they're inserted into the document. + + + Removes all period (.) punctuation from the text in the object. + + + Finds specific text in a text range, replaces the found text with a specified string, and returns a object that represents the first occurrence of the found text. Returns Nothing if no match is found. + TextRange2 + The text to search for. + The text you want to replace the found text with. + The position of the character (in the specified text range) after which you want to search for the next occurrence of . For example, if you want to search from the fifth character of the text range, specify 4 for . If this argument is omitted, the first character of the text range is used as the starting point for the search. + Determines whether a distinction is made on the basis of case. + Determines whether only whole words are searched. + + + Gets the coordinates of the vertices of the text bounding box for the specified text range. Read-only. + Returns the position (in points) of the X coordinate of the first vertex of the bounding box for the text within the specified text range. + Returns the position (in points) of the Y coordinate of the first vertex of the bounding box for the text within the specified text range. + Returns the position (in points) of the X coordinate of the second vertex of the bounding box for the text within the specified text range. + Returns the position (in points) of the Y coordinate of the second vertex of the bounding box for the text within the specified text range. + Returns the position (in points) of the X coordinate of the third vertex of the bounding box for the text within the specified text range. + Returns the position (in points) of the Y coordinate of the third vertex of the bounding box for the text within the specified text range. + Returns the position (in points) of the X coordinate of the fourth vertex of the bounding box for the text within the specified text range. + Returns the position (in points) of the Y coordinate of the fourth vertex of the bounding box for the text within the specified text range. + + + Returns a object that represents the specified subset of right-to-left text runs. A text run consists of a range of characters that share the same font attributes. + + + Gets the specified subset of text runs. A text run consists of a range of characters that share the same font attributes. Read-only. + + + + The first run in the returned range. + The number of runs to be returned. + + + Selects the object. + + + Returns the specified subset of text sentences. Read-only. + + + + The first sentence in the returned range. + The number of sentences to be returned. + + + Gets the starting point of the specified text range. Read-only. + Integer + + + Gets or sets a String value that represents the text in a text range. Read/write. + String + + + Returns the specified text minus any trailing spaces. + + + + + + Gets the specified subset of text words. Read-only. + + + + The first word in the returned range. + The number of words to be returned. + + + Represents a color in the color scheme of a Microsoft Office 2007 theme. + + + Gets an Application object that represents the container application for the object. Read-only. + Object + + + Gets a 32-bit integer that indicates the application in which the object was created. Read-only. + Integer + + + Gets the parent object for the object. Read-only. + Object + + + Gets or sets a value of a color in the color scheme of a Microsoft Office theme. Read/write. + MsoRGBType + + + Gets the index value for a color scheme of a Microsoft Office theme. Read-only. + + + + + + Represents the color scheme of a Microsoft Office 2007 theme. + + + Gets an Application object that represents the container application for the object. Read-only. + Object + + + Gets an object that represents a color in the color scheme of a Microsoft Office theme. + ThemeColor + The index value of the object. + + + Gets the number of items in the collection. Read-only. + Integer + + + Gets a 32-bit integer that indicates the application in which the object was created. Read-only. + Integer + + + Gets a value that represents a color in the color scheme of a Microsoft Office theme. + MsoRGBType + The name of the custom color. + + + + Loads the color scheme of a Microsoft Office theme from a file. + The name of the color theme file. + + + Gets the parent object for the object. Read-only. + Object + + + Saves the color scheme of a Microsoft Office theme to a file. + The name of the file. + + + Represents the effects scheme of a Microsoft Office 2007 theme. + + + Gets an Application object that represents the container application for the object. Read-only. + Object + + + Gets a 32-bit integer that indicates the application in which the object was created. Read-only. + Integer + + + Loads the effects scheme of a Microsoft Office theme from a file. + The name of the effect scheme file. + + + Gets the parent object for the object. Read-only. + Object + + + Represents a container for the font schemes of a Microsoft Office 2007 theme. + + + Gets an Application object that represents the container application for the object. Read-only. + Object + + + Gets a 32-bit integer that indicates the application in which the object was created. Read-only. + Integer + + + Gets or sets the name of a font in the font scheme of a Microsoft Office theme. Read/write. + String + + + Gets the parent object for the object. Read-only. + Object + + + Represents a collection of major and minor fonts in the font scheme of a Microsoft Office 2007 theme. + + + Gets an Application object that represents the container application for the object. Read-only. + Object + + + Gets the number of items in the collection. Read-only. + Integer + + + Gets a 32-bit integer that indicates the application in which the object was created. Read-only. + Integer + + + + Gets one of the three language fonts contained in the collection. + ThemeFont + The index value of the object. + + + Gets the parent object for the object. Read-only. + Object + + + Represents the font scheme of a Microsoft Office 2007 theme. + + + Gets an Application object that represents the container application for the object. Read-only. + Object + + + Gets a 32-bit integer that indicates the application in which the object was created. Read-only. + Integer + + + Loads the font scheme of a Microsoft Office theme from a file. + The name of the font scheme file. + + + Gets the font setting for the "Headings" in a document. Read-only. + + + + + + Gets the font settings for the "Body" of a document. Read-only. + + + + + + Gets the parent object for the object. Read-only. + Object + + + Saves the font scheme of a Microsoft Office theme to a file. + The name of the file. + + + Reserved for internal use. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Returns or sets the project text state for the specified object. Read/write + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Returns the Z order of the specified object. Read/write. + Single + + + + + + + + + + Returns an Application object that represents the container application for the object. + Object + + + + Returns a 32-bit integer that indicates the application in which this object was created. Read-only. + Integer + + + + + + The UserPermission object associates a set of permissions on the active document with a single user and an optional expiration date. + + + Returns an Application object that represents the container application for the object. + + + Returns a 32-bit integer that indicates the application in which the specified object was created. + + + Returns or sets the optional expiration date of the permissions on the active document assigned to the user associated with the specified object. + + + Returns the Parent object for the specified object. + + + Returns or sets an Integer value representing the permissions on the active document assigned to the user associated with the specified object. + + + Removes the specified object from the collection of the active document. + + + Returns the email name of the user whose permissions on the active document are determined by the specified object. + + + Reserved for internal use. + + + + + + + + + + + + Reserved for internal use. + + + + + + + + + + + + Reserved for internal use. + + + + + + + + + + + + Reserved for internal use. + + + + + + + + + Represents the default font used when documents are saved as Web pages for a particular character set. + + + Returns an Application object that represents the container application for the object. + + + Returns a 32-bit integer that indicates the application in which the specified object was created. + + + Returns or sets the fixed-width font setting in the host application. + + + Returns or sets the fixed-width font size setting in the host application in points. + + + Returns or sets the proportional font setting in the host application. + + + Returns or sets the proportional font size setting in the host application in points. + + + A collection of objects that describe the proportional font, proportional font size, fixed-width font, and fixed-width font size used when documents are saved as Web pages. + + + Returns an Application object that represents the container application for the object. + + + Returns an Integer indicating the number of items in the specified collection. + + + Returns a 32-bit integer that indicates the application in which the specified object was created. + + + + Returns a object from the collection for a particular value of . + Required . The specified character set. + + + Represents a single workflow task in a collection. + + + Gets an Application object that represents the container application for the object. Read-only. + Object + + + Gets the name of the person that the workflow task is assigned to. Read-only. + String + + + Gets the name of the person that created the workflow task. Read-only. + String + + + Gets the date that a workflow task was created. Read-only. + DateTime + + + Gets a 32-bit integer that indicates the application in which the object was created. Read-only. + Integer + + + Gets the description of a workflow task. Read-only. + String + + + Gets the date that a workflow task is due. Read-only. + DateTime + + + Gets the ID of the Sharepoint list item. Read-only. + String + + + Gets the ID of the list containing the workflow task. Read-only. + String + + + Gets the name of the object. Read-only. + String + + + Displays a workflow task edit user interface for the specified object. + Integer + + + Gets the ID of the workflow associated with a workflow task. Read-only. + String + + + Represents a collection of objects. + + + Gets an Application object that represents the container application for the object. Read-only. + Object + + + Gets the number of items in the collection. Read-only. + Integer + + + Gets a 32-bit integer that indicates the application in which the object was created. Read-only. + Integer + + + + Gets a object from the collection. Read-only. + WorkflowTask + The index number of the WorkflowTask object to be returned. + + + Represents one of the workflows available for the current document. + + + Gets an Application object that represents the container application for the object. Read-only. + Object + + + Gets a 32-bit integer that indicates the application in which the object was created. Read-only. + Integer + + + Gets the description of a workflow template. Read-only. + String + + + Gets the name of the document library associated with the workflow template. Read-only. + String + + + Gets the URL address of the document library where workflow templates are stored. Read-only. + String + + + Gets the ID of a template used to create a workflow instance. Read-only. + String + + + Gets the name of the object. Read-only. + String + + + Displays a workflow specific configuration user interface for the specified object. + Integer + + + Represents a collection of objects. + + + Gets an Application object that represents the container application for the object. Read-only. + Object + + + Gets a Long indicating the number of items in the WorkflowTemplates collection. Read-only. + Long + + + Gets a 32-bit integer that indicates the application in which the object was created. Read-only. + Integer + + + + Gets a object from the collection. Read-only. + WorkflowTemplate + The index number of the WorkflowTemplate object to be returned. + + + Specifies the point on the specified axis where the other axis crosses. + + + Microsoft Excel sets the axis crossing point. + + + The CrossesAt property specifies the axis crossing point. + + + The axis crosses at the maximum value. + + + The axis crosses at the minimum value. + + + Specifies the type of axis group. + + + Primary axis group. + + + Secondary axis group. + + + Specifies the axis type. + + + Axis displays categories. + + + Axis displays data series. + + + Axis displays values. + + + Specifies the shape used with the 3-D bar or column chart. + + + Box. + + + Pyramid, coming to point at value. + + + Pyramid, truncated at value. + + + Cylinder. + + + Cone, coming to point at value. + + + Cone, truncated at value. + + + Specifies the weight of the border around a range. + + + Hairline (thinnest border). + + + Medium. + + + Thick (widest border). + + + Thin. + + + Specifies the type of the category axis. + + + Axis groups data by an arbitrary set of categories. + + + Axis groups data on a time scale. + + + Excel controls the axis type. + + + Specifies the position of the chart element. + + + Automatically sets the position of the chart element. + + + Specifies a specific position for the chart element. + + + Specifies the type of the chart item. + + + Data label. + + + Chart area. + + + Series. + + + Chart title. + + + Walls. + + + Corners. + + + Data table. + + + Trend line. + + + Error bars. + + + X error bars. + + + Y error bars. + + + Legend entry. + + + Legend key. + + + Shape. + + + Major gridlines. + + + Minor gridlines. + + + Axis title. + + + Up bars. + + + Plot area. + + + Down bars. + + + Axis. + + + Series lines. + + + Floor. + + + Legend. + + + HiLo lines. + + + Drop lines. + + + Radar axis labels. + + + Nothing. + + + Leader lines. + + + Display unit label. + + + PivotChart field button. + + + PivotChart drop zone. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Specifies how pictures are displayed on a column, bar picture chart, or legend key. + + + Picture is sized to a specified number of units and repeated the length of the bar. + + + Picture is sized to repeat a maximum of 15 times in the longest stacked bar. + + + Picture is stretched the full length of stacked bar. + + + Specifies the values displayed in the second chart in a pie chart or a bar of pie chart. + + + Second chart displays the smallest values in the data series. The number of values to display is specified by the SplitValue property. + + + Second chart displays values less than some percentage of the total value. The percentage is specified by the SplitValue property. + + + Arbitrary slides are displayed in the second chart. + + + Second chart displays values less than the value specified by the SplitValue property. + + + Specifies the chart type. + + + 3D Clustered Column + + + Stacked Column + + + 100% Stacked Column + + + 3D Clustered Column + + + 3D Stacked Column + + + 3D 100% Stacked Bar + + + Clustered Bar + + + Stacked Bar + + + 100% Stacked Bar + + + 3D Clustered Bar + + + 3D Stacked Bar + + + 3D 100% Stacked Bar + + + Stacked Line + + + 100% Stacked Line + + + Line with Markers + + + Stacked Line with Markers + + + 100% Stacked Line with Markers + + + Pie of Pie + + + Exploded Pie + + + Exploded 3D Pie + + + Bar of Pie + + + Scatter with Smoothed Lines + + + Scatter with Smoothed Lines and No Data Markers + + + Scatter with Lines + + + Scatter with Lines and No Data Markers + + + Stacked Area + + + 100% Stacked Area + + + 3D Stacked Area + + + 100% Stacked Area + + + Exploded Doughnut + + + Radar with Data Markers + + + Filled Radar + + + 3D Surface + + + 3D Surface (wireframe) + + + Surface (Top View) + + + Surface (Top View wireframe) + + + Bubble + + + Bubble with 3D effects + + + High-Low-Close + + + Open-High-Low-Close + + + Volume-High-Low-Close + + + Volume-Open-High-Low-Close + + + Clustered Cone Column + + + Stacked Cylinder Bar + + + 100% Stacked Cylinder Column + + + Clustered Cylinder Bar + + + Stacked Cylinder Bar + + + 100% Stacked Cylinder Bar + + + 3D Cylinder Column + + + Clustered Cone Column + + + Stacked Cone Column + + + 100% Stacked Cone Column + + + Clustered Cone Bar + + + Stacked Cone Bar + + + 100% Stacked Cone Bar + + + 3D Cone Column + + + Clustered Pyramid Column + + + Stacked Pyramid Column + + + 100% Stacked Pyramid Column + + + Clustered Pyramid Bar + + + Stacked Pyramid Bar + + + 100% Stacked Pyramid Bar + + + 3D Pyramid Column + + + 3D Column + + + Line + + + 3D Line + + + 3D Pie + + + Pie + + + Scatter + + + 3D Area + + + Area + + + Doughnut + + + Radar + + + Specifies the color of a selected feature such as border, font, or fill. + + + Automatic color. + + + No color. + + + Specifies global constants used in Microsoft Excel. + + + -4105 + + + -4111 + + + -4114 + + + 2 + + + 3 + + + -4099 + + + -4103 + + + -1 + + + -4142 + + + 0 + + + 1 + + + 1 + + + -4017 + + + -4108 + + + 9 + + + 8 + + + 2 + + + 16 + + + 4 + + + 2 + + + -4117 + + + 5 + + + 1 + + + 1 + + + 17 + + + -4124 + + + -4125 + + + -4126 + + + 18 + + + 15 + + + -4127 + + + 2 + + + -4130 + + + -4131 + + + 13 + + + 11 + + + 14 + + + 12 + + + -4134 + + + 2 + + + 4 + + + 3 + + + 4 + + + 3 + + + 3 + + + 2 + + + 9 + + + 2 + + + -4152 + + + 3 + + + 10 + + + 4 + + + 5 + + + 3 + + + 2 + + + 2 + + + 1 + + + 1 + + + 5 + + + 4 + + + -4160 + + + 2 + + + 3 + + + Indicates the position of data labels relative to the data markers. + + + Data label centered on data point or inside bar or pie. + + + Data label positioned above point. + + + Data label positioned below point. + + + Data label positioned at bottom of bar or pie. + + + Data label positioned at top of bar or pie. + + + Data label positioned at top of bar or pie. + + + Data label positioned arbitrarily. + + + Data label positioned arbitrarily. + + + Office application controls position of data label. + + + Data label positioned at bottom of bar or pie. + + + Data label centered on data point or inside bar or pie. + + + Specifies the type of data label to apply. The default is typically . + + + No data labels. + + + Value for the point (assumed if this argument isn't specified). + + + Percentage of the total. Available only for pie charts and doughnut charts. + + + Category for the point. + + + Percentage of the total, and category for the point. Available only for pie charts and doughnut charts. + + + Show the size of the bubble in reference to the absolute value. + + + Specifies how blank cells are plotted on a chart. + + + Values are interpolated into the chart. + + + Blank cells are not plotted. + + + Blanks are plotted as zero. + + + Indicates numeric units of measurement. + + + Specifies units of hundreds. + + + Specifies units of thousands. + + + Specifies units of tens of thousands. + + + Specifies units of hundreds of thousands. + + + Specifies units of millions. + + + Specifies units of tens of millions. + + + Specifies units of hundreds of millions. + + + Specifies units of thousands of millions. + + + Specifies units of mllions of millions. + + + Specifies custom units. + + + No units are displayed. + + + Specifies the end style for error bars. + + + Caps applied. + + + No caps applied. + + + Specifies which axis values are to receive error bars. + + + Bars run parallel to the Y axis for X-axis values. + + + Bars run parallel to the X axis for Y-axis values. + + + Specifies which error-bar parts to include. + + + Both positive and negative error range. + + + Only negative error range. + + + No error bar range. + + + Only positive error range. + + + Specifies the range marked by error bars. + + + Range is set by fixed values or cell values. + + + Fixed-length error bars. + + + Percentage of range to be covered by the error bars. + + + Shows range for specified number of standard deviations. + + + Shows standard error range. + + + Specifies the horizontal alignment for the object. + + + Center. + + + Center across selection. + + + Distribute. + + + Fill. + + + Align according to data type. + + + Justify. + + + Left. + + + Right. + + + Specifies the position of the legend on a chart. + + + Below the chart. + + + In the upper right-hand corner of the chart border. + + + Left of the chart. + + + Right of the chart. + + + Above the chart. + + + A custom position. + + + Specifies the marker style for a point or series in a line chart, scatter chart, or radar chart. + + + Automatic markers. + + + Circular markers. + + + Long bar markers. + + + Diamond-shaped markers. + + + Short bar markers. + + + No markers. + + + Picture markers. + + + Square markers with a plus sign. + + + Square markers. + + + Square markers with an asterisk. + + + Triangular markers. + + + Square markers with an X. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Specifies the location of the field in a PivotTable report. + + + Specifies the Column field. + + + Specifies the Data field. + + + Specifies that the field is hidden. + + + Specifies the Page field. + + + Specifies the Row field. + + + + + + + + + + + + + Specifies whether the values corresponding to a particular data series are in rows or columns. + + + Data series is in a column. + + + Data series is in a row. + + + Specifies the scale type of the value axis. + + + Linear. + + + Logarithmic. + + + Indicates what the size measurement is in relation to. + + + The size measure is for the width. + + + The size measure is for the area. + + + Specifies the text orientation for tick-mark labels. + + + Text orientation set by Excel. + + + Text runs down. + + + Characters run horizontally. + + + Text runs up. + + + Characters run vertically. + + + Specifies the position of tick-mark labels on the specified axis. + + + Top or right side of the chart. + + + Bottom or left side of the chart. + + + Next to axis (where axis is not at either side of the chart). + + + No tick marks. + + + Specifies the position of major and minor tick marks for an axis. + + + Crosses the axis. + + + Inside the axis. + + + No mark. + + + Outside the axis. + + + Indicates units of time measurement. + + + Specifies Day units. + + + Specifies Month units. + + + Specifies Year units. + + + Specifies how the trendline that smoothes out fluctuations in the data is calculated. + + + Uses an equation to calculate the least squares fit through points, for example, y=ab^x . + + + Uses the linear equation y = mx + b to calculate the least squares fit through points. + + + Uses the equation y = c ln x + b to calculate the least squares fit through points. + + + Uses a sequence of averages computed from parts of the data series. The number of points equals the total number of points in the series less the number specified for the period. + + + Uses an equation to calculate the least squares fit through points, for example, y = ax^6 + bx^5 + cx^4 + dx^3 + ex^2 + fx + g. + + + Uses an equation to calculate the least squares fit through points, for example, y = ax^b. + + + Specifies the type of underline applied to a font. + + + Double thick underline. + + + Two thin underlines placed close together. + + + No underlining. + + + Single underlining. + + + Not supported. + + + Specifies the vertical alignment for the object. + + + Bottom + + + Center + + + Distributed + + + Justify + + + Top + + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/bin/stdole.dll b/bin/stdole.dll new file mode 100644 index 00000000..7d17d372 Binary files /dev/null and b/bin/stdole.dll differ diff --git a/bkt/__init__.py b/bkt/__init__.py index 3edb6bfc..b2f1dfc9 100644 --- a/bkt/__init__.py +++ b/bkt/__init__.py @@ -12,8 +12,8 @@ __author__ = "Christoph Schmitt, Ruben Debeerst, Thomas Weuffel, Florian Stallmann" __copyright__ = "Copyright 2019 Christoph Schmitt, Ruben Debeerst, Thomas Weuffel, Florian Stallmann" __license__ = "MIT" -__version__ = "2.7.0" -__release__ = "BKT r20-05-17" +__version__ = "2.7.1" +__release__ = "BKT r20-07-30" # NOTE: Use StandardLib.dll as alternative to /bin/Lib, but seems to have problems with wpf/fluent @@ -30,6 +30,12 @@ # del platform +# set locale +import locale +locale.setlocale(locale.LC_ALL, '') #auto detect locale +#NOTE: better to set to office UI language? mapping from office lang id to locale string required... +#context.app.LanguageSettings.LanguageID(2) #MsoAppLanguageID=msoLanguageIDUI + # make the followig classes and decorators accessible # via bkt.xxx after 'import bkt' diff --git a/bkt/addin.py b/bkt/addin.py index 13d852e0..e17a7133 100644 --- a/bkt/addin.py +++ b/bkt/addin.py @@ -33,12 +33,20 @@ # ====================== #FIXME: gleiche Log-Datei wie im .Net-Addin verwenden. Verwendung von bkt-debug.log führt noch zu Fehlern (Verlust von log-Text), da die Logger nicht Zeilenweise schreiben. Alternativ logging über C#-Addin-Klasse durchführen -if bkt.config.log_write_file: +if _h.config.log_write_file: + from logging.handlers import RotatingFileHandler + log_level = getattr(logging, bkt.config.log_level or 'WARNING', logging.WARNING) logfile = _h.bkt_base_path_join("bkt-debug-py.log") - filehandler = logging.FileHandler(logfile, 'w', 'utf-8') + # filehandler = logging.FileHandler(logfile, 'w', 'utf-8') + filehandler = RotatingFileHandler(logfile, 'a', 'utf-8', backupCount=2) + try: + filehandler.doRollover() #rollover on each start + except WindowsError: + #rollover fails if file is not accessible due to other office program with bkt addin + pass filehandler.setLevel(log_level) filehandler.setFormatter(logging.Formatter(u'%(asctime)s %(levelname)s: %(message)s')) @@ -68,7 +76,7 @@ def __init__(self): def init_callbacks_from_control(self, control): ''' initialize all callbacks from given control and its children ''' - logging.debug('CallbackManager: init_callbacks for %s ' % control) + logging.debug('CallbackManager: init_callbacks for %s ', control) if (not control): return @@ -76,10 +84,10 @@ def init_callbacks_from_control(self, control): controls = set() for callback in control.collect_callbacks(): cb_key = (callback.callback_type, callback.control.id, callback.control.id_tag) - #logging.debug('callback key (cb_key): ' + str(cb_key)) - #logging.debug('defined callback: control %s / callback-type %s' % (callback.control, callback.callback_type)) + #logging.debug('callback key (cb_key): %s', cb_key) + #logging.debug('defined callback: control %s / callback-type %s', callback.control, callback.callback_type) self.callback_resolution[cb_key] = callback - #logging.debug('method: ' + str(callback)) + #logging.debug('method: %s', callback) if not callback.control in controls: controls.add(callback.control) @@ -121,8 +129,8 @@ def addin_callback(self, control, *args): try: return self._callback(callback, control, *args) except: + logging.exception("error on callback. callback=%s, control.id=%s", callback, control.id) traceback.print_exc() - logging.warning("error on callback. callback=" + str(callback) + ", control.id=" + str(control.id)) try: if bkt.config.show_exception: # show exception only, if multiple errors do not occur within a second @@ -175,7 +183,7 @@ def reset(self): self.events = None if self.app_callbacks: - self.app_callbacks.unbind_app_events() + self.app_callbacks.destroy() self.app_callbacks=None self.app_ui = None @@ -185,7 +193,7 @@ def fallback_get_enabled(self, control): if control.default_callback is None or control.default_callback_control is None: return True - #logging.debug('fallback_get_enabled: called for control id=%s' % (control.id)) + #logging.debug('fallback_get_enabled: called for control id=%s', control.id) cb_control = control.default_callback_control cb_key = (cb_control.default_callback, cb_control.id, cb_control.id_tag) @@ -209,13 +217,12 @@ def fallback_get_enabled(self, control): return False def _callback(self, callback_type, control, *args, **kwargs): - logging.debug("invoke callback for control. callback=" + str(callback_type) + ", control.id=" + str(control.id)) - #logging.debug("invoke callback for control. callback=" + str(callback_type) + ", control=" + str(control)) + logging.debug("invoke callback for control. callback=%s, control.id=%s", callback_type, control.id) my_control, callback = self.callback_manager.resolve_callback(callback_type, control) return_value = None if my_control is None: - logging.warning("could not process callback. no control for control %s, event type %s" % (control, callback_type)) + logging.warning("could not process callback. no control for control %s, event type %s", control, callback_type) if callback_type == bkt.CallbackTypes.get_enabled: return True else: @@ -224,27 +231,26 @@ def _callback(self, callback_type, control, *args, **kwargs): if callback is None: #Do not show hundreds of warnings due to get_enabled if callback_type == bkt.CallbackTypes.get_enabled: - logging.debug("could not process callback. no callback of type %s for control %s. trying fallback" % (callback_type, control)) + logging.debug("could not process callback. no callback of type %s for control %s. trying fallback", callback_type, control) else: - logging.warning("could not process callback. no callback of type %s for control %s. trying fallback" % (callback_type, control)) - #logging.warning("could not process callback. no callback of type %s for control %s. trying fallback" % (callback_type, control)) + logging.warning("could not process callback. no callback of type %s for control %s. trying fallback", callback_type, control) fallback = self.fallback_map.get(callback_type) if fallback is None: - #logging.debug("callback_type %s unresolved for id %s (no callback registered for control id)" % (callback_type, control.id)) + #logging.debug("callback_type %s unresolved for id %s (no callback registered for control id)", callback_type, control.id) return #logging.debug("trying fallback") return fallback(my_control) - #logging.debug("invoking callback: %s --- args=%s --- kwargs=%s" % (callback, args, kwargs)) + #logging.debug("invoking callback: %s --- args=%s --- kwargs=%s", callback, args, kwargs) try: self.context.current_control = my_control self.context.customui_control = control #kwargs.update(self.context.resolve_callback.resolve_arguments(callback.invocation_context)) #return_value= self.app_callbacks.invoke_callback(callback, *args, **kwargs) return_value= self.context.invoke_callback(callback, *args, **kwargs) - logging.debug("return value={}".format(return_value)) + logging.debug("return value=%s", return_value) if callback.callback_type == bkt.CallbackTypes.get_content: # get_content return ribbon-menu-object @@ -256,14 +262,14 @@ def _callback(self, callback_type, control, *args, **kwargs): #FIXME: workaround for ampersand in label, etc... But would be better to escape this properly also incl. < and > return_value = return_value.replace("&", "&") else: - logging.warning("Unexpected return-type in callback for get_content: got %s, expected %s" % (type(menu), bkt.ribbon.Menu)) + logging.warning("Unexpected return-type in callback for get_content: got %s, expected %s", type(menu), bkt.ribbon.Menu) return_value = str(menu) - logging.debug("get_content returned:\n {}".format(return_value)) + logging.debug("get_content returned:\n%s", return_value) except: - logging.error("invoke callback failed for\ncallback-type=" + str(callback_type) + "\ncallback=" + str(callback)) - logging.debug(traceback.format_exc()) + logging.exception("invoke callback failed for\ncallback-type=%s\ncallback=%s", callback_type, callback) + traceback.print_exc() try: if bkt.config.show_exception: # show exception only, if multiple errors do not occur within a second @@ -295,8 +301,8 @@ def _callback(self, callback_type, control, *args, **kwargs): def task_pane(self, sender, eventargs): - logging.debug("---------- event: %s ---------- type / name: %s / %s ----------" % (eventargs.RoutedEvent, type(eventargs.Source), eventargs.Source.Name)) - #logging.debug("task pane invoked callback. event-type=%s, sender name/type=%s/%s" % (eventargs.RoutedEvent, eventargs.Source.Name, eventargs.Source)) + logging.debug("---------- event: %s ---------- type / name: %s / %s ----------", eventargs.RoutedEvent, type(eventargs.Source), eventargs.Source.Name) + # logging.debug("task pane invoked callback. event-type=%s, sender name/type=%s/%s" % (eventargs.RoutedEvent, eventargs.Source.Name, eventargs.Source)) # logging.debug("routed event details: type=%s" % type(eventargs.RoutedEvent)) # logging.debug("routed event details: name=%s" % eventargs.RoutedEvent.Name) # logging.debug("routed event details: handler-type=%s" % eventargs.RoutedEvent.HandlerType) @@ -314,37 +320,37 @@ def task_pane(self, sender, eventargs): # 2) reroute by EventType # FIXME: define routings in taskpane.py # TODO: invalidation und Nutzung get_pressed, get_enabled, get_text, ... - logging.debug("Start RoutedEvents-mapping: RoutedEvent-Name=%s, Source-Type=%s" % (str(eventargs.RoutedEvent.Name), str(eventargs.Source.GetType()))) + logging.debug("Start RoutedEvents-mapping: RoutedEvent-Name=%s, Source-Type=%s", eventargs.RoutedEvent.Name, eventargs.Source.GetType()) if str(eventargs.RoutedEvent.Name)=='LostFocus': if str(eventargs.Source.GetType()) in ['Fluent.TextBox', 'Fluent.Spinner']: ### TEXTBOX LOST FOCUS EVENT - logging.debug("map RoutedEvent to CallbackType.on_change: text=%s" % eventargs.Source.Text) + logging.debug("map RoutedEvent to CallbackType.on_change: text=%s", eventargs.Source.Text) self._callback(bkt.CallbackTypes.on_change, eventargs.Source, eventargs.Source.Text) elif str(eventargs.Source.GetType()) in ['Fluent.ComboBox']: if not eventargs.Source.IsReadOnly: ### EDITABLE COMBOBOX LOST FOCUS EVENT - logging.debug("map RoutedEvent to CallbackType.on_change: text=%s" % eventargs.Source.Text) + logging.debug("map RoutedEvent to CallbackType.on_change: text=%s", eventargs.Source.Text) self._callback(bkt.CallbackTypes.on_change, eventargs.Source, eventargs.Source.Text) elif str(eventargs.RoutedEvent.Name)=='KeyDown': if str(eventargs.Source.GetType()) in ['Fluent.TextBox', 'Fluent.Spinner']: ### TEXTBOX ENTER FIRED - logging.debug("map RoutedEvent to CallbackType.on_change: text=%s" % eventargs.Source.Text) + logging.debug("map RoutedEvent to CallbackType.on_change: text=%s", eventargs.Source.Text) self._callback(bkt.CallbackTypes.on_change, eventargs.Source, eventargs.Source.Text) elif str(eventargs.Source.GetType()) in ['Fluent.ComboBox']: if not eventargs.Source.IsReadOnly: ### EDITABLE COMBOBOX ENTER FIRED - logging.debug("map RoutedEvent to CallbackType.on_change: text=%s" % eventargs.Source.Text) + logging.debug("map RoutedEvent to CallbackType.on_change: text=%s", eventargs.Source.Text) self._callback(bkt.CallbackTypes.on_change, eventargs.Source, eventargs.Source.Text) elif str(eventargs.RoutedEvent.Name)=='Click': if str(eventargs.Source.GetType()) in ['Fluent.MenuItem']: if eventargs.Source.IsCheckable == True: ### MENU ITEM TOGGLE EVENT - logging.debug("map RoutedEvent to CallbackType.on_toggle_action: pressed/checked=%s" % eventargs.Source.IsChecked) + logging.debug("map RoutedEvent to CallbackType.on_toggle_action: pressed/checked=%s", eventargs.Source.IsChecked) self._callback(bkt.CallbackTypes.on_toggle_action, eventargs.Source, eventargs.Source.IsChecked) else: @@ -360,7 +366,7 @@ def task_pane(self, sender, eventargs): elif str(eventargs.Source.GetType()) in ['System.Windows.Controls.Primitives.ToggleButton', 'Fluent.ToggleButton', 'Fluent.CheckBox', 'Fluent.RadioButton']: ### TOGGLE EVENT - logging.debug("map RoutedEvent to CallbackType.on_toggle_action: pressed/checked=%s" % eventargs.Source.IsChecked) + logging.debug("map RoutedEvent to CallbackType.on_toggle_action: pressed/checked=%s", eventargs.Source.IsChecked) self._callback(bkt.CallbackTypes.on_toggle_action, eventargs.Source, eventargs.Source.IsChecked) else: @@ -377,27 +383,27 @@ def task_pane(self, sender, eventargs): if str(eventargs.Source.GetType()) in ['Fluent.Gallery', 'Fluent.InRibbonGallery']: ### GALLERY SELECTION CHANGE EVENT # assume eventargs.Source.SelectedValue is TextBlock - logging.debug("map RoutedEvent to on_change: value=%s" % eventargs.Source.SelectedValue.Text) + logging.debug("map RoutedEvent to on_change: value=%s", eventargs.Source.SelectedValue.Text) self._callback(bkt.CallbackTypes.on_change, eventargs.Source, eventargs.Source.SelectedValue.Text) elif str(eventargs.Source.GetType()) in ['Fluent.ComboBox']: ### COMBOBOX ACTION INDEXD EVENT / SELECTION CHANGE EVENT - logging.debug("map RoutedEvent to on_action_indexed: index=%s" % eventargs.Source.SelectedIndex) + logging.debug("map RoutedEvent to on_action_indexed: index=%s", eventargs.Source.SelectedIndex) self._callback(bkt.CallbackTypes.on_action_indexed, eventargs.Source, eventargs.Source.SelectedIndex, eventargs.Source.SelectedIndex) - logging.debug("map RoutedEvent to on_change: value=%s" % str(eventargs.Source.SelectedValue)) + logging.debug("map RoutedEvent to on_change: value=%s", eventargs.Source.SelectedValue) self._callback(bkt.CallbackTypes.on_change, eventargs.Source, str(eventargs.Source.SelectedValue.Content)) elif str(eventargs.RoutedEvent.Name)=='SelectedDateChanged': ### DATE PICKER CHANGE EVENT - logging.debug("map RoutedEvent to CallbackType.on_change: value=%s" % eventargs.Source.SelectedDate) + logging.debug("map RoutedEvent to CallbackType.on_change: value=%s", eventargs.Source.SelectedDate) self._callback(bkt.CallbackTypes.on_change, eventargs.Source, eventargs.Source.SelectedDate) elif str(eventargs.RoutedEvent.Name)=='SelectedColorChanged': ### SELECTED COLOR CHANGE EVENT - logging.debug("map RoutedEvent to on_rgb_color_change: value=%s" % eventargs.Source.SelectedColor) + logging.debug("map RoutedEvent to on_rgb_color_change: value=%s", eventargs.Source.SelectedColor) self._callback(bkt.CallbackTypes.on_rgb_color_change, eventargs.Source, color=eventargs.Source.SelectedColor) logging.debug("done") @@ -407,8 +413,7 @@ def task_pane(self, sender, eventargs): logging.debug("----------") except: - logging.debug(traceback.format_exc()) - traceback.print_exc() + logging.exception("taskpane exception") try: if bkt.config.show_exception: # show exception only, if multiple errors do not occur within a second @@ -423,12 +428,12 @@ def task_pane(self, sender, eventargs): def task_pane_value_changed(self, sender, eventargs): - logging.debug("---------- event: ValueCanged ---------- type / name: %s ----------" % (sender.Name)) + logging.debug("---------- event: ValueCanged ---------- type / name: %s ----------", sender.Name) try: # eventargs RoutedPropertyChangedEventArgs - logging.debug('value changed, old-value=%s, new-value=%s' % (eventargs.OldValue, eventargs.NewValue) ) + logging.debug('value changed, old-value=%s, new-value=%s', eventargs.OldValue, eventargs.NewValue) logging.debug("map RoutedEvent to CallbackType.on_change") self._callback(bkt.CallbackTypes.on_change, sender, eventargs.NewValue, old_value=eventargs.OldValue, new_value=eventargs.NewValue) @@ -436,7 +441,7 @@ def task_pane_value_changed(self, sender, eventargs): logging.debug("----------") except: - traceback.print_exc() + logging.exception("taskpane exception") try: if bkt.config.show_exception: # show exception only, if multiple errors do not occur within a second @@ -515,6 +520,7 @@ def ppt_selection_changed(self, selection): def invalidate_ribbon(self): + logging.debug('Addin.invalidate_ribbon') if self.context: # can be false after dev-button did an addin-reconnect if self.context.ribbon: @@ -523,18 +529,24 @@ def invalidate_ribbon(self): # reset caches to ensure proper invalidate self.app_callbacks.refresh_cache(True) self.context.refresh_cache(True) + # release com object before invalidate + self.context.release_com_references() # print('invalidating ribbon') self.app_callbacks.fire_event(self.events.bkt_invalidate) self.context.ribbon.Invalidate() + # reset caches for immediate interaction after invalidate - self.app_callbacks.refresh_cache(True) - self.context.refresh_cache(True) + # -> 20200603 commented this out as it doesnt make sense, all callbacks are processed after this (also in async mode) + # self.app_callbacks.refresh_cache(True) + # self.context.refresh_cache(True) def on_destroy(self): + logging.debug('on_destroy') self.app_callbacks.fire_event(self.events.bkt_unload) _h.settings.close() #save settings to database _h.caches.close() #save caches to disk self.reset() + logging.info('\n========================================\n===== AddIn successfully destroyed =====\n========================================') def on_create(self, dotnet_context): logging.debug('on_create') @@ -557,13 +569,12 @@ def on_create(self, dotnet_context): # load modules listed in configuration for module in bkt.config.modules or []: if not module in sys.modules: - logging.info('importing module: %s' % module) + logging.info('importing module: %s', module) try: importlib.import_module(module) # __import__(module) except: - logging.critical('failed to load %s' % module) - logging.debug(traceback.format_exc()) + logging.exception('failed to load %s', module) bkt.message.error('failed to load %s' % module) if bkt.config.show_exception: _h.exception_as_message('failed to load %s' % module) @@ -596,7 +607,7 @@ def on_create(self, dotnet_context): for module_name, feature in import_cache['inits.features'].iteritems(): # feature = import_cache['feature.'+module_name] - logging.info('importing bkt feature: %s' % feature['name']) + logging.info('importing bkt feature: %s', feature['name']) try: # import module as package, acts like 'import module_name' #f, path, description = imp.find_module(module_name, base_folder) @@ -606,25 +617,23 @@ def on_create(self, dotnet_context): module = importlib.import_module(module_name + '.__bkt_init__') if feature['use_constructor']: - logging.debug("loading bkt feature %s using constructor method" % feature['name']) + logging.debug("loading bkt feature %s using constructor method", feature['name']) module.BktFeature.contructor() except: - logging.critical('failed to load feature %s from cache' % module_name) - logging.debug(traceback.format_exc()) + logging.exception('failed to load feature %s from cache', module_name) bkt.message.error('failed to load feature %s from cache' % module_name) if bkt.config.show_exception: _h.exception_as_message('failed to load feature %s from cache' % module_name) #TODO: remove cache on error? for module_name, folder in import_cache['inits.legacy']: - logging.info('importing legacy feature-folder: %s' % folder) + logging.info('importing legacy feature-folder: %s', folder) try: # imp.load_source(module_name, os.path.join(folder, "__init__.py")) importlib.import_module(module_name) except: - logging.critical('failed to load legacy feature %s from cache' % module_name) - logging.debug(traceback.format_exc()) + logging.exception('failed to load legacy feature %s from cache', module_name) bkt.message.error('failed to load legacy feature %s from cache' % module_name) if bkt.config.show_exception: _h.exception_as_message('failed to load legacy feature %s from cache' % module_name) @@ -645,7 +654,7 @@ def on_create(self, dotnet_context): # load modules from feature-folders and fill cache on-the-fly for folder in bkt.config.feature_folders: - logging.info('importing feature-folder: %s' % folder) + logging.info('importing feature-folder: %s', folder) base_folder = os.path.realpath(os.path.join(folder, "..")) module_name = os.path.basename(folder) @@ -668,16 +677,16 @@ def on_create(self, dotnet_context): # run bkt_init # module = imp.load_source(module_name + '.__bkt_init__' , init_filename) module = importlib.import_module(module_name + '.__bkt_init__') - logging.debug('module: %s' % module) + logging.debug('module: %s', module) try: #only load if relevant for active app if self.context.host_app_name not in module.BktFeature.relevant_apps: - logging.info("bkt feature %s not relevant for current app" % module.BktFeature.name) + logging.info("bkt feature %s not relevant for current app", module.BktFeature.name) continue except AttributeError: #legacy bkt_init, load for all apps, always - logging.warning("bkt feature %s not using new loading mechanism" % module_name) + logging.warning("bkt feature %s not using new loading mechanism", module_name) _c_bkt_inits[module_name] = { 'name': module_name, 'folder': folder, @@ -687,15 +696,15 @@ def on_create(self, dotnet_context): #only load if dependencies are loaded dependencies = getattr(module.BktFeature, "dependencies", []) if not all(d in _c_bkt_inits for d in dependencies): - logging.warning("bkt feature %s is missing dependencies" % module.BktFeature.name) + logging.warning("bkt feature %s is missing dependencies", module.BktFeature.name) continue #only load if there are no conflicting features loaded conflicts = getattr(module.BktFeature, "conflicts", []) if module_name in _known_conflicts or any(m in _c_bkt_inits for m in conflicts): - logging.warning("bkt feature %s has a conflict" % module.BktFeature.name) + logging.warning("bkt feature %s has a conflict", module.BktFeature.name) continue - logging.debug("loading bkt feature %s using constructor method" % module.BktFeature.name) + logging.debug("loading bkt feature %s using constructor method", module.BktFeature.name) module.BktFeature.contructor() #add to cache only if relevant for this app and loading successful @@ -707,8 +716,7 @@ def on_create(self, dotnet_context): #add conflicting modules _known_conflicts.extend(conflicts) except: - logging.critical('failed to load feature-folder %s' % folder) - logging.debug(traceback.format_exc()) + logging.exception('failed to load feature-folder %s', folder) bkt.message.error('failed to load feature-folder %s' % folder) if bkt.config.show_exception: _h.exception_as_message('failed to load feature-folder %s' % folder) @@ -717,7 +725,7 @@ def on_create(self, dotnet_context): # backwards compatibility: load module from init.py elif os.path.isfile(os.path.join(folder, "__init__.py")): try: - logging.warning("bkt feature %s is using legacy import" % module_name) + logging.warning("bkt feature %s is using legacy import", module_name) # sys.path.append(folder) # imp.load_source(module_name, os.path.join(folder, "__init__.py")) sys.path.append(base_folder) @@ -726,8 +734,7 @@ def on_create(self, dotnet_context): _c_sys_paths.add(base_folder) _c_legacy_inits.append((module_name, folder)) except: - logging.critical('failed to load legacy feature-folder %s' % folder) - logging.debug(traceback.format_exc()) + logging.exception('failed to load legacy feature-folder %s', folder) bkt.message.error('failed to load legacy feature-folder %s' % folder) if bkt.config.show_exception: _h.exception_as_message('failed to load legacy feature-folder %s' % folder) @@ -735,7 +742,7 @@ def on_create(self, dotnet_context): # feature folder without python init file else: - logging.warning('feature-folder %s has no init files' % folder) + logging.warning('feature-folder %s has no init files', folder) #save to cache @@ -754,7 +761,7 @@ def on_create(self, dotnet_context): #### initialize AppUI, AppCallbacks try: - logging.debug('initialize classes for app: %s' % self.context.host_app_name) + logging.debug('initialize classes for app: %s', self.context.host_app_name) # retrieve AppUI-instance self.app_ui = bkt.appui.AppUIs.get_app_ui(self.context.host_app_name) self.events = bkt.apps.AppEvents @@ -770,8 +777,7 @@ def on_create(self, dotnet_context): self.context.app_ui = self.app_ui except: - logging.critical("initialize app-classes failed") - logging.debug(traceback.format_exc()) + logging.exception("initialize app-classes failed") bkt.message.error("initialize app-classes failed") @@ -782,8 +788,7 @@ def on_create(self, dotnet_context): logging.debug('bind application events') self.app_callbacks.bind_app_events() except: - logging.critical("binding of callbacks to application events failed") - logging.debug(traceback.format_exc()) + logging.exception("binding of callbacks to application events failed") bkt.message.error("binding of callbacks to application events failed") @@ -801,11 +806,12 @@ def load_image(self, image_name): path = _h.Resources.images.locate(image_name) #@UndefinedVariable if path is None: return - return Bitmap.FromFile(path) + # return Bitmap.FromFile(path) #this return an Image and C#-Addin does type cast to Bitmap, better to use Bitmap(path) instead + return Bitmap(path) def get_custom_ui(self, ribbon_id): try: - logging.info('Retrieve CustomUI for ribbon: %s' % ribbon_id) + logging.info('Retrieve CustomUI for ribbon: %s', ribbon_id) if self.app_ui is None: return None @@ -818,8 +824,7 @@ def get_custom_ui(self, ribbon_id): # init taskpane-callbacks self.callback_manager.init_callbacks_from_control(self.app_ui.get_taskpane_control()) except: - logging.critical("initialization of ui-callbacks failed") - logging.debug(traceback.format_exc()) + logging.exception("initialization of ui-callbacks failed") bkt.message.error("initialization of ui-callbacks failed") @@ -828,9 +833,7 @@ def get_custom_ui(self, ribbon_id): return custom_ui except: - #traceback.print_exc() - logging.critical('get_custom_ui failed!') - logging.debug(traceback.format_exc()) + logging.exception('get_custom_ui failed!') bkt.message.error(traceback.format_exc()) #_h.exception_as_message() @@ -845,8 +848,7 @@ def get_custom_taskpane_ui(self): logging.debug(self.app_ui.get_taskpane_ui()) return self.app_ui.get_taskpane_ui() except: - logging.critical('get_custom_taskpane_ui failed!') - logging.debug(traceback.format_exc()) + logging.exception('get_custom_taskpane_ui failed!') bkt.message.error(traceback.format_exc()) #_h.exception_as_message() diff --git a/bkt/apps.py b/bkt/apps.py index 93542a2d..f528e023 100644 --- a/bkt/apps.py +++ b/bkt/apps.py @@ -8,7 +8,6 @@ from __future__ import absolute_import -import traceback import logging import time #for cache invalidation and event throttling @@ -31,7 +30,7 @@ def set_attribute(self, attr): self.event_name = attr def register(self, method): - logging.debug("Method registered for event: %r" % self.event_name) + logging.debug("Method registered for event: %r", self.event_name) if isinstance(method, Callback) and method.callback_type is None: method.callback_type = CallbackTypes.bkt_event @@ -40,12 +39,12 @@ def register(self, method): return self def unregister(self, method): - logging.debug("Method unregistered for event: %r" % self.event_name) + logging.debug("Method unregistered for event: %r", self.event_name) self.registered_methods.remove(method) return self # def fire(self): - # logging.debug("Fired event: %r" % self.event_name) + # logging.debug("Fired event: %r", self.event_name) # for method in self.registered_methods: # method() @@ -98,11 +97,13 @@ def __setattr__(self, attr, value): AppEvents.selection_changed = AppEventType(office=True) #keyword args: - #NOTE: sheet selection in excel, window selection in ppt, selection or cell in visio #PPT-specific events -AppEvents.slide_selection_changed = AppEventType(office=True) #keyword args: - +AppEvents.slide_selection_changed = AppEventType(office=True) #keyword args: slide_range AppEvents.after_shapesize_changed = AppEventType(office=True) #keyword args: - AppEvents.after_new_presentation = AppEventType(office=True) #keyword args: presentation AppEvents.after_presentation_open = AppEventType(office=True) #keyword args: presentation AppEvents.presentation_close = AppEventType(office=True) #keyword args: presentation +AppEvents.slideshow_begin = AppEventType(office=True) #keyword args: window +AppEvents.slideshow_end = AppEventType(office=True) #keyword args: presentation @@ -155,7 +156,7 @@ def destroy(self): # ========== def fire_event(self, event, **kwargs): - logging.debug("Event triggered: %r" % event) + logging.debug("Event triggered: %r", event) for method in event: try: if isinstance(method, Callback): @@ -163,8 +164,7 @@ def fire_event(self, event, **kwargs): else: method(**kwargs) except: - logging.error("Error triggering event method") - logging.error(traceback.format_exc()) + logging.exception("Error triggering event method") @@ -180,6 +180,7 @@ def invalidate(self): def refresh_cache(self, force=False): #global cache timeout will prevent that manual invalidates are not working properly if force or time.time() - self.cache_last_refresh > self.cache_timeout: + logging.debug("AppCallbacksBase.refresh_cache, force=%s", force) self.cache = {} self.cache_last_refresh = time.time() return True @@ -196,17 +197,18 @@ def invoke_callback(self, context, callback, *args, **kwargs): do_cache = False # if callback.callback_type in self.cache_cb_types and not self.refresh_cache(): if callback.callback_type.cacheable and callback.invocation_context.cache and not self.refresh_cache(): + logging.debug("trying cache for callback %s", callback.method) # cache_key = repr([callback.method.__name__] + kwargs.keys()) #TESTME: add invocation context to key? # cache_key = callback.method.__name__ #only method name not sufficient if same name is used in different classes - cache_key = str(callback.method) #TESTME: is method string representation sufficient as key? add callback type? + cache_key = hash(callback.method) #TESTME: is method string representation sufficient as key? add callback type? do_cache = True try: - logging.debug("trying cache for %r" % cache_key) + logging.debug("cache key is %r", cache_key) return self.cache[cache_key] # if time.time() - self.cache[cache_key][1] < self.cache_timeout: # return self.cache[cache_key][0] except KeyError: - logging.debug("no cache for %r" % cache_key) + logging.debug("no cache for %r", cache_key) for i, arg in enumerate(args): kwargs[callback.callback_type.pos_args[i]] = arg @@ -217,7 +219,8 @@ def invoke_callback(self, context, callback, *args, **kwargs): ctx_args = context.resolve_arguments(callback.invocation_context) kwargs.update(ctx_args) except InappropriateContextError: - #traceback.print_exc() + # import traceback + # traceback.print_exc() logging.debug("InappropriateContextError") #TESTME: also cache InappropriateContextError, so return value "None" if do_cache: @@ -225,16 +228,19 @@ def invoke_callback(self, context, callback, *args, **kwargs): return self.undo_start(callback) - logging.debug("AppCallbacksBase.invoke_callback: run callback method\nkwargs=%s" % kwargs) + logging.debug("AppCallbacksBase.invoke_callback: run callback method=%s\nkwargs=%s", callback.method, kwargs) return_value = callback.method(**kwargs) self.undo_end(callback) # release com objects - context.release_com_references() + # logging.debug("AppCallbacksBase.invoke_callback: request release com references from callback %s", callback.method) + # context.release_com_references() if do_cache: self.cache[cache_key] = return_value # self.cache[cache_key] = (return_value, time.time()) + + logging.debug("AppCallbacksBase.invoke_callback: finished") return return_value @@ -419,7 +425,7 @@ def invalidate(self): try: self.app_ui.context_dialogs.close_active_dialog() except: - logging.error(traceback.format_exc()) + logging.exception("error closing acive contextdialog") super(AppCallbacksPowerPoint, self).invalidate() @@ -469,6 +475,8 @@ def bind_app_events(self): app.AfterNewPresentation += self.after_new_presentation app.PresentationCloseFinal += self.presentation_close + app.SlideShowBegin += self.slideshow_begin + app.SlideShowEnd += self.slideshow_end #print 'PPT events registered' @@ -490,6 +498,9 @@ def unbind_app_events(self): app.AfterPresentationOpen -= self.after_presentation_open app.AfterNewPresentation -= self.after_new_presentation app.PresentationCloseFinal -= self.presentation_close + + app.SlideShowBegin -= self.slideshow_begin + app.SlideShowEnd -= self.slideshow_end # NOTE: ReleaseComObject is necessary for Excel, but in Powerpoint it seems to lead to crashes after Powerpoint is closed # ReleaseComObject(app) @@ -506,7 +517,7 @@ def unbind_app_events(self): def slide_selection_changed(self, sld_range): logging.debug("app event slide_selection_changed") - self.fire_event(self.events.slide_selection_changed) + self.fire_event(self.events.slide_selection_changed, slide_range=sld_range) self.invalidate() def window_activate(self, pres, wnd): @@ -539,13 +550,13 @@ def window_selection_changed(self, selection): try: self.invalidate() except: - logging.error(traceback.format_exc()) + logging.exception("error invalidating") try: if self.app_ui.use_contextdialogs: self.app_ui.context_dialogs.show_shape_dialog_for_selection(selection, self.context) except: - logging.error(traceback.format_exc()) + logging.exception("error showing shape dialog") # # 0 = ppSelectionNone # # 1 = ppSelectionSlide @@ -555,7 +566,7 @@ def window_selection_changed(self, selection): # # selection in text, event raised a lot during keyboard input # # restrict to a few invalidations per second # #logging.debug("text selection") - # #logging.debug("last_time_window_selection_changed_in_text " + str(self.last_time_window_selection_changed_in_text)) + # #logging.debug("last_time_window_selection_changed_in_text %s", self.last_time_window_selection_changed_in_text) # if time.time() - self.last_time_window_selection_changed_in_text > 0.5: # self.invalidate() # self.last_time_window_selection_changed_in_text = time.time() @@ -566,12 +577,12 @@ def window_selection_changed(self, selection): # try: # self.invalidate() # except: - # logging.error(traceback.format_exc()) + # logging.exception("error invalidating") # try: # self.app_ui.context_dialogs.show_shape_dialog_for_selection(selection, self.context) # except: - # logging.error(traceback.format_exc()) + # logging.exception("error invalidating") def after_presentation_open(self, pres): logging.debug("app event after_presentation_open") @@ -584,6 +595,14 @@ def after_new_presentation(self, pres): def presentation_close(self, pres): logging.debug("app event presentation_close") self.fire_event(self.events.presentation_close, presentation=pres) + + def slideshow_begin(self, wnd): + logging.debug("app event slideshow_begin") + self.fire_event(self.events.slideshow_begin, window=wnd) + + def slideshow_end(self, pres): + logging.debug("app event slideshow_end") + self.fire_event(self.events.slideshow_end, presentation=pres) diff --git a/bkt/appui.py b/bkt/appui.py index e2692aae..6652979c 100644 --- a/bkt/appui.py +++ b/bkt/appui.py @@ -9,7 +9,6 @@ from __future__ import absolute_import import logging -import traceback from collections import OrderedDict, defaultdict @@ -56,7 +55,7 @@ def add_tab(self, tab, extend=False): raise ValueError('duplicate tab id %r' % tab_id) else: self.tabs[tab_id] = tab - #logging.debug('added tab with id %r' % tab_id) + #logging.debug('added tab with id %r', tab_id) return tab_id @@ -225,15 +224,16 @@ def create_control(self, element, ribbon_id=None): if isinstance(element, mod_ribbon.RibbonControl): # lazy replacement and extension of controls + custom_ribbon = self.custom_ribbon_uis[ribbon_id] element_id = element.id - if element_id in self.custom_ribbon_uis[ribbon_id].lazy_replacements: - element = self.custom_ribbon_uis[ribbon_id].lazy_replacements[element_id] - logging.debug("create_control: element with id {} replaced by element with id {}".format(element_id, element.id)) - if element_id in self.custom_ribbon_uis[ribbon_id].lazy_extensions: - element.children.extend( self.custom_ribbon_uis[ribbon_id].lazy_extensions[element_id] ) - logging.debug("create_control: element with id {} extended".format(element_id)) + if element_id in custom_ribbon.lazy_replacements: + element = custom_ribbon.lazy_replacements[element_id] + logging.debug("create_control: element with id %s replaced by element with id %s", element_id, element.id) + if element_id in custom_ribbon.lazy_extensions: + element.children.extend( custom_ribbon.lazy_extensions[element_id] ) + logging.debug("create_control: element with id %s extended", element_id) - element.children = [self.create_control(c, ribbon_id=ribbon_id) for c in element.children ] + element.children = [self.create_control(c, ribbon_id=ribbon_id) for c in element.children] return element elif bkt.config.enable_legacy_syntax or False: @@ -241,15 +241,15 @@ def create_control(self, element, ribbon_id=None): from bkt.factory import ControlFactory #@deprecated if isinstance(element, ContainerUsage): - logging.debug("create_control for ContainerUsage: %s" % element.container) + logging.debug("create_control for ContainerUsage: %s", element.container) return ControlFactory(element.container, ribbon_info=None).create_control() else: - logging.warning("FeatureContainer used where instance of ContainerUsage was expected: %s" % element) + logging.warning("FeatureContainer used where instance of ContainerUsage was expected: %s", element) return ControlFactory(element, ribbon_info=None).create_control() else: - logging.warning("create_control for element {} skipped".format(element)) + logging.warning("create_control for element %s skipped", element) @@ -260,28 +260,35 @@ def create_customui_control(self, ribbon_id=None): ''' ribbon_id = ribbon_id or self.default_custom_ribbon_id + try: + custom_ribbon = self.custom_ribbon_uis[ribbon_id] + except KeyError: + #to avoid error with unknown ribbon id (e.g. Microsoft.Mso.IMLayerUI) just create a dummy one + #this will also prevent any errors that occur due to new ribbon ids in future office versions + logging.warning("Creating dummy ribbon for unknown ribbon id: %s", ribbon_id) + custom_ribbon = self.custom_ribbon_uis[ribbon_id] = CustomRibbonUI(ribbon_id) # Context-Menus context_menus = [] - if len(self.custom_ribbon_uis[ribbon_id].context_menus) > 0: + if len(custom_ribbon.context_menus) > 0: context_menus = [mod_ribbon.ContextMenus( - children = [ self.create_control(c, ribbon_id=ribbon_id) for c in self.custom_ribbon_uis[ribbon_id].context_menus.values()] + children = [self.create_control(c, ribbon_id=ribbon_id) for c in custom_ribbon.context_menus.values()] )] # Commands commands = [] - if len(self.custom_ribbon_uis[ribbon_id].commands) > 0: + if len(custom_ribbon.commands) > 0: commands = [mod_ribbon.CommandList( - children = [self.create_control(c, ribbon_id=ribbon_id) for c in self.custom_ribbon_uis[ribbon_id].commands.values()] + children = [self.create_control(c, ribbon_id=ribbon_id) for c in custom_ribbon.commands.values()] )] # Contextual-Tabsets contextual_tabs = [] - # if len(self.custom_ribbon_uis[ribbon_id].contextual_tabsets) > 0: + # if len(custom_ribbon.contextual_tabsets) > 0: # contextual_tabs = [mod_ribbon.ContextualTabs( - # children = [self.create_control(t, ribbon_id) for t in self.custom_ribbon_uis[ribbon_id].contextual_tabsets] + # children = [self.create_control(t, ribbon_id) for t in custom_ribbon.contextual_tabsets] # )] - if len(self.custom_ribbon_uis[ribbon_id].contextual_tabs) > 0: + if len(custom_ribbon.contextual_tabs) > 0: contextual_tabs = [mod_ribbon.ContextualTabs( children = [ mod_ribbon.TabSet( @@ -291,7 +298,7 @@ def create_customui_control(self, ribbon_id=None): for tab in tablist ] ) - for id_mso, tablist in self.custom_ribbon_uis[ribbon_id].contextual_tabs.iteritems() + for id_mso, tablist in custom_ribbon.contextual_tabs.iteritems() ] )] @@ -311,31 +318,29 @@ def create_customui_control(self, ribbon_id=None): # Backstage Controls backstage_controls = [] - if len(self.custom_ribbon_uis[ribbon_id].backstage_controls) > 0: + if len(custom_ribbon.backstage_controls) > 0: backstage_controls = [mod_ribbon.Backstage( - children = [self.create_control(c, ribbon_id) for c in self.custom_ribbon_uis[ribbon_id].backstage_controls] + children = [self.create_control(c, ribbon_id) for c in custom_ribbon.backstage_controls] )] # Tabs tabs = [] - if len(self.custom_ribbon_uis[ribbon_id].tabs) > 0: - tabs = [ - mod_ribbon.Tabs( - children = [self.create_control(tab, ribbon_id) for _, tab in self.custom_ribbon_uis[ribbon_id].tabs.iteritems()] - ) - ] + if len(custom_ribbon.tabs) > 0: + tabs = [mod_ribbon.Tabs( + children = [self.create_control(tab, ribbon_id) for _, tab in custom_ribbon.tabs.iteritems()] + )] # Ribbon - ribbon = mod_ribbon.Ribbon(start_from_scratch=False, + ribbon = [mod_ribbon.Ribbon(start_from_scratch=False, children = quick_access_toolbar + tabs + contextual_tabs - ) + )] # build-up CustomUI customUI = mod_ribbon.CustomUI( onLoad='PythonOnRibbonLoad', loadImage='PythonLoadImage', - children = [ ribbon ] + backstage_controls + context_menus + commands + children = ribbon + backstage_controls + context_menus + commands ) return customUI @@ -363,7 +368,7 @@ def create_taskpane_control(self): image_name: _h.Resources.images.locate(image_name) for image_name in stack_panel.collect_image_resources() } - logging.debug('image resources: %s' % image_resources) + logging.debug('image resources: %s', image_resources) taskpane_control = bkt.taskpane.BaseScrollViewer( image_resources = image_resources, children = [stack_panel] diff --git a/bkt/callbacks.py b/bkt/callbacks.py index cf207ea3..ad2f7cde 100644 --- a/bkt/callbacks.py +++ b/bkt/callbacks.py @@ -9,6 +9,7 @@ from __future__ import absolute_import import logging +from functools import wraps import bkt.helpers as _h @@ -277,6 +278,7 @@ def WpfActionCallback(function): invalidate and begin/end undo is automatically handled as for other callbacks. The window needs to have a _context attribute. ''' + @wraps(function) def wrapper(self,*args,**kwargs): if hasattr(self, "_context") and self._context is not None: # print "Doing something with self.var1==%s" % self.var1 diff --git a/bkt/console.py b/bkt/console.py index a6ecbeec..f41bab7c 100644 --- a/bkt/console.py +++ b/bkt/console.py @@ -15,8 +15,7 @@ import re import math -from bkt.helpers import settings -from bkt.ui import endings_to_windows, endings_to_unix +from bkt.helpers import settings, endings_to_windows class Mock(object): diff --git a/bkt/context.py b/bkt/context.py index 6257be18..3bd31cbc 100644 --- a/bkt/context.py +++ b/bkt/context.py @@ -8,10 +8,10 @@ from __future__ import absolute_import -# import logging +import logging import time #required for cache -from System.Runtime.InteropServices import Marshal +# from System.Runtime.InteropServices import Marshal import bkt.helpers as _h #for providing config and settings from bkt.library.comrelease import AutoReleasingComObject @@ -62,12 +62,14 @@ def __init__(self, dotnet_context, python_addin=None, config=None, app_callbacks def release_com_references(self): + logging.debug("Context.release_com_references") self.app.dispose() def refresh_cache(self, force=False): #global cache timeout will prevent that manual invalidates are not working properly if force or time.time() - self.cache_last_refresh > self.cache_timeout: + logging.debug("Context.refresh_cache, force=%s", force) self.cache = {} self.cache_last_refresh = time.time() return True @@ -196,7 +198,9 @@ def invoke_callback(self, callback, *args, **kwargs): kwargs.update(self.resolve_generic_arguments(callback.invocation_context)) # application-specific arguments should be resolved by invoke_callback return_value = self.app_callbacks.invoke_callback(self, callback, *args, **kwargs) - self.release_com_references() + # release com objects + # logging.debug("Context.invoke_callback: request com release after callback %s", callback.method) + # self.release_com_references() return return_value @@ -261,13 +265,20 @@ def shapes_wrapped(self): @property def slides(self): ''' gives list-access to app.ActiveWindow.Selection.SlideRange ''' - selection = self.app.ActiveWindow.Selection - slides = list(iter(selection.SlideRange)) + try: + slides = list(iter(self.selection.SlideRange)) + except EnvironmentError: + #fallback for Invalid request. SlideRange cannot be constructed from a Master. + return [self.app.ActiveWindow.View.Slide] return slides @property def slide(self): - return self.slides[0] + try: + return self.slides[0] + except EnvironmentError: + #fallback for Invalid request. SlideRange cannot be constructed from a Master. + return self.app.ActiveWindow.View.Slide @property def selection(self): @@ -280,9 +291,9 @@ def selection(self): @property def presentation(self): try: - return self.app.ActiveWindow.Presentation + # return self.app.ActiveWindow.Presentation #fails, if ActiveWindow is not available (e.g. in slideshow mode), so better to use ActivePresentation + return self.app.ActivePresentation except: - # fails, if ActiveWindow is not available self.fail() @@ -354,8 +365,12 @@ def resolve_app_arguments(self, nfo): except KeyError: try: self.cache['slides'] = slides = list(iter(selection.SlideRange)) - except: - self.fail() + except EnvironmentError: + #fallback to slide in view, e.g. Invalid request. SlideRange cannot be constructed from a Master. + try: + self.cache['slides'] = slides = [self.app.ActiveWindow.View.Slide] + except: + self.fail() if not slides: self.fail() @@ -452,7 +467,8 @@ def resolve_app_arguments(self, nfo): if nfo.cells: try: #cells = list(iter(self.app.ActiveWindow.RangeSelection.Cells)) # crashs excel when too many cells are selected - cells = iter(selection.Cells) + #cells = iter(selection.Cells) # incorrect loop for non-contiguous selection + cells = _h.flatten(a.Cells for a in selection.Areas) except: cells = None if not cells: diff --git a/bkt/contextdialogs.py b/bkt/contextdialogs.py index ab9a28c9..01e97210 100644 --- a/bkt/contextdialogs.py +++ b/bkt/contextdialogs.py @@ -9,12 +9,13 @@ from __future__ import absolute_import import logging -import traceback import importlib #for loading context dialog modules # wpf basics from bkt import dotnet wpf = dotnet.import_wpf() #this is required to import System.Windows.Controls +Forms = dotnet.import_forms() #this is required for System.Windows.Forms.MouseButtons +MouseButtonRight = Forms.MouseButtons.Right # for Primitives.Popup from System import Windows, Diagnostics # for Primitives.Popup @@ -61,7 +62,7 @@ def trigger_doubleclick(self, shape, context): logging.warning("ContextDialog.trigger_doubleclick: No double click action defined in module %s" % self.module_name) except: - logging.error(traceback.format_exc()) + logging.exception("error in contextdialog double click") def show_dialog_at_shape_position(self, shape, context): ''' create window for the context dialog at show it at shape's position ''' @@ -107,7 +108,7 @@ def create_window(self, context): return self.module.create_window(context) except: - logging.error(traceback.format_exc()) + logging.exception("error in contextdialog window creation") # def show(self, parent_window_handle, left, top, context): # ''' show the context dialog from the corresponding module ''' @@ -120,7 +121,7 @@ def create_window(self, context): # return self.module.show(parent_window_handle, left, top, context) # # except: - # logging.error(traceback.format_exc()) + # logging.exception("error in contextdialogs") # # def show_window(self, parent_window_handle, left, top, context): # ''' show the context dialog using the corresponding window-class ''' @@ -209,7 +210,7 @@ def re_show_shape_dialogs(self): return #if context not defined or dialog already visible, skip re-show self.show_shape_dialog_for_selection(self.context.selection, self.context) except: - logging.error(traceback.format_exc()) + logging.exception("error in contextdialog reshow shape dialog") def show_shape_dialog_for_selection(self, selection, context): @@ -239,7 +240,7 @@ def show_shape_dialog_for_selection(self, selection, context): else: self.close_active_dialog() except: - logging.error(traceback.format_exc()) + logging.exception("error in contextdialog show shape dialog") def hide_on_window_deactivate(self): @@ -247,7 +248,7 @@ def hide_on_window_deactivate(self): try: self.close_active_dialog() except: - logging.error(traceback.format_exc()) + logging.exception("error in contextdialog close active dialog") def show_shape_dialog_for_shapes(self, shapes, context): @@ -266,7 +267,7 @@ def show_shape_dialog_for_shape(self, shape, context): ### close active dialog self.close_active_dialog() except: - logging.error(traceback.format_exc()) + logging.exception("error in contextdialog close active dialog") try: ### check shape tag and show suitable dialog @@ -288,7 +289,7 @@ def show_shape_dialog_for_shape(self, shape, context): DialogHelpers.hook_events(self) except: - logging.error(traceback.format_exc()) + logging.exception("error in contextdialog show shape dialog") def show_master_shape_dialog(self, shapes, context): ''' create and show a context dialog for the given shape, depending on the shape's settings ''' @@ -298,7 +299,7 @@ def show_master_shape_dialog(self, shapes, context): ### close active dialog self.close_active_dialog() except: - logging.error(traceback.format_exc()) + logging.exception("error in contextdialog close active dialog") try: ### check shape tag and show suitable dialog @@ -320,7 +321,7 @@ def show_master_shape_dialog(self, shapes, context): DialogHelpers.hook_events(self) except: - logging.error(traceback.format_exc()) + logging.exception("error in contextdialog show master shape dialog") def close_active_dialog(self): ''' close the latest active dialog if it still exists ''' @@ -337,7 +338,7 @@ def close_active_dialog(self): DialogHelpers.unhook_events(self) except: - logging.error(traceback.format_exc()) + logging.exception("error in contextdialog close active dialog") def trigger_doubleclick_for_shape(self, shape, context): @@ -360,7 +361,7 @@ def trigger_doubleclick_for_shape(self, shape, context): ctx_dialog.trigger_doubleclick(shape, context) except: - logging.error(traceback.format_exc()) + logging.exception("error in contextdialog double click") def mouse_down(self, sender, e): @@ -376,6 +377,9 @@ def mouse_up(self, sender, e): if not self.drag_started: if self.context and DialogHelpers.coordinates_within_slideview_window(e.X, e.Y, self.context): self.re_show_shape_dialogs() + #FIXME: this code has nothing to do with contextdialogs, but there is currently no better location for this code + if e.Button == MouseButtonRight: + DialogHelpers.set_last_mouse_position(e.X, e.Y) # def mouse_move(self, sender, e): # ''' object sender, MouseEventExtArgs e) ''' @@ -420,6 +424,7 @@ def key_up(self, sender, e): class DialogHelpers(object): hooked = False + last_mouse_position = (0,0) @classmethod def hook_events(cls, ctx_dialogs): @@ -432,6 +437,10 @@ def unhook_events(cls, ctx_dialogs): cls.hooked = False # ctx_dialogs.addin.UnhookEvents() + @classmethod + def set_last_mouse_position(cls, x, y): + ''' store last right button mouse up position ''' + cls.last_mouse_position = (x,y) @classmethod def get_dialog_positon_from_shape(cls, active_window, shape, consider_scaling=True): @@ -468,7 +477,7 @@ def get_dialog_positon_from_shape(cls, active_window, shape, consider_scaling=Tr return left, top except: - logging.error(traceback.format_exc()) + logging.exception("error in contextdialog get position") @staticmethod @@ -477,7 +486,7 @@ def get_window_from_shape(shape): try: return shape.parent.parent.Windows.item(1) except: - logging.error(traceback.format_exc()) + logging.exception("error in contextdialog get window") @staticmethod def coordinates_within_slideview_window(x, y, context): @@ -486,11 +495,15 @@ def coordinates_within_slideview_window(x, y, context): #FIXME: would be better to check actual slide view window instead of slide, because this doesnt work with zoomed in slides active_window = context.app.ActiveWindow + # quick check of viewtype and activepane before checking actual coordinates + if active_window.ViewType != 9 or active_window.ActivePane.ViewType != 1: #ppViewNormal and ppViewSlide + return False + ### METHOD 1: calculate coordinates of slide and compare page_setup = context.app.ActivePresentation.PageSetup l,t = active_window.PointsToScreenPixelsX(0), active_window.PointsToScreenPixelsY(0) - w,h = active_window.PointsToScreenPixelsX(page_setup.SlideWidth), active_window.PointsToScreenPixelsY(page_setup.SlideHeight) - return x>l and y>t and xl and y>t and x" % (self._bitvalue, self._attributes) + + def __getattr__(self, attr): + try: + return self.__getitem__(attr) + except KeyError: + raise AttributeError(attr) + + def __setattr__(self, attr, value): + if attr.startswith("_"): + super(BitwiseValueAccessor, self).__setattr__(attr, value) + else: + try: + self.__setitem__(attr, value) + except KeyError: + raise AttributeError(attr) + + def __getitem__(self, key): + option = self._attr_dict[key] + return self._bitvalue & option == option + + def __setitem__(self, key, value): + option = self._attr_dict[key] + if value: + self._bitvalue = self._bitvalue | option + else: + self._bitvalue = self._bitvalue ^ option + + def __dir__(self): + return sorted(set( dir(type(self)) + self.__dict__.keys() + self._attributes )) + + def __contains__(self, value): + return value in self._attributes + + def __len__(self): + return len(self._attributes) + + def __iter__(self): + for k in self._attributes: + yield k, getattr(self, k) + + def get_bitvalue(self): + return self._bitvalue + + def as_dict(self): + return {k: getattr(self, k) for k in self._attributes} + + def add_option(self, name, value=False): + self._attributes.append(name) + self._attr_dict[name] = 2**(len(self._attributes)-1) + if value: + self.__setitem__(name, value) diff --git a/bkt/library/comrelease.py b/bkt/library/comrelease.py index db5dfec9..c2b24d94 100644 --- a/bkt/library/comrelease.py +++ b/bkt/library/comrelease.py @@ -19,6 +19,19 @@ def autorelease(comobj): Marshal.ReleaseComObject(comobj) +def is_com_obj(comobj): + # return type(comobj).__name__ == '__ComObject' + try: + return Marshal.IsComObject(comobj) + except: + return False + + +#separte logger for comrelease to avoid spamming of log file +logger = logging.getLogger().getChild("comrelease") +logger.setLevel(logging.INFO) #comment out this line for comrelease debugging +#FIXME: log comrelease in separate file? + class AutoReleasingComObject(object): ''' @@ -38,11 +51,12 @@ def __init__(self, comobj, release_self=True): # #raise AttributeError("AutoReleasingComObject expects to wrap a ComObject.") # self._is_comobj = False # pass - self._is_comobj = (type(comobj).__name__ == '__ComObject') + self._is_comobj = is_com_obj(comobj) self._comobj = comobj self._release_self = release_self self._accessed_com_attributes = [] - logging.debug("Com-Release: created %s" % (self)) + self._within_context = False + logger.debug("Com-Release: created %s", self) # Magic methods: https://rszalski.github.io/magicmethods/ @@ -76,11 +90,16 @@ def __isub__(self, other): # def __str__(self): #__str__ not required as __repr__ returns a string def __repr__(self): - return "" % (self._comobj) + try: + return "" % (self._comobj) + except SystemError: + #in rare situations the com object is already released and logging calls __repr__ which throws SystemError + return ">" def __dir__(self): #this is essential for interactive python console - return dir(self._comobj) + # return dir(self._comobj) + return sorted(set( dir(type(self)) + self.__dict__.keys() + dir(self._comobj) )) @@ -91,7 +110,7 @@ def __setattr__(self, attr, value): Only allow to write attributes starting with _ All other attributes are written to wrapped ComObject ''' - if attr[0] == "_": + if attr.startswith("_"): super(AutoReleasingComObject, self).__setattr__(attr, value) else: setattr(self._comobj, attr, value) @@ -110,11 +129,11 @@ def __getattr__(self, attr): ''' # FIXME: hack to allow: .item[1]=xxx - if attr == 'Item' or attr == 'item': + if attr.lower() == "item": return self value = getattr(self._comobj, attr) - logging.debug("Com-Release: access to attribute %s" % (attr)) + logger.debug("Com-Release: access to attribute %s", attr) if type(value).__name__ != 'DispCallable': # attribute did not return a function @@ -201,6 +220,8 @@ def __enter__(self): ''' Allow usage as context-manager (with-statement). ''' + logger.info("Com-Release: entering context for %s", self) + self._within_context = True return self @@ -211,6 +232,8 @@ def __exit__(self, exc_type, exc_val, exc_tb): By default, the wrapped ComObject in the AutoReleasingComObject-instance is also released. This is configurable by the release_self-parameter. ''' + logger.info("Com-Release: exiting context for %s", self) + self._within_context = False self.dispose() @@ -222,15 +245,15 @@ def create_and_register_auto_release_com_object(self, com_obj): creates an AutoReleasingComObject-instance if com_obj is a ComObject, or returns the given value ''' - if type(com_obj).__name__ == '__ComObject': + if is_com_obj(com_obj): if self._is_comobj: auto_release_com_obj = AutoReleasingComObject(com_obj, release_self=True) - logging.debug("Com-Release: created com-object %s" % (com_obj)) + logger.debug("Com-Release: created com-object %s", com_obj) else: # self is no com-Object, but the attribute is. # Hence, attribute is not generated here and should not be disposed. # therefore: release_self=False - logging.debug("Com-Release: accessed existing com-object %s" % (com_obj)) + logger.debug("Com-Release: accessed existing com-object %s", com_obj) auto_release_com_obj = AutoReleasingComObject(com_obj, release_self=False) self._accessed_com_attributes.append(auto_release_com_obj) @@ -251,15 +274,19 @@ def dispose(self): Dispose will go down this AutoReleasingComObject-tree and call dispose on these instances as well. Therefore, all ComObjects accessed in the object-tree are released by a single dispose-call. ''' + if self._within_context: + logger.debug("Com-Release: dispose aborted on %s", self) + return + # release ComObjects generated further down the object-tree - logging.debug("Com-Release: dispose on %s" % (self)) + logger.debug("Com-Release: dispose on %s", self) for auto_release_com_obj in self._accessed_com_attributes: auto_release_com_obj.dispose() self._accessed_com_attributes = [] # release wrapped ComObject if self._release_self: - logging.debug("Com-Release: releasing %s" % (self._comobj)) + logger.debug("Com-Release: releasing %s", self) Marshal.ReleaseComObject(self._comobj) diff --git a/bkt/library/graphics.py b/bkt/library/graphics.py new file mode 100644 index 00000000..c021fa4a --- /dev/null +++ b/bkt/library/graphics.py @@ -0,0 +1,72 @@ +# -*- coding: utf-8 -*- +''' +Created on 04.06.2020 + +@author: fstallmann +''' + +from __future__ import absolute_import + +from bkt import dotnet +from bkt.helpers import memoize + +Drawing = dotnet.import_drawing() #required for image resizing +Bitmap = Drawing.Bitmap + + +def make_thumbnail(path, width, height, save_path=None, background_color=None): + ''' + Make thumbnail from image with given dimension. + If no save_path is given, bitmap is returned. + If no background_color is given, image and fill area is transparent. + Based on https://stackoverflow.com/questions/1922040/how-to-resize-an-image-c-sharp + ''' + with Drawing.Image.FromFile(path) as image: + # init croped image + bmp = Bitmap(width, height) + graph = Drawing.Graphics.FromImage(bmp) + + if background_color is not None: + graph.Clear(Drawing.ColorTranslator.FromOle(background_color)) + + # compute scale + scale = min(float(width) / image.Width, float(height) / image.Height) + scaleWidth = int(image.Width * scale) + scaleHeight = int(image.Height * scale) + + # set quality + if background_color is None: + graph.CompositingMode = Drawing.Drawing2D.CompositingMode.SourceCopy #determines whether pixels from a source image overwrite or are combined with background pixels, SourceCopy=preserve transparency + graph.CompositingQuality = Drawing.Drawing2D.CompositingQuality.HighQuality #determines the rendering quality level of layered images + graph.InterpolationMode = Drawing.Drawing2D.InterpolationMode.High #determines how intermediate values between two endpoints are calculated, better but slower: HighQualityBicubic + graph.SmoothingMode = Drawing.Drawing2D.SmoothingMode.AntiAlias #specifies whether lines, curves, and the edges of filled areas use smoothing (also called antialiasing) + graph.PixelOffsetMode = Drawing.Drawing2D.PixelOffsetMode.HighQuality #affects rendering quality when drawing the new image + + with Drawing.Imaging.ImageAttributes() as wrap_mode: + wrap_mode.SetWrapMode(Drawing.Drawing2D.WrapMode.TileFlipXY) + # redraw and save + dest_rect = Drawing.Rectangle(int((width - scaleWidth)/2), int((height - scaleHeight)/2), scaleWidth, scaleHeight) + graph.DrawImage(image, dest_rect, 0, 0, image.Width, image.Height, Drawing.GraphicsUnit.Pixel, wrap_mode) + + # dispose image + image.Dispose() + + if save_path: + bmp.Save(save_path) + # close file + bmp.Dispose() + else: + return bmp + +def open_bitmap_nonblocking(path): + with Bitmap(path) as img: + bmp = Bitmap(img) + img.Dispose() + return bmp + +@memoize +def empty_image(width, height): + img = Bitmap(width, height) + color = Drawing.ColorTranslator.FromHtml('#ffffff00') + img.SetPixel(0, 0, color) + return img \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/bkt/library/powerpoint/elements.py b/bkt/library/powerpoint/elements.py index fe7b855b..897713eb 100644 --- a/bkt/library/powerpoint/elements.py +++ b/bkt/library/powerpoint/elements.py @@ -494,12 +494,11 @@ def on_action_indexed(self, selected_item, index, context, **kwargs): # reference size if reference == 'CONTENT': - presentation = context.app.activewindow.presentation - ref_left,ref_top,ref_width,ref_height = pplib.slide_content_size(presentation) + ref_left,ref_top,ref_width,ref_height = pplib.slide_content_size(context.slide) else: # SLIDE / ABS - presentation = context.app.activewindow.presentation + page_setup = context.presentation.PageSetup ref_left,ref_top = 0, 0 - ref_width,ref_height = presentation.PageSetup.SlideWidth, presentation.PageSetup.SlideHeight + ref_width,ref_height = page_setup.SlideWidth, page_setup.SlideHeight # target size left,top,width,height = self.rect_from_definition(position, ref_frame=[ref_left,ref_top,ref_width, ref_height]) diff --git a/bkt/library/powerpoint/helpers.py b/bkt/library/powerpoint/helpers.py index 7648c22f..06773b56 100644 --- a/bkt/library/powerpoint/helpers.py +++ b/bkt/library/powerpoint/helpers.py @@ -9,6 +9,7 @@ import json # required for tags from collections import namedtuple # required for color class +from contextlib import contextmanager # for locale helper import System.Array # to create int/str-Arrays @@ -217,6 +218,7 @@ def cm_to_pt(cm): # shape.Type MsoShapeType = { + 'mso3DModel': 30, 'msoAutoShape': 1, 'msoCallout': 2, 'msoCanvas': 20, @@ -233,6 +235,7 @@ def cm_to_pt(cm): 'msoInkComment': 23, 'msoLine': 9, 'msoLinkedGraphic': 29, + 'msoLinked3DModel': 31, 'msoLinkedOLEObject': 10, 'msoLinkedPicture': 11, 'msoMedia': 16, @@ -240,7 +243,7 @@ def cm_to_pt(cm): 'msoPicture': 13, 'msoPlaceholder': 14, 'msoScriptAnchor': 18, - 'msoShapeTypeMixed': 2, + 'msoShapeTypeMixed': -2, 'msoSmartArt': 24, 'msoTable': 19, 'msoTextBox': 17, @@ -304,11 +307,37 @@ def cm_to_pt(cm): } -''' -Helper class to storage the "loc pin" of shapes for various powerpoint operations. -The "loc pin" is the pin location within the shapes that should be fixed when using shape operations (e.g. changing the size). -''' +class ShapeDb(object): + def __init__(self): + self._db_file = None + + def get_db(self): + if not self._db_file: + self._db_file = self._load_db() + return self._db_file + + def _load_db(self): + import os.path + import io + filename = os.path.realpath(os.path.join(os.path.dirname(__file__), 'shapedb.json')) + with io.open(filename, 'r', encoding='utf-8') as json_file: + return json.load(json_file) + + def get_by_autoshape_type(self, autoshape_type): + db = self.get_db() + return db[str(autoshape_type)] + + def get_by_shape(self, shape): + return self.get_by_autoshape_type(shape.AutoShapeType) + +GlobalShapeDb = ShapeDb() + + class LocPin(object): + ''' + Helper class to storage the "loc pin" of shapes for various powerpoint operations. + The "loc pin" is the pin location within the shapes that should be fixed when using shape operations (e.g. changing the size). + ''' def __init__(self, initial_pin=0, settings_key=None): # fix_height = 1 #1=top, 2=middle, 3=bottom # fix_width = 1 #1=left, 2=middle, 3=right @@ -516,10 +545,15 @@ def copy_color(from_obj, to_obj): to_obj.Brightness = from_obj.Brightness for i,run in enumerate(from_textrange.Runs(), start=1): - copy_color(run.Font.Fill.ForeColor, to_textrange.Runs(i).Font.Fill.ForeColor) - copy_color(run.Font.Fill.BackColor, to_textrange.Runs(i).Font.Fill.BackColor) - copy_color(run.Font.Line.ForeColor, to_textrange.Runs(i).Font.Line.ForeColor) - copy_color(run.Font.Line.BackColor, to_textrange.Runs(i).Font.Line.BackColor) + try: + to_font = to_textrange.Runs(i).Font + except ValueError: + #ValueError: Der Index in der angegebenen Sammlung ist außerhalb des zulässigen Bereichs. + continue + copy_color(run.Font.Fill.ForeColor, to_font.Fill.ForeColor) + copy_color(run.Font.Fill.BackColor, to_font.Fill.BackColor) + copy_color(run.Font.Line.ForeColor, to_font.Line.ForeColor) + copy_color(run.Font.Line.BackColor, to_font.Line.BackColor) def replicate_shape(shape, force_textbox=False): @@ -528,15 +562,25 @@ def replicate_shape(shape, force_textbox=False): The duplicate function throws a ComException if the duplicate is used (e.g. merged, deleted) afterwards due to pending event handling. ''' slide = shape.Parent - if force_textbox or shape.Type == MsoShapeType['msoTextBox']: + # Note: Placeholder can be table, chart, diagram, smartart, picture, whatever... + shape_type = shape.Type + if shape_type == MsoShapeType['msoPlaceholder']: + shape_type = shape.PlaceholderFormat.ContainedType + if force_textbox or shape_type == MsoShapeType['msoTextBox']: new_shape = slide.shapes.AddTextbox( 1, #msoTextOrientationHorizontal shape.Left, shape.Top, shape.Width, shape.Height) new_shape.AutoShapeType = shape.AutoShapeType - else: + elif shape_type == MsoShapeType["msoAutoShape"]: new_shape = slide.shapes.AddShape( shape.AutoShapeType, shape.Left, shape.Top, shape.Width, shape.Height) + elif shape_type == MsoShapeType["msoCallout"]: + new_shape = slide.shapes.AddCallout( + shape.Callout.Type, + shape.Left, shape.Top, shape.Width, shape.Height) + else: + raise ValueError("replication only possible with autoshapes and textboxes") #replicate shape properties if shape.VerticalFlip != new_shape.VerticalFlip: @@ -650,6 +694,9 @@ def convert_text_into_shape(shape): # ==================== class TagHelper(object): + ''' + Helper to check if shape has a tag, get all tag values as dict or set tags from dict. + ''' @staticmethod def get_dict_from_tags(obj_tags): ''' @@ -878,6 +925,9 @@ def get_recent_colors_count(cls, context): # ========================================= class BKTTag(object): + ''' + Use shape tags using with-statement and item-notation. Tag values are stored as json data. + ''' TAG_NAME = "BKT" def __init__(self, tags): @@ -909,6 +959,9 @@ def save(self): def remove(self): self.data = {} + def get(self, arg, default=None): + self.data.get(arg, default) + def __enter__(self): self.load() return self @@ -937,14 +990,52 @@ def __delitem__(self, arg): # = Slide content size = # ====================== -def slide_content_size(presentation): - ''' get size of content area (i.e. big text field of standard layout) ''' - shapes_sizes = [[shape.left, shape.top, shape.width, shape.height] for shape in iter(presentation.SlideMaster.Shapes) if shape.type == 14 and shape.Placeholderformat.type == 2] - if len(shapes_sizes) == 0: - return 0, 0, presentation.PageSetup.SlideWidth, presentation.PageSetup.SlideHeight +def slidemaster_from_obj(obj): + ''' get slide master object from any object (presentation, slide, shape, layout, etc.) ''' + #obj.parent: + # -> if obj.parent.Master exists, then obj was shape + # -> if obj.parent.CustomLayouts exists, then obj was custom layout or shape on slidemaster + #obj.parent.parent + # -> if obj.parent.parent.design.SlideMaster exists, then obj was shape on custom layout + #obj.parent.parent.parent + # -> fallback to presentation + master_obj = obj + attrs = [None, "parent", "parent", "design", "parent"] + for attr in attrs: + if attr: + master_obj = getattr(master_obj, attr) + + if hasattr(master_obj, "CustomLayouts"): + #obj is slide master + return master_obj + + try: + #obj is presentation or design + return master_obj.SlideMaster + except AttributeError: + pass + + try: + #obj is slide + return master_obj.Master + except AttributeError: + pass + else: - slide_content_size = shapes_sizes[0] - return slide_content_size[0], slide_content_size[1], slide_content_size[2], slide_content_size[3] + raise AttributeError("%s cannot be converted to slidemaster" % obj) + +def content_size_from_master(slidemaster): + ''' get size of content area (i.e. big text field of standard layout) from slide master ''' + try: + return next([shape.left, shape.top, shape.width, shape.height] for shape in iter(slidemaster.Shapes) if shape.type == 14 and shape.Placeholderformat.type == 2) + except StopIteration: + return 0, 0, slidemaster.Width, slidemaster.Height + # page_setup = slidemaster.Parent.PageSetup + # return 0, 0, page_setup.SlideWidth, page_setup.SlideHeight + +def slide_content_size(any_obj): + ''' get size of content area (i.e. big text field of standard layout) from any object (slide, presentation, shape, etc.) ''' + return content_size_from_master(slidemaster_from_obj(any_obj)) BKT_CONTENTAREA = "BKT_CONTENTAREA" @@ -998,13 +1089,13 @@ def read_contentarea(presentation): # = Iterator for "subshapes" & textframes = # ========================================= -''' -Iterate through shapes of different types and return every shapes "subhsapes", e.g. group shapes or table cells -arg 'from_selection': If shapes are not from a selection (e.g. iterate all shapes of a slide), set this to False to disable selected table cells detection, - otherwise not all table cells are iterated at least in the rare case that a table is the only shape on a slide. -''' - class SubShapeIterator(object): + ''' + Iterate through shapes of different types and return every shapes "subhsapes", e.g. group shapes or table cells + arg 'from_selection': If shapes are not from a selection (e.g. iterate all shapes of a slide), set this to False to disable selected table cells detection, + otherwise not all table cells are iterated at least in the rare case that a table is the only shape on a slide. + ''' + def __init__(self, shapes, from_selection=True): #Ensure list if type(shapes) != list: @@ -1077,14 +1168,14 @@ def _iter_table(self, shape): def iterate_shape_subshapes(shapes, from_selection=True, filter_method=lambda shp: True, getter_method=lambda shp: shp): + ''' Function to create sub shape iterator ''' return SubShapeIterator(shapes, from_selection) -''' -Iterate through shapes of different types and return every shapes textframe -''' - class TextframeIterator(SubShapeIterator): + ''' + Iterate through shapes of different types and return every shapes textframe + ''' def _iter_group(self, shape): for shp in shape.GroupItems: @@ -1112,6 +1203,7 @@ def _iter_chart(self, shape): def iterate_shape_textframes(shapes, from_selection=True): + ''' Function to create textframe iterator ''' return TextframeIterator(shapes, from_selection) @@ -1121,6 +1213,9 @@ def iterate_shape_textframes(shapes, from_selection=True): # =============================== class BoundingFrame(object): + ''' + Helper class to simulate a rectangle and create a bounding frame from shape list. + ''' def __init__(self, slide=None, contentarea=False): self.left=0 self.top=0 @@ -1129,11 +1224,15 @@ def __init__(self, slide=None, contentarea=False): self.rotation=0 if slide != None: + slidemaster = slidemaster_from_obj(slide) if contentarea: - self.left, self.top, self.width, self.height = slide_content_size(slide.parent) + self.left, self.top, self.width, self.height = content_size_from_master(slidemaster) else: - self.width = slide.parent.PageSetup.SlideWidth - self.height = slide.parent.PageSetup.SlideHeight + self.width = slidemaster.Width + self.height = slidemaster.Height + # page_setup = slide.parent.PageSetup + # self.width = page_setup.SlideWidth + # self.height = page_setup.SlideHeight @classmethod def from_rect(cls, left, top, width, height): @@ -1144,6 +1243,10 @@ def from_rect(cls, left, top, width, height): bf.height = height return bf + @classmethod + def from_shape(cls, shape): + return cls.from_rect(shape.left, shape.top, shape.width, shape.height) + @classmethod def from_shapes(cls, shapes): from .wrapper import wrap_shapes @@ -1181,8 +1284,9 @@ def __init__(self, group, additional_attrs=[]): self._name = group.name self._tags = TagHelper.get_dict_from_tags(group.tags) - self._rotation = group.rotation - self._zorder = group.ZOrderPosition + self._rotation = group.rotation + self._zorder = group.ZOrderPosition + self._aspectratio = group.LockAspectRatio self._attr = {n:getattr(group, n) for n in additional_attrs} @@ -1288,6 +1392,8 @@ def regroup(self, new_shape_range=None): setattr(self._group, k, v) #restore zorder set_shape_zorder(self._group, value=self._zorder) + #restore lock aspect ration + self._group.LockAspectRatio = self._aspectratio #call post_regroup to reset rotation if self._ungroup_prepared: self.post_regroup() @@ -1340,3 +1446,40 @@ def _ungroup(shape_range): return self + +# ================= +# = Locale helper = +# ================= + +language_id_to_locale = { + 1031: 'de_DE', #"Deutsch", + 3079: 'de_AT', #"Deutsch (Österreich)", + 1040: 'it', #"Italienisch", + 1036: 'fr', #"Französisch", + 3082: 'es', #"Spanisch", + 1049: 'ru', #"Russisch", + 1029: 'cz', #"Tschechisch", + 1030: 'dk', #"Dänisch", + 1043: 'nl', #"Holländisch", + 1045: 'pl', #"Polnisch", + 2070: 'pt', #"Portugisisch", + 1053: 'se', #"Schwedisch", + 1055: 'tr', #"Türkisch", + 1033: 'en_US', #"US English", + 2057: 'en_UK', #"UK English", +} + +@contextmanager +def override_locale(language_id): + ''' + Temporarily change the python locale based on msoLanguageId + ''' + import locale + category = locale.LC_ALL + locale_string = language_id_to_locale.get(language_id, 'en') + prev_locale_string = locale.getlocale(category)[0] + locale.setlocale(category, locale_string) + yield + locale.setlocale(category, prev_locale_string) + + diff --git a/bkt/library/powerpoint/shapedb.json b/bkt/library/powerpoint/shapedb.json new file mode 100644 index 00000000..0d536261 --- /dev/null +++ b/bkt/library/powerpoint/shapedb.json @@ -0,0 +1,2194 @@ +{ + "1": { + "id": 1, + "name": "msoShapeRectangle", + "ratio": 1.0000, + "adjustments_count": 0, + "adjustments": [] + }, + "2": { + "id": 2, + "name": "msoShapeParallelogram", + "ratio": 1.3300, + "adjustments_count": 1, + "adjustments": [ + { + "ref": "h", + "max": "w", + "default": 0.2500, + "min": 0 + } + ] + }, + "3": { + "id": 3, + "name": "msoShapeTrapezoid", + "ratio": 0.7519, + "adjustments_count": 1, + "adjustments": [ + { + "ref": "min(hw)", + "max": "w/2", + "default": 0.2500, + "min": 0 + } + ] + }, + "4": { + "id": 4, + "name": "msoShapeDiamond", + "ratio": 1.0000, + "adjustments_count": 0, + "adjustments": [] + }, + "5": { + "id": 5, + "name": "msoShapeRoundedRectangle", + "ratio": 1.0000, + "adjustments_count": 1, + "adjustments": [ + { + "ref": "min(hw)", + "max": 0.5000, + "default": 0.1667, + "min": 0 + } + ] + }, + "6": { + "id": 6, + "name": "msoShapeOctagon", + "ratio": 1.0000, + "adjustments_count": 1, + "adjustments": [ + { + "ref": "min(hw)", + "max": 0.5000, + "default": 0.2929, + "min": 0 + } + ] + }, + "7": { + "id": 7, + "name": "msoShapeIsoscelesTriangle", + "ratio": 1.1600, + "adjustments_count": 1, + "adjustments": [ + { + "ref": "w", + "max": "w", + "default": 0.5000, + "min": 0 + } + ] + }, + "8": { + "id": 8, + "name": "msoShapeRightTriangle", + "ratio": 1.0000, + "adjustments_count": 0, + "adjustments": [] + }, + "9": { + "id": 9, + "name": "msoShapeOval", + "ratio": 1.0000, + "adjustments_count": 0, + "adjustments": [] + }, + "10": { + "id": 10, + "name": "msoShapeHexagon", + "ratio": 1.1600, + "adjustments_count": 2, + "adjustments": [ + { + "ref": "min(hw)", + "max": "w/2", + "default": 0.2500, + "min": 0 + }, + { + "default": 1.1547 + } + ] + }, + "11": { + "id": 11, + "name": "msoShapeCross", + "ratio": 1.0000, + "adjustments_count": 1, + "adjustments": [ + { + "ref": "min(hw)", + "max": 0.5000, + "default": 0.2500, + "min": 0 + } + ] + }, + "12": { + "id": 12, + "name": "msoShapeRegularPentagon", + "ratio": 1.0500, + "adjustments_count": 2, + "adjustments": [ + { + "default": 1.0515 + }, + { + "default": 1.1056 + } + ] + }, + "13": { + "id": 13, + "name": "msoShapeCan", + "ratio": 0.7519, + "adjustments_count": 1, + "adjustments": [ + { + "ref": "min(hw)", + "max": "h/2", + "default": 0.2500, + "min": 0.0010 + } + ] + }, + "14": { + "id": 14, + "name": "msoShapeCube", + "ratio": 1.0000, + "adjustments_count": 1, + "adjustments": [ + { + "ref": "min(hw)", + "max": 1, + "default": 0.2500, + "min": 0 + } + ] + }, + "15": { + "id": 15, + "name": "msoShapeBevel", + "ratio": 1.0000, + "adjustments_count": 1, + "adjustments": [ + { + "ref": "min(hw)", + "max": 0.5000, + "default": 0.1250, + "min": 0 + } + ] + }, + "16": { + "id": 16, + "name": "msoShapeFoldedCorner", + "ratio": 1.0000, + "adjustments_count": 1, + "adjustments": [ + { + "ref": "min(hw)", + "max": 0.5000, + "default": 0.1667, + "min": 0 + } + ] + }, + "17": { + "id": 17, + "name": "msoShapeSmileyFace", + "ratio": 1.0000, + "adjustments_count": 1, + "adjustments": [ + { + "default": 0.0465 + } + ] + }, + "18": { + "id": 18, + "name": "msoShapeDonut", + "ratio": 1.0000, + "adjustments_count": 1, + "adjustments": [ + { + "ref": "min(hw)", + "max": 0.5000, + "default": 0.2500, + "min": 0 + } + ] + }, + "19": { + "id": 19, + "name": "msoShapeNoSymbol", + "ratio": 1.0000, + "adjustments_count": 1, + "adjustments": [ + { + "ref": "min(hw)", + "max": 0.5000, + "default": 0.1875, + "min": 0 + } + ] + }, + "20": { + "id": 20, + "name": "msoShapeBlockArc", + "ratio": 1.0000, + "adjustments_count": 3, + "adjustments": [ + { + "ref": "deg", + "max": 180, + "default": 180.0000, + "min": -180 + }, + { + "ref": "deg", + "max": 180, + "default": 0.0000, + "min": -180 + }, + { + "ref": "min(hw)", + "max": 0.5000, + "default": 0.2500, + "min": 0 + } + ] + }, + "21": { + "id": 21, + "name": "msoShapeHeart", + "ratio": 1.0000, + "adjustments_count": 0, + "adjustments": [] + }, + "22": { + "id": 22, + "name": "msoShapeLightningBolt", + "ratio": 1.0000, + "adjustments_count": 0, + "adjustments": [] + }, + "23": { + "id": 23, + "name": "msoShapeSun", + "ratio": 1.0000, + "adjustments_count": 1, + "adjustments": [ + { + "default": 0.2500 + } + ] + }, + "24": { + "id": 24, + "name": "msoShapeMoon", + "ratio": 0.5000, + "adjustments_count": 1, + "adjustments": [ + { + "ref": "w", + "max": 0.8750, + "default": 0.5000, + "min": 0 + } + ] + }, + "25": { + "id": 25, + "name": "msoShapeArc", + "ratio": 1.0000, + "adjustments_count": 2, + "adjustments": [ + { + "ref": "deg", + "max": 180, + "default": -90.0000, + "min": -180 + }, + { + "ref": "deg", + "max": 180, + "default": 0.0000, + "min": -180 + } + ] + }, + "26": { + "id": 26, + "name": "msoShapeDoubleBracket", + "ratio": 1.0000, + "adjustments_count": 1, + "adjustments": [ + { + "ref": "min(hw)", + "max": 0.5000, + "default": 0.1667, + "min": 0 + } + ] + }, + "27": { + "id": 27, + "name": "msoShapeDoubleBrace", + "ratio": 1.1700, + "adjustments_count": 1, + "adjustments": [ + { + "ref": "min(hw)", + "max": 0.5000, + "default": 0.0833, + "min": 0 + } + ] + }, + "28": { + "id": 28, + "name": "msoShapePlaque", + "ratio": 1.0000, + "adjustments_count": 1, + "adjustments": [ + { + "ref": "min(hw)", + "max": 0.5000, + "default": 0.1667, + "min": 0 + } + ] + }, + "29": { + "id": 29, + "name": "msoShapeLeftBracket", + "ratio": 0.0800, + "adjustments_count": 1, + "adjustments": [ + { + "ref": "w", + "max": "h/2", + "default": 0.0833, + "min": 0 + } + ] + }, + "30": { + "id": 30, + "name": "msoShapeRightBracket", + "ratio": 0.0800, + "adjustments_count": 1, + "adjustments": [ + { + "ref": "w", + "max": "h/2", + "default": 0.0833, + "min": 0 + } + ] + }, + "31": { + "id": 31, + "name": "msoShapeLeftBrace", + "ratio": 0.1700, + "adjustments_count": 2, + "adjustments": [ + { + "ref": "w", + "max": "h/4", + "default": 0.0833, + "min": 0 + }, + { + "ref": "h", + "max": 1, + "default": 0.5000, + "min": 0 + } + ] + }, + "32": { + "id": 32, + "name": "msoShapeRightBrace", + "ratio": 0.1700, + "adjustments_count": 2, + "adjustments": [ + { + "ref": "w", + "max": "h/4", + "default": 0.0833, + "min": 0 + }, + { + "ref": "h", + "max": 1, + "default": 0.5000, + "min": 0 + } + ] + }, + "33": { + "id": 33, + "name": "msoShapeRightArrow", + "ratio": 2.0189, + "adjustments_count": 2, + "adjustments": [ + { + "ref": "h", + "max": 1, + "default": 0.5000, + "min": 0 + }, + { + "ref": "h", + "max": "w", + "default": 0.5000, + "min": 0 + } + ] + }, + "34": { + "id": 34, + "name": "msoShapeLeftArrow", + "ratio": 2.0189, + "adjustments_count": 2, + "adjustments": [ + { + "ref": "h", + "max": 1, + "default": 0.5000, + "min": 0 + }, + { + "ref": "h", + "max": "w", + "default": 0.5000, + "min": 0 + } + ] + }, + "35": { + "id": 35, + "name": "msoShapeUpArrow", + "ratio": 0.4953, + "adjustments_count": 2, + "adjustments": [ + { + "ref": "w", + "max": 1, + "default": 0.5000, + "min": 0 + }, + { + "ref": "w", + "max": "h", + "default": 0.5000, + "min": 0 + } + ] + }, + "36": { + "id": 36, + "name": "msoShapeDownArrow", + "ratio": 0.4953, + "adjustments_count": 2, + "adjustments": [ + { + "ref": "w", + "max": 1, + "default": 0.5000, + "min": 0 + }, + { + "ref": "w", + "max": "h", + "default": 0.5000, + "min": 0 + } + ] + }, + "37": { + "id": 37, + "name": "msoShapeLeftRightArrow", + "ratio": 2.5094, + "adjustments_count": 2, + "adjustments": [ + { + "ref": "h", + "max": 1, + "default": 0.5000, + "min": 0 + }, + { + "ref": "h", + "max": "w/2", + "default": 0.5000, + "min": 0 + } + ] + }, + "38": { + "id": 38, + "name": "msoShapeUpDownArrow", + "ratio": 0.3985, + "adjustments_count": 2, + "adjustments": [ + { + "ref": "w", + "max": 1, + "default": 0.5000, + "min": 0 + }, + { + "ref": "w", + "max": "h/2", + "default": 0.5000, + "min": 0 + } + ] + }, + "39": { + "id": 39, + "name": "msoShapeQuadArrow", + "ratio": 1.0000, + "adjustments_count": 3, + "adjustments": [ + { + "ref": "min(hw)", + "max": 1, + "default": 0.2250, + "min": 0 + }, + { + "ref": "min(hw)*2", + "max": 0.5000, + "default": 0.2250, + "min": 0 + }, + { + "ref": "min(hw)", + "max": 0.5000, + "default": 0.2250, + "min": 0 + } + ] + }, + "40": { + "id": 40, + "name": "msoShapeLeftRightUpArrow", + "ratio": 1.4301, + "adjustments_count": 3, + "adjustments": [ + { + "ref": "min(hw)", + "max": 1, + "default": 0.2500, + "min": 0 + }, + { + "ref": "min(hw)*2", + "max": 0.5000, + "default": 0.2500, + "min": 0 + }, + { + "ref": "min(hw)", + "max": 0.5000, + "default": 0.2500, + "min": 0 + } + ] + }, + "41": { + "id": 41, + "name": "msoShapeBentArrow", + "ratio": 0.9368, + "adjustments_count": 4, + "adjustments": [ + { + "ref": "min(hw)", + "max": 1, + "default": 0.2500, + "min": 0 + }, + { + "ref": "min(hw)*2", + "max": 0.5000, + "default": 0.2500, + "min": 0 + }, + { + "ref": "min(hw)", + "max": 0.5000, + "default": 0.2500, + "min": 0 + }, + { + "ref": "min(hw)", + "max": 1, + "default": 0.4375, + "min": 0 + } + ] + }, + "42": { + "id": 42, + "name": "msoShapeUTurnArrow", + "ratio": 1.0104, + "adjustments_count": 5, + "adjustments": [ + { + "default": 0.2500 + }, + { + "default": 0.2500 + }, + { + "default": 0.2500 + }, + { + "default": 0.4375 + }, + { + "default": 0.7500 + } + ] + }, + "43": { + "id": 43, + "name": "msoShapeLeftUpArrow", + "ratio": 1.0000, + "adjustments_count": 3, + "adjustments": [ + { + "ref": "min(hw)", + "max": 1, + "default": 0.2500, + "min": 0 + }, + { + "ref": "min(hw)*2", + "max": 0.5000, + "default": 0.2500, + "min": 0 + }, + { + "ref": "min(hw)", + "max": 0.5000, + "default": 0.2500, + "min": 0 + } + ] + }, + "44": { + "id": 44, + "name": "msoShapeBentUpArrow", + "ratio": 1.1625, + "adjustments_count": 3, + "adjustments": [ + { + "ref": "min(hw)", + "max": 1, + "default": 0.2500, + "min": 0 + }, + { + "ref": "min(hw)*2", + "max": 0.5000, + "default": 0.2500, + "min": 0 + }, + { + "ref": "min(hw)", + "max": 0.5000, + "default": 0.2500, + "min": 0 + } + ] + }, + "45": { + "id": 45, + "name": "msoShapeCurvedRightArrow", + "ratio": 0.6015, + "adjustments_count": 3, + "adjustments": [ + { + "default": 0.2500 + }, + { + "default": 0.5000 + }, + { + "default": 0.2500 + } + ] + }, + "46": { + "id": 46, + "name": "msoShapeCurvedLeftArrow", + "ratio": 0.6015, + "adjustments_count": 3, + "adjustments": [ + { + "default": 0.2500 + }, + { + "default": 0.5000 + }, + { + "default": 0.2500 + } + ] + }, + "47": { + "id": 47, + "name": "msoShapeCurvedUpArrow", + "ratio": 1.6625, + "adjustments_count": 3, + "adjustments": [ + { + "default": 0.2500 + }, + { + "default": 0.5000 + }, + { + "default": 0.2500 + } + ] + }, + "48": { + "id": 48, + "name": "msoShapeCurvedDownArrow", + "ratio": 1.6625, + "adjustments_count": 3, + "adjustments": [ + { + "default": 0.2500 + }, + { + "default": 0.5000 + }, + { + "default": 0.2500 + } + ] + }, + "49": { + "id": 49, + "name": "msoShapeStripedRightArrow", + "ratio": 2.0189, + "adjustments_count": 2, + "adjustments": [ + { + "ref": "h", + "max": "h", + "default": 0.5000, + "min": 0 + }, + { + "ref": "min(hw)", + "max": "w", + "default": 0.5000, + "min": 0 + } + ] + }, + "50": { + "id": 50, + "name": "msoShapeNotchedRightArrow", + "ratio": 2.0189, + "adjustments_count": 2, + "adjustments": [ + { + "ref": "h", + "max": "h", + "default": 0.5000, + "min": 0 + }, + { + "ref": "min(hw)", + "max": "w", + "default": 0.5000, + "min": 0 + } + ] + }, + "51": { + "id": 51, + "name": "msoShapePentagon", + "ratio": 2.0189, + "adjustments_count": 1, + "adjustments": [ + { + "ref": "min(hw)", + "max": "w", + "default": 0.5000, + "min": 0 + } + ] + }, + "52": { + "id": 52, + "name": "msoShapeChevron", + "ratio": 1.0000, + "adjustments_count": 1, + "adjustments": [ + { + "ref": "min(hw)", + "max": "w", + "default": 0.5000, + "min": 0 + } + ] + }, + "53": { + "id": 53, + "name": "msoShapeRightArrowCallout", + "ratio": 1.0000, + "adjustments_count": 4, + "adjustments": [ + { + "default": 0.2500 + }, + { + "default": 0.2500 + }, + { + "default": 0.2500 + }, + { + "default": 0.6498 + } + ] + }, + "54": { + "id": 54, + "name": "msoShapeLeftArrowCallout", + "ratio": 1.0000, + "adjustments_count": 4, + "adjustments": [ + { + "default": 0.2500 + }, + { + "default": 0.2500 + }, + { + "default": 0.2500 + }, + { + "default": 0.6498 + } + ] + }, + "55": { + "id": 55, + "name": "msoShapeUpArrowCallout", + "ratio": 1.0000, + "adjustments_count": 4, + "adjustments": [ + { + "default": 0.2500 + }, + { + "default": 0.2500 + }, + { + "default": 0.2500 + }, + { + "default": 0.6498 + } + ] + }, + "56": { + "id": 56, + "name": "msoShapeDownArrowCallout", + "ratio": 1.0000, + "adjustments_count": 4, + "adjustments": [ + { + "default": 0.2500 + }, + { + "default": 0.2500 + }, + { + "default": 0.2500 + }, + { + "default": 0.6498 + } + ] + }, + "57": { + "id": 57, + "name": "msoShapeLeftRightArrowCallout", + "ratio": 2.1111, + "adjustments_count": 4, + "adjustments": [ + { + "default": 0.2500 + }, + { + "default": 0.2500 + }, + { + "default": 0.2500 + }, + { + "default": 0.4812 + } + ] + }, + "59": { + "id": 59, + "name": "msoShapeQuadArrowCallout", + "ratio": 1.0000, + "adjustments_count": 4, + "adjustments": [ + { + "default": 0.1851 + }, + { + "default": 0.1851 + }, + { + "default": 0.1851 + }, + { + "default": 0.4812 + } + ] + }, + "60": { + "id": 60, + "name": "msoShapeCircularArrow", + "ratio": 1.0000, + "adjustments_count": 5, + "adjustments": [ + { + "default": 0.1250 + }, + { + "default": 19.0387 + }, + { + "default": -19.0387 + }, + { + "default": 180.0000 + }, + { + "default": 0.1250 + } + ] + }, + "61": { + "id": 61, + "name": "msoShapeFlowchartProcess", + "ratio": 1.4925, + "adjustments_count": 0, + "adjustments": [] + }, + "62": { + "id": 62, + "name": "msoShapeFlowchartAlternateProcess", + "ratio": 1.4925, + "adjustments_count": 0, + "adjustments": [] + }, + "63": { + "id": 63, + "name": "msoShapeFlowchartDecision", + "ratio": 1.4925, + "adjustments_count": 0, + "adjustments": [] + }, + "64": { + "id": 64, + "name": "msoShapeFlowchartData", + "ratio": 1.4925, + "adjustments_count": 0, + "adjustments": [] + }, + "65": { + "id": 65, + "name": "msoShapeFlowchartPredefinedProcess", + "ratio": 1.4925, + "adjustments_count": 0, + "adjustments": [] + }, + "66": { + "id": 66, + "name": "msoShapeFlowchartInternalStorage", + "ratio": 1.0000, + "adjustments_count": 0, + "adjustments": [] + }, + "67": { + "id": 67, + "name": "msoShapeFlowchartDocument", + "ratio": 1.4925, + "adjustments_count": 0, + "adjustments": [] + }, + "68": { + "id": 68, + "name": "msoShapeFlowchartMultidocument", + "ratio": 1.3976, + "adjustments_count": 0, + "adjustments": [] + }, + "69": { + "id": 69, + "name": "msoShapeFlowchartTerminator", + "ratio": 3.0303, + "adjustments_count": 0, + "adjustments": [] + }, + "70": { + "id": 70, + "name": "msoShapeFlowchartPreparation", + "ratio": 1.7313, + "adjustments_count": 0, + "adjustments": [] + }, + "71": { + "id": 71, + "name": "msoShapeFlowchartManualInput", + "ratio": 2.0000, + "adjustments_count": 0, + "adjustments": [] + }, + "72": { + "id": 72, + "name": "msoShapeFlowchartManualOperation", + "ratio": 1.4925, + "adjustments_count": 0, + "adjustments": [] + }, + "73": { + "id": 73, + "name": "msoShapeFlowchartConnector", + "ratio": 1.0000, + "adjustments_count": 0, + "adjustments": [] + }, + "74": { + "id": 74, + "name": "msoShapeFlowchartOffpageConnector", + "ratio": 1.0000, + "adjustments_count": 0, + "adjustments": [] + }, + "75": { + "id": 75, + "name": "msoShapeFlowchartCard", + "ratio": 1.1364, + "adjustments_count": 0, + "adjustments": [] + }, + "76": { + "id": 76, + "name": "msoShapeFlowchartPunchedTape", + "ratio": 1.1364, + "adjustments_count": 0, + "adjustments": [] + }, + "77": { + "id": 77, + "name": "msoShapeFlowchartSummingJunction", + "ratio": 1.0000, + "adjustments_count": 0, + "adjustments": [] + }, + "78": { + "id": 78, + "name": "msoShapeFlowchartOr", + "ratio": 1.0000, + "adjustments_count": 0, + "adjustments": [] + }, + "79": { + "id": 79, + "name": "msoShapeFlowchartCollate", + "ratio": 0.5000, + "adjustments_count": 0, + "adjustments": [] + }, + "80": { + "id": 80, + "name": "msoShapeFlowchartSort", + "ratio": 0.5000, + "adjustments_count": 0, + "adjustments": [] + }, + "81": { + "id": 81, + "name": "msoShapeFlowchartExtract", + "ratio": 1.0000, + "adjustments_count": 0, + "adjustments": [] + }, + "82": { + "id": 82, + "name": "msoShapeFlowchartMerge", + "ratio": 1.0000, + "adjustments_count": 0, + "adjustments": [] + }, + "83": { + "id": 83, + "name": "msoShapeFlowchartStoredData", + "ratio": 1.4925, + "adjustments_count": 0, + "adjustments": [] + }, + "84": { + "id": 84, + "name": "msoShapeFlowchartDelay", + "ratio": 1.0000, + "adjustments_count": 0, + "adjustments": [] + }, + "85": { + "id": 85, + "name": "msoShapeFlowchartSequentialAccessStorage", + "ratio": 1.0000, + "adjustments_count": 0, + "adjustments": [] + }, + "86": { + "id": 86, + "name": "msoShapeFlowchartMagneticDisk", + "ratio": 1.4925, + "adjustments_count": 0, + "adjustments": [] + }, + "87": { + "id": 87, + "name": "msoShapeFlowchartDirectAccessStorage", + "ratio": 1.3333, + "adjustments_count": 0, + "adjustments": [] + }, + "88": { + "id": 88, + "name": "msoShapeFlowchartDisplay", + "ratio": 1.4925, + "adjustments_count": 0, + "adjustments": [] + }, + "89": { + "id": 89, + "name": "msoShapeExplosion1", + "ratio": 1.0000, + "adjustments_count": 0, + "adjustments": [] + }, + "90": { + "id": 90, + "name": "msoShapeExplosion2", + "ratio": 1.0000, + "adjustments_count": 0, + "adjustments": [] + }, + "91": { + "id": 91, + "name": "msoShape4pointStar", + "ratio": 1.0000, + "adjustments_count": 1, + "adjustments": [ + { + "default": 0.1250 + } + ] + }, + "92": { + "id": 92, + "name": "msoShape5pointStar", + "ratio": 1.0000, + "adjustments_count": 3, + "adjustments": [ + { + "default": 0.1910 + }, + { + "default": 1.0515 + }, + { + "default": 1.1056 + } + ] + }, + "93": { + "id": 93, + "name": "msoShape8pointStar", + "ratio": 1.0000, + "adjustments_count": 1, + "adjustments": [ + { + "default": 0.3750 + } + ] + }, + "94": { + "id": 94, + "name": "msoShape16pointStar", + "ratio": 1.0000, + "adjustments_count": 1, + "adjustments": [ + { + "default": 0.3750 + } + ] + }, + "95": { + "id": 95, + "name": "msoShape24pointStar", + "ratio": 1.0000, + "adjustments_count": 1, + "adjustments": [ + { + "default": 0.3750 + } + ] + }, + "96": { + "id": 96, + "name": "msoShape32pointStar", + "ratio": 1.0000, + "adjustments_count": 1, + "adjustments": [ + { + "default": 0.3750 + } + ] + }, + "97": { + "id": 97, + "name": "msoShapeUpRibbon", + "ratio": 1.9851, + "adjustments_count": 2, + "adjustments": [ + { + "default": 0.1667 + }, + { + "default": 0.5000 + } + ] + }, + "98": { + "id": 98, + "name": "msoShapeDownRibbon", + "ratio": 1.9851, + "adjustments_count": 2, + "adjustments": [ + { + "default": 0.1667 + }, + { + "default": 0.5000 + } + ] + }, + "99": { + "id": 99, + "name": "msoShapeCurvedUpRibbon", + "ratio": 1.6024, + "adjustments_count": 3, + "adjustments": [ + { + "default": 0.2500 + }, + { + "default": 0.5000 + }, + { + "default": 0.1250 + } + ] + }, + "100": { + "id": 100, + "name": "msoShapeCurvedDownRibbon", + "ratio": 1.6024, + "adjustments_count": 3, + "adjustments": [ + { + "default": 0.2500 + }, + { + "default": 0.5000 + }, + { + "default": 0.1250 + } + ] + }, + "101": { + "id": 101, + "name": "msoShapeVerticalScroll", + "ratio": 0.9040, + "adjustments_count": 1, + "adjustments": [ + { + "default": 0.1250 + } + ] + }, + "102": { + "id": 102, + "name": "msoShapeHorizontalScroll", + "ratio": 1.1062, + "adjustments_count": 1, + "adjustments": [ + { + "default": 0.1250 + } + ] + }, + "103": { + "id": 103, + "name": "msoShapeWave", + "ratio": 1.0000, + "adjustments_count": 2, + "adjustments": [ + { + "default": 0.1250 + }, + { + "default": 0.0000 + } + ] + }, + "104": { + "id": 104, + "name": "msoShapeDoubleWave", + "ratio": 1.0000, + "adjustments_count": 2, + "adjustments": [ + { + "default": 0.0625 + }, + { + "default": 0.0000 + } + ] + }, + "105": { + "id": 105, + "name": "msoShapeRectangularCallout", + "ratio": 1.4925, + "adjustments_count": 2, + "adjustments": [ + { + "ref": "w", + "max": null, + "default": -0.2083, + "min": null + }, + { + "ref": "h", + "max": null, + "default": 0.6250, + "min": null + } + ] + }, + "106": { + "id": 106, + "name": "msoShapeRoundedRectangularCallout", + "ratio": 1.4925, + "adjustments_count": 3, + "adjustments": [ + { + "ref": "w", + "max": null, + "default": -0.2083, + "min": null + }, + { + "ref": "h", + "max": null, + "default": 0.6250, + "min": null + }, + { + "ref": "min(hw)", + "max": 0.5000, + "default": 0.1667, + "min": 0 + } + ] + }, + "107": { + "id": 107, + "name": "msoShapeOvalCallout", + "ratio": 1.4925, + "adjustments_count": 2, + "adjustments": [ + { + "ref": "w", + "max": null, + "default": -0.2083, + "min": null + }, + { + "ref": "h", + "max": null, + "default": 0.6250, + "min": null + } + ] + }, + "108": { + "id": 108, + "name": "msoShapeCloudCallout", + "ratio": 1.4925, + "adjustments_count": 2, + "adjustments": [ + { + "ref": "w", + "max": null, + "default": -0.2083, + "min": null + }, + { + "ref": "h", + "max": null, + "default": 0.6250, + "min": null + } + ] + }, + "109": { + "id": 109, + "name": "msoShapeLineCallout1", + "ratio": 1.4925, + "adjustments_count": 4, + "adjustments": [ + { + "default": 0.1875 + }, + { + "default": -0.0833 + }, + { + "default": 1.1250 + }, + { + "default": -0.3833 + } + ] + }, + "111": { + "id": 111, + "name": "msoShapeLineCallout3", + "ratio": 1.4925, + "adjustments_count": 6, + "adjustments": [ + { + "default": 0.1875 + }, + { + "default": -0.0833 + }, + { + "default": 0.1875 + }, + { + "default": -0.1667 + }, + { + "default": 1.1250 + }, + { + "default": -0.4667 + } + ] + }, + "112": { + "id": 112, + "name": "msoShapeLineCallout4", + "ratio": 1.4925, + "adjustments_count": 8, + "adjustments": [ + { + "default": 0.1875 + }, + { + "default": -0.0833 + }, + { + "default": 0.1875 + }, + { + "default": -0.1667 + }, + { + "default": 1.0000 + }, + { + "default": -0.1667 + }, + { + "default": 1.1296 + }, + { + "default": -0.0833 + } + ] + }, + "113": { + "id": 113, + "name": "msoShapeLineCallout1AccentBar", + "ratio": 1.4925, + "adjustments_count": 4, + "adjustments": [ + { + "default": 0.1875 + }, + { + "default": -0.0833 + }, + { + "default": 1.1250 + }, + { + "default": -0.3833 + } + ] + }, + "114": { + "id": 114, + "name": "msoShapeLineCallout2AccentBar", + "ratio": 1.4925, + "adjustments_count": 4, + "adjustments": [ + { + "default": 0.1875 + }, + { + "default": -0.0833 + }, + { + "default": 1.1250 + }, + { + "default": -0.3833 + } + ] + }, + "116": { + "id": 116, + "name": "msoShapeLineCallout4AccentBar", + "ratio": 1.4925, + "adjustments_count": 8, + "adjustments": [ + { + "default": 0.1875 + }, + { + "default": -0.0833 + }, + { + "default": 0.1875 + }, + { + "default": -0.1667 + }, + { + "default": 1.0000 + }, + { + "default": -0.1667 + }, + { + "default": 1.1296 + }, + { + "default": -0.0833 + } + ] + }, + "119": { + "id": 119, + "name": "msoShapeLineCallout3NoBorder", + "ratio": 1.4925, + "adjustments_count": 6, + "adjustments": [ + { + "default": 0.1875 + }, + { + "default": -0.0833 + }, + { + "default": 0.1875 + }, + { + "default": -0.1667 + }, + { + "default": 1.1250 + }, + { + "default": -0.4667 + } + ] + }, + "120": { + "id": 120, + "name": "msoShapeLineCallout4NoBorder", + "ratio": 1.4925, + "adjustments_count": 8, + "adjustments": [ + { + "default": 0.1875 + }, + { + "default": -0.0833 + }, + { + "default": 0.1875 + }, + { + "default": -0.1667 + }, + { + "default": 1.0000 + }, + { + "default": -0.1667 + }, + { + "default": 1.1296 + }, + { + "default": -0.0833 + } + ] + }, + "122": { + "id": 122, + "name": "msoShapeLineCallout2BorderandAccentBar", + "ratio": 1.4925, + "adjustments_count": 4, + "adjustments": [ + { + "default": 0.1875 + }, + { + "default": -0.0833 + }, + { + "default": 1.1250 + }, + { + "default": -0.3833 + } + ] + }, + "123": { + "id": 123, + "name": "msoShapeLineCallout3BorderandAccentBar", + "ratio": 1.4925, + "adjustments_count": 6, + "adjustments": [ + { + "default": 0.1875 + }, + { + "default": -0.0833 + }, + { + "default": 0.1875 + }, + { + "default": -0.1667 + }, + { + "default": 1.1250 + }, + { + "default": -0.4667 + } + ] + }, + "124": { + "id": 124, + "name": "msoShapeLineCallout4BorderandAccentBar", + "ratio": 1.4925, + "adjustments_count": 8, + "adjustments": [ + { + "default": 0.1875 + }, + { + "default": -0.0833 + }, + { + "default": 0.1875 + }, + { + "default": -0.1667 + }, + { + "default": 1.0000 + }, + { + "default": -0.1667 + }, + { + "default": 1.1296 + }, + { + "default": -0.0833 + } + ] + }, + "141": { + "id": 141, + "name": "msoShapeDiagonalStripe", + "ratio": 1.0000, + "adjustments_count": 1, + "adjustments": [ + { + "ref": "h", + "max": "h", + "default": 0.5000, + "min": 0 + } + ] + }, + "142": { + "id": 142, + "name": "msoShapePie", + "ratio": 1.0000, + "adjustments_count": 2, + "adjustments": [ + { + "ref": "deg", + "max": 180, + "default": 0.0000, + "min": -180 + }, + { + "ref": "deg", + "max": 180, + "default": -90.0000, + "min": -180 + } + ] + }, + "144": { + "id": 144, + "name": "msoShapeDecagon", + "ratio": 1.0000, + "adjustments_count": 1, + "adjustments": [ + { + "default": 1.0515 + } + ] + }, + "145": { + "id": 145, + "name": "msoShapeHeptagon", + "ratio": 1.0000, + "adjustments_count": 2, + "adjustments": [ + { + "default": 1.0257 + }, + { + "default": 1.0521 + } + ] + }, + "146": { + "id": 146, + "name": "msoShapeDodecagon", + "ratio": 1.0000, + "adjustments_count": 0, + "adjustments": [] + }, + "147": { + "id": 147, + "name": "msoShape6pointStar", + "ratio": 1.0000, + "adjustments_count": 2, + "adjustments": [ + { + "default": 0.2887 + }, + { + "default": 1.1547 + } + ] + }, + "148": { + "id": 148, + "name": "msoShape7pointStar", + "ratio": 1.0000, + "adjustments_count": 3, + "adjustments": [ + { + "default": 0.3460 + }, + { + "default": 1.0257 + }, + { + "default": 1.0521 + } + ] + }, + "149": { + "id": 149, + "name": "msoShape10pointStar", + "ratio": 1.0000, + "adjustments_count": 2, + "adjustments": [ + { + "default": 0.4253 + }, + { + "default": 1.0515 + } + ] + }, + "150": { + "id": 150, + "name": "msoShape12pointStar", + "ratio": 1.0000, + "adjustments_count": 1, + "adjustments": [ + { + "default": 0.3750 + } + ] + }, + "151": { + "id": 151, + "name": "msoShapeRound1Rectangle", + "ratio": 1.0000, + "adjustments_count": 1, + "adjustments": [ + { + "ref": "min(hw)", + "max": 0.5000, + "default": 0.1667, + "min": 0 + } + ] + }, + "152": { + "id": 152, + "name": "msoShapeRound2SameRectangle", + "ratio": 1.0000, + "adjustments_count": 2, + "adjustments": [ + { + "ref": "min(hw)", + "max": 0.5000, + "default": 0.1667, + "min": 0 + }, + { + "ref": "min(hw)", + "max": 0.5000, + "default": 0.0000, + "min": 0 + } + ] + }, + "153": { + "id": 153, + "name": "msoShapeRound2DiagRectangle", + "ratio": 1.0000, + "adjustments_count": 2, + "adjustments": [ + { + "ref": "min(hw)", + "max": 0.5000, + "default": 0.1667, + "min": 0 + }, + { + "ref": "min(hw)", + "max": 0.5000, + "default": 0.0000, + "min": 0 + } + ] + }, + "154": { + "id": 154, + "name": "msoShapeSnipRoundRectangle", + "ratio": 1.0000, + "adjustments_count": 2, + "adjustments": [ + { + "ref": "min(hw)", + "max": 0.5000, + "default": 0.1667, + "min": 0 + }, + { + "ref": "min(hw)", + "max": 0.5000, + "default": 0.1667, + "min": 0 + } + ] + }, + "155": { + "id": 155, + "name": "msoShapeSnip1Rectangle", + "ratio": 1.0000, + "adjustments_count": 1, + "adjustments": [ + { + "ref": "min(hw)", + "max": 0.5000, + "default": 0.1667, + "min": 0 + } + ] + }, + "156": { + "id": 156, + "name": "msoShapeSnip2SameRectangle", + "ratio": 1.0000, + "adjustments_count": 2, + "adjustments": [ + { + "ref": "min(hw)", + "max": 0.5000, + "default": 0.1667, + "min": 0 + }, + { + "ref": "min(hw)", + "max": 0.5000, + "default": 0.0000, + "min": 0 + } + ] + }, + "157": { + "id": 157, + "name": "msoShapeSnip2DiagRectangle", + "ratio": 1.0000, + "adjustments_count": 2, + "adjustments": [ + { + "ref": "min(hw)", + "max": 0.5000, + "default": 0.0000, + "min": 0 + }, + { + "ref": "min(hw)", + "max": 0.5000, + "default": 0.1667, + "min": 0 + } + ] + }, + "158": { + "id": 158, + "name": "msoShapeFrame", + "ratio": 1.0000, + "adjustments_count": 1, + "adjustments": [ + { + "ref": "min(hw)", + "max": 0.5000, + "default": 0.1250, + "min": 0 + } + ] + }, + "159": { + "id": 159, + "name": "msoShapeHalfFrame", + "ratio": 1.0000, + "adjustments_count": 2, + "adjustments": [ + { + "ref": "min(hw)", + "max": "h", + "default": 0.3333, + "min": 0 + }, + { + "ref": "min(hw)", + "max": "w", + "default": 0.3333, + "min": 0 + } + ] + }, + "160": { + "id": 160, + "name": "msoShapeTear", + "ratio": 1.0000, + "adjustments_count": 1, + "adjustments": [ + { + "ref": "w/2", + "max": "w", + "default": 1.0000, + "min": 0 + } + ] + }, + "161": { + "id": 161, + "name": "msoShapeChord", + "ratio": 1.0000, + "adjustments_count": 2, + "adjustments": [ + { + "ref": "deg", + "max": 180, + "default": 45.0000, + "min": -180 + }, + { + "ref": "deg", + "max": 180, + "default": -90.0000, + "min": -180 + } + ] + }, + "162": { + "id": 162, + "name": "msoShapeCorner", + "ratio": 1.0000, + "adjustments_count": 2, + "adjustments": [ + { + "ref": "min(hw)", + "max": "h", + "default": 0.5000, + "min": 0 + }, + { + "ref": "min(hw)", + "max": "w", + "default": 0.5000, + "min": 0 + } + ] + }, + "163": { + "id": 163, + "name": "msoShapeMathPlus", + "ratio": 1.0000, + "adjustments_count": 1, + "adjustments": [ + { + "ref": "min(hw)", + "max": 2, + "default": 0.2352, + "min": 0 + } + ] + }, + "164": { + "id": 164, + "name": "msoShapeMathMinus", + "ratio": 1.0000, + "adjustments_count": 1, + "adjustments": [ + { + "ref": "h", + "max": "h", + "default": 0.2352, + "min": 0 + } + ] + }, + "165": { + "id": 165, + "name": "msoShapeMathMultiply", + "ratio": 1.0000, + "adjustments_count": 1, + "adjustments": [ + { + "ref": "min(hw)", + "max": 1, + "default": 0.2352, + "min": 0 + } + ] + }, + "166": { + "id": 166, + "name": "msoShapeMathDivide", + "ratio": 1.0000, + "adjustments_count": 3, + "adjustments": [ + { + "default": 0.2352 + }, + { + "default": 0.0588 + }, + { + "default": 0.1176 + } + ] + }, + "167": { + "id": 167, + "name": "msoShapeMathEqual", + "ratio": 1.0000, + "adjustments_count": 2, + "adjustments": [ + { + "default": 0.2352 + }, + { + "default": 0.1176 + } + ] + }, + "168": { + "id": 168, + "name": "msoShapeMathNotEqual", + "ratio": 1.0000, + "adjustments_count": 3, + "adjustments": [ + { + "default": 0.2352 + }, + { + "default": 110.0000 + }, + { + "default": 0.1176 + } + ] + }, + "179": { + "id": 179, + "name": "msoShapeCloud", + "ratio": 1.0000, + "adjustments_count": 0, + "adjustments": [] + } +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/bkt/library/powerpoint/wrapper.py b/bkt/library/powerpoint/wrapper.py index 1cf6212b..51f4b1cc 100644 --- a/bkt/library/powerpoint/wrapper.py +++ b/bkt/library/powerpoint/wrapper.py @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ def _get_global_locpin(self): @property def left(self): ''' get left position considering locpin setting ''' - return round(self.shape.left + self.locpin.get_fractions()[1]*self.shape.width, 3) #max precision for position in ppt is 3 decimal places + return round(self.shape.left + self.locpin.get_fractions()[1]*self.shape.width, 4) #max precision for position in ppt is 3 decimal places @left.setter def left(self, value): ''' set left position considering locpin setting ''' @@ -41,7 +41,7 @@ def left(self, value): @property def top(self): ''' get top position considering locpin setting ''' - return round(self.shape.top + self.locpin.get_fractions()[0]*self.shape.height, 3) #max precision for position in ppt is 3 decimal places + return round(self.shape.top + self.locpin.get_fractions()[0]*self.shape.height, 4) #max precision for position in ppt is 3 decimal places @top.setter def top(self, value): ''' set top position considering locpin setting ''' @@ -159,7 +159,16 @@ def resize_to_x1(self, value): def resize_to_y1(self, value): ''' resize shape to given bottom edge (y1-value) ''' self.shape.height = value-self.y - + + + @property + def lock_aspect_ratio(self): + return self.shape.LockAspectRatio == -1 + @lock_aspect_ratio.setter + def lock_aspect_ratio(self, value): + self.shape.LockAspectRatio = -1 if value else 0 + + def transpose(self): ''' switch shape height and width ''' orig_lar = self.shape.LockAspectRatio @@ -167,15 +176,19 @@ def transpose(self): self.width,self.height = self.height,self.width self.shape.LockAspectRatio = orig_lar - def square(self, w2h=True): - ''' square shape by setting width to height (if w2h=True) or height to width ''' + def force_aspect_ratio(self, ratio, landscape=True): + ''' force specific aspect ratio by settings ''' orig_lar = self.shape.LockAspectRatio self.shape.LockAspectRatio = 0 - if w2h: - self.width = self.height + if landscape or ratio < 1: + self.width = self.height * ratio else: - self.height = self.width + self.height = self.width * ratio self.shape.LockAspectRatio = orig_lar + + def square(self, w2h=True): + ''' square shape by setting width to height (if w2h=True) or height to width ''' + self.force_aspect_ratio(1, w2h) @property @@ -202,7 +215,7 @@ def center_y(self, value): @property def visual_left(self): ''' get visual left position considering locpin setting ''' - return round(self.visual_x + self.locpin.get_fractions()[1]*self.visual_width, 3) + return round(self.visual_x + self.locpin.get_fractions()[1]*self.visual_width, 4) @visual_left.setter def visual_left(self, value): ''' set visual left position considering locpin setting ''' @@ -211,7 +224,7 @@ def visual_left(self, value): @property def visual_top(self): ''' get visual top position considering locpin setting ''' - return round(self.visual_y + self.locpin.get_fractions()[0]*self.visual_height, 3) + return round(self.visual_y + self.locpin.get_fractions()[0]*self.visual_height, 4) @visual_top.setter def visual_top(self, value): ''' set visual top position considering locpin setting ''' diff --git a/bkt/library/system.py b/bkt/library/system.py index 8d10bec0..ecfaa323 100644 --- a/bkt/library/system.py +++ b/bkt/library/system.py @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ from __future__ import absolute_import -from ctypes import windll +from ctypes import windll, Structure, c_long, byref # _User32 = None # _GetKeyState = None @@ -58,6 +58,16 @@ def apply_delta_on_ALT_key(setter_method, getter_method, shapes, value, **kwargs return None + +class POINT(Structure): + _fields_ = [("x", c_long), ("y", c_long)] + +def get_mouse_position(): + pt = POINT() + windll.user32.GetCursorPos(byref(pt)) + return { "x": pt.x, "y": pt.y} + + class MessageBox(object): ''' Definition of standard windows message box diff --git a/bkt/library/table.py b/bkt/library/table.py index 05ae02c3..c45b9675 100644 --- a/bkt/library/table.py +++ b/bkt/library/table.py @@ -10,21 +10,24 @@ import math import logging -from .algorithms import mean, median +from .algorithms import median class TableRecognition(object): + "Recognize table of shapes and manipulate all shapes at once, e.g. increase spacing between rows and columns." + def __init__(self,shapes): - self.shapes = set(shapes) + self.shapes = set(shapes) #TODO: better use heapq? self.table = None def run(self): + "run the table recognation algorithm and save result internally. does not change any given shapes." table = [] while self.shapes: - seed = self.collect_seed() + seed = self._collect_seed() line = [seed] while self.shapes: - nxt = self.next_in_row(line) + nxt = self._next_in_row(line) if nxt is None: break self.shapes.discard(nxt) @@ -32,20 +35,18 @@ def run(self): table.append(line) self.table = table - #def line_top(line): - # return min() - self.table = sorted(table, key=lambda l : min(s.Top for s in l)) - self.correct_columns() + self._correct_columns() - def left_edge(self,col): + def _left_edge(self,col): + "return median of all left-coordinates of given column" return median(s.Left for s in self.column(col) if s is not None) - def get_column_edges(self): + def _get_column_edges(self): num_cols = self.column_count() #median_edges = - edges = set(self.left_edge(col) for col in xrange(num_cols)) - for col in xrange(num_cols): + edges = set(self._left_edge(col) for col in range(num_cols)) + for col in range(num_cols): #median_edge = self.left_edge(col) #edges.add(median_edge) for cell in self.column(col): @@ -65,25 +66,29 @@ def get_column_edges(self): @property def dimension(self): + "return the table dimension as tuple with rows, columns" return len(self.table), self.column_count() - def cell(self,i,j): + def _cell(self,i,j): + "return a cell-shape by given row i and column j" row = self.table[i] if j < len(row): return row[j] - def iter_cells(self): + def _iter_cells(self): + "iterate over all cell-shapes by returning the tuple (row index, col index, cell shape)" rows, cols = self.dimension - for i in xrange(rows): - for j in xrange(cols): - cell = self.cell(i,j) + for i in range(rows): + for j in range(cols): + cell = self._cell(i,j) if cell is None: continue yield i,j,cell def get_bounds(self): + "return the bounds of the whole table as tuple with left, top, width, height" def iter_points(): - for _, _, cell in self.iter_cells(): + for _, _, cell in self._iter_cells(): x0 = cell.Left y0 = cell.Top yield (x0,y0) @@ -103,6 +108,7 @@ def iter_points(): return left,top,width,height def change_spacing_in_bounds(self,delta): + "change the spacing of the table by given delta, but do not change the overall table size" spacing_old = self.median_spacing() self.align(spacing_old) spacing = max(0,spacing_old+delta) @@ -110,21 +116,22 @@ def change_spacing_in_bounds(self,delta): self.fit_content(*bounds, spacing=spacing) def median_spacing(self): + "return the median spacing between all rows and columns together" def iterate_spacings(): rows, cols = self.dimension - for i in xrange(rows): - for j in xrange(cols): - cell = self.cell(i,j) + for i in range(rows): + for j in range(cols): + cell = self._cell(i,j) if cell is None: continue if j > 0: - left = self.cell(i, j-1) + left = self._cell(i, j-1) if left is not None: spacing = cell.Left - left.Left - left.Width if spacing > 0: yield spacing if i > 0: - top = self.cell(i-1, j) + top = self._cell(i-1, j) if top is not None: spacing = cell.Top - top.Top - top.Height if spacing > 0: @@ -137,43 +144,45 @@ def iterate_spacings(): return median(spacings) def min_spacing_rows(self, max_rows=None): + "return the minimum spacing between all rows, or max_rows if given" rows, cols = self.dimension if rows < 2: return 0 cur_min = float('inf') - for i in xrange(1,max_rows or rows): #for speed improvement, we can only iterate first 2 rows + for i in range(1,max_rows or rows): #for speed improvement, we can only iterate first 2 rows row1_bottom = [] row2_top = [] - for j in xrange(cols): - row1_cell = self.cell(i-1,j) + for j in range(cols): + row1_cell = self._cell(i-1,j) if row1_cell is not None: row1_bottom.append(row1_cell.Top+row1_cell.Height) - row2_cell = self.cell(i,j) + row2_cell = self._cell(i,j) if row2_cell is not None: row2_top.append(row2_cell.Top) cur_min = min(cur_min, min(row2_top) - max(row1_bottom)) return cur_min def min_spacing_cols(self, max_cols=None): + "return the minimum spacing between all columns, or max_cols if given" rows, cols = self.dimension if cols < 2: return 0 cur_min = float('inf') - for j in xrange(1,max_cols or cols): #for speed improvement, we can only iterate first 2 cols + for j in range(1,max_cols or cols): #for speed improvement, we can only iterate first 2 cols col1_right = [] col2_left = [] - for i in xrange(rows): - col1_cell = self.cell(i,j-1) + for i in range(rows): + col1_cell = self._cell(i,j-1) if col1_cell is not None: col1_right.append(col1_cell.Left+col1_cell.Width) - col2_cell = self.cell(i,j) + col2_cell = self._cell(i,j) if col2_cell is not None: col2_left.append(col2_cell.Left) cur_min = min(cur_min, min(col2_left) - max(col1_right)) return cur_min - def correct_columns(self): - edges = self.get_column_edges() + def _correct_columns(self): + edges = self._get_column_edges() #MessageBox.Show(str(edges)) num_cols = len(edges) @@ -192,7 +201,7 @@ def get_index(cell): continue index = get_index(cell) if line_new[index] is not None: - logging.debug("cell index %d is duplicated in line %d\r\nedges: %r" % (index,i,edges)) + # logging.debug("cell index %d is duplicated in line %d\r\nedges: %r", index,i,edges) line_new = list(line) while len(line_new) < num_cols: line_new.append(None) @@ -214,9 +223,11 @@ def get_index(cell): def column_count(self): + "return number of columns in the table" return max(len(line) for line in self.table) def column(self,col): + "return all cell-shapes of a specific column" for line in self.table: if col < len(line): yield line[col] @@ -224,56 +235,71 @@ def column(self,col): yield None def transpose(self): + "transpose the table cells (internally). align needs to be called afterwards." cols = self.column_count() table = [] - for j in xrange(cols): + for j in range(cols): table.append(list(self.column(j))) self.table = table def transpose_cell_size(self): + "transpose the cell sizes of the table" for line in self.table: for cell in line: if cell is None: continue cell.Width, cell.Height = cell.Height, cell.Width - @property + @property def first_top(self): + "return the first cell-shape in the first row" for cell in self.table[0]: if cell is not None: return cell - @property + @property def first_left(self): + "return the first cell-shape in the first column" for cell in self.column(0): if cell is not None: return cell - def column_left(self,col): + def _column_left(self,col): + "return the left-most coordinate of all cell-shapes of the given column" shapes = [s for s in self.column(col) if s is not None] if not shapes: return 0 return min(s.Left for s in shapes) - def column_width(self,col): + def _column_width(self,col): + "return the maximum width of all cell-shapes of the given column" + #FIXME: shouldnt this be: max(left+width) - col_left? shapes = [s for s in self.column(col) if s is not None] if not shapes: return 0 return max(s.Width for s in shapes) - def row_top(self,row): + def _row_top(self,row): + "return the top-most coordinate of all cell-shapes of the given row" shapes = [s for s in self.table[row] if s is not None] if not shapes: return 0 return min(s.Top for s in shapes) - def row_height(self,row): + def _row_height(self,row): + "return the maximum height of all cell-shapes of the given row" + #FIXME: shouldnt this be: max(top+height) - row_top? shapes = [s for s in self.table[row] if s is not None] if not shapes: return 0 return max(s.Height for s in shapes) def fit_content(self,left,top,width,height,spacing,fit_cells=False, distribute_cols=False, distribute_rows=False): + """ + Align the table within the given bounds and with given spacing. If spacing is a tuple, first value define row-spacing, second column-spacing. + If fit_cells is set to True, the cell-shapes will fill the whole cell size. + If distribute_cols or distribute_rows is given, the col/row size is equalized within given bounds. + """ rows, cols = self.dimension #tuple = (row spacing, column spacing) @@ -284,7 +310,7 @@ def fit_content(self,left,top,width,height,spacing,fit_cells=False, distribute_c spacing_cols = spacing if spacing_cols is not None: - widths = [self.column_width(col) for col in xrange(cols)] + widths = [self._column_width(col) for col in range(cols)] if distribute_cols: widths = [float(sum(widths)) / len(widths)] * len(widths) scale_x = 1 @@ -293,7 +319,7 @@ def fit_content(self,left,top,width,height,spacing,fit_cells=False, distribute_c scale_x = float(remaining_width) / float(sum(widths)) if spacing_rows is not None: - heights = [self.row_height(row) for row in xrange(rows)] + heights = [self._row_height(row) for row in range(rows)] if distribute_rows: heights = [float(sum(heights)) / len(heights)] * len(heights) scale_y = 1 @@ -315,9 +341,9 @@ def set_size(cell, width=None, height=None): cell.Height = height - for i in xrange(rows): - for j in xrange(cols): - cell = self.cell(i, j) + for i in range(rows): + for j in range(cols): + cell = self._cell(i, j) if cell is None: continue @@ -338,8 +364,14 @@ def set_size(cell, width=None, height=None): self.align(spacing, left, top) def align(self, spacing=10, xstart=None, ystart=None, fit_cells=False, align_x="left", align_y="top"): + """ + Align table shape with given spacing. If spacing is a tuple, first value define row-spacing, second column-spacing. + The whole table can be moved with given xstart and ystart coordinates. + If fit_cells is set to True, the cell-shapes will fill the whole cell size. + Alignment within cells is specified with align_x and align_y, default is top-left. + """ num_columns = self.column_count() - widths = [self.column_width(col) for col in xrange(num_columns)] + widths = [self._column_width(col) for col in range(num_columns)] #tuple = (row spacing, column spacing) if type(spacing) == tuple: @@ -352,14 +384,14 @@ def align(self, spacing=10, xstart=None, ystart=None, fit_cells=False, align_x=" left = [] if xstart is None: # x = self.first_left.Left - x = self.column_left(0) + x = self._column_left(0) else: x = xstart #set y-start coordinate if ystart is None: # y = self.first_top.Top - y = self.row_top(0) + y = self._row_top(0) else: y = ystart @@ -396,7 +428,8 @@ def align(self, spacing=10, xstart=None, ystart=None, fit_cells=False, align_x=" if spacing_rows is not None: y += height + spacing_rows - def next_in_row(self, line): + def _next_in_row(self, line): + "return next suitable shape in row by given line, or None if no shape in line is found" ref = line[0] refx = ref.Left refy = ref.Top @@ -428,17 +461,19 @@ def next_in_row(self, line): # # return min(self.shapes, key=self.distfun(refx, refy)) - def collect_next_in_row(self, shape): - nxt = self.next_in_row(shape) - self.shapes.discard(nxt) - return nxt + # def _collect_next_in_row(self, shape): + # nxt = self.next_in_row(shape) + # self.shapes.discard(nxt) + # return nxt def distfun(self,refx,refy): + "return the distance function for a shape used as key function" def dist(s): return math.hypot(refx-s.Left, refy-s.Top) return dist - def collect_seed(self): + def _collect_seed(self): + "get the first shape of a new row, which is the shape with the least distance from the top-left-most edge of all remaining shapes" leftmost = min(s.Left for s in self.shapes) topmost = min(s.Top for s in self.shapes) diff --git a/bkt/library/visio/visio.py b/bkt/library/visio/visio.py index 55212406..df05ed52 100644 --- a/bkt/library/visio/visio.py +++ b/bkt/library/visio/visio.py @@ -593,7 +593,7 @@ def _method(self,*args,**kwargs): s = self if s.angle != 0: #raise ValueError('shape has angle != 0: angle=%r, sw=%r' % (s.angle,s)) - logging.warning('shape has angle != 0: angle=%r, sw=%r. Using Bounding-Box.' % (s.angle,s)) + logging.warning('shape has angle != 0: angle=%r, sw=%r. Using Bounding-Box.', s.angle,s) return method(self,*args,**kwargs) return _method diff --git a/bkt/ribbon.py b/bkt/ribbon.py index 55914855..35747d4f 100644 --- a/bkt/ribbon.py +++ b/bkt/ribbon.py @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ import logging import uuid #for getting random id -from itertools import count #NOTE: DEPRECATED: this is required for setting target_order which is only used by legacy annotations syntax +from itertools import count import bkt.helpers as _h #for snake-to-camelcase import bkt.library.system as lib_sys #for getting key-states in spinner @@ -59,7 +59,7 @@ class RibbonControl(object): no_id = False _attributes = {} _id_attribute_key = "id" - _auto_id_counter = 0 + _auto_id_counter = count() _predefined_ids = set(["id_mso", "idMso", "id_q", "idQ"]) #NOTE: DEPRECATED: this counter is only used to set target_order for legacy annotations syntax @@ -188,8 +188,7 @@ def check_predefined_ids(self): def create_persisting_id(self): ''' generates an id, which will be identical on every addin-start ''' - RibbonControl._auto_id_counter += 1 - return "_auto_id_" + str(RibbonControl._auto_id_counter) + return "_auto_id_" + str(next(RibbonControl._auto_id_counter)) def set_id(self, fallback_id=None, ribbon_short_id=None, id_tag=None): @@ -747,15 +746,20 @@ def convert_after_read(self, value): if value is None: return None - elif type(value) == list: + elif type(value) is tuple: + #tuple with 2 values ambiguous bool and fallback value + assert len(value) == 2, "Ambiguity tuple must have exactly two values" + ambiguous, value = value + elif type(value) is list: # list means ambiguous values - if len(value) == 0 or value[0] is None: + value_0 = value[0] + if not value or value_0 is None: return None - elif value.count(value[0]) == len(value): - # all values are the same, use first value - value = value[0] + elif value.count(value_0) == len(value): + # https://stackoverflow.com/questions/3844801/check-if-all-elements-in-a-list-are-identical + value = value_0 # all values are the same, use first value else: - value = value[0] #fallback value for dec/inc methods + value = value_0 #fallback value for dec/inc methods ambiguous = True convert_func_name = 'convert_' + str(self.convert) + '_A' diff --git a/bkt/ui.py b/bkt/ui.py index faa3fa17..1d3a089a 100644 --- a/bkt/ui.py +++ b/bkt/ui.py @@ -9,7 +9,6 @@ from __future__ import absolute_import import logging -# import traceback import os.path from bkt import dotnet @@ -23,9 +22,9 @@ -# ======================= -# = UI MODEL AND WINDOW = -# ======================= +# ================================ +# = ABSTRACT UI MODEL AND WINDOW = +# ================================ class Singleton(type): @@ -59,7 +58,7 @@ class WpfWindowAbstract(bkt_addin.BktWindow): # try: # return System.Diagnostics.Process.GetCurrentProcess().MainWindowHandle # except: - # #logging.error(traceback.format_exc()) + # #logging.exception("error getting window handle") # return 0 @classmethod @@ -123,6 +122,11 @@ def cancel(self, sender, event): +# ==================== +# = HELPER FUNCTIONS = +# ==================== + + def convert_bitmap_to_bitmapsource(bitmap): return System.Windows.Interop.Imaging.CreateBitmapSourceFromHBitmap( bitmap.GetHbitmap(), @@ -138,32 +142,9 @@ def load_bitmapimage(image_name): return System.Windows.Media.Imaging.BitmapImage(System.Uri(path)) -def endings_to_windows(text, prepend="", prepend_first=""): - def _iter(): - first = True - for line in text.split('\n'): - if not line.endswith('\r'): - line = line + '\r' - if first: - line = prepend_first + line - first = False - else: - line = prepend + line - yield line - - return '\n'.join(_iter()) - -def endings_to_unix(text): - def _iter(): - for line in text.split('\n'): - if line.endswith('\r'): - yield line[:-1] - else: - yield line - - return '\n'.join(_iter()) - - +# ================================== +# = LEGACY WINFORMS USER INPUT BOX = +# ================================== F = None D = None @@ -389,6 +370,10 @@ def show(self, dialog=True): +# ========================== +# = NEW WPF USER INPUT BOX = +# ========================== + class WpfUserInput(WpfWindowAbstract): # _filename = os.path.join(os.path.dirname(os.path.realpath(__file__)), 'ui_inputbox.xaml') _xamlname = 'ui_inputbox' @@ -426,6 +411,11 @@ def show_user_input(text, title, default=None, multiline=False): # return None if "input" not in value else value["input"] + +# =================================================== +# = WPF PROGRESSBAR WITH THREADING/BACKGROUNDWORKER = +# =================================================== + class WpfProgressBar(WpfWindowAbstract): # _filename = os.path.join(os.path.dirname(os.path.realpath(__file__)), 'ui_progressbar.xaml') _xamlname = 'ui_progressbar' @@ -461,8 +451,7 @@ def bw_ProgressChanged(self, sender, e): if e.UserState and len(e.UserState.ToString()) > 0: self.progress_text.Text = e.UserState.ToString() except: - logging.error("Error updating progress bar") - # logging.debug(traceback.format_exc()) + logging.exception("Error updating progress bar") def bw_RunWorkerCompleted(self, sender, e): self.Close() diff --git a/documentation/Changelog.pptx b/documentation/Changelog.pptx index 2c238735..f6f794a4 100644 Binary files a/documentation/Changelog.pptx and b/documentation/Changelog.pptx differ diff --git a/dotnet/bkt-addin/BKT/AddIn.cs b/dotnet/bkt-addin/BKT/AddIn.cs index e6891016..28bb75f8 100644 --- a/dotnet/bkt-addin/BKT/AddIn.cs +++ b/dotnet/bkt-addin/BKT/AddIn.cs @@ -585,15 +585,15 @@ private void UnbindHostApplicationEvents() try { if (host == HostApplication.PowerPoint) { - UnbindPowerPointEvents((PowerPoint.Application)context.app); + UnbindPowerPointEvents((PowerPoint.Application)app); } else if (host == HostApplication.Excel) { - UnbindExcelEvents((Excel.Application)context.app); + UnbindExcelEvents((Excel.Application)app); } else if (host == HostApplication.Word) { - UnbindWordEvents((Word.Application)context.app); + UnbindWordEvents((Word.Application)app); } else { @@ -620,6 +620,11 @@ public void OnDisconnection(ext_DisconnectMode remove_mode, ref Array custom) } catch (Exception e) { LogMessage(e.ToString()); } + try { + Marshal.ReleaseComObject(app); + } catch (Exception e) { + LogMessage(e.ToString()); + } try { if(ipy != null) { ipy.Runtime.Shutdown(); @@ -1151,24 +1156,24 @@ public object GetActiveWindow() if (host == HostApplication.Excel) { - return ((Excel.Application)context.app).ActiveWindow; + return ((Excel.Application)app).ActiveWindow; } else if (host == HostApplication.PowerPoint) { - if ( ((PowerPoint.Application)context.app).Windows.Count == 0) { + if ( ((PowerPoint.Application)app).Windows.Count == 0) { // Avoid error: System.Runtime.InteropServices.COMException (0x80048240): Application (unknown member) : Invalid request. There is no currently active document window. DebugMessage("GetActiveWindow: no active Windows!"); throw new NullReferenceException("No active windows"); } - return ((PowerPoint.Application)context.app).ActiveWindow; + return ((PowerPoint.Application)app).ActiveWindow; } else if (host == HostApplication.Word) { - return ((Word.Application)context.app).ActiveWindow; + return ((Word.Application)app).ActiveWindow; } // else if (host == HostApplication.Visio) // { - // return ((Visio.Application)context.app).ActiveWindow; + // return ((Visio.Application)app).ActiveWindow; // } else { @@ -1195,8 +1200,13 @@ public int GetWindowHandle(object window=null) } else if (host == HostApplication.PowerPoint) { - int windowID = ((PowerPoint.DocumentWindow)window).HWND; - return windowID; + try { + int windowID = ((PowerPoint.DocumentWindow)window).HWND; + return windowID; + } catch (InvalidCastException) { + int windowID = ((PowerPoint.SlideShowWindow)window).HWND; + return windowID; + } } else if (host == HostApplication.Word) { @@ -1213,8 +1223,9 @@ public int GetWindowHandle(object window=null) return 0; } } - catch (Exception) + catch (Exception e) { + DebugMessage(e.ToString()); return 0; } #endif diff --git a/dotnet/bkt-addin/BKT/BktWindow.cs b/dotnet/bkt-addin/BKT/BktWindow.cs index 5c056b5a..e4a506ec 100644 --- a/dotnet/bkt-addin/BKT/BktWindow.cs +++ b/dotnet/bkt-addin/BKT/BktWindow.cs @@ -92,41 +92,95 @@ public void SetOwner(int windowID) _helper.Owner = new IntPtr(windowID); } - public void SetDevicePosition(int deviceLeft, int deviceTop) + public void SetDevicePosition(double? deviceLeft=null, double? deviceTop=null, double? deviceRight=null, double? deviceBottom=null) { DebugMessage("BKT Window: Setting device position"); try { var source = HwndSource.FromHwnd(_helper.EnsureHandle()); // var source = PresentationSource.FromVisual(this); - var ptLogicalUnits = source.CompositionTarget.TransformFromDevice.Transform(new Point(deviceLeft, deviceTop)); - this.Left = ptLogicalUnits.X; - this.Top = ptLogicalUnits.Y; + double x = 0; + double y = 0; + if (deviceLeft != null) { + x = (double)deviceLeft; + } else if (deviceRight != null) { + x = (double)deviceRight; + } + if (deviceTop != null) { + y = (double)deviceTop; + } else if (deviceBottom != null) { + y = (double)deviceBottom; + } + + double VsTop = SystemParameters.VirtualScreenTop; + double VsLeft = SystemParameters.VirtualScreenLeft; + double VsRight = VsLeft + SystemParameters.VirtualScreenWidth; + double VsBottom = VsTop + SystemParameters.VirtualScreenHeight; + + var ptLogicalUnits = source.CompositionTarget.TransformFromDevice.Transform(new Point(x, y)); + if (deviceLeft != null) { + this.Left = Math.Min(Math.Max(ptLogicalUnits.X, VsLeft), VsRight - this.Width); + } else if (deviceRight != null) { + this.Left = Math.Min(Math.Max(ptLogicalUnits.X - this.Width, VsLeft), VsRight - this.Width); + } + if (deviceTop != null) { + this.Top = Math.Min(Math.Max(ptLogicalUnits.Y, VsTop), VsBottom - this.Height); + } else if (deviceBottom != null) { + this.Top = Math.Min(Math.Max(ptLogicalUnits.Y - this.Height, VsTop), VsBottom - this.Height); + } } catch (Exception e) { DebugMessage(e.ToString()); } } - public void ShiftWindowOntoScreen() + public void SetDeviceSize(double? deviceWidth=null, double? deviceHeight=null) { - DebugMessage("BKT Window: Shift window back onto screen"); - if (this.Top < SystemParameters.VirtualScreenTop) - { - this.Top = SystemParameters.VirtualScreenTop; + DebugMessage("BKT Window: Setting device size"); + try { + var source = HwndSource.FromHwnd(_helper.EnsureHandle()); + var transform = source.CompositionTarget.TransformFromDevice; + if (deviceWidth != null) { + this.Width = Math.Min(SystemParameters.VirtualScreenWidth, transform.M11 * (double)deviceWidth); + } + if (deviceHeight != null) { + this.Height = Math.Min(SystemParameters.VirtualScreenHeight, transform.M22 * (double)deviceHeight); + } + } catch (Exception e) { + DebugMessage(e.ToString()); } + } - if (this.Left < SystemParameters.VirtualScreenLeft) - { - this.Left = SystemParameters.VirtualScreenLeft; + public Rect GetDeviceRect() + { + DebugMessage("BKT Window: Getting device rect"); + try { + var source = HwndSource.FromHwnd(_helper.EnsureHandle()); + var ltPhysicalUnits = source.CompositionTarget.TransformToDevice.Transform(new Point(this.Left, this.Top)); + var brPhysicalUnits = source.CompositionTarget.TransformToDevice.Transform(new Point(this.Left+this.Width, this.Top+this.Height)); + return new Rect(ltPhysicalUnits, brPhysicalUnits); + } catch (Exception e) { + DebugMessage(e.ToString()); + return new Rect(0,0,0,0); } + } - if (this.Left + this.Width > SystemParameters.VirtualScreenLeft + SystemParameters.VirtualScreenWidth) - { - this.Left = SystemParameters.VirtualScreenWidth + SystemParameters.VirtualScreenLeft - this.Width; + public void ShiftWindowOntoScreen() + { + DebugMessage("BKT Window: Shift window back onto screen"); + double VsTop = SystemParameters.VirtualScreenTop; + double VsLeft = SystemParameters.VirtualScreenLeft; + double VsRight = VsLeft + SystemParameters.VirtualScreenWidth; + double VsBottom = VsTop + SystemParameters.VirtualScreenHeight; + + if (this.Top < VsTop) { + this.Top = VsTop; + } else if (this.Top + this.Height > VsBottom) { + this.Top = VsBottom - this.Height; } - if (this.Top + this.Height > SystemParameters.VirtualScreenTop + SystemParameters.VirtualScreenHeight) - { - this.Top = SystemParameters.VirtualScreenHeight + SystemParameters.VirtualScreenTop - this.Height; + if (this.Left < VsLeft) { + this.Left = VsLeft; + } else if (this.Left + this.Width > VsRight) { + this.Left = VsRight - this.Width; } } diff --git a/dotnet/bkt-addin/bkt-addin.csproj b/dotnet/bkt-addin/bkt-addin.csproj index 31c316d2..c0184d62 100644 --- a/dotnet/bkt-addin/bkt-addin.csproj +++ b/dotnet/bkt-addin/bkt-addin.csproj @@ -26,7 +26,7 @@ false BKT BKT - v4.6.1 + v4.7.2 Properties True @@ -37,6 +37,7 @@ obj\$(Configuration)\ 4 False + @@ -125,6 +126,15 @@ --> + + ..\packages\ControlzEx.4.3.0\lib\net462\ControlzEx.dll + + + ..\packages\Fluent.Ribbon.7.1.0\lib\net462\Fluent.dll + + + ..\packages\MouseKeyHook.5.6.0\lib\net40\Gma.System.MouseKeyHook.dll + ..\packages\IronPython.2.7.10\lib\net45\IronPython.dll @@ -137,6 +147,9 @@ ..\packages\IronPython.2.7.10\lib\net45\IronPython.Wpf.dll + + ..\packages\MahApps.Metro.2.0.0\lib\net47\MahApps.Metro.dll + ..\packages\DynamicLanguageRuntime.1.2.3\lib\net45\Microsoft.Dynamic.dll @@ -146,9 +159,14 @@ ..\packages\DynamicLanguageRuntime.1.2.3\lib\net45\Microsoft.Scripting.Metadata.dll + + ..\packages\Microsoft.Xaml.Behaviors.Wpf.1.1.19\lib\net45\Microsoft.Xaml.Behaviors.dll + + + @@ -168,29 +186,13 @@ + + - - - - ..\packages\ControlzEx.3.0.2.4\lib\net45\ControlzEx.dll - - - ..\packages\MouseKeyHook.5.6.0\lib\net40\Gma.System.MouseKeyHook.dll - - - ..\packages\ControlzEx.3.0.2.4\lib\net45\System.Windows.Interactivity.dll - - - ..\packages\Fluent.Ribbon.6.1.0.326\lib\net45\Fluent.dll - - - ..\packages\MahApps.Metro.1.6.5\lib\net46\MahApps.Metro.dll - - + + copy "$(TargetDir)*.*" "$(SolutionDir)..\bin" + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/dotnet/bkt-addin/packages.config b/dotnet/bkt-addin/packages.config index ff8a9f5b..d17ddc16 100644 --- a/dotnet/bkt-addin/packages.config +++ b/dotnet/bkt-addin/packages.config @@ -1,9 +1,10 @@  - - - - - - + + + + + + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/dotnet/bkt.sln b/dotnet/bkt.sln index e5ff312c..40066eb4 100644 --- a/dotnet/bkt.sln +++ b/dotnet/bkt.sln @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@  Microsoft Visual Studio Solution File, Format Version 12.00 -# Visual Studio 15 -VisualStudioVersion = 15.0.26403.0 +# Visual Studio Version 16 +VisualStudioVersion = 16.0.30011.22 MinimumVisualStudioVersion = 10.0.40219.1 Project("{FAE04EC0-301F-11D3-BF4B-00C04F79EFBC}") = "bkt-addin", "bkt-addin\bkt-addin.csproj", "{275FE5EE-65E9-4669-BC7E-662DCAAAC34B}" EndProject @@ -17,18 +17,15 @@ Global EndGlobalSection GlobalSection(ProjectConfigurationPlatforms) = postSolution {275FE5EE-65E9-4669-BC7E-662DCAAAC34B}.Debug|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU - {275FE5EE-65E9-4669-BC7E-662DCAAAC34B}.Debug|Any CPU.Build.0 = Debug|Any CPU {275FE5EE-65E9-4669-BC7E-662DCAAAC34B}.Office2010|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Office2010|Any CPU {275FE5EE-65E9-4669-BC7E-662DCAAAC34B}.Office2010|Any CPU.Build.0 = Office2010|Any CPU {275FE5EE-65E9-4669-BC7E-662DCAAAC34B}.Release|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU {275FE5EE-65E9-4669-BC7E-662DCAAAC34B}.Release|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU {9C60584B-31AA-4ED0-B095-0499C7B5C2CC}.Debug|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU - {9C60584B-31AA-4ED0-B095-0499C7B5C2CC}.Debug|Any CPU.Build.0 = Debug|Any CPU {9C60584B-31AA-4ED0-B095-0499C7B5C2CC}.Office2010|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU {9C60584B-31AA-4ED0-B095-0499C7B5C2CC}.Release|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU {9C60584B-31AA-4ED0-B095-0499C7B5C2CC}.Release|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU {EECB160B-80AD-4DB5-9C3F-BBCA8B706355}.Debug|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU - {EECB160B-80AD-4DB5-9C3F-BBCA8B706355}.Debug|Any CPU.Build.0 = Debug|Any CPU {EECB160B-80AD-4DB5-9C3F-BBCA8B706355}.Office2010|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Office2010|Any CPU {EECB160B-80AD-4DB5-9C3F-BBCA8B706355}.Office2010|Any CPU.Build.0 = Office2010|Any CPU {EECB160B-80AD-4DB5-9C3F-BBCA8B706355}.Release|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU @@ -37,4 +34,7 @@ Global GlobalSection(SolutionProperties) = preSolution HideSolutionNode = FALSE EndGlobalSection + GlobalSection(ExtensibilityGlobals) = postSolution + SolutionGuid = {C1ACC03B-CD79-434B-A6E9-633214FDD4AE} + EndGlobalSection EndGlobal diff --git a/dotnet/packages/ControlzEx.3.0.2.4/ControlzEx.3.0.2.4.nupkg b/dotnet/packages/ControlzEx.3.0.2.4/ControlzEx.3.0.2.4.nupkg deleted file mode 100644 index 12ba97d0..00000000 Binary files a/dotnet/packages/ControlzEx.3.0.2.4/ControlzEx.3.0.2.4.nupkg and /dev/null differ diff --git a/dotnet/packages/ControlzEx.3.0.2.4/lib/net40/ControlzEx.dll b/dotnet/packages/ControlzEx.3.0.2.4/lib/net40/ControlzEx.dll deleted file mode 100644 index 1c229a1f..00000000 Binary files a/dotnet/packages/ControlzEx.3.0.2.4/lib/net40/ControlzEx.dll and /dev/null differ diff --git a/dotnet/packages/ControlzEx.3.0.2.4/lib/net40/ControlzEx.pdb b/dotnet/packages/ControlzEx.3.0.2.4/lib/net40/ControlzEx.pdb deleted file mode 100644 index c796da3a..00000000 Binary files a/dotnet/packages/ControlzEx.3.0.2.4/lib/net40/ControlzEx.pdb and /dev/null differ diff --git a/dotnet/packages/ControlzEx.3.0.2.4/lib/net40/System.Windows.Interactivity.dll b/dotnet/packages/ControlzEx.3.0.2.4/lib/net40/System.Windows.Interactivity.dll deleted file mode 100644 index 0419e95f..00000000 Binary files a/dotnet/packages/ControlzEx.3.0.2.4/lib/net40/System.Windows.Interactivity.dll and /dev/null differ diff --git a/dotnet/packages/ControlzEx.3.0.2.4/lib/net45/ControlzEx.dll b/dotnet/packages/ControlzEx.3.0.2.4/lib/net45/ControlzEx.dll deleted file mode 100644 index 6a3e41a9..00000000 Binary files a/dotnet/packages/ControlzEx.3.0.2.4/lib/net45/ControlzEx.dll and /dev/null differ diff --git a/dotnet/packages/ControlzEx.3.0.2.4/lib/net45/ControlzEx.pdb b/dotnet/packages/ControlzEx.3.0.2.4/lib/net45/ControlzEx.pdb deleted file mode 100644 index 5bf22e8e..00000000 Binary files a/dotnet/packages/ControlzEx.3.0.2.4/lib/net45/ControlzEx.pdb and /dev/null differ diff --git a/dotnet/packages/ControlzEx.3.0.2.4/lib/net45/System.Windows.Interactivity.dll b/dotnet/packages/ControlzEx.3.0.2.4/lib/net45/System.Windows.Interactivity.dll deleted file mode 100644 index 931c744c..00000000 Binary files a/dotnet/packages/ControlzEx.3.0.2.4/lib/net45/System.Windows.Interactivity.dll and /dev/null differ diff --git a/dotnet/packages/ControlzEx.3.0.2.4/lib/net462/ControlzEx.dll b/dotnet/packages/ControlzEx.3.0.2.4/lib/net462/ControlzEx.dll deleted file mode 100644 index f1fbc0ee..00000000 Binary files a/dotnet/packages/ControlzEx.3.0.2.4/lib/net462/ControlzEx.dll and /dev/null differ diff --git a/dotnet/packages/ControlzEx.3.0.2.4/lib/net462/ControlzEx.pdb b/dotnet/packages/ControlzEx.3.0.2.4/lib/net462/ControlzEx.pdb deleted file mode 100644 index 60d6fe2b..00000000 Binary files a/dotnet/packages/ControlzEx.3.0.2.4/lib/net462/ControlzEx.pdb and /dev/null differ diff --git a/dotnet/packages/ControlzEx.3.0.2.4/lib/net462/System.Windows.Interactivity.dll b/dotnet/packages/ControlzEx.3.0.2.4/lib/net462/System.Windows.Interactivity.dll deleted file mode 100644 index 931c744c..00000000 Binary files a/dotnet/packages/ControlzEx.3.0.2.4/lib/net462/System.Windows.Interactivity.dll and /dev/null differ diff --git a/dotnet/packages/ControlzEx.4.3.0/.signature.p7s b/dotnet/packages/ControlzEx.4.3.0/.signature.p7s new file mode 100644 index 00000000..18ad5147 Binary files /dev/null and b/dotnet/packages/ControlzEx.4.3.0/.signature.p7s differ diff --git a/dotnet/packages/ControlzEx.4.3.0/ControlzEx.4.3.0.nupkg b/dotnet/packages/ControlzEx.4.3.0/ControlzEx.4.3.0.nupkg new file mode 100644 index 00000000..17c665f0 Binary files /dev/null and b/dotnet/packages/ControlzEx.4.3.0/ControlzEx.4.3.0.nupkg differ diff --git a/dotnet/packages/ControlzEx.4.3.0/lib/net45/ControlzEx.dll b/dotnet/packages/ControlzEx.4.3.0/lib/net45/ControlzEx.dll new file mode 100644 index 00000000..2755322a Binary files /dev/null and b/dotnet/packages/ControlzEx.4.3.0/lib/net45/ControlzEx.dll differ diff --git a/dotnet/packages/ControlzEx.4.3.0/lib/net45/ControlzEx.pdb b/dotnet/packages/ControlzEx.4.3.0/lib/net45/ControlzEx.pdb new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ae05d08f Binary files /dev/null and b/dotnet/packages/ControlzEx.4.3.0/lib/net45/ControlzEx.pdb differ diff --git a/dotnet/packages/ControlzEx.4.3.0/lib/net45/ControlzEx.xml b/dotnet/packages/ControlzEx.4.3.0/lib/net45/ControlzEx.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ed8a70c4 --- /dev/null +++ b/dotnet/packages/ControlzEx.4.3.0/lib/net45/ControlzEx.xml @@ -0,0 +1,3511 @@ + + + + ControlzEx + + + + + Automation-Peer for . + + + + + Initializes a new instance. + + + + + + + + Automation-Peer for in . + + + + + Initializes a new instance. + + + + + + + + Gets the real tab item. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Gets or sets the Badge content to display. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + The BadgeFontFamily property specifies the name of font family. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + The BadgeFontStyle property requests normal, italic, and oblique faces within a font family. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + The BadgeFontWeight property specifies the weight of the font. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + The BadgeFontStretch property selects a normal, condensed, or extended face from a font family. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + The BadgeFontSize property specifies the size of the font. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Gets or sets the background brush for the Badge. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Gets or sets the foreground brush for the Badge. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Gets or sets the border brush for the Badge. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Gets or sets the border thickness for the Badge. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Gets or sets the placement of the Badge relative to its content. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Gets or sets a margin which can be used to make minor adjustments to the placement of the Badge. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Gets or sets the for the Badge + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Gets or sets the for the Badge + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Gets or sets a composite string that specifies how to format the Badge property if it is displayed as a string. + + + This property is ignored if is set. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Indicates whether the Badge has content to display. + + + + + for . + + + + + Gets or sets a brush which is used as the glow when the window is active. + + + + + for . + + + + + Gets or sets a brush which is used as the glow when the window is not active. + + + + + for . + + + + + Defines whether glow transitions should be used or not. + + + + + for . + + + + + Gets or sets resize border thickness. + + + + + + + + Updates all glow windows (visible, hidden, collapsed) + + + + + Sets the opacity to all glow windows + + + + + Starts the opacity storyboard 0 -> 1 + + + + + Shows all glow windows + + + + + Closes all glow windows + + + + + Enables an InputMask for with 2 Properties: , . + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Pasting prüft ob korrekte Daten reingepastet werden + + + + + Falls eine Textauswahl vorliegt wird diese entsprechend behandelt. + + + + + With this class we can make custom window styles. + + + + Underlying HWND for the _window. + + Critical : Critical member + + + + Underlying HWND for the _window. + + Critical : Critical member provides access to HWND's window messages which are critical + + + + + Mirror property for . + + + + + for . + + + + + Defines if the Taskbar should be ignored when maximizing a Window. + This only works with WindowStyle = None. + + + + + for . + + + + + Gets/sets if the border thickness value should be kept on maximize + if the MaxHeight/MaxWidth of the window is less than the monitor resolution. + + + + + for . + + + + + Gets or sets whether the resizing of the window should be tried in a way that does not cause flicker/jitter, especially when resizing from the left side. + + + Please note that setting this to true may cause resize lag and black areas appearing on some systems. + + + + + for . + + + + + for . + + + + + Gets whether the non-client area is active or not. + + + + + Gets or sets whether if the minimize button is visible and the minimize system menu is enabled. + + + + + Gets or sets whether if the maximize/restore button is visible and the maximize/restore system menu is enabled. + + + + + + + + Gets the default resize border thicknes from the system parameters. + + + + + Occurs during the cleanup of this behavior. + + + + + + + + Is called when the associated object of this instance is loaded + + + + + This fix is needed because style triggers don't work if someone sets the value locally/directly on the window. + + + + + Critical : Store critical methods in critical callback table + Safe : Demands full trust permissions + + + + + Critical : Calls critical methods + Safe : Demands full trust permissions + + + + + Critical : Calls critical methods + + + + + Critical : Accesses critical _hwnd + + + + + Critical : Calls critical methods + + + + + Critical : Calls critical methods + + + + + Critical : Calls critical methods + + + + + This method handles the window size if the taskbar is set to auto-hide. + + + Critical : Calls critical methods + + + + + Critical : Calls critical Marshal.PtrToStructure + + + + + Critical : Calls critical methods + + + + + Critical : Calls critical methods + + + + + Critical : Calls critical method + + + + + Critical : Calls critical method + + + + + Critical : Calls critical Marshal.PtrToStructure + + + + + Critical : Calls critical Marshal.PtrToStructure + + + + + Critical : Calls critical methods + + + + + Critical : Calls critical methods + + + + + Critical : Calls critical methods + + + + + Critical : Calls critical methods + + + + + Critical : Calls critical methods + + + + + Critical : Calls critical methods + + + + Add and remove a native WindowStyle from the HWND. + The styles to be removed. These can be bitwise combined. + The styles to be added. These can be bitwise combined. + Whether the styles of the HWND were modified as a result of this call. + + Critical : Calls critical methods + + + + + Get the WindowState as the native HWND knows it to be. This isn't necessarily the same as what Window thinks. + + + Critical : Calls critical methods + + + + + Get the bounding rectangle for the window in physical coordinates. + + The bounding rectangle for the window. + + Critical : Calls critical methods + + + + + Update the items in the system menu based on the current, or assumed, WindowState. + + + The state to assume that the Window is in. This can be null to query the Window's state. + + + We want to update the menu while we have some control over whether the caption will be repainted. + + + Critical : Calls critical methods + + + + + Critical : Calls critical methods + + + + + Critical : Calls critical methods + + + + + Critical : Calls critical methods + + + + + Critical : Calls critical methods + + + + + Critical : Calls critical methods + + + + + Matrix of the HT values to return when responding to NC window messages. + + + + + Critical : Calls critical methods + + + + + Critical : Calls critical methods + + + + + GlowWindow + + + + + InitializeComponent + + + + + The standard WPF TabControl is quite bad in the fact that it only + even contains the current TabItem in the VisualTree, so if you + have complex views it takes a while to re-create the view each tab + selection change.Which makes the standard TabControl very sticky to + work with. This class along with its associated ControlTemplate + allow all TabItems to remain in the VisualTree without it being Sticky. + It does this by keeping all TabItem content in the VisualTree but + hides all inactive TabItem content, and only keeps the active TabItem + content shown. + + Acknowledgement + Eric Burke + http://eric.burke.name/dotnetmania/2009/04/26/22.09.28 + Sacha Barber: https://sachabarbs.wordpress.com/about-me/ + http://stackoverflow.com/a/10210889/920384 + http://stackoverflow.com/a/7838955/920384 + + + + + Initializes a new instance. + + + + + Defines if the TabPanel (Tab-Header) are visible. + + + + + Gets or sets the child content visibility. + + + The child content visibility. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + When the items change we remove any generated panel children and add any new ones as necessary. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Copied from . wish it were protected in that class instead of private. + + + + + Clears all current children by calling and calls afterwards. + + + + + Generate a ContentPresenter for the selected item and control the visibility of already created presenters. + + + + + Create the child ContentPresenter for the given item (could be data or a TabItem) if none exists. + + + + + Find the for the given object. Data could be a TabItem or a piece of data. + + + + + Gets the value associated with directly from . + + + + + Checks if directly contains . + + + + + Helper class for a common focusing problem. + The focus itself isn't the problem. If we use the common focusing methods the control get the focus + but it doesn't get the focus visual style. + The KeyboardNavigation class handles the visual style only if the control get the focus from a keyboard + device or if the SystemParameters.KeyboardCues is true. + + + + + Gets the KeyboardNavigationEx singleton instance. + + + + + Shows the focus visual of the current focused UI element. + Works only together with AlwaysShowFocusVisual property. + + + + + Focuses the specified element and shows the focus visual style. + + The element which will be focused. + + + + Attached DependencyProperty for setting AlwaysShowFocusVisual for a UI element. + + + + + Gets a the value which indicates if the UI element always show the focus visual style. + + + + + Sets a the value which indicates if the UI element always show the focus visual style. + + + + IID_IApplicationAssociationRegistration + + + IID_IConnectionPoint + + + IID_IConnectionPointContainer + + + IID_IEnumConnectionPoints + + + IID_IEnumConnections + + + IID_IEnumIDList + + + IID_IEnumObjects + + + IID_IFileDialog + + + IID_IFileDialogEvents + + + IID_IFileOpenDialog + + + IID_IFileSaveDialog + + + IID_IHTMLDocument + + + IID_IHTMLDocument2 + + + IID_IModalWindow + + + IID_IObjectArray + + + IID_IObjectCollection + + + IID_IPropertyNotifySink + + + IID_IPropertyStore + + + IID_IServiceProvider + + + IID_IShellFolder + + + IID_IShellLink + + + IID_IShellItem + + + IID_IShellItem2 + + + IID_IShellItemArray + + + IID_ITaskbarList + + + IID_ITaskbarList2 + + + IID_IUnknown + + + IID_IWebBrowser2 + + + DIID_DWebBrowserEvents + + + IID_DWebBrowserEvents2 + + + IID_IWICBitmapDecoder + + + IID_IWICBitmapFlipRotator + + + IID_IWICBitmapFrameDecode + + + IID_IWICBitmap + + + IID_IWICBitmapSource + + + IID_IWICFormatConverter + + + IID_IWICImagingFactory + + + IID_IWICStream + + + IID_IApplicationDestinations + + + IID_IApplicationDocumentLists + + + IID_ICustomDestinationList + + + IID_IObjectWithAppUserModelID + + + IID_IObjectWithProgID + + + IID_ITaskbarList3 + + + IID_ITaskbarList4 + + + SID_SWebBrowserApp + + + CLSID_ApplicationAssociationRegistration + IID_IApplicationAssociationRegistration + + + CLSID_DragDropHelper + + + CLSID_FileOpenDialog + IID_IFileOpenDialog + + + CLSID_FileSaveDialog + IID_IFileSaveDialog + + + CLSID_TaskbarList + IID_ITaskbarList + + + CLSID_EnumerableObjectCollection + IID_IEnumObjects. + + + CLSID_ShellLink + IID_IShellLink + + + CLSID_WICImagingFactory + + + CLSID_DestinationList + IID_ICustomDestinationList + + + CLSID_ApplicationDestinations + IID_IApplicationDestinations + + + CLSID_ApplicationDocumentLists + IID_IApplicationDocumentLists + + + A static class for verifying assumptions. + + + A function signature for Assert.Evaluate. + + + A function signature for Assert.Implies. + Returns the truth of a predicate. + + + + Executes the specified argument. + + The function to execute. + + + Obsolete: Use Standard.Assert.AreEqual instead of Assert.Equals + The generic type to compare for equality. + The first generic type data to compare. This is is the expected value. + The second generic type data to compare. This is the actual value. + + + + Verifies that two generic type data are equal. The assertion fails if they are not. + + The generic type to compare for equality. + The first generic type data to compare. This is is the expected value. + The second generic type data to compare. This is the actual value. + This breaks into the debugger in the case of a failed assertion. + + + + Verifies that two generic type data are not equal. The assertion fails if they are. + + The generic type to compare for inequality. + The first generic type data to compare. This is is the value that's not expected. + The second generic type data to compare. This is the actual value. + This breaks into the debugger in the case of a failed assertion. + + + + Verifies that if the specified condition is true, then so is the result. + The assertion fails if the condition is true but the result is false. + + if set to true [condition]. + + A second Boolean statement. If the first was true then so must this be. + If the first statement was false then the value of this is ignored. + + This breaks into the debugger in the case of a failed assertion. + + + + Lazy evaluation overload. Verifies that if a condition is true, then so is a secondary value. + + The conditional value. + A function to be evaluated for truth if the condition argument is true. + + This overload only evaluates the result if the first condition is true. + + + + + Verifies that a string has content. I.e. it is not null and it is not empty. + + The string to verify. + + + + Verifies that a string has content. I.e. it is not null and it is not purely whitespace. + + The string to verify. + + + + Verifies the specified value is not null. The assertion fails if it is. + + The generic reference type. + The value to check for nullness. + This breaks into the debugger in the case of a failed assertion. + + + + Verifies that the specified condition is false. The assertion fails if it is true. + + The expression that should be false. + This breaks into the debugger in the case of a failed assertion. + + + + Verifies that the specified condition is false. The assertion fails if it is true. + + The expression that should be false. + The message to display if the condition is true. + This breaks into the debugger in the case of a failed assertion. + + + + Verifies that the specified condition is true. The assertion fails if it is not. + + A condition that is expected to be true. + This breaks into the debugger in the case of a failed assertion. + + + + Verifies that the specified condition is true. The assertion fails if it is not. + + A condition that is expected to be true. + The message to write in case the condition is false. + This breaks into the debugger in the case of a failed assertion. + + + + This line should never be executed. The assertion always fails. + + This breaks into the debugger in the case of a failed assertion. + + + + This line should never be executed. The assertion always fails. + + The message to display if this function is executed. + This breaks into the debugger in the case of a failed assertion. + + + + Verifies that the specified object is null. The assertion fails if it is not. + + The item to verify is null. + + + + Verifies that the specified value is within the expected range. The assertion fails if it isn't. + + The lower bound inclusive value. + The value to verify. + The upper bound inclusive value. + + + + Verifies that the specified value is within the expected range. The assertion fails if it isn't. + + The lower bound inclusive value. + The value to verify. + The upper bound exclusive value. + + + + Verify the current thread's apartment state is what's expected. The assertion fails if it isn't + + + The expected apartment state for the current thread. + + This breaks into the debugger in the case of a failed assertion. + + + + DoubleUtil uses fixed eps to provide fuzzy comparison functionality for doubles. + Note that FP noise is a big problem and using any of these compare + methods is not a complete solution, but rather the way to reduce + the probability of repeating unnecessary work. + + + + + Epsilon - more or less random, more or less small number. + + + + + AreClose returns whether or not two doubles are "close". That is, whether or + not they are within epsilon of each other. + There are plenty of ways for this to return false even for numbers which + are theoretically identical, so no code calling this should fail to work if this + returns false. + + The first double to compare. + The second double to compare. + The result of the AreClose comparision. + + + + LessThan returns whether or not the first double is less than the second double. + That is, whether or not the first is strictly less than *and* not within epsilon of + the other number. + There are plenty of ways for this to return false even for numbers which + are theoretically identical, so no code calling this should fail to work if this + returns false. + + The first double to compare. + The second double to compare. + The result of the LessThan comparision. + + + + GreaterThan returns whether or not the first double is greater than the second double. + That is, whether or not the first is strictly greater than *and* not within epsilon of + the other number. + There are plenty of ways for this to return false even for numbers which + are theoretically identical, so no code calling this should fail to work if this + returns false. + + The first double to compare. + The second double to compare. + The result of the GreaterThan comparision. + + + + LessThanOrClose returns whether or not the first double is less than or close to + the second double. That is, whether or not the first is strictly less than or within + epsilon of the other number. + There are plenty of ways for this to return false even for numbers which + are theoretically identical, so no code calling this should fail to work if this + returns false. + + The first double to compare. + The second double to compare. + The result of the LessThanOrClose comparision. + + + + GreaterThanOrClose returns whether or not the first double is greater than or close to + the second double. That is, whether or not the first is strictly greater than or within + epsilon of the other number. + There are plenty of ways for this to return false even for numbers which + are theoretically identical, so no code calling this should fail to work if this + returns false. + + The first double to compare. + The second double to compare. + The result of the GreaterThanOrClose comparision. + + + + Test to see if a double is a finite number (is not NaN or Infinity). + + The value to test. + Whether or not the value is a finite number. + + + + Test to see if a double a valid size value (is finite and > 0). + + The value to test. + Whether or not the value is a valid size value. + + + + Convert a point in device independent pixels (1/96") to a point in the system coordinates. + + A point in the logical coordinate system. + Returns the parameter converted to the system's coordinates. + + + + Convert a point in system coordinates to a point in device independent pixels (1/96"). + + A point in the physical coordinate system. + Returns the parameter converted to the device independent coordinate system. + + + Stores DPI information from which a or is rendered. + + + Gets the DPI scale on the X axis. + The DPI scale for the X axis. + + + Gets the DPI scale on the Yaxis. + The DPI scale for the Y axis. + + + Get or sets the PixelsPerDip at which the text should be rendered. + The current value. + + + Gets the DPI along X axis. + The DPI along the X axis. + + + Gets the DPI along Y axis. + The DPI along the Y axis. + + + Initializes a new instance of the structure. + The DPI scale on the X axis. + The DPI scale on the Y axis. + + + + Wrapper for common Win32 status codes. + + + + The operation completed successfully. + + + Incorrect function. + + + The system cannot find the file specified. + + + The system cannot find the path specified. + + + The system cannot open the file. + + + Access is denied. + + + The handle is invalid. + + + Not enough storage is available to complete this operation. + + + There are no more files. + + + The process cannot access the file because it is being used by another process. + + + The parameter is incorrect. + + + The data area passed to a system call is too small. + + + Cannot nest calls to LoadModule. + + + Illegal operation attempted on a registry key that has been marked for deletion. + + + Element not found. + + + There was no match for the specified key in the index. + + + An invalid device was specified. + + + The operation was canceled by the user. + + + Cannot find window class. + + + The window class was already registered. + + + The specified datatype is invalid. + + + + Create a new Win32 error. + + The integer value of the error. + + + Performs HRESULT_FROM_WIN32 conversion. + The Win32 error being converted to an HRESULT. + The equivilent HRESULT value. + + + Performs HRESULT_FROM_WIN32 conversion. + The equivilent HRESULT value. + + + Performs the equivalent of Win32's GetLastError() + A Win32Error instance with the result of the native GetLastError + + + + Compare two Win32 error codes for equality. + + The first error code to compare. + The second error code to compare. + Whether the two error codes are the same. + + + + Compare two Win32 error codes for inequality. + + The first error code to compare. + The second error code to compare. + Whether the two error codes are not the same. + + + FACILITY_NULL + + + FACILITY_RPC + + + FACILITY_DISPATCH + + + FACILITY_STORAGE + + + FACILITY_ITF + + + FACILITY_WIN32 + + + FACILITY_WINDOWS + + + FACILITY_CONTROL + + + MSDN doced facility code for ESE errors. + + + FACILITY_WINCODEC (WIC) + + + Wrapper for HRESULT status codes. + + + S_OK + + + S_FALSE + + + E_PENDING + + + E_NOTIMPL + + + E_NOINTERFACE + + + E_POINTER + + + E_ABORT + + + E_FAIL + + + E_UNEXPECTED + + + STG_E_INVALIDFUNCTION + + + REGDB_E_CLASSNOTREG + + + DESTS_E_NO_MATCHING_ASSOC_HANDLER. Win7 internal error code for Jump Lists. + There is no Assoc Handler for the given item registered by the specified application. + + + DESTS_E_NORECDOCS. Win7 internal error code for Jump Lists. + The given item is excluded from the recent docs folder by the NoRecDocs bit on its registration. + + + DESTS_E_NOTALLCLEARED. Win7 internal error code for Jump Lists. + Not all of the items were successfully cleared + + + E_ACCESSDENIED + Win32Error ERROR_ACCESS_DENIED. + + + E_OUTOFMEMORY + Win32Error ERROR_OUTOFMEMORY. + + + E_INVALIDARG + Win32Error ERROR_INVALID_PARAMETER. + + + INTSAFE_E_ARITHMETIC_OVERFLOW + + + COR_E_OBJECTDISPOSED + + + WC_E_GREATERTHAN + + + WC_E_SYNTAX + + + + Create an HRESULT from an integer value. + + + + + + Convert an HRESULT to an int. Used for COM interface declarations out of our control. + + + + + retrieve HRESULT_FACILITY + + + + + retrieve HRESULT_CODE + + + + + Get a string representation of this HRESULT. + + + + + + Convert the result of Win32 GetLastError() into a raised exception. + + + + + Gets the monitor information from the current cursor position. + + + + + + HIGHCONTRAST flags + + + + + DROPIMAGE_* + + + + + BITMAPINFOHEADER Compression type. BI_*. + + + + + CombingRgn flags. RGN_* + + + + + Creates the intersection of the two combined regions. + + + + + Creates the union of two combined regions. + + + + + Creates the union of two combined regions except for any overlapping areas. + + + + + Combines the parts of hrgnSrc1 that are not part of hrgnSrc2. + + + + + Creates a copy of the region identified by hrgnSrc1. + + + + + For IWebBrowser2. OLECMDEXECOPT_* + + + + + For IWebBrowser2. OLECMDF_* + + + + + For IWebBrowser2. OLECMDID_* + + + + + For IWebBrowser2. READYSTATE_* + + + + + DATAOBJ_GET_ITEM_FLAGS. DOGIF_*. + + + + Use the system default, which is to display all error dialog boxes. + + + + The system does not display the critical-error-handler message box. + Instead, the system sends the error to the calling process. + + + + + 64-bit Windows: The system automatically fixes memory alignment faults and makes them + invisible to the application. It does this for the calling process and any descendant processes. + After this value is set for a process, subsequent attempts to clear the value are ignored. + + + + + The system does not display the general-protection-fault message box. + This flag should only be set by debugging applications that handle general + protection (GP) faults themselves with an exception handler. + + + + + The system does not display a message box when it fails to find a file. + Instead, the error is returned to the calling process. + + + + + Non-client hit test values, HT* + + + + + GetClassLongPtr values, GCLP_* + + + + + https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/windows/desktop/api/winuser/nf-winuser-getwindow + + + + + GetWindowLongPtr values, GWL_* + + + + + SystemMetrics. SM_* + + + + + SystemParameterInfo values, SPI_* + + + + + SystemParameterInfo flag values, SPIF_* + + + + + CS_* + + + + + WindowStyle values, WS_* + + + + + Window message values, WM_* + + + + + Window style extended values, WS_EX_* + + + + + GetDeviceCaps nIndex values. + + + + Number of bits per pixel + + + + + Number of planes + + + + + Logical pixels inch in X + + + + + Logical pixels inch in Y + + + + + "FILEOP_FLAGS", FOF_*. + + + + + EnableMenuItem uEnable values, MF_* + + + + + Possible return value for EnableMenuItem + + + + Specifies the type of visual style attribute to set on a window. + + + Non-client area window attributes will be set. + + + + DWMFLIP3DWINDOWPOLICY. DWMFLIP3D_* + + + + + DWMNCRENDERINGPOLICY. DWMNCRP_* + + + + + DWMWINDOWATTRIBUTE. DWMWA_* + + + + + WindowThemeNonClientAttributes + + + + Prevents the window caption from being drawn. + + + Prevents the system icon from being drawn. + + + Prevents the system icon menu from appearing. + + + Prevents mirroring of the question mark, even in right-to-left (RTL) layout. + + + A mask that contains all the valid bits. + + + + SetWindowPos options + + + + + ShowWindow options + + + + + SCF_ISSECURE + + + + + GDI+ Status codes + + + + + MSGFLT_*. New in Vista. Realiased in Windows 7. + + + + + Shell_NotifyIcon messages. NIM_* + + + + + SHAddToRecentDocuments flags. SHARD_* + + + + + Shell_NotifyIcon flags. NIF_* + + + + + Vista only. + + + + + Vista only. + + + + + Shell_NotifyIcon info flags. NIIF_* + + + + XP SP2 and later. + + + XP and later. + + + Vista and later. + + + Windows 7 and later + + + XP and later. Native version called NIIF_ICON_MASK. + + + + AC_* + + + + + The state of the icon. There are two flags that can be set independently. + NIS_HIDDEN = 1. The icon is hidden. + NIS_SHAREDICON = 2. The icon is shared. + + + + The idlist for the shell item that should be added to the recent docs folder. + + + The id of the application that should be associated with this recent doc. + + + Defines options that are used to set window visual style attributes. + + + + A combination of flags that modify window visual style attributes. + Can be a combination of the WTNCA constants. + + + + + A bitmask that describes how the values specified in dwFlags should be applied. + If the bit corresponding to a value in dwFlags is 0, that flag will be removed. + If the bit is 1, the flag will be added. + + + + Width of left border that retains its size. + + + Width of right border that retains its size. + + + Height of top border that retains its size. + + + Height of bottom border that retains its size. + + + + + + + initialize this field using: Marshal.SizeOf(typeof(APPBARDATA)); + + + + Delegate declaration that matches native WndProc signatures. + + + Delegate declaration that matches managed WndProc signatures. + + + + Try to get the relative mouse position to the given handle in client coordinates. + + The handle for this method. + The relative mouse position to the given handle. + + + + https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/windows/desktop/api/winuser/nf-winuser-getwindow + + + + + Sets attributes to control how visual styles are applied to a specified window. + + + Handle to a window to apply changes to. + + + Value of type WINDOWTHEMEATTRIBUTETYPE that specifies the type of attribute to set. + The value of this parameter determines the type of data that should be passed in the pvAttribute parameter. + Can be the following value: + WTA_NONCLIENT (Specifies non-client related attributes). + pvAttribute must be a pointer of type WTA_OPTIONS. + + + A pointer that specifies attributes to set. Type is determined by the value of the eAttribute value. + + + Specifies the size, in bytes, of the data pointed to by pvAttribute. + + + + + Retrieves the show state and the restored, minimized, and maximized positions of the specified window. + + A handle to the window. + A pointer to the WINDOWPLACEMENT structure that receives the show state and position information. + + Before calling GetWindowPlacement, set the length member to sizeof(WINDOWPLACEMENT). + GetWindowPlacement fails if lpwndpl-> length is not set correctly. + + If the function succeeds, the return value is nonzero. If the function fails, the return value is zero. + + + + Sets the show state and the restored, minimized, and maximized positions of the specified window. + + A handle to the window. + A pointer to a WINDOWPLACEMENT structure that specifies the new show state and window positions. + + Before calling SetWindowPlacement, set the length member of the WINDOWPLACEMENT structure to sizeof(WINDOWPLACEMENT). + SetWindowPlacement fails if the length member is not set correctly. + + If the function succeeds, the return value is nonzero. If the function fails, the return value is zero. + + + + The MonitorFromRect function retrieves a handle to the display monitor that + has the largest area of intersection with a specified rectangle. + + Pointer to a RECT structure that specifies the rectangle of interest in + virtual-screen coordinates + Determines the function's return value if the rectangle does not intersect + any display monitor + + If the rectangle intersects one or more display monitor rectangles, the return value + is an HMONITOR handle to the display monitor that has the largest area of intersection with the rectangle. + If the rectangle does not intersect a display monitor, the return value depends on the value of dwFlags. + + + + + Loads an icon, cursor, animated cursor, or bitmap. + + Handle to the module of either a DLL or executable (.exe) that contains the image to be loaded + Specifies the image to load + Specifies the type of image to be loaded. + Specifies the width, in pixels, of the icon or cursor + Specifies the height, in pixels, of the icon or cursor + This parameter can be one or more of the following values. + If the function succeeds, the return value is the requested value.If the function fails, the return value is zero. To get extended error information, call GetLastError. + + + + Creates a Color dialog box that enables the user to select a color. + + A pointer to a CHOOSECOLOR structure that contains information used to initialize the dialog box. When ChooseColor returns, this structure contains information about the user's color selection. + If the user clicks the OK button of the dialog box, the return value is nonzero. The rgbResult member of the CHOOSECOLOR structure contains the RGB color value of the color selected by the user.If the user cancels or closes the Color dialog box or an error occurs, the return value is zero. + + + + Contains information the ChooseColor function uses to initialize the Color dialog box. After the user closes the dialog box, the system returns information about the user's selection in this structure. + + + + + The length, in bytes, of the structure. + + + + + A handle to the window that owns the dialog box. This member can be any valid window handle, or it can be NULL if the dialog box has no owner. + + + + + If the CC_ENABLETEMPLATEHANDLE flag is set in the Flags member, hInstance is a handle to a memory object containing a dialog box template. If the CC_ENABLETEMPLATE flag is set, hInstance is a handle to a module that contains a dialog box template named by the lpTemplateName member. If neither CC_ENABLETEMPLATEHANDLE nor CC_ENABLETEMPLATE is set, this member is ignored. + + + + + If the CC_RGBINIT flag is set, rgbResult specifies the color initially selected when the dialog box is created. If the specified color value is not among the available colors, the system selects the nearest solid color available. If rgbResult is zero or CC_RGBINIT is not set, the initially selected color is black. If the user clicks the OK button, rgbResult specifies the user's color selection. To create a COLORREF color value, use the RGB macro. + + + + + A pointer to an array of 16 values that contain red, green, blue (RGB) values for the custom color boxes in the dialog box. If the user modifies these colors, the system updates the array with the new RGB values. To preserve new custom colors between calls to the ChooseColor function, you should allocate static memory for the array. To create a COLORREF color value, use the RGB macro. + + + + + A set of bit flags that you can use to initialize the Color dialog box. When the dialog box returns, it sets these flags to indicate the user's input. + + + + + Application-defined data that the system passes to the hook procedure identified by the lpfnHook member. When the system sends the WM_INITDIALOG message to the hook procedure, the message's lParam parameter is a pointer to the CHOOSECOLOR structure specified when the dialog was created. The hook procedure can use this pointer to get the lCustData value. + + + + + A pointer to a CCHookProc hook procedure that can process messages intended for the dialog box. This member is ignored unless the CC_ENABLEHOOK flag is set in the Flags member. + + + + + The name of the dialog box template resource in the module identified by the hInstance member. This template is substituted for the standard dialog box template. For numbered dialog box resources, lpTemplateName can be a value returned by the MAKEINTRESOURCE macro. This member is ignored unless the CC_ENABLETEMPLATE flag is set in the Flags member. + + + + + Stop flashing. The system restores the window to its original state. + + + + + Flash the window caption + + + + + Flash the taskbar button. + + + + + Flash both the window caption and taskbar button. + This is equivalent to setting the FLASHW_CAPTION | FLASHW_TRAY flags. + + + + + Flash continuously, until the FLASHW_STOP flag is set. + + + + + Flash continuously until the window comes to the foreground. + + + + Overload of SystemParametersInfo for getting and setting NONCLIENTMETRICS. + + + Overload of SystemParametersInfo for getting and setting HIGHCONTRAST. + + + + Sets the User Model AppID for the current process, enabling Windows to retrieve this ID + + + + + + Retrieves the User Model AppID that has been explicitly set for the current process via SetCurrentProcessExplicitAppUserModelID + + + + + ASSOCIATIONLEVEL, AL_* + + + ASSOCIATIONTYPE, AT_* + + + FileDialog AddPlace options. FDAP_* + + + IFileDialog options. FOS_* + + + FDE_OVERWRITE_RESPONSE. FDEOR_* + + + FDE_SHAREVIOLATION_RESPONSE. FDESVR_* + + + ShellItem attribute flags. SIATTRIBFLAGS_* + + + + Flags for SetTabProperties. STPF_* + + The native enum was called STPFLAG. + + + + Flags for Setting Taskbar Progress state. TBPF_* + + + The native enum was called TBPFLAG. + + + + + THUMBBUTTON mask. THB_* + + + + + THUMBBUTTON flags. THBF_* + + + + + GetPropertyStoreFlags. GPS_*. + + + These are new for Vista, but are used in downlevel components + + + + + KNOWNDESTCATEGORY. KDC_* + + + + Objects can be copied + DROPEFFECT_COPY + + + Objects can be moved + DROPEFFECT_MOVE + + + Objects can be linked + + DROPEFFECT_LINK. + + If this bit is set on an item in the shell folder, a + 'Create Shortcut' menu item will be added to the File + menu and context menus for the item. If the user selects + that command, your IContextMenu::InvokeCommand() will be called + with 'link'. + That flag will also be used to determine if 'Create Shortcut' + should be added when the item in your folder is dragged to another + folder. + + + + supports BindToObject(IID_IStorage) + + + Objects can be renamed + + + Objects can be deleted + + + Objects have property sheets + + + Objects are drop target + + + Object is encrypted (use alt color) + + + 'Slow' object + + + Ghosted icon + + + Shortcut (link) + + + Shared + + + Read-only + + + Hidden object + + + May contain children with SFGAO_FILESYSTEM + + + Support BindToObject(IID_IShellFolder) + + + Is a win32 file system object (file/folder/root) + + + May contain children with SFGAO_FOLDER (may be slow) + + + Invalidate cached information (may be slow) + + + Is this removeable media? + + + Object is compressed (use alt color) + + + Supports IShellFolder, but only implements CreateViewObject() (non-folder view) + + + Is a non-enumerated object (should be hidden) + + + Should show bold in explorer tree + + + Obsolete + + + Obsolete + + + Supports BindToObject(IID_IStream) + + + May contain children with SFGAO_STORAGE or SFGAO_STREAM + + + For determining storage capabilities, ie for open/save semantics + + + + Attributes that are masked out for PKEY_SFGAOFlags because they are considered + to cause slow calculations or lack context + (SFGAO_VALIDATE | SFGAO_ISSLOW | SFGAO_HASSUBFOLDER and others) + + + + + IShellFolder::EnumObjects grfFlags bits. Also called SHCONT + + + + + IShellFolder::GetDisplayNameOf/SetNameOf uFlags. Also called SHGDNF. + + + For compatibility with SIGDN, these bits must all sit in the LOW word. + + + + + SHELLITEMCOMPAREHINTF. SICHINT_*. + + + + iOrder based on display in a folder view + + + exact instance compare + + + iOrder based on canonical name (better performance) + + + + ShellItem enum. SIGDN_*. + + + + + STR_GPS_* + + + When requesting a property store through IShellFolder, you can specify the equivalent of + GPS_DEFAULT by passing in a null IBindCtx parameter. + + You can specify the equivalent of GPS_READWRITE by passing a mode of STGM_READWRITE | STGM_EXCLUSIVE + in the bind context + + Here are the string versions of GPS_ flags, passed to IShellFolder::BindToObject() via IBindCtx::RegisterObjectParam() + These flags are valid when requesting an IPropertySetStorage or IPropertyStore handler + + The meaning of these flags are described above. + + There is no STR_ equivalent for GPS_TEMPORARY because temporary property stores + are provided by IShellItem2 only -- not by the underlying IShellFolder. + + + + + WPARAM value for a THUMBBUTTON being clicked. + + + + fmtid + + + pid + + + PKEY_Title + + + PKEY_AppUserModel_ID + + + PKEY_AppUserModel_IsDestListSeparator + + + PKEY_AppUserModel_RelaunchCommand + + + PKEY_AppUserModel_RelaunchDisplayNameResource + + + PKEY_AppUserModel_RelaunchIconResource + + + Unknown Object Array + + + + Shell Namespace helper + + + + + Shell Namespace helper 2 + + + + + This function must be called first to validate use of other members. + + + + + This function adds a tab for hwnd to the taskbar. + + The HWND for which to add the tab. + + + + This function deletes a tab for hwnd from the taskbar. + + The HWND for which the tab is to be deleted. + + + + This function activates the tab associated with hwnd on the taskbar. + + The HWND for which the tab is to be actuvated. + + + + This function marks hwnd in the taskbar as the active tab. + + The HWND to activate. + + + + Marks a window as full-screen. + + The handle of the window to be marked. + A Boolean value marking the desired full-screen status of the window. + + Setting the value of fFullscreen to true, the Shell treats this window as a full-screen window, and the taskbar + is moved to the bottom of the z-order when this window is active. Setting the value of fFullscreen to false + removes the full-screen marking, but does not cause the Shell to treat the window as though it were + definitely not full-screen. With a false fFullscreen value, the Shell depends on its automatic detection facility + to specify how the window should be treated, possibly still flagging the window as full-screen. + + + + + Allows an application to retrieve the most recent and frequent documents opened in that app, as reported via SHAddToRecentDocs + + + + + Set the App User Model ID for the application retrieving this list. If an AppID is not provided via this method, + the system will use a heuristically determined ID. This method must be called before GetList. + + App Id. + + + + Retrieve an IEnumObjects or IObjectArray for IShellItems and/or IShellLinks. + Items may appear in both the frequent and recent lists. + + + + + + Provides access to the App User Model ID on objects supporting this value. + + + + + Provides access to the ProgID associated with an object + + + + + Wraps an IStream interface pointer from COM into a form consumable by .Net. + + + This implementation is immutable, though it's possible that the underlying + stream can be changed in another context. + + + + + Wraps a native IStream interface into a CLR Stream subclass. + + + The stream that this object wraps. + + + Note that the parameter is passed by ref. On successful creation it is + zeroed out to the caller. This object becomes responsible for the lifetime + management of the wrapped IStream. + + + + + Wraps a managed stream instance into an interface pointer consumable by COM. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the ManagedIStream class with the specified managed Stream object. + + + The stream that this IStream reference is wrapping. + + + + + Creates a new stream object with its own seek pointer that + references the same bytes as the original stream. + + + When this method returns, contains the new stream object. This parameter is passed uninitialized. + + + For more information, see the existing documentation for IStream::Clone in the MSDN library. + This class doesn't implement Clone. A COMException is thrown if it is used. + + + + + Ensures that any changes made to a stream object that is open in transacted + mode are reflected in the parent storage. + + + A value that controls how the changes for the stream object are committed. + + + For more information, see the existing documentation for IStream::Commit in the MSDN library. + + + + + Copies a specified number of bytes from the current seek pointer in the + stream to the current seek pointer in another stream. + + + A reference to the destination stream. + + + The number of bytes to copy from the source stream. + + + On successful return, contains the actual number of bytes read from the source. + (Note the native signature is to a ULARGE_INTEGER*, so 64 bits are written + to this parameter on success.) + + + On successful return, contains the actual number of bytes written to the destination. + (Note the native signature is to a ULARGE_INTEGER*, so 64 bits are written + to this parameter on success.) + + + + + Restricts access to a specified range of bytes in the stream. + + + The byte offset for the beginning of the range. + + + The length of the range, in bytes, to restrict. + + + The requested restrictions on accessing the range. + + + For more information, see the existing documentation for IStream::LockRegion in the MSDN library. + This class doesn't implement LockRegion. A COMException is thrown if it is used. + + + + + Reads a specified number of bytes from the stream object into memory starting at the current seek pointer. + + + When this method returns, contains the data read from the stream. This parameter is passed uninitialized. + + + The number of bytes to read from the stream object. + + + A pointer to a ULONG variable that receives the actual number of bytes read from the stream object. + + + For more information, see the existing documentation for ISequentialStream::Read in the MSDN library. + + + + + Discards all changes that have been made to a transacted stream since the last Commit call. + + + This class doesn't implement Revert. A COMException is thrown if it is used. + + + + + Changes the seek pointer to a new location relative to the beginning of the + stream, to the end of the stream, or to the current seek pointer. + + + The displacement to add to dwOrigin. + + + The origin of the seek. The origin can be the beginning of the file, the current seek pointer, or the end of the file. + + + On successful return, contains the offset of the seek pointer from the beginning of the stream. + (Note the native signature is to a ULARGE_INTEGER*, so 64 bits are written + to this parameter on success.) + + + For more information, see the existing documentation for IStream::Seek in the MSDN library. + + + + + Changes the size of the stream object. + + + The new size of the stream as a number of bytes. + + + For more information, see the existing documentation for IStream::SetSize in the MSDN library. + + + + + Retrieves the STATSTG structure for this stream. + + + When this method returns, contains a STATSTG structure that describes this stream object. + This parameter is passed uninitialized. + + + Members in the STATSTG structure that this method does not return, thus saving some memory allocation operations. + + + + + Removes the access restriction on a range of bytes previously restricted with the LockRegion method. + + The byte offset for the beginning of the range. + + + The length, in bytes, of the range to restrict. + + + The access restrictions previously placed on the range. + + + For more information, see the existing documentation for IStream::UnlockRegion in the MSDN library. + This class doesn't implement UnlockRegion. A COMException is thrown if it is used. + + + + + Writes a specified number of bytes into the stream object starting at the current seek pointer. + + + The buffer to write this stream to. + + + The number of bytes to write to the stream. + + + On successful return, contains the actual number of bytes written to the stream object. + If the caller sets this pointer to null, this method does not provide the actual number + of bytes written. + + + + + Releases resources controlled by this object. + + + Dispose can be called multiple times, but trying to use the object + after it has been disposed will generally throw ObjectDisposedExceptions. + + + + + Wrapper around File.Copy to provide feedback as to whether the file wasn't copied because it didn't exist. + + + + + + Simple guard against the exceptions that File.Delete throws on null and empty strings. + + The path to delete. Unlike File.Delete, this can be null or empty. + + Note that File.Delete, and by extension SafeDeleteFile, does not throw an exception + if the file does not exist. + + + + + Utility to help classes catenate their properties for implementing ToString(). + + The StringBuilder to catenate the results into. + The name of the property to be catenated. + The value of the property to be catenated. + + + + Generates ToString functionality for a struct. This is an expensive way to do it, + it exists for the sake of debugging while classes are in flux. + Eventually this should just be removed and the classes should + do this without reflection. + + + + + + + + Encodes a URL string. Duplicated functionality from System.Web.HttpUtility.UrlEncode. + + + + + Duplicated from System.Web.HttpUtility because System.Web isn't part of the client profile. + URL Encoding replaces ' ' with '+' and unsafe ASCII characters with '%XX'. + Safe characters are defined in RFC2396 (http://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc2396.txt). + They are the 7-bit ASCII alphanumerics and the mark characters "-_.!~*'()". + This implementation does not treat '~' as a safe character to be consistent with the System.Web version. + + + + GDI's DeleteObject + + + GDI+'s DisposeImage + + + + From a list of BitmapFrames find the one that best matches the requested dimensions. + The methods used here are copied from Win32 sources. We want to be consistent with + system behaviors. + + + Convert a native integer that represent a color with an alpha channel into a Color struct. + The integer that represents the color. Its bits are of the format 0xAARRGGBB. + A Color representation of the parameter. + + + + A static class for retail validated assertions. + Instead of breaking into the debugger an exception is thrown. + + + + + Ensure that the current thread's apartment state is what's expected. + + + The required apartment state for the current thread. + + + The message string for the exception to be thrown if the state is invalid. + + + Thrown if the calling thread's apartment state is not the same as the requiredState. + + + + + Ensure that an argument is neither null nor empty. + + The string to validate. + The name of the parameter that will be presented if an exception is thrown. + + + + Ensure that an argument is neither null nor does it consist only of whitespace. + + The string to validate. + The name of the parameter that will be presented if an exception is thrown. + + + Verifies that an argument is not null. + Type of the object to validate. Must be a class. + The object to validate. + The name of the parameter that will be presented if an exception is thrown. + + + Verifies that an argument is not null. + Type of the object to validate. Must be a class. + The object to validate. + The name of the parameter that will be presented if an exception is thrown. + + + Verifies that an argument is null. + Type of the object to validate. Must be a class. + The object to validate. + The name of the parameter that will be presented if an exception is thrown. + + + + Verifies the specified statement is true. Throws an ArgumentException if it's not. + + The statement to be verified as true. + Name of the parameter to include in the ArgumentException. + The message to include in the ArgumentException. + + + + Verifies that the specified value is within the expected range. The assertion fails if it isn't. + + The lower bound inclusive value. + The value to verify. + The upper bound exclusive value. + The name of the parameter that caused the current exception. + + + + Shows the system menu at the current mouse position. + + The window for which the system menu should be shown. + The mouse event args. + + + Display the system menu at a specified location. + The visual for which the system menu should be displayed. + The location to display the system menu, in logical screen coordinates. + + + Display the system menu at a specified location. + The visual for which the system menu should be displayed. + The location to display the system menu, in physical screen coordinates. + + The dpi of is NOT used to calculate the final coordinates. + So you have to pass the final coordinates. + + + + Display the system menu at a specified location. + The source/hwnd for which the system menu should be displayed. + The location to display the system menu, in physical screen coordinates. + + The dpi of is NOT used to calculate the final coordinates. + So you have to pass the final coordinates. + + + + + Private constructor. The public way to access this class is through the static Current property. + + + + + Critical as this accesses Native methods. + TreatAsSafe - it would be ok to expose this information - DPI in partial trust + + + + + Invalidates the rectangle or region that you specify in lprcUpdate or hrgnUpdate. + You can set only one of these parameters to a non-NULL value. If both are NULL, RDW_INVALIDATE invalidates the entire window. + + + + Causes the OS to post a WM_PAINT message to the window regardless of whether a portion of the window is invalid. + + + + Causes the window to receive a WM_ERASEBKGND message when the window is repainted. + Specify this value in combination with the RDW_INVALIDATE value; otherwise, RDW_ERASE has no effect. + + + + + Validates the rectangle or region that you specify in lprcUpdate or hrgnUpdate. + You can set only one of these parameters to a non-NULL value. If both are NULL, RDW_VALIDATE validates the entire window. + This value does not affect internal WM_PAINT messages. + + + + Suppresses any pending WM_ERASEBKGND messages. + + + Excludes child windows, if any, from the repainting operation. + + + Includes child windows, if any, in the repainting operation. + + + Causes the affected windows, which you specify by setting the RDW_ALLCHILDREN and RDW_NOCHILDREN values, to receive WM_ERASEBKGND and WM_PAINT messages before the RedrawWindow returns, if necessary. + + + + Causes the affected windows, which you specify by setting the RDW_ALLCHILDREN and RDW_NOCHILDREN values, to receive WM_ERASEBKGND messages before RedrawWindow returns, if necessary. + The affected windows receive WM_PAINT messages at the ordinary time. + + + + + Causes the dialog box to display all available colors in the set of basic colors. + + + + http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/ms182161.aspx + + + http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/windows/desktop/ms633572%28v=vs.85%29.aspx + + + http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/dd144901%28v=VS.85%29.aspx + + + http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/dd145064%28v=VS.85%29.aspx + + + http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/windows/desktop/ms647486%28v=vs.85%29.aspx + + + http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/windows/desktop/ms633528(v=vs.85).aspx + + + http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/windows/desktop/ms647985(v=vs.85).aspx + + + http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/windows/desktop/ms648003(v=vs.85).aspx + + + http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/windows/desktop/ms644944(v=vs.85).aspx + + + http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/windows/desktop/ms684175%28v=vs.85%29.aspx + + + http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/windows/desktop/ms683152%28v=vs.85%29.aspx + + + + Base class for creating an icon control for icon packs. + + + + + + Inheritors should provide a factory for setting up the path data index (per icon kind). + The factory will only be utilized once, across all closed instances (first instantiation wins). + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Gets or sets the icon to display. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Gets the icon path data for the current . + + + + + This custom popup can be used by validation error templates or something else. + It provides some additional nice features: + - repositioning if host-window size or location changed + - repositioning if host-window gets maximized and vice versa + - it's only topmost if the host-window is activated + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Gets or sets if the popup can be closed by left mouse button down. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Gets or sets whether if the Popup should be always on top. + + + + + Causes the popup to update it's position according to it's current settings. + + + + + SetWindowPos options + + + + + AddValueChanged of dependency property descriptor results in memory leak as you already know. + So, as described here, you can create custom class PropertyChangeNotifier to listen + to any dependency property changes. + + This class takes advantage of the fact that bindings use weak references to manage associations + so the class will not root the object who property changes it is watching. It also uses a WeakReference + to maintain a reference to the object whose property it is watching without rooting that object. + In this way, you can maintain a collection of these objects so that you can unhook the property + change later without worrying about that collection rooting the object whose values you are watching. + + Complete implementation can be found here: http://agsmith.wordpress.com/2008/04/07/propertydescriptor-addvaluechanged-alternative/ + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Gets or sets the value of the watched property. + + + + + + This struct represent a Color in HSL (Hue, Saturation, Luminance) + + Idea taken from here http://ciintelligence.blogspot.com/2012/02/converting-excel-theme-color-and-tint.html + and here: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HSL_and_HSV + + + + + Creates a new HSL Color + + Any System.Windows.Media.Color + + + + Creates a new HSL Color + + Alpha Channel [0;1] + Hue Channel [0;360] + Saturation Channel [0;1] + Luminance Channel [0;1] + + + + Gets or sets the Alpha channel. + + + + + Gets or sets the Hue channel. + + + + + Gets or sets the Saturation channel. + + + + + Gets or sets the Luminance channel. + + + + + Gets the ARGB-Color for this HSL-Color + + System.Windows.Media.Color + + + + Gets a lighter / darker color based on a tint value. If is > 0 then the returned color is darker, otherwise it will be lighter. + + Tint Value in the Range [-1;1]. + a new which is lighter or darker. + + + + Gets a lighter / darker color based on a tint value. If is > 0 then the returned color is darker, otherwise it will be lighter. + + The input color which should be tinted. + Tint Value in the Range [-1;1]. + a new which is lighter or darker. + + + + Represents a theme. + + + + + Gets the key for the library theme instance. + + + + + Gets the key for the theme color scheme. + + + + + Gets the key for the color values being used to generate a runtime theme. + + + + + Initializes a new instance. + + The URI of the theme ResourceDictionary. + The which created this instance. + + + + Initializes a new instance. + + The ResourceDictionary of the theme. + The which created this instance. + + + + + + + + + + + + + Get the origin of the theme. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + The root containing all resource dictionaries belonging to this instance as + + + + + Gets the alternative color scheme for this theme. + + + + + Determining Ideal Text Color Based on Specified Background Color + http://www.codeproject.com/KB/GDI-plus/IdealTextColor.aspx + + The background color. + + + + + Global options for . + + + + + Used to create the options being used to generate a single . + + + + + Options being used to generate one single . + + + + + Represents a theme. + + + + + Gets the key for the themes name. + + + + + Gets the key for the themes origin. + + + + + Gets the key for the themes display name. + + + + + Gets the key for the themes base color scheme. + + + + + Gets the key for the themes color scheme. + + + + + Gets the key for the themes primary accent color. + + + + + Gets the key for the themes showcase brush. + + + + + Gets the key for the themes runtime generation flag. + + + + + Gets the key for the themes high contrast flag. + + + + + Gets the key for the theme instance. + + + + + Initializes a new instance. + + The first of the theme. + + + + Gets whether this theme was generated at runtime. + + + + + Gets whether this theme is for high contrast mode. + + + + + Gets the name of the theme. + + + + + Gets the display name of the theme. + + + + + Get the base color scheme for this theme. + + + + + Gets the primary accent color for this theme. + + + + + Gets the color scheme for this theme. + + + + + Gets a brush which can be used to showcase this theme. + + + + + The root containing all resource dictionaries of all belonging to this instance as + + + + + The ResourceDictionaries that represent this theme. + + + + + The ResourceDictionaries that represent this theme. + + + + + Ensures that all from provided a for this . + + This instance for fluent call usage. + + + + Gets a flat list of all from all library themes. + + A flat list of all from all library themes. + + + + Adds a new to this . + + The to add. + This instance for fluent call usage. + + + + + + + Class which is used as argument for an event to signal theme changes. + + + + + Creates a new instance of this class. + + + + + The target object for which was targeted by the theme change. + + + + + The for which was targeted by the theme change. + + + + + The old theme. + + + + + The new theme. + + + + + A class that allows for the detection and alteration of a theme. + + + + + Gets the name for the light base color. + + + + + Gets the name for the light base color. + + + + + Gets the name for the dark base color. + + + + + Gets the name for the dark base color. + + + + + Gets a list of all library theme providers. + + + + + Gets a list of all themes. + + + + + Gets a list of all available base colors. + + + + + Gets a list of all available color schemes. + + + + + Clears the internal themes list. + + + + + Gets the with the given name. + + The or null, if the theme wasn't found + + + + Gets the with the given name. + + The or null, if the theme wasn't found + + + + Gets the with the given resource dictionary. + + from which the theme should be retrieved. + The or null, if the theme wasn't found. + + + + Gets the inverse of the given . + This method relies on the "Dark" or "Light" affix to be present. + + The app theme. + The inverse or null if it couldn't be found. + + Returns BaseLight, if BaseDark is given or vice versa. + Custom Themes must end with "Dark" or "Light" for this to work, for example "CustomDark" and "CustomLight". + + + + + Determines whether the specified resource dictionary represents a . + + This might include runtime themes which do not have a resource uri. + + The resources. + true if the resource dictionary is an ; otherwise, false. + resources + + + + Determines whether the specified resource dictionary represents a and was generated at runtime. + + This might include runtime themes which do not have a resource uri. + + The resources. + true if the resource dictionary is an ; otherwise, false. + resources + + + + Change the theme for the whole application. + + + + + Change theme for the given window. + + + + + Change theme for the whole application. + + The instance of Application to change. + The theme to apply. + + + + Change theme for the given ResourceDictionary. + + The FrameworkElement to change. + The theme to apply. + + + + Change theme for the given ResourceDictionary. + + The target object for which the theme change should be made. This is optional an can be null. + The ResourceDictionary to change. + The theme to apply. + + + + Change base color and color scheme of for the given application. + + The application to modify. + The base color to apply to the ResourceDictionary. + The color scheme to apply to the ResourceDictionary. + + + + Change base color and color scheme of for the given window. + + The FrameworkElement to modify. + The base color to apply to the ResourceDictionary. + The color scheme to apply to the ResourceDictionary. + + + + Change base color and color scheme of for the given ResourceDictionary. + + The target object for which the theme change should be made. This is optional an can be null. + The ResourceDictionary to modify. + The old/current theme. + The base color to apply to the ResourceDictionary. + The color scheme to apply to the ResourceDictionary. + + + + Change base color for the given application. + + The application to change. + The base color to apply to the ResourceDictionary. + + + + Change base color for the given window. + + The FrameworkElement to change. + The base color to apply to the ResourceDictionary. + + + + Change base color of for the given ResourceDictionary. + + The target object for which the theme change should be made. This is optional an can be null. + The ResourceDictionary to modify. + The old/current theme. + The base color to apply to the ResourceDictionary. + + + + Change color scheme for the given application. + + The application to change. + The color scheme to apply to the ResourceDictionary. + + + + Change color scheme for the given window. + + The FrameworkElement to change. + The color scheme to apply to the ResourceDictionary. + + + + Change color scheme for the given ResourceDictionary. + + The target object for which the theme change should be made. This is optional an can be null. + The ResourceDictionary to modify. + The old/current theme. + The color scheme to apply to the ResourceDictionary. + + + + Changes the theme of a ResourceDictionary directly. + + The ResourceDictionary to modify. + The theme to apply to the ResourceDictionary. + + + + Scans the resources and returns it's theme. + + If the theme can't be detected from the we try to detect it from . + + + + Scans the application resources and returns it's theme. + + The Application instance to scan. + + + + Scans the resources and returns it's theme. + + The FrameworkElement to scan. + If the theme can't be detected from the we try to detect it from . + + + + Scans a resources and returns it's theme. + + The ResourceDictionary to scan. + + + + This event fires if the theme was changed + this should be using the weak event pattern, but for now it's enough + + + + + Invalidates global colors and resources. + Sometimes the ContextMenu is not changing the colors, so this will fix it. + + + + + Synchronizes the current with the "app mode" setting from windows. + + + + + Gets or sets whether changes to the "app mode" setting from windows should be detected at runtime and the current be changed accordingly. + + + + + Gets or sets whether changes to the accent color settings from windows should be detected at runtime and the current be changed accordingly. + + + + + Gets or sets whether changes to the high contrast setting from windows should be detected at runtime and the current be changed accordingly. + + + + + Works around an issue in the XamlReader. + Without this fix the XamlReader would not be able to read the XAML we produced earlier because it does not know where to look for the types. + The real issue is that we can't use the full namespace, with assembly hint, at compile time of the original project because said assembly does not yet exist and would cause a compile time error. + Hence we have to use this workaround to enable both. + The issue + + The fixed version of . + + If you have the following in your XAML file: + xmlns:markup="clr-namespace:MahApps.Metro.Markup" + xmlns:markupWithAssembly="clr-namespace:MahApps.Metro.Markup;assembly=MahApps.Metro" + It get's converted to: + xmlns:markup="clr-namespace:MahApps.Metro.Markup;assembly=MahApps.Metro" + xmlns:markupWithAssembly="clr-namespace:MahApps.Metro.Markup;assembly=MahApps.Metro" + + + + + Indicates whether a tooltip should follow the mouse cursor. + + + + + Sets whether a tooltip should follow the mouse cursor. + + + + + Gets the horizontal offset for the relative placement of the Tooltip. + + + + + Sets the horizontal offset for the relative placement of the Tooltip. + + + + + Gets the vertical offset for the relative placement of the Tooltip. + + + + + Sets the vertical offset for the relative placement of the Tooltip. + + + + diff --git a/dotnet/packages/ControlzEx.4.3.0/lib/net462/ControlzEx.dll b/dotnet/packages/ControlzEx.4.3.0/lib/net462/ControlzEx.dll new file mode 100644 index 00000000..9c3b1356 Binary files /dev/null and b/dotnet/packages/ControlzEx.4.3.0/lib/net462/ControlzEx.dll differ diff --git a/dotnet/packages/ControlzEx.4.3.0/lib/net462/ControlzEx.pdb b/dotnet/packages/ControlzEx.4.3.0/lib/net462/ControlzEx.pdb new file mode 100644 index 00000000..7cb15eeb Binary files /dev/null and b/dotnet/packages/ControlzEx.4.3.0/lib/net462/ControlzEx.pdb differ diff --git a/dotnet/packages/ControlzEx.4.3.0/lib/net462/ControlzEx.xml b/dotnet/packages/ControlzEx.4.3.0/lib/net462/ControlzEx.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f86de8f9 --- /dev/null +++ b/dotnet/packages/ControlzEx.4.3.0/lib/net462/ControlzEx.xml @@ -0,0 +1,3483 @@ + + + + ControlzEx + + + + + Automation-Peer for . + + + + + Initializes a new instance. + + + + + + + + Automation-Peer for in . + + + + + Initializes a new instance. + + + + + + + + Gets the real tab item. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Gets or sets the Badge content to display. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + The BadgeFontFamily property specifies the name of font family. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + The BadgeFontStyle property requests normal, italic, and oblique faces within a font family. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + The BadgeFontWeight property specifies the weight of the font. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + The BadgeFontStretch property selects a normal, condensed, or extended face from a font family. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + The BadgeFontSize property specifies the size of the font. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Gets or sets the background brush for the Badge. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Gets or sets the foreground brush for the Badge. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Gets or sets the border brush for the Badge. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Gets or sets the border thickness for the Badge. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Gets or sets the placement of the Badge relative to its content. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Gets or sets a margin which can be used to make minor adjustments to the placement of the Badge. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Gets or sets the for the Badge + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Gets or sets the for the Badge + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Gets or sets a composite string that specifies how to format the Badge property if it is displayed as a string. + + + This property is ignored if is set. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Indicates whether the Badge has content to display. + + + + + for . + + + + + Gets or sets a brush which is used as the glow when the window is active. + + + + + for . + + + + + Gets or sets a brush which is used as the glow when the window is not active. + + + + + for . + + + + + Defines whether glow transitions should be used or not. + + + + + for . + + + + + Gets or sets resize border thickness. + + + + + + + + Updates all glow windows (visible, hidden, collapsed) + + + + + Sets the opacity to all glow windows + + + + + Starts the opacity storyboard 0 -> 1 + + + + + Shows all glow windows + + + + + Closes all glow windows + + + + + Enables an InputMask for with 2 Properties: , . + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Pasting prüft ob korrekte Daten reingepastet werden + + + + + Falls eine Textauswahl vorliegt wird diese entsprechend behandelt. + + + + + With this class we can make custom window styles. + + + + Underlying HWND for the _window. + + Critical : Critical member + + + + Underlying HWND for the _window. + + Critical : Critical member provides access to HWND's window messages which are critical + + + + + Mirror property for . + + + + + for . + + + + + Defines if the Taskbar should be ignored when maximizing a Window. + This only works with WindowStyle = None. + + + + + for . + + + + + Gets/sets if the border thickness value should be kept on maximize + if the MaxHeight/MaxWidth of the window is less than the monitor resolution. + + + + + for . + + + + + Gets or sets whether the resizing of the window should be tried in a way that does not cause flicker/jitter, especially when resizing from the left side. + + + Please note that setting this to true may cause resize lag and black areas appearing on some systems. + + + + + for . + + + + + for . + + + + + Gets whether the non-client area is active or not. + + + + + Gets or sets whether if the minimize button is visible and the minimize system menu is enabled. + + + + + Gets or sets whether if the maximize/restore button is visible and the maximize/restore system menu is enabled. + + + + + + + + Gets the default resize border thicknes from the system parameters. + + + + + Occurs during the cleanup of this behavior. + + + + + + + + Is called when the associated object of this instance is loaded + + + + + This fix is needed because style triggers don't work if someone sets the value locally/directly on the window. + + + + + Critical : Store critical methods in critical callback table + Safe : Demands full trust permissions + + + + + Critical : Calls critical methods + Safe : Demands full trust permissions + + + + + Critical : Calls critical methods + + + + + Critical : Accesses critical _hwnd + + + + + Critical : Calls critical methods + + + + + Critical : Calls critical methods + + + + + Critical : Calls critical methods + + + + + This method handles the window size if the taskbar is set to auto-hide. + + + Critical : Calls critical methods + + + + + Critical : Calls critical Marshal.PtrToStructure + + + + + Critical : Calls critical methods + + + + + Critical : Calls critical methods + + + + + Critical : Calls critical method + + + + + Critical : Calls critical method + + + + + Critical : Calls critical Marshal.PtrToStructure + + + + + Critical : Calls critical Marshal.PtrToStructure + + + + + Critical : Calls critical methods + + + + + Critical : Calls critical methods + + + + + Critical : Calls critical methods + + + + + Critical : Calls critical methods + + + + + Critical : Calls critical methods + + + + + Critical : Calls critical methods + + + + Add and remove a native WindowStyle from the HWND. + The styles to be removed. These can be bitwise combined. + The styles to be added. These can be bitwise combined. + Whether the styles of the HWND were modified as a result of this call. + + Critical : Calls critical methods + + + + + Get the WindowState as the native HWND knows it to be. This isn't necessarily the same as what Window thinks. + + + Critical : Calls critical methods + + + + + Get the bounding rectangle for the window in physical coordinates. + + The bounding rectangle for the window. + + Critical : Calls critical methods + + + + + Update the items in the system menu based on the current, or assumed, WindowState. + + + The state to assume that the Window is in. This can be null to query the Window's state. + + + We want to update the menu while we have some control over whether the caption will be repainted. + + + Critical : Calls critical methods + + + + + Critical : Calls critical methods + + + + + Critical : Calls critical methods + + + + + Critical : Calls critical methods + + + + + Critical : Calls critical methods + + + + + Critical : Calls critical methods + + + + + Matrix of the HT values to return when responding to NC window messages. + + + + + Critical : Calls critical methods + + + + + Critical : Calls critical methods + + + + + GlowWindow + + + + + InitializeComponent + + + + + The standard WPF TabControl is quite bad in the fact that it only + even contains the current TabItem in the VisualTree, so if you + have complex views it takes a while to re-create the view each tab + selection change.Which makes the standard TabControl very sticky to + work with. This class along with its associated ControlTemplate + allow all TabItems to remain in the VisualTree without it being Sticky. + It does this by keeping all TabItem content in the VisualTree but + hides all inactive TabItem content, and only keeps the active TabItem + content shown. + + Acknowledgement + Eric Burke + http://eric.burke.name/dotnetmania/2009/04/26/22.09.28 + Sacha Barber: https://sachabarbs.wordpress.com/about-me/ + http://stackoverflow.com/a/10210889/920384 + http://stackoverflow.com/a/7838955/920384 + + + + + Initializes a new instance. + + + + + Defines if the TabPanel (Tab-Header) are visible. + + + + + Gets or sets the child content visibility. + + + The child content visibility. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + When the items change we remove any generated panel children and add any new ones as necessary. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Copied from . wish it were protected in that class instead of private. + + + + + Clears all current children by calling and calls afterwards. + + + + + Generate a ContentPresenter for the selected item and control the visibility of already created presenters. + + + + + Create the child ContentPresenter for the given item (could be data or a TabItem) if none exists. + + + + + Find the for the given object. Data could be a TabItem or a piece of data. + + + + + Gets the value associated with directly from . + + + + + Checks if directly contains . + + + + + Helper class for a common focusing problem. + The focus itself isn't the problem. If we use the common focusing methods the control get the focus + but it doesn't get the focus visual style. + The KeyboardNavigation class handles the visual style only if the control get the focus from a keyboard + device or if the SystemParameters.KeyboardCues is true. + + + + + Gets the KeyboardNavigationEx singleton instance. + + + + + Shows the focus visual of the current focused UI element. + Works only together with AlwaysShowFocusVisual property. + + + + + Focuses the specified element and shows the focus visual style. + + The element which will be focused. + + + + Attached DependencyProperty for setting AlwaysShowFocusVisual for a UI element. + + + + + Gets a the value which indicates if the UI element always show the focus visual style. + + + + + Sets a the value which indicates if the UI element always show the focus visual style. + + + + IID_IApplicationAssociationRegistration + + + IID_IConnectionPoint + + + IID_IConnectionPointContainer + + + IID_IEnumConnectionPoints + + + IID_IEnumConnections + + + IID_IEnumIDList + + + IID_IEnumObjects + + + IID_IFileDialog + + + IID_IFileDialogEvents + + + IID_IFileOpenDialog + + + IID_IFileSaveDialog + + + IID_IHTMLDocument + + + IID_IHTMLDocument2 + + + IID_IModalWindow + + + IID_IObjectArray + + + IID_IObjectCollection + + + IID_IPropertyNotifySink + + + IID_IPropertyStore + + + IID_IServiceProvider + + + IID_IShellFolder + + + IID_IShellLink + + + IID_IShellItem + + + IID_IShellItem2 + + + IID_IShellItemArray + + + IID_ITaskbarList + + + IID_ITaskbarList2 + + + IID_IUnknown + + + IID_IWebBrowser2 + + + DIID_DWebBrowserEvents + + + IID_DWebBrowserEvents2 + + + IID_IWICBitmapDecoder + + + IID_IWICBitmapFlipRotator + + + IID_IWICBitmapFrameDecode + + + IID_IWICBitmap + + + IID_IWICBitmapSource + + + IID_IWICFormatConverter + + + IID_IWICImagingFactory + + + IID_IWICStream + + + IID_IApplicationDestinations + + + IID_IApplicationDocumentLists + + + IID_ICustomDestinationList + + + IID_IObjectWithAppUserModelID + + + IID_IObjectWithProgID + + + IID_ITaskbarList3 + + + IID_ITaskbarList4 + + + SID_SWebBrowserApp + + + CLSID_ApplicationAssociationRegistration + IID_IApplicationAssociationRegistration + + + CLSID_DragDropHelper + + + CLSID_FileOpenDialog + IID_IFileOpenDialog + + + CLSID_FileSaveDialog + IID_IFileSaveDialog + + + CLSID_TaskbarList + IID_ITaskbarList + + + CLSID_EnumerableObjectCollection + IID_IEnumObjects. + + + CLSID_ShellLink + IID_IShellLink + + + CLSID_WICImagingFactory + + + CLSID_DestinationList + IID_ICustomDestinationList + + + CLSID_ApplicationDestinations + IID_IApplicationDestinations + + + CLSID_ApplicationDocumentLists + IID_IApplicationDocumentLists + + + A static class for verifying assumptions. + + + A function signature for Assert.Evaluate. + + + A function signature for Assert.Implies. + Returns the truth of a predicate. + + + + Executes the specified argument. + + The function to execute. + + + Obsolete: Use Standard.Assert.AreEqual instead of Assert.Equals + The generic type to compare for equality. + The first generic type data to compare. This is is the expected value. + The second generic type data to compare. This is the actual value. + + + + Verifies that two generic type data are equal. The assertion fails if they are not. + + The generic type to compare for equality. + The first generic type data to compare. This is is the expected value. + The second generic type data to compare. This is the actual value. + This breaks into the debugger in the case of a failed assertion. + + + + Verifies that two generic type data are not equal. The assertion fails if they are. + + The generic type to compare for inequality. + The first generic type data to compare. This is is the value that's not expected. + The second generic type data to compare. This is the actual value. + This breaks into the debugger in the case of a failed assertion. + + + + Verifies that if the specified condition is true, then so is the result. + The assertion fails if the condition is true but the result is false. + + if set to true [condition]. + + A second Boolean statement. If the first was true then so must this be. + If the first statement was false then the value of this is ignored. + + This breaks into the debugger in the case of a failed assertion. + + + + Lazy evaluation overload. Verifies that if a condition is true, then so is a secondary value. + + The conditional value. + A function to be evaluated for truth if the condition argument is true. + + This overload only evaluates the result if the first condition is true. + + + + + Verifies that a string has content. I.e. it is not null and it is not empty. + + The string to verify. + + + + Verifies that a string has content. I.e. it is not null and it is not purely whitespace. + + The string to verify. + + + + Verifies the specified value is not null. The assertion fails if it is. + + The generic reference type. + The value to check for nullness. + This breaks into the debugger in the case of a failed assertion. + + + + Verifies that the specified condition is false. The assertion fails if it is true. + + The expression that should be false. + This breaks into the debugger in the case of a failed assertion. + + + + Verifies that the specified condition is false. The assertion fails if it is true. + + The expression that should be false. + The message to display if the condition is true. + This breaks into the debugger in the case of a failed assertion. + + + + Verifies that the specified condition is true. The assertion fails if it is not. + + A condition that is expected to be true. + This breaks into the debugger in the case of a failed assertion. + + + + Verifies that the specified condition is true. The assertion fails if it is not. + + A condition that is expected to be true. + The message to write in case the condition is false. + This breaks into the debugger in the case of a failed assertion. + + + + This line should never be executed. The assertion always fails. + + This breaks into the debugger in the case of a failed assertion. + + + + This line should never be executed. The assertion always fails. + + The message to display if this function is executed. + This breaks into the debugger in the case of a failed assertion. + + + + Verifies that the specified object is null. The assertion fails if it is not. + + The item to verify is null. + + + + Verifies that the specified value is within the expected range. The assertion fails if it isn't. + + The lower bound inclusive value. + The value to verify. + The upper bound inclusive value. + + + + Verifies that the specified value is within the expected range. The assertion fails if it isn't. + + The lower bound inclusive value. + The value to verify. + The upper bound exclusive value. + + + + Verify the current thread's apartment state is what's expected. The assertion fails if it isn't + + + The expected apartment state for the current thread. + + This breaks into the debugger in the case of a failed assertion. + + + + DoubleUtil uses fixed eps to provide fuzzy comparison functionality for doubles. + Note that FP noise is a big problem and using any of these compare + methods is not a complete solution, but rather the way to reduce + the probability of repeating unnecessary work. + + + + + Epsilon - more or less random, more or less small number. + + + + + AreClose returns whether or not two doubles are "close". That is, whether or + not they are within epsilon of each other. + There are plenty of ways for this to return false even for numbers which + are theoretically identical, so no code calling this should fail to work if this + returns false. + + The first double to compare. + The second double to compare. + The result of the AreClose comparision. + + + + LessThan returns whether or not the first double is less than the second double. + That is, whether or not the first is strictly less than *and* not within epsilon of + the other number. + There are plenty of ways for this to return false even for numbers which + are theoretically identical, so no code calling this should fail to work if this + returns false. + + The first double to compare. + The second double to compare. + The result of the LessThan comparision. + + + + GreaterThan returns whether or not the first double is greater than the second double. + That is, whether or not the first is strictly greater than *and* not within epsilon of + the other number. + There are plenty of ways for this to return false even for numbers which + are theoretically identical, so no code calling this should fail to work if this + returns false. + + The first double to compare. + The second double to compare. + The result of the GreaterThan comparision. + + + + LessThanOrClose returns whether or not the first double is less than or close to + the second double. That is, whether or not the first is strictly less than or within + epsilon of the other number. + There are plenty of ways for this to return false even for numbers which + are theoretically identical, so no code calling this should fail to work if this + returns false. + + The first double to compare. + The second double to compare. + The result of the LessThanOrClose comparision. + + + + GreaterThanOrClose returns whether or not the first double is greater than or close to + the second double. That is, whether or not the first is strictly greater than or within + epsilon of the other number. + There are plenty of ways for this to return false even for numbers which + are theoretically identical, so no code calling this should fail to work if this + returns false. + + The first double to compare. + The second double to compare. + The result of the GreaterThanOrClose comparision. + + + + Test to see if a double is a finite number (is not NaN or Infinity). + + The value to test. + Whether or not the value is a finite number. + + + + Test to see if a double a valid size value (is finite and > 0). + + The value to test. + Whether or not the value is a valid size value. + + + + Convert a point in device independent pixels (1/96") to a point in the system coordinates. + + A point in the logical coordinate system. + Returns the parameter converted to the system's coordinates. + + + + Convert a point in system coordinates to a point in device independent pixels (1/96"). + + A point in the physical coordinate system. + Returns the parameter converted to the device independent coordinate system. + + + + Wrapper for common Win32 status codes. + + + + The operation completed successfully. + + + Incorrect function. + + + The system cannot find the file specified. + + + The system cannot find the path specified. + + + The system cannot open the file. + + + Access is denied. + + + The handle is invalid. + + + Not enough storage is available to complete this operation. + + + There are no more files. + + + The process cannot access the file because it is being used by another process. + + + The parameter is incorrect. + + + The data area passed to a system call is too small. + + + Cannot nest calls to LoadModule. + + + Illegal operation attempted on a registry key that has been marked for deletion. + + + Element not found. + + + There was no match for the specified key in the index. + + + An invalid device was specified. + + + The operation was canceled by the user. + + + Cannot find window class. + + + The window class was already registered. + + + The specified datatype is invalid. + + + + Create a new Win32 error. + + The integer value of the error. + + + Performs HRESULT_FROM_WIN32 conversion. + The Win32 error being converted to an HRESULT. + The equivilent HRESULT value. + + + Performs HRESULT_FROM_WIN32 conversion. + The equivilent HRESULT value. + + + Performs the equivalent of Win32's GetLastError() + A Win32Error instance with the result of the native GetLastError + + + + Compare two Win32 error codes for equality. + + The first error code to compare. + The second error code to compare. + Whether the two error codes are the same. + + + + Compare two Win32 error codes for inequality. + + The first error code to compare. + The second error code to compare. + Whether the two error codes are not the same. + + + FACILITY_NULL + + + FACILITY_RPC + + + FACILITY_DISPATCH + + + FACILITY_STORAGE + + + FACILITY_ITF + + + FACILITY_WIN32 + + + FACILITY_WINDOWS + + + FACILITY_CONTROL + + + MSDN doced facility code for ESE errors. + + + FACILITY_WINCODEC (WIC) + + + Wrapper for HRESULT status codes. + + + S_OK + + + S_FALSE + + + E_PENDING + + + E_NOTIMPL + + + E_NOINTERFACE + + + E_POINTER + + + E_ABORT + + + E_FAIL + + + E_UNEXPECTED + + + STG_E_INVALIDFUNCTION + + + REGDB_E_CLASSNOTREG + + + DESTS_E_NO_MATCHING_ASSOC_HANDLER. Win7 internal error code for Jump Lists. + There is no Assoc Handler for the given item registered by the specified application. + + + DESTS_E_NORECDOCS. Win7 internal error code for Jump Lists. + The given item is excluded from the recent docs folder by the NoRecDocs bit on its registration. + + + DESTS_E_NOTALLCLEARED. Win7 internal error code for Jump Lists. + Not all of the items were successfully cleared + + + E_ACCESSDENIED + Win32Error ERROR_ACCESS_DENIED. + + + E_OUTOFMEMORY + Win32Error ERROR_OUTOFMEMORY. + + + E_INVALIDARG + Win32Error ERROR_INVALID_PARAMETER. + + + INTSAFE_E_ARITHMETIC_OVERFLOW + + + COR_E_OBJECTDISPOSED + + + WC_E_GREATERTHAN + + + WC_E_SYNTAX + + + + Create an HRESULT from an integer value. + + + + + + Convert an HRESULT to an int. Used for COM interface declarations out of our control. + + + + + retrieve HRESULT_FACILITY + + + + + retrieve HRESULT_CODE + + + + + Get a string representation of this HRESULT. + + + + + + Convert the result of Win32 GetLastError() into a raised exception. + + + + + Gets the monitor information from the current cursor position. + + + + + + HIGHCONTRAST flags + + + + + DROPIMAGE_* + + + + + BITMAPINFOHEADER Compression type. BI_*. + + + + + CombingRgn flags. RGN_* + + + + + Creates the intersection of the two combined regions. + + + + + Creates the union of two combined regions. + + + + + Creates the union of two combined regions except for any overlapping areas. + + + + + Combines the parts of hrgnSrc1 that are not part of hrgnSrc2. + + + + + Creates a copy of the region identified by hrgnSrc1. + + + + + For IWebBrowser2. OLECMDEXECOPT_* + + + + + For IWebBrowser2. OLECMDF_* + + + + + For IWebBrowser2. OLECMDID_* + + + + + For IWebBrowser2. READYSTATE_* + + + + + DATAOBJ_GET_ITEM_FLAGS. DOGIF_*. + + + + Use the system default, which is to display all error dialog boxes. + + + + The system does not display the critical-error-handler message box. + Instead, the system sends the error to the calling process. + + + + + 64-bit Windows: The system automatically fixes memory alignment faults and makes them + invisible to the application. It does this for the calling process and any descendant processes. + After this value is set for a process, subsequent attempts to clear the value are ignored. + + + + + The system does not display the general-protection-fault message box. + This flag should only be set by debugging applications that handle general + protection (GP) faults themselves with an exception handler. + + + + + The system does not display a message box when it fails to find a file. + Instead, the error is returned to the calling process. + + + + + Non-client hit test values, HT* + + + + + GetClassLongPtr values, GCLP_* + + + + + https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/windows/desktop/api/winuser/nf-winuser-getwindow + + + + + GetWindowLongPtr values, GWL_* + + + + + SystemMetrics. SM_* + + + + + SystemParameterInfo values, SPI_* + + + + + SystemParameterInfo flag values, SPIF_* + + + + + CS_* + + + + + WindowStyle values, WS_* + + + + + Window message values, WM_* + + + + + Window style extended values, WS_EX_* + + + + + GetDeviceCaps nIndex values. + + + + Number of bits per pixel + + + + + Number of planes + + + + + Logical pixels inch in X + + + + + Logical pixels inch in Y + + + + + "FILEOP_FLAGS", FOF_*. + + + + + EnableMenuItem uEnable values, MF_* + + + + + Possible return value for EnableMenuItem + + + + Specifies the type of visual style attribute to set on a window. + + + Non-client area window attributes will be set. + + + + DWMFLIP3DWINDOWPOLICY. DWMFLIP3D_* + + + + + DWMNCRENDERINGPOLICY. DWMNCRP_* + + + + + DWMWINDOWATTRIBUTE. DWMWA_* + + + + + WindowThemeNonClientAttributes + + + + Prevents the window caption from being drawn. + + + Prevents the system icon from being drawn. + + + Prevents the system icon menu from appearing. + + + Prevents mirroring of the question mark, even in right-to-left (RTL) layout. + + + A mask that contains all the valid bits. + + + + SetWindowPos options + + + + + ShowWindow options + + + + + SCF_ISSECURE + + + + + GDI+ Status codes + + + + + MSGFLT_*. New in Vista. Realiased in Windows 7. + + + + + Shell_NotifyIcon messages. NIM_* + + + + + SHAddToRecentDocuments flags. SHARD_* + + + + + Shell_NotifyIcon flags. NIF_* + + + + + Vista only. + + + + + Vista only. + + + + + Shell_NotifyIcon info flags. NIIF_* + + + + XP SP2 and later. + + + XP and later. + + + Vista and later. + + + Windows 7 and later + + + XP and later. Native version called NIIF_ICON_MASK. + + + + AC_* + + + + + The state of the icon. There are two flags that can be set independently. + NIS_HIDDEN = 1. The icon is hidden. + NIS_SHAREDICON = 2. The icon is shared. + + + + The idlist for the shell item that should be added to the recent docs folder. + + + The id of the application that should be associated with this recent doc. + + + Defines options that are used to set window visual style attributes. + + + + A combination of flags that modify window visual style attributes. + Can be a combination of the WTNCA constants. + + + + + A bitmask that describes how the values specified in dwFlags should be applied. + If the bit corresponding to a value in dwFlags is 0, that flag will be removed. + If the bit is 1, the flag will be added. + + + + Width of left border that retains its size. + + + Width of right border that retains its size. + + + Height of top border that retains its size. + + + Height of bottom border that retains its size. + + + + + + + initialize this field using: Marshal.SizeOf(typeof(APPBARDATA)); + + + + Delegate declaration that matches native WndProc signatures. + + + Delegate declaration that matches managed WndProc signatures. + + + + Try to get the relative mouse position to the given handle in client coordinates. + + The handle for this method. + The relative mouse position to the given handle. + + + + https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/windows/desktop/api/winuser/nf-winuser-getwindow + + + + + Sets attributes to control how visual styles are applied to a specified window. + + + Handle to a window to apply changes to. + + + Value of type WINDOWTHEMEATTRIBUTETYPE that specifies the type of attribute to set. + The value of this parameter determines the type of data that should be passed in the pvAttribute parameter. + Can be the following value: + WTA_NONCLIENT (Specifies non-client related attributes). + pvAttribute must be a pointer of type WTA_OPTIONS. + + + A pointer that specifies attributes to set. Type is determined by the value of the eAttribute value. + + + Specifies the size, in bytes, of the data pointed to by pvAttribute. + + + + + Retrieves the show state and the restored, minimized, and maximized positions of the specified window. + + A handle to the window. + A pointer to the WINDOWPLACEMENT structure that receives the show state and position information. + + Before calling GetWindowPlacement, set the length member to sizeof(WINDOWPLACEMENT). + GetWindowPlacement fails if lpwndpl-> length is not set correctly. + + If the function succeeds, the return value is nonzero. If the function fails, the return value is zero. + + + + Sets the show state and the restored, minimized, and maximized positions of the specified window. + + A handle to the window. + A pointer to a WINDOWPLACEMENT structure that specifies the new show state and window positions. + + Before calling SetWindowPlacement, set the length member of the WINDOWPLACEMENT structure to sizeof(WINDOWPLACEMENT). + SetWindowPlacement fails if the length member is not set correctly. + + If the function succeeds, the return value is nonzero. If the function fails, the return value is zero. + + + + The MonitorFromRect function retrieves a handle to the display monitor that + has the largest area of intersection with a specified rectangle. + + Pointer to a RECT structure that specifies the rectangle of interest in + virtual-screen coordinates + Determines the function's return value if the rectangle does not intersect + any display monitor + + If the rectangle intersects one or more display monitor rectangles, the return value + is an HMONITOR handle to the display monitor that has the largest area of intersection with the rectangle. + If the rectangle does not intersect a display monitor, the return value depends on the value of dwFlags. + + + + + Loads an icon, cursor, animated cursor, or bitmap. + + Handle to the module of either a DLL or executable (.exe) that contains the image to be loaded + Specifies the image to load + Specifies the type of image to be loaded. + Specifies the width, in pixels, of the icon or cursor + Specifies the height, in pixels, of the icon or cursor + This parameter can be one or more of the following values. + If the function succeeds, the return value is the requested value.If the function fails, the return value is zero. To get extended error information, call GetLastError. + + + + Creates a Color dialog box that enables the user to select a color. + + A pointer to a CHOOSECOLOR structure that contains information used to initialize the dialog box. When ChooseColor returns, this structure contains information about the user's color selection. + If the user clicks the OK button of the dialog box, the return value is nonzero. The rgbResult member of the CHOOSECOLOR structure contains the RGB color value of the color selected by the user.If the user cancels or closes the Color dialog box or an error occurs, the return value is zero. + + + + Contains information the ChooseColor function uses to initialize the Color dialog box. After the user closes the dialog box, the system returns information about the user's selection in this structure. + + + + + The length, in bytes, of the structure. + + + + + A handle to the window that owns the dialog box. This member can be any valid window handle, or it can be NULL if the dialog box has no owner. + + + + + If the CC_ENABLETEMPLATEHANDLE flag is set in the Flags member, hInstance is a handle to a memory object containing a dialog box template. If the CC_ENABLETEMPLATE flag is set, hInstance is a handle to a module that contains a dialog box template named by the lpTemplateName member. If neither CC_ENABLETEMPLATEHANDLE nor CC_ENABLETEMPLATE is set, this member is ignored. + + + + + If the CC_RGBINIT flag is set, rgbResult specifies the color initially selected when the dialog box is created. If the specified color value is not among the available colors, the system selects the nearest solid color available. If rgbResult is zero or CC_RGBINIT is not set, the initially selected color is black. If the user clicks the OK button, rgbResult specifies the user's color selection. To create a COLORREF color value, use the RGB macro. + + + + + A pointer to an array of 16 values that contain red, green, blue (RGB) values for the custom color boxes in the dialog box. If the user modifies these colors, the system updates the array with the new RGB values. To preserve new custom colors between calls to the ChooseColor function, you should allocate static memory for the array. To create a COLORREF color value, use the RGB macro. + + + + + A set of bit flags that you can use to initialize the Color dialog box. When the dialog box returns, it sets these flags to indicate the user's input. + + + + + Application-defined data that the system passes to the hook procedure identified by the lpfnHook member. When the system sends the WM_INITDIALOG message to the hook procedure, the message's lParam parameter is a pointer to the CHOOSECOLOR structure specified when the dialog was created. The hook procedure can use this pointer to get the lCustData value. + + + + + A pointer to a CCHookProc hook procedure that can process messages intended for the dialog box. This member is ignored unless the CC_ENABLEHOOK flag is set in the Flags member. + + + + + The name of the dialog box template resource in the module identified by the hInstance member. This template is substituted for the standard dialog box template. For numbered dialog box resources, lpTemplateName can be a value returned by the MAKEINTRESOURCE macro. This member is ignored unless the CC_ENABLETEMPLATE flag is set in the Flags member. + + + + + Stop flashing. The system restores the window to its original state. + + + + + Flash the window caption + + + + + Flash the taskbar button. + + + + + Flash both the window caption and taskbar button. + This is equivalent to setting the FLASHW_CAPTION | FLASHW_TRAY flags. + + + + + Flash continuously, until the FLASHW_STOP flag is set. + + + + + Flash continuously until the window comes to the foreground. + + + + Overload of SystemParametersInfo for getting and setting NONCLIENTMETRICS. + + + Overload of SystemParametersInfo for getting and setting HIGHCONTRAST. + + + + Sets the User Model AppID for the current process, enabling Windows to retrieve this ID + + + + + + Retrieves the User Model AppID that has been explicitly set for the current process via SetCurrentProcessExplicitAppUserModelID + + + + + ASSOCIATIONLEVEL, AL_* + + + ASSOCIATIONTYPE, AT_* + + + FileDialog AddPlace options. FDAP_* + + + IFileDialog options. FOS_* + + + FDE_OVERWRITE_RESPONSE. FDEOR_* + + + FDE_SHAREVIOLATION_RESPONSE. FDESVR_* + + + ShellItem attribute flags. SIATTRIBFLAGS_* + + + + Flags for SetTabProperties. STPF_* + + The native enum was called STPFLAG. + + + + Flags for Setting Taskbar Progress state. TBPF_* + + + The native enum was called TBPFLAG. + + + + + THUMBBUTTON mask. THB_* + + + + + THUMBBUTTON flags. THBF_* + + + + + GetPropertyStoreFlags. GPS_*. + + + These are new for Vista, but are used in downlevel components + + + + + KNOWNDESTCATEGORY. KDC_* + + + + Objects can be copied + DROPEFFECT_COPY + + + Objects can be moved + DROPEFFECT_MOVE + + + Objects can be linked + + DROPEFFECT_LINK. + + If this bit is set on an item in the shell folder, a + 'Create Shortcut' menu item will be added to the File + menu and context menus for the item. If the user selects + that command, your IContextMenu::InvokeCommand() will be called + with 'link'. + That flag will also be used to determine if 'Create Shortcut' + should be added when the item in your folder is dragged to another + folder. + + + + supports BindToObject(IID_IStorage) + + + Objects can be renamed + + + Objects can be deleted + + + Objects have property sheets + + + Objects are drop target + + + Object is encrypted (use alt color) + + + 'Slow' object + + + Ghosted icon + + + Shortcut (link) + + + Shared + + + Read-only + + + Hidden object + + + May contain children with SFGAO_FILESYSTEM + + + Support BindToObject(IID_IShellFolder) + + + Is a win32 file system object (file/folder/root) + + + May contain children with SFGAO_FOLDER (may be slow) + + + Invalidate cached information (may be slow) + + + Is this removeable media? + + + Object is compressed (use alt color) + + + Supports IShellFolder, but only implements CreateViewObject() (non-folder view) + + + Is a non-enumerated object (should be hidden) + + + Should show bold in explorer tree + + + Obsolete + + + Obsolete + + + Supports BindToObject(IID_IStream) + + + May contain children with SFGAO_STORAGE or SFGAO_STREAM + + + For determining storage capabilities, ie for open/save semantics + + + + Attributes that are masked out for PKEY_SFGAOFlags because they are considered + to cause slow calculations or lack context + (SFGAO_VALIDATE | SFGAO_ISSLOW | SFGAO_HASSUBFOLDER and others) + + + + + IShellFolder::EnumObjects grfFlags bits. Also called SHCONT + + + + + IShellFolder::GetDisplayNameOf/SetNameOf uFlags. Also called SHGDNF. + + + For compatibility with SIGDN, these bits must all sit in the LOW word. + + + + + SHELLITEMCOMPAREHINTF. SICHINT_*. + + + + iOrder based on display in a folder view + + + exact instance compare + + + iOrder based on canonical name (better performance) + + + + ShellItem enum. SIGDN_*. + + + + + STR_GPS_* + + + When requesting a property store through IShellFolder, you can specify the equivalent of + GPS_DEFAULT by passing in a null IBindCtx parameter. + + You can specify the equivalent of GPS_READWRITE by passing a mode of STGM_READWRITE | STGM_EXCLUSIVE + in the bind context + + Here are the string versions of GPS_ flags, passed to IShellFolder::BindToObject() via IBindCtx::RegisterObjectParam() + These flags are valid when requesting an IPropertySetStorage or IPropertyStore handler + + The meaning of these flags are described above. + + There is no STR_ equivalent for GPS_TEMPORARY because temporary property stores + are provided by IShellItem2 only -- not by the underlying IShellFolder. + + + + + WPARAM value for a THUMBBUTTON being clicked. + + + + fmtid + + + pid + + + PKEY_Title + + + PKEY_AppUserModel_ID + + + PKEY_AppUserModel_IsDestListSeparator + + + PKEY_AppUserModel_RelaunchCommand + + + PKEY_AppUserModel_RelaunchDisplayNameResource + + + PKEY_AppUserModel_RelaunchIconResource + + + Unknown Object Array + + + + Shell Namespace helper + + + + + Shell Namespace helper 2 + + + + + This function must be called first to validate use of other members. + + + + + This function adds a tab for hwnd to the taskbar. + + The HWND for which to add the tab. + + + + This function deletes a tab for hwnd from the taskbar. + + The HWND for which the tab is to be deleted. + + + + This function activates the tab associated with hwnd on the taskbar. + + The HWND for which the tab is to be actuvated. + + + + This function marks hwnd in the taskbar as the active tab. + + The HWND to activate. + + + + Marks a window as full-screen. + + The handle of the window to be marked. + A Boolean value marking the desired full-screen status of the window. + + Setting the value of fFullscreen to true, the Shell treats this window as a full-screen window, and the taskbar + is moved to the bottom of the z-order when this window is active. Setting the value of fFullscreen to false + removes the full-screen marking, but does not cause the Shell to treat the window as though it were + definitely not full-screen. With a false fFullscreen value, the Shell depends on its automatic detection facility + to specify how the window should be treated, possibly still flagging the window as full-screen. + + + + + Allows an application to retrieve the most recent and frequent documents opened in that app, as reported via SHAddToRecentDocs + + + + + Set the App User Model ID for the application retrieving this list. If an AppID is not provided via this method, + the system will use a heuristically determined ID. This method must be called before GetList. + + App Id. + + + + Retrieve an IEnumObjects or IObjectArray for IShellItems and/or IShellLinks. + Items may appear in both the frequent and recent lists. + + + + + + Provides access to the App User Model ID on objects supporting this value. + + + + + Provides access to the ProgID associated with an object + + + + + Wraps an IStream interface pointer from COM into a form consumable by .Net. + + + This implementation is immutable, though it's possible that the underlying + stream can be changed in another context. + + + + + Wraps a native IStream interface into a CLR Stream subclass. + + + The stream that this object wraps. + + + Note that the parameter is passed by ref. On successful creation it is + zeroed out to the caller. This object becomes responsible for the lifetime + management of the wrapped IStream. + + + + + Wraps a managed stream instance into an interface pointer consumable by COM. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the ManagedIStream class with the specified managed Stream object. + + + The stream that this IStream reference is wrapping. + + + + + Creates a new stream object with its own seek pointer that + references the same bytes as the original stream. + + + When this method returns, contains the new stream object. This parameter is passed uninitialized. + + + For more information, see the existing documentation for IStream::Clone in the MSDN library. + This class doesn't implement Clone. A COMException is thrown if it is used. + + + + + Ensures that any changes made to a stream object that is open in transacted + mode are reflected in the parent storage. + + + A value that controls how the changes for the stream object are committed. + + + For more information, see the existing documentation for IStream::Commit in the MSDN library. + + + + + Copies a specified number of bytes from the current seek pointer in the + stream to the current seek pointer in another stream. + + + A reference to the destination stream. + + + The number of bytes to copy from the source stream. + + + On successful return, contains the actual number of bytes read from the source. + (Note the native signature is to a ULARGE_INTEGER*, so 64 bits are written + to this parameter on success.) + + + On successful return, contains the actual number of bytes written to the destination. + (Note the native signature is to a ULARGE_INTEGER*, so 64 bits are written + to this parameter on success.) + + + + + Restricts access to a specified range of bytes in the stream. + + + The byte offset for the beginning of the range. + + + The length of the range, in bytes, to restrict. + + + The requested restrictions on accessing the range. + + + For more information, see the existing documentation for IStream::LockRegion in the MSDN library. + This class doesn't implement LockRegion. A COMException is thrown if it is used. + + + + + Reads a specified number of bytes from the stream object into memory starting at the current seek pointer. + + + When this method returns, contains the data read from the stream. This parameter is passed uninitialized. + + + The number of bytes to read from the stream object. + + + A pointer to a ULONG variable that receives the actual number of bytes read from the stream object. + + + For more information, see the existing documentation for ISequentialStream::Read in the MSDN library. + + + + + Discards all changes that have been made to a transacted stream since the last Commit call. + + + This class doesn't implement Revert. A COMException is thrown if it is used. + + + + + Changes the seek pointer to a new location relative to the beginning of the + stream, to the end of the stream, or to the current seek pointer. + + + The displacement to add to dwOrigin. + + + The origin of the seek. The origin can be the beginning of the file, the current seek pointer, or the end of the file. + + + On successful return, contains the offset of the seek pointer from the beginning of the stream. + (Note the native signature is to a ULARGE_INTEGER*, so 64 bits are written + to this parameter on success.) + + + For more information, see the existing documentation for IStream::Seek in the MSDN library. + + + + + Changes the size of the stream object. + + + The new size of the stream as a number of bytes. + + + For more information, see the existing documentation for IStream::SetSize in the MSDN library. + + + + + Retrieves the STATSTG structure for this stream. + + + When this method returns, contains a STATSTG structure that describes this stream object. + This parameter is passed uninitialized. + + + Members in the STATSTG structure that this method does not return, thus saving some memory allocation operations. + + + + + Removes the access restriction on a range of bytes previously restricted with the LockRegion method. + + The byte offset for the beginning of the range. + + + The length, in bytes, of the range to restrict. + + + The access restrictions previously placed on the range. + + + For more information, see the existing documentation for IStream::UnlockRegion in the MSDN library. + This class doesn't implement UnlockRegion. A COMException is thrown if it is used. + + + + + Writes a specified number of bytes into the stream object starting at the current seek pointer. + + + The buffer to write this stream to. + + + The number of bytes to write to the stream. + + + On successful return, contains the actual number of bytes written to the stream object. + If the caller sets this pointer to null, this method does not provide the actual number + of bytes written. + + + + + Releases resources controlled by this object. + + + Dispose can be called multiple times, but trying to use the object + after it has been disposed will generally throw ObjectDisposedExceptions. + + + + + Wrapper around File.Copy to provide feedback as to whether the file wasn't copied because it didn't exist. + + + + + + Simple guard against the exceptions that File.Delete throws on null and empty strings. + + The path to delete. Unlike File.Delete, this can be null or empty. + + Note that File.Delete, and by extension SafeDeleteFile, does not throw an exception + if the file does not exist. + + + + + Utility to help classes catenate their properties for implementing ToString(). + + The StringBuilder to catenate the results into. + The name of the property to be catenated. + The value of the property to be catenated. + + + + Generates ToString functionality for a struct. This is an expensive way to do it, + it exists for the sake of debugging while classes are in flux. + Eventually this should just be removed and the classes should + do this without reflection. + + + + + + + + Encodes a URL string. Duplicated functionality from System.Web.HttpUtility.UrlEncode. + + + + + Duplicated from System.Web.HttpUtility because System.Web isn't part of the client profile. + URL Encoding replaces ' ' with '+' and unsafe ASCII characters with '%XX'. + Safe characters are defined in RFC2396 (http://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc2396.txt). + They are the 7-bit ASCII alphanumerics and the mark characters "-_.!~*'()". + This implementation does not treat '~' as a safe character to be consistent with the System.Web version. + + + + GDI's DeleteObject + + + GDI+'s DisposeImage + + + + From a list of BitmapFrames find the one that best matches the requested dimensions. + The methods used here are copied from Win32 sources. We want to be consistent with + system behaviors. + + + Convert a native integer that represent a color with an alpha channel into a Color struct. + The integer that represents the color. Its bits are of the format 0xAARRGGBB. + A Color representation of the parameter. + + + + A static class for retail validated assertions. + Instead of breaking into the debugger an exception is thrown. + + + + + Ensure that the current thread's apartment state is what's expected. + + + The required apartment state for the current thread. + + + The message string for the exception to be thrown if the state is invalid. + + + Thrown if the calling thread's apartment state is not the same as the requiredState. + + + + + Ensure that an argument is neither null nor empty. + + The string to validate. + The name of the parameter that will be presented if an exception is thrown. + + + + Ensure that an argument is neither null nor does it consist only of whitespace. + + The string to validate. + The name of the parameter that will be presented if an exception is thrown. + + + Verifies that an argument is not null. + Type of the object to validate. Must be a class. + The object to validate. + The name of the parameter that will be presented if an exception is thrown. + + + Verifies that an argument is not null. + Type of the object to validate. Must be a class. + The object to validate. + The name of the parameter that will be presented if an exception is thrown. + + + Verifies that an argument is null. + Type of the object to validate. Must be a class. + The object to validate. + The name of the parameter that will be presented if an exception is thrown. + + + + Verifies the specified statement is true. Throws an ArgumentException if it's not. + + The statement to be verified as true. + Name of the parameter to include in the ArgumentException. + The message to include in the ArgumentException. + + + + Verifies that the specified value is within the expected range. The assertion fails if it isn't. + + The lower bound inclusive value. + The value to verify. + The upper bound exclusive value. + The name of the parameter that caused the current exception. + + + + Shows the system menu at the current mouse position. + + The window for which the system menu should be shown. + The mouse event args. + + + Display the system menu at a specified location. + The visual for which the system menu should be displayed. + The location to display the system menu, in logical screen coordinates. + + + Display the system menu at a specified location. + The visual for which the system menu should be displayed. + The location to display the system menu, in physical screen coordinates. + + The dpi of is NOT used to calculate the final coordinates. + So you have to pass the final coordinates. + + + + Display the system menu at a specified location. + The source/hwnd for which the system menu should be displayed. + The location to display the system menu, in physical screen coordinates. + + The dpi of is NOT used to calculate the final coordinates. + So you have to pass the final coordinates. + + + + + Private constructor. The public way to access this class is through the static Current property. + + + + + Critical as this accesses Native methods. + TreatAsSafe - it would be ok to expose this information - DPI in partial trust + + + + + Invalidates the rectangle or region that you specify in lprcUpdate or hrgnUpdate. + You can set only one of these parameters to a non-NULL value. If both are NULL, RDW_INVALIDATE invalidates the entire window. + + + + Causes the OS to post a WM_PAINT message to the window regardless of whether a portion of the window is invalid. + + + + Causes the window to receive a WM_ERASEBKGND message when the window is repainted. + Specify this value in combination with the RDW_INVALIDATE value; otherwise, RDW_ERASE has no effect. + + + + + Validates the rectangle or region that you specify in lprcUpdate or hrgnUpdate. + You can set only one of these parameters to a non-NULL value. If both are NULL, RDW_VALIDATE validates the entire window. + This value does not affect internal WM_PAINT messages. + + + + Suppresses any pending WM_ERASEBKGND messages. + + + Excludes child windows, if any, from the repainting operation. + + + Includes child windows, if any, in the repainting operation. + + + Causes the affected windows, which you specify by setting the RDW_ALLCHILDREN and RDW_NOCHILDREN values, to receive WM_ERASEBKGND and WM_PAINT messages before the RedrawWindow returns, if necessary. + + + + Causes the affected windows, which you specify by setting the RDW_ALLCHILDREN and RDW_NOCHILDREN values, to receive WM_ERASEBKGND messages before RedrawWindow returns, if necessary. + The affected windows receive WM_PAINT messages at the ordinary time. + + + + + Causes the dialog box to display all available colors in the set of basic colors. + + + + http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/ms182161.aspx + + + http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/windows/desktop/ms633572%28v=vs.85%29.aspx + + + http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/dd144901%28v=VS.85%29.aspx + + + http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/dd145064%28v=VS.85%29.aspx + + + http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/windows/desktop/ms647486%28v=vs.85%29.aspx + + + http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/windows/desktop/ms633528(v=vs.85).aspx + + + http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/windows/desktop/ms647985(v=vs.85).aspx + + + http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/windows/desktop/ms648003(v=vs.85).aspx + + + http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/windows/desktop/ms644944(v=vs.85).aspx + + + http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/windows/desktop/ms684175%28v=vs.85%29.aspx + + + http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/windows/desktop/ms683152%28v=vs.85%29.aspx + + + + Base class for creating an icon control for icon packs. + + + + + + Inheritors should provide a factory for setting up the path data index (per icon kind). + The factory will only be utilized once, across all closed instances (first instantiation wins). + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Gets or sets the icon to display. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Gets the icon path data for the current . + + + + + This custom popup can be used by validation error templates or something else. + It provides some additional nice features: + - repositioning if host-window size or location changed + - repositioning if host-window gets maximized and vice versa + - it's only topmost if the host-window is activated + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Gets or sets if the popup can be closed by left mouse button down. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Gets or sets whether if the Popup should be always on top. + + + + + Causes the popup to update it's position according to it's current settings. + + + + + SetWindowPos options + + + + + AddValueChanged of dependency property descriptor results in memory leak as you already know. + So, as described here, you can create custom class PropertyChangeNotifier to listen + to any dependency property changes. + + This class takes advantage of the fact that bindings use weak references to manage associations + so the class will not root the object who property changes it is watching. It also uses a WeakReference + to maintain a reference to the object whose property it is watching without rooting that object. + In this way, you can maintain a collection of these objects so that you can unhook the property + change later without worrying about that collection rooting the object whose values you are watching. + + Complete implementation can be found here: http://agsmith.wordpress.com/2008/04/07/propertydescriptor-addvaluechanged-alternative/ + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Gets or sets the value of the watched property. + + + + + + This struct represent a Color in HSL (Hue, Saturation, Luminance) + + Idea taken from here http://ciintelligence.blogspot.com/2012/02/converting-excel-theme-color-and-tint.html + and here: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HSL_and_HSV + + + + + Creates a new HSL Color + + Any System.Windows.Media.Color + + + + Creates a new HSL Color + + Alpha Channel [0;1] + Hue Channel [0;360] + Saturation Channel [0;1] + Luminance Channel [0;1] + + + + Gets or sets the Alpha channel. + + + + + Gets or sets the Hue channel. + + + + + Gets or sets the Saturation channel. + + + + + Gets or sets the Luminance channel. + + + + + Gets the ARGB-Color for this HSL-Color + + System.Windows.Media.Color + + + + Gets a lighter / darker color based on a tint value. If is > 0 then the returned color is darker, otherwise it will be lighter. + + Tint Value in the Range [-1;1]. + a new which is lighter or darker. + + + + Gets a lighter / darker color based on a tint value. If is > 0 then the returned color is darker, otherwise it will be lighter. + + The input color which should be tinted. + Tint Value in the Range [-1;1]. + a new which is lighter or darker. + + + + Represents a theme. + + + + + Gets the key for the library theme instance. + + + + + Gets the key for the theme color scheme. + + + + + Gets the key for the color values being used to generate a runtime theme. + + + + + Initializes a new instance. + + The URI of the theme ResourceDictionary. + The which created this instance. + + + + Initializes a new instance. + + The ResourceDictionary of the theme. + The which created this instance. + + + + + + + + + + + + + Get the origin of the theme. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + The root containing all resource dictionaries belonging to this instance as + + + + + Gets the alternative color scheme for this theme. + + + + + Determining Ideal Text Color Based on Specified Background Color + http://www.codeproject.com/KB/GDI-plus/IdealTextColor.aspx + + The background color. + + + + + Global options for . + + + + + Used to create the options being used to generate a single . + + + + + Options being used to generate one single . + + + + + Represents a theme. + + + + + Gets the key for the themes name. + + + + + Gets the key for the themes origin. + + + + + Gets the key for the themes display name. + + + + + Gets the key for the themes base color scheme. + + + + + Gets the key for the themes color scheme. + + + + + Gets the key for the themes primary accent color. + + + + + Gets the key for the themes showcase brush. + + + + + Gets the key for the themes runtime generation flag. + + + + + Gets the key for the themes high contrast flag. + + + + + Gets the key for the theme instance. + + + + + Initializes a new instance. + + The first of the theme. + + + + Gets whether this theme was generated at runtime. + + + + + Gets whether this theme is for high contrast mode. + + + + + Gets the name of the theme. + + + + + Gets the display name of the theme. + + + + + Get the base color scheme for this theme. + + + + + Gets the primary accent color for this theme. + + + + + Gets the color scheme for this theme. + + + + + Gets a brush which can be used to showcase this theme. + + + + + The root containing all resource dictionaries of all belonging to this instance as + + + + + The ResourceDictionaries that represent this theme. + + + + + The ResourceDictionaries that represent this theme. + + + + + Ensures that all from provided a for this . + + This instance for fluent call usage. + + + + Gets a flat list of all from all library themes. + + A flat list of all from all library themes. + + + + Adds a new to this . + + The to add. + This instance for fluent call usage. + + + + + + + Class which is used as argument for an event to signal theme changes. + + + + + Creates a new instance of this class. + + + + + The target object for which was targeted by the theme change. + + + + + The for which was targeted by the theme change. + + + + + The old theme. + + + + + The new theme. + + + + + A class that allows for the detection and alteration of a theme. + + + + + Gets the name for the light base color. + + + + + Gets the name for the light base color. + + + + + Gets the name for the dark base color. + + + + + Gets the name for the dark base color. + + + + + Gets a list of all library theme providers. + + + + + Gets a list of all themes. + + + + + Gets a list of all available base colors. + + + + + Gets a list of all available color schemes. + + + + + Clears the internal themes list. + + + + + Gets the with the given name. + + The or null, if the theme wasn't found + + + + Gets the with the given name. + + The or null, if the theme wasn't found + + + + Gets the with the given resource dictionary. + + from which the theme should be retrieved. + The or null, if the theme wasn't found. + + + + Gets the inverse of the given . + This method relies on the "Dark" or "Light" affix to be present. + + The app theme. + The inverse or null if it couldn't be found. + + Returns BaseLight, if BaseDark is given or vice versa. + Custom Themes must end with "Dark" or "Light" for this to work, for example "CustomDark" and "CustomLight". + + + + + Determines whether the specified resource dictionary represents a . + + This might include runtime themes which do not have a resource uri. + + The resources. + true if the resource dictionary is an ; otherwise, false. + resources + + + + Determines whether the specified resource dictionary represents a and was generated at runtime. + + This might include runtime themes which do not have a resource uri. + + The resources. + true if the resource dictionary is an ; otherwise, false. + resources + + + + Change the theme for the whole application. + + + + + Change theme for the given window. + + + + + Change theme for the whole application. + + The instance of Application to change. + The theme to apply. + + + + Change theme for the given ResourceDictionary. + + The FrameworkElement to change. + The theme to apply. + + + + Change theme for the given ResourceDictionary. + + The target object for which the theme change should be made. This is optional an can be null. + The ResourceDictionary to change. + The theme to apply. + + + + Change base color and color scheme of for the given application. + + The application to modify. + The base color to apply to the ResourceDictionary. + The color scheme to apply to the ResourceDictionary. + + + + Change base color and color scheme of for the given window. + + The FrameworkElement to modify. + The base color to apply to the ResourceDictionary. + The color scheme to apply to the ResourceDictionary. + + + + Change base color and color scheme of for the given ResourceDictionary. + + The target object for which the theme change should be made. This is optional an can be null. + The ResourceDictionary to modify. + The old/current theme. + The base color to apply to the ResourceDictionary. + The color scheme to apply to the ResourceDictionary. + + + + Change base color for the given application. + + The application to change. + The base color to apply to the ResourceDictionary. + + + + Change base color for the given window. + + The FrameworkElement to change. + The base color to apply to the ResourceDictionary. + + + + Change base color of for the given ResourceDictionary. + + The target object for which the theme change should be made. This is optional an can be null. + The ResourceDictionary to modify. + The old/current theme. + The base color to apply to the ResourceDictionary. + + + + Change color scheme for the given application. + + The application to change. + The color scheme to apply to the ResourceDictionary. + + + + Change color scheme for the given window. + + The FrameworkElement to change. + The color scheme to apply to the ResourceDictionary. + + + + Change color scheme for the given ResourceDictionary. + + The target object for which the theme change should be made. This is optional an can be null. + The ResourceDictionary to modify. + The old/current theme. + The color scheme to apply to the ResourceDictionary. + + + + Changes the theme of a ResourceDictionary directly. + + The ResourceDictionary to modify. + The theme to apply to the ResourceDictionary. + + + + Scans the resources and returns it's theme. + + If the theme can't be detected from the we try to detect it from . + + + + Scans the application resources and returns it's theme. + + The Application instance to scan. + + + + Scans the resources and returns it's theme. + + The FrameworkElement to scan. + If the theme can't be detected from the we try to detect it from . + + + + Scans a resources and returns it's theme. + + The ResourceDictionary to scan. + + + + This event fires if the theme was changed + this should be using the weak event pattern, but for now it's enough + + + + + Invalidates global colors and resources. + Sometimes the ContextMenu is not changing the colors, so this will fix it. + + + + + Synchronizes the current with the "app mode" setting from windows. + + + + + Gets or sets whether changes to the "app mode" setting from windows should be detected at runtime and the current be changed accordingly. + + + + + Gets or sets whether changes to the accent color settings from windows should be detected at runtime and the current be changed accordingly. + + + + + Gets or sets whether changes to the high contrast setting from windows should be detected at runtime and the current be changed accordingly. + + + + + Works around an issue in the XamlReader. + Without this fix the XamlReader would not be able to read the XAML we produced earlier because it does not know where to look for the types. + The real issue is that we can't use the full namespace, with assembly hint, at compile time of the original project because said assembly does not yet exist and would cause a compile time error. + Hence we have to use this workaround to enable both. + The issue + + The fixed version of . + + If you have the following in your XAML file: + xmlns:markup="clr-namespace:MahApps.Metro.Markup" + xmlns:markupWithAssembly="clr-namespace:MahApps.Metro.Markup;assembly=MahApps.Metro" + It get's converted to: + xmlns:markup="clr-namespace:MahApps.Metro.Markup;assembly=MahApps.Metro" + xmlns:markupWithAssembly="clr-namespace:MahApps.Metro.Markup;assembly=MahApps.Metro" + + + + + Indicates whether a tooltip should follow the mouse cursor. + + + + + Sets whether a tooltip should follow the mouse cursor. + + + + + Gets the horizontal offset for the relative placement of the Tooltip. + + + + + Sets the horizontal offset for the relative placement of the Tooltip. + + + + + Gets the vertical offset for the relative placement of the Tooltip. + + + + + Sets the vertical offset for the relative placement of the Tooltip. + + + + diff --git a/dotnet/packages/ControlzEx.4.3.0/lib/netcoreapp3.0/ControlzEx.dll b/dotnet/packages/ControlzEx.4.3.0/lib/netcoreapp3.0/ControlzEx.dll new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f7652128 Binary files /dev/null and b/dotnet/packages/ControlzEx.4.3.0/lib/netcoreapp3.0/ControlzEx.dll differ diff --git a/dotnet/packages/ControlzEx.4.3.0/lib/netcoreapp3.0/ControlzEx.pdb b/dotnet/packages/ControlzEx.4.3.0/lib/netcoreapp3.0/ControlzEx.pdb new file mode 100644 index 00000000..b5d90e39 Binary files /dev/null and b/dotnet/packages/ControlzEx.4.3.0/lib/netcoreapp3.0/ControlzEx.pdb differ diff --git a/dotnet/packages/ControlzEx.4.3.0/lib/netcoreapp3.0/ControlzEx.xml b/dotnet/packages/ControlzEx.4.3.0/lib/netcoreapp3.0/ControlzEx.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f86de8f9 --- /dev/null +++ b/dotnet/packages/ControlzEx.4.3.0/lib/netcoreapp3.0/ControlzEx.xml @@ -0,0 +1,3483 @@ + + + + ControlzEx + + + + + Automation-Peer for . + + + + + Initializes a new instance. + + + + + + + + Automation-Peer for in . + + + + + Initializes a new instance. + + + + + + + + Gets the real tab item. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Gets or sets the Badge content to display. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + The BadgeFontFamily property specifies the name of font family. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + The BadgeFontStyle property requests normal, italic, and oblique faces within a font family. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + The BadgeFontWeight property specifies the weight of the font. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + The BadgeFontStretch property selects a normal, condensed, or extended face from a font family. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + The BadgeFontSize property specifies the size of the font. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Gets or sets the background brush for the Badge. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Gets or sets the foreground brush for the Badge. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Gets or sets the border brush for the Badge. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Gets or sets the border thickness for the Badge. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Gets or sets the placement of the Badge relative to its content. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Gets or sets a margin which can be used to make minor adjustments to the placement of the Badge. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Gets or sets the for the Badge + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Gets or sets the for the Badge + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Gets or sets a composite string that specifies how to format the Badge property if it is displayed as a string. + + + This property is ignored if is set. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Indicates whether the Badge has content to display. + + + + + for . + + + + + Gets or sets a brush which is used as the glow when the window is active. + + + + + for . + + + + + Gets or sets a brush which is used as the glow when the window is not active. + + + + + for . + + + + + Defines whether glow transitions should be used or not. + + + + + for . + + + + + Gets or sets resize border thickness. + + + + + + + + Updates all glow windows (visible, hidden, collapsed) + + + + + Sets the opacity to all glow windows + + + + + Starts the opacity storyboard 0 -> 1 + + + + + Shows all glow windows + + + + + Closes all glow windows + + + + + Enables an InputMask for with 2 Properties: , . + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Pasting prüft ob korrekte Daten reingepastet werden + + + + + Falls eine Textauswahl vorliegt wird diese entsprechend behandelt. + + + + + With this class we can make custom window styles. + + + + Underlying HWND for the _window. + + Critical : Critical member + + + + Underlying HWND for the _window. + + Critical : Critical member provides access to HWND's window messages which are critical + + + + + Mirror property for . + + + + + for . + + + + + Defines if the Taskbar should be ignored when maximizing a Window. + This only works with WindowStyle = None. + + + + + for . + + + + + Gets/sets if the border thickness value should be kept on maximize + if the MaxHeight/MaxWidth of the window is less than the monitor resolution. + + + + + for . + + + + + Gets or sets whether the resizing of the window should be tried in a way that does not cause flicker/jitter, especially when resizing from the left side. + + + Please note that setting this to true may cause resize lag and black areas appearing on some systems. + + + + + for . + + + + + for . + + + + + Gets whether the non-client area is active or not. + + + + + Gets or sets whether if the minimize button is visible and the minimize system menu is enabled. + + + + + Gets or sets whether if the maximize/restore button is visible and the maximize/restore system menu is enabled. + + + + + + + + Gets the default resize border thicknes from the system parameters. + + + + + Occurs during the cleanup of this behavior. + + + + + + + + Is called when the associated object of this instance is loaded + + + + + This fix is needed because style triggers don't work if someone sets the value locally/directly on the window. + + + + + Critical : Store critical methods in critical callback table + Safe : Demands full trust permissions + + + + + Critical : Calls critical methods + Safe : Demands full trust permissions + + + + + Critical : Calls critical methods + + + + + Critical : Accesses critical _hwnd + + + + + Critical : Calls critical methods + + + + + Critical : Calls critical methods + + + + + Critical : Calls critical methods + + + + + This method handles the window size if the taskbar is set to auto-hide. + + + Critical : Calls critical methods + + + + + Critical : Calls critical Marshal.PtrToStructure + + + + + Critical : Calls critical methods + + + + + Critical : Calls critical methods + + + + + Critical : Calls critical method + + + + + Critical : Calls critical method + + + + + Critical : Calls critical Marshal.PtrToStructure + + + + + Critical : Calls critical Marshal.PtrToStructure + + + + + Critical : Calls critical methods + + + + + Critical : Calls critical methods + + + + + Critical : Calls critical methods + + + + + Critical : Calls critical methods + + + + + Critical : Calls critical methods + + + + + Critical : Calls critical methods + + + + Add and remove a native WindowStyle from the HWND. + The styles to be removed. These can be bitwise combined. + The styles to be added. These can be bitwise combined. + Whether the styles of the HWND were modified as a result of this call. + + Critical : Calls critical methods + + + + + Get the WindowState as the native HWND knows it to be. This isn't necessarily the same as what Window thinks. + + + Critical : Calls critical methods + + + + + Get the bounding rectangle for the window in physical coordinates. + + The bounding rectangle for the window. + + Critical : Calls critical methods + + + + + Update the items in the system menu based on the current, or assumed, WindowState. + + + The state to assume that the Window is in. This can be null to query the Window's state. + + + We want to update the menu while we have some control over whether the caption will be repainted. + + + Critical : Calls critical methods + + + + + Critical : Calls critical methods + + + + + Critical : Calls critical methods + + + + + Critical : Calls critical methods + + + + + Critical : Calls critical methods + + + + + Critical : Calls critical methods + + + + + Matrix of the HT values to return when responding to NC window messages. + + + + + Critical : Calls critical methods + + + + + Critical : Calls critical methods + + + + + GlowWindow + + + + + InitializeComponent + + + + + The standard WPF TabControl is quite bad in the fact that it only + even contains the current TabItem in the VisualTree, so if you + have complex views it takes a while to re-create the view each tab + selection change.Which makes the standard TabControl very sticky to + work with. This class along with its associated ControlTemplate + allow all TabItems to remain in the VisualTree without it being Sticky. + It does this by keeping all TabItem content in the VisualTree but + hides all inactive TabItem content, and only keeps the active TabItem + content shown. + + Acknowledgement + Eric Burke + http://eric.burke.name/dotnetmania/2009/04/26/22.09.28 + Sacha Barber: https://sachabarbs.wordpress.com/about-me/ + http://stackoverflow.com/a/10210889/920384 + http://stackoverflow.com/a/7838955/920384 + + + + + Initializes a new instance. + + + + + Defines if the TabPanel (Tab-Header) are visible. + + + + + Gets or sets the child content visibility. + + + The child content visibility. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + When the items change we remove any generated panel children and add any new ones as necessary. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Copied from . wish it were protected in that class instead of private. + + + + + Clears all current children by calling and calls afterwards. + + + + + Generate a ContentPresenter for the selected item and control the visibility of already created presenters. + + + + + Create the child ContentPresenter for the given item (could be data or a TabItem) if none exists. + + + + + Find the for the given object. Data could be a TabItem or a piece of data. + + + + + Gets the value associated with directly from . + + + + + Checks if directly contains . + + + + + Helper class for a common focusing problem. + The focus itself isn't the problem. If we use the common focusing methods the control get the focus + but it doesn't get the focus visual style. + The KeyboardNavigation class handles the visual style only if the control get the focus from a keyboard + device or if the SystemParameters.KeyboardCues is true. + + + + + Gets the KeyboardNavigationEx singleton instance. + + + + + Shows the focus visual of the current focused UI element. + Works only together with AlwaysShowFocusVisual property. + + + + + Focuses the specified element and shows the focus visual style. + + The element which will be focused. + + + + Attached DependencyProperty for setting AlwaysShowFocusVisual for a UI element. + + + + + Gets a the value which indicates if the UI element always show the focus visual style. + + + + + Sets a the value which indicates if the UI element always show the focus visual style. + + + + IID_IApplicationAssociationRegistration + + + IID_IConnectionPoint + + + IID_IConnectionPointContainer + + + IID_IEnumConnectionPoints + + + IID_IEnumConnections + + + IID_IEnumIDList + + + IID_IEnumObjects + + + IID_IFileDialog + + + IID_IFileDialogEvents + + + IID_IFileOpenDialog + + + IID_IFileSaveDialog + + + IID_IHTMLDocument + + + IID_IHTMLDocument2 + + + IID_IModalWindow + + + IID_IObjectArray + + + IID_IObjectCollection + + + IID_IPropertyNotifySink + + + IID_IPropertyStore + + + IID_IServiceProvider + + + IID_IShellFolder + + + IID_IShellLink + + + IID_IShellItem + + + IID_IShellItem2 + + + IID_IShellItemArray + + + IID_ITaskbarList + + + IID_ITaskbarList2 + + + IID_IUnknown + + + IID_IWebBrowser2 + + + DIID_DWebBrowserEvents + + + IID_DWebBrowserEvents2 + + + IID_IWICBitmapDecoder + + + IID_IWICBitmapFlipRotator + + + IID_IWICBitmapFrameDecode + + + IID_IWICBitmap + + + IID_IWICBitmapSource + + + IID_IWICFormatConverter + + + IID_IWICImagingFactory + + + IID_IWICStream + + + IID_IApplicationDestinations + + + IID_IApplicationDocumentLists + + + IID_ICustomDestinationList + + + IID_IObjectWithAppUserModelID + + + IID_IObjectWithProgID + + + IID_ITaskbarList3 + + + IID_ITaskbarList4 + + + SID_SWebBrowserApp + + + CLSID_ApplicationAssociationRegistration + IID_IApplicationAssociationRegistration + + + CLSID_DragDropHelper + + + CLSID_FileOpenDialog + IID_IFileOpenDialog + + + CLSID_FileSaveDialog + IID_IFileSaveDialog + + + CLSID_TaskbarList + IID_ITaskbarList + + + CLSID_EnumerableObjectCollection + IID_IEnumObjects. + + + CLSID_ShellLink + IID_IShellLink + + + CLSID_WICImagingFactory + + + CLSID_DestinationList + IID_ICustomDestinationList + + + CLSID_ApplicationDestinations + IID_IApplicationDestinations + + + CLSID_ApplicationDocumentLists + IID_IApplicationDocumentLists + + + A static class for verifying assumptions. + + + A function signature for Assert.Evaluate. + + + A function signature for Assert.Implies. + Returns the truth of a predicate. + + + + Executes the specified argument. + + The function to execute. + + + Obsolete: Use Standard.Assert.AreEqual instead of Assert.Equals + The generic type to compare for equality. + The first generic type data to compare. This is is the expected value. + The second generic type data to compare. This is the actual value. + + + + Verifies that two generic type data are equal. The assertion fails if they are not. + + The generic type to compare for equality. + The first generic type data to compare. This is is the expected value. + The second generic type data to compare. This is the actual value. + This breaks into the debugger in the case of a failed assertion. + + + + Verifies that two generic type data are not equal. The assertion fails if they are. + + The generic type to compare for inequality. + The first generic type data to compare. This is is the value that's not expected. + The second generic type data to compare. This is the actual value. + This breaks into the debugger in the case of a failed assertion. + + + + Verifies that if the specified condition is true, then so is the result. + The assertion fails if the condition is true but the result is false. + + if set to true [condition]. + + A second Boolean statement. If the first was true then so must this be. + If the first statement was false then the value of this is ignored. + + This breaks into the debugger in the case of a failed assertion. + + + + Lazy evaluation overload. Verifies that if a condition is true, then so is a secondary value. + + The conditional value. + A function to be evaluated for truth if the condition argument is true. + + This overload only evaluates the result if the first condition is true. + + + + + Verifies that a string has content. I.e. it is not null and it is not empty. + + The string to verify. + + + + Verifies that a string has content. I.e. it is not null and it is not purely whitespace. + + The string to verify. + + + + Verifies the specified value is not null. The assertion fails if it is. + + The generic reference type. + The value to check for nullness. + This breaks into the debugger in the case of a failed assertion. + + + + Verifies that the specified condition is false. The assertion fails if it is true. + + The expression that should be false. + This breaks into the debugger in the case of a failed assertion. + + + + Verifies that the specified condition is false. The assertion fails if it is true. + + The expression that should be false. + The message to display if the condition is true. + This breaks into the debugger in the case of a failed assertion. + + + + Verifies that the specified condition is true. The assertion fails if it is not. + + A condition that is expected to be true. + This breaks into the debugger in the case of a failed assertion. + + + + Verifies that the specified condition is true. The assertion fails if it is not. + + A condition that is expected to be true. + The message to write in case the condition is false. + This breaks into the debugger in the case of a failed assertion. + + + + This line should never be executed. The assertion always fails. + + This breaks into the debugger in the case of a failed assertion. + + + + This line should never be executed. The assertion always fails. + + The message to display if this function is executed. + This breaks into the debugger in the case of a failed assertion. + + + + Verifies that the specified object is null. The assertion fails if it is not. + + The item to verify is null. + + + + Verifies that the specified value is within the expected range. The assertion fails if it isn't. + + The lower bound inclusive value. + The value to verify. + The upper bound inclusive value. + + + + Verifies that the specified value is within the expected range. The assertion fails if it isn't. + + The lower bound inclusive value. + The value to verify. + The upper bound exclusive value. + + + + Verify the current thread's apartment state is what's expected. The assertion fails if it isn't + + + The expected apartment state for the current thread. + + This breaks into the debugger in the case of a failed assertion. + + + + DoubleUtil uses fixed eps to provide fuzzy comparison functionality for doubles. + Note that FP noise is a big problem and using any of these compare + methods is not a complete solution, but rather the way to reduce + the probability of repeating unnecessary work. + + + + + Epsilon - more or less random, more or less small number. + + + + + AreClose returns whether or not two doubles are "close". That is, whether or + not they are within epsilon of each other. + There are plenty of ways for this to return false even for numbers which + are theoretically identical, so no code calling this should fail to work if this + returns false. + + The first double to compare. + The second double to compare. + The result of the AreClose comparision. + + + + LessThan returns whether or not the first double is less than the second double. + That is, whether or not the first is strictly less than *and* not within epsilon of + the other number. + There are plenty of ways for this to return false even for numbers which + are theoretically identical, so no code calling this should fail to work if this + returns false. + + The first double to compare. + The second double to compare. + The result of the LessThan comparision. + + + + GreaterThan returns whether or not the first double is greater than the second double. + That is, whether or not the first is strictly greater than *and* not within epsilon of + the other number. + There are plenty of ways for this to return false even for numbers which + are theoretically identical, so no code calling this should fail to work if this + returns false. + + The first double to compare. + The second double to compare. + The result of the GreaterThan comparision. + + + + LessThanOrClose returns whether or not the first double is less than or close to + the second double. That is, whether or not the first is strictly less than or within + epsilon of the other number. + There are plenty of ways for this to return false even for numbers which + are theoretically identical, so no code calling this should fail to work if this + returns false. + + The first double to compare. + The second double to compare. + The result of the LessThanOrClose comparision. + + + + GreaterThanOrClose returns whether or not the first double is greater than or close to + the second double. That is, whether or not the first is strictly greater than or within + epsilon of the other number. + There are plenty of ways for this to return false even for numbers which + are theoretically identical, so no code calling this should fail to work if this + returns false. + + The first double to compare. + The second double to compare. + The result of the GreaterThanOrClose comparision. + + + + Test to see if a double is a finite number (is not NaN or Infinity). + + The value to test. + Whether or not the value is a finite number. + + + + Test to see if a double a valid size value (is finite and > 0). + + The value to test. + Whether or not the value is a valid size value. + + + + Convert a point in device independent pixels (1/96") to a point in the system coordinates. + + A point in the logical coordinate system. + Returns the parameter converted to the system's coordinates. + + + + Convert a point in system coordinates to a point in device independent pixels (1/96"). + + A point in the physical coordinate system. + Returns the parameter converted to the device independent coordinate system. + + + + Wrapper for common Win32 status codes. + + + + The operation completed successfully. + + + Incorrect function. + + + The system cannot find the file specified. + + + The system cannot find the path specified. + + + The system cannot open the file. + + + Access is denied. + + + The handle is invalid. + + + Not enough storage is available to complete this operation. + + + There are no more files. + + + The process cannot access the file because it is being used by another process. + + + The parameter is incorrect. + + + The data area passed to a system call is too small. + + + Cannot nest calls to LoadModule. + + + Illegal operation attempted on a registry key that has been marked for deletion. + + + Element not found. + + + There was no match for the specified key in the index. + + + An invalid device was specified. + + + The operation was canceled by the user. + + + Cannot find window class. + + + The window class was already registered. + + + The specified datatype is invalid. + + + + Create a new Win32 error. + + The integer value of the error. + + + Performs HRESULT_FROM_WIN32 conversion. + The Win32 error being converted to an HRESULT. + The equivilent HRESULT value. + + + Performs HRESULT_FROM_WIN32 conversion. + The equivilent HRESULT value. + + + Performs the equivalent of Win32's GetLastError() + A Win32Error instance with the result of the native GetLastError + + + + Compare two Win32 error codes for equality. + + The first error code to compare. + The second error code to compare. + Whether the two error codes are the same. + + + + Compare two Win32 error codes for inequality. + + The first error code to compare. + The second error code to compare. + Whether the two error codes are not the same. + + + FACILITY_NULL + + + FACILITY_RPC + + + FACILITY_DISPATCH + + + FACILITY_STORAGE + + + FACILITY_ITF + + + FACILITY_WIN32 + + + FACILITY_WINDOWS + + + FACILITY_CONTROL + + + MSDN doced facility code for ESE errors. + + + FACILITY_WINCODEC (WIC) + + + Wrapper for HRESULT status codes. + + + S_OK + + + S_FALSE + + + E_PENDING + + + E_NOTIMPL + + + E_NOINTERFACE + + + E_POINTER + + + E_ABORT + + + E_FAIL + + + E_UNEXPECTED + + + STG_E_INVALIDFUNCTION + + + REGDB_E_CLASSNOTREG + + + DESTS_E_NO_MATCHING_ASSOC_HANDLER. Win7 internal error code for Jump Lists. + There is no Assoc Handler for the given item registered by the specified application. + + + DESTS_E_NORECDOCS. Win7 internal error code for Jump Lists. + The given item is excluded from the recent docs folder by the NoRecDocs bit on its registration. + + + DESTS_E_NOTALLCLEARED. Win7 internal error code for Jump Lists. + Not all of the items were successfully cleared + + + E_ACCESSDENIED + Win32Error ERROR_ACCESS_DENIED. + + + E_OUTOFMEMORY + Win32Error ERROR_OUTOFMEMORY. + + + E_INVALIDARG + Win32Error ERROR_INVALID_PARAMETER. + + + INTSAFE_E_ARITHMETIC_OVERFLOW + + + COR_E_OBJECTDISPOSED + + + WC_E_GREATERTHAN + + + WC_E_SYNTAX + + + + Create an HRESULT from an integer value. + + + + + + Convert an HRESULT to an int. Used for COM interface declarations out of our control. + + + + + retrieve HRESULT_FACILITY + + + + + retrieve HRESULT_CODE + + + + + Get a string representation of this HRESULT. + + + + + + Convert the result of Win32 GetLastError() into a raised exception. + + + + + Gets the monitor information from the current cursor position. + + + + + + HIGHCONTRAST flags + + + + + DROPIMAGE_* + + + + + BITMAPINFOHEADER Compression type. BI_*. + + + + + CombingRgn flags. RGN_* + + + + + Creates the intersection of the two combined regions. + + + + + Creates the union of two combined regions. + + + + + Creates the union of two combined regions except for any overlapping areas. + + + + + Combines the parts of hrgnSrc1 that are not part of hrgnSrc2. + + + + + Creates a copy of the region identified by hrgnSrc1. + + + + + For IWebBrowser2. OLECMDEXECOPT_* + + + + + For IWebBrowser2. OLECMDF_* + + + + + For IWebBrowser2. OLECMDID_* + + + + + For IWebBrowser2. READYSTATE_* + + + + + DATAOBJ_GET_ITEM_FLAGS. DOGIF_*. + + + + Use the system default, which is to display all error dialog boxes. + + + + The system does not display the critical-error-handler message box. + Instead, the system sends the error to the calling process. + + + + + 64-bit Windows: The system automatically fixes memory alignment faults and makes them + invisible to the application. It does this for the calling process and any descendant processes. + After this value is set for a process, subsequent attempts to clear the value are ignored. + + + + + The system does not display the general-protection-fault message box. + This flag should only be set by debugging applications that handle general + protection (GP) faults themselves with an exception handler. + + + + + The system does not display a message box when it fails to find a file. + Instead, the error is returned to the calling process. + + + + + Non-client hit test values, HT* + + + + + GetClassLongPtr values, GCLP_* + + + + + https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/windows/desktop/api/winuser/nf-winuser-getwindow + + + + + GetWindowLongPtr values, GWL_* + + + + + SystemMetrics. SM_* + + + + + SystemParameterInfo values, SPI_* + + + + + SystemParameterInfo flag values, SPIF_* + + + + + CS_* + + + + + WindowStyle values, WS_* + + + + + Window message values, WM_* + + + + + Window style extended values, WS_EX_* + + + + + GetDeviceCaps nIndex values. + + + + Number of bits per pixel + + + + + Number of planes + + + + + Logical pixels inch in X + + + + + Logical pixels inch in Y + + + + + "FILEOP_FLAGS", FOF_*. + + + + + EnableMenuItem uEnable values, MF_* + + + + + Possible return value for EnableMenuItem + + + + Specifies the type of visual style attribute to set on a window. + + + Non-client area window attributes will be set. + + + + DWMFLIP3DWINDOWPOLICY. DWMFLIP3D_* + + + + + DWMNCRENDERINGPOLICY. DWMNCRP_* + + + + + DWMWINDOWATTRIBUTE. DWMWA_* + + + + + WindowThemeNonClientAttributes + + + + Prevents the window caption from being drawn. + + + Prevents the system icon from being drawn. + + + Prevents the system icon menu from appearing. + + + Prevents mirroring of the question mark, even in right-to-left (RTL) layout. + + + A mask that contains all the valid bits. + + + + SetWindowPos options + + + + + ShowWindow options + + + + + SCF_ISSECURE + + + + + GDI+ Status codes + + + + + MSGFLT_*. New in Vista. Realiased in Windows 7. + + + + + Shell_NotifyIcon messages. NIM_* + + + + + SHAddToRecentDocuments flags. SHARD_* + + + + + Shell_NotifyIcon flags. NIF_* + + + + + Vista only. + + + + + Vista only. + + + + + Shell_NotifyIcon info flags. NIIF_* + + + + XP SP2 and later. + + + XP and later. + + + Vista and later. + + + Windows 7 and later + + + XP and later. Native version called NIIF_ICON_MASK. + + + + AC_* + + + + + The state of the icon. There are two flags that can be set independently. + NIS_HIDDEN = 1. The icon is hidden. + NIS_SHAREDICON = 2. The icon is shared. + + + + The idlist for the shell item that should be added to the recent docs folder. + + + The id of the application that should be associated with this recent doc. + + + Defines options that are used to set window visual style attributes. + + + + A combination of flags that modify window visual style attributes. + Can be a combination of the WTNCA constants. + + + + + A bitmask that describes how the values specified in dwFlags should be applied. + If the bit corresponding to a value in dwFlags is 0, that flag will be removed. + If the bit is 1, the flag will be added. + + + + Width of left border that retains its size. + + + Width of right border that retains its size. + + + Height of top border that retains its size. + + + Height of bottom border that retains its size. + + + + + + + initialize this field using: Marshal.SizeOf(typeof(APPBARDATA)); + + + + Delegate declaration that matches native WndProc signatures. + + + Delegate declaration that matches managed WndProc signatures. + + + + Try to get the relative mouse position to the given handle in client coordinates. + + The handle for this method. + The relative mouse position to the given handle. + + + + https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/windows/desktop/api/winuser/nf-winuser-getwindow + + + + + Sets attributes to control how visual styles are applied to a specified window. + + + Handle to a window to apply changes to. + + + Value of type WINDOWTHEMEATTRIBUTETYPE that specifies the type of attribute to set. + The value of this parameter determines the type of data that should be passed in the pvAttribute parameter. + Can be the following value: + WTA_NONCLIENT (Specifies non-client related attributes). + pvAttribute must be a pointer of type WTA_OPTIONS. + + + A pointer that specifies attributes to set. Type is determined by the value of the eAttribute value. + + + Specifies the size, in bytes, of the data pointed to by pvAttribute. + + + + + Retrieves the show state and the restored, minimized, and maximized positions of the specified window. + + A handle to the window. + A pointer to the WINDOWPLACEMENT structure that receives the show state and position information. + + Before calling GetWindowPlacement, set the length member to sizeof(WINDOWPLACEMENT). + GetWindowPlacement fails if lpwndpl-> length is not set correctly. + + If the function succeeds, the return value is nonzero. If the function fails, the return value is zero. + + + + Sets the show state and the restored, minimized, and maximized positions of the specified window. + + A handle to the window. + A pointer to a WINDOWPLACEMENT structure that specifies the new show state and window positions. + + Before calling SetWindowPlacement, set the length member of the WINDOWPLACEMENT structure to sizeof(WINDOWPLACEMENT). + SetWindowPlacement fails if the length member is not set correctly. + + If the function succeeds, the return value is nonzero. If the function fails, the return value is zero. + + + + The MonitorFromRect function retrieves a handle to the display monitor that + has the largest area of intersection with a specified rectangle. + + Pointer to a RECT structure that specifies the rectangle of interest in + virtual-screen coordinates + Determines the function's return value if the rectangle does not intersect + any display monitor + + If the rectangle intersects one or more display monitor rectangles, the return value + is an HMONITOR handle to the display monitor that has the largest area of intersection with the rectangle. + If the rectangle does not intersect a display monitor, the return value depends on the value of dwFlags. + + + + + Loads an icon, cursor, animated cursor, or bitmap. + + Handle to the module of either a DLL or executable (.exe) that contains the image to be loaded + Specifies the image to load + Specifies the type of image to be loaded. + Specifies the width, in pixels, of the icon or cursor + Specifies the height, in pixels, of the icon or cursor + This parameter can be one or more of the following values. + If the function succeeds, the return value is the requested value.If the function fails, the return value is zero. To get extended error information, call GetLastError. + + + + Creates a Color dialog box that enables the user to select a color. + + A pointer to a CHOOSECOLOR structure that contains information used to initialize the dialog box. When ChooseColor returns, this structure contains information about the user's color selection. + If the user clicks the OK button of the dialog box, the return value is nonzero. The rgbResult member of the CHOOSECOLOR structure contains the RGB color value of the color selected by the user.If the user cancels or closes the Color dialog box or an error occurs, the return value is zero. + + + + Contains information the ChooseColor function uses to initialize the Color dialog box. After the user closes the dialog box, the system returns information about the user's selection in this structure. + + + + + The length, in bytes, of the structure. + + + + + A handle to the window that owns the dialog box. This member can be any valid window handle, or it can be NULL if the dialog box has no owner. + + + + + If the CC_ENABLETEMPLATEHANDLE flag is set in the Flags member, hInstance is a handle to a memory object containing a dialog box template. If the CC_ENABLETEMPLATE flag is set, hInstance is a handle to a module that contains a dialog box template named by the lpTemplateName member. If neither CC_ENABLETEMPLATEHANDLE nor CC_ENABLETEMPLATE is set, this member is ignored. + + + + + If the CC_RGBINIT flag is set, rgbResult specifies the color initially selected when the dialog box is created. If the specified color value is not among the available colors, the system selects the nearest solid color available. If rgbResult is zero or CC_RGBINIT is not set, the initially selected color is black. If the user clicks the OK button, rgbResult specifies the user's color selection. To create a COLORREF color value, use the RGB macro. + + + + + A pointer to an array of 16 values that contain red, green, blue (RGB) values for the custom color boxes in the dialog box. If the user modifies these colors, the system updates the array with the new RGB values. To preserve new custom colors between calls to the ChooseColor function, you should allocate static memory for the array. To create a COLORREF color value, use the RGB macro. + + + + + A set of bit flags that you can use to initialize the Color dialog box. When the dialog box returns, it sets these flags to indicate the user's input. + + + + + Application-defined data that the system passes to the hook procedure identified by the lpfnHook member. When the system sends the WM_INITDIALOG message to the hook procedure, the message's lParam parameter is a pointer to the CHOOSECOLOR structure specified when the dialog was created. The hook procedure can use this pointer to get the lCustData value. + + + + + A pointer to a CCHookProc hook procedure that can process messages intended for the dialog box. This member is ignored unless the CC_ENABLEHOOK flag is set in the Flags member. + + + + + The name of the dialog box template resource in the module identified by the hInstance member. This template is substituted for the standard dialog box template. For numbered dialog box resources, lpTemplateName can be a value returned by the MAKEINTRESOURCE macro. This member is ignored unless the CC_ENABLETEMPLATE flag is set in the Flags member. + + + + + Stop flashing. The system restores the window to its original state. + + + + + Flash the window caption + + + + + Flash the taskbar button. + + + + + Flash both the window caption and taskbar button. + This is equivalent to setting the FLASHW_CAPTION | FLASHW_TRAY flags. + + + + + Flash continuously, until the FLASHW_STOP flag is set. + + + + + Flash continuously until the window comes to the foreground. + + + + Overload of SystemParametersInfo for getting and setting NONCLIENTMETRICS. + + + Overload of SystemParametersInfo for getting and setting HIGHCONTRAST. + + + + Sets the User Model AppID for the current process, enabling Windows to retrieve this ID + + + + + + Retrieves the User Model AppID that has been explicitly set for the current process via SetCurrentProcessExplicitAppUserModelID + + + + + ASSOCIATIONLEVEL, AL_* + + + ASSOCIATIONTYPE, AT_* + + + FileDialog AddPlace options. FDAP_* + + + IFileDialog options. FOS_* + + + FDE_OVERWRITE_RESPONSE. FDEOR_* + + + FDE_SHAREVIOLATION_RESPONSE. FDESVR_* + + + ShellItem attribute flags. SIATTRIBFLAGS_* + + + + Flags for SetTabProperties. STPF_* + + The native enum was called STPFLAG. + + + + Flags for Setting Taskbar Progress state. TBPF_* + + + The native enum was called TBPFLAG. + + + + + THUMBBUTTON mask. THB_* + + + + + THUMBBUTTON flags. THBF_* + + + + + GetPropertyStoreFlags. GPS_*. + + + These are new for Vista, but are used in downlevel components + + + + + KNOWNDESTCATEGORY. KDC_* + + + + Objects can be copied + DROPEFFECT_COPY + + + Objects can be moved + DROPEFFECT_MOVE + + + Objects can be linked + + DROPEFFECT_LINK. + + If this bit is set on an item in the shell folder, a + 'Create Shortcut' menu item will be added to the File + menu and context menus for the item. If the user selects + that command, your IContextMenu::InvokeCommand() will be called + with 'link'. + That flag will also be used to determine if 'Create Shortcut' + should be added when the item in your folder is dragged to another + folder. + + + + supports BindToObject(IID_IStorage) + + + Objects can be renamed + + + Objects can be deleted + + + Objects have property sheets + + + Objects are drop target + + + Object is encrypted (use alt color) + + + 'Slow' object + + + Ghosted icon + + + Shortcut (link) + + + Shared + + + Read-only + + + Hidden object + + + May contain children with SFGAO_FILESYSTEM + + + Support BindToObject(IID_IShellFolder) + + + Is a win32 file system object (file/folder/root) + + + May contain children with SFGAO_FOLDER (may be slow) + + + Invalidate cached information (may be slow) + + + Is this removeable media? + + + Object is compressed (use alt color) + + + Supports IShellFolder, but only implements CreateViewObject() (non-folder view) + + + Is a non-enumerated object (should be hidden) + + + Should show bold in explorer tree + + + Obsolete + + + Obsolete + + + Supports BindToObject(IID_IStream) + + + May contain children with SFGAO_STORAGE or SFGAO_STREAM + + + For determining storage capabilities, ie for open/save semantics + + + + Attributes that are masked out for PKEY_SFGAOFlags because they are considered + to cause slow calculations or lack context + (SFGAO_VALIDATE | SFGAO_ISSLOW | SFGAO_HASSUBFOLDER and others) + + + + + IShellFolder::EnumObjects grfFlags bits. Also called SHCONT + + + + + IShellFolder::GetDisplayNameOf/SetNameOf uFlags. Also called SHGDNF. + + + For compatibility with SIGDN, these bits must all sit in the LOW word. + + + + + SHELLITEMCOMPAREHINTF. SICHINT_*. + + + + iOrder based on display in a folder view + + + exact instance compare + + + iOrder based on canonical name (better performance) + + + + ShellItem enum. SIGDN_*. + + + + + STR_GPS_* + + + When requesting a property store through IShellFolder, you can specify the equivalent of + GPS_DEFAULT by passing in a null IBindCtx parameter. + + You can specify the equivalent of GPS_READWRITE by passing a mode of STGM_READWRITE | STGM_EXCLUSIVE + in the bind context + + Here are the string versions of GPS_ flags, passed to IShellFolder::BindToObject() via IBindCtx::RegisterObjectParam() + These flags are valid when requesting an IPropertySetStorage or IPropertyStore handler + + The meaning of these flags are described above. + + There is no STR_ equivalent for GPS_TEMPORARY because temporary property stores + are provided by IShellItem2 only -- not by the underlying IShellFolder. + + + + + WPARAM value for a THUMBBUTTON being clicked. + + + + fmtid + + + pid + + + PKEY_Title + + + PKEY_AppUserModel_ID + + + PKEY_AppUserModel_IsDestListSeparator + + + PKEY_AppUserModel_RelaunchCommand + + + PKEY_AppUserModel_RelaunchDisplayNameResource + + + PKEY_AppUserModel_RelaunchIconResource + + + Unknown Object Array + + + + Shell Namespace helper + + + + + Shell Namespace helper 2 + + + + + This function must be called first to validate use of other members. + + + + + This function adds a tab for hwnd to the taskbar. + + The HWND for which to add the tab. + + + + This function deletes a tab for hwnd from the taskbar. + + The HWND for which the tab is to be deleted. + + + + This function activates the tab associated with hwnd on the taskbar. + + The HWND for which the tab is to be actuvated. + + + + This function marks hwnd in the taskbar as the active tab. + + The HWND to activate. + + + + Marks a window as full-screen. + + The handle of the window to be marked. + A Boolean value marking the desired full-screen status of the window. + + Setting the value of fFullscreen to true, the Shell treats this window as a full-screen window, and the taskbar + is moved to the bottom of the z-order when this window is active. Setting the value of fFullscreen to false + removes the full-screen marking, but does not cause the Shell to treat the window as though it were + definitely not full-screen. With a false fFullscreen value, the Shell depends on its automatic detection facility + to specify how the window should be treated, possibly still flagging the window as full-screen. + + + + + Allows an application to retrieve the most recent and frequent documents opened in that app, as reported via SHAddToRecentDocs + + + + + Set the App User Model ID for the application retrieving this list. If an AppID is not provided via this method, + the system will use a heuristically determined ID. This method must be called before GetList. + + App Id. + + + + Retrieve an IEnumObjects or IObjectArray for IShellItems and/or IShellLinks. + Items may appear in both the frequent and recent lists. + + + + + + Provides access to the App User Model ID on objects supporting this value. + + + + + Provides access to the ProgID associated with an object + + + + + Wraps an IStream interface pointer from COM into a form consumable by .Net. + + + This implementation is immutable, though it's possible that the underlying + stream can be changed in another context. + + + + + Wraps a native IStream interface into a CLR Stream subclass. + + + The stream that this object wraps. + + + Note that the parameter is passed by ref. On successful creation it is + zeroed out to the caller. This object becomes responsible for the lifetime + management of the wrapped IStream. + + + + + Wraps a managed stream instance into an interface pointer consumable by COM. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the ManagedIStream class with the specified managed Stream object. + + + The stream that this IStream reference is wrapping. + + + + + Creates a new stream object with its own seek pointer that + references the same bytes as the original stream. + + + When this method returns, contains the new stream object. This parameter is passed uninitialized. + + + For more information, see the existing documentation for IStream::Clone in the MSDN library. + This class doesn't implement Clone. A COMException is thrown if it is used. + + + + + Ensures that any changes made to a stream object that is open in transacted + mode are reflected in the parent storage. + + + A value that controls how the changes for the stream object are committed. + + + For more information, see the existing documentation for IStream::Commit in the MSDN library. + + + + + Copies a specified number of bytes from the current seek pointer in the + stream to the current seek pointer in another stream. + + + A reference to the destination stream. + + + The number of bytes to copy from the source stream. + + + On successful return, contains the actual number of bytes read from the source. + (Note the native signature is to a ULARGE_INTEGER*, so 64 bits are written + to this parameter on success.) + + + On successful return, contains the actual number of bytes written to the destination. + (Note the native signature is to a ULARGE_INTEGER*, so 64 bits are written + to this parameter on success.) + + + + + Restricts access to a specified range of bytes in the stream. + + + The byte offset for the beginning of the range. + + + The length of the range, in bytes, to restrict. + + + The requested restrictions on accessing the range. + + + For more information, see the existing documentation for IStream::LockRegion in the MSDN library. + This class doesn't implement LockRegion. A COMException is thrown if it is used. + + + + + Reads a specified number of bytes from the stream object into memory starting at the current seek pointer. + + + When this method returns, contains the data read from the stream. This parameter is passed uninitialized. + + + The number of bytes to read from the stream object. + + + A pointer to a ULONG variable that receives the actual number of bytes read from the stream object. + + + For more information, see the existing documentation for ISequentialStream::Read in the MSDN library. + + + + + Discards all changes that have been made to a transacted stream since the last Commit call. + + + This class doesn't implement Revert. A COMException is thrown if it is used. + + + + + Changes the seek pointer to a new location relative to the beginning of the + stream, to the end of the stream, or to the current seek pointer. + + + The displacement to add to dwOrigin. + + + The origin of the seek. The origin can be the beginning of the file, the current seek pointer, or the end of the file. + + + On successful return, contains the offset of the seek pointer from the beginning of the stream. + (Note the native signature is to a ULARGE_INTEGER*, so 64 bits are written + to this parameter on success.) + + + For more information, see the existing documentation for IStream::Seek in the MSDN library. + + + + + Changes the size of the stream object. + + + The new size of the stream as a number of bytes. + + + For more information, see the existing documentation for IStream::SetSize in the MSDN library. + + + + + Retrieves the STATSTG structure for this stream. + + + When this method returns, contains a STATSTG structure that describes this stream object. + This parameter is passed uninitialized. + + + Members in the STATSTG structure that this method does not return, thus saving some memory allocation operations. + + + + + Removes the access restriction on a range of bytes previously restricted with the LockRegion method. + + The byte offset for the beginning of the range. + + + The length, in bytes, of the range to restrict. + + + The access restrictions previously placed on the range. + + + For more information, see the existing documentation for IStream::UnlockRegion in the MSDN library. + This class doesn't implement UnlockRegion. A COMException is thrown if it is used. + + + + + Writes a specified number of bytes into the stream object starting at the current seek pointer. + + + The buffer to write this stream to. + + + The number of bytes to write to the stream. + + + On successful return, contains the actual number of bytes written to the stream object. + If the caller sets this pointer to null, this method does not provide the actual number + of bytes written. + + + + + Releases resources controlled by this object. + + + Dispose can be called multiple times, but trying to use the object + after it has been disposed will generally throw ObjectDisposedExceptions. + + + + + Wrapper around File.Copy to provide feedback as to whether the file wasn't copied because it didn't exist. + + + + + + Simple guard against the exceptions that File.Delete throws on null and empty strings. + + The path to delete. Unlike File.Delete, this can be null or empty. + + Note that File.Delete, and by extension SafeDeleteFile, does not throw an exception + if the file does not exist. + + + + + Utility to help classes catenate their properties for implementing ToString(). + + The StringBuilder to catenate the results into. + The name of the property to be catenated. + The value of the property to be catenated. + + + + Generates ToString functionality for a struct. This is an expensive way to do it, + it exists for the sake of debugging while classes are in flux. + Eventually this should just be removed and the classes should + do this without reflection. + + + + + + + + Encodes a URL string. Duplicated functionality from System.Web.HttpUtility.UrlEncode. + + + + + Duplicated from System.Web.HttpUtility because System.Web isn't part of the client profile. + URL Encoding replaces ' ' with '+' and unsafe ASCII characters with '%XX'. + Safe characters are defined in RFC2396 (http://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc2396.txt). + They are the 7-bit ASCII alphanumerics and the mark characters "-_.!~*'()". + This implementation does not treat '~' as a safe character to be consistent with the System.Web version. + + + + GDI's DeleteObject + + + GDI+'s DisposeImage + + + + From a list of BitmapFrames find the one that best matches the requested dimensions. + The methods used here are copied from Win32 sources. We want to be consistent with + system behaviors. + + + Convert a native integer that represent a color with an alpha channel into a Color struct. + The integer that represents the color. Its bits are of the format 0xAARRGGBB. + A Color representation of the parameter. + + + + A static class for retail validated assertions. + Instead of breaking into the debugger an exception is thrown. + + + + + Ensure that the current thread's apartment state is what's expected. + + + The required apartment state for the current thread. + + + The message string for the exception to be thrown if the state is invalid. + + + Thrown if the calling thread's apartment state is not the same as the requiredState. + + + + + Ensure that an argument is neither null nor empty. + + The string to validate. + The name of the parameter that will be presented if an exception is thrown. + + + + Ensure that an argument is neither null nor does it consist only of whitespace. + + The string to validate. + The name of the parameter that will be presented if an exception is thrown. + + + Verifies that an argument is not null. + Type of the object to validate. Must be a class. + The object to validate. + The name of the parameter that will be presented if an exception is thrown. + + + Verifies that an argument is not null. + Type of the object to validate. Must be a class. + The object to validate. + The name of the parameter that will be presented if an exception is thrown. + + + Verifies that an argument is null. + Type of the object to validate. Must be a class. + The object to validate. + The name of the parameter that will be presented if an exception is thrown. + + + + Verifies the specified statement is true. Throws an ArgumentException if it's not. + + The statement to be verified as true. + Name of the parameter to include in the ArgumentException. + The message to include in the ArgumentException. + + + + Verifies that the specified value is within the expected range. The assertion fails if it isn't. + + The lower bound inclusive value. + The value to verify. + The upper bound exclusive value. + The name of the parameter that caused the current exception. + + + + Shows the system menu at the current mouse position. + + The window for which the system menu should be shown. + The mouse event args. + + + Display the system menu at a specified location. + The visual for which the system menu should be displayed. + The location to display the system menu, in logical screen coordinates. + + + Display the system menu at a specified location. + The visual for which the system menu should be displayed. + The location to display the system menu, in physical screen coordinates. + + The dpi of is NOT used to calculate the final coordinates. + So you have to pass the final coordinates. + + + + Display the system menu at a specified location. + The source/hwnd for which the system menu should be displayed. + The location to display the system menu, in physical screen coordinates. + + The dpi of is NOT used to calculate the final coordinates. + So you have to pass the final coordinates. + + + + + Private constructor. The public way to access this class is through the static Current property. + + + + + Critical as this accesses Native methods. + TreatAsSafe - it would be ok to expose this information - DPI in partial trust + + + + + Invalidates the rectangle or region that you specify in lprcUpdate or hrgnUpdate. + You can set only one of these parameters to a non-NULL value. If both are NULL, RDW_INVALIDATE invalidates the entire window. + + + + Causes the OS to post a WM_PAINT message to the window regardless of whether a portion of the window is invalid. + + + + Causes the window to receive a WM_ERASEBKGND message when the window is repainted. + Specify this value in combination with the RDW_INVALIDATE value; otherwise, RDW_ERASE has no effect. + + + + + Validates the rectangle or region that you specify in lprcUpdate or hrgnUpdate. + You can set only one of these parameters to a non-NULL value. If both are NULL, RDW_VALIDATE validates the entire window. + This value does not affect internal WM_PAINT messages. + + + + Suppresses any pending WM_ERASEBKGND messages. + + + Excludes child windows, if any, from the repainting operation. + + + Includes child windows, if any, in the repainting operation. + + + Causes the affected windows, which you specify by setting the RDW_ALLCHILDREN and RDW_NOCHILDREN values, to receive WM_ERASEBKGND and WM_PAINT messages before the RedrawWindow returns, if necessary. + + + + Causes the affected windows, which you specify by setting the RDW_ALLCHILDREN and RDW_NOCHILDREN values, to receive WM_ERASEBKGND messages before RedrawWindow returns, if necessary. + The affected windows receive WM_PAINT messages at the ordinary time. + + + + + Causes the dialog box to display all available colors in the set of basic colors. + + + + http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/ms182161.aspx + + + http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/windows/desktop/ms633572%28v=vs.85%29.aspx + + + http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/dd144901%28v=VS.85%29.aspx + + + http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/dd145064%28v=VS.85%29.aspx + + + http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/windows/desktop/ms647486%28v=vs.85%29.aspx + + + http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/windows/desktop/ms633528(v=vs.85).aspx + + + http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/windows/desktop/ms647985(v=vs.85).aspx + + + http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/windows/desktop/ms648003(v=vs.85).aspx + + + http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/windows/desktop/ms644944(v=vs.85).aspx + + + http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/windows/desktop/ms684175%28v=vs.85%29.aspx + + + http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/windows/desktop/ms683152%28v=vs.85%29.aspx + + + + Base class for creating an icon control for icon packs. + + + + + + Inheritors should provide a factory for setting up the path data index (per icon kind). + The factory will only be utilized once, across all closed instances (first instantiation wins). + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Gets or sets the icon to display. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Gets the icon path data for the current . + + + + + This custom popup can be used by validation error templates or something else. + It provides some additional nice features: + - repositioning if host-window size or location changed + - repositioning if host-window gets maximized and vice versa + - it's only topmost if the host-window is activated + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Gets or sets if the popup can be closed by left mouse button down. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Gets or sets whether if the Popup should be always on top. + + + + + Causes the popup to update it's position according to it's current settings. + + + + + SetWindowPos options + + + + + AddValueChanged of dependency property descriptor results in memory leak as you already know. + So, as described here, you can create custom class PropertyChangeNotifier to listen + to any dependency property changes. + + This class takes advantage of the fact that bindings use weak references to manage associations + so the class will not root the object who property changes it is watching. It also uses a WeakReference + to maintain a reference to the object whose property it is watching without rooting that object. + In this way, you can maintain a collection of these objects so that you can unhook the property + change later without worrying about that collection rooting the object whose values you are watching. + + Complete implementation can be found here: http://agsmith.wordpress.com/2008/04/07/propertydescriptor-addvaluechanged-alternative/ + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Gets or sets the value of the watched property. + + + + + + This struct represent a Color in HSL (Hue, Saturation, Luminance) + + Idea taken from here http://ciintelligence.blogspot.com/2012/02/converting-excel-theme-color-and-tint.html + and here: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HSL_and_HSV + + + + + Creates a new HSL Color + + Any System.Windows.Media.Color + + + + Creates a new HSL Color + + Alpha Channel [0;1] + Hue Channel [0;360] + Saturation Channel [0;1] + Luminance Channel [0;1] + + + + Gets or sets the Alpha channel. + + + + + Gets or sets the Hue channel. + + + + + Gets or sets the Saturation channel. + + + + + Gets or sets the Luminance channel. + + + + + Gets the ARGB-Color for this HSL-Color + + System.Windows.Media.Color + + + + Gets a lighter / darker color based on a tint value. If is > 0 then the returned color is darker, otherwise it will be lighter. + + Tint Value in the Range [-1;1]. + a new which is lighter or darker. + + + + Gets a lighter / darker color based on a tint value. If is > 0 then the returned color is darker, otherwise it will be lighter. + + The input color which should be tinted. + Tint Value in the Range [-1;1]. + a new which is lighter or darker. + + + + Represents a theme. + + + + + Gets the key for the library theme instance. + + + + + Gets the key for the theme color scheme. + + + + + Gets the key for the color values being used to generate a runtime theme. + + + + + Initializes a new instance. + + The URI of the theme ResourceDictionary. + The which created this instance. + + + + Initializes a new instance. + + The ResourceDictionary of the theme. + The which created this instance. + + + + + + + + + + + + + Get the origin of the theme. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + The root containing all resource dictionaries belonging to this instance as + + + + + Gets the alternative color scheme for this theme. + + + + + Determining Ideal Text Color Based on Specified Background Color + http://www.codeproject.com/KB/GDI-plus/IdealTextColor.aspx + + The background color. + + + + + Global options for . + + + + + Used to create the options being used to generate a single . + + + + + Options being used to generate one single . + + + + + Represents a theme. + + + + + Gets the key for the themes name. + + + + + Gets the key for the themes origin. + + + + + Gets the key for the themes display name. + + + + + Gets the key for the themes base color scheme. + + + + + Gets the key for the themes color scheme. + + + + + Gets the key for the themes primary accent color. + + + + + Gets the key for the themes showcase brush. + + + + + Gets the key for the themes runtime generation flag. + + + + + Gets the key for the themes high contrast flag. + + + + + Gets the key for the theme instance. + + + + + Initializes a new instance. + + The first of the theme. + + + + Gets whether this theme was generated at runtime. + + + + + Gets whether this theme is for high contrast mode. + + + + + Gets the name of the theme. + + + + + Gets the display name of the theme. + + + + + Get the base color scheme for this theme. + + + + + Gets the primary accent color for this theme. + + + + + Gets the color scheme for this theme. + + + + + Gets a brush which can be used to showcase this theme. + + + + + The root containing all resource dictionaries of all belonging to this instance as + + + + + The ResourceDictionaries that represent this theme. + + + + + The ResourceDictionaries that represent this theme. + + + + + Ensures that all from provided a for this . + + This instance for fluent call usage. + + + + Gets a flat list of all from all library themes. + + A flat list of all from all library themes. + + + + Adds a new to this . + + The to add. + This instance for fluent call usage. + + + + + + + Class which is used as argument for an event to signal theme changes. + + + + + Creates a new instance of this class. + + + + + The target object for which was targeted by the theme change. + + + + + The for which was targeted by the theme change. + + + + + The old theme. + + + + + The new theme. + + + + + A class that allows for the detection and alteration of a theme. + + + + + Gets the name for the light base color. + + + + + Gets the name for the light base color. + + + + + Gets the name for the dark base color. + + + + + Gets the name for the dark base color. + + + + + Gets a list of all library theme providers. + + + + + Gets a list of all themes. + + + + + Gets a list of all available base colors. + + + + + Gets a list of all available color schemes. + + + + + Clears the internal themes list. + + + + + Gets the with the given name. + + The or null, if the theme wasn't found + + + + Gets the with the given name. + + The or null, if the theme wasn't found + + + + Gets the with the given resource dictionary. + + from which the theme should be retrieved. + The or null, if the theme wasn't found. + + + + Gets the inverse of the given . + This method relies on the "Dark" or "Light" affix to be present. + + The app theme. + The inverse or null if it couldn't be found. + + Returns BaseLight, if BaseDark is given or vice versa. + Custom Themes must end with "Dark" or "Light" for this to work, for example "CustomDark" and "CustomLight". + + + + + Determines whether the specified resource dictionary represents a . + + This might include runtime themes which do not have a resource uri. + + The resources. + true if the resource dictionary is an ; otherwise, false. + resources + + + + Determines whether the specified resource dictionary represents a and was generated at runtime. + + This might include runtime themes which do not have a resource uri. + + The resources. + true if the resource dictionary is an ; otherwise, false. + resources + + + + Change the theme for the whole application. + + + + + Change theme for the given window. + + + + + Change theme for the whole application. + + The instance of Application to change. + The theme to apply. + + + + Change theme for the given ResourceDictionary. + + The FrameworkElement to change. + The theme to apply. + + + + Change theme for the given ResourceDictionary. + + The target object for which the theme change should be made. This is optional an can be null. + The ResourceDictionary to change. + The theme to apply. + + + + Change base color and color scheme of for the given application. + + The application to modify. + The base color to apply to the ResourceDictionary. + The color scheme to apply to the ResourceDictionary. + + + + Change base color and color scheme of for the given window. + + The FrameworkElement to modify. + The base color to apply to the ResourceDictionary. + The color scheme to apply to the ResourceDictionary. + + + + Change base color and color scheme of for the given ResourceDictionary. + + The target object for which the theme change should be made. This is optional an can be null. + The ResourceDictionary to modify. + The old/current theme. + The base color to apply to the ResourceDictionary. + The color scheme to apply to the ResourceDictionary. + + + + Change base color for the given application. + + The application to change. + The base color to apply to the ResourceDictionary. + + + + Change base color for the given window. + + The FrameworkElement to change. + The base color to apply to the ResourceDictionary. + + + + Change base color of for the given ResourceDictionary. + + The target object for which the theme change should be made. This is optional an can be null. + The ResourceDictionary to modify. + The old/current theme. + The base color to apply to the ResourceDictionary. + + + + Change color scheme for the given application. + + The application to change. + The color scheme to apply to the ResourceDictionary. + + + + Change color scheme for the given window. + + The FrameworkElement to change. + The color scheme to apply to the ResourceDictionary. + + + + Change color scheme for the given ResourceDictionary. + + The target object for which the theme change should be made. This is optional an can be null. + The ResourceDictionary to modify. + The old/current theme. + The color scheme to apply to the ResourceDictionary. + + + + Changes the theme of a ResourceDictionary directly. + + The ResourceDictionary to modify. + The theme to apply to the ResourceDictionary. + + + + Scans the resources and returns it's theme. + + If the theme can't be detected from the we try to detect it from . + + + + Scans the application resources and returns it's theme. + + The Application instance to scan. + + + + Scans the resources and returns it's theme. + + The FrameworkElement to scan. + If the theme can't be detected from the we try to detect it from . + + + + Scans a resources and returns it's theme. + + The ResourceDictionary to scan. + + + + This event fires if the theme was changed + this should be using the weak event pattern, but for now it's enough + + + + + Invalidates global colors and resources. + Sometimes the ContextMenu is not changing the colors, so this will fix it. + + + + + Synchronizes the current with the "app mode" setting from windows. + + + + + Gets or sets whether changes to the "app mode" setting from windows should be detected at runtime and the current be changed accordingly. + + + + + Gets or sets whether changes to the accent color settings from windows should be detected at runtime and the current be changed accordingly. + + + + + Gets or sets whether changes to the high contrast setting from windows should be detected at runtime and the current be changed accordingly. + + + + + Works around an issue in the XamlReader. + Without this fix the XamlReader would not be able to read the XAML we produced earlier because it does not know where to look for the types. + The real issue is that we can't use the full namespace, with assembly hint, at compile time of the original project because said assembly does not yet exist and would cause a compile time error. + Hence we have to use this workaround to enable both. + The issue + + The fixed version of . + + If you have the following in your XAML file: + xmlns:markup="clr-namespace:MahApps.Metro.Markup" + xmlns:markupWithAssembly="clr-namespace:MahApps.Metro.Markup;assembly=MahApps.Metro" + It get's converted to: + xmlns:markup="clr-namespace:MahApps.Metro.Markup;assembly=MahApps.Metro" + xmlns:markupWithAssembly="clr-namespace:MahApps.Metro.Markup;assembly=MahApps.Metro" + + + + + Indicates whether a tooltip should follow the mouse cursor. + + + + + Sets whether a tooltip should follow the mouse cursor. + + + + + Gets the horizontal offset for the relative placement of the Tooltip. + + + + + Sets the horizontal offset for the relative placement of the Tooltip. + + + + + Gets the vertical offset for the relative placement of the Tooltip. + + + + + Sets the vertical offset for the relative placement of the Tooltip. + + + + diff --git a/dotnet/packages/ControlzEx.4.3.0/lib/netcoreapp3.1/ControlzEx.dll b/dotnet/packages/ControlzEx.4.3.0/lib/netcoreapp3.1/ControlzEx.dll new file mode 100644 index 00000000..450fe70a Binary files /dev/null and b/dotnet/packages/ControlzEx.4.3.0/lib/netcoreapp3.1/ControlzEx.dll differ diff --git a/dotnet/packages/ControlzEx.4.3.0/lib/netcoreapp3.1/ControlzEx.pdb b/dotnet/packages/ControlzEx.4.3.0/lib/netcoreapp3.1/ControlzEx.pdb new file mode 100644 index 00000000..72d82cf5 Binary files /dev/null and b/dotnet/packages/ControlzEx.4.3.0/lib/netcoreapp3.1/ControlzEx.pdb differ diff --git a/dotnet/packages/ControlzEx.4.3.0/lib/netcoreapp3.1/ControlzEx.xml b/dotnet/packages/ControlzEx.4.3.0/lib/netcoreapp3.1/ControlzEx.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f86de8f9 --- /dev/null +++ b/dotnet/packages/ControlzEx.4.3.0/lib/netcoreapp3.1/ControlzEx.xml @@ -0,0 +1,3483 @@ + + + + ControlzEx + + + + + Automation-Peer for . + + + + + Initializes a new instance. + + + + + + + + Automation-Peer for in . + + + + + Initializes a new instance. + + + + + + + + Gets the real tab item. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Gets or sets the Badge content to display. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + The BadgeFontFamily property specifies the name of font family. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + The BadgeFontStyle property requests normal, italic, and oblique faces within a font family. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + The BadgeFontWeight property specifies the weight of the font. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + The BadgeFontStretch property selects a normal, condensed, or extended face from a font family. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + The BadgeFontSize property specifies the size of the font. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Gets or sets the background brush for the Badge. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Gets or sets the foreground brush for the Badge. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Gets or sets the border brush for the Badge. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Gets or sets the border thickness for the Badge. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Gets or sets the placement of the Badge relative to its content. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Gets or sets a margin which can be used to make minor adjustments to the placement of the Badge. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Gets or sets the for the Badge + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Gets or sets the for the Badge + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Gets or sets a composite string that specifies how to format the Badge property if it is displayed as a string. + + + This property is ignored if is set. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Indicates whether the Badge has content to display. + + + + + for . + + + + + Gets or sets a brush which is used as the glow when the window is active. + + + + + for . + + + + + Gets or sets a brush which is used as the glow when the window is not active. + + + + + for . + + + + + Defines whether glow transitions should be used or not. + + + + + for . + + + + + Gets or sets resize border thickness. + + + + + + + + Updates all glow windows (visible, hidden, collapsed) + + + + + Sets the opacity to all glow windows + + + + + Starts the opacity storyboard 0 -> 1 + + + + + Shows all glow windows + + + + + Closes all glow windows + + + + + Enables an InputMask for with 2 Properties: , . + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Pasting prüft ob korrekte Daten reingepastet werden + + + + + Falls eine Textauswahl vorliegt wird diese entsprechend behandelt. + + + + + With this class we can make custom window styles. + + + + Underlying HWND for the _window. + + Critical : Critical member + + + + Underlying HWND for the _window. + + Critical : Critical member provides access to HWND's window messages which are critical + + + + + Mirror property for . + + + + + for . + + + + + Defines if the Taskbar should be ignored when maximizing a Window. + This only works with WindowStyle = None. + + + + + for . + + + + + Gets/sets if the border thickness value should be kept on maximize + if the MaxHeight/MaxWidth of the window is less than the monitor resolution. + + + + + for . + + + + + Gets or sets whether the resizing of the window should be tried in a way that does not cause flicker/jitter, especially when resizing from the left side. + + + Please note that setting this to true may cause resize lag and black areas appearing on some systems. + + + + + for . + + + + + for . + + + + + Gets whether the non-client area is active or not. + + + + + Gets or sets whether if the minimize button is visible and the minimize system menu is enabled. + + + + + Gets or sets whether if the maximize/restore button is visible and the maximize/restore system menu is enabled. + + + + + + + + Gets the default resize border thicknes from the system parameters. + + + + + Occurs during the cleanup of this behavior. + + + + + + + + Is called when the associated object of this instance is loaded + + + + + This fix is needed because style triggers don't work if someone sets the value locally/directly on the window. + + + + + Critical : Store critical methods in critical callback table + Safe : Demands full trust permissions + + + + + Critical : Calls critical methods + Safe : Demands full trust permissions + + + + + Critical : Calls critical methods + + + + + Critical : Accesses critical _hwnd + + + + + Critical : Calls critical methods + + + + + Critical : Calls critical methods + + + + + Critical : Calls critical methods + + + + + This method handles the window size if the taskbar is set to auto-hide. + + + Critical : Calls critical methods + + + + + Critical : Calls critical Marshal.PtrToStructure + + + + + Critical : Calls critical methods + + + + + Critical : Calls critical methods + + + + + Critical : Calls critical method + + + + + Critical : Calls critical method + + + + + Critical : Calls critical Marshal.PtrToStructure + + + + + Critical : Calls critical Marshal.PtrToStructure + + + + + Critical : Calls critical methods + + + + + Critical : Calls critical methods + + + + + Critical : Calls critical methods + + + + + Critical : Calls critical methods + + + + + Critical : Calls critical methods + + + + + Critical : Calls critical methods + + + + Add and remove a native WindowStyle from the HWND. + The styles to be removed. These can be bitwise combined. + The styles to be added. These can be bitwise combined. + Whether the styles of the HWND were modified as a result of this call. + + Critical : Calls critical methods + + + + + Get the WindowState as the native HWND knows it to be. This isn't necessarily the same as what Window thinks. + + + Critical : Calls critical methods + + + + + Get the bounding rectangle for the window in physical coordinates. + + The bounding rectangle for the window. + + Critical : Calls critical methods + + + + + Update the items in the system menu based on the current, or assumed, WindowState. + + + The state to assume that the Window is in. This can be null to query the Window's state. + + + We want to update the menu while we have some control over whether the caption will be repainted. + + + Critical : Calls critical methods + + + + + Critical : Calls critical methods + + + + + Critical : Calls critical methods + + + + + Critical : Calls critical methods + + + + + Critical : Calls critical methods + + + + + Critical : Calls critical methods + + + + + Matrix of the HT values to return when responding to NC window messages. + + + + + Critical : Calls critical methods + + + + + Critical : Calls critical methods + + + + + GlowWindow + + + + + InitializeComponent + + + + + The standard WPF TabControl is quite bad in the fact that it only + even contains the current TabItem in the VisualTree, so if you + have complex views it takes a while to re-create the view each tab + selection change.Which makes the standard TabControl very sticky to + work with. This class along with its associated ControlTemplate + allow all TabItems to remain in the VisualTree without it being Sticky. + It does this by keeping all TabItem content in the VisualTree but + hides all inactive TabItem content, and only keeps the active TabItem + content shown. + + Acknowledgement + Eric Burke + http://eric.burke.name/dotnetmania/2009/04/26/22.09.28 + Sacha Barber: https://sachabarbs.wordpress.com/about-me/ + http://stackoverflow.com/a/10210889/920384 + http://stackoverflow.com/a/7838955/920384 + + + + + Initializes a new instance. + + + + + Defines if the TabPanel (Tab-Header) are visible. + + + + + Gets or sets the child content visibility. + + + The child content visibility. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + When the items change we remove any generated panel children and add any new ones as necessary. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Copied from . wish it were protected in that class instead of private. + + + + + Clears all current children by calling and calls afterwards. + + + + + Generate a ContentPresenter for the selected item and control the visibility of already created presenters. + + + + + Create the child ContentPresenter for the given item (could be data or a TabItem) if none exists. + + + + + Find the for the given object. Data could be a TabItem or a piece of data. + + + + + Gets the value associated with directly from . + + + + + Checks if directly contains . + + + + + Helper class for a common focusing problem. + The focus itself isn't the problem. If we use the common focusing methods the control get the focus + but it doesn't get the focus visual style. + The KeyboardNavigation class handles the visual style only if the control get the focus from a keyboard + device or if the SystemParameters.KeyboardCues is true. + + + + + Gets the KeyboardNavigationEx singleton instance. + + + + + Shows the focus visual of the current focused UI element. + Works only together with AlwaysShowFocusVisual property. + + + + + Focuses the specified element and shows the focus visual style. + + The element which will be focused. + + + + Attached DependencyProperty for setting AlwaysShowFocusVisual for a UI element. + + + + + Gets a the value which indicates if the UI element always show the focus visual style. + + + + + Sets a the value which indicates if the UI element always show the focus visual style. + + + + IID_IApplicationAssociationRegistration + + + IID_IConnectionPoint + + + IID_IConnectionPointContainer + + + IID_IEnumConnectionPoints + + + IID_IEnumConnections + + + IID_IEnumIDList + + + IID_IEnumObjects + + + IID_IFileDialog + + + IID_IFileDialogEvents + + + IID_IFileOpenDialog + + + IID_IFileSaveDialog + + + IID_IHTMLDocument + + + IID_IHTMLDocument2 + + + IID_IModalWindow + + + IID_IObjectArray + + + IID_IObjectCollection + + + IID_IPropertyNotifySink + + + IID_IPropertyStore + + + IID_IServiceProvider + + + IID_IShellFolder + + + IID_IShellLink + + + IID_IShellItem + + + IID_IShellItem2 + + + IID_IShellItemArray + + + IID_ITaskbarList + + + IID_ITaskbarList2 + + + IID_IUnknown + + + IID_IWebBrowser2 + + + DIID_DWebBrowserEvents + + + IID_DWebBrowserEvents2 + + + IID_IWICBitmapDecoder + + + IID_IWICBitmapFlipRotator + + + IID_IWICBitmapFrameDecode + + + IID_IWICBitmap + + + IID_IWICBitmapSource + + + IID_IWICFormatConverter + + + IID_IWICImagingFactory + + + IID_IWICStream + + + IID_IApplicationDestinations + + + IID_IApplicationDocumentLists + + + IID_ICustomDestinationList + + + IID_IObjectWithAppUserModelID + + + IID_IObjectWithProgID + + + IID_ITaskbarList3 + + + IID_ITaskbarList4 + + + SID_SWebBrowserApp + + + CLSID_ApplicationAssociationRegistration + IID_IApplicationAssociationRegistration + + + CLSID_DragDropHelper + + + CLSID_FileOpenDialog + IID_IFileOpenDialog + + + CLSID_FileSaveDialog + IID_IFileSaveDialog + + + CLSID_TaskbarList + IID_ITaskbarList + + + CLSID_EnumerableObjectCollection + IID_IEnumObjects. + + + CLSID_ShellLink + IID_IShellLink + + + CLSID_WICImagingFactory + + + CLSID_DestinationList + IID_ICustomDestinationList + + + CLSID_ApplicationDestinations + IID_IApplicationDestinations + + + CLSID_ApplicationDocumentLists + IID_IApplicationDocumentLists + + + A static class for verifying assumptions. + + + A function signature for Assert.Evaluate. + + + A function signature for Assert.Implies. + Returns the truth of a predicate. + + + + Executes the specified argument. + + The function to execute. + + + Obsolete: Use Standard.Assert.AreEqual instead of Assert.Equals + The generic type to compare for equality. + The first generic type data to compare. This is is the expected value. + The second generic type data to compare. This is the actual value. + + + + Verifies that two generic type data are equal. The assertion fails if they are not. + + The generic type to compare for equality. + The first generic type data to compare. This is is the expected value. + The second generic type data to compare. This is the actual value. + This breaks into the debugger in the case of a failed assertion. + + + + Verifies that two generic type data are not equal. The assertion fails if they are. + + The generic type to compare for inequality. + The first generic type data to compare. This is is the value that's not expected. + The second generic type data to compare. This is the actual value. + This breaks into the debugger in the case of a failed assertion. + + + + Verifies that if the specified condition is true, then so is the result. + The assertion fails if the condition is true but the result is false. + + if set to true [condition]. + + A second Boolean statement. If the first was true then so must this be. + If the first statement was false then the value of this is ignored. + + This breaks into the debugger in the case of a failed assertion. + + + + Lazy evaluation overload. Verifies that if a condition is true, then so is a secondary value. + + The conditional value. + A function to be evaluated for truth if the condition argument is true. + + This overload only evaluates the result if the first condition is true. + + + + + Verifies that a string has content. I.e. it is not null and it is not empty. + + The string to verify. + + + + Verifies that a string has content. I.e. it is not null and it is not purely whitespace. + + The string to verify. + + + + Verifies the specified value is not null. The assertion fails if it is. + + The generic reference type. + The value to check for nullness. + This breaks into the debugger in the case of a failed assertion. + + + + Verifies that the specified condition is false. The assertion fails if it is true. + + The expression that should be false. + This breaks into the debugger in the case of a failed assertion. + + + + Verifies that the specified condition is false. The assertion fails if it is true. + + The expression that should be false. + The message to display if the condition is true. + This breaks into the debugger in the case of a failed assertion. + + + + Verifies that the specified condition is true. The assertion fails if it is not. + + A condition that is expected to be true. + This breaks into the debugger in the case of a failed assertion. + + + + Verifies that the specified condition is true. The assertion fails if it is not. + + A condition that is expected to be true. + The message to write in case the condition is false. + This breaks into the debugger in the case of a failed assertion. + + + + This line should never be executed. The assertion always fails. + + This breaks into the debugger in the case of a failed assertion. + + + + This line should never be executed. The assertion always fails. + + The message to display if this function is executed. + This breaks into the debugger in the case of a failed assertion. + + + + Verifies that the specified object is null. The assertion fails if it is not. + + The item to verify is null. + + + + Verifies that the specified value is within the expected range. The assertion fails if it isn't. + + The lower bound inclusive value. + The value to verify. + The upper bound inclusive value. + + + + Verifies that the specified value is within the expected range. The assertion fails if it isn't. + + The lower bound inclusive value. + The value to verify. + The upper bound exclusive value. + + + + Verify the current thread's apartment state is what's expected. The assertion fails if it isn't + + + The expected apartment state for the current thread. + + This breaks into the debugger in the case of a failed assertion. + + + + DoubleUtil uses fixed eps to provide fuzzy comparison functionality for doubles. + Note that FP noise is a big problem and using any of these compare + methods is not a complete solution, but rather the way to reduce + the probability of repeating unnecessary work. + + + + + Epsilon - more or less random, more or less small number. + + + + + AreClose returns whether or not two doubles are "close". That is, whether or + not they are within epsilon of each other. + There are plenty of ways for this to return false even for numbers which + are theoretically identical, so no code calling this should fail to work if this + returns false. + + The first double to compare. + The second double to compare. + The result of the AreClose comparision. + + + + LessThan returns whether or not the first double is less than the second double. + That is, whether or not the first is strictly less than *and* not within epsilon of + the other number. + There are plenty of ways for this to return false even for numbers which + are theoretically identical, so no code calling this should fail to work if this + returns false. + + The first double to compare. + The second double to compare. + The result of the LessThan comparision. + + + + GreaterThan returns whether or not the first double is greater than the second double. + That is, whether or not the first is strictly greater than *and* not within epsilon of + the other number. + There are plenty of ways for this to return false even for numbers which + are theoretically identical, so no code calling this should fail to work if this + returns false. + + The first double to compare. + The second double to compare. + The result of the GreaterThan comparision. + + + + LessThanOrClose returns whether or not the first double is less than or close to + the second double. That is, whether or not the first is strictly less than or within + epsilon of the other number. + There are plenty of ways for this to return false even for numbers which + are theoretically identical, so no code calling this should fail to work if this + returns false. + + The first double to compare. + The second double to compare. + The result of the LessThanOrClose comparision. + + + + GreaterThanOrClose returns whether or not the first double is greater than or close to + the second double. That is, whether or not the first is strictly greater than or within + epsilon of the other number. + There are plenty of ways for this to return false even for numbers which + are theoretically identical, so no code calling this should fail to work if this + returns false. + + The first double to compare. + The second double to compare. + The result of the GreaterThanOrClose comparision. + + + + Test to see if a double is a finite number (is not NaN or Infinity). + + The value to test. + Whether or not the value is a finite number. + + + + Test to see if a double a valid size value (is finite and > 0). + + The value to test. + Whether or not the value is a valid size value. + + + + Convert a point in device independent pixels (1/96") to a point in the system coordinates. + + A point in the logical coordinate system. + Returns the parameter converted to the system's coordinates. + + + + Convert a point in system coordinates to a point in device independent pixels (1/96"). + + A point in the physical coordinate system. + Returns the parameter converted to the device independent coordinate system. + + + + Wrapper for common Win32 status codes. + + + + The operation completed successfully. + + + Incorrect function. + + + The system cannot find the file specified. + + + The system cannot find the path specified. + + + The system cannot open the file. + + + Access is denied. + + + The handle is invalid. + + + Not enough storage is available to complete this operation. + + + There are no more files. + + + The process cannot access the file because it is being used by another process. + + + The parameter is incorrect. + + + The data area passed to a system call is too small. + + + Cannot nest calls to LoadModule. + + + Illegal operation attempted on a registry key that has been marked for deletion. + + + Element not found. + + + There was no match for the specified key in the index. + + + An invalid device was specified. + + + The operation was canceled by the user. + + + Cannot find window class. + + + The window class was already registered. + + + The specified datatype is invalid. + + + + Create a new Win32 error. + + The integer value of the error. + + + Performs HRESULT_FROM_WIN32 conversion. + The Win32 error being converted to an HRESULT. + The equivilent HRESULT value. + + + Performs HRESULT_FROM_WIN32 conversion. + The equivilent HRESULT value. + + + Performs the equivalent of Win32's GetLastError() + A Win32Error instance with the result of the native GetLastError + + + + Compare two Win32 error codes for equality. + + The first error code to compare. + The second error code to compare. + Whether the two error codes are the same. + + + + Compare two Win32 error codes for inequality. + + The first error code to compare. + The second error code to compare. + Whether the two error codes are not the same. + + + FACILITY_NULL + + + FACILITY_RPC + + + FACILITY_DISPATCH + + + FACILITY_STORAGE + + + FACILITY_ITF + + + FACILITY_WIN32 + + + FACILITY_WINDOWS + + + FACILITY_CONTROL + + + MSDN doced facility code for ESE errors. + + + FACILITY_WINCODEC (WIC) + + + Wrapper for HRESULT status codes. + + + S_OK + + + S_FALSE + + + E_PENDING + + + E_NOTIMPL + + + E_NOINTERFACE + + + E_POINTER + + + E_ABORT + + + E_FAIL + + + E_UNEXPECTED + + + STG_E_INVALIDFUNCTION + + + REGDB_E_CLASSNOTREG + + + DESTS_E_NO_MATCHING_ASSOC_HANDLER. Win7 internal error code for Jump Lists. + There is no Assoc Handler for the given item registered by the specified application. + + + DESTS_E_NORECDOCS. Win7 internal error code for Jump Lists. + The given item is excluded from the recent docs folder by the NoRecDocs bit on its registration. + + + DESTS_E_NOTALLCLEARED. Win7 internal error code for Jump Lists. + Not all of the items were successfully cleared + + + E_ACCESSDENIED + Win32Error ERROR_ACCESS_DENIED. + + + E_OUTOFMEMORY + Win32Error ERROR_OUTOFMEMORY. + + + E_INVALIDARG + Win32Error ERROR_INVALID_PARAMETER. + + + INTSAFE_E_ARITHMETIC_OVERFLOW + + + COR_E_OBJECTDISPOSED + + + WC_E_GREATERTHAN + + + WC_E_SYNTAX + + + + Create an HRESULT from an integer value. + + + + + + Convert an HRESULT to an int. Used for COM interface declarations out of our control. + + + + + retrieve HRESULT_FACILITY + + + + + retrieve HRESULT_CODE + + + + + Get a string representation of this HRESULT. + + + + + + Convert the result of Win32 GetLastError() into a raised exception. + + + + + Gets the monitor information from the current cursor position. + + + + + + HIGHCONTRAST flags + + + + + DROPIMAGE_* + + + + + BITMAPINFOHEADER Compression type. BI_*. + + + + + CombingRgn flags. RGN_* + + + + + Creates the intersection of the two combined regions. + + + + + Creates the union of two combined regions. + + + + + Creates the union of two combined regions except for any overlapping areas. + + + + + Combines the parts of hrgnSrc1 that are not part of hrgnSrc2. + + + + + Creates a copy of the region identified by hrgnSrc1. + + + + + For IWebBrowser2. OLECMDEXECOPT_* + + + + + For IWebBrowser2. OLECMDF_* + + + + + For IWebBrowser2. OLECMDID_* + + + + + For IWebBrowser2. READYSTATE_* + + + + + DATAOBJ_GET_ITEM_FLAGS. DOGIF_*. + + + + Use the system default, which is to display all error dialog boxes. + + + + The system does not display the critical-error-handler message box. + Instead, the system sends the error to the calling process. + + + + + 64-bit Windows: The system automatically fixes memory alignment faults and makes them + invisible to the application. It does this for the calling process and any descendant processes. + After this value is set for a process, subsequent attempts to clear the value are ignored. + + + + + The system does not display the general-protection-fault message box. + This flag should only be set by debugging applications that handle general + protection (GP) faults themselves with an exception handler. + + + + + The system does not display a message box when it fails to find a file. + Instead, the error is returned to the calling process. + + + + + Non-client hit test values, HT* + + + + + GetClassLongPtr values, GCLP_* + + + + + https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/windows/desktop/api/winuser/nf-winuser-getwindow + + + + + GetWindowLongPtr values, GWL_* + + + + + SystemMetrics. SM_* + + + + + SystemParameterInfo values, SPI_* + + + + + SystemParameterInfo flag values, SPIF_* + + + + + CS_* + + + + + WindowStyle values, WS_* + + + + + Window message values, WM_* + + + + + Window style extended values, WS_EX_* + + + + + GetDeviceCaps nIndex values. + + + + Number of bits per pixel + + + + + Number of planes + + + + + Logical pixels inch in X + + + + + Logical pixels inch in Y + + + + + "FILEOP_FLAGS", FOF_*. + + + + + EnableMenuItem uEnable values, MF_* + + + + + Possible return value for EnableMenuItem + + + + Specifies the type of visual style attribute to set on a window. + + + Non-client area window attributes will be set. + + + + DWMFLIP3DWINDOWPOLICY. DWMFLIP3D_* + + + + + DWMNCRENDERINGPOLICY. DWMNCRP_* + + + + + DWMWINDOWATTRIBUTE. DWMWA_* + + + + + WindowThemeNonClientAttributes + + + + Prevents the window caption from being drawn. + + + Prevents the system icon from being drawn. + + + Prevents the system icon menu from appearing. + + + Prevents mirroring of the question mark, even in right-to-left (RTL) layout. + + + A mask that contains all the valid bits. + + + + SetWindowPos options + + + + + ShowWindow options + + + + + SCF_ISSECURE + + + + + GDI+ Status codes + + + + + MSGFLT_*. New in Vista. Realiased in Windows 7. + + + + + Shell_NotifyIcon messages. NIM_* + + + + + SHAddToRecentDocuments flags. SHARD_* + + + + + Shell_NotifyIcon flags. NIF_* + + + + + Vista only. + + + + + Vista only. + + + + + Shell_NotifyIcon info flags. NIIF_* + + + + XP SP2 and later. + + + XP and later. + + + Vista and later. + + + Windows 7 and later + + + XP and later. Native version called NIIF_ICON_MASK. + + + + AC_* + + + + + The state of the icon. There are two flags that can be set independently. + NIS_HIDDEN = 1. The icon is hidden. + NIS_SHAREDICON = 2. The icon is shared. + + + + The idlist for the shell item that should be added to the recent docs folder. + + + The id of the application that should be associated with this recent doc. + + + Defines options that are used to set window visual style attributes. + + + + A combination of flags that modify window visual style attributes. + Can be a combination of the WTNCA constants. + + + + + A bitmask that describes how the values specified in dwFlags should be applied. + If the bit corresponding to a value in dwFlags is 0, that flag will be removed. + If the bit is 1, the flag will be added. + + + + Width of left border that retains its size. + + + Width of right border that retains its size. + + + Height of top border that retains its size. + + + Height of bottom border that retains its size. + + + + + + + initialize this field using: Marshal.SizeOf(typeof(APPBARDATA)); + + + + Delegate declaration that matches native WndProc signatures. + + + Delegate declaration that matches managed WndProc signatures. + + + + Try to get the relative mouse position to the given handle in client coordinates. + + The handle for this method. + The relative mouse position to the given handle. + + + + https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/windows/desktop/api/winuser/nf-winuser-getwindow + + + + + Sets attributes to control how visual styles are applied to a specified window. + + + Handle to a window to apply changes to. + + + Value of type WINDOWTHEMEATTRIBUTETYPE that specifies the type of attribute to set. + The value of this parameter determines the type of data that should be passed in the pvAttribute parameter. + Can be the following value: + WTA_NONCLIENT (Specifies non-client related attributes). + pvAttribute must be a pointer of type WTA_OPTIONS. + + + A pointer that specifies attributes to set. Type is determined by the value of the eAttribute value. + + + Specifies the size, in bytes, of the data pointed to by pvAttribute. + + + + + Retrieves the show state and the restored, minimized, and maximized positions of the specified window. + + A handle to the window. + A pointer to the WINDOWPLACEMENT structure that receives the show state and position information. + + Before calling GetWindowPlacement, set the length member to sizeof(WINDOWPLACEMENT). + GetWindowPlacement fails if lpwndpl-> length is not set correctly. + + If the function succeeds, the return value is nonzero. If the function fails, the return value is zero. + + + + Sets the show state and the restored, minimized, and maximized positions of the specified window. + + A handle to the window. + A pointer to a WINDOWPLACEMENT structure that specifies the new show state and window positions. + + Before calling SetWindowPlacement, set the length member of the WINDOWPLACEMENT structure to sizeof(WINDOWPLACEMENT). + SetWindowPlacement fails if the length member is not set correctly. + + If the function succeeds, the return value is nonzero. If the function fails, the return value is zero. + + + + The MonitorFromRect function retrieves a handle to the display monitor that + has the largest area of intersection with a specified rectangle. + + Pointer to a RECT structure that specifies the rectangle of interest in + virtual-screen coordinates + Determines the function's return value if the rectangle does not intersect + any display monitor + + If the rectangle intersects one or more display monitor rectangles, the return value + is an HMONITOR handle to the display monitor that has the largest area of intersection with the rectangle. + If the rectangle does not intersect a display monitor, the return value depends on the value of dwFlags. + + + + + Loads an icon, cursor, animated cursor, or bitmap. + + Handle to the module of either a DLL or executable (.exe) that contains the image to be loaded + Specifies the image to load + Specifies the type of image to be loaded. + Specifies the width, in pixels, of the icon or cursor + Specifies the height, in pixels, of the icon or cursor + This parameter can be one or more of the following values. + If the function succeeds, the return value is the requested value.If the function fails, the return value is zero. To get extended error information, call GetLastError. + + + + Creates a Color dialog box that enables the user to select a color. + + A pointer to a CHOOSECOLOR structure that contains information used to initialize the dialog box. When ChooseColor returns, this structure contains information about the user's color selection. + If the user clicks the OK button of the dialog box, the return value is nonzero. The rgbResult member of the CHOOSECOLOR structure contains the RGB color value of the color selected by the user.If the user cancels or closes the Color dialog box or an error occurs, the return value is zero. + + + + Contains information the ChooseColor function uses to initialize the Color dialog box. After the user closes the dialog box, the system returns information about the user's selection in this structure. + + + + + The length, in bytes, of the structure. + + + + + A handle to the window that owns the dialog box. This member can be any valid window handle, or it can be NULL if the dialog box has no owner. + + + + + If the CC_ENABLETEMPLATEHANDLE flag is set in the Flags member, hInstance is a handle to a memory object containing a dialog box template. If the CC_ENABLETEMPLATE flag is set, hInstance is a handle to a module that contains a dialog box template named by the lpTemplateName member. If neither CC_ENABLETEMPLATEHANDLE nor CC_ENABLETEMPLATE is set, this member is ignored. + + + + + If the CC_RGBINIT flag is set, rgbResult specifies the color initially selected when the dialog box is created. If the specified color value is not among the available colors, the system selects the nearest solid color available. If rgbResult is zero or CC_RGBINIT is not set, the initially selected color is black. If the user clicks the OK button, rgbResult specifies the user's color selection. To create a COLORREF color value, use the RGB macro. + + + + + A pointer to an array of 16 values that contain red, green, blue (RGB) values for the custom color boxes in the dialog box. If the user modifies these colors, the system updates the array with the new RGB values. To preserve new custom colors between calls to the ChooseColor function, you should allocate static memory for the array. To create a COLORREF color value, use the RGB macro. + + + + + A set of bit flags that you can use to initialize the Color dialog box. When the dialog box returns, it sets these flags to indicate the user's input. + + + + + Application-defined data that the system passes to the hook procedure identified by the lpfnHook member. When the system sends the WM_INITDIALOG message to the hook procedure, the message's lParam parameter is a pointer to the CHOOSECOLOR structure specified when the dialog was created. The hook procedure can use this pointer to get the lCustData value. + + + + + A pointer to a CCHookProc hook procedure that can process messages intended for the dialog box. This member is ignored unless the CC_ENABLEHOOK flag is set in the Flags member. + + + + + The name of the dialog box template resource in the module identified by the hInstance member. This template is substituted for the standard dialog box template. For numbered dialog box resources, lpTemplateName can be a value returned by the MAKEINTRESOURCE macro. This member is ignored unless the CC_ENABLETEMPLATE flag is set in the Flags member. + + + + + Stop flashing. The system restores the window to its original state. + + + + + Flash the window caption + + + + + Flash the taskbar button. + + + + + Flash both the window caption and taskbar button. + This is equivalent to setting the FLASHW_CAPTION | FLASHW_TRAY flags. + + + + + Flash continuously, until the FLASHW_STOP flag is set. + + + + + Flash continuously until the window comes to the foreground. + + + + Overload of SystemParametersInfo for getting and setting NONCLIENTMETRICS. + + + Overload of SystemParametersInfo for getting and setting HIGHCONTRAST. + + + + Sets the User Model AppID for the current process, enabling Windows to retrieve this ID + + + + + + Retrieves the User Model AppID that has been explicitly set for the current process via SetCurrentProcessExplicitAppUserModelID + + + + + ASSOCIATIONLEVEL, AL_* + + + ASSOCIATIONTYPE, AT_* + + + FileDialog AddPlace options. FDAP_* + + + IFileDialog options. FOS_* + + + FDE_OVERWRITE_RESPONSE. FDEOR_* + + + FDE_SHAREVIOLATION_RESPONSE. FDESVR_* + + + ShellItem attribute flags. SIATTRIBFLAGS_* + + + + Flags for SetTabProperties. STPF_* + + The native enum was called STPFLAG. + + + + Flags for Setting Taskbar Progress state. TBPF_* + + + The native enum was called TBPFLAG. + + + + + THUMBBUTTON mask. THB_* + + + + + THUMBBUTTON flags. THBF_* + + + + + GetPropertyStoreFlags. GPS_*. + + + These are new for Vista, but are used in downlevel components + + + + + KNOWNDESTCATEGORY. KDC_* + + + + Objects can be copied + DROPEFFECT_COPY + + + Objects can be moved + DROPEFFECT_MOVE + + + Objects can be linked + + DROPEFFECT_LINK. + + If this bit is set on an item in the shell folder, a + 'Create Shortcut' menu item will be added to the File + menu and context menus for the item. If the user selects + that command, your IContextMenu::InvokeCommand() will be called + with 'link'. + That flag will also be used to determine if 'Create Shortcut' + should be added when the item in your folder is dragged to another + folder. + + + + supports BindToObject(IID_IStorage) + + + Objects can be renamed + + + Objects can be deleted + + + Objects have property sheets + + + Objects are drop target + + + Object is encrypted (use alt color) + + + 'Slow' object + + + Ghosted icon + + + Shortcut (link) + + + Shared + + + Read-only + + + Hidden object + + + May contain children with SFGAO_FILESYSTEM + + + Support BindToObject(IID_IShellFolder) + + + Is a win32 file system object (file/folder/root) + + + May contain children with SFGAO_FOLDER (may be slow) + + + Invalidate cached information (may be slow) + + + Is this removeable media? + + + Object is compressed (use alt color) + + + Supports IShellFolder, but only implements CreateViewObject() (non-folder view) + + + Is a non-enumerated object (should be hidden) + + + Should show bold in explorer tree + + + Obsolete + + + Obsolete + + + Supports BindToObject(IID_IStream) + + + May contain children with SFGAO_STORAGE or SFGAO_STREAM + + + For determining storage capabilities, ie for open/save semantics + + + + Attributes that are masked out for PKEY_SFGAOFlags because they are considered + to cause slow calculations or lack context + (SFGAO_VALIDATE | SFGAO_ISSLOW | SFGAO_HASSUBFOLDER and others) + + + + + IShellFolder::EnumObjects grfFlags bits. Also called SHCONT + + + + + IShellFolder::GetDisplayNameOf/SetNameOf uFlags. Also called SHGDNF. + + + For compatibility with SIGDN, these bits must all sit in the LOW word. + + + + + SHELLITEMCOMPAREHINTF. SICHINT_*. + + + + iOrder based on display in a folder view + + + exact instance compare + + + iOrder based on canonical name (better performance) + + + + ShellItem enum. SIGDN_*. + + + + + STR_GPS_* + + + When requesting a property store through IShellFolder, you can specify the equivalent of + GPS_DEFAULT by passing in a null IBindCtx parameter. + + You can specify the equivalent of GPS_READWRITE by passing a mode of STGM_READWRITE | STGM_EXCLUSIVE + in the bind context + + Here are the string versions of GPS_ flags, passed to IShellFolder::BindToObject() via IBindCtx::RegisterObjectParam() + These flags are valid when requesting an IPropertySetStorage or IPropertyStore handler + + The meaning of these flags are described above. + + There is no STR_ equivalent for GPS_TEMPORARY because temporary property stores + are provided by IShellItem2 only -- not by the underlying IShellFolder. + + + + + WPARAM value for a THUMBBUTTON being clicked. + + + + fmtid + + + pid + + + PKEY_Title + + + PKEY_AppUserModel_ID + + + PKEY_AppUserModel_IsDestListSeparator + + + PKEY_AppUserModel_RelaunchCommand + + + PKEY_AppUserModel_RelaunchDisplayNameResource + + + PKEY_AppUserModel_RelaunchIconResource + + + Unknown Object Array + + + + Shell Namespace helper + + + + + Shell Namespace helper 2 + + + + + This function must be called first to validate use of other members. + + + + + This function adds a tab for hwnd to the taskbar. + + The HWND for which to add the tab. + + + + This function deletes a tab for hwnd from the taskbar. + + The HWND for which the tab is to be deleted. + + + + This function activates the tab associated with hwnd on the taskbar. + + The HWND for which the tab is to be actuvated. + + + + This function marks hwnd in the taskbar as the active tab. + + The HWND to activate. + + + + Marks a window as full-screen. + + The handle of the window to be marked. + A Boolean value marking the desired full-screen status of the window. + + Setting the value of fFullscreen to true, the Shell treats this window as a full-screen window, and the taskbar + is moved to the bottom of the z-order when this window is active. Setting the value of fFullscreen to false + removes the full-screen marking, but does not cause the Shell to treat the window as though it were + definitely not full-screen. With a false fFullscreen value, the Shell depends on its automatic detection facility + to specify how the window should be treated, possibly still flagging the window as full-screen. + + + + + Allows an application to retrieve the most recent and frequent documents opened in that app, as reported via SHAddToRecentDocs + + + + + Set the App User Model ID for the application retrieving this list. If an AppID is not provided via this method, + the system will use a heuristically determined ID. This method must be called before GetList. + + App Id. + + + + Retrieve an IEnumObjects or IObjectArray for IShellItems and/or IShellLinks. + Items may appear in both the frequent and recent lists. + + + + + + Provides access to the App User Model ID on objects supporting this value. + + + + + Provides access to the ProgID associated with an object + + + + + Wraps an IStream interface pointer from COM into a form consumable by .Net. + + + This implementation is immutable, though it's possible that the underlying + stream can be changed in another context. + + + + + Wraps a native IStream interface into a CLR Stream subclass. + + + The stream that this object wraps. + + + Note that the parameter is passed by ref. On successful creation it is + zeroed out to the caller. This object becomes responsible for the lifetime + management of the wrapped IStream. + + + + + Wraps a managed stream instance into an interface pointer consumable by COM. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the ManagedIStream class with the specified managed Stream object. + + + The stream that this IStream reference is wrapping. + + + + + Creates a new stream object with its own seek pointer that + references the same bytes as the original stream. + + + When this method returns, contains the new stream object. This parameter is passed uninitialized. + + + For more information, see the existing documentation for IStream::Clone in the MSDN library. + This class doesn't implement Clone. A COMException is thrown if it is used. + + + + + Ensures that any changes made to a stream object that is open in transacted + mode are reflected in the parent storage. + + + A value that controls how the changes for the stream object are committed. + + + For more information, see the existing documentation for IStream::Commit in the MSDN library. + + + + + Copies a specified number of bytes from the current seek pointer in the + stream to the current seek pointer in another stream. + + + A reference to the destination stream. + + + The number of bytes to copy from the source stream. + + + On successful return, contains the actual number of bytes read from the source. + (Note the native signature is to a ULARGE_INTEGER*, so 64 bits are written + to this parameter on success.) + + + On successful return, contains the actual number of bytes written to the destination. + (Note the native signature is to a ULARGE_INTEGER*, so 64 bits are written + to this parameter on success.) + + + + + Restricts access to a specified range of bytes in the stream. + + + The byte offset for the beginning of the range. + + + The length of the range, in bytes, to restrict. + + + The requested restrictions on accessing the range. + + + For more information, see the existing documentation for IStream::LockRegion in the MSDN library. + This class doesn't implement LockRegion. A COMException is thrown if it is used. + + + + + Reads a specified number of bytes from the stream object into memory starting at the current seek pointer. + + + When this method returns, contains the data read from the stream. This parameter is passed uninitialized. + + + The number of bytes to read from the stream object. + + + A pointer to a ULONG variable that receives the actual number of bytes read from the stream object. + + + For more information, see the existing documentation for ISequentialStream::Read in the MSDN library. + + + + + Discards all changes that have been made to a transacted stream since the last Commit call. + + + This class doesn't implement Revert. A COMException is thrown if it is used. + + + + + Changes the seek pointer to a new location relative to the beginning of the + stream, to the end of the stream, or to the current seek pointer. + + + The displacement to add to dwOrigin. + + + The origin of the seek. The origin can be the beginning of the file, the current seek pointer, or the end of the file. + + + On successful return, contains the offset of the seek pointer from the beginning of the stream. + (Note the native signature is to a ULARGE_INTEGER*, so 64 bits are written + to this parameter on success.) + + + For more information, see the existing documentation for IStream::Seek in the MSDN library. + + + + + Changes the size of the stream object. + + + The new size of the stream as a number of bytes. + + + For more information, see the existing documentation for IStream::SetSize in the MSDN library. + + + + + Retrieves the STATSTG structure for this stream. + + + When this method returns, contains a STATSTG structure that describes this stream object. + This parameter is passed uninitialized. + + + Members in the STATSTG structure that this method does not return, thus saving some memory allocation operations. + + + + + Removes the access restriction on a range of bytes previously restricted with the LockRegion method. + + The byte offset for the beginning of the range. + + + The length, in bytes, of the range to restrict. + + + The access restrictions previously placed on the range. + + + For more information, see the existing documentation for IStream::UnlockRegion in the MSDN library. + This class doesn't implement UnlockRegion. A COMException is thrown if it is used. + + + + + Writes a specified number of bytes into the stream object starting at the current seek pointer. + + + The buffer to write this stream to. + + + The number of bytes to write to the stream. + + + On successful return, contains the actual number of bytes written to the stream object. + If the caller sets this pointer to null, this method does not provide the actual number + of bytes written. + + + + + Releases resources controlled by this object. + + + Dispose can be called multiple times, but trying to use the object + after it has been disposed will generally throw ObjectDisposedExceptions. + + + + + Wrapper around File.Copy to provide feedback as to whether the file wasn't copied because it didn't exist. + + + + + + Simple guard against the exceptions that File.Delete throws on null and empty strings. + + The path to delete. Unlike File.Delete, this can be null or empty. + + Note that File.Delete, and by extension SafeDeleteFile, does not throw an exception + if the file does not exist. + + + + + Utility to help classes catenate their properties for implementing ToString(). + + The StringBuilder to catenate the results into. + The name of the property to be catenated. + The value of the property to be catenated. + + + + Generates ToString functionality for a struct. This is an expensive way to do it, + it exists for the sake of debugging while classes are in flux. + Eventually this should just be removed and the classes should + do this without reflection. + + + + + + + + Encodes a URL string. Duplicated functionality from System.Web.HttpUtility.UrlEncode. + + + + + Duplicated from System.Web.HttpUtility because System.Web isn't part of the client profile. + URL Encoding replaces ' ' with '+' and unsafe ASCII characters with '%XX'. + Safe characters are defined in RFC2396 (http://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc2396.txt). + They are the 7-bit ASCII alphanumerics and the mark characters "-_.!~*'()". + This implementation does not treat '~' as a safe character to be consistent with the System.Web version. + + + + GDI's DeleteObject + + + GDI+'s DisposeImage + + + + From a list of BitmapFrames find the one that best matches the requested dimensions. + The methods used here are copied from Win32 sources. We want to be consistent with + system behaviors. + + + Convert a native integer that represent a color with an alpha channel into a Color struct. + The integer that represents the color. Its bits are of the format 0xAARRGGBB. + A Color representation of the parameter. + + + + A static class for retail validated assertions. + Instead of breaking into the debugger an exception is thrown. + + + + + Ensure that the current thread's apartment state is what's expected. + + + The required apartment state for the current thread. + + + The message string for the exception to be thrown if the state is invalid. + + + Thrown if the calling thread's apartment state is not the same as the requiredState. + + + + + Ensure that an argument is neither null nor empty. + + The string to validate. + The name of the parameter that will be presented if an exception is thrown. + + + + Ensure that an argument is neither null nor does it consist only of whitespace. + + The string to validate. + The name of the parameter that will be presented if an exception is thrown. + + + Verifies that an argument is not null. + Type of the object to validate. Must be a class. + The object to validate. + The name of the parameter that will be presented if an exception is thrown. + + + Verifies that an argument is not null. + Type of the object to validate. Must be a class. + The object to validate. + The name of the parameter that will be presented if an exception is thrown. + + + Verifies that an argument is null. + Type of the object to validate. Must be a class. + The object to validate. + The name of the parameter that will be presented if an exception is thrown. + + + + Verifies the specified statement is true. Throws an ArgumentException if it's not. + + The statement to be verified as true. + Name of the parameter to include in the ArgumentException. + The message to include in the ArgumentException. + + + + Verifies that the specified value is within the expected range. The assertion fails if it isn't. + + The lower bound inclusive value. + The value to verify. + The upper bound exclusive value. + The name of the parameter that caused the current exception. + + + + Shows the system menu at the current mouse position. + + The window for which the system menu should be shown. + The mouse event args. + + + Display the system menu at a specified location. + The visual for which the system menu should be displayed. + The location to display the system menu, in logical screen coordinates. + + + Display the system menu at a specified location. + The visual for which the system menu should be displayed. + The location to display the system menu, in physical screen coordinates. + + The dpi of is NOT used to calculate the final coordinates. + So you have to pass the final coordinates. + + + + Display the system menu at a specified location. + The source/hwnd for which the system menu should be displayed. + The location to display the system menu, in physical screen coordinates. + + The dpi of is NOT used to calculate the final coordinates. + So you have to pass the final coordinates. + + + + + Private constructor. The public way to access this class is through the static Current property. + + + + + Critical as this accesses Native methods. + TreatAsSafe - it would be ok to expose this information - DPI in partial trust + + + + + Invalidates the rectangle or region that you specify in lprcUpdate or hrgnUpdate. + You can set only one of these parameters to a non-NULL value. If both are NULL, RDW_INVALIDATE invalidates the entire window. + + + + Causes the OS to post a WM_PAINT message to the window regardless of whether a portion of the window is invalid. + + + + Causes the window to receive a WM_ERASEBKGND message when the window is repainted. + Specify this value in combination with the RDW_INVALIDATE value; otherwise, RDW_ERASE has no effect. + + + + + Validates the rectangle or region that you specify in lprcUpdate or hrgnUpdate. + You can set only one of these parameters to a non-NULL value. If both are NULL, RDW_VALIDATE validates the entire window. + This value does not affect internal WM_PAINT messages. + + + + Suppresses any pending WM_ERASEBKGND messages. + + + Excludes child windows, if any, from the repainting operation. + + + Includes child windows, if any, in the repainting operation. + + + Causes the affected windows, which you specify by setting the RDW_ALLCHILDREN and RDW_NOCHILDREN values, to receive WM_ERASEBKGND and WM_PAINT messages before the RedrawWindow returns, if necessary. + + + + Causes the affected windows, which you specify by setting the RDW_ALLCHILDREN and RDW_NOCHILDREN values, to receive WM_ERASEBKGND messages before RedrawWindow returns, if necessary. + The affected windows receive WM_PAINT messages at the ordinary time. + + + + + Causes the dialog box to display all available colors in the set of basic colors. + + + + http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/ms182161.aspx + + + http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/windows/desktop/ms633572%28v=vs.85%29.aspx + + + http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/dd144901%28v=VS.85%29.aspx + + + http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/dd145064%28v=VS.85%29.aspx + + + http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/windows/desktop/ms647486%28v=vs.85%29.aspx + + + http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/windows/desktop/ms633528(v=vs.85).aspx + + + http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/windows/desktop/ms647985(v=vs.85).aspx + + + http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/windows/desktop/ms648003(v=vs.85).aspx + + + http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/windows/desktop/ms644944(v=vs.85).aspx + + + http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/windows/desktop/ms684175%28v=vs.85%29.aspx + + + http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/windows/desktop/ms683152%28v=vs.85%29.aspx + + + + Base class for creating an icon control for icon packs. + + + + + + Inheritors should provide a factory for setting up the path data index (per icon kind). + The factory will only be utilized once, across all closed instances (first instantiation wins). + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Gets or sets the icon to display. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Gets the icon path data for the current . + + + + + This custom popup can be used by validation error templates or something else. + It provides some additional nice features: + - repositioning if host-window size or location changed + - repositioning if host-window gets maximized and vice versa + - it's only topmost if the host-window is activated + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Gets or sets if the popup can be closed by left mouse button down. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Gets or sets whether if the Popup should be always on top. + + + + + Causes the popup to update it's position according to it's current settings. + + + + + SetWindowPos options + + + + + AddValueChanged of dependency property descriptor results in memory leak as you already know. + So, as described here, you can create custom class PropertyChangeNotifier to listen + to any dependency property changes. + + This class takes advantage of the fact that bindings use weak references to manage associations + so the class will not root the object who property changes it is watching. It also uses a WeakReference + to maintain a reference to the object whose property it is watching without rooting that object. + In this way, you can maintain a collection of these objects so that you can unhook the property + change later without worrying about that collection rooting the object whose values you are watching. + + Complete implementation can be found here: http://agsmith.wordpress.com/2008/04/07/propertydescriptor-addvaluechanged-alternative/ + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Gets or sets the value of the watched property. + + + + + + This struct represent a Color in HSL (Hue, Saturation, Luminance) + + Idea taken from here http://ciintelligence.blogspot.com/2012/02/converting-excel-theme-color-and-tint.html + and here: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HSL_and_HSV + + + + + Creates a new HSL Color + + Any System.Windows.Media.Color + + + + Creates a new HSL Color + + Alpha Channel [0;1] + Hue Channel [0;360] + Saturation Channel [0;1] + Luminance Channel [0;1] + + + + Gets or sets the Alpha channel. + + + + + Gets or sets the Hue channel. + + + + + Gets or sets the Saturation channel. + + + + + Gets or sets the Luminance channel. + + + + + Gets the ARGB-Color for this HSL-Color + + System.Windows.Media.Color + + + + Gets a lighter / darker color based on a tint value. If is > 0 then the returned color is darker, otherwise it will be lighter. + + Tint Value in the Range [-1;1]. + a new which is lighter or darker. + + + + Gets a lighter / darker color based on a tint value. If is > 0 then the returned color is darker, otherwise it will be lighter. + + The input color which should be tinted. + Tint Value in the Range [-1;1]. + a new which is lighter or darker. + + + + Represents a theme. + + + + + Gets the key for the library theme instance. + + + + + Gets the key for the theme color scheme. + + + + + Gets the key for the color values being used to generate a runtime theme. + + + + + Initializes a new instance. + + The URI of the theme ResourceDictionary. + The which created this instance. + + + + Initializes a new instance. + + The ResourceDictionary of the theme. + The which created this instance. + + + + + + + + + + + + + Get the origin of the theme. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + The root containing all resource dictionaries belonging to this instance as + + + + + Gets the alternative color scheme for this theme. + + + + + Determining Ideal Text Color Based on Specified Background Color + http://www.codeproject.com/KB/GDI-plus/IdealTextColor.aspx + + The background color. + + + + + Global options for . + + + + + Used to create the options being used to generate a single . + + + + + Options being used to generate one single . + + + + + Represents a theme. + + + + + Gets the key for the themes name. + + + + + Gets the key for the themes origin. + + + + + Gets the key for the themes display name. + + + + + Gets the key for the themes base color scheme. + + + + + Gets the key for the themes color scheme. + + + + + Gets the key for the themes primary accent color. + + + + + Gets the key for the themes showcase brush. + + + + + Gets the key for the themes runtime generation flag. + + + + + Gets the key for the themes high contrast flag. + + + + + Gets the key for the theme instance. + + + + + Initializes a new instance. + + The first of the theme. + + + + Gets whether this theme was generated at runtime. + + + + + Gets whether this theme is for high contrast mode. + + + + + Gets the name of the theme. + + + + + Gets the display name of the theme. + + + + + Get the base color scheme for this theme. + + + + + Gets the primary accent color for this theme. + + + + + Gets the color scheme for this theme. + + + + + Gets a brush which can be used to showcase this theme. + + + + + The root containing all resource dictionaries of all belonging to this instance as + + + + + The ResourceDictionaries that represent this theme. + + + + + The ResourceDictionaries that represent this theme. + + + + + Ensures that all from provided a for this . + + This instance for fluent call usage. + + + + Gets a flat list of all from all library themes. + + A flat list of all from all library themes. + + + + Adds a new to this . + + The to add. + This instance for fluent call usage. + + + + + + + Class which is used as argument for an event to signal theme changes. + + + + + Creates a new instance of this class. + + + + + The target object for which was targeted by the theme change. + + + + + The for which was targeted by the theme change. + + + + + The old theme. + + + + + The new theme. + + + + + A class that allows for the detection and alteration of a theme. + + + + + Gets the name for the light base color. + + + + + Gets the name for the light base color. + + + + + Gets the name for the dark base color. + + + + + Gets the name for the dark base color. + + + + + Gets a list of all library theme providers. + + + + + Gets a list of all themes. + + + + + Gets a list of all available base colors. + + + + + Gets a list of all available color schemes. + + + + + Clears the internal themes list. + + + + + Gets the with the given name. + + The or null, if the theme wasn't found + + + + Gets the with the given name. + + The or null, if the theme wasn't found + + + + Gets the with the given resource dictionary. + + from which the theme should be retrieved. + The or null, if the theme wasn't found. + + + + Gets the inverse of the given . + This method relies on the "Dark" or "Light" affix to be present. + + The app theme. + The inverse or null if it couldn't be found. + + Returns BaseLight, if BaseDark is given or vice versa. + Custom Themes must end with "Dark" or "Light" for this to work, for example "CustomDark" and "CustomLight". + + + + + Determines whether the specified resource dictionary represents a . + + This might include runtime themes which do not have a resource uri. + + The resources. + true if the resource dictionary is an ; otherwise, false. + resources + + + + Determines whether the specified resource dictionary represents a and was generated at runtime. + + This might include runtime themes which do not have a resource uri. + + The resources. + true if the resource dictionary is an ; otherwise, false. + resources + + + + Change the theme for the whole application. + + + + + Change theme for the given window. + + + + + Change theme for the whole application. + + The instance of Application to change. + The theme to apply. + + + + Change theme for the given ResourceDictionary. + + The FrameworkElement to change. + The theme to apply. + + + + Change theme for the given ResourceDictionary. + + The target object for which the theme change should be made. This is optional an can be null. + The ResourceDictionary to change. + The theme to apply. + + + + Change base color and color scheme of for the given application. + + The application to modify. + The base color to apply to the ResourceDictionary. + The color scheme to apply to the ResourceDictionary. + + + + Change base color and color scheme of for the given window. + + The FrameworkElement to modify. + The base color to apply to the ResourceDictionary. + The color scheme to apply to the ResourceDictionary. + + + + Change base color and color scheme of for the given ResourceDictionary. + + The target object for which the theme change should be made. This is optional an can be null. + The ResourceDictionary to modify. + The old/current theme. + The base color to apply to the ResourceDictionary. + The color scheme to apply to the ResourceDictionary. + + + + Change base color for the given application. + + The application to change. + The base color to apply to the ResourceDictionary. + + + + Change base color for the given window. + + The FrameworkElement to change. + The base color to apply to the ResourceDictionary. + + + + Change base color of for the given ResourceDictionary. + + The target object for which the theme change should be made. This is optional an can be null. + The ResourceDictionary to modify. + The old/current theme. + The base color to apply to the ResourceDictionary. + + + + Change color scheme for the given application. + + The application to change. + The color scheme to apply to the ResourceDictionary. + + + + Change color scheme for the given window. + + The FrameworkElement to change. + The color scheme to apply to the ResourceDictionary. + + + + Change color scheme for the given ResourceDictionary. + + The target object for which the theme change should be made. This is optional an can be null. + The ResourceDictionary to modify. + The old/current theme. + The color scheme to apply to the ResourceDictionary. + + + + Changes the theme of a ResourceDictionary directly. + + The ResourceDictionary to modify. + The theme to apply to the ResourceDictionary. + + + + Scans the resources and returns it's theme. + + If the theme can't be detected from the we try to detect it from . + + + + Scans the application resources and returns it's theme. + + The Application instance to scan. + + + + Scans the resources and returns it's theme. + + The FrameworkElement to scan. + If the theme can't be detected from the we try to detect it from . + + + + Scans a resources and returns it's theme. + + The ResourceDictionary to scan. + + + + This event fires if the theme was changed + this should be using the weak event pattern, but for now it's enough + + + + + Invalidates global colors and resources. + Sometimes the ContextMenu is not changing the colors, so this will fix it. + + + + + Synchronizes the current with the "app mode" setting from windows. + + + + + Gets or sets whether changes to the "app mode" setting from windows should be detected at runtime and the current be changed accordingly. + + + + + Gets or sets whether changes to the accent color settings from windows should be detected at runtime and the current be changed accordingly. + + + + + Gets or sets whether changes to the high contrast setting from windows should be detected at runtime and the current be changed accordingly. + + + + + Works around an issue in the XamlReader. + Without this fix the XamlReader would not be able to read the XAML we produced earlier because it does not know where to look for the types. + The real issue is that we can't use the full namespace, with assembly hint, at compile time of the original project because said assembly does not yet exist and would cause a compile time error. + Hence we have to use this workaround to enable both. + The issue + + The fixed version of . + + If you have the following in your XAML file: + xmlns:markup="clr-namespace:MahApps.Metro.Markup" + xmlns:markupWithAssembly="clr-namespace:MahApps.Metro.Markup;assembly=MahApps.Metro" + It get's converted to: + xmlns:markup="clr-namespace:MahApps.Metro.Markup;assembly=MahApps.Metro" + xmlns:markupWithAssembly="clr-namespace:MahApps.Metro.Markup;assembly=MahApps.Metro" + + + + + Indicates whether a tooltip should follow the mouse cursor. + + + + + Sets whether a tooltip should follow the mouse cursor. + + + + + Gets the horizontal offset for the relative placement of the Tooltip. + + + + + Sets the horizontal offset for the relative placement of the Tooltip. + + + + + Gets the vertical offset for the relative placement of the Tooltip. + + + + + Sets the vertical offset for the relative placement of the Tooltip. + + + + diff --git a/dotnet/packages/ControlzEx.4.3.0/logo-mini.png b/dotnet/packages/ControlzEx.4.3.0/logo-mini.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f384e059 Binary files /dev/null and b/dotnet/packages/ControlzEx.4.3.0/logo-mini.png differ diff --git a/dotnet/packages/Fluent.Ribbon.6.1.0.326/Fluent.Ribbon.6.1.0.326.nupkg b/dotnet/packages/Fluent.Ribbon.6.1.0.326/Fluent.Ribbon.6.1.0.326.nupkg deleted file mode 100644 index 2d8a84d6..00000000 Binary files a/dotnet/packages/Fluent.Ribbon.6.1.0.326/Fluent.Ribbon.6.1.0.326.nupkg and /dev/null differ diff --git a/dotnet/packages/Fluent.Ribbon.6.1.0.326/lib/net40/Fluent.dll b/dotnet/packages/Fluent.Ribbon.6.1.0.326/lib/net40/Fluent.dll deleted file mode 100644 index 5316a73c..00000000 Binary files a/dotnet/packages/Fluent.Ribbon.6.1.0.326/lib/net40/Fluent.dll and /dev/null differ diff --git a/dotnet/packages/Fluent.Ribbon.6.1.0.326/lib/net40/Fluent.pdb b/dotnet/packages/Fluent.Ribbon.6.1.0.326/lib/net40/Fluent.pdb deleted file mode 100644 index 69ce08a8..00000000 Binary files a/dotnet/packages/Fluent.Ribbon.6.1.0.326/lib/net40/Fluent.pdb and /dev/null differ diff --git a/dotnet/packages/Fluent.Ribbon.6.1.0.326/lib/net45/Fluent.dll b/dotnet/packages/Fluent.Ribbon.6.1.0.326/lib/net45/Fluent.dll deleted file mode 100644 index 7e453fb7..00000000 Binary files a/dotnet/packages/Fluent.Ribbon.6.1.0.326/lib/net45/Fluent.dll and /dev/null differ diff --git a/dotnet/packages/Fluent.Ribbon.6.1.0.326/lib/net45/Fluent.pdb b/dotnet/packages/Fluent.Ribbon.6.1.0.326/lib/net45/Fluent.pdb deleted file mode 100644 index ee1b0c4b..00000000 Binary files a/dotnet/packages/Fluent.Ribbon.6.1.0.326/lib/net45/Fluent.pdb and /dev/null differ diff --git a/dotnet/packages/Fluent.Ribbon.6.1.0.326/lib/net462/Fluent.dll b/dotnet/packages/Fluent.Ribbon.6.1.0.326/lib/net462/Fluent.dll deleted file mode 100644 index 70e89729..00000000 Binary files a/dotnet/packages/Fluent.Ribbon.6.1.0.326/lib/net462/Fluent.dll and /dev/null differ diff --git a/dotnet/packages/Fluent.Ribbon.6.1.0.326/lib/net462/Fluent.pdb b/dotnet/packages/Fluent.Ribbon.6.1.0.326/lib/net462/Fluent.pdb deleted file mode 100644 index 604ad69f..00000000 Binary files a/dotnet/packages/Fluent.Ribbon.6.1.0.326/lib/net462/Fluent.pdb and /dev/null differ diff --git a/dotnet/packages/Fluent.Ribbon.6.1.0.326/.signature.p7s b/dotnet/packages/Fluent.Ribbon.7.1.0/.signature.p7s similarity index 74% rename from dotnet/packages/Fluent.Ribbon.6.1.0.326/.signature.p7s rename to dotnet/packages/Fluent.Ribbon.7.1.0/.signature.p7s index 18a63041..6dec972d 100644 Binary files a/dotnet/packages/Fluent.Ribbon.6.1.0.326/.signature.p7s and b/dotnet/packages/Fluent.Ribbon.7.1.0/.signature.p7s differ diff --git a/dotnet/packages/Fluent.Ribbon.7.1.0/Fluent.Ribbon.7.1.0.nupkg b/dotnet/packages/Fluent.Ribbon.7.1.0/Fluent.Ribbon.7.1.0.nupkg new file mode 100644 index 00000000..aecfa999 Binary files /dev/null and b/dotnet/packages/Fluent.Ribbon.7.1.0/Fluent.Ribbon.7.1.0.nupkg differ diff --git a/dotnet/packages/Fluent.Ribbon.7.1.0/Logo.png b/dotnet/packages/Fluent.Ribbon.7.1.0/Logo.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..d151b18f Binary files /dev/null and b/dotnet/packages/Fluent.Ribbon.7.1.0/Logo.png differ diff --git a/dotnet/packages/Fluent.Ribbon.7.1.0/lib/net45/Fluent.dll b/dotnet/packages/Fluent.Ribbon.7.1.0/lib/net45/Fluent.dll new file mode 100644 index 00000000..5e5e0861 Binary files /dev/null and b/dotnet/packages/Fluent.Ribbon.7.1.0/lib/net45/Fluent.dll differ diff --git a/dotnet/packages/Fluent.Ribbon.7.1.0/lib/net45/Fluent.pdb b/dotnet/packages/Fluent.Ribbon.7.1.0/lib/net45/Fluent.pdb new file mode 100644 index 00000000..2677a802 Binary files /dev/null and b/dotnet/packages/Fluent.Ribbon.7.1.0/lib/net45/Fluent.pdb differ diff --git a/dotnet/packages/Fluent.Ribbon.6.1.0.326/lib/net45/Fluent.XML b/dotnet/packages/Fluent.Ribbon.7.1.0/lib/net45/Fluent.xml similarity index 78% rename from dotnet/packages/Fluent.Ribbon.6.1.0.326/lib/net45/Fluent.XML rename to dotnet/packages/Fluent.Ribbon.7.1.0/lib/net45/Fluent.xml index 78901fbe..2909abfc 100644 --- a/dotnet/packages/Fluent.Ribbon.6.1.0.326/lib/net45/Fluent.XML +++ b/dotnet/packages/Fluent.Ribbon.7.1.0/lib/net45/Fluent.xml @@ -4,58 +4,99 @@ Fluent - + - Represents backstage button + Represents adorner for KeyTips. + KeyTipAdorners is chained to produce one from another. + Detaching root adorner couses detaching all adorners in the chain - + - Gets or sets width of right content + This event is occured when adorner is + detached and is not able to be attached again - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for RightContentWidth. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Determines whether at least one on the adorners in the chain is alive - + - Gets or sets application menu right pane content + Returns wether any key tips are visibile. - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for RightContent. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Gets the currently active by following eventually present child adorners. - + - Gets or sets application menu bottom pane content + Gets a copied list of the currently available . - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for BottomContent. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Construcotor + Element to adorn. + Parent adorner or null. + The element which is container for elements. - + - Static constructor + Attaches this adorner to the adorned element - + - Default constructor + Detaches this adorner from the adorned element - + - Gets control which represents shortcut item. - This item MUST be syncronized with the original - and send command to original one control. + Terminate whole key tip's adorner chain - Control which represents shortcut item + + + + Back to the previous adorner. + + + + + Forwards to the elements with the given keys + + Keys + If true the element will be clicked + If the element will be found the function will return true + + + + Gets by keys. + + The keys to look for. + The associated with . + + + + Determines if an of the keytips contained in this adorner start with + + true if any keytip start with . Otherwise false. + + + + + + + + + + + + @@ -102,21 +143,6 @@ UI Element Group box state - - - for specifying AppTheme. - - - - - Sets for . - - - - - Gets for . - - for specifying MouseOverBackground. @@ -162,3182 +188,3284 @@ Gets for . - + - Represents adorner for Backstage + asdf - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - Adorned element - Backstage + + Helper for setting on . - - - Gets the . - + + Helper for getting from . + LastVisibleWidth property value. - + - Positions child elements and determines - a size for the control + Automation peer for . - The final area within the parent - that this element should use to arrange - itself and its children - The actual size used - + - Measures KeyTips + Creates a new instance. - The available size that this element can give to child elements. - The size that the groups container determines it needs during - layout, based on its calculations of child element sizes. - - - - Gets visual children count - + + - - - Returns a child at the specified index from a collection of child elements - - The zero-based index of the requested child element in the collection - The requested child element + + - - - Represents backstage button - + + - - - Occurs when IsOpen has been changed - + + - - - Gets or sets whether backstage is shown - + + - - - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for IsOpen. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + + - - - Gets or sets whether backstage can be openend or closed. - + + - - - for - + + - - - Gets or sets the duration for the hide animation - + + - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for HideAnimationDuration. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Creates the for . - + - Gets or sets whether context tabs on the titlebar should be hidden when backstage is open + Automation peer for . - + - Gets or sets wether opening or closing should be animated. + Creates a new instance. - - - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for IsOpenAnimationEnabled. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + + - - - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for HideContextTabsOnOpen. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + + - - - Gets or sets whether to close the backstage when Esc is pressed - + + - - - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for CloseOnEsc. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + + - - - Gets or sets content of the backstage - + + - - - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Content. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + + - + - Gets an enumerator for logical child elements of this element. + Automation peer for . - + - Static constructor + Creates a new instance. - - - Default constructor - + + - - - Shows the - + + - + - Hides the + Automation peer for . - + - Invoked when an unhandled  attached event reaches an element in its route that is derived from this class. Implement this method to add class handling for this event. + Creates a new instance. - The that contains the event data. - - - Invoked when an unhandled System.Windows.UIElement.PreviewMouseLeftButtonDown routed event reaches an element - in its route that is derived from this class. Implement this method to add class handling for this event. - - The System.Windows.Input.MouseButtonEventArgs that contains the event data. - The event data reports that the left mouse button was pressed. + + - + - + - - - When overridden in a derived class, is invoked whenever application code or internal processes call . - + + - + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + The element associated with this automation peer. + + + + + + + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + The element associated with this automation peer. + + + + + + + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + The element associated with this automation peer. + + + + + + + + - Gets control which represents shortcut item. - This item MUST be syncronized with the original - and send command to original one control. + Automation peer for . - Control which represents shortcut item - + - Represents Backstage tab control. + Creates a new instance. - + + + + - Gets or sets the margin which is used to render selected content. + Automation peer for ribbon control items. - + - for . + Creates a new instance. - + + + + + + + - Dependency property for + Automation peer for . - + - Gets content for selected tab + Creates a new instance. - - - Dependency property for - + + - - - Dependency property for - + + - - - Dependency property for - + + - - - Dependency property for - + + - - - Dependency property for - + + - + + + + + + + - Dependency property for + Automation peer for . - + - Get or sets the string format for the content. + Creates a new instance. - + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + - Gets or sets the which should be used for the content + Automation peer for the header of . - + - Gets or sets the which should be used for the content + Creates a new instance. - + + + + + + + + + + + + + - Get or sets the string format for the selected content. + Base automation peer for . - + - Gets or sets the which should be used for the selected content + Creates a new instance. - + + + + + + + - Gets or sets the which should be used for the selected content + Automation peer for - + - Dependency property for . + Creates a new instance. - + + + + - Gets or sets the MinWidth for the ItemsPanel. + Automation peer for . - + - Gets or sets current Backround of the ItemsPanel + Creates a new instance. - + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + The element associated with this automation peer. + + + + + + + + - Dependency property for + Automation peer for . - + - Gets or sets the + Creates a new instance. - + + + + + + + - for + Automation peer for . - + - Defines if the is enabled in this control + Creates a new instance. - + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + - for . + Automation peer for . - + - Defines if the back button is visible or not. + Creates a new instance. - + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + - for . + Automation peer wrapper for . - + - Static constructor + Creates a new instance. - + + + + + + + + + + - Default constructor + Automation peer for . - + - Raises the System.Windows.FrameworkElement.Initialized event. - This method is invoked whenever System.Windows.FrameworkElement. - IsInitialized is set to true internally. + Creates a new instance. - The System.Windows.RoutedEventArgs that contains the event data. - + + + + + + + + + + - Creates or identifies the element that is used to display the given item. + If Ribbon.IsMinimized then set Ribbon.IsDropDownOpen to false - The element that is used to display the given item. - + - Determines if the specified item is (or is eligible to be) its own container. + If Ribbon.IsMinimized then set Ribbon.IsDropDownOpen to true - The item to check. - - + - Updates the current selection when an item in the System.Windows.Controls.Primitives.Selector has changed + Return Ribbon.IsDropDownOpen - The event data. - + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + The element associated with this automation peer. + + + + + + + + - Called when the selection changes. + Automation peer for . - The event data. - + - Gets selected . - If there is no item selected, the first found item is selected and it's container () is returned. + Creates a new instance. - The currently selected . Or null of nothing was selected and nothing could be selected. - + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + The element associated with this automation peer. + + + + + + + + - Represents backstage tab item + Automation peer for . - + - Gets or sets KeyTip for element. + Creates a new instance. - + + + + + + + + + + - Dependency property for + for . - + - Gets or sets a value indicating whether the tab is selected + Constructor. + Owner of the AutomationPeer. - + - Dependency property for + - + - Gets parent tab control + - + - Gets or sets tab items text + + - + + + + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Text. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + - + - Static constructor + Represents backstage button - + - Called when the System.Windows.Controls.ContentControl.Content property changes. + Gets or sets width of right content - The old value of the System.Windows.Controls.ContentControl.Content property. - The new value of the System.Windows.Controls.ContentControl.Content property. - + - Invoked when an unhandled System.Windows.UIElement.MouseLeftButtonDown routed event is raised on this element. - Implement this method to add class handling for this event. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for RightContentWidth. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - The System.Windows.Input.MouseButtonEventArgs that contains the event data. - The event data reports that the left mouse button was pressed. - + - Handles selected event + Gets or sets application menu right pane content - The event data. - + - Handles unselected event + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for RightContent. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - The event data. - + - Handles IsSelected changed + Gets or sets application menu bottom pane content - The event data. - + - Handles key tip pressed + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for BottomContent. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Handles back navigation with KeyTips + Static constructor - + - Represents button + Default constructor - + + + + + + + - Gets or sets Size for the element. + Represents backstage button - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Size. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Occurs when IsOpen has been changed - + - Gets or sets SizeDefinition for element. + Gets the for the . + This is exposed to make it possible to show content on the same as the backstage is shown on. - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for SizeDefinition. + Gets or sets whether backstage is shown + + + + + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for IsOpen. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - - + + + Gets or sets whether backstage can be openend or closed. + - + - for . + for - + - Gets or sets element Text + Gets or sets whether context tabs on the titlebar should be hidden when backstage is open - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Header. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for HideContextTabsOnOpen. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Gets or sets Icon for the element + Gets or sets whether opening or closing should be animated. - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Icon. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for IsOpenAnimationEnabled. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Gets or sets button large icon + Gets or sets whether to close the backstage when Esc is pressed - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for SmallIcon. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for CloseOnEsc. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Gets or sets whether ribbon control click must close backstage + for . - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for IsDefinitive. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Gets or sets whether the highest available adorner layer should be used for the . + This means that we will try to look up the visual tree till we find the highest . - + - Gets or sets the CornerRadius for the element + Gets or sets content of the backstage - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for CornerRadius. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Content. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + + + + Static constructor - + Default constructor - + - Called when a is clicked. + Called when this control receives the . - + - Gets control which represents shortcut item. - This item MUST be synchronized with the original - and send command to original one control. + Shows the - Control which represents shortcut item - + - Gets or sets whether control can be added to quick access toolbar + Hides the - - - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for CanAddToQuickAccessToolBar. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + + - + - + - - - Represents Fluent UI specific CheckBox - + + - + + + + + + + + + + - Gets or sets Size for the element. + Represents adorner for Backstage - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Size. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Initializes a new instance of the class. + Adorned element + Backstage - + - Gets or sets SizeDefinition for element. + Gets the . - + + + + + + + + + + + + + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for SizeDefinition. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Represents Backstage tab control. - + - Gets or sets KeyTip for element. + Gets or sets the margin which is used to render selected content. - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Keys. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + for . - + - Gets or sets element Text + Dependency property for - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Header. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Gets content for selected tab - + - Gets or sets Icon for the element + Dependency property for - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Icon. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Dependency property for - + - Gets or sets button large icon + Dependency property for - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for SmallIcon. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Dependency property for - + - Static constructor + Dependency property for - + - Default constructor + Dependency property for - + - Gets control which represents shortcut item. - This item MUST be syncronized with the original - and send command to original one control. + Get or sets the string format for the content. - Control which represents shortcut item - + - Gets or sets whether control can be added to quick access toolbar + Gets or sets the which should be used for the content - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for CanAddToQuickAccessToolBar. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Gets or sets the which should be used for the content - - - - - - - + - Represents color gallery modes + Get or sets the string format for the selected content. - + - Color gallery displays only fixed highlight colors + Gets or sets the which should be used for the selected content - + - Color gallery displays only fixed standart colors + Gets or sets the which should be used for the selected content - + - Color gallery displays theme colors + Dependency property for . - + - Date template selector for gradients + Gets or sets the MinWidth for the ItemsPanel. - + - When overridden in a derived class, returns a based on custom logic. + Gets or sets current Backround of the ItemsPanel - - Returns a or null. The default value is null. - - The data object for which to select the template.The data-bound object. - + - More colors event args + Dependency property for - + - Gets or sets choosed color + Gets or sets the - + - Gets or sets a value indicating whether more colors is canceled + for - + - Represents color gallery + Defines if the is enabled in this control - + - Hightlight colors array + for . - + - Standard colors array + Defines if the back button is visible or not. - + - Standard colors array in ThemeColor mode + for . - + - Gets recent colors collection + Static constructor - + - Gets or sets color gallery mode + Default constructor - + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Mode. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Gets selected . + If there is no item selected, the first found item is selected and it's container () is returned. + The currently selected . Or null of nothing was selected and nothing could be selected. - + + + + - Gets or sets chip width + Represents backstage tab item - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for ChipWidth. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Gets or sets Icon for the element - + - Gets or sets chip height + Dependency property for - + + + + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for ChipHeight. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Dependency property for - + - Gets or sets a value indicating whether Automatic button is visible + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the tab is selected - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for IsAutomaticColorButtonVisible. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Dependency property for - + - Gets or sets a value indicating whether No color button is visible + Gets parent tab control - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for IsNoColorButtonVisible. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Gets or sets tab items text - + - Gets or sets a value indicating whether More Colors button is visible + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Text. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for IsMoreColorsButtonVisible. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Static constructor - + + + + + + + + + + - Gets or sets number of color gallery columns. It works only when Mode is ThemeColors + Handles selected event + The event data. - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Columns. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Handles unselected event + The event data. - + - Gets or set number of standard color rows. Work only when Mode is ThemeColors + Handles IsSelected changed + The event data. - + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for StandardColorGridRows. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Represents button - + + + + - Gets or set number of theme color rows. Work only when Mode is ThemeColors + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Size. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + + + + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for ThemeColorGridRows. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for SizeDefinition. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + + + + - Gets or sets selected color + for . - + + + + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for SelectedColor. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Header. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + + + + - Gets collection of theme colors + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Icon. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + + + + - Gets or sets theme colors source + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for SmallIcon. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for ThemeColorsSource. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Gets or sets whether ribbon control click must close backstage - + - Gets theme gradients collection + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for IsDefinitive. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for ThemeGradients. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Static constructor - + - Gets standart gradients collection + Default constructor - + + + + + + + + + + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for ThemeGradients. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for CanAddToQuickAccessToolBar. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + - Occurs when selection color is changed + Represents Fluent UI specific CheckBox - + + + + - Identifies the SelectedColorChanged routed event. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Size. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + + + + - Occurs whether more colors menu item is clicked + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for SizeDefinition. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + + + + - Static constructor + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Keys. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + + + + - When overridden in a derived class, is invoked whenever application code or internal processes call . + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Header. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + + + + - Returns brightness of the given color from 0..1 + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Icon. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - Color - Brightness of the given color from 0..1 - + + + + - Makes gradient colors from lighter to darker + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for SmallIcon. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - Base color - Count of items in the gradient - Colors from lighter to darker - + - Represents custom Fluent UI ComboBox + Static constructor - + - Gets or sets Size for the element. + Default constructor - - - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Size. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + + - + + + + - Gets or sets SizeDefinition for element. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for CanAddToQuickAccessToolBar. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for SizeDefinition. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Represents color gallery modes - + - Gets or sets KeyTip for element. + Color gallery displays only fixed highlight colors - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Keys. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Color gallery displays only fixed standart colors - + - Gets drop down popup + Color gallery displays theme colors - + - Gets a value indicating whether context menu is opened + Date template selector for gradients - + - Gets or sets element Text + When overridden in a derived class, returns a based on custom logic. + + Returns a or null. The default value is null. + + The data object for which to select the template.The data-bound object. - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Header. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + More colors event args - + - Gets or sets Icon for the element + Gets or sets choosed color - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Icon. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Gets or sets a value indicating whether more colors is canceled - + - Gets or sets menu to show in combo box bottom + Represents color gallery - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Menu. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Hightlight colors array - + - Gets or sets width of the value input part of combobox + Standard colors array - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for InputWidth. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Standard colors array in ThemeColor mode - + - Gets or sets context menu resize mode + Gets recent colors collection - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for ResizeMode. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Gets or sets color gallery mode - + - Snaps / Unsnaps the Visual - (remove visuals and substitute with freezed image) + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Mode. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Gets or sets initial dropdown height + Gets or sets chip width - + - /Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for DropDownHeight. This enables animation, styling, binding, - etc... + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for ChipWidth. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Static constructor + Gets or sets chip height - + - Default Constructor + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for ChipHeight. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Gets control which represents shortcut item. - This item MUST be syncronized with the original - and send command to original one control. + Gets or sets a value indicating whether Automatic button is visible - Control which represents shortcut item - + - Gets or sets whether control can be added to quick access toolbar + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for IsAutomaticColorButtonVisible. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for CanAddToQuickAccessToolBar. This enables animation, styling, - binding, etc... + Gets or sets a value indicating whether No color button is visible - + - When overridden in a derived class, is invoked whenever application code or internal processes call - . + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for IsNoColorButtonVisible. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Reports when a combo box's popup opens. + Gets or sets a value indicating whether More Colors button is visible - The event data for the event. - + - Reports when a combo box's popup closes. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for IsMoreColorsButtonVisible. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - The event data for the event. - + - Invoked when a attached routed event occurs. + Gets or sets number of color gallery columns. It works only when Mode is ThemeColors - Event data. - + - Invoked when a attached routed event occurs. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Columns. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - Event data. - - - - - - - + - Represents context menu resize mode + Gets or set number of standard color rows. Work only when Mode is ThemeColors - + - Context menu can not be resized + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for StandardColorGridRows. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Context menu can be only resized vertically + Gets or set number of theme color rows. Work only when Mode is ThemeColors - + - Context menu can be resized vertically and horizontally + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for ThemeColorGridRows. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Represents a pop-up menu that enables a control - to expose functionality that is specific to the context of the control + Gets or sets selected color - + - Gets or sets context menu resize mode + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for SelectedColor. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for ResizeMode. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Gets collection of theme colors - + - Static constructor - ] + Gets or sets theme colors source + - + - When overridden in a derived class, is invoked whenever application code or internal processes call . + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for ThemeColorsSource. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Creates or identifies the element that is used to display the given item. + Gets theme gradients collection - The element that is used to display the given item. - + - Determines if the specified item is (or is eligible to be) its own container. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for ThemeGradients. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - The item to check. - true if the item is (or is eligible to be) its own container; otherwise, false. - + - Special wrap panel for . + Gets standart gradients collection - + - Creates a new instance. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for ThemeGradients. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Attached for SharedSizeGroupName. + Occurs when selection color is changed - + - Sets for . + Identifies the SelectedColorChanged routed event. - + - Gets for . + Occurs whether more colors menu item is clicked - + - Attached for SharedSizeGroupName. + Static constructor - + + + + - Sets for . + Returns brightness of the given color from 0..1 + Color + Brightness of the given color from 0..1 - + - Gets for . + Makes gradient colors from lighter to darker + Base color + Count of items in the gradient + Colors from lighter to darker - + - DependencyProperty for property. + Represents custom Fluent UI ComboBox - + + + + - The ItemWidth and ItemHeight properties specify the size of all items in the WrapPanel. - Note that children of - WrapPanel may have their own Width/Height properties set - the ItemWidth/ItemHeight - specifies the size of "layout partition" reserved by WrapPanel for the child. - If this property is not set (or set to "Auto" in markup or Double.NaN in code) - the size of layout - partition is equal to DesiredSize of the child element. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Size. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + + + + - DependencyProperty for property. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for SizeDefinition. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - - - The ItemWidth and ItemHeight properties specify the size of all items in the WrapPanel. - Note that children of - WrapPanel may have their own Width/Height properties set - the ItemWidth/ItemHeight - specifies the size of "layout partition" reserved by WrapPanel for the child. - If this property is not set (or set to "Auto" in markup or Double.NaN in code) - the size of layout - partition is equal to DesiredSize of the child element. - + + - + - DependencyProperty for property. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Keys. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - - - Specifies dimension of children positioning in absence of wrapping. - Wrapping occurs in orthogonal direction. For example, if Orientation is Horizontal, - the items try to form horizontal rows first and if needed are wrapped and form vertical stack of rows. - If Orientation is Vertical, items first positioned in a vertical column, and if there is - not enough space - wrapping creates additional columns in horizontal dimension. - + + - - - - + + - - - - + + - + - + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Header. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - - - Represents the container for the . - + + - + - Indicates whether the has aleaady been shown or not. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Icon. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - for . + Gets or sets menu to show in combo box bottom - + - Shows the . + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Menu. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Hides the . + Gets or sets width of the value input part of combobox - + - Helper control which enables easy embedding of window steering functions. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for InputWidth. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Static constructor + Gets or sets context menu resize mode - + - Invoked when an unhandled  routed event is raised on this element. Implement this method to add class handling for this event. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for ResizeMode. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - The that contains the event data. The event data reports that the left mouse button was pressed. - + - Invoked when an unhandled  routed event reaches an element in its route that is derived from this class. Implement this method to add class handling for this event. + Snaps / Unsnaps the Visual + (remove visuals and substitute with freezed image) - The that contains the event data. The event data reports that the right mouse button was released. - + - Converts to a and back. + Gets or sets initial dropdown height - + - Converts a value. + /Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for DropDownHeight. This enables animation, styling, binding, + etc... - - A converted value. If the method returns null, the valid null value is used. - - The value produced by the binding source.The type of the binding target property.The converter parameter to use.The culture to use in the converter. - + - Converts a value. + Static constructor - - A converted value. If the method returns null, the valid null value is used. - - The value that is produced by the binding target.The type to convert to.The converter parameter to use.The culture to use in the converter. - + - Checks equality of value and the converter parameter. - Returns if they are equal. - Returns if they are NOT equal. + Default Constructor - + - + - + - Converts null to true and not null to false. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for CanAddToQuickAccessToolBar. This enables animation, styling, + binding, etc... - - - A singleton instance for . - + + - + - + - - - Converter class which converts from to and back. - + + - - - Converts a value. - - - A converted value. If the method returns null, the valid null value is used. - - The value produced by the binding source.The type of the binding target property.The converter parameter to use.The culture to use in the converter. + + - - - Converts a value. - - - A converted value. If the method returns null, the valid null value is used. - - The value that is produced by the binding target.The type to convert to.The converter parameter to use.The culture to use in the converter. + + - - - Converts the given to a . - - The value converted from or if the conversion fails. + + - + + + + + + + + + + - Converts to a formatted text using . + Represents context menu resize mode - converted to a . - + - Extracts right content presenter of application menu converter + Context menu can not be resized - + - Converts a value. + Context menu can be only resized vertically - - A converted value. If the method returns null, the valid null value is used. - - The value produced by the binding source.The type of the binding target property.The converter parameter to use.The culture to use in the converter. - + - Converts a value. + Context menu can be resized vertically and horizontally - - A converted value. If the method returns null, the valid null value is used. - - The value that is produced by the binding target.The type to convert to.The converter parameter to use.The culture to use in the converter. - + - Used to invert numbers + Represents a pop-up menu that enables a control + to expose functionality that is specific to the context of the control - + - Converts a value. + Gets or sets context menu resize mode - - A converted value. If the method returns null, the valid null value is used. - - The value produced by the binding source.The type of the binding target property.The converter parameter to use.The culture to use in the converter. - + - Converts a value. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for ResizeMode. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - - A converted value. If the method returns null, the valid null value is used. - - The value that is produced by the binding target.The type to convert to.The converter parameter to use.The culture to use in the converter. - + - Converts string, URI or ImageSource to Image control - + Static constructor + ] - + - + - - - Extracts an from which closest matches the . - - Value from which the should be extracted. It can be of type - The desired size to extract from . - An which closest matches + + - + - Class which enables conversion from to + Represents drop down button - + - Returns whether this converter can convert an object of the given type to the type of this converter, using the specified context. + Gets or sets Size for the element. - - true if this converter can perform the conversion; otherwise, false. - - An that provides a format context. A that represents the type you want to convert from. - + - Converts the given object to the type of this converter, using the specified context and culture information. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Size. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - - An that represents the converted value. - - An that provides a format context. The to use as the current culture. The to convert. The conversion cannot be performed. - + + + + - Hold static instances of several commonly used converters. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for SizeDefinition. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + + + + - Get a static instance of + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Keys. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + + + + + + + + + + - Get a static instance of + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Header. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + + + + - Get a static instance of + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Icon. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - - - Get a static instance of - - - - - Get a static instance of - - - - - Used to convert from four double values to - - - - - Converts source values to a value for the binding target. The data binding engine calls this method when it propagates the values from source bindings to the binding target. - - - A converted value.If the method returns null, the valid null value is used.A return value of . indicates that the converter did not produce a value, and that the binding will use the if it is available, or else will use the default value.A return value of . indicates that the binding does not transfer the value or use the or the default value. - - The array of values that the source bindings in the produces. The value indicates that the source binding has no value to provide for conversion.The type of the binding target property.The converter parameter to use.The culture to use in the converter. - - - - Converts a binding target value to the source binding values. - - - An array of values that have been converted from the target value back to the source values. - - The value that the binding target produces.The array of types to convert to. The array length indicates the number and types of values that are suggested for the method to return.The converter parameter to use.The culture to use in the converter. - - - - Represents the result of . - - - - - An empty default instance. - - - - - Creates a new instance. - - Defines if the pressed element aquired focus or not. - Defines if the pressed element opened a popup or not. - - - - Defines if the pressed element aquired focus or not. - - - - - Defines if the pressed element opened a popup or not. - - - - - Interface which allows extension of the KeyTip system. - - - - - Gets a list of which belong to the current instance. - - Defines if the created should be hidden or not. - A list of which belong to the current instance. - - - - Interface which is used to signal size changes - - - - - Called when the size is changed - - Size before change - Size after change - - - - Extensions for . - - - - - Execute using and . - - - - - Determines whether the can be executed using and . - - Returns the commands result of CanExecute. - - - - Class with extension methods for . - - - - - Class with extension methods for and . - - - - - Helper class to position . - - - - - Positions like would but ignores the value of . - - - - - Gets the values for a like would but ignores the value of . - - - - - Class which offers helper methods for steering the window - - - - - Shows the system menu at the current mouse position. - - The mouse event args. - Defines if window dragging should be handled. - Defines if window state changes should be handled. - - - - Shows the system menu at the current mouse position. - - The object which was the source of the mouse event. - The mouse event args. - Defines if window dragging should be handled. - Defines if window state changes should be handled. - - - - Shows the system menu at the current mouse position. - - The object which was the source of the mouse event. - The mouse event args. - - - - Shows the system menu at the current mouse position. - - The window for which the system menu should be shown. - The mouse event args. - - - - Shows the system menu at . - - The window for which the system menu should be shown. - The location at which the system menu should be shown. - - - - Inferface for controls which provide a large icon. - - - - - Gets or sets the large icon. - - - - - Represents a control that has a header. - - - - - Gets or sets the header. - - - - - Class containing boxed values for . - - - - - Gets a boxed value for true. - - - - - Gets a boxed value for true. - - - - - Gets a boxed value for . - - A boxed value. - - - - Class containing boxed values for . - - - - - Gets a boxed value for 0. - - - - - Gets a boxed value for . - - - - - Class containing boxed values for . - - - - - Gets a boxed value for 0.0D. - - - - - Gets a boxed value for . - - - - - Gets a boxed value for . - - - - - Class containing boxed values for . - - - - - Gets a boxed value for . - - - - - Class containing boxed values for . - - - - - Gets a boxed value for . - - - - - Gets a boxed value for . - - - - - Gets a boxed value for . - - - - - Gets a boxed value for . - - A boxed value. - - - - Class with helper functions for UI related stuff - - - - - Tries to find immediate visual child of type which matches - - - The visual child of type that matches . - Returns null if no child matches. - - - - - Gets the first visual child of type TChildItem by walking down the visual tree. - - The type of visual child to find. - The parent element whose visual tree shall be walked down. - The first element of type TChildItem found in the visual tree is returned. If none is found, null is returned. - - - - Gets all visual children of . - - - - - - Finds the parent control of type . - First looks at the visual tree and then at the logical tree to find the parent. - - The found visual/logical parent or null. - This method searches further up the parent chain instead of just using the immediate parent. - - - - Returns either the visual or logical parent of . - This also works for and . - - - - - Returns the visual parent of . - This also works for and . - - - - - First checks if is either a or and if it is returns it's . - If those checks yield no result is called. - - The visual element for which to find an adorner layer. - An adorner layer for the specified visual, or null if no adorner layer can be found. - Raised when visual is null. - - - - Helper class for - - - - - Checks if can be executed. - This method is null safe. - - true if the command can be executed, otherwise false. - - - - Executes . - This method is null safe. - - - - - Helper class used to queue action for completion or items changes of - - - - - Creates a new instance used to queue action for completion or items changes of - - The to be used. - The that should be invoked. - - - - Gets the to be used. - - - - - Gets the that should be invoked. - - - - - Gets the current wait state. true in case was called and we are waiting for the to finish. - - - - - Queues for invocation. - - - - - AreClose - Returns whether or not two doubles are "close". That is, whether or - not they are within epsilon of each other. Note that this epsilon is proportional - to the numbers themselves to that AreClose survives scalar multiplication. - There are plenty of ways for this to return false even for numbers which - are theoretically identical, so no code calling this should fail to work if this - returns false. This is important enough to repeat: - NB: NO CODE CALLING THIS FUNCTION SHOULD DEPEND ON ACCURATE RESULTS - this should be - used for optimizations *only*. - - - bool - the result of the AreClose comparision. - - The first double to compare. - The second double to compare. - - - - GreaterThan - Returns whether or not the first double is greater than the second double. - That is, whether or not the first is strictly greater than *and* not within epsilon of - the other number. Note that this epsilon is proportional to the numbers themselves - to that AreClose survives scalar multiplication. Note, - There are plenty of ways for this to return false even for numbers which - are theoretically identical, so no code calling this should fail to work if this - returns false. This is important enough to repeat: - NB: NO CODE CALLING THIS FUNCTION SHOULD DEPEND ON ACCURATE RESULTS - this should be - used for optimizations *only*. - - - bool - the result of the GreaterThan comparision. - - The first double to compare. - The second double to compare. + + - + - This trigger action binds a command/command parameter for MVVM usage with - a Blend based trigger. This is used in place of the one in the Blend samples - - it has a problem in it as of the current (first) release. Once it is fixed, this - command can go away. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for SmallIcon. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - ICommand to execute + Gets or sets whether button has triangle - + - Command parameter to pass to command execution + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for HasTriangle. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + + + + - Command to execute + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for IsOpen. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Command parameter + Gets or sets context menu resize mode - + - This is called to execute the command when the trigger conditions are satisfied. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for ResizeMode. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - parameter (not used) - + - Interface for handling loading and saving the state of a . + Get or sets max height of drop down popup - + - Gets wether state is currently loading. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for MaxDropDownHeight. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Gets or sets whether state is loaded. + Gets or sets initial dropdown height - + - Save current state to a temporary storage. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for InitialDropDownHeight. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Save current state to a persistent storage. + Gets or sets whether the popup of this drop down button should automatically be closed on mouse down. - + - Load state from a temporary storage. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for ClosePopupOnMouseDown. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Loads the state from a persistent storage. + Gets or sets the delay in milliseconds to close the popup on mouse down. - - Sets after it's finished to prevent a race condition with saving the state to the temporary storage. - - + - Resets saved state. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for ClosePopupOnMouseDownDelay. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + + + + + + + - Meant to support interop scenarios + Static constructor - + - Gets the titlebar + Default constructor - + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + - Container class for KeyTip informations + Called when drop down opened. - + - Creates a new instance. + Called when drop down closed. - The keys to be used for . - The element to which this instance belongs to. - Defines if the created should be hidden or not. - + + + + - Gets + Handles quick access button drop down menu opened - + - Gets the element this instance belongs to. + Handles quick access button drop down menu closed - + - Gets or sets the element which acts as the visual target. + This method must be overridden to bind properties to use in quick access creating + Toolbar item - + - Gets the initial visibility. + Binds the DropDownClosed and DropDownOpened events to the created quick access item + Toolbar item - + + + + - Gets the for . + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for CanAddToQuickAccessToolBar. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + + + + + + + + + + + + + - Gets or sets the position of . + Represents gallery control. + Usually a gallery is hosted in context menu - + - Gets or sets the backed up value of of + Min width of the Gallery - + - Gets from . + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for MinItemsInRow. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Gets or sets from . + Max width of the Gallery - + - Gets from + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for MaxItemsInRow. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Attribute class providing informations about a localization + Gets or sets name of property which + will use to group items in the Gallery. - + - Creates a new instance. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for GroupBy. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - Specifies the display name. - Specifies the culture name. - + - Gets the display name. + Gets or sets name of property which + will use to group items in the Gallery. - + - Gets the culture name. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for GroupBy. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Base class for localizations. + Gets or sets orientation of gallery - + - Fallback instance of for localization. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Orientation. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Gets text for representing "Automatic" + Gets or sets item width - + - Gets KeyTip of backstage button + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for ItemWidth. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Gets text of backstage button + Gets or sets item height - + - Gets customize Status Bar + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for ItemHeight. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Expand Button ScreenTip Text + Gets collection of filters - + - Expand Button ScreenTip Title + Gets or sets selected filter - + - Minimize Button ScreenTip Text + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for SelectedFilter. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Minimize Button ScreenTip Title + Gets selected filter title - + - Gets text for representing "More colors..." + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for SelectedFilterTitle. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Gets text for representing "No color" + Gets selected filter groups - + - Quick Access ToolBar DropDown Button ToolTip + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for SelectedFilterGroups. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Quick Access ToolBar Menu Header + Gets whether gallery has selected filter - + - Quick Access ToolBar Menu Minimize Quick Access Toolbar + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for HasFilter. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Quick Access ToolBar Minimize Quick Access Toolbar + Gets or sets whether gallery items can be selected - + - Quick Access ToolBar MoreControls Button ToolTip + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Selectable. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Quick Access ToolBar Menu Add Gallery + Gets whether gallery is last item in ItemsControl - + - Quick Access ToolBar Menu Add Group + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for IsLastItem. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Quick Access ToolBar Menu Add Item + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for IsLastItem. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Quick Access ToolBar Menu Add Menu + Static constructor - + - Ribbon Context Menu Customize Quick Access Toolbar + Default constructor - + + + + + + + + + + - Ribbon Context Menu Customize Quick Access Toolbar + Represents container of grouped gallery items in GalleryPanel or Gallery - + - Ribbon Context Menu Minimize Quick Access Toolbar + Gets or sets whether the header must be shown. + When the property is false this control uses to show all items without grouping - + - Quick Access ToolBar Menu Remove Item + for . - + - Ribbon Context Menu Minimize Quick Access Toolbar + Gets or sets panel orientation - + - Ribbon Context Menu Minimize Quick Access Toolbar + for . - + - Gets ScreenTip's disable reason header + Gets or sets a value that specifies the width of + all items that are contained within - + - Gets ScreenTip's disable reason header + for . - + - Change notifications are not implemented. - This class only implements to prevent WPF from trying to listen to changes by using other ways than listening for this event. + Gets or sets a value that specifies the height of + all items that are contained within - + - Contains localizable Ribbon's properties. - Set Culture property to change current Ribbon localization or - set properties independently to use your localization + for . - + - Occurs then property is changed + Gets or sets minimum items in which should be placed in one row. - + - Static instance of to ease it's usage in XAML. + for . - + - Gets or sets current culture used for localization. + Gets or sets maximum items in which should be placed in one row. - + - Gets or sets the current localization. + for . - + - Default constructor + Creates a new instance of . - + - Handles loading and saving the state of a from/to a , for temporary storage, and from/to , for persistent storage. + Static constructor - + + + + - Creates a new instance. + Determinates item's size (return Size.Empty in case of it is not possible) - The of which the state should be stored. + - + + + + - Finalizes an instance of the class. + Represents gallery group filter definition - + - Gets wether this object already got disposed. + Gets or sets title of filter - + - Gets wether state is currently loading. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Title. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Gets or sets whether state is loaded. + Gets or sets list pf groups splitted by comma - + - Gets name of the isolated storage file + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Groups. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Save current state to a temporary storage. + Represents gallery item - + + + + - Save current state to a persistent storage. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Keys. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Saves state to . + Gets a value that indicates whether a Button is currently activated. + This is a dependency property. - Stream - + - Create the serialized state data which should be saved later. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for IsPressed. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - which contains the serialized state data. - + - Load state from a temporary storage. + Gets or sets GalleryItem group - + - Loads the State from Isolated Storage (in user store for domain) + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Group. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - - Sets after it's finished to prevent a race condition with saving the state to the MemoryStream. - - + - Loads state from . + Gets or sets whether ribbon control click must close backstage or popup. - The to load the state from. - + - Loads state from . + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for IsDefinitive. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - The to load the state from. - + + + + + + + + + + - Loads state from . + Identifies the CommandParameter dependency property. - The to load the state from. - + - Loads quick access items from . + Identifies the routed Command dependency property. - Serialized data for generating quick access items. - + - Creates a quick access item () from the given . + Identifies the CommandTarget dependency property. - Serialized data for one quick access item. - The created quick access item or null of the creation failed. - + - Determines whether the given file exists in the given storage + Gets or sets the command to invoke when mouse enters or leaves this button. The commandparameter will be the instance. + This is a dependency property. - + - Get this which should be used to store the current state. + Identifies the PreviewCommand dependency property. - or if threw an exception. - + - Resets saved state. + Gets or sets the command to invoke when mouse enters or leaves this button. The commandparameter will be the instance. + This is a dependency property. - - Performs application-defined tasks associated with freeing, releasing, or resetting unmanaged resources. - - + - Performs application-defined tasks associated with freeing, releasing, or resetting unmanaged resources. + Identifies the PreviewCommand dependency property. - Defines wether managed resources should also be freed. - + - Represents additional context menu service + Handles Command changed - + - Attach needed parameters to control + Handles Command CanExecute changed - + + + + - Coerce control context menu + Occurs when a RibbonControl is clicked. - + - Represents logical sizes of a ribbon control + Identifies the RibbonControl.Click routed event. - + - Large size of a control + Raises click event - + - Middle size of a control + Static constructor - + - Small size of a control + Default constructor - + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + - Represents states of ribbon group + Handles click event + Sender + The event data + + + + + + - + - Large. All controls in the group will try to be large size + Represents internal class to use it in + GalleryPanel as placeholder for GalleryItems - + - Middle. All controls in the group will try to be middle size + Gets the target of the placeholder - + - Small. All controls in the group will try to be small size + Constructor + Target - - - Collapsed. Group will collapse its content in a single button - + + - - - QuickAccess. Group will collapse its content in a single button in quick access toolbar - + + - + - Represents class to determine .NET Framework version difference + Represents panel for Gallery and InRibbonGallery with grouping and filtering capabilities - + - Version of WPF + Used to prevent measures which cause the layout to flicker. + This is needed when the gallery panel has switched owners during InRibbonGallery popup open/close. - + - Gets UseLayoutRounding attached property value + Gets or sets whether gallery panel shows groups + (Filter property still works as usual) - - + - Gets UseLayoutRounding attached property value + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for IsGrouped. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for UseLayoutRounding. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Gets or sets property name to group items - + - Represents container of grouped gallery items in GalleryPanel or Gallery + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for GroupBy. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Gets or sets whether the header must be shown. - When the property is false this control uses to show all items without grouping + Gets or sets name of property which + will use to group items in the Gallery. - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for IsHeadered. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for GroupBy. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Gets or sets panel orientation + Gets or sets ItemContainerGenerator which generates the + user interface (UI) on behalf of its host, such as an ItemsControl. - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Orientation. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for ItemContainerGenerator. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + Gets or sets a value that specifies the width of all items that are contained within - + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for ItemWidth. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + Gets or sets a value that specifies the height of all items that are contained within - + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for ItemHeight. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Gets or sets minimum items quantity in row + Gets or sets groups names separated by comma which must be shown - + + + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Filter. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + + + + + Gets or sets maximum items quantity in row + + + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for ItemsInRow. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + Gets or sets maximum items quantity in row - + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for ItemsInRow. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Static constructor + Default constructor - + + + + + + + - Invoked when the property changes. + Updates MinWidth and MaxWidth of the gallery panel (based on MinItemsInRow and MaxItemsInRow) - Old value of the property.New value of the property. - + Determinates item's size (return Size.Empty in case of it is not possible) - + + + + + + + + + + + + + - Called to remeasure a control. + Represents group separator menu item - The size of the control, up to the maximum specified by constraint. - The maximum size that the method can return. - + - Represents internal class to use it in - GalleryPanel as placeholder for GalleryItems + Represents the In-Ribbon Gallery, a gallery-based control that exposes + a default subset of items directly in the Ribbon. Any remaining items + are displayed when a drop-down menu button is clicked - + + + + - Gets the target of the placeholder + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Size. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + + + + - Constructor + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for SizeDefinition. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - Target - + + + + - When overridden in a derived class, measures the size in layout - required for child elements and determines a size for the derived class. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Keys. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - - The size that this element determines it needs during layout, - based on its calculations of child element sizes. - - The available size that this element can - give to child elements. Infinity can be specified as a value to - indicate that the element will size to whatever content is available. - + + + + - Defines the template for WPF core-level arrange layout definition. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Header. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - - The final area within the parent that element should use to - arrange itself and its child elements. - + + + + - Represents panel for Gallery, InRibbonGallery, ComboBox - with grouping and filtering capabilities + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Icon. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Gets or sets whether gallery panel shows groups - (Filter property still works as usual) + Min width of the Gallery - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for IsGrouped. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for MinItemsInDropDownRow. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Gets or sets property name to group items + Max width of the Gallery - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for GroupBy. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for MaxItemsInDropDownRow. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + + + Gets or sets item width + + + + + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for ItemWidth. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + + + + + Gets or sets item height + + + + + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for ItemHeight. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + + + Gets or sets name of property which will use to group items in the Gallery. - + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for GroupBy. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Gets or sets ItemContainerGenerator which generates the - user interface (UI) on behalf of its host, such as an ItemsControl. + Gets or sets name of property which + will use to group items in the Gallery. - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for ItemContainerGenerator. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for GroupBy. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Gets or sets group style + Gets or sets orientation of gallery - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for GroupHeaderStyle. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Orientation. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Gets or sets a value that specifies the width of - all items that are contained within + Gets collection of filters - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for ItemWidth. + Gets or sets selected filter + + + + + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for SelectedFilter. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Gets or sets a value that specifies the height of - all items that are contained within + Gets selected filter title - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for ItemHeight. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for SelectedFilterTitle. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Gets or sets groups names separated by comma which must be shown + Gets selected filter groups - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Filter. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for SelectedFilterGroups. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Gets or sets maximum items quantity in row + Gets whether gallery has selected filter - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for ItemsInRow. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for HasFilter. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Gets or sets maximum items quantity in row + Gets or sets whether gallery items can be selected - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for ItemsInRow. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Selectable. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + + + + + + + + + + - Default constructor + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for IsOpen. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Gets the number of visual child elements within this element. + Gets or sets context menu resize mode - + - Overrides System.Windows.Media.Visual.GetVisualChild(System.Int32), - and returns a child at the specified index from a collection of child elements. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for ResizeMode. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - The zero-based index of the requested - child element in the collection - The requested child element. This should not return null; - if the provided index is out of range, an exception is thrown - + - Updates MinWidth and MaxWidth of the gallery panel (based on MinItemsInRow and MaxItemsInRow) + Gets or sets whether InRibbonGallery - + - Determinates item's size (return Size.Empty in case of it is not possible) + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for CanCollapseToButton. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - - + - Invoked when the VisualCollection of a visual object is modified. + Gets whether InRibbonGallery is collapsed to button - The Visual that was added to the collection. - The Visual that was removed from the collection. - + - When overridden in a derived class, measures the size in - layout required for child elements and determines a size - for the derived class. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for IsCollapsed. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - - The size that this element determines it needs during layout, - based on its calculations of child element sizes. - - The available size that this element can give - to child elements. Infinity can be specified as a value to indicate that - the element will size to whatever content is available. - + + + + - When overridden in a derived class, positions child elements - and determines a size for a derived class. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for SmallIcon. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - The actual size used. - The final area within the parent that this - element should use to arrange itself and its children. - + - Gets an enumerator that can iterate the logical child elements of this element. + Snaps / Unsnaps the Visual + (remove visuals and substitute with freezed image) - - An . This property has no default value. - - + - Represents control that have drop down popup + Gets or sets menu to show in combo box bottom - + - Gets drop down popup + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Menu. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Gets a value indicating whether control context menu is opened + Gets or sets max count of items in row - + - Gets or sets a value indicating whether drop down is opened + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for MaxItemsInRow. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Base interface for controls supports key tips + Gets or sets min count of items in row - + - Gets and sets KeyTip for element. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for MaxItemsInRow. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Handles key tip pressed + Get or sets max height of drop down popup - + - Handles back navigation with KeyTips + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for MaxDropDownHeight. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Base interface for Fluent controls + Get or sets max width of drop down popup - + - Gets or sets Size for the element + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for MaxDropDownWidth. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Gets or sets SizeDefinition for element + Gets or sets initial dropdown height - + - Gets or sets Icon for the element + /Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for DropDownHeight. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Interface for controls that support -Behavior + Gets or sets initial dropdown width - + - Gets or sets the name of the group that the toggle button belongs to. - Use the GroupName property to specify a grouping of toggle buttons to - create a mutually exclusive set of controls. You can use the GroupName - property when only one selection is possible from a list of available - options. When this property is set, only one ToggleButton in the specified - group can be selected at a time. + /Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for DropDownWidth. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Gets or sets a value indicating whether SplitButton is checked + for . - + - Gets a value indicating whether the ToggleButton is fully loaded + Gets or sets the height of the container which hosts the . - - Gets the logical parent element of this element. - This element's logical parent. + + - - - Class for several commands belonging to the Ribbon - + + - - - Gets the value that represents the Open Backstage command - + + - + - Enables the use of behaviors in styles + Initializes static members of the class. - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Behaviors. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Default constructor - - - Gets Behaviors for element - + + - + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + - Sets Behaviors for element + Represents KeyTip control - + - Just a for + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Keys. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Creates a new instance of the . + Sets value of attached property Keys for the given element - - The new instance. - + The given element + Value - + - Dismiss popup mode + Gets value of the attached property Keys of the given element + The given element - + - Always dismiss popup + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for AutoPlacement. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Dismiss only if mouse is not over popup + Sets whether key tip placement is auto + or defined by alignment and margin properties + The given element + Value - + - Dismiss popup arguments + Gets whether key tip placement is auto + or defined by alignment and margin properties + The given element - + - Popup dismiss mode + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for HorizontalAlignment. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Standard constructor + Sets Horizontal Alignment of the key tip + The given element + Value - + - Constructor + Gets Horizontal alignment of the key tip - Dismiss mode + The given element - + - When overridden in a derived class, provides a way to invoke event handlers in a type-specific way, which can increase efficiency over the base implementation. + Gets vertical alignment of the key tip - The generic handler / delegate implementation to be invoked.The target on which the provided handler should be invoked. + The given element - + - Represent additional popup functionality + Sets vertical alignment of the key tip + The given element + Value - + - Occurs then popup is dismissed + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for VerticalAlignment. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Raises DismissPopup event (Async) + Gets margin of the key tip + The key tip + Margin - + - Raises DismissPopup event + Sets margin of the key tip + The key tip + Value - + - Set needed parameters to control + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Margin. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - Control type - + - Handles PreviewMouseDownOutsideCapturedElementEvent event + Represents menu item - + + + + - Handles lost mouse capture event + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Size. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + + + + - Returns true whether parent is ancestor of element + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for SizeDefinition. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - Parent - Element - Returns true whether parent is ancestor of element - + + + + - Handles dismiss popup event + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Keys. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + + + + + + + - Returns true whether mouse is physically over the popup + Useless property only used in secon level application menu items - Element - Returns true whether mouse is physically over the popup - + - Returns true whether mouse is physically over the element + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Description. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - Element - Returns true whether mouse is physically over the element - + + + + - Handles context menu opened event + Gets or sets whether ribbon control click must close backstage - + - Handles context menu closed event + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for IsDefinitive. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Represents Fluent UI specific RadioButton + Gets or sets context menu resize mode - + - Gets or sets Size for the element. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for ResizeMode. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Size. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Get or sets max height of drop down popup - + - Gets or sets SizeDefinition for element. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for MaxDropDownHeight. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for SizeDefinition. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Gets or sets a value indicating whether menu item is splited - + - Gets or sets KeyTip for element. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for IsSplited. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + + + + + + + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Keys. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for GroupName. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + + + + + + + - Gets or sets element Text + Initializes static members of the class. - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Header. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Initializes a new instance of the class. - + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Helper for setting on . + to set on. + RecognizesAccessKey property value. + + + Helper for getting from . + to read from. + RecognizesAccessKey property value. + + - Gets or sets Icon for the element + Defines if access keys should be recognized. - + + + + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Icon. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Handles quick access button drop down menu opened - + - Gets or sets button large icon + Handles quick access button drop down menu closed - + + + + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for SmallIcon. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for CanAddToQuickAccessToolBar. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + + + + + + + + + + + + + - Static constructor + Returns logical parent; either Parent or ItemsControlFromItemContainer(this). + + Copied from . + - + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + - Default constructor + This interface must be implemented for controls + which are intended to insert to quick access toolbar - + Gets control which represents shortcut item. This item MUST be syncronized with the original @@ -3345,5708 +3473,6039 @@ Control which represents shortcut item - + - Gets or sets whether control can be added to quick access toolbar + Gets or sets a value indicating whether control can be added to quick access toolbar - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for CanAddToQuickAccessToolBar. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Peresents quick access shortcut to another control - - + + + Default constructor + - + + + Gets or sets shortcut to the target control + + + + + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for shortcut. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + + + - + - Represents menu in combo box and gallery + The class responds to mine controls for QuickAccessToolBar - + - Creates or identifies the element that is used to display the given item. + Determines whether the given control can provide a quick access toolbar item - The element that is used to display the given item. + Control + True if this control is able to provide + a quick access toolbar item, false otherwise - + - Determines if the specified item is (or is eligible to be) its own container. + Gets control which represents quick access toolbar item - The item to check. - + Host control + Control which represents quick access toolbar item - + - Class to map from to + Finds the top supported control - + - Creates a new instance + Represents quick access toolbar - + - Creates a new instance + Occured when items are added or removed from Quick Access toolbar - + - Gets or sets the value for large group sizes + Gets items collection - + - Gets or sets the value for middle group sizes + Gets whether QuickAccessToolBar has overflow items - + - Gets or sets the value for small group sizes + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for HasOverflowItems. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Converts from to + Gets quick access menu items - + - Converts from to + Handles quick access menu items chages - + - Converts from to + Gets or sets whether quick access toolbar showes above ribbon - + - Gets the appropriate from , or depending on + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for ShowAboveRibbon. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - - - - - - - + - - Determines whether the specified object instances are considered equal. - The first object to compare. - The second object to compare. - true if the objects are considered equal; otherwise, false. If both and are null, the method returns true. - - - Determines whether the specified object instances are not considered equal. - The first object to compare. - The second object to compare. - true if the objects are not considered equal; otherwise, false. If both and are null, the method returns false. - - + - Returns a string that represents the current object. + Gets or sets whether user can change location of QAT - - A string that represents the current object. - - + - Represents ribbon status bar + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for CanQuickAccessLocationChanging. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Static constructor + Gets or sets whether the Menu-DropDown is visible or not. - + - Default constructor + for . - + - Creates or identifies the element that is used to display the given item. + Static constructor - The element that is used to display the given item. - - - Determines if the specified item is (or is eligible to be) its own container. - - The item to check. - true if the item is (or is eligible to be) its own container; otherwise, false. + + - + - Invoked when the property changes. + Handles show below menu item click - Information about the change. + Sender + The event data - + - Represents ribbon status bar item + Handles show above menu item click + Sender + The event data - - - Gets or sets ribbon status bar item - + + - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Title. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + We have to use this function because setting a very frequently is quite expensive - + - Gets or sets ribbon status bar value + First calls and then - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Value. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Gets or sets a custom action to generate KeyTips for items in this control. - + - Gets or sets whether status bar item is checked in menu + for . - + + + + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for IsChecked. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Represents Fluent UI specific RadioButton - + + + + - Occurs when status bar item checks + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Size. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + + + + - Occurs when status bar item unchecks + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for SizeDefinition. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + + + + - Static constructor + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Keys. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + + + + - Represents menu item in ribbon status bar menu + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Header. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + + + + - Gets or sets Ribbon Status Bar menu item + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Icon. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + + + + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for StatusBarItem. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for SmallIcon. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + Static constructor - + Default constructor - Ribbon Status Bar menu item - - - Represents separator to use in the TabControl - + + - + + + + - Static constructor + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for CanAddToQuickAccessToolBar. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + - Represents panel for status bar + Represents the main Ribbon control which consists of multiple tabs, each of which + containing groups of controls. The Ribbon also provides improved context + menus, enhanced screen tips, and keyboard shortcuts. - + - When overridden in a derived class, measures the size in layout required for child elements and determines a size for the -derived class. + Gets the current instance for storing the state of this control. - - The size that this element determines it needs during layout, based on its calculations of child element sizes. - - The available size that this element can give to child elements. Infinity can be specified as a value to indicate that the element will size to whatever content is available. - + - When overridden in a derived class, positions child elements and determines a size for a derived class. + Create a new instance for storing the state of this control. - - The actual size used. - - The final area within the parent that this element should use to arrange itself and its children. + Instance of a state storage class. - + - Represents custom Fluent UI TextBox + Minimal width of ribbon parent window - + - Gets or sets width of the value input part of textbox + Minimal height of ribbon parent window - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for InputWidth. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + for . - + - Static constructor + Gets or sets whether the default context menu should be enabled/used. - + - Creates a new instance. + Context menu for ribbon in current thread - + + + + + + + - Invoked when an unhandled System.Windows.Input.Keyboard.KeyUp�attached event reaches - an element in its route that is derived from this class. Implement this method to add class handling for this event. + Occurs when selected tab has been changed (be aware that SelectedTab can be null) - The System.Windows.Input.KeyEventArgs that contains the event data. - + - Gets control which represents shortcut item. - This item MUST be syncronized with the original - and send command to original one control. + Occurs when customize the ribbon - Control which represents shortcut item - + - Gets or sets whether control can be added to quick access toolbar + Occurs when customize quick access toolbar - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for CanAddToQuickAccessToolBar. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Occurs when IsMinimized property is changing - + - This method must be overridden to bind properties to use in quick access creating + Occurs when IsCollapsed property is changing - Toolbar item - - - - - + + + Gets or sets file menu control (can be application menu button, backstage button and so on) + - + - Gets or sets Size for the element. + for . - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Size. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Property for defining the start screen. - + - Gets or sets SizeDefinition for element. + for - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for SizeDefinition. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Property for defining the QuickAccessToolBar. - + - Gets or sets KeyTip for element. + for - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Keys. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Property for defining the TabControl. - + - Gets or sets element Text + for - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Header. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Gets or sets selected tab item - + - Gets or sets Icon for the element + for . - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Icon. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Gets or sets selected tab index - + - Represents gallery control. - Usually a gallery is hosted in context menu + for . - + - Min width of the Gallery + Gets the first visible TabItem - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for MinItemsInRow. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Gets the last visible TabItem - + - Max width of the Gallery + Gets currently active quick access elements. - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for MaxItemsInRow. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Gets a copy of currently active quick access elements. - + - Gets or sets name of property which - will use to group items in the Gallery. + Gets ribbon titlebar - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for GroupBy. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + for . - + - Gets or sets name of property which - will use to group items in the Gallery. + Gets or sets whether quick access toolbar showes above ribbon - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for GroupBy. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for ShowAboveRibbon. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Gets or sets orientation of gallery + Handles ShowQuickAccessToolBarAboveRibbon property changed + Object + The event data - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Orientation. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Gets or sets the height which is used to render the window title. - + - Gets or sets item width + for . - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for ItemWidth. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Gets collection of contextual tab groups - + - Gets or sets item height + Handles collection of contextual tab groups ghanges + Sender + The event data - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for ItemHeight. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + gets collection of ribbon tabs - + - Gets collection of filters + Handles collection of ribbon tabs changed + Sender + The event data - + - Gets or sets selected filter + Gets collection of toolbar items - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for SelectedFilter. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Handles collection of toolbar items changes + Sender + The event data - + + + + - Gets selected filter title + Gets collection of quick access menu items - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for SelectedFilterTitle. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Handles collection of quick access menu items changes + Sender + The event data - + - Gets selected filter groups + Gets or sets whether Customize Quick Access Toolbar menu item is shown - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for SelectedFilterGroups. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for CanCustomizeQuickAccessToolBar. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Gets whether gallery has selected filter + Gets or sets whether items can be added or removed from the quick access toolbar by users. - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for HasFilter. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for CanCustomizeQuickAccessToolBarItems. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Gets or sets whether gallery items can be selected + Gets or sets whether the QAT Menu-DropDown is visible or not. - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Selectable. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + for . - + - Gets whether gallery is last item in ItemsControl + Gets or sets whether Customize Ribbon menu item is shown - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for IsLastItem. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for CanCustomizeRibbon. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for IsLastItem. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Gets or sets whether ribbon can be minimized - + - Static constructor + Gets or sets whether ribbon is minimized - + - Default constructor + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for IsMinimized. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Creates or identifies the element that is used to display the given item. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for CanMinimize. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - The element that is used to display the given item. - + - Determines if the specified item is (or is eligible to be) its own container. + Gets or sets the height of the gap between the ribbon and the regular window content - The item to check. - - + - When overridden in a derived class, is invoked whenever application code or internal processes call . + DependencyProperty for - + - Represents gallery group filter definition + Gets or sets the height of the ribbon content area - + - Gets or sets title of filter + for - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Title. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Gets whether ribbon is collapsed - + - Gets or sets list pf groups splitted by comma + DependencyProperty for - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Groups. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Defines if the Ribbon should automatically set when the width or height of the owner window drop under or - + - Represents gallery item + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for IsCollapsed. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Gets or sets KeyTip for element. + Gets or sets whether QAT is visible - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Keys. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for IsQuickAccessToolBarVisible. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Gets a value that indicates whether a Button is currently activated. - This is a dependency property. + Gets or sets whether user can change location of QAT - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for IsPressed. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for CanQuickAccessLocationChanging. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Gets or sets GalleryItem group + for . - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Group. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Defines whether tab headers are visible or not. - + - Gets or sets whether ribbon control click must close backstage or popup. + for . - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for IsDefinitive. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Defines whether tab headers are visible or not. - + - Gets or sets the command to invoke when this button is pressed. This is a dependency property. + DependencyProperty for - + - Gets or sets the parameter to pass to the System.Windows.Controls.Primitives.ButtonBase.Command property. This is a dependency property. + Defines whether scrolling by mouse wheel is enabled or not. - + - Gets or sets the element on which to raise the specified command. This is a dependency property. + Checks if any keytips are visible. - + - Identifies the CommandParameter dependency property. + for . - + - Identifies the routed Command dependency property. + Defines whether handling of key tips is enabled or not. - + - Identifies the CommandTarget dependency property. + Defines the keys that are used to activate the key tips. - + - Gets or sets the command to invoke when mouse enters or leaves this button. The commandparameter will be the instance. - This is a dependency property. + Gets add to quick access toolbar command - + - Identifies the PreviewCommand dependency property. + Gets remove from quick access command - + - Gets or sets the command to invoke when mouse enters or leaves this button. The commandparameter will be the instance. - This is a dependency property. + Gets show quick access above command - + - Identifies the PreviewCommand dependency property. + Gets show quick access below command - + - Handles Command changed + Gets toggle ribbon minimize command - + - Handles Command CanExecute changed + Gets customize quick access toolbar command - + - Gets a value that becomes the return - value of IsEnabled in derived classes. + Gets customize the ribbon command - - true if the element is enabled; otherwise, false. - - + - Occurs when a RibbonControl is clicked. + Initializes static members of the class. - + - Identifies the RibbonControl.Click routed event. + Default constructor - + + + + + + + + + + - Raises click event + Called when the is closed, so that we set it to null. - + - Static constructor + Determines whether the given element is in quick access toolbar + Element + True if element in quick access toolbar - + - Default constructor + Adds the given element to quick access toolbar + Element - + - Provides class handling for the System.Windows.UIElement.MouseLeftButtonDown routed event that occurs - when the left mouse button is pressed while the mouse pointer is over this control. + Removes the given elements from quick access toolbar - The event data. + Element - + - Invoked when an unhandled  attached event reaches an element in its route that is derived from this class. Implement this method to add class handling for this event. + Clears quick access toolbar - The that contains event data. - + - Provides class handling for the System.Windows.UIElement.MouseLeftButtonUp routed event that occurs - when the left mouse button is released while the mouse pointer is over this control. + Traverse logical tree and find QAT items, remember paths - The event data. - + - Called when the mouse enters a . + Gets or sets whether Quick Access ToolBar can + save and load its state automatically - The event data. - + - Called when the mouse leaves a . + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for AutomaticStateManagement. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - The event data. - + - Handles click event + Represents contextual groups container - Sender - The event data - + - + - + - An effect that turns the input into shades of a single color. + Represents contextual tab group - + - Dependency property for Input + for - + - Dependency property for FilterColor + Gets or sets the foreground brush to be used for a selected belonging to this group. - + - Default constructor + for - + - Impicit input + Gets or sets the foreground brush to be used when the mouse is over a belonging to this group. - + - The color used to tint the input. + for - + - Icon converter provides application default icon if user-defined is not present. + Gets or sets the foreground brush to be used when the mouse is over a selected belonging to this group. - - - - - - - + - Represents the In-Ribbon Gallery, a gallery-based control that exposes - a default subset of items directly in the Ribbon. Any remaining items - are displayed when a drop-down menu button is clicked + Gets or sets group header - + - Gets or sets Size for the element. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Header. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Size. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Handles header chages + Object + The event data. - + - Gets or sets SizeDefinition for element. + Gets collection of tab items - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for SizeDefinition. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Gets or sets the visibility this group for internal use (this enables us to hide this group when all items in this group are hidden) - + - Gets or sets KeyTip for element. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for InnerVisibility. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Keys. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Gets the first visible TabItem in this group - + - Gets or sets element Text + Gets the first visible TabItem in this group - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Header. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Gets the last visible TabItem in this group - + - Gets or sets Icon for the element + Static constructor - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Icon. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Handles visibility prioperty changed + Object + The event data - + - Min width of the Gallery + Default constructor - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for MinItemsInDropDownRow. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Appends tab item + Ribbon tab item - + - Max width of the Gallery + Removes tab item + Ribbon tab item - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for MaxItemsInDropDownRow. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Updates the group border - + + + + - Gets or sets item width + Updates the Visibility of the inner container - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for ItemWidth. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Represent base class for Fluent controls - + + + + - Gets or sets item height + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Keys. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + + + + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for ItemHeight. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Header. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + + + + - Gets or sets name of property which - will use to group items in the Gallery. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Icon. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for GroupBy. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Called when changes. - + + + + + + + + + + - Gets or sets name of property which - will use to group items in the Gallery. + Identifies the CommandParameter dependency property. - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for GroupBy. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Identifies the routed Command dependency property. - + - Gets or sets orientation of gallery + Identifies the CommandTarget dependency property. - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Orientation. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Handles Command changed - + - Gets collection of filters + Handles Command CanExecute changed - + + + + + + + - Gets or sets selected filter + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Size. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + + + + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for SelectedFilter. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for SizeDefinition. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Gets selected filter title + Static constructor - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for SelectedFilterTitle. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Default Constructor - + + + + - Gets selected filter groups + Binds default properties of control to quick access element + Source item + Toolbar item - + + + + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for SelectedFilterGroups. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for CanAddToQuickAccessToolBar. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Gets whether gallery has selected filter + Occurs then CanAddToQuickAccessToolBar property changed - + + + + + + + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for HasFilter. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Returns screen workarea in witch control is placed + Control + Workarea in witch control is placed - + - Gets or sets whether gallery items can be selected + Returns monitor in witch control is placed + Control + Workarea in witch control is placed - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Selectable. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Get the parent . + The found or null of no parent could be found. - + + + + + + + + + + - Gets drop down popup + RibbonGroup represents a logical group of controls as they appear on + a RibbonTab. These groups can resize its content - + - Gets a value indicating whether context menu is opened + Get the responsible for rendering the header. - + - Gets or sets whether popup is opened + Get the responsible for rendering the header when is equal to . - + + + + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for IsOpen. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Keys. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Gets or sets context menu resize mode + for IsCollapsedHeaderContentPresenter. - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for ResizeMode. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Sets the value of . - + - Gets or sets whether InRibbonGallery + Gets the value of . - + + + + + + + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for CanCollapseToButton. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Gets or sets the current state of the group - + - Gets whether InRibbonGallery is collapsed to button + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for State. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for IsCollapsed. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + On state property changed + Object + The event data - + - Button large icon + Gets or sets scale index (for internal IRibbonScalableControl) - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for SmallIcon. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Gets or sets whether to reset cache when scalable control is scaled - + - Snaps / Unsnaps the Visual - (remove visuals and substitute with freezed image) + Gets or sets dialog launcher button visibility - + - Gets or sets menu to show in combo box bottom + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for IsLauncherVisible. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Menu. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Gets or sets key tip for dialog launcher button - + - Gets or sets max count of items in row + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for + LauncherKeys. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for MaxItemsInRow. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Gets or sets launcher button icon - + - Gets or sets min count of items in row + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for LauncherIcon. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for MaxItemsInRow. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Gets or sets launcher button text - + - Get or sets max height of drop down popup + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for LauncherIcon. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for MaxDropDownHeight. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Gets or sets the command to invoke when this button is pressed. This is a dependency property. - + - Get or sets max width of drop down popup + Gets or sets the parameter to pass to the System.Windows.Controls.Primitives.ButtonBase.Command property. This is a dependency property. - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for MaxDropDownWidth. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Gets or sets the element on which to raise the specified command. This is a dependency property. - + - Gets or sets initial dropdown height + Identifies the System.Windows.Controls.Primitives.ButtonBase.CommandParameter dependency property. - + - /Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for DropDownHeight. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Identifies the routed System.Windows.Controls.Primitives.ButtonBase.Command dependency property. - + - Gets or sets initial dropdown width + Identifies the System.Windows.Controls.Primitives.ButtonBase.CommandTarget dependency property. - + - /Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for DropDownWidth. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Gets or sets launcher button tooltip - + - Occurs when control is scaled + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for LauncherToolTip. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Occurs when context menu is opened + Gets or sets whether launcher button is enabled - + - Occurs when context menu is closed + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for IsLauncherEnabled. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Initializes static members of the class. + Gets launcher button - + - Default constructor + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for LauncherButton. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - - - - + - + - Called when the selection changes. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for IsOpen. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - The event data. - + + + + - When overridden in a derived class, is invoked whenever application - code or internal processes call ApplyTemplate + Gets or sets icon - + - Handles size property changing + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Icon. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - Previous value - Current value - + - Creates or identifies the element that is used to display the given item. + Gets or sets whether the groupbox shows a separator. - The element that is used to display the given item. - + - Determines if the specified item is (or is eligible to be) its own container. + DependencyProperty for - The item to check. - - + - Invoked when the event is received. + Dialog launcher btton click event - Information about the event. - + + + + + + + - Gets control which represents shortcut item. - This item MUST be syncronized with the original - and send command to original one control. + Initializes static members of the class. - Control which represents shortcut item - + - Gets or sets whether control can be added to quick access toolbar + Default constructor - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for CanAddToQuickAccessToolBar. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Gets a panel with items + - + - Enlarge control size + Gets cmmon layout root for popup and groupbox + - + - Reduce control size + Snaps / Unsnaps the Visual + (remove visuals and substitute with freezed image) - + - Repesents scalable ribbon contol + Gets or sets intermediate state of the group box - + - Enlarge control size + Gets or sets intermediate scale of the group box - + - Reduce control size + Gets intermediate desired size - + - Occurs when contol is scaled + Clears cache - + - Represents ScrollViewer with modified hit test + Invalidates layout (with children) - + + + + + + + + + + - Performs a hit test to determine whether the specified - points are within the bounds of this ScrollViewer + Dialog launcher button click handler - The result of the hit test - The parameters for hit testing within a visual object + Sender + the event data - + - Represent logical container for toolbar items + Handles IsOpen propertyu changes + Object + The event data - + + + + + + + - Gets whether the group is the fisrt control in the row + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for CanAddToQuickAccessToolBar. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for IsFirstInRow. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Special wrap panel for . - + - Gets whether the group is the last control in the row + Creates a new instance. - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for IsFirstInRow. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Attached for SharedSizeGroupName. - + - Represent logical definition for a control in toolbar + Sets for . - + - Creates a new instance + Gets for . - + - Gets or sets Size for the element. + Attached for SharedSizeGroupName. - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Size. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Sets for . - + - Gets or sets SizeDefinition for element. + Gets for . - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for SizeDefinition. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + DependencyProperty for property. - + - Gets or sets name of the target control + The ItemWidth and ItemHeight properties specify the size of all items in the WrapPanel. + Note that children of + WrapPanel may have their own Width/Height properties set - the ItemWidth/ItemHeight + specifies the size of "layout partition" reserved by WrapPanel for the child. + If this property is not set (or set to "Auto" in markup or Double.NaN in code) - the size of layout + partition is equal to DesiredSize of the child element. - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for ControlName. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + DependencyProperty for property. - + - Gets or sets width of the target control + The ItemWidth and ItemHeight properties specify the size of all items in the WrapPanel. + Note that children of + WrapPanel may have their own Width/Height properties set - the ItemWidth/ItemHeight + specifies the size of "layout partition" reserved by WrapPanel for the child. + If this property is not set (or set to "Auto" in markup or Double.NaN in code) - the size of layout + partition is equal to DesiredSize of the child element. - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Width. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + DependencyProperty for property. - + - Occurs when a property value changes. + Specifies dimension of children positioning in absence of wrapping. + Wrapping occurs in orthogonal direction. For example, if Orientation is Horizontal, + the items try to form horizontal rows first and if needed are wrapped and form vertical stack of rows. + If Orientation is Vertical, items first positioned in a vertical column, and if there is + not enough space - wrapping creates additional columns in horizontal dimension. - + - Called when the size is changed + - Size before change - Size after change - + + + + + + + - Represent logical container for toolbar items + Represent panel with ribbon group. + It is automatically adjusting size of controls - + - Occures when children has been changed + Gets or sets reduce order of group in the ribbon panel. + It must be enumerated with comma from the first to reduce to + the last to reduce (use Control.Name as group name in the enum). + Enclose in parentheses as (Control.Name) to reduce/enlarge + scalable elements in the given group - + - Gets rows + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for ReduceOrder. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + Default constructor - - - Represents size definition for group box - + + - - - Gets rows - + + - + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + - Represent panel for group box panel + Not implemented - + - Gets or sets style for the separator + Not implemented - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for SeparatorStyle. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Not implemented - + - Gets children + Not implemented - + - Gets particular rules for layout in this group box panel + Not implemented - + - Gets the number of visual child elements within this element. + Not implemented - + - Overrides System.Windows.Media.Visual.GetVisualChild(System.Int32), - and returns a child at the specified index from a collection of child elements. + Not implemented - The zero-based index of the requested - child element in the collection - The requested child element. This should not return null; - if the provided index is out of range, an exception is thrown - + - Gets an enumerator for logical child elements of this element + Not implemented - + - Static constructor + Not implemented - + - Default constructor + Not implemented - + - Gets current used layout definition (or null if no present definitions) + Not implemented - Layout definition or null - + + + + + + + - Handles size property changing + Not implemented - Previous value - Current value - + - Measures all of the RibbonGroupBox, and resize them appropriately - to fit within the available room + Not implemented - The available size that - this element can give to child elements. - The size that the panel determines it needs during - layout, based on its calculations of child element sizes. - - + - When overridden in a derived class, positions child elements and determines - a size for a System.Windows.FrameworkElement derived class. + Not implemented - The final area within the parent that this - element should use to arrange itself and its children. - The actual size used. - + - Unified method for wrap panel logic + Represents menu in combo box and gallery - Available or final size - Pass true if measure required; pass false if arrange required - Final size - + + + + + + + - Layout logic for the given layout definition + Represents ScrollViewer with modified hit test - Current layout definition - Available or final size - Pass true if measure required; pass false if arrange required - Determines whether we have to add children to the logical and visual tree - Final size - + + + + - Gets control which represents shortcut item. - This item MUST be syncronized with the original - and send command to original one control. + Represents ribbon tab control - Control which represents shortcut item - + - Represents size definition for group box + Default value for . - + - Gets or sets Size for the element. + Default value for . - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Size. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Provides a value needed to add space to the popup to accomodate for overlapping keytips. - + - Gets or sets SizeDefinition for element. + Provides a value needed to add space to the popup to accomodate for overlapping keytips. - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for SizeDefinition. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Event which is fired when the, maybe listening, should be closed - + + + + + + + - Gets or sets count of rows in the ribbon toolbar + Gets or sets file menu control (can be application menu button, backstage button and so on) - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for RowCount. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Button. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - - - Gets rows - + + - + - Represents basic window for ribbon + Gets the responsible for displaying the selected tabs content. - + - Gets ribbon titlebar + Gets the responsible for displaying the selected tabs content. - + + + + - for . + Gets content of selected tab item - + - Gets or sets the height which is used to render the window title. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for . This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - for . + Gets or sets whether ribbon is minimized - + - Gets or sets the which is used to render the window title. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for . This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - for . + Gets or sets whether ribbon can be minimized - + - Gets or sets the which is used to render the window title background. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for . This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + + + + - for . + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for . This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for WindowCommands. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Defines if the currently selected item should draw it's highlight/selected borders - + - Gets or sets the window commands + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for . This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Gets or sets resize border thickness + Gets whether ribbon tabs can scroll - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for ResizeBorderTickness. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Gets or sets selected tab item - + - Gets or sets glass border thickness + Gets collection of ribbon toolbar items - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for GlassFrameThickness. - GlassFrameThickness != 0 enables the default window drop shadow. + Gets or sets the height of the content area. - + - Gets or sets whether icon is visible + for . - + - Gets or sets whether icon is visible + Gets or sets the height of the gap between the ribbon and the content - + - Gets whether window is collapsed + DependencyProperty for - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for IsCollapsed. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + for . - + - Defines if the Ribbon should automatically set when the width or height of the owner window drop under or + Defines whether tab headers are visible or not. - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for IsCollapsed. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + for . - + - Defines if the taskbar should be ignored and hidden while the window is maximized. + Defines whether tab headers are visible or not. - + - for . + DependencyProperty for - + - Static constructor + Defines whether scrolling by mouse wheel is enabled or not. - + - Default constructor + Initializes static members of the class. - + - Initializes the WindowChromeBehavior which is needed to render the custom WindowChrome. + Initializes a new instance of the class. - + - + - - - Gets the template child with the given name. - - The interface type inheirted from DependencyObject. - The name of the template child. + + - - - Represents spinner control - + + - - - Occurs when value has been changed - + + - - - Gets or sets current value - + + - - - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Value. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + + - - - Gets current text from the spinner - + + - - - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Text. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + + - + - Gets or sets a value added or subtracted from the value property + Selects the first tab if is false. - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Increment. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Implements custom placement for ribbon popup - + - Gets or sets minimun value + Raises an event causing the Backstage-View to be closed - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Minimum. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Gets the first visible item - + - Gets or sets maximum value + Gets the first visible and enabled item - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Maximum. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Represents ribbon tab item - + - Gets or sets string format of value + Gets or sets the which is used to render the background if this is the currently active/selected one. - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Format. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + for . - + - Gets or sets the amount of time, in milliseconds, - the Spinner waits while it is pressed before it starts repeating. - The value must be non-negative. This is a dependency property. + Gets or sets the which is used to render the border if this is the currently active/selected one. - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Delay. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + for . - - - Gets or sets the amount of time, in milliseconds, - between repeats once repeating starts. The value must be non-negative. - This is a dependency property. - + + - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Interval. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Keys. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - - - Gets or sets width of the value input part of spinner - - - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for InputWidth. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Gets ribbon groups container - + - Gets or sets a converter which is used to convert from text to double and from double to text. + Gets or sets whether ribbon is minimized - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for TextToValueConverter. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for IsMinimized. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Defines wether all text should be select as soon as this control gets focus. + Gets or sets whether ribbon is opened - + - for + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for IsOpen. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Static constructor + Gets or sets reduce order - + - Select all text in the Spinner. + Gets or sets whether tab item is contextual - + - When overridden in a derived class, is invoked whenever application code or internal processes call . + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for IsContextual. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - + - Invoked when an unhandled System.Windows.Input.Keyboard.KeyUp attached event reaches - an element in its route that is derived from this class. Implement this method to add class handling for this event. + Gets or sets whether tab item is selected - The System.Windows.Input.KeyEventArgs that contains the event data. - + - Gets control which represents shortcut item. - This item MUST be syncronized with the original - and send command to original one control. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for IsSelected. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - Control which represents shortcut item - + - This method must be overriden to bind properties to use in quick access creating + Gets ribbon tab control parent - Toolbar item - + - Represents button control that allows - you to add menu and handle clicks + Gets or sets the padding for the header. - + - Gets an enumerator for logical child elements of this element. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for HeaderPadding. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Gets or sets the command to invoke when this button is pressed. This is a dependency property. + Gets or sets whether separator is visible - + - Gets or sets the parameter to pass to the System.Windows.Controls.Primitives.ButtonBase.Command property. This is a dependency property. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for IsSeparatorVisible. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Gets or sets the element on which to raise the specified command. This is a dependency property. + Gets or sets ribbon contextual tab group - + - Identifies the CommandParameter dependency property. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Group. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Identifies the routed Command dependency property. + Gets or sets desired width of the tab item. + This is needed in case the width of is larger than it's tabs. - + - Identifies the CommandTarget dependency property. + Gets or sets whether tab item has left group border - + - Gets or sets the name of the group that the toggle button belongs to. - Use the GroupName property to specify a grouping of toggle buttons to - create a mutually exclusive set of controls. You can use the GroupName - property when only one selection is possible from a list of available - options. When this property is set, only one ToggleButton in the specified - group can be selected at a time. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for HaseLeftGroupBorder. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for GroupName. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Gets or sets whether tab item has right group border - + - Gets or sets a value indicating whether SplitButton is checked + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for HaseLeftGroupBorder. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for IsChecked. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + get collection of ribbon groups - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether SplitButton can be checked - + + - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for IsChecked. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + DependencyProperty for . - + - Gets or sets tooltip of dropdown part of split button + Gets or sets header template of tab item. - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for DropDownToolTip. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + DependencyProperty for . - + - Gets or sets a value indicating whether dropdown part of split button is enabled + Handles Focusable changes - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for IsDropDownEnabled. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Coerces Focusable - + - Gets or sets whether ribbon control click must close backstage + Static constructor - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for IsDefinitive. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Default constructor - - - Occurs when user clicks - + + - - - Occurs when user clicks - + + - - - Occurs when button is checked - + + - - - Occurs when button is checked - + + - + + + + + + + - Occurs when button is unchecked + Handles selected + The event data - + - Occurs when button is unchecked + handles unselected + The event data + + + + + + - + - Default constructor + Represent panel with ribbon tab items. + It is automatically adjusting size of tabs - + - When overridden in a derived class, is invoked - whenever application code or internal processes call ApplyTemplate + Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - Invoked when an unhandled System.Windows.UIElement.PreviewMouseLeftButtonDown routed event - reaches an element in its route that is derived from this class. Implement this method to add - class handling for this event. - - The System.Windows.Input.MouseButtonEventArgs that contains the event data. - The event data reports that the left mouse button was pressed. + + - - - Provides class handling for the routed event that occurs when the user presses a key. - - The event data for the event. + + - + - Gets control which represents shortcut item. - This item MUST be synchronized with the original - and send command to original one control. + Updates separator visibility - Control which represents shortcut item + If this parameter true, regular tabs will have separators + If this parameter true, contextual tabs will have separators - - - This method must be overridden to bind properties to use in quick access creating - - Toolbar item + + - - - Gets or sets whether button can be added to quick access toolbar - + + - - - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for CanAddButtonToQuickAccessToolBar. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + + - + - - - Helper-Class for switching states in ToggleButton-Groups - + + - - - Handles changes to - + + - - - Updates the states of all buttons inside the group which belongs to. - + + - - - Handles changes to - + + - + - Represents additional toltip functionality + Not implemented - - - Attach ooltip properties to control - - Control type + + - - - Represents specific label to use in particular ribbon controls - + + - + - Run with text + Not implemented - + - Gets or sets whether label must have two lines + Not implemented - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for HasTwoLines. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Not implemented - + - Handles HasTwoLines property changes + Not implemented - Object - The event data - - - Gets or sets whether label has glyph - + + - - - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for HasGlyph. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + + - + - Handles HasGlyph property changes + Not implemented - Object - The event data - + - Gets or sets labels text + Not implemented - + + + + + + + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Text. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Not implemented - + - Static constructor + Not implemented - + - Default constructor + Not implemented - + - When overridden in a derived class, is invoked whenever application code or internal - processes call System.Windows.FrameworkElement.ApplyTemplate(). + Helper class to hold scrolling data. + This class exists to reduce working set when SCP is delegating to another implementation of ISI. + Standard "extra pointer always for less data sometimes" cache savings model: - + - Handles text property changes + Scroll viewer - Object - The event data - + - Updates text run adds newline if HasTwoLines == true + Scroll offset - + - Represents group separator menu item + ViewportSize is computed from our FinalSize, but may be in different units. - + - Represents adorner for KeyTips. - KeyTipAdorners is chained to produce one from another. - Detaching root adorner couses detaching all adorners in the chain + Extent is the total size of our content. - + - This event is occured when adorner is - detached and is not able to be attached again + Represents title bar - + - Determines whether at least one on the adorners in the chain is alive + Gets or sets quick access toolbar - + - Construcotor + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for QuickAccessToolBar. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - Element to adorn. - Parent adorner or null. - The element which is container for elements. - + - Attaches this adorner to the adorned element + Gets or sets header alignment - + - Detaches this adorner from the adorned element + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for HeaderAlignment. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Terminate whole key tip's adorner chain + Defines whether title bar is collapsed - + - Forwards to the elements with the given keys + DependencyProperty for - Keys - If true the element will be clicked - If the element will be found the function will return true - + - Gets by keys. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for HideContextTabs. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - The keys to look for. - The associated with . - + - Determines if an of the keytips contained in this adorner start with + Gets or sets whether context tabs are hidden. - true if any keytip start with . Otherwise false. - + - Positions child elements and determines - a size for the control + Static constructor - The final area within the parent - that this element should use to arrange - itself and its children - The actual size used - + - Measures KeyTips + Creates a new instance. - The available size that this element can give to child elements. - The size that the groups container determines it needs during - layout, based on its calculations of child element sizes. - - + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + - Gets visual children count + Sometimes the relative position only changes after the arrange phase. + To compensate such sitiations we issue a second layout pass by invalidating our measure. + This situation can occur if, for example, the icon of a ribbon window has it's visibility changed. - + + + + - Returns a child at the specified index from a collection of child elements + Represent panel for group box panel - The zero-based index of the requested child element in the collection - The requested child element - + - Represents KeyTip control + Gets or sets style for the separator - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Keys. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for SeparatorStyle. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Sets value of attached property Keys for the given element + Gets children - The given element - Value - + - Gets value of the attached property Keys of the given element + Gets particular rules for layout in this group box panel - The given element - + + + + + + + + + + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for AutoPlacement. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Static constructor - + - Sets whether key tip placement is auto - or defined by alignment and margin properties + Default constructor - The given element - Value - + - Gets whether key tip placement is auto - or defined by alignment and margin properties + Gets current used layout definition (or null if no present definitions) - The given element + Layout definition or null - + + + + + + + + + + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for HorizontalAlignment. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Unified method for wrap panel logic + Available or final size + Pass true if measure required; pass false if arrange required + Final size - + - Sets Horizontal Alignment of the key tip + Layout logic for the given layout definition - The given element - Value + Current layout definition + Available or final size + Pass true if measure required; pass false if arrange required + Determines whether we have to add children to the logical and visual tree + Final size - + + + + - Gets Horizontal alignment of the key tip + Represent logical definition for a control in toolbar - The given element - + - Gets vertical alignment of the key tip + Creates a new instance - The given element - + - Sets vertical alignment of the key tip + Gets or sets Size for the element. - The given element - Value - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for VerticalAlignment. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Size. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Gets margin of the key tip + Gets or sets SizeDefinition for element. - The key tip - Margin - + - Sets margin of the key tip + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for SizeDefinition. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - The key tip - Value - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Margin. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Gets or sets name of the target control - + - Represents drop down button + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for ControlName. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Gets or sets Size for the element. + Gets or sets width of the target control - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Size. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Width. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + + + + + + + - Gets or sets SizeDefinition for element. + Represent logical container for toolbar items - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for SizeDefinition. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Gets whether the group is the fisrt control in the row - + - Gets or sets KeyTip for element. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for IsFirstInRow. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Keys. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Gets whether the group is the last control in the row - + - Gets drop down popup + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for IsFirstInRow. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Gets a value indicating whether context menu is opened + Represent logical container for toolbar items - + - Gets or sets element Text + Occures when children has been changed - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Header. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Gets rows - + - Gets or sets Icon for the element + Default constructor - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Icon. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Represents size definition for group box - + - Gets or sets button large icon + Gets or sets Size for the element. - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for SmallIcon. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Size. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Gets or sets whether button has triangle + Gets or sets SizeDefinition for element. - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for HasTriangle. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for SizeDefinition. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Gets or sets whether popup is opened + Gets or sets count of rows in the ribbon toolbar - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for IsOpen. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for RowCount. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Gets or sets context menu resize mode + Gets rows - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for ResizeMode. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Represents size definition for group box - + - Get or sets max height of drop down popup + Gets rows - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for MaxDropDownHeight. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Represents basic window for ribbon - - - Gets or sets initial dropdown height - + + - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for InitialDropDownHeight. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + for . - + - Gets or sets whether the popup of this drop down button should automatically be closed on mouse down. + Gets or sets the height which is used to render the window title. - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for ClosePopupOnMouseDown. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + for . - + - Gets or sets the delay in milliseconds to close the popup on mouse down. + Gets or sets the which is used to render the window title. - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for ClosePopupOnMouseDownDelay. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + for . - + - Occurs when context menu is opened + Gets or sets the which is used to render the window title background. - + - Occurs when context menu is closed + for . - + - Static constructor + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for WindowCommands. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Default constructor + Gets or sets the window commands - + - When overridden in a derived class, is invoked whenever application code or internal processes call . + Gets or sets resize border thickness. - + - Creates or identifies the element that is used to display the given item. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for ResizeBorderTickness. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - The element that is used to display the given item. - + - Determines if the specified item is (or is eligible to be) its own container. + for . - The item to check. - - + - Provides class handling for the routed event that occurs when the user presses a key. + Gets or sets a brush which is used as the glow when the window is active. - The event data for the event. - - - - - - - + - Called when drop down opened. + for . - + - Called when drop down closed. + Gets or sets a brush which is used as the glow when the window is not active. - + - Gets control which represents shortcut item. - This item MUST be synchronized with the original - and send command to original one control. + for . - Control which represents shortcut item - + - Handles quick access button drop down menu opened + Gets or sets a brush which is used as the border brush when the window is not active. - + - Handles quick access button drop down menu closed + Gets or sets whether icon is visible - + - This method must be overridden to bind properties to use in quick access creating + Gets or sets whether icon is visible - Toolbar item - + - Binds the DropDownClosed and DropDownOpened events to the created quick access item + Gets whether window is collapsed - Toolbar item - + - Gets or sets whether control can be added to quick access toolbar + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for IsCollapsed. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for CanAddToQuickAccessToolBar. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Defines if the Ribbon should automatically set when the width or height of the owner window drop under or - - - - + - Handles Alt, F10 and so on + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for IsCollapsed. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Checks if any keytips are visible. + Defines if the taskbar should be ignored and hidden while the window is maximized. - + - Default constrctor + for . - Host element - + - Attaches self + Static constructor - + - Detachs self + Default constructor - + - Represents menu item + Initializes the WindowChromeBehavior which is needed to render the custom WindowChrome. - + - Gets or sets Size for the element. + Initializes the GlowWindowBehavior which is needed to render the custom resize windows around the current window. - + + + + + + + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Size. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Gets the template child with the given name. + The interface type inheirted from DependencyObject. + The name of the template child. - + - Gets or sets SizeDefinition for element. + ScreenTips display the name of the control, + the keyboard shortcut for the control, and a brief description + of how to use the control. ScreenTips also can provide F1 support, + which opens help and takes the user directly to the related + help topic for the control whose ScreenTip was + displayed when the F1 button was pressed - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for SizeDefinition. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Static constructor - + - Gets or sets KeyTip for element. + Default constructor - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Keys. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Gets or sets title of the screen tip - + - Gets drop down popup + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Title. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Gets a value indicating whether context menu is opened + Gets or sets text of the screen tip - + - Useless property only used in secon level application menu items + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Text. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Description. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Gets or sets disable reason of the associated screen tip's control - + - Gets or sets whether popup is opened + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for DisableReason. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Gets or sets whether ribbon control click must close backstage + Gets or sets help topic of the ScreenTip - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for IsDefinitive. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for HelpTopic. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Gets or sets context menu resize mode + Gets or sets image of the screen tip - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for ResizeMode. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Image. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Get or sets max height of drop down popup + Shows or hides the Help Label - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for MaxDropDownHeight. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store the boolean. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Gets or sets a value indicating whether menu item is splited + Occurs when user press F1 on ScreenTip with HelpTopic filled - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for IsSplited. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Gets or set whether ScreenTip should positioned below Ribbon - + - Gets or sets the name of the group that the toggle button belongs to. - Use the GroupName property to specify a grouping of toggle buttons to - create a mutually exclusive set of controls. You can use the GroupName - property when only one selection is possible from a list of available - options. When this property is set, only one ToggleButton in the specified - group can be selected at a time. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for BelowRibbon. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for GroupName. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Event args for HelpPressed event handler - + - Occurs when context menu is opened + Constructor + Help topic - + - Occurs when context menu is closed + Gets help topic associated with screen tip - + - Initializes static members of the class. + Represents separator to use in the TabControl - + - Initializes a new instance of the class. + Static constructor - + - Gets control which represents shortcut item. - This item MUST be synchronized with the original - and send command to original one control. + Represents spinner control - Control which represents shortcut item - + - Handles quick access button drop down menu opened + Occurs when value has been changed - + - Handles quick access button drop down menu closed + Gets or sets current value - + - Gets or sets whether control can be added to quick access toolbar + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Value. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for CanAddToQuickAccessToolBar. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Gets current text from the spinner - - - - - - - + - Creates or identifies the element that is used to display the given item. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Text. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - The element that is used to display the given item. - + - Determines if the specified item is (or is eligible to be) its own container. + Gets or sets a value added or subtracted from the value property - The item to check. - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - + - Called when the left mouse button is released. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Increment. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - The event data for the event. - + - Called when a is clicked. + Gets or sets minimun value - + - Called when the template's tree is generated. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Minimum. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Responds to the event. + Gets or sets maximum value - The event data for the event. - + - This interface must be implemented for controls - which are intended to insert to quick access toolbar + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Maximum. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Gets control which represents shortcut item. - This item MUST be syncronized with the original - and send command to original one control. + Gets or sets string format of value - Control which represents shortcut item - + - Gets or sets a value indicating whether control can be added to quick access toolbar + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Format. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Peresents quick access shortcut to another control + Gets or sets the amount of time, in milliseconds, + the Spinner waits while it is pressed before it starts repeating. + The value must be non-negative. This is a dependency property. - + - Default constructor + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Delay. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Gets or sets shortcut to the target control + Gets or sets the amount of time, in milliseconds, + between repeats once repeating starts. The value must be non-negative. + This is a dependency property. - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for shortcut. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Interval. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Gets an enumerator for logical child elements of this element. + Gets or sets width of the value input part of spinner - + - The class responds to mine controls for QuickAccessToolBar + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for InputWidth. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Determines whether the given control can provide a quick access toolbar item + Gets or sets a converter which is used to convert from text to double and from double to text. - Control - True if this control is able to provide - a quick access toolbar item, false otherwise - + - Gets control which represents quick access toolbar item + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for TextToValueConverter. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - Host control - Control which represents quick access toolbar item - + - Finds the top supported control + Defines whether all text should be select as soon as this control gets focus. - + - Represents quick access toolbar + for - + - Occured when items are added or removed from Quick Access toolbar + Static constructor - + - Gets items collection + Select all text in the Spinner. - + - Gets whether QuickAccessToolBar has overflow items + When overridden in a derived class, is invoked whenever application code or internal processes call . - - - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for HasOverflowItems. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + + - + - Gets quick access menu items + Invoked when an unhandled System.Windows.Input.Keyboard.KeyUp attached event reaches + an element in its route that is derived from this class. Implement this method to add class handling for this event. + The System.Windows.Input.KeyEventArgs that contains the event data. - + - Handles quick access menu items chages + Gets control which represents shortcut item. + This item MUST be syncronized with the original + and send command to original one control. + Control which represents shortcut item - + - Gets or sets whether quick access toolbar showes above ribbon + This method must be overriden to bind properties to use in quick access creating + Toolbar item - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for ShowAboveRibbon. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Represents button control that allows + you to add menu and handle clicks - + + + + + + + + + + + + + - Gets an enumerator to the logical child elements + Identifies the CommandParameter dependency property. - + - Gets or sets whether user can change location of QAT + Identifies the routed Command dependency property. - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for CanQuickAccessLocationChanging. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Identifies the CommandTarget dependency property. - + + + + - Gets or sets whether the Menu-DropDown is visible or not. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for GroupName. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + + + + - for . + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for IsChecked. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Static constructor + Gets or sets a value indicating whether SplitButton can be checked - + - When overridden in a derived class, is invoked whenever application code or - internal processes call System.Windows.FrameworkElement.ApplyTemplate(). + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for IsChecked. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Handles show below menu item click + Gets or sets tooltip of dropdown part of split button - Sender - The event data - + - Handles show above menu item click + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for DropDownToolTip. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - Sender - The event data - + - Called to remeasure a control. + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the button part of split button is enabled. + If you want to disable the button part and the DropDown please use . - The size of the control, up to the maximum specified by constraint - The maximum size that the method can return - + - We have to use this function because setting a very frequently is quite expensive + for . - + - First calls and then + Gets or sets whether ribbon control click must close backstage - + - Gets or sets a custom action to generate KeyTips for items in this control. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for IsDefinitive. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - for . + for . - + - Represents the main Ribbon control which consists of multiple tabs, each of which - containing groups of controls. The Ribbon also provides improved context - menus, enhanced screen tips, and keyboard shortcuts. + Gets or sets the postfix for the primary keytip action. - + + Identifies the dependency property. + + - Gets the current instance for storing the state of this control. + Gets or sets the postfix for the secondary keytip action. - + + Identifies the dependency property. + + - Create a new instance for storing the state of this control. + Gets or sets the keytip for the secondary action. - Instance of a state storage class. - + - Minimal width of ribbon parent window + Occurs when user clicks - + - Minimal height of ribbon parent window + Occurs when user clicks - + - Context menu for ribbon in current thread + Occurs when button is checked - + - Invoked whenever an unhandled routed event reaches this class in its route. Implement this method to add class handling for this event. + Occurs when button is checked - The that contains the event data. - + - Invoked whenever an unhandled routed event reaches this class in its route. Implement this method to add class handling for this event. + Occurs when button is unchecked - Provides data about the event. - + - Occurs when selected tab has been changed (be aware that SelectedTab can be null) + Occurs when button is unchecked - + - Occurs when customize the ribbon + Occurs when button is unchecked - + - Occurs when customize quick access toolbar + Occurs when button is unchecked - + - Occurs when IsMinimized property is changing + Default constructor - + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + - Occurs when IsCollapsed property is changing + Gets or sets whether button can be added to quick access toolbar - + - Gets or sets file menu control (can be application menu button, backstage button and so on) + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for CanAddButtonToQuickAccessToolBar. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + + + + - for . + Represents the container for the . - + - Property for defining the start screen. + Indicates whether the has aleaady been shown or not. - + - for + for . - + - Property for defining the QuickAccessToolBar. + Shows the . - + - for + Hides the . - + - Property for defining the TabControl. + Control for representing the left and right side of the start screen. + + To control some aspects of the left handed side of this control please use properties prefixed with "ItemsPanel*". + - + - for + Left side panel content of the startscreen. - + - Gets or sets selected tab item + for . - + - for . + Defines the margin for - + - Gets or sets selected tab index + for . - + - for . + Right side panel content of the startscreen. - + - Gets the first visible TabItem + for . - + - Gets the last visible TabItem + Static constructor. - + - Gets currently active quick access elements. + Represents ribbon status bar - + - Gets a copy of currently active quick access elements. + Static constructor - + - Gets ribbon titlebar + Default constructor - + + + + + + + + + + - for . + Represents ribbon status bar item - + - Gets or sets whether quick access toolbar showes above ribbon + Gets or sets ribbon status bar item - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for ShowAboveRibbon. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Title. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Handles ShowQuickAccessToolBarAboveRibbon property changed + Gets or sets ribbon status bar value - Object - The event data - + - Gets or sets the height which is used to render the window title. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Value. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - for . + Gets or sets whether status bar item is checked in menu - + - Gets collection of contextual tab groups + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for IsChecked. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Handles collection of contextual tab groups ghanges + Occurs when status bar item checks - Sender - The event data - + - gets collection of ribbon tabs + Occurs when status bar item unchecks - + - Handles collection of ribbon tabs changed + Static constructor - Sender - The event data - + - Gets collection of toolbar items + Represents menu item in ribbon status bar menu - + - Handles collection of toolbar items changes + Gets or sets Ribbon Status Bar menu item - Sender - The event data - + - Gets an enumerator for logical child elements of this element. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for StatusBarItem. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Gets collection of quick access menu items + Static constructor - + - Handles collection of quick access menu items changes + Default constructor - Sender - The event data + Ribbon Status Bar menu item - + - Gets or sets whether Customize Quick Access Toolbar menu item is shown + Represents panel for status bar - + + + + + + + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for CanCustomizeQuickAccessToolBar. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Represents custom Fluent UI TextBox - + - Gets or sets whether items can be added or removed from the quick access toolbar by users. + Gets or sets width of the value input part of textbox - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for CanCustomizeQuickAccessToolBarItems. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for InputWidth. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Gets or sets whether the QAT Menu-DropDown is visible or not. + Static constructor - + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + - for . + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for CanAddToQuickAccessToolBar. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Gets or sets whether Customize Ribbon menu item is shown + This method must be overridden to bind properties to use in quick access creating + Toolbar item - + + + + + + + + + + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for CanCustomizeRibbon. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Size. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - - - Gets or sets whether ribbon can be minimized - + + - + - Gets or sets whether ribbon is minimized + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for SizeDefinition. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + + + + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for IsMinimized. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Keys. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - - - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for CanMinimize. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + + - + - Gets or sets the height of the gap between the ribbon and the regular window content + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Header. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - - - DependencyProperty for - + + - + - Gets or sets the height of the ribbon content area + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Icon. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - - - for - + + - - - Gets whether ribbon is collapsed - + + + + + - + - DependencyProperty for + Represents toggle button - - - Defines if the Ribbon should automatically set when the width or height of the owner window drop under or - + + - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for IsCollapsed. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Size. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - - - Gets or sets whether QAT is visible - + + - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for IsQuickAccessToolBarVisible. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for SizeDefinition. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + + + + - Gets or sets whether user can change location of QAT + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Keys. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + + + + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for CanQuickAccessLocationChanging. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for GroupName. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + + + + - DependencyProperty for + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Header. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + + + + - Defines wether scrolling by mouse wheel is enabled or not. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Icon. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + + + + - Checks if any keytips are visible. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for SmallIcon. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - for . + Gets or sets whether ribbon control click must close backstage - + - Defines wether handling of key tips is enabled or not. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for IsDefinitive. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Gets add to quick access toolbar command + Initializes static members of the class. - + - Gets remove from quick access command + Initializes a new instance of the class. - + + + + + + + - Gets show quick access above command + Used to call OnClick (which is protected) - + + + + + + + - Gets show quick access below command + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for CanAddToQuickAccessToolBar. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + - Gets toggle ribbon minimize command + Represents specific label to use in particular ribbon controls - + - Gets customize quick access toolbar command + Run with text - + - Gets customize the ribbon command + Gets or sets whether label must have two lines - + - Initializes static members of the class. + for . - + - Default constructor + Handles HasTwoLines property changes + Object + The event data - + - Invoked whenever an unhandled System.Windows.UIElement.GotFocus - event reaches this element in its route. + Gets or sets whether label has glyph - The System.Windows.RoutedEventArgs that contains the event data. - + - When overridden in a derived class, is invoked whenever application code or - internal processes call System.Windows.FrameworkElement.ApplyTemplate(). + for . - + - Called when the is closed, so that we set it to null. + Handles HasGlyph property changes + Object + The event data - + - Determines whether the given element is in quick access toolbar + Gets or sets the text - Element - True if element in quick access toolbar - + - Adds the given element to quick access toolbar + for . - Element - + - Removes the given elements from quick access toolbar + Static constructor - Element - + + + + + + + - Clears quick access toolbar + Handles text property changes + Object + The event data - + - Traverse logical tree and find QAT items, remember paths + Updates text runs and adds newline if HasTwoLines == true - + - Gets or sets whether Quick Access ToolBar can - save and load its state automatically + Helper control which enables easy embedding of window steering functions. - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for AutomaticStateManagement. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Static constructor - + + + + + + + - Represents contextual tab group + Extracts right content presenter of application menu converter - + + + + + + + - Gets or sets group header + Converts to a and back. - + + + + + + + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Header. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Checks equality of value and the converter parameter. + Returns if they are equal. + Returns if they are NOT equal. - + + + + + + + - Handles header chages + Used to invert numbers - Object - The event data. - + + + + + + + - Gets collection of tab items + Converts null to true and not null to false. - + - Gets or sets the visibility this group for internal use (this enables us to hide this group when all items in this group are hidden) + A singleton instance for . - + + + + + + + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for InnerVisibility. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Converts , , or to or (dependent upon target type). + When converting you can pass a desired size as the converter parameter. + The returned will be the closest found in the provided image. + + - This converter is also a to be able to extract the from the target control. + - This converter is also a . The order for parameters/values is: + 0 = value to convert + 1 = visual target or desired size + 2 = desired size + Index checks are applied during value extraction, so providing null or just the value to convert are considered valid. + - + - Gets the first visible TabItem in this group + Creates a new instance. - + - Gets the first visible TabItem in this group + Creates a new instance. + The object or binding to which the converter should be applied to. - + - Gets the last visible TabItem in this group + Creates a new instance. + The object or binding to which the converter should be applied to. + The desired size for the image. - + - Static constructor + Creates a new instance. + The object or binding to which the converter should be applied to. + The desired size for the image. - + - Handles visibility prioperty changed + Creates a new instance. - Object - The event data + The object or binding to which the converter should be applied to. + The desired size for the image. + The target visual on which the image/icon should be shown. - + - Default constructor + The target visual on which the image/icon should be shown. - + - Appends tab item + The binding to which the converter should be applied to. - Ribbon tab item - + - Removes tab item + The binding for the desired size for the image. - Ribbon tab item - + + + + + + + - Updates the group border + Returns the value to convert. - + - + + + + + + + - Updates the Visibility of the inner container + Extracts an from which closest matches the . + Value from which the should be extracted. It can be of type + The desired size to extract from . + An frozen which closest matches - + - Represents contextual groups container + Extracts an from which closest matches the . + Value from which the should be extracted. It can be of type + The target on which the will be used. + The desired size to extract from . + An frozen which closest matches - + - When overridden in a derived class, positions child elements and determines a size for - a System.Windows.FrameworkElement derived class. + Extracts an from which closest matches the . - The final area within the parent that this element should - use to arrange itself and its children. - The actual size used. + Value from which the should be extracted. It can be of type + The desired size to extract from . + An which closest matches - + - When overridden in a derived class, measures the size in layout required for - child elements and determines a size for the System.Windows.FrameworkElement-derived class. + Extracts an from which closest matches the . - The available size that this element can give to child elements. - Infinity can be specified as a value to indicate that the element will size to whatever content is available. - The size that this element determines it needs during layout, based on its calculations of child element sizes. + Value from which the should be extracted. It can be of type + /// The target on which the will be used. + The desired size to extract from . + An which closest matches - + - Represents title bar + Get the scaled desired size. - + - Gets or sets quick access toolbar + Get the scaled desired size. - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for QuickAccessToolBar. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Class which enables conversion from to - + + + + + + + - Gets or sets header alignment + Converter class which converts from to and back. - + + + + + + + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for HeaderAlignment. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Converts the given to a . + The value converted from or if the conversion fails. - + - Defines whether title bar is collapsed + Converts to a formatted text using . + converted to a . - + - DependencyProperty for + Hold static instances of several commonly used converters. - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for HideContextTabs. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Get a static instance of - + - Gets or sets whether context tabs are hidden. + Get a static instance of - + - Static constructor + Get a static instance of - + - Creates a new instance. + Get a static instance of - - - - - - - - + + + Get a static instance of + - - + + + Used to convert from four double values to + - + - + - - + + + Icon converter provides window or application default icon if user-defined is not present. + - - + + + Creates a new instance. + + The binding to which the converter should be applied to. - + - Sometimes the relative position only changes after the arrange phase. - To compensate such sitiations we issue a second layout pass by invalidating our measure. - This situation can occur if, for example, the icon of a ribbon window has it's visibility changed. + Creates a new instance. + The binding to which the converter should be applied to. + The target visual on which the image/icon should be shown. - + - ScreenTips display the name of the control, - the keyboard shortcut for the control, and a brief description - of how to use the control. ScreenTips also can provide F1 support, - which opens help and takes the user directly to the related - help topic for the control whose ScreenTip was - displayed when the F1 button was pressed + Creates a new instance. + The binding to which the converter should be applied to. + The desired size for the image. + The target visual on which the image/icon should be shown. - + + + + - Static constructor + Container class for KeyTip informations - + - Default constructor + Creates a new instance. + The keys to be used for . + The element to which this instance belongs to. + Defines if the created should be hidden or not. - + - Gets or sets title of the screen tip + Gets - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Title. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Gets the element this instance belongs to. - + - Gets or sets text of the screen tip + Gets or sets the element which acts as the visual target. - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Text. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Gets the initial visibility. - + - Gets or sets disable reason of the associated screen tip's control + Gets the for . - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for DisableReason. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Gets or sets the position of . - + - Gets or sets help topic of the ScreenTip + Gets or sets the backed up value of of - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for HelpTopic. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Gets from . - + - Gets or sets image of the screen tip + Gets or sets from . - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Image. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Gets from - + - Shows or hides the Help Label + Represents the result of . - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store the boolean. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + An empty default instance. - + - Occurs when user press F1 on ScreenTip with HelpTopic filled + Creates a new instance. + Defines if the pressed element aquired focus or not. + Defines if the pressed element opened a popup or not. - + - Gets or set whether ScreenTip should positioned below Ribbon + Defines if the pressed element aquired focus or not. - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for BelowRibbon. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Defines if the pressed element opened a popup or not. - + - Event args for HelpPressed event handler + Class to map from to - + - Gets help topic associated with screen tip + Creates a new instance - + - Constructor + Creates a new instance - Help topic - + - Represent panel with ribbon tab items. - It is automatically adjusting size of tabs + Gets or sets the value for large group sizes - + - Initializes a new instance of the class. + Gets or sets the value for middle group sizes - + - Measures all of the RibbonGroupBox, and resize them appropriately - to fit within the available room + Gets or sets the value for small group sizes - The available size that this element can give to child elements. - The size that the groups container determines it needs during - layout, based on its calculations of child element sizes. - - + - Positions child elements and determines - a size for the control + Converts from to - The final area within the parent - that this element should use to arrange - itself and its children - The actual size used - + - Updates separator visibility + Converts from to - If this parameter true, regular tabs will have separators - If this parameter true, contextual tabs will have separators - + - Gets or sets a System.Windows.Controls.ScrollViewer element that controls scrolling behavior. + Converts from to - + - Sets the amount of horizontal offset. + Gets the appropriate from , or depending on - The degree to which content is horizontally offset from the containing viewport. - + + + + + + + + + + + Determines whether the specified object instances are considered equal. + The first object to compare. + The second object to compare. + true if the objects are considered equal; otherwise, false. If both and are null, the method returns true. + + + Determines whether the specified object instances are not considered equal. + The first object to compare. + The second object to compare. + true if the objects are not considered equal; otherwise, false. If both and are null, the method returns false. + + - Gets the horizontal size of the extent. + Returns a string that represents the current object. + + A string that represents the current object. + - + - Gets the horizontal offset of the scrolled content. + Handles loading and saving the state of a from/to a , for temporary storage, and from/to , for persistent storage. - + - Gets the horizontal size of the viewport for this content. + Creates a new instance. + The of which the state should be stored. - + - Scrolls left within content by one logical unit. + Finalizes an instance of the class. - + - Scrolls right within content by one logical unit. + Gets whether this object already got disposed. - + + + + + + + - Forces content to scroll until the coordinate space of a System.Windows.Media.Visual object is visible. - This is optimized for horizontal scrolling only + Gets name of the isolated storage file - A System.Windows.Media.Visual that becomes visible. - A bounding rectangle that identifies the coordinate space to make visible. - A System.Windows.Rect that is visible. - + + + + + + + - Not implemented + Saves state to . + Stream - + - Not implemented + Create the serialized state data which should be saved later. + which contains the serialized state data. - + + + + + + + - Not implemented + Loads state from . + The to load the state from. - + - Not implemented + Loads state from . + The to load the state from. - + - Not implemented + Loads state from . + The to load the state from. - + - Not implemented + Loads quick access items from . + Serialized data for generating quick access items. - + - Not implemented + Creates a quick access item () from the given . + Serialized data for one quick access item. + The created quick access item or null of the creation failed. - + - Not implemented + Determines whether the given file exists in the given storage - + - Not implemented + Get this which should be used to store the current state. + or if threw an exception. - + - Not implemented + Resets saved state. - + + + + - Not implemented + Performs application-defined tasks associated with freeing, releasing, or resetting unmanaged resources. + Defines whether managed resources should also be freed. - + - Gets or sets a value that indicates whether scrolling on the vertical axis is possible. + An effect that turns the input into shades of a single color. - + - Gets or sets a value that indicates whether scrolling on the horizontal axis is possible. + Dependency property for Input - + - Not implemented + Dependency property for FilterColor - + - Not implemented + Default constructor - + - Not implemented + Impicit input - + - Helper class to hold scrolling data. - This class exists to reduce working set when SCP is delegating to another implementation of ISI. - Standard "extra pointer always for less data sometimes" cache savings model: + The color used to tint the input. - + - Scroll viewer + Represents logical sizes of a ribbon control - + - Scroll offset + Large size of a control - + - ViewportSize is computed from our FinalSize, but may be in different units. + Middle size of a control - + - Extent is the total size of our content. + Small size of a control - + - Represent base class for Fluent controls + Represents states of ribbon group - + - Gets or sets KeyTip for element. + Large. All controls in the group will try to be large size - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Keys. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Middle. All controls in the group will try to be middle size - + - Gets or sets element header + Small. All controls in the group will try to be small size - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Header. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Collapsed. Group will collapse its content in a single button - + - Gets or sets Icon for the element + QuickAccess. Group will collapse its content in a single button in quick access toolbar - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Icon. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Interface which allows extension of the KeyTip system. - + - Gets or sets the command to invoke when this button is pressed. This is a dependency property. + Gets a list of which belong to the current instance. + Defines if the created should be hidden or not. + A list of which belong to the current instance. - + - Gets or sets the parameter to pass to the System.Windows.Controls.Primitives.ButtonBase.Command property. This is a dependency property. + Interface which is used to signal size changes - + - Gets or sets the element on which to raise the specified command. This is a dependency property. + Called when the size is changed + Size before change + Size after change - + - Identifies the CommandParameter dependency property. + Extension methods for . - + - Identifies the routed Command dependency property. + Class with extension methods for and . - + - Identifies the CommandTarget dependency property. + Class with extension methods for . - + - Handles Command changed + Extensions for . - + - Handles Command CanExecute changed + Execute using and . - + - Gets a value that becomes the return - value of IsEnabled in derived classes. + Determines whether the can be executed using and . - - true if the element is enabled; otherwise, false. - + Returns the commands result of CanExecute. - + - Gets or sets Size for the element. + Extension-Methods for . - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Size. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Returns the container or the content of the container. + + The container for if the container is of type . + The container content for if the container content is of type , but the container itself is not of type . + - + - Gets or sets SizeDefinition for element. + Returns the container or the content of the container. + + The container for if the container is of type . + The container content for if the container content is of type , but the container itself is not of type . + - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for SizeDefinition. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + asdf + - + - Static constructor + Helper class to position . - + - Default Constructor + Positions like would but ignores the value of . - + - Gets control which represents shortcut item. - This item MUST be syncronized with the original - and send command to original one control. + Gets the values for a like would but ignores the value of . - Control which represents shortcut item - + - Binds default properties of control to quick access element + Class which offers helper methods for steering the window - Source item - Toolbar item - + - Gets or sets whether control can be added to quick access toolbar + Shows the system menu at the current mouse position. + The mouse event args. + Defines if window dragging should be handled. + Defines if window state changes should be handled. - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for CanAddToQuickAccessToolBar. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Shows the system menu at the current mouse position. + The object which was the source of the mouse event. + The mouse event args. + Defines if window dragging should be handled. + Defines if window state changes should be handled. - + - Occurs then CanAddToQuickAccessToolBar property changed + Shows the system menu at the current mouse position. + The object which was the source of the mouse event. + The mouse event args. - - - - - - - + - Returns screen workarea in witch control is placed + Shows the system menu at the current mouse position. - Control - Workarea in witch control is placed + The window for which the system menu should be shown. + The mouse event args. - + - Returns monitor in witch control is placed + Shows the system menu at . - Control - Workarea in witch control is placed + The window for which the system menu should be shown. + The location at which the system menu should be shown. - + - Get the parent . + Represents class to determine .NET Framework version difference - The found or null of no parent could be found. - + - Represents ribbon tab control + Version of WPF - + - Default value for . + Gets UseLayoutRounding attached property value + - + - Default value for . + Gets UseLayoutRounding attached property value - + - Event which is fired when the, maybe listening, should be closed + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for UseLayoutRounding. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Gets or sets file menu control (can be application menu button, backstage button and so on) + Helper-Class for switching states in ToggleButton-Groups - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Button. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Handles changes to - + - Gets drop down popup + Updates the states of all buttons inside the group which belongs to. - + - Gets the responsible for displaying the selected tabs content. + Handles changes to - + - Gets a value indicating whether context menu is opened + Represents control that have drop down popup - + - Gets content of selected tab item + Gets drop down popup - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for . This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Gets a value indicating whether control context menu is opened - + - Gets or sets whether ribbon is minimized + Gets or sets a value indicating whether drop down is opened - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for . This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Occurs when drop down is opened. - + - Gets or sets whether ribbon can be minimized + Occurs when drop down menu is closed. - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for . This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Represents a control that has a header. - + - Gets or sets whether ribbon popup is opened + Gets or sets the header. - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for . This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Base interface for controls supports key tips - + - Defines if the currently selected item should draw it's highlight/selected borders + Gets and sets KeyTip for element. - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for . This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Handles key tip pressed - + - Gets whether ribbon tabs can scroll + Handles back navigation with KeyTips - + - Gets or sets selected tab item + Inferface for controls which provide a large icon. - + - Gets collection of ribbon toolbar items + Gets or sets the large icon. - + - Gets or sets the height of the content area. + Adds support for forwarding AddLogicalChild and RemoveLogicalChild. - + + Adds the provided object to the logical tree of this element. + Child element to be added. + + - for . + Removes the provided object from this element's logical tree. + updates the affected logical tree parent pointers to keep in sync with this deletion. + The element to remove. - + - Gets or sets the height of the gap between the ribbon and the content + Helper class for - + - DependencyProperty for + Checks if can be executed. + This method is null safe. + true if the command can be executed, otherwise false. - + - DependencyProperty for + Executes . + This method is null safe. - + - Defines wether scrolling by mouse wheel is enabled or not. + AreClose - Returns whether or not two doubles are "close". That is, whether or + not they are within epsilon of each other. Note that this epsilon is proportional + to the numbers themselves to that AreClose survives scalar multiplication. + There are plenty of ways for this to return false even for numbers which + are theoretically identical, so no code calling this should fail to work if this + returns false. This is important enough to repeat: + NB: NO CODE CALLING THIS FUNCTION SHOULD DEPEND ON ACCURATE RESULTS - this should be + used for optimizations *only*. + + bool - the result of the AreClose comparision. + + The first double to compare. + The second double to compare. - + - Initializes static members of the class. + GreaterThan - Returns whether or not the first double is greater than the second double. + That is, whether or not the first is strictly greater than *and* not within epsilon of + the other number. Note that this epsilon is proportional to the numbers themselves + to that AreClose survives scalar multiplication. Note, + There are plenty of ways for this to return false even for numbers which + are theoretically identical, so no code calling this should fail to work if this + returns false. This is important enough to repeat: + NB: NO CODE CALLING THIS FUNCTION SHOULD DEPEND ON ACCURATE RESULTS - this should be + used for optimizations *only*. + + bool - the result of the GreaterThan comparision. + + The first double to compare. + The second double to compare. - + - Initializes a new instance of the class. + Helper class used to queue action for completion or items changes of - + - Raises the System.Windows.FrameworkElement.Initialized event. - This method is invoked whenever System.Windows. - FrameworkElement.IsInitialized is set to true internally. + Creates a new instance used to queue action for completion or items changes of - The System.Windows.RoutedEventArgs that contains the event data. + The to be used. + The that should be invoked. - + - Creates or identifies the element that is used to display the given item. + Gets the to be used. - The element that is used to display the given item. - + - Determines if the specified item is (or is eligible to be) its own container. + Gets the that should be invoked. - The item to check. - true if the item is (or is eligible to be) its own container; otherwise, false. - + - When overridden in a derived class, is invoked whenever application code or - internal processes call System.Windows.FrameworkElement.ApplyTemplate(). + Gets the current wait state. true in case was called and we are waiting for the to finish. - + - Updates the current selection when an item in the System.Windows.Controls.Primitives.Selector has changed + Queues for invocation. - The event data. - + - Called when the selection changes. + Class containing boxed values for . - The event data. - + - Invoked when an unhandled System.Windows.Input.Mouse.PreviewMouseWheel - attached event reaches an element in its route that is derived from this class. - Implement this method to add class handling for this event. + Gets a boxed value for true. - The System.Windows.Input.MouseWheelEventArgs that contains the event data. - + - Invoked when the event is received. + Gets a boxed value for true. - Information about the event. - + - Implements custom placement for ribbon popup + Gets a boxed value for . + A boxed value. - + - Raises an event causing the Backstage-View to be closed + Class containing boxed values for . - + - Gets the first visible item + Gets a boxed value for 0.0D. - - - RibbonGroup represents a logical group of controls as they appear on - a RibbonTab. These groups can resize its content + + + Gets a boxed value for . - + - Gets or sets KeyTip for element. + Gets a boxed value for . - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Keys. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Class containing boxed values for . - + - Gets drop down popup + Gets a boxed value for 0. - + - Gets a value indicating whether context menu is opened + Gets a boxed value for . - + - Gets or sets the current state of the group + Class containing boxed values for . - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for State. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Gets a boxed value for . - + - On state property changed + Class containing boxed values for . - Object - The event data - + - Gets or sets scale index (for internal IRibbonScalableControl) + Gets a boxed value for . - + - Gets or sets whether to reset cache when scalable control is scaled + Gets a boxed value for . - + - Gets or sets group box header + Gets a boxed value for . - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Header. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Gets a boxed value for . + A boxed value. - + - Gets or sets dialog launcher button visibility + Scope guard to prevent reentrancy. - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for IsLauncherVisible. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Gets whether this instance is still active (not disposed) or not. - + + + + - Gets or sets key tip for dialog launcher button + Class with helper functions for UI related stuff - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for - LauncherKeys. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Gets the first visual child of . + If there are no visual children null is returned. + The first visual child of or null if there are no children. - + - Gets or sets launcher button icon + Tries to find immediate visual child of type which matches + + The visual child of type that matches . + Returns null if no child matches. + - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for LauncherIcon. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Gets the first visual child of type TChildItem by walking down the visual tree. + The type of visual child to find. + The parent element whose visual tree shall be walked down. + The first element of type TChildItem found in the visual tree is returned. If none is found, null is returned. - + - Gets or sets launcher button text + Gets all visual children of . + - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for LauncherIcon. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Finds the parent control of type . + First looks at the visual tree and then at the logical tree to find the parent. + The found visual/logical parent or null. + This method searches further up the parent chain instead of just using the immediate parent. - + - Gets or sets the command to invoke when this button is pressed. This is a dependency property. + Returns either the visual or logical parent of . + This also works for and . - + - Gets or sets the parameter to pass to the System.Windows.Controls.Primitives.ButtonBase.Command property. This is a dependency property. + Returns the visual parent of . + This also works for and . - + - Gets or sets the element on which to raise the specified command. This is a dependency property. + First checks if is either a or and if it is returns it's . + If those checks yield no result is called. + The visual element for which to find an adorner layer. + An adorner layer for the specified visual, or null if no adorner layer can be found. + Raised when visual is null. - + - Identifies the System.Windows.Controls.Primitives.ButtonBase.CommandParameter dependency property. + Gets all containers from the of . + The desired container type. - + - Identifies the routed System.Windows.Controls.Primitives.ButtonBase.Command dependency property. + Gets all containers from . + The desired container type. - + - Identifies the System.Windows.Controls.Primitives.ButtonBase.CommandTarget dependency property. + Base interface for Fluent controls - + - Gets or sets launcher button tooltip + Gets or sets Size for the element - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for LauncherToolTip. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Gets or sets SizeDefinition for element - + - Gets or sets whether launcher button is enabled + Gets or sets Icon for the element - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for IsLauncherEnabled. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Interface for handling loading and saving the state of a . - + - Gets launcher button + Gets whether state is currently loading. - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for LauncherButton. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Gets or sets whether state is loaded. - + - Gets or sets drop down popup visibility + Save current state to a temporary storage. - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for IsOpen. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Save current state to a persistent storage. - + - Gets an enumerator for the logical child objects of - the System.Windows.Controls.ItemsControl object. + Load state from a temporary storage. - + - Gets or sets icon + Loads the state from a persistent storage. + + Sets after it's finished to prevent a race condition with saving the state to the temporary storage. + - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Icon. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Resets saved state. - + - Gets or sets wether the groupbox shows a separator. + Meant to support interop scenarios - + - DependencyProperty for + Gets the titlebar - + - Dialog launcher btton click event + Repesents scalable ribbon contol - + - Occurs when context menu is opened + Enlarge control size - + - Occurs when context menu is closed + Reduce control size - + - Initializes static members of the class. + Occurs when contol is scaled - + - Default constructor + Interface for controls that support -Behavior - + - Gets a panel with items + Gets or sets the name of the group that the toggle button belongs to. + Use the GroupName property to specify a grouping of toggle buttons to + create a mutually exclusive set of controls. You can use the GroupName + property when only one selection is possible from a list of available + options. When this property is set, only one ToggleButton in the specified + group can be selected at a time. - - + - Gets cmmon layout root for popup and groupbox + Gets or sets a value indicating whether SplitButton is checked - - + - Snaps / Unsnaps the Visual - (remove visuals and substitute with freezed image) + Gets a value indicating whether the ToggleButton is fully loaded - + + Gets the logical parent element of this element. + This element's logical parent. + + - Gets or sets intermediate state of the group box + Attribute class providing informations about a localization - + - Gets or sets intermediate scale of the group box + Creates a new instance. + Specifies the display name. + Specifies the culture name. - + - Gets intermediate desired size + Gets the display name. - + - Clears cache + Gets the culture name. - + - Invalidates layout (with children) + Base class for localizations. - + - When overridden in a derived class, is invoked whenever application code - or internal processes call System.Windows.FrameworkElement.ApplyTemplate(). + Creates a new instance and initializes and from . - + - Invoked when an unhandled System.Windows.UIElement.PreviewMouseLeftButtonDown - event reaches an element in its route that is derived from this class. - Implement this method to add class handling for this event. + Creates a new instance. - The System.Windows.Input.MouseButtonEventArgs that contains the event data. - The event data reports that the left mouse button was pressed. - + - Supports layout behavior when a child element is resized. + Gets or sets the culture name. - The child element that is being resized. - + - Dialog launcher button click handler + Gets or sets the display name. - Sender - the event data - + - Handles IsOpen propertyu changes + Fallback instance of for localization. - Object - The event data - + - Gets control which represents shortcut item. - This item MUST be syncronized with the original - and send command to original one control. + Gets text for representing "Automatic" - Control which represents shortcut item - + - Gets or sets whether control can be added to quick access toolbar + Gets KeyTip of backstage button - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for CanAddToQuickAccessToolBar. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Gets text of backstage button - - - - - + + + Gets customize Status Bar + - + - Represent panel with ribbon group. - It is automatically adjusting size of controls + Expand Button ScreenTip Text - + - Gets or sets reduce order of group in the ribbon panel. - It must be enumerated with comma from the first to reduce to - the last to reduce (use Control.Name as group name in the enum). - Enclose in parentheses as (Control.Name) to reduce/enlarge - scalable elements in the given group + Expand Button ScreenTip Title - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for ReduceOrder. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Minimize Button ScreenTip Text - + - Default constructor + Minimize Button ScreenTip Title - + - Returns a collection of the panel's UIElements. + Gets text for representing "More colors..." - The logical parent of the collection to be created. - Returns an ordered collection of elements that have the specified logical parent. - + - Measures all of the RibbonGroupBox, and resize them appropriately - to fit within the available room + Gets text for representing "No color" - The available size that this element can give to child elements. - The size that the groups container determines it needs during - layout, based on its calculations of child element sizes. - - + - When overridden in a derived class, positions child elements and determines - a size for a System.Windows.FrameworkElement derived class. + Quick Access ToolBar DropDown Button ToolTip - The final area within the parent that this element should use to arrange itself and its children. - The actual size used. - + - Gets or sets a System.Windows.Controls.ScrollViewer element that controls scrolling behavior. + Quick Access ToolBar Menu Header - + - Sets the amount of horizontal offset. + Quick Access ToolBar Menu Minimize Quick Access Toolbar - The degree to which content is horizontally offset from the containing viewport. - + - Gets the horizontal size of the extent. + Quick Access ToolBar Minimize Quick Access Toolbar - + - Gets the horizontal offset of the scrolled content. + Quick Access ToolBar MoreControls Button ToolTip - + - Gets the horizontal size of the viewport for this content. + Quick Access ToolBar Menu Add Gallery - + - Scrolls left within content by one logical unit. + Quick Access ToolBar Menu Add Group - + - Scrolls right within content by one logical unit. + Quick Access ToolBar Menu Add Item - + - Forces content to scroll until the coordinate space of a System.Windows.Media.Visual object is visible. - This is optimized for horizontal scrolling only + Quick Access ToolBar Menu Add Menu - A System.Windows.Media.Visual that becomes visible. - A bounding rectangle that identifies the coordinate space to make visible. - A System.Windows.Rect that is visible. - + - Not implemented + Ribbon Context Menu Customize Quick Access Toolbar - + - Not implemented + Ribbon Context Menu Customize Quick Access Toolbar - + - Not implemented + Ribbon Context Menu Minimize Quick Access Toolbar - + - Not implemented + Quick Access ToolBar Menu Remove Item - + - Not implemented + Ribbon Context Menu Minimize Quick Access Toolbar - + - Not implemented + Ribbon Context Menu Minimize Quick Access Toolbar - + - Not implemented + Gets ScreenTip's disable reason header - + - Not implemented + Gets ScreenTip's disable reason header - + - Not implemented + Change notifications are not implemented. + This class only implements to prevent WPF from trying to listen to changes by using other ways than listening for this event. - + + + + + + + + + + - Not implemented + - + - Not implemented + - + - Gets or sets a value that indicates whether scrolling on the vertical axis is possible. + Contains localizable Ribbon's properties. + Set Culture property to change current Ribbon localization or + set properties independently to use your localization - + + + + - Gets or sets a value that indicates whether scrolling on the horizontal axis is possible. + Raises the event. - + - Not implemented + Static instance of to ease it's usage in XAML. - + - Not implemented + Gets a map of all registered localization classes. + + The key of items in this dictionary should be the CultureName. + - + - Not implemented + Gets or sets current culture used for localization. - + - Represents ribbon tab item + Gets or sets the current localization. - + - Gets or sets the which is used to render the background if this is the currently active/selected one. + Default constructor - + - for . + Enables the use of behaviors in styles - + - Gets or sets the which is used to render the border if this is the currently active/selected one. + for behaviors. - + - for . + Gets the behaviors associated with - + - Gets or sets KeyTip for element. + Sets the behaviors associated with - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Keys. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Just a for - + + + + - Gets ribbon groups container + Contains commands for - + - Gets or sets whether ribbon is minimized + Finalizes an instance of the class. - + + + + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for IsMinimized. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Dispose(bool disposing) executes in two distinct scenarios. + If disposing equals true, the method has been called directly + or indirectly by a user's code. Managed and unmanaged resources + can be disposed. + If disposing equals false, the method has been called by the + runtime from inside the finalizer and you should not reference + other objects. Only unmanaged resources can be disposed. - + - Gets or sets whether ribbon is opened + Retrieves the translated string for Minimize - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for IsOpen. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Retrieves the translated string for Maximize - + - Gets or sets reduce order + Retrieves the translated string for Restore - + - Gets or sets whether tab item is contextual + Retrieves the translated string for Close - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for IsContextual. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Gets the responsible for showing . - + + Identifies the dependency property. + + - Gets an enumerator for logical child elements of this element. + Gets or sets the of the panel which contains . - + - Gets or sets whether tab item is selected + Gets or sets the button brush - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for IsSelected. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for ButtonBrush. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + + + + + + + - Gets ribbon tab control parent + Class for several commands belonging to the Ribbon - + - Gets or sets indent + Gets the value that represents the Open Backstage command - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for HeaderMargin. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Represents additional context menu service - + - Gets or sets whether separator is visible + Attach needed parameters to control - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for IsSeparatorVisible. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Coerces the ContextMenu for . + - + - Gets or sets ribbon contextual tab group + Coerce control context menu - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Group. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Handles Alt, F10 and so on - + - Gets or sets desired width of the tab item. + Checks if any keytips are visible. - This is needed in case the width of is larger than it's tabs. - + - Gets or sets whether tab item has left group border + The default keys used to activate key tips. - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for HaseLeftGroupBorder. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + List of key tip activation keys. - + - Gets or sets whether tab item has right group border + Default constrctor + Host element - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for HaseLeftGroupBorder. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Attaches self - + - get collection of ribbon groups + Detachs self - + - Gets or sets header of tab item + Dismiss popup mode. - + - DependencyProperty for . + Always dismiss popup. - + - Gets or sets header template of tab item. + Dismiss only if mouse is not over popup. - + - DependencyProperty for . + Reason for dismiss popup event. - + - Handles Focusable changes + No reason given. - + - Coerces Focusable + Application lost focus. - + - Static constructor + Showing key tips. - + - Default constructor + Dismiss popup arguments. - + - Focus event handler + Standard constructor. - + - Called to remeasure a control. + Constructor. - The maximum size that the method can return. - The size of the control, up to the maximum specified by constraint. + Dismiss mode. - - - - + - On new style applying + Constructor. + Dismiss mode. + Dismiss reason. - - - - + - Handles selected + Popup dismiss mode. - The event data - + - handles unselected + Popup dismiss reason. - The event data - - - - + - + - Represents toggle button + Represent additional popup functionality - + - Gets or sets Size for the element. + Occurs then popup is dismissed - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Size. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Raises DismissPopup event (Async) - + - Gets or sets SizeDefinition for element. + Raises DismissPopup event - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for SizeDefinition. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Set needed parameters to control + Control type - + - Gets or sets KeyTip for element. + Handles PreviewMouseDownOutsideCapturedElementEvent event - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Keys. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Handles lost mouse capture event - + - Gets or sets the name of the group that the toggle button belongs to. - Use the GroupName property to specify a grouping of toggle buttons to - create a mutually exclusive set of controls. You can use the GroupName - property when only one selection is possible from a list of available - options. When this property is set, only one ToggleButton in the specified - group can be selected at a time. + Returns true whether parent is ancestor of element + Parent + Element + Returns true whether parent is ancestor of element - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for GroupName. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Handles dismiss popup event - + - Gets or sets element Text + Returns true whether mouse is physically over the popup + Element + Returns true whether mouse is physically over the popup - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Header. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Returns true whether mouse is physically over the element + Element + Returns true whether mouse is physically over the element - + - Gets or sets Icon for the element + Handles context menu opening event - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Icon. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Handles context menu closing event - + - Gets or sets button large icon + Provides additional tooltip functionality. - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for SmallIcon. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Attach ooltip properties to control. + Control type. - + - Gets or sets whether ribbon control click must close backstage + for in . - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for IsDefinitive. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + A singleton instance for . - + + + + - Initializes static members of the class. + for in . - + - Initializes a new instance of the class. + A singleton instance for . - - - - + - + - Used to call OnClick (which is protected) + for in with style HeaderApplicationMenuItemTemplate. - + - Gets control which represents shortcut item. - This item MUST be syncronized with the original - and send command to original one control. + A singleton instance for . - Control which represents shortcut item - + + + + - Gets or sets whether control can be added to quick access toolbar + for in with style SplitedApplicationMenuItem. - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for CanAddToQuickAccessToolBar. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + A singleton instance for . - - - - + - + - Contains commands for + for the header of . - + - Finalizes an instance of the class. + Gets a static instance of . - + + + + - Performs application-defined tasks associated with freeing, releasing, or resetting unmanaged resources. + Represents the background theme of the application. - + - Dispose(bool disposing) executes in two distinct scenarios. - If disposing equals true, the method has been called directly - or indirectly by a user's code. Managed and unmanaged resources - can be disposed. - If disposing equals false, the method has been called by the - runtime from inside the finalizer and you should not reference - other objects. Only unmanaged resources can be disposed. + Gets the key for the theme name. - + - Retrieves the translated string for Minimize + Gets the key for the theme display name. - + - Retrieves the translated string for Maximize + Gets the key for the theme base color scheme. - + - Retrieves the translated string for Restore + Gets the key for the theme color scheme. - + - Retrieves the translated string for Close + Gets the key for the theme showcase brush. - + - Gets or sets the button brush + Initializes a new instance. + The URI of the theme ResourceDictionary. - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for ButtonBrush. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Initializes a new instance. + The ResourceDictionary of the theme. - + - When overridden in a derived class, is invoked whenever application code or internal processes call . + The ResourceDictionary that represents this application theme. - - - - + - Control for representing the left and right side of the start screen. + Gets the name of the theme. - - To control some aspects of the left handed side of this control please use properties prefixed with "ItemsPanel*". - - + - Left side panel content of the startscreen. + Gets the display name of the theme. - + - for . + Get the base color scheme for this theme. - + - Defines the margin for + Gets the color scheme for this theme. - + - for . + Gets a brush which can be used to showcase this theme. - + - Right side panel content of the startscreen. + A class that allows for the detection and alteration of a theme. - - - for . + A class that allows for the detection and alteration of a theme. - + - Static constructor. + Gets the name for the light base color. - + - An object that represents the foreground color for a . + Gets the name for the dark base color. - + - The ResourceDictionary that represents this Accent. + Gets a list of all themes. - + - Gets/sets the name of the Accent. + Gets a list of all available base colors. - + - Initializes a new instance of the class. + Gets a list of all available color schemes. - + - Initializes a new instance of the class. + Clears the internal themes list. - The name of the new Accent. - The URI of the accent ResourceDictionary. - + - Represents the background theme of the application. + Adds an theme. + true if the app theme does not exists and can be added. - + - The ResourceDictionary that represents this application theme. + Adds an theme. + The ResourceDictionary of the theme. + true if the app theme does not exists and can be added. - + - Gets the name of the application theme. + Gets the with the given name. + The or null, if the theme wasn't found - + - Initializes a new instance of the AppTheme class. + Gets the with the given resource dictionary. - The name of the new AppTheme. - The URI of the accent ResourceDictionary. + from which the theme should be retrieved. + The or null, if the theme wasn't found. - + - A class that allows for the detection and alteration of a theme and accent. + Gets the inverse of the given . + This method relies on the "Dark" or "Light" affix to be present. + The app theme. + The inverse or null if it couldn't be found. + + Returns BaseLight, if BaseDark is given or vice versa. + Custom Themes must end with "Dark" or "Light" for this to work, for example "CustomDark" and "CustomLight". + - + - Gets a list of all of default accents. + Determines whether the specified resource dictionary represents an . + + This might include runtime themes which do not have a resource uri. + The resources. + true if the resource dictionary is an ; otherwise, false. + resources - + - Gets a list of all default themes. + Gets a resource from the detected AppStyle. + The window to check. If this is null, the Application's sources will be checked. + The key to check against. + The resource object or null, if the resource wasn't found. - + - Adds an accent with the given name. + Change the theme for the whole application. - true if the accent does not exists and can be added. - + - Adds an app theme with the given name. + Change theme for the given window. - true if the app theme does not exists and can be added. - + - Gets app theme with the given resource dictionary. + Change theme for the whole application. - from which the theme should be retrieved. - AppTheme + The instance of Application to change. + The theme to apply. - + - Gets app theme with the given name and theme type (light or dark). + Change theme for the given window. - AppTheme + The Window to change. + The theme to apply. - + - Gets the inverse of the given . - This method relies on the "Dark" or "Light" affix to be present. + Change theme for the given ResourceDictionary. - The app theme. - The inverse or null if it couldn't be found. - - Returns BaseLight, if BaseDark is given or vice versa. - Custom Themes must end with "Dark" or "Light" for this to work, for example "CustomDark" and "CustomLight". - + The Window to change. + The theme to apply. - + - Gets the with the given name. + Change base color and color scheme of for the given application. - The or null, if the app theme wasn't found + The application to modify. + The base color to apply to the ResourceDictionary. + The color scheme to apply to the ResourceDictionary. - + - Gets the with the given resource dictionary. + Change base color and color scheme of for the given window. - from which the accent should be retrieved. - The or null, if the accent wasn't found. + The window to modify. + The base color to apply to the ResourceDictionary. + The color scheme to apply to the ResourceDictionary. - + - Determines whether the specified resource dictionary represents an . - - This might include runtime accents which do not have a resource uri. + Change base color and color scheme of for the given ResourceDictionary. - The resources. - true if the resource dictionary is an ; otherwise, false. - resources + The ResourceDictionary to modify. + The old/current theme. + The base color to apply to the ResourceDictionary. + The color scheme to apply to the ResourceDictionary. - + - Gets a resource from the detected AppStyle. + Change base color for the given application. - The window to check. If this is null, the Application's sources will be checked. - The key to check against. - The resource object or null, if the resource wasn't found. + The application to change. + The base color to apply to the ResourceDictionary. - + - Change the theme for the whole application. + Change base color for the given window. + The Window to change. + The base color to apply to the ResourceDictionary. - + - Change theme for the given window. + Change base color of for the given ResourceDictionary. + The ResourceDictionary to modify. + The old/current theme. + The base color to apply to the ResourceDictionary. - + - Change accent and theme for the whole application. + Change color scheme for the given application. - The instance of Application to change. - The accent to apply. - The theme to apply. + The application to change. + The color scheme to apply to the ResourceDictionary. - + - Change accent and theme for the given window. + Change color scheme for the given window. The Window to change. - The accent to apply. - The theme to apply. + The color scheme to apply to the ResourceDictionary. - + - Changes the accent and theme of a ResourceDictionary directly. + Change color scheme for the given ResourceDictionary. The ResourceDictionary to modify. - The accent to apply to the ResourceDictionary. - The theme to apply to the ResourceDictionary. + The old/current theme. + The color scheme to apply to the ResourceDictionary. - + - Copies all resource keys from one resource to another. + Changes the theme of a ResourceDictionary directly. - The source resource dictionary. - The destination resource dictionary. - - fromRD - or - toRD - + The ResourceDictionary to modify. + The theme to apply to the ResourceDictionary. - + - Scans the window resources and returns it's accent and theme. + Scans the window resources and returns it's theme. + If the theme can't be detected from the we try to detect it from . - + - Scans the window resources and returns it's accent and theme. + Scans the window resources and returns it's theme. The Window to scan. + If the theme can't be detected from the we try to detect it from . - + - Scans the application resources and returns it's accent and theme. + Scans the application resources and returns it's theme. The Application instance to scan. - + - Scans a resources and returns it's accent and theme. + Scans a resources and returns it's theme. - The ResourceDictionary to check. + The ResourceDictionary to scan. - This event fires if accent color and theme was changed + This event fires if the theme was changed this should be using the weak event pattern, but for now it's enough - + Invalidates global colors and resources. Sometimes the ContextMenu is not changing the colors, so this will fix it. - + - Synchronizes the current with the "app mode" setting from windows. + Synchronizes the current with the "app mode" setting from windows. - Gets or sets wether changes to the "app mode" setting from windows should be detected at runtime and the current be changed accordingly. + Gets or sets whether changes to the "app mode" setting from windows should be detected at runtime and the current be changed accordingly. @@ -9054,49 +9513,39 @@ Class which is used as argument for an event to signal theme changes. - + Creates a new instance of this class. - + The new theme. - - - The new accent - - - - - GeneratedInternalTypeHelper - - - + - CreateInstance + Helper class for displaying color schemes. - + - GetPropertyValue + Initializes a new instance. - + - SetPropertyValue + Initializes a new instance. - + - CreateDelegate + Gets the name for this color scheme. - + - AddEventHandler + Gets the showcase brush for this color scheme. diff --git a/dotnet/packages/Fluent.Ribbon.7.1.0/lib/net462/Fluent.dll b/dotnet/packages/Fluent.Ribbon.7.1.0/lib/net462/Fluent.dll new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f63ce4b8 Binary files /dev/null and b/dotnet/packages/Fluent.Ribbon.7.1.0/lib/net462/Fluent.dll differ diff --git a/dotnet/packages/Fluent.Ribbon.7.1.0/lib/net462/Fluent.pdb b/dotnet/packages/Fluent.Ribbon.7.1.0/lib/net462/Fluent.pdb new file mode 100644 index 00000000..3a9c9d69 Binary files /dev/null and b/dotnet/packages/Fluent.Ribbon.7.1.0/lib/net462/Fluent.pdb differ diff --git a/dotnet/packages/Fluent.Ribbon.6.1.0.326/lib/net462/Fluent.XML b/dotnet/packages/Fluent.Ribbon.7.1.0/lib/net462/Fluent.xml similarity index 78% rename from dotnet/packages/Fluent.Ribbon.6.1.0.326/lib/net462/Fluent.XML rename to dotnet/packages/Fluent.Ribbon.7.1.0/lib/net462/Fluent.xml index 78901fbe..39dfc78c 100644 --- a/dotnet/packages/Fluent.Ribbon.6.1.0.326/lib/net462/Fluent.XML +++ b/dotnet/packages/Fluent.Ribbon.7.1.0/lib/net462/Fluent.xml @@ -4,58 +4,99 @@ Fluent - + - Represents backstage button + Represents adorner for KeyTips. + KeyTipAdorners is chained to produce one from another. + Detaching root adorner couses detaching all adorners in the chain - + - Gets or sets width of right content + This event is occured when adorner is + detached and is not able to be attached again - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for RightContentWidth. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Determines whether at least one on the adorners in the chain is alive - + - Gets or sets application menu right pane content + Returns wether any key tips are visibile. - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for RightContent. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Gets the currently active by following eventually present child adorners. - + - Gets or sets application menu bottom pane content + Gets a copied list of the currently available . - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for BottomContent. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Construcotor + Element to adorn. + Parent adorner or null. + The element which is container for elements. - + - Static constructor + Attaches this adorner to the adorned element - + - Default constructor + Detaches this adorner from the adorned element - + - Gets control which represents shortcut item. - This item MUST be syncronized with the original - and send command to original one control. + Terminate whole key tip's adorner chain - Control which represents shortcut item + + + + Back to the previous adorner. + + + + + Forwards to the elements with the given keys + + Keys + If true the element will be clicked + If the element will be found the function will return true + + + + Gets by keys. + + The keys to look for. + The associated with . + + + + Determines if an of the keytips contained in this adorner start with + + true if any keytip start with . Otherwise false. + + + + + + + + + + + + @@ -102,21 +143,6 @@ UI Element Group box state - - - for specifying AppTheme. - - - - - Sets for . - - - - - Gets for . - - for specifying MouseOverBackground. @@ -162,3182 +188,3284 @@ Gets for . - + - Represents adorner for Backstage + asdf - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - Adorned element - Backstage + + Helper for setting on . - - - Gets the . - + + Helper for getting from . + LastVisibleWidth property value. - + - Positions child elements and determines - a size for the control + Automation peer for . - The final area within the parent - that this element should use to arrange - itself and its children - The actual size used - + - Measures KeyTips + Creates a new instance. - The available size that this element can give to child elements. - The size that the groups container determines it needs during - layout, based on its calculations of child element sizes. - - - - Gets visual children count - + + - - - Returns a child at the specified index from a collection of child elements - - The zero-based index of the requested child element in the collection - The requested child element + + - - - Represents backstage button - + + - - - Occurs when IsOpen has been changed - + + - - - Gets or sets whether backstage is shown - + + - - - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for IsOpen. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + + - - - Gets or sets whether backstage can be openend or closed. - + + - - - for - + + - - - Gets or sets the duration for the hide animation - + + - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for HideAnimationDuration. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Creates the for . - + - Gets or sets whether context tabs on the titlebar should be hidden when backstage is open + Automation peer for . - + - Gets or sets wether opening or closing should be animated. + Creates a new instance. - - - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for IsOpenAnimationEnabled. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + + - - - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for HideContextTabsOnOpen. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + + - - - Gets or sets whether to close the backstage when Esc is pressed - + + - - - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for CloseOnEsc. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + + - - - Gets or sets content of the backstage - + + - - - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Content. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + + - + - Gets an enumerator for logical child elements of this element. + Automation peer for . - + - Static constructor + Creates a new instance. - - - Default constructor - + + - - - Shows the - + + - + - Hides the + Automation peer for . - + - Invoked when an unhandled  attached event reaches an element in its route that is derived from this class. Implement this method to add class handling for this event. + Creates a new instance. - The that contains the event data. - - - Invoked when an unhandled System.Windows.UIElement.PreviewMouseLeftButtonDown routed event reaches an element - in its route that is derived from this class. Implement this method to add class handling for this event. - - The System.Windows.Input.MouseButtonEventArgs that contains the event data. - The event data reports that the left mouse button was pressed. + + - + - + - - - When overridden in a derived class, is invoked whenever application code or internal processes call . - + + - + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + The element associated with this automation peer. + + + + + + + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + The element associated with this automation peer. + + + + + + + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + The element associated with this automation peer. + + + + + + + + - Gets control which represents shortcut item. - This item MUST be syncronized with the original - and send command to original one control. + Automation peer for . - Control which represents shortcut item - + - Represents Backstage tab control. + Creates a new instance. - + + + + - Gets or sets the margin which is used to render selected content. + Automation peer for ribbon control items. - + - for . + Creates a new instance. - + + + + + + + - Dependency property for + Automation peer for . - + - Gets content for selected tab + Creates a new instance. - - - Dependency property for - + + - - - Dependency property for - + + - - - Dependency property for - + + - - - Dependency property for - + + - - - Dependency property for - + + - + + + + + + + - Dependency property for + Automation peer for . - + - Get or sets the string format for the content. + Creates a new instance. - + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + - Gets or sets the which should be used for the content + Automation peer for the header of . - + - Gets or sets the which should be used for the content + Creates a new instance. - + + + + + + + + + + + + + - Get or sets the string format for the selected content. + Base automation peer for . - + - Gets or sets the which should be used for the selected content + Creates a new instance. - + + + + + + + - Gets or sets the which should be used for the selected content + Automation peer for - + - Dependency property for . + Creates a new instance. - + + + + - Gets or sets the MinWidth for the ItemsPanel. + Automation peer for . - + - Gets or sets current Backround of the ItemsPanel + Creates a new instance. - + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + The element associated with this automation peer. + + + + + + + + - Dependency property for + Automation peer for . - + - Gets or sets the + Creates a new instance. - + + + + + + + - for + Automation peer for . - + - Defines if the is enabled in this control + Creates a new instance. - + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + - for . + Automation peer for . - + - Defines if the back button is visible or not. + Creates a new instance. - + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + - for . + Automation peer wrapper for . - + - Static constructor + Creates a new instance. - + + + + + + + + + + - Default constructor + Automation peer for . - + - Raises the System.Windows.FrameworkElement.Initialized event. - This method is invoked whenever System.Windows.FrameworkElement. - IsInitialized is set to true internally. + Creates a new instance. - The System.Windows.RoutedEventArgs that contains the event data. - + + + + + + + + + + - Creates or identifies the element that is used to display the given item. + If Ribbon.IsMinimized then set Ribbon.IsDropDownOpen to false - The element that is used to display the given item. - + - Determines if the specified item is (or is eligible to be) its own container. + If Ribbon.IsMinimized then set Ribbon.IsDropDownOpen to true - The item to check. - - + - Updates the current selection when an item in the System.Windows.Controls.Primitives.Selector has changed + Return Ribbon.IsDropDownOpen - The event data. - + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + The element associated with this automation peer. + + + + + + + + - Called when the selection changes. + Automation peer for . - The event data. - + - Gets selected . - If there is no item selected, the first found item is selected and it's container () is returned. + Creates a new instance. - The currently selected . Or null of nothing was selected and nothing could be selected. - + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + The element associated with this automation peer. + + + + + + + + - Represents backstage tab item + Automation peer for . - + - Gets or sets KeyTip for element. + Creates a new instance. - + + + + + + + + + + - Dependency property for + for . - + - Gets or sets a value indicating whether the tab is selected + Constructor. + Owner of the AutomationPeer. - + - Dependency property for + - + - Gets parent tab control + - + - Gets or sets tab items text + + - + + + + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Text. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + - + - Static constructor + Represents backstage button - + - Called when the System.Windows.Controls.ContentControl.Content property changes. + Gets or sets width of right content - The old value of the System.Windows.Controls.ContentControl.Content property. - The new value of the System.Windows.Controls.ContentControl.Content property. - + - Invoked when an unhandled System.Windows.UIElement.MouseLeftButtonDown routed event is raised on this element. - Implement this method to add class handling for this event. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for RightContentWidth. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - The System.Windows.Input.MouseButtonEventArgs that contains the event data. - The event data reports that the left mouse button was pressed. - + - Handles selected event + Gets or sets application menu right pane content - The event data. - + - Handles unselected event + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for RightContent. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - The event data. - + - Handles IsSelected changed + Gets or sets application menu bottom pane content - The event data. - + - Handles key tip pressed + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for BottomContent. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Handles back navigation with KeyTips + Static constructor - + - Represents button + Default constructor - + + + + + + + - Gets or sets Size for the element. + Represents backstage button - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Size. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Occurs when IsOpen has been changed - + - Gets or sets SizeDefinition for element. + Gets the for the . + This is exposed to make it possible to show content on the same as the backstage is shown on. - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for SizeDefinition. + Gets or sets whether backstage is shown + + + + + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for IsOpen. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - - + + + Gets or sets whether backstage can be openend or closed. + - + - for . + for - + - Gets or sets element Text + Gets or sets whether context tabs on the titlebar should be hidden when backstage is open - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Header. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for HideContextTabsOnOpen. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Gets or sets Icon for the element + Gets or sets whether opening or closing should be animated. - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Icon. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for IsOpenAnimationEnabled. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Gets or sets button large icon + Gets or sets whether to close the backstage when Esc is pressed - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for SmallIcon. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for CloseOnEsc. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Gets or sets whether ribbon control click must close backstage + for . - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for IsDefinitive. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Gets or sets whether the highest available adorner layer should be used for the . + This means that we will try to look up the visual tree till we find the highest . - + - Gets or sets the CornerRadius for the element + Gets or sets content of the backstage - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for CornerRadius. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Content. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + + + + Static constructor - + Default constructor - + - Called when a is clicked. + Called when this control receives the . - + - Gets control which represents shortcut item. - This item MUST be synchronized with the original - and send command to original one control. + Shows the - Control which represents shortcut item - + - Gets or sets whether control can be added to quick access toolbar + Hides the - - - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for CanAddToQuickAccessToolBar. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + + - + - + - - - Represents Fluent UI specific CheckBox - + + - + + + + + + + + + + - Gets or sets Size for the element. + Represents adorner for Backstage - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Size. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Initializes a new instance of the class. + Adorned element + Backstage - + - Gets or sets SizeDefinition for element. + Gets the . - + + + + + + + + + + + + + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for SizeDefinition. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Represents Backstage tab control. - + - Gets or sets KeyTip for element. + Gets or sets the margin which is used to render selected content. - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Keys. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + for . - + - Gets or sets element Text + Dependency property for - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Header. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Gets content for selected tab - + - Gets or sets Icon for the element + Dependency property for - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Icon. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Dependency property for - + - Gets or sets button large icon + Dependency property for - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for SmallIcon. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Dependency property for - + - Static constructor + Dependency property for - + - Default constructor + Dependency property for - + - Gets control which represents shortcut item. - This item MUST be syncronized with the original - and send command to original one control. + Get or sets the string format for the content. - Control which represents shortcut item - + - Gets or sets whether control can be added to quick access toolbar + Gets or sets the which should be used for the content - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for CanAddToQuickAccessToolBar. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Gets or sets the which should be used for the content - - - - - - - + - Represents color gallery modes + Get or sets the string format for the selected content. - + - Color gallery displays only fixed highlight colors + Gets or sets the which should be used for the selected content - + - Color gallery displays only fixed standart colors + Gets or sets the which should be used for the selected content - + - Color gallery displays theme colors + Dependency property for . - + - Date template selector for gradients + Gets or sets the MinWidth for the ItemsPanel. - + - When overridden in a derived class, returns a based on custom logic. + Gets or sets current Backround of the ItemsPanel - - Returns a or null. The default value is null. - - The data object for which to select the template.The data-bound object. - + - More colors event args + Dependency property for - + - Gets or sets choosed color + Gets or sets the - + - Gets or sets a value indicating whether more colors is canceled + for - + - Represents color gallery + Defines if the is enabled in this control - + - Hightlight colors array + for . - + - Standard colors array + Defines if the back button is visible or not. - + - Standard colors array in ThemeColor mode + for . - + - Gets recent colors collection + Static constructor - + - Gets or sets color gallery mode + Default constructor - + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Mode. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Gets selected . + If there is no item selected, the first found item is selected and it's container () is returned. + The currently selected . Or null of nothing was selected and nothing could be selected. - + + + + - Gets or sets chip width + Represents backstage tab item - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for ChipWidth. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Gets or sets Icon for the element - + - Gets or sets chip height + Dependency property for - + + + + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for ChipHeight. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Dependency property for - + - Gets or sets a value indicating whether Automatic button is visible + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the tab is selected - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for IsAutomaticColorButtonVisible. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Dependency property for - + - Gets or sets a value indicating whether No color button is visible + Gets parent tab control - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for IsNoColorButtonVisible. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Gets or sets tab items text - + - Gets or sets a value indicating whether More Colors button is visible + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Text. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for IsMoreColorsButtonVisible. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Static constructor - + + + + + + + + + + - Gets or sets number of color gallery columns. It works only when Mode is ThemeColors + Handles selected event + The event data. - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Columns. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Handles unselected event + The event data. - + - Gets or set number of standard color rows. Work only when Mode is ThemeColors + Handles IsSelected changed + The event data. - + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for StandardColorGridRows. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Represents button - + + + + - Gets or set number of theme color rows. Work only when Mode is ThemeColors + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Size. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + + + + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for ThemeColorGridRows. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for SizeDefinition. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + + + + - Gets or sets selected color + for . - + + + + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for SelectedColor. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Header. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + + + + - Gets collection of theme colors + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Icon. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + + + + - Gets or sets theme colors source + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for SmallIcon. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for ThemeColorsSource. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Gets or sets whether ribbon control click must close backstage - + - Gets theme gradients collection + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for IsDefinitive. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for ThemeGradients. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Static constructor - + - Gets standart gradients collection + Default constructor - + + + + + + + + + + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for ThemeGradients. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for CanAddToQuickAccessToolBar. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + - Occurs when selection color is changed + Represents Fluent UI specific CheckBox - + + + + - Identifies the SelectedColorChanged routed event. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Size. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + + + + - Occurs whether more colors menu item is clicked + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for SizeDefinition. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + + + + - Static constructor + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Keys. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + + + + - When overridden in a derived class, is invoked whenever application code or internal processes call . + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Header. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + + + + - Returns brightness of the given color from 0..1 + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Icon. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - Color - Brightness of the given color from 0..1 - + + + + - Makes gradient colors from lighter to darker + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for SmallIcon. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - Base color - Count of items in the gradient - Colors from lighter to darker - + - Represents custom Fluent UI ComboBox + Static constructor - + - Gets or sets Size for the element. + Default constructor - - - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Size. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + + - + + + + - Gets or sets SizeDefinition for element. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for CanAddToQuickAccessToolBar. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for SizeDefinition. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Represents color gallery modes - + - Gets or sets KeyTip for element. + Color gallery displays only fixed highlight colors - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Keys. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Color gallery displays only fixed standart colors - + - Gets drop down popup + Color gallery displays theme colors - + - Gets a value indicating whether context menu is opened + Date template selector for gradients - + - Gets or sets element Text + When overridden in a derived class, returns a based on custom logic. + + Returns a or null. The default value is null. + + The data object for which to select the template.The data-bound object. - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Header. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + More colors event args - + - Gets or sets Icon for the element + Gets or sets choosed color - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Icon. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Gets or sets a value indicating whether more colors is canceled - + - Gets or sets menu to show in combo box bottom + Represents color gallery - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Menu. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Hightlight colors array - + - Gets or sets width of the value input part of combobox + Standard colors array - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for InputWidth. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Standard colors array in ThemeColor mode - + - Gets or sets context menu resize mode + Gets recent colors collection - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for ResizeMode. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Gets or sets color gallery mode - + - Snaps / Unsnaps the Visual - (remove visuals and substitute with freezed image) + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Mode. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Gets or sets initial dropdown height + Gets or sets chip width - + - /Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for DropDownHeight. This enables animation, styling, binding, - etc... + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for ChipWidth. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Static constructor + Gets or sets chip height - + - Default Constructor + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for ChipHeight. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Gets control which represents shortcut item. - This item MUST be syncronized with the original - and send command to original one control. + Gets or sets a value indicating whether Automatic button is visible - Control which represents shortcut item - + - Gets or sets whether control can be added to quick access toolbar + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for IsAutomaticColorButtonVisible. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for CanAddToQuickAccessToolBar. This enables animation, styling, - binding, etc... + Gets or sets a value indicating whether No color button is visible - + - When overridden in a derived class, is invoked whenever application code or internal processes call - . + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for IsNoColorButtonVisible. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Reports when a combo box's popup opens. + Gets or sets a value indicating whether More Colors button is visible - The event data for the event. - + - Reports when a combo box's popup closes. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for IsMoreColorsButtonVisible. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - The event data for the event. - + - Invoked when a attached routed event occurs. + Gets or sets number of color gallery columns. It works only when Mode is ThemeColors - Event data. - + - Invoked when a attached routed event occurs. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Columns. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - Event data. - - - - - - - + - Represents context menu resize mode + Gets or set number of standard color rows. Work only when Mode is ThemeColors - + - Context menu can not be resized + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for StandardColorGridRows. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Context menu can be only resized vertically + Gets or set number of theme color rows. Work only when Mode is ThemeColors - + - Context menu can be resized vertically and horizontally + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for ThemeColorGridRows. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Represents a pop-up menu that enables a control - to expose functionality that is specific to the context of the control + Gets or sets selected color - + - Gets or sets context menu resize mode + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for SelectedColor. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for ResizeMode. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Gets collection of theme colors - + - Static constructor - ] + Gets or sets theme colors source + - + - When overridden in a derived class, is invoked whenever application code or internal processes call . + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for ThemeColorsSource. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Creates or identifies the element that is used to display the given item. + Gets theme gradients collection - The element that is used to display the given item. - + - Determines if the specified item is (or is eligible to be) its own container. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for ThemeGradients. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - The item to check. - true if the item is (or is eligible to be) its own container; otherwise, false. - + - Special wrap panel for . + Gets standart gradients collection - + - Creates a new instance. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for ThemeGradients. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Attached for SharedSizeGroupName. + Occurs when selection color is changed - + - Sets for . + Identifies the SelectedColorChanged routed event. - + - Gets for . + Occurs whether more colors menu item is clicked - + - Attached for SharedSizeGroupName. + Static constructor - + + + + - Sets for . + Returns brightness of the given color from 0..1 + Color + Brightness of the given color from 0..1 - + - Gets for . + Makes gradient colors from lighter to darker + Base color + Count of items in the gradient + Colors from lighter to darker - + - DependencyProperty for property. + Represents custom Fluent UI ComboBox - + + + + - The ItemWidth and ItemHeight properties specify the size of all items in the WrapPanel. - Note that children of - WrapPanel may have their own Width/Height properties set - the ItemWidth/ItemHeight - specifies the size of "layout partition" reserved by WrapPanel for the child. - If this property is not set (or set to "Auto" in markup or Double.NaN in code) - the size of layout - partition is equal to DesiredSize of the child element. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Size. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + + + + - DependencyProperty for property. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for SizeDefinition. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - - - The ItemWidth and ItemHeight properties specify the size of all items in the WrapPanel. - Note that children of - WrapPanel may have their own Width/Height properties set - the ItemWidth/ItemHeight - specifies the size of "layout partition" reserved by WrapPanel for the child. - If this property is not set (or set to "Auto" in markup or Double.NaN in code) - the size of layout - partition is equal to DesiredSize of the child element. - + + - + - DependencyProperty for property. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Keys. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - - - Specifies dimension of children positioning in absence of wrapping. - Wrapping occurs in orthogonal direction. For example, if Orientation is Horizontal, - the items try to form horizontal rows first and if needed are wrapped and form vertical stack of rows. - If Orientation is Vertical, items first positioned in a vertical column, and if there is - not enough space - wrapping creates additional columns in horizontal dimension. - + + - - - - + + - - - - + + - + - + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Header. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - - - Represents the container for the . - + + - + - Indicates whether the has aleaady been shown or not. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Icon. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - for . + Gets or sets menu to show in combo box bottom - + - Shows the . + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Menu. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Hides the . + Gets or sets width of the value input part of combobox - + - Helper control which enables easy embedding of window steering functions. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for InputWidth. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Static constructor + Gets or sets context menu resize mode - + - Invoked when an unhandled  routed event is raised on this element. Implement this method to add class handling for this event. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for ResizeMode. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - The that contains the event data. The event data reports that the left mouse button was pressed. - + - Invoked when an unhandled  routed event reaches an element in its route that is derived from this class. Implement this method to add class handling for this event. + Snaps / Unsnaps the Visual + (remove visuals and substitute with freezed image) - The that contains the event data. The event data reports that the right mouse button was released. - + - Converts to a and back. + Gets or sets initial dropdown height - + - Converts a value. + /Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for DropDownHeight. This enables animation, styling, binding, + etc... - - A converted value. If the method returns null, the valid null value is used. - - The value produced by the binding source.The type of the binding target property.The converter parameter to use.The culture to use in the converter. - + - Converts a value. + Static constructor - - A converted value. If the method returns null, the valid null value is used. - - The value that is produced by the binding target.The type to convert to.The converter parameter to use.The culture to use in the converter. - + - Checks equality of value and the converter parameter. - Returns if they are equal. - Returns if they are NOT equal. + Default Constructor - + - + - + - Converts null to true and not null to false. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for CanAddToQuickAccessToolBar. This enables animation, styling, + binding, etc... - - - A singleton instance for . - + + - + - + - - - Converter class which converts from to and back. - + + - - - Converts a value. - - - A converted value. If the method returns null, the valid null value is used. - - The value produced by the binding source.The type of the binding target property.The converter parameter to use.The culture to use in the converter. + + - - - Converts a value. - - - A converted value. If the method returns null, the valid null value is used. - - The value that is produced by the binding target.The type to convert to.The converter parameter to use.The culture to use in the converter. + + - - - Converts the given to a . - - The value converted from or if the conversion fails. + + - + + + + + + + + + + - Converts to a formatted text using . + Represents context menu resize mode - converted to a . - + - Extracts right content presenter of application menu converter + Context menu can not be resized - + - Converts a value. + Context menu can be only resized vertically - - A converted value. If the method returns null, the valid null value is used. - - The value produced by the binding source.The type of the binding target property.The converter parameter to use.The culture to use in the converter. - + - Converts a value. + Context menu can be resized vertically and horizontally - - A converted value. If the method returns null, the valid null value is used. - - The value that is produced by the binding target.The type to convert to.The converter parameter to use.The culture to use in the converter. - + - Used to invert numbers + Represents a pop-up menu that enables a control + to expose functionality that is specific to the context of the control - + - Converts a value. + Gets or sets context menu resize mode - - A converted value. If the method returns null, the valid null value is used. - - The value produced by the binding source.The type of the binding target property.The converter parameter to use.The culture to use in the converter. - + - Converts a value. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for ResizeMode. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - - A converted value. If the method returns null, the valid null value is used. - - The value that is produced by the binding target.The type to convert to.The converter parameter to use.The culture to use in the converter. - + - Converts string, URI or ImageSource to Image control - + Static constructor + ] - + - + - - - Extracts an from which closest matches the . - - Value from which the should be extracted. It can be of type - The desired size to extract from . - An which closest matches + + - + - Class which enables conversion from to + Represents drop down button - + - Returns whether this converter can convert an object of the given type to the type of this converter, using the specified context. + Gets or sets Size for the element. - - true if this converter can perform the conversion; otherwise, false. - - An that provides a format context. A that represents the type you want to convert from. - + - Converts the given object to the type of this converter, using the specified context and culture information. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Size. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - - An that represents the converted value. - - An that provides a format context. The to use as the current culture. The to convert. The conversion cannot be performed. - + + + + - Hold static instances of several commonly used converters. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for SizeDefinition. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + + + + - Get a static instance of + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Keys. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + + + + + + + + + + - Get a static instance of + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Header. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + + + + - Get a static instance of + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Icon. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - - - Get a static instance of - - - - - Get a static instance of - - - - - Used to convert from four double values to - - - - - Converts source values to a value for the binding target. The data binding engine calls this method when it propagates the values from source bindings to the binding target. - - - A converted value.If the method returns null, the valid null value is used.A return value of . indicates that the converter did not produce a value, and that the binding will use the if it is available, or else will use the default value.A return value of . indicates that the binding does not transfer the value or use the or the default value. - - The array of values that the source bindings in the produces. The value indicates that the source binding has no value to provide for conversion.The type of the binding target property.The converter parameter to use.The culture to use in the converter. - - - - Converts a binding target value to the source binding values. - - - An array of values that have been converted from the target value back to the source values. - - The value that the binding target produces.The array of types to convert to. The array length indicates the number and types of values that are suggested for the method to return.The converter parameter to use.The culture to use in the converter. - - - - Represents the result of . - - - - - An empty default instance. - - - - - Creates a new instance. - - Defines if the pressed element aquired focus or not. - Defines if the pressed element opened a popup or not. - - - - Defines if the pressed element aquired focus or not. - - - - - Defines if the pressed element opened a popup or not. - - - - - Interface which allows extension of the KeyTip system. - - - - - Gets a list of which belong to the current instance. - - Defines if the created should be hidden or not. - A list of which belong to the current instance. - - - - Interface which is used to signal size changes - - - - - Called when the size is changed - - Size before change - Size after change - - - - Extensions for . - - - - - Execute using and . - - - - - Determines whether the can be executed using and . - - Returns the commands result of CanExecute. - - - - Class with extension methods for . - - - - - Class with extension methods for and . - - - - - Helper class to position . - - - - - Positions like would but ignores the value of . - - - - - Gets the values for a like would but ignores the value of . - - - - - Class which offers helper methods for steering the window - - - - - Shows the system menu at the current mouse position. - - The mouse event args. - Defines if window dragging should be handled. - Defines if window state changes should be handled. - - - - Shows the system menu at the current mouse position. - - The object which was the source of the mouse event. - The mouse event args. - Defines if window dragging should be handled. - Defines if window state changes should be handled. - - - - Shows the system menu at the current mouse position. - - The object which was the source of the mouse event. - The mouse event args. - - - - Shows the system menu at the current mouse position. - - The window for which the system menu should be shown. - The mouse event args. - - - - Shows the system menu at . - - The window for which the system menu should be shown. - The location at which the system menu should be shown. - - - - Inferface for controls which provide a large icon. - - - - - Gets or sets the large icon. - - - - - Represents a control that has a header. - - - - - Gets or sets the header. - - - - - Class containing boxed values for . - - - - - Gets a boxed value for true. - - - - - Gets a boxed value for true. - - - - - Gets a boxed value for . - - A boxed value. - - - - Class containing boxed values for . - - - - - Gets a boxed value for 0. - - - - - Gets a boxed value for . - - - - - Class containing boxed values for . - - - - - Gets a boxed value for 0.0D. - - - - - Gets a boxed value for . - - - - - Gets a boxed value for . - - - - - Class containing boxed values for . - - - - - Gets a boxed value for . - - - - - Class containing boxed values for . - - - - - Gets a boxed value for . - - - - - Gets a boxed value for . - - - - - Gets a boxed value for . - - - - - Gets a boxed value for . - - A boxed value. - - - - Class with helper functions for UI related stuff - - - - - Tries to find immediate visual child of type which matches - - - The visual child of type that matches . - Returns null if no child matches. - - - - - Gets the first visual child of type TChildItem by walking down the visual tree. - - The type of visual child to find. - The parent element whose visual tree shall be walked down. - The first element of type TChildItem found in the visual tree is returned. If none is found, null is returned. - - - - Gets all visual children of . - - - - - - Finds the parent control of type . - First looks at the visual tree and then at the logical tree to find the parent. - - The found visual/logical parent or null. - This method searches further up the parent chain instead of just using the immediate parent. - - - - Returns either the visual or logical parent of . - This also works for and . - - - - - Returns the visual parent of . - This also works for and . - - - - - First checks if is either a or and if it is returns it's . - If those checks yield no result is called. - - The visual element for which to find an adorner layer. - An adorner layer for the specified visual, or null if no adorner layer can be found. - Raised when visual is null. - - - - Helper class for - - - - - Checks if can be executed. - This method is null safe. - - true if the command can be executed, otherwise false. - - - - Executes . - This method is null safe. - - - - - Helper class used to queue action for completion or items changes of - - - - - Creates a new instance used to queue action for completion or items changes of - - The to be used. - The that should be invoked. - - - - Gets the to be used. - - - - - Gets the that should be invoked. - - - - - Gets the current wait state. true in case was called and we are waiting for the to finish. - - - - - Queues for invocation. - - - - - AreClose - Returns whether or not two doubles are "close". That is, whether or - not they are within epsilon of each other. Note that this epsilon is proportional - to the numbers themselves to that AreClose survives scalar multiplication. - There are plenty of ways for this to return false even for numbers which - are theoretically identical, so no code calling this should fail to work if this - returns false. This is important enough to repeat: - NB: NO CODE CALLING THIS FUNCTION SHOULD DEPEND ON ACCURATE RESULTS - this should be - used for optimizations *only*. - - - bool - the result of the AreClose comparision. - - The first double to compare. - The second double to compare. - - - - GreaterThan - Returns whether or not the first double is greater than the second double. - That is, whether or not the first is strictly greater than *and* not within epsilon of - the other number. Note that this epsilon is proportional to the numbers themselves - to that AreClose survives scalar multiplication. Note, - There are plenty of ways for this to return false even for numbers which - are theoretically identical, so no code calling this should fail to work if this - returns false. This is important enough to repeat: - NB: NO CODE CALLING THIS FUNCTION SHOULD DEPEND ON ACCURATE RESULTS - this should be - used for optimizations *only*. - - - bool - the result of the GreaterThan comparision. - - The first double to compare. - The second double to compare. + + - + - This trigger action binds a command/command parameter for MVVM usage with - a Blend based trigger. This is used in place of the one in the Blend samples - - it has a problem in it as of the current (first) release. Once it is fixed, this - command can go away. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for SmallIcon. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - ICommand to execute + Gets or sets whether button has triangle - + - Command parameter to pass to command execution + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for HasTriangle. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + + + + - Command to execute + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for IsOpen. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Command parameter + Gets or sets context menu resize mode - + - This is called to execute the command when the trigger conditions are satisfied. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for ResizeMode. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - parameter (not used) - + - Interface for handling loading and saving the state of a . + Get or sets max height of drop down popup - + - Gets wether state is currently loading. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for MaxDropDownHeight. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Gets or sets whether state is loaded. + Gets or sets initial dropdown height - + - Save current state to a temporary storage. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for InitialDropDownHeight. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Save current state to a persistent storage. + Gets or sets whether the popup of this drop down button should automatically be closed on mouse down. - + - Load state from a temporary storage. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for ClosePopupOnMouseDown. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Loads the state from a persistent storage. + Gets or sets the delay in milliseconds to close the popup on mouse down. - - Sets after it's finished to prevent a race condition with saving the state to the temporary storage. - - + - Resets saved state. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for ClosePopupOnMouseDownDelay. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + + + + + + + - Meant to support interop scenarios + Static constructor - + - Gets the titlebar + Default constructor - + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + - Container class for KeyTip informations + Called when drop down opened. - + - Creates a new instance. + Called when drop down closed. - The keys to be used for . - The element to which this instance belongs to. - Defines if the created should be hidden or not. - + + + + - Gets + Handles quick access button drop down menu opened - + - Gets the element this instance belongs to. + Handles quick access button drop down menu closed - + - Gets or sets the element which acts as the visual target. + This method must be overridden to bind properties to use in quick access creating + Toolbar item - + - Gets the initial visibility. + Binds the DropDownClosed and DropDownOpened events to the created quick access item + Toolbar item - + + + + - Gets the for . + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for CanAddToQuickAccessToolBar. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + + + + + + + + + + + + + - Gets or sets the position of . + Represents gallery control. + Usually a gallery is hosted in context menu - + - Gets or sets the backed up value of of + Min width of the Gallery - + - Gets from . + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for MinItemsInRow. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Gets or sets from . + Max width of the Gallery - + - Gets from + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for MaxItemsInRow. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Attribute class providing informations about a localization + Gets or sets name of property which + will use to group items in the Gallery. - + - Creates a new instance. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for GroupBy. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - Specifies the display name. - Specifies the culture name. - + - Gets the display name. + Gets or sets name of property which + will use to group items in the Gallery. - + - Gets the culture name. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for GroupBy. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Base class for localizations. + Gets or sets orientation of gallery - + - Fallback instance of for localization. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Orientation. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Gets text for representing "Automatic" + Gets or sets item width - + - Gets KeyTip of backstage button + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for ItemWidth. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Gets text of backstage button + Gets or sets item height - + - Gets customize Status Bar + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for ItemHeight. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Expand Button ScreenTip Text + Gets collection of filters - + - Expand Button ScreenTip Title + Gets or sets selected filter - + - Minimize Button ScreenTip Text + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for SelectedFilter. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Minimize Button ScreenTip Title + Gets selected filter title - + - Gets text for representing "More colors..." + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for SelectedFilterTitle. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Gets text for representing "No color" + Gets selected filter groups - + - Quick Access ToolBar DropDown Button ToolTip + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for SelectedFilterGroups. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Quick Access ToolBar Menu Header + Gets whether gallery has selected filter - + - Quick Access ToolBar Menu Minimize Quick Access Toolbar + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for HasFilter. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Quick Access ToolBar Minimize Quick Access Toolbar + Gets or sets whether gallery items can be selected - + - Quick Access ToolBar MoreControls Button ToolTip + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Selectable. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Quick Access ToolBar Menu Add Gallery + Gets whether gallery is last item in ItemsControl - + - Quick Access ToolBar Menu Add Group + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for IsLastItem. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Quick Access ToolBar Menu Add Item + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for IsLastItem. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Quick Access ToolBar Menu Add Menu + Static constructor - + - Ribbon Context Menu Customize Quick Access Toolbar + Default constructor - + + + + + + + + + + - Ribbon Context Menu Customize Quick Access Toolbar + Represents container of grouped gallery items in GalleryPanel or Gallery - + - Ribbon Context Menu Minimize Quick Access Toolbar + Gets or sets whether the header must be shown. + When the property is false this control uses to show all items without grouping - + - Quick Access ToolBar Menu Remove Item + for . - + - Ribbon Context Menu Minimize Quick Access Toolbar + Gets or sets panel orientation - + - Ribbon Context Menu Minimize Quick Access Toolbar + for . - + - Gets ScreenTip's disable reason header + Gets or sets a value that specifies the width of + all items that are contained within - + - Gets ScreenTip's disable reason header + for . - + - Change notifications are not implemented. - This class only implements to prevent WPF from trying to listen to changes by using other ways than listening for this event. + Gets or sets a value that specifies the height of + all items that are contained within - + - Contains localizable Ribbon's properties. - Set Culture property to change current Ribbon localization or - set properties independently to use your localization + for . - + - Occurs then property is changed + Gets or sets minimum items in which should be placed in one row. - + - Static instance of to ease it's usage in XAML. + for . - + - Gets or sets current culture used for localization. + Gets or sets maximum items in which should be placed in one row. - + - Gets or sets the current localization. + for . - + - Default constructor + Creates a new instance of . - + - Handles loading and saving the state of a from/to a , for temporary storage, and from/to , for persistent storage. + Static constructor - + + + + - Creates a new instance. + Determinates item's size (return Size.Empty in case of it is not possible) - The of which the state should be stored. + - + + + + - Finalizes an instance of the class. + Represents gallery group filter definition - + - Gets wether this object already got disposed. + Gets or sets title of filter - + - Gets wether state is currently loading. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Title. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Gets or sets whether state is loaded. + Gets or sets list pf groups splitted by comma - + - Gets name of the isolated storage file + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Groups. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Save current state to a temporary storage. + Represents gallery item - + + + + - Save current state to a persistent storage. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Keys. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Saves state to . + Gets a value that indicates whether a Button is currently activated. + This is a dependency property. - Stream - + - Create the serialized state data which should be saved later. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for IsPressed. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - which contains the serialized state data. - + - Load state from a temporary storage. + Gets or sets GalleryItem group - + - Loads the State from Isolated Storage (in user store for domain) + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Group. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - - Sets after it's finished to prevent a race condition with saving the state to the MemoryStream. - - + - Loads state from . + Gets or sets whether ribbon control click must close backstage or popup. - The to load the state from. - + - Loads state from . + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for IsDefinitive. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - The to load the state from. - + + + + + + + + + + - Loads state from . + Identifies the CommandParameter dependency property. - The to load the state from. - + - Loads quick access items from . + Identifies the routed Command dependency property. - Serialized data for generating quick access items. - + - Creates a quick access item () from the given . + Identifies the CommandTarget dependency property. - Serialized data for one quick access item. - The created quick access item or null of the creation failed. - + - Determines whether the given file exists in the given storage + Gets or sets the command to invoke when mouse enters or leaves this button. The commandparameter will be the instance. + This is a dependency property. - + - Get this which should be used to store the current state. + Identifies the PreviewCommand dependency property. - or if threw an exception. - + - Resets saved state. + Gets or sets the command to invoke when mouse enters or leaves this button. The commandparameter will be the instance. + This is a dependency property. - - Performs application-defined tasks associated with freeing, releasing, or resetting unmanaged resources. - - + - Performs application-defined tasks associated with freeing, releasing, or resetting unmanaged resources. + Identifies the PreviewCommand dependency property. - Defines wether managed resources should also be freed. - + - Represents additional context menu service + Handles Command changed - + - Attach needed parameters to control + Handles Command CanExecute changed - + + + + - Coerce control context menu + Occurs when a RibbonControl is clicked. - + - Represents logical sizes of a ribbon control + Identifies the RibbonControl.Click routed event. - + - Large size of a control + Raises click event - + - Middle size of a control + Static constructor - + - Small size of a control + Default constructor - + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + - Represents states of ribbon group + Handles click event + Sender + The event data + + + + + + - + - Large. All controls in the group will try to be large size + Represents internal class to use it in + GalleryPanel as placeholder for GalleryItems - + - Middle. All controls in the group will try to be middle size + Gets the target of the placeholder - + - Small. All controls in the group will try to be small size + Constructor + Target - - - Collapsed. Group will collapse its content in a single button - + + - - - QuickAccess. Group will collapse its content in a single button in quick access toolbar - + + - + - Represents class to determine .NET Framework version difference + Represents panel for Gallery and InRibbonGallery with grouping and filtering capabilities - + - Version of WPF + Used to prevent measures which cause the layout to flicker. + This is needed when the gallery panel has switched owners during InRibbonGallery popup open/close. - + - Gets UseLayoutRounding attached property value + Gets or sets whether gallery panel shows groups + (Filter property still works as usual) - - + - Gets UseLayoutRounding attached property value + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for IsGrouped. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for UseLayoutRounding. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Gets or sets property name to group items - + - Represents container of grouped gallery items in GalleryPanel or Gallery + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for GroupBy. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Gets or sets whether the header must be shown. - When the property is false this control uses to show all items without grouping + Gets or sets name of property which + will use to group items in the Gallery. - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for IsHeadered. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for GroupBy. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Gets or sets panel orientation + Gets or sets ItemContainerGenerator which generates the + user interface (UI) on behalf of its host, such as an ItemsControl. - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Orientation. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for ItemContainerGenerator. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + Gets or sets a value that specifies the width of all items that are contained within - + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for ItemWidth. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + Gets or sets a value that specifies the height of all items that are contained within - + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for ItemHeight. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Gets or sets minimum items quantity in row + Gets or sets groups names separated by comma which must be shown - + + + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Filter. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + + + + + Gets or sets maximum items quantity in row + + + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for ItemsInRow. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + Gets or sets maximum items quantity in row - + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for ItemsInRow. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Static constructor + Default constructor - + + + + + + + - Invoked when the property changes. + Updates MinWidth and MaxWidth of the gallery panel (based on MinItemsInRow and MaxItemsInRow) - Old value of the property.New value of the property. - + Determinates item's size (return Size.Empty in case of it is not possible) - + + + + + + + + + + + + + - Called to remeasure a control. + Represents group separator menu item - The size of the control, up to the maximum specified by constraint. - The maximum size that the method can return. - + - Represents internal class to use it in - GalleryPanel as placeholder for GalleryItems + Represents the In-Ribbon Gallery, a gallery-based control that exposes + a default subset of items directly in the Ribbon. Any remaining items + are displayed when a drop-down menu button is clicked - + + + + - Gets the target of the placeholder + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Size. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + + + + - Constructor + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for SizeDefinition. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - Target - + + + + - When overridden in a derived class, measures the size in layout - required for child elements and determines a size for the derived class. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Keys. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - - The size that this element determines it needs during layout, - based on its calculations of child element sizes. - - The available size that this element can - give to child elements. Infinity can be specified as a value to - indicate that the element will size to whatever content is available. - + + + + - Defines the template for WPF core-level arrange layout definition. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Header. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - - The final area within the parent that element should use to - arrange itself and its child elements. - + + + + - Represents panel for Gallery, InRibbonGallery, ComboBox - with grouping and filtering capabilities + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Icon. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Gets or sets whether gallery panel shows groups - (Filter property still works as usual) + Min width of the Gallery - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for IsGrouped. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for MinItemsInDropDownRow. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Gets or sets property name to group items + Max width of the Gallery - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for GroupBy. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for MaxItemsInDropDownRow. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + + + Gets or sets item width + + + + + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for ItemWidth. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + + + + + Gets or sets item height + + + + + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for ItemHeight. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + + + Gets or sets name of property which will use to group items in the Gallery. - + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for GroupBy. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Gets or sets ItemContainerGenerator which generates the - user interface (UI) on behalf of its host, such as an ItemsControl. + Gets or sets name of property which + will use to group items in the Gallery. - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for ItemContainerGenerator. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for GroupBy. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Gets or sets group style + Gets or sets orientation of gallery - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for GroupHeaderStyle. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Orientation. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Gets or sets a value that specifies the width of - all items that are contained within + Gets collection of filters - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for ItemWidth. + Gets or sets selected filter + + + + + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for SelectedFilter. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Gets or sets a value that specifies the height of - all items that are contained within + Gets selected filter title - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for ItemHeight. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for SelectedFilterTitle. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Gets or sets groups names separated by comma which must be shown + Gets selected filter groups - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Filter. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for SelectedFilterGroups. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Gets or sets maximum items quantity in row + Gets whether gallery has selected filter - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for ItemsInRow. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for HasFilter. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Gets or sets maximum items quantity in row + Gets or sets whether gallery items can be selected - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for ItemsInRow. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Selectable. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + + + + + + + + + + - Default constructor + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for IsOpen. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Gets the number of visual child elements within this element. + Gets or sets context menu resize mode - + - Overrides System.Windows.Media.Visual.GetVisualChild(System.Int32), - and returns a child at the specified index from a collection of child elements. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for ResizeMode. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - The zero-based index of the requested - child element in the collection - The requested child element. This should not return null; - if the provided index is out of range, an exception is thrown - + - Updates MinWidth and MaxWidth of the gallery panel (based on MinItemsInRow and MaxItemsInRow) + Gets or sets whether InRibbonGallery - + - Determinates item's size (return Size.Empty in case of it is not possible) + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for CanCollapseToButton. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - - + - Invoked when the VisualCollection of a visual object is modified. + Gets whether InRibbonGallery is collapsed to button - The Visual that was added to the collection. - The Visual that was removed from the collection. - + - When overridden in a derived class, measures the size in - layout required for child elements and determines a size - for the derived class. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for IsCollapsed. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - - The size that this element determines it needs during layout, - based on its calculations of child element sizes. - - The available size that this element can give - to child elements. Infinity can be specified as a value to indicate that - the element will size to whatever content is available. - + + + + - When overridden in a derived class, positions child elements - and determines a size for a derived class. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for SmallIcon. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - The actual size used. - The final area within the parent that this - element should use to arrange itself and its children. - + - Gets an enumerator that can iterate the logical child elements of this element. + Snaps / Unsnaps the Visual + (remove visuals and substitute with freezed image) - - An . This property has no default value. - - + - Represents control that have drop down popup + Gets or sets menu to show in combo box bottom - + - Gets drop down popup + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Menu. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Gets a value indicating whether control context menu is opened + Gets or sets max count of items in row - + - Gets or sets a value indicating whether drop down is opened + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for MaxItemsInRow. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Base interface for controls supports key tips + Gets or sets min count of items in row - + - Gets and sets KeyTip for element. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for MaxItemsInRow. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Handles key tip pressed + Get or sets max height of drop down popup - + - Handles back navigation with KeyTips + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for MaxDropDownHeight. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Base interface for Fluent controls + Get or sets max width of drop down popup - + - Gets or sets Size for the element + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for MaxDropDownWidth. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Gets or sets SizeDefinition for element + Gets or sets initial dropdown height - + - Gets or sets Icon for the element + /Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for DropDownHeight. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Interface for controls that support -Behavior + Gets or sets initial dropdown width - + - Gets or sets the name of the group that the toggle button belongs to. - Use the GroupName property to specify a grouping of toggle buttons to - create a mutually exclusive set of controls. You can use the GroupName - property when only one selection is possible from a list of available - options. When this property is set, only one ToggleButton in the specified - group can be selected at a time. + /Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for DropDownWidth. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Gets or sets a value indicating whether SplitButton is checked + for . - + - Gets a value indicating whether the ToggleButton is fully loaded + Gets or sets the height of the container which hosts the . - - Gets the logical parent element of this element. - This element's logical parent. + + - - - Class for several commands belonging to the Ribbon - + + - - - Gets the value that represents the Open Backstage command - + + - + - Enables the use of behaviors in styles + Initializes static members of the class. - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Behaviors. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Default constructor - - - Gets Behaviors for element - + + - + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + - Sets Behaviors for element + Represents KeyTip control - + - Just a for + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Keys. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Creates a new instance of the . + Sets value of attached property Keys for the given element - - The new instance. - + The given element + Value - + - Dismiss popup mode + Gets value of the attached property Keys of the given element + The given element - + - Always dismiss popup + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for AutoPlacement. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Dismiss only if mouse is not over popup + Sets whether key tip placement is auto + or defined by alignment and margin properties + The given element + Value - + - Dismiss popup arguments + Gets whether key tip placement is auto + or defined by alignment and margin properties + The given element - + - Popup dismiss mode + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for HorizontalAlignment. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Standard constructor + Sets Horizontal Alignment of the key tip + The given element + Value - + - Constructor + Gets Horizontal alignment of the key tip - Dismiss mode + The given element - + - When overridden in a derived class, provides a way to invoke event handlers in a type-specific way, which can increase efficiency over the base implementation. + Gets vertical alignment of the key tip - The generic handler / delegate implementation to be invoked.The target on which the provided handler should be invoked. + The given element - + - Represent additional popup functionality + Sets vertical alignment of the key tip + The given element + Value - + - Occurs then popup is dismissed + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for VerticalAlignment. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Raises DismissPopup event (Async) + Gets margin of the key tip + The key tip + Margin - + - Raises DismissPopup event + Sets margin of the key tip + The key tip + Value - + - Set needed parameters to control + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Margin. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - Control type - + - Handles PreviewMouseDownOutsideCapturedElementEvent event + Represents menu item - + + + + - Handles lost mouse capture event + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Size. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + + + + - Returns true whether parent is ancestor of element + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for SizeDefinition. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - Parent - Element - Returns true whether parent is ancestor of element - + + + + - Handles dismiss popup event + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Keys. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + + + + + + + - Returns true whether mouse is physically over the popup + Useless property only used in secon level application menu items - Element - Returns true whether mouse is physically over the popup - + - Returns true whether mouse is physically over the element + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Description. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - Element - Returns true whether mouse is physically over the element - + + + + - Handles context menu opened event + Gets or sets whether ribbon control click must close backstage - + - Handles context menu closed event + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for IsDefinitive. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Represents Fluent UI specific RadioButton + Gets or sets context menu resize mode - + - Gets or sets Size for the element. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for ResizeMode. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Size. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Get or sets max height of drop down popup - + - Gets or sets SizeDefinition for element. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for MaxDropDownHeight. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for SizeDefinition. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Gets or sets a value indicating whether menu item is splited - + - Gets or sets KeyTip for element. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for IsSplited. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + + + + + + + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Keys. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for GroupName. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + + + + + + + - Gets or sets element Text + Initializes static members of the class. - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Header. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Initializes a new instance of the class. - + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Helper for setting on . + to set on. + RecognizesAccessKey property value. + + + Helper for getting from . + to read from. + RecognizesAccessKey property value. + + - Gets or sets Icon for the element + Defines if access keys should be recognized. - + + + + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Icon. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Handles quick access button drop down menu opened - + - Gets or sets button large icon + Handles quick access button drop down menu closed - + + + + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for SmallIcon. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for CanAddToQuickAccessToolBar. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + + + + + + + + + + + + + - Static constructor + Returns logical parent; either Parent or ItemsControlFromItemContainer(this). + + Copied from . + - + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + - Default constructor + This interface must be implemented for controls + which are intended to insert to quick access toolbar - + Gets control which represents shortcut item. This item MUST be syncronized with the original @@ -3345,5708 +3473,6039 @@ Control which represents shortcut item - + - Gets or sets whether control can be added to quick access toolbar + Gets or sets a value indicating whether control can be added to quick access toolbar - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for CanAddToQuickAccessToolBar. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Peresents quick access shortcut to another control - - + + + Default constructor + - + + + Gets or sets shortcut to the target control + + + + + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for shortcut. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + + + - + - Represents menu in combo box and gallery + The class responds to mine controls for QuickAccessToolBar - + - Creates or identifies the element that is used to display the given item. + Determines whether the given control can provide a quick access toolbar item - The element that is used to display the given item. + Control + True if this control is able to provide + a quick access toolbar item, false otherwise - + - Determines if the specified item is (or is eligible to be) its own container. + Gets control which represents quick access toolbar item - The item to check. - + Host control + Control which represents quick access toolbar item - + - Class to map from to + Finds the top supported control - + - Creates a new instance + Represents quick access toolbar - + - Creates a new instance + Occured when items are added or removed from Quick Access toolbar - + - Gets or sets the value for large group sizes + Gets items collection - + - Gets or sets the value for middle group sizes + Gets whether QuickAccessToolBar has overflow items - + - Gets or sets the value for small group sizes + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for HasOverflowItems. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Converts from to + Gets quick access menu items - + - Converts from to + Handles quick access menu items chages - + - Converts from to + Gets or sets whether quick access toolbar showes above ribbon - + - Gets the appropriate from , or depending on + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for ShowAboveRibbon. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - - - - - - - + - - Determines whether the specified object instances are considered equal. - The first object to compare. - The second object to compare. - true if the objects are considered equal; otherwise, false. If both and are null, the method returns true. - - - Determines whether the specified object instances are not considered equal. - The first object to compare. - The second object to compare. - true if the objects are not considered equal; otherwise, false. If both and are null, the method returns false. - - + - Returns a string that represents the current object. + Gets or sets whether user can change location of QAT - - A string that represents the current object. - - + - Represents ribbon status bar + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for CanQuickAccessLocationChanging. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Static constructor + Gets or sets whether the Menu-DropDown is visible or not. - + - Default constructor + for . - + - Creates or identifies the element that is used to display the given item. + Static constructor - The element that is used to display the given item. - - - Determines if the specified item is (or is eligible to be) its own container. - - The item to check. - true if the item is (or is eligible to be) its own container; otherwise, false. + + - + - Invoked when the property changes. + Handles show below menu item click - Information about the change. + Sender + The event data - + - Represents ribbon status bar item + Handles show above menu item click + Sender + The event data - - - Gets or sets ribbon status bar item - + + - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Title. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + We have to use this function because setting a very frequently is quite expensive - + - Gets or sets ribbon status bar value + First calls and then - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Value. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Gets or sets a custom action to generate KeyTips for items in this control. - + - Gets or sets whether status bar item is checked in menu + for . - + + + + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for IsChecked. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Represents Fluent UI specific RadioButton - + + + + - Occurs when status bar item checks + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Size. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + + + + - Occurs when status bar item unchecks + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for SizeDefinition. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + + + + - Static constructor + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Keys. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + + + + - Represents menu item in ribbon status bar menu + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Header. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + + + + - Gets or sets Ribbon Status Bar menu item + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Icon. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + + + + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for StatusBarItem. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for SmallIcon. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + Static constructor - + Default constructor - Ribbon Status Bar menu item - - - Represents separator to use in the TabControl - + + - + + + + - Static constructor + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for CanAddToQuickAccessToolBar. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + - Represents panel for status bar + Represents the main Ribbon control which consists of multiple tabs, each of which + containing groups of controls. The Ribbon also provides improved context + menus, enhanced screen tips, and keyboard shortcuts. - + - When overridden in a derived class, measures the size in layout required for child elements and determines a size for the -derived class. + Gets the current instance for storing the state of this control. - - The size that this element determines it needs during layout, based on its calculations of child element sizes. - - The available size that this element can give to child elements. Infinity can be specified as a value to indicate that the element will size to whatever content is available. - + - When overridden in a derived class, positions child elements and determines a size for a derived class. + Create a new instance for storing the state of this control. - - The actual size used. - - The final area within the parent that this element should use to arrange itself and its children. + Instance of a state storage class. - + - Represents custom Fluent UI TextBox + Minimal width of ribbon parent window - + - Gets or sets width of the value input part of textbox + Minimal height of ribbon parent window - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for InputWidth. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + for . - + - Static constructor + Gets or sets whether the default context menu should be enabled/used. - + - Creates a new instance. + Context menu for ribbon in current thread - + + + + + + + - Invoked when an unhandled System.Windows.Input.Keyboard.KeyUp�attached event reaches - an element in its route that is derived from this class. Implement this method to add class handling for this event. + Occurs when selected tab has been changed (be aware that SelectedTab can be null) - The System.Windows.Input.KeyEventArgs that contains the event data. - + - Gets control which represents shortcut item. - This item MUST be syncronized with the original - and send command to original one control. + Occurs when customize the ribbon - Control which represents shortcut item - + - Gets or sets whether control can be added to quick access toolbar + Occurs when customize quick access toolbar - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for CanAddToQuickAccessToolBar. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Occurs when IsMinimized property is changing - + - This method must be overridden to bind properties to use in quick access creating + Occurs when IsCollapsed property is changing - Toolbar item - - - - - + + + Gets or sets file menu control (can be application menu button, backstage button and so on) + - + - Gets or sets Size for the element. + for . - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Size. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Property for defining the start screen. - + - Gets or sets SizeDefinition for element. + for - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for SizeDefinition. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Property for defining the QuickAccessToolBar. - + - Gets or sets KeyTip for element. + for - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Keys. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Property for defining the TabControl. - + - Gets or sets element Text + for - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Header. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Gets or sets selected tab item - + - Gets or sets Icon for the element + for . - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Icon. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Gets or sets selected tab index - + - Represents gallery control. - Usually a gallery is hosted in context menu + for . - + - Min width of the Gallery + Gets the first visible TabItem - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for MinItemsInRow. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Gets the last visible TabItem - + - Max width of the Gallery + Gets currently active quick access elements. - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for MaxItemsInRow. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Gets a copy of currently active quick access elements. - + - Gets or sets name of property which - will use to group items in the Gallery. + Gets ribbon titlebar - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for GroupBy. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + for . - + - Gets or sets name of property which - will use to group items in the Gallery. + Gets or sets whether quick access toolbar showes above ribbon - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for GroupBy. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for ShowAboveRibbon. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Gets or sets orientation of gallery + Handles ShowQuickAccessToolBarAboveRibbon property changed + Object + The event data - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Orientation. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Gets or sets the height which is used to render the window title. - + - Gets or sets item width + for . - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for ItemWidth. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Gets collection of contextual tab groups - + - Gets or sets item height + Handles collection of contextual tab groups ghanges + Sender + The event data - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for ItemHeight. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + gets collection of ribbon tabs - + - Gets collection of filters + Handles collection of ribbon tabs changed + Sender + The event data - + - Gets or sets selected filter + Gets collection of toolbar items - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for SelectedFilter. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Handles collection of toolbar items changes + Sender + The event data - + + + + - Gets selected filter title + Gets collection of quick access menu items - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for SelectedFilterTitle. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Handles collection of quick access menu items changes + Sender + The event data - + - Gets selected filter groups + Gets or sets whether Customize Quick Access Toolbar menu item is shown - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for SelectedFilterGroups. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for CanCustomizeQuickAccessToolBar. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Gets whether gallery has selected filter + Gets or sets whether items can be added or removed from the quick access toolbar by users. - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for HasFilter. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for CanCustomizeQuickAccessToolBarItems. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Gets or sets whether gallery items can be selected + Gets or sets whether the QAT Menu-DropDown is visible or not. - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Selectable. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + for . - + - Gets whether gallery is last item in ItemsControl + Gets or sets whether Customize Ribbon menu item is shown - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for IsLastItem. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for CanCustomizeRibbon. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for IsLastItem. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Gets or sets whether ribbon can be minimized - + - Static constructor + Gets or sets whether ribbon is minimized - + - Default constructor + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for IsMinimized. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Creates or identifies the element that is used to display the given item. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for CanMinimize. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - The element that is used to display the given item. - + - Determines if the specified item is (or is eligible to be) its own container. + Gets or sets the height of the gap between the ribbon and the regular window content - The item to check. - - + - When overridden in a derived class, is invoked whenever application code or internal processes call . + DependencyProperty for - + - Represents gallery group filter definition + Gets or sets the height of the ribbon content area - + - Gets or sets title of filter + for - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Title. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Gets whether ribbon is collapsed - + - Gets or sets list pf groups splitted by comma + DependencyProperty for - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Groups. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Defines if the Ribbon should automatically set when the width or height of the owner window drop under or - + - Represents gallery item + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for IsCollapsed. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Gets or sets KeyTip for element. + Gets or sets whether QAT is visible - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Keys. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for IsQuickAccessToolBarVisible. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Gets a value that indicates whether a Button is currently activated. - This is a dependency property. + Gets or sets whether user can change location of QAT - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for IsPressed. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for CanQuickAccessLocationChanging. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Gets or sets GalleryItem group + for . - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Group. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Defines whether tab headers are visible or not. - + - Gets or sets whether ribbon control click must close backstage or popup. + for . - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for IsDefinitive. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Defines whether tab headers are visible or not. - + - Gets or sets the command to invoke when this button is pressed. This is a dependency property. + DependencyProperty for - + - Gets or sets the parameter to pass to the System.Windows.Controls.Primitives.ButtonBase.Command property. This is a dependency property. + Defines whether scrolling by mouse wheel is enabled or not. - + - Gets or sets the element on which to raise the specified command. This is a dependency property. + Checks if any keytips are visible. - + - Identifies the CommandParameter dependency property. + for . - + - Identifies the routed Command dependency property. + Defines whether handling of key tips is enabled or not. - + - Identifies the CommandTarget dependency property. + Defines the keys that are used to activate the key tips. - + - Gets or sets the command to invoke when mouse enters or leaves this button. The commandparameter will be the instance. - This is a dependency property. + Gets add to quick access toolbar command - + - Identifies the PreviewCommand dependency property. + Gets remove from quick access command - + - Gets or sets the command to invoke when mouse enters or leaves this button. The commandparameter will be the instance. - This is a dependency property. + Gets show quick access above command - + - Identifies the PreviewCommand dependency property. + Gets show quick access below command - + - Handles Command changed + Gets toggle ribbon minimize command - + - Handles Command CanExecute changed + Gets customize quick access toolbar command - + - Gets a value that becomes the return - value of IsEnabled in derived classes. + Gets customize the ribbon command - - true if the element is enabled; otherwise, false. - - + - Occurs when a RibbonControl is clicked. + Initializes static members of the class. - + - Identifies the RibbonControl.Click routed event. + Default constructor - + + + + + + + + + + - Raises click event + Called when the is closed, so that we set it to null. - + - Static constructor + Determines whether the given element is in quick access toolbar + Element + True if element in quick access toolbar - + - Default constructor + Adds the given element to quick access toolbar + Element - + - Provides class handling for the System.Windows.UIElement.MouseLeftButtonDown routed event that occurs - when the left mouse button is pressed while the mouse pointer is over this control. + Removes the given elements from quick access toolbar - The event data. + Element - + - Invoked when an unhandled  attached event reaches an element in its route that is derived from this class. Implement this method to add class handling for this event. + Clears quick access toolbar - The that contains event data. - + - Provides class handling for the System.Windows.UIElement.MouseLeftButtonUp routed event that occurs - when the left mouse button is released while the mouse pointer is over this control. + Traverse logical tree and find QAT items, remember paths - The event data. - + - Called when the mouse enters a . + Gets or sets whether Quick Access ToolBar can + save and load its state automatically - The event data. - + - Called when the mouse leaves a . + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for AutomaticStateManagement. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - The event data. - + - Handles click event + Represents contextual groups container - Sender - The event data - + - + - + - An effect that turns the input into shades of a single color. + Represents contextual tab group - + - Dependency property for Input + for - + - Dependency property for FilterColor + Gets or sets the foreground brush to be used for a selected belonging to this group. - + - Default constructor + for - + - Impicit input + Gets or sets the foreground brush to be used when the mouse is over a belonging to this group. - + - The color used to tint the input. + for - + - Icon converter provides application default icon if user-defined is not present. + Gets or sets the foreground brush to be used when the mouse is over a selected belonging to this group. - - - - - - - + - Represents the In-Ribbon Gallery, a gallery-based control that exposes - a default subset of items directly in the Ribbon. Any remaining items - are displayed when a drop-down menu button is clicked + Gets or sets group header - + - Gets or sets Size for the element. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Header. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Size. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Handles header chages + Object + The event data. - + - Gets or sets SizeDefinition for element. + Gets collection of tab items - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for SizeDefinition. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Gets or sets the visibility this group for internal use (this enables us to hide this group when all items in this group are hidden) - + - Gets or sets KeyTip for element. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for InnerVisibility. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Keys. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Gets the first visible TabItem in this group - + - Gets or sets element Text + Gets the first visible TabItem in this group - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Header. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Gets the last visible TabItem in this group - + - Gets or sets Icon for the element + Static constructor - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Icon. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Handles visibility prioperty changed + Object + The event data - + - Min width of the Gallery + Default constructor - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for MinItemsInDropDownRow. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Appends tab item + Ribbon tab item - + - Max width of the Gallery + Removes tab item + Ribbon tab item - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for MaxItemsInDropDownRow. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Updates the group border - + + + + - Gets or sets item width + Updates the Visibility of the inner container - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for ItemWidth. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Represent base class for Fluent controls - + + + + - Gets or sets item height + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Keys. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + + + + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for ItemHeight. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Header. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + + + + - Gets or sets name of property which - will use to group items in the Gallery. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Icon. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for GroupBy. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Called when changes. - + + + + + + + + + + - Gets or sets name of property which - will use to group items in the Gallery. + Identifies the CommandParameter dependency property. - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for GroupBy. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Identifies the routed Command dependency property. - + - Gets or sets orientation of gallery + Identifies the CommandTarget dependency property. - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Orientation. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Handles Command changed - + - Gets collection of filters + Handles Command CanExecute changed - + + + + + + + - Gets or sets selected filter + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Size. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + + + + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for SelectedFilter. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for SizeDefinition. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Gets selected filter title + Static constructor - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for SelectedFilterTitle. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Default Constructor - + + + + - Gets selected filter groups + Binds default properties of control to quick access element + Source item + Toolbar item - + + + + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for SelectedFilterGroups. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for CanAddToQuickAccessToolBar. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Gets whether gallery has selected filter + Occurs then CanAddToQuickAccessToolBar property changed - + + + + + + + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for HasFilter. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Returns screen workarea in witch control is placed + Control + Workarea in witch control is placed - + - Gets or sets whether gallery items can be selected + Returns monitor in witch control is placed + Control + Workarea in witch control is placed - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Selectable. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Get the parent . + The found or null of no parent could be found. - + + + + + + + + + + - Gets drop down popup + RibbonGroup represents a logical group of controls as they appear on + a RibbonTab. These groups can resize its content - + - Gets a value indicating whether context menu is opened + Get the responsible for rendering the header. - + - Gets or sets whether popup is opened + Get the responsible for rendering the header when is equal to . - + + + + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for IsOpen. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Keys. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Gets or sets context menu resize mode + for IsCollapsedHeaderContentPresenter. - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for ResizeMode. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Sets the value of . - + - Gets or sets whether InRibbonGallery + Gets the value of . - + + + + + + + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for CanCollapseToButton. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Gets or sets the current state of the group - + - Gets whether InRibbonGallery is collapsed to button + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for State. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for IsCollapsed. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + On state property changed + Object + The event data - + - Button large icon + Gets or sets scale index (for internal IRibbonScalableControl) - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for SmallIcon. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Gets or sets whether to reset cache when scalable control is scaled - + - Snaps / Unsnaps the Visual - (remove visuals and substitute with freezed image) + Gets or sets dialog launcher button visibility - + - Gets or sets menu to show in combo box bottom + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for IsLauncherVisible. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Menu. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Gets or sets key tip for dialog launcher button - + - Gets or sets max count of items in row + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for + LauncherKeys. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for MaxItemsInRow. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Gets or sets launcher button icon - + - Gets or sets min count of items in row + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for LauncherIcon. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for MaxItemsInRow. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Gets or sets launcher button text - + - Get or sets max height of drop down popup + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for LauncherIcon. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for MaxDropDownHeight. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Gets or sets the command to invoke when this button is pressed. This is a dependency property. - + - Get or sets max width of drop down popup + Gets or sets the parameter to pass to the System.Windows.Controls.Primitives.ButtonBase.Command property. This is a dependency property. - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for MaxDropDownWidth. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Gets or sets the element on which to raise the specified command. This is a dependency property. - + - Gets or sets initial dropdown height + Identifies the System.Windows.Controls.Primitives.ButtonBase.CommandParameter dependency property. - + - /Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for DropDownHeight. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Identifies the routed System.Windows.Controls.Primitives.ButtonBase.Command dependency property. - + - Gets or sets initial dropdown width + Identifies the System.Windows.Controls.Primitives.ButtonBase.CommandTarget dependency property. - + - /Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for DropDownWidth. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Gets or sets launcher button tooltip - + - Occurs when control is scaled + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for LauncherToolTip. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Occurs when context menu is opened + Gets or sets whether launcher button is enabled - + - Occurs when context menu is closed + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for IsLauncherEnabled. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Initializes static members of the class. + Gets launcher button - + - Default constructor + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for LauncherButton. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - - - - + - + - Called when the selection changes. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for IsOpen. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - The event data. - + + + + - When overridden in a derived class, is invoked whenever application - code or internal processes call ApplyTemplate + Gets or sets icon - + - Handles size property changing + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Icon. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - Previous value - Current value - + - Creates or identifies the element that is used to display the given item. + Gets or sets whether the groupbox shows a separator. - The element that is used to display the given item. - + - Determines if the specified item is (or is eligible to be) its own container. + DependencyProperty for - The item to check. - - + - Invoked when the event is received. + Dialog launcher btton click event - Information about the event. - + + + + + + + - Gets control which represents shortcut item. - This item MUST be syncronized with the original - and send command to original one control. + Initializes static members of the class. - Control which represents shortcut item - + - Gets or sets whether control can be added to quick access toolbar + Default constructor - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for CanAddToQuickAccessToolBar. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Gets a panel with items + - + - Enlarge control size + Gets cmmon layout root for popup and groupbox + - + - Reduce control size + Snaps / Unsnaps the Visual + (remove visuals and substitute with freezed image) - + - Repesents scalable ribbon contol + Gets or sets intermediate state of the group box - + - Enlarge control size + Gets or sets intermediate scale of the group box - + - Reduce control size + Gets intermediate desired size - + - Occurs when contol is scaled + Clears cache - + - Represents ScrollViewer with modified hit test + Invalidates layout (with children) - + + + + + + + + + + - Performs a hit test to determine whether the specified - points are within the bounds of this ScrollViewer + Dialog launcher button click handler - The result of the hit test - The parameters for hit testing within a visual object + Sender + the event data - + - Represent logical container for toolbar items + Handles IsOpen propertyu changes + Object + The event data - + + + + + + + - Gets whether the group is the fisrt control in the row + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for CanAddToQuickAccessToolBar. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for IsFirstInRow. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Special wrap panel for . - + - Gets whether the group is the last control in the row + Creates a new instance. - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for IsFirstInRow. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Attached for SharedSizeGroupName. - + - Represent logical definition for a control in toolbar + Sets for . - + - Creates a new instance + Gets for . - + - Gets or sets Size for the element. + Attached for SharedSizeGroupName. - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Size. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Sets for . - + - Gets or sets SizeDefinition for element. + Gets for . - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for SizeDefinition. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + DependencyProperty for property. - + - Gets or sets name of the target control + The ItemWidth and ItemHeight properties specify the size of all items in the WrapPanel. + Note that children of + WrapPanel may have their own Width/Height properties set - the ItemWidth/ItemHeight + specifies the size of "layout partition" reserved by WrapPanel for the child. + If this property is not set (or set to "Auto" in markup or Double.NaN in code) - the size of layout + partition is equal to DesiredSize of the child element. - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for ControlName. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + DependencyProperty for property. - + - Gets or sets width of the target control + The ItemWidth and ItemHeight properties specify the size of all items in the WrapPanel. + Note that children of + WrapPanel may have their own Width/Height properties set - the ItemWidth/ItemHeight + specifies the size of "layout partition" reserved by WrapPanel for the child. + If this property is not set (or set to "Auto" in markup or Double.NaN in code) - the size of layout + partition is equal to DesiredSize of the child element. - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Width. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + DependencyProperty for property. - + - Occurs when a property value changes. + Specifies dimension of children positioning in absence of wrapping. + Wrapping occurs in orthogonal direction. For example, if Orientation is Horizontal, + the items try to form horizontal rows first and if needed are wrapped and form vertical stack of rows. + If Orientation is Vertical, items first positioned in a vertical column, and if there is + not enough space - wrapping creates additional columns in horizontal dimension. - + - Called when the size is changed + - Size before change - Size after change - + + + + + + + - Represent logical container for toolbar items + Represent panel with ribbon group. + It is automatically adjusting size of controls - + - Occures when children has been changed + Gets or sets reduce order of group in the ribbon panel. + It must be enumerated with comma from the first to reduce to + the last to reduce (use Control.Name as group name in the enum). + Enclose in parentheses as (Control.Name) to reduce/enlarge + scalable elements in the given group - + - Gets rows + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for ReduceOrder. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + Default constructor - - - Represents size definition for group box - + + - - - Gets rows - + + - + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + - Represent panel for group box panel + Not implemented - + - Gets or sets style for the separator + Not implemented - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for SeparatorStyle. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Not implemented - + - Gets children + Not implemented - + - Gets particular rules for layout in this group box panel + Not implemented - + - Gets the number of visual child elements within this element. + Not implemented - + - Overrides System.Windows.Media.Visual.GetVisualChild(System.Int32), - and returns a child at the specified index from a collection of child elements. + Not implemented - The zero-based index of the requested - child element in the collection - The requested child element. This should not return null; - if the provided index is out of range, an exception is thrown - + - Gets an enumerator for logical child elements of this element + Not implemented - + - Static constructor + Not implemented - + - Default constructor + Not implemented - + - Gets current used layout definition (or null if no present definitions) + Not implemented - Layout definition or null - + + + + + + + - Handles size property changing + Not implemented - Previous value - Current value - + - Measures all of the RibbonGroupBox, and resize them appropriately - to fit within the available room + Not implemented - The available size that - this element can give to child elements. - The size that the panel determines it needs during - layout, based on its calculations of child element sizes. - - + - When overridden in a derived class, positions child elements and determines - a size for a System.Windows.FrameworkElement derived class. + Not implemented - The final area within the parent that this - element should use to arrange itself and its children. - The actual size used. - + - Unified method for wrap panel logic + Represents menu in combo box and gallery - Available or final size - Pass true if measure required; pass false if arrange required - Final size - + + + + + + + - Layout logic for the given layout definition + Represents ScrollViewer with modified hit test - Current layout definition - Available or final size - Pass true if measure required; pass false if arrange required - Determines whether we have to add children to the logical and visual tree - Final size - + + + + - Gets control which represents shortcut item. - This item MUST be syncronized with the original - and send command to original one control. + Represents ribbon tab control - Control which represents shortcut item - + - Represents size definition for group box + Default value for . - + - Gets or sets Size for the element. + Default value for . - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Size. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Provides a value needed to add space to the popup to accomodate for overlapping keytips. - + - Gets or sets SizeDefinition for element. + Provides a value needed to add space to the popup to accomodate for overlapping keytips. - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for SizeDefinition. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Event which is fired when the, maybe listening, should be closed - + + + + + + + - Gets or sets count of rows in the ribbon toolbar + Gets or sets file menu control (can be application menu button, backstage button and so on) - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for RowCount. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Button. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - - - Gets rows - + + - + - Represents basic window for ribbon + Gets the responsible for displaying the selected tabs content. - + - Gets ribbon titlebar + Gets the responsible for displaying the selected tabs content. - + + + + - for . + Gets content of selected tab item - + - Gets or sets the height which is used to render the window title. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for . This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - for . + Gets or sets whether ribbon is minimized - + - Gets or sets the which is used to render the window title. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for . This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - for . + Gets or sets whether ribbon can be minimized - + - Gets or sets the which is used to render the window title background. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for . This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + + + + - for . + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for . This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for WindowCommands. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Defines if the currently selected item should draw it's highlight/selected borders - + - Gets or sets the window commands + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for . This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Gets or sets resize border thickness + Gets whether ribbon tabs can scroll - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for ResizeBorderTickness. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Gets or sets selected tab item - + - Gets or sets glass border thickness + Gets collection of ribbon toolbar items - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for GlassFrameThickness. - GlassFrameThickness != 0 enables the default window drop shadow. + Gets or sets the height of the content area. - + - Gets or sets whether icon is visible + for . - + - Gets or sets whether icon is visible + Gets or sets the height of the gap between the ribbon and the content - + - Gets whether window is collapsed + DependencyProperty for - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for IsCollapsed. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + for . - + - Defines if the Ribbon should automatically set when the width or height of the owner window drop under or + Defines whether tab headers are visible or not. - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for IsCollapsed. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + for . - + - Defines if the taskbar should be ignored and hidden while the window is maximized. + Defines whether tab headers are visible or not. - + - for . + DependencyProperty for - + - Static constructor + Defines whether scrolling by mouse wheel is enabled or not. - + - Default constructor + Initializes static members of the class. - + - Initializes the WindowChromeBehavior which is needed to render the custom WindowChrome. + Initializes a new instance of the class. - + - + - - - Gets the template child with the given name. - - The interface type inheirted from DependencyObject. - The name of the template child. + + - - - Represents spinner control - + + - - - Occurs when value has been changed - + + - - - Gets or sets current value - + + - - - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Value. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + + - - - Gets current text from the spinner - + + - - - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Text. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + + - + - Gets or sets a value added or subtracted from the value property + Selects the first tab if is false. - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Increment. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Implements custom placement for ribbon popup - + - Gets or sets minimun value + Raises an event causing the Backstage-View to be closed - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Minimum. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Gets the first visible item - + - Gets or sets maximum value + Gets the first visible and enabled item - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Maximum. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Represents ribbon tab item - + - Gets or sets string format of value + Gets or sets the which is used to render the background if this is the currently active/selected one. - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Format. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + for . - + - Gets or sets the amount of time, in milliseconds, - the Spinner waits while it is pressed before it starts repeating. - The value must be non-negative. This is a dependency property. + Gets or sets the which is used to render the border if this is the currently active/selected one. - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Delay. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + for . - - - Gets or sets the amount of time, in milliseconds, - between repeats once repeating starts. The value must be non-negative. - This is a dependency property. - + + - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Interval. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Keys. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - - - Gets or sets width of the value input part of spinner - - - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for InputWidth. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Gets ribbon groups container - + - Gets or sets a converter which is used to convert from text to double and from double to text. + Gets or sets whether ribbon is minimized - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for TextToValueConverter. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for IsMinimized. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Defines wether all text should be select as soon as this control gets focus. + Gets or sets whether ribbon is opened - + - for + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for IsOpen. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Static constructor + Gets or sets reduce order - + - Select all text in the Spinner. + Gets or sets whether tab item is contextual - + - When overridden in a derived class, is invoked whenever application code or internal processes call . + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for IsContextual. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - + - Invoked when an unhandled System.Windows.Input.Keyboard.KeyUp attached event reaches - an element in its route that is derived from this class. Implement this method to add class handling for this event. + Gets or sets whether tab item is selected - The System.Windows.Input.KeyEventArgs that contains the event data. - + - Gets control which represents shortcut item. - This item MUST be syncronized with the original - and send command to original one control. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for IsSelected. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - Control which represents shortcut item - + - This method must be overriden to bind properties to use in quick access creating + Gets ribbon tab control parent - Toolbar item - + - Represents button control that allows - you to add menu and handle clicks + Gets or sets the padding for the header. - + - Gets an enumerator for logical child elements of this element. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for HeaderPadding. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Gets or sets the command to invoke when this button is pressed. This is a dependency property. + Gets or sets whether separator is visible - + - Gets or sets the parameter to pass to the System.Windows.Controls.Primitives.ButtonBase.Command property. This is a dependency property. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for IsSeparatorVisible. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Gets or sets the element on which to raise the specified command. This is a dependency property. + Gets or sets ribbon contextual tab group - + - Identifies the CommandParameter dependency property. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Group. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Identifies the routed Command dependency property. + Gets or sets desired width of the tab item. + This is needed in case the width of is larger than it's tabs. - + - Identifies the CommandTarget dependency property. + Gets or sets whether tab item has left group border - + - Gets or sets the name of the group that the toggle button belongs to. - Use the GroupName property to specify a grouping of toggle buttons to - create a mutually exclusive set of controls. You can use the GroupName - property when only one selection is possible from a list of available - options. When this property is set, only one ToggleButton in the specified - group can be selected at a time. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for HaseLeftGroupBorder. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for GroupName. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Gets or sets whether tab item has right group border - + - Gets or sets a value indicating whether SplitButton is checked + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for HaseLeftGroupBorder. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for IsChecked. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + get collection of ribbon groups - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether SplitButton can be checked - + + - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for IsChecked. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + DependencyProperty for . - + - Gets or sets tooltip of dropdown part of split button + Gets or sets header template of tab item. - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for DropDownToolTip. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + DependencyProperty for . - + - Gets or sets a value indicating whether dropdown part of split button is enabled + Handles Focusable changes - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for IsDropDownEnabled. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Coerces Focusable - + - Gets or sets whether ribbon control click must close backstage + Static constructor - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for IsDefinitive. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Default constructor - - - Occurs when user clicks - + + - - - Occurs when user clicks - + + - - - Occurs when button is checked - + + - - - Occurs when button is checked - + + - + + + + + + + - Occurs when button is unchecked + Handles selected + The event data - + - Occurs when button is unchecked + handles unselected + The event data + + + + + + - + - Default constructor + Represent panel with ribbon tab items. + It is automatically adjusting size of tabs - + - When overridden in a derived class, is invoked - whenever application code or internal processes call ApplyTemplate + Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - Invoked when an unhandled System.Windows.UIElement.PreviewMouseLeftButtonDown routed event - reaches an element in its route that is derived from this class. Implement this method to add - class handling for this event. - - The System.Windows.Input.MouseButtonEventArgs that contains the event data. - The event data reports that the left mouse button was pressed. + + - - - Provides class handling for the routed event that occurs when the user presses a key. - - The event data for the event. + + - + - Gets control which represents shortcut item. - This item MUST be synchronized with the original - and send command to original one control. + Updates separator visibility - Control which represents shortcut item + If this parameter true, regular tabs will have separators + If this parameter true, contextual tabs will have separators - - - This method must be overridden to bind properties to use in quick access creating - - Toolbar item + + - - - Gets or sets whether button can be added to quick access toolbar - + + - - - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for CanAddButtonToQuickAccessToolBar. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + + - + - - - Helper-Class for switching states in ToggleButton-Groups - + + - - - Handles changes to - + + - - - Updates the states of all buttons inside the group which belongs to. - + + - - - Handles changes to - + + - + - Represents additional toltip functionality + Not implemented - - - Attach ooltip properties to control - - Control type + + - - - Represents specific label to use in particular ribbon controls - + + - + - Run with text + Not implemented - + - Gets or sets whether label must have two lines + Not implemented - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for HasTwoLines. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Not implemented - + - Handles HasTwoLines property changes + Not implemented - Object - The event data - - - Gets or sets whether label has glyph - + + - - - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for HasGlyph. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + + - + - Handles HasGlyph property changes + Not implemented - Object - The event data - + - Gets or sets labels text + Not implemented - + + + + + + + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Text. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Not implemented - + - Static constructor + Not implemented - + - Default constructor + Not implemented - + - When overridden in a derived class, is invoked whenever application code or internal - processes call System.Windows.FrameworkElement.ApplyTemplate(). + Helper class to hold scrolling data. + This class exists to reduce working set when SCP is delegating to another implementation of ISI. + Standard "extra pointer always for less data sometimes" cache savings model: - + - Handles text property changes + Scroll viewer - Object - The event data - + - Updates text run adds newline if HasTwoLines == true + Scroll offset - + - Represents group separator menu item + ViewportSize is computed from our FinalSize, but may be in different units. - + - Represents adorner for KeyTips. - KeyTipAdorners is chained to produce one from another. - Detaching root adorner couses detaching all adorners in the chain + Extent is the total size of our content. - + - This event is occured when adorner is - detached and is not able to be attached again + Represents title bar - + - Determines whether at least one on the adorners in the chain is alive + Gets or sets quick access toolbar - + - Construcotor + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for QuickAccessToolBar. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - Element to adorn. - Parent adorner or null. - The element which is container for elements. - + - Attaches this adorner to the adorned element + Gets or sets header alignment - + - Detaches this adorner from the adorned element + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for HeaderAlignment. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Terminate whole key tip's adorner chain + Defines whether title bar is collapsed - + - Forwards to the elements with the given keys + DependencyProperty for - Keys - If true the element will be clicked - If the element will be found the function will return true - + - Gets by keys. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for HideContextTabs. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - The keys to look for. - The associated with . - + - Determines if an of the keytips contained in this adorner start with + Gets or sets whether context tabs are hidden. - true if any keytip start with . Otherwise false. - + - Positions child elements and determines - a size for the control + Static constructor - The final area within the parent - that this element should use to arrange - itself and its children - The actual size used - + - Measures KeyTips + Creates a new instance. - The available size that this element can give to child elements. - The size that the groups container determines it needs during - layout, based on its calculations of child element sizes. - - + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + - Gets visual children count + Sometimes the relative position only changes after the arrange phase. + To compensate such sitiations we issue a second layout pass by invalidating our measure. + This situation can occur if, for example, the icon of a ribbon window has it's visibility changed. - + + + + - Returns a child at the specified index from a collection of child elements + Represent panel for group box panel - The zero-based index of the requested child element in the collection - The requested child element - + - Represents KeyTip control + Gets or sets style for the separator - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Keys. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for SeparatorStyle. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Sets value of attached property Keys for the given element + Gets children - The given element - Value - + - Gets value of the attached property Keys of the given element + Gets particular rules for layout in this group box panel - The given element - + + + + + + + + + + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for AutoPlacement. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Static constructor - + - Sets whether key tip placement is auto - or defined by alignment and margin properties + Default constructor - The given element - Value - + - Gets whether key tip placement is auto - or defined by alignment and margin properties + Gets current used layout definition (or null if no present definitions) - The given element + Layout definition or null - + + + + + + + + + + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for HorizontalAlignment. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Unified method for wrap panel logic + Available or final size + Pass true if measure required; pass false if arrange required + Final size - + - Sets Horizontal Alignment of the key tip + Layout logic for the given layout definition - The given element - Value + Current layout definition + Available or final size + Pass true if measure required; pass false if arrange required + Determines whether we have to add children to the logical and visual tree + Final size - + + + + - Gets Horizontal alignment of the key tip + Represent logical definition for a control in toolbar - The given element - + - Gets vertical alignment of the key tip + Creates a new instance - The given element - + - Sets vertical alignment of the key tip + Gets or sets Size for the element. - The given element - Value - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for VerticalAlignment. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Size. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Gets margin of the key tip + Gets or sets SizeDefinition for element. - The key tip - Margin - + - Sets margin of the key tip + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for SizeDefinition. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - The key tip - Value - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Margin. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Gets or sets name of the target control - + - Represents drop down button + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for ControlName. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Gets or sets Size for the element. + Gets or sets width of the target control - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Size. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Width. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + + + + + + + - Gets or sets SizeDefinition for element. + Represent logical container for toolbar items - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for SizeDefinition. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Gets whether the group is the fisrt control in the row - + - Gets or sets KeyTip for element. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for IsFirstInRow. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Keys. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Gets whether the group is the last control in the row - + - Gets drop down popup + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for IsFirstInRow. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Gets a value indicating whether context menu is opened + Represent logical container for toolbar items - + - Gets or sets element Text + Occures when children has been changed - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Header. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Gets rows - + - Gets or sets Icon for the element + Default constructor - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Icon. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Represents size definition for group box - + - Gets or sets button large icon + Gets or sets Size for the element. - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for SmallIcon. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Size. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Gets or sets whether button has triangle + Gets or sets SizeDefinition for element. - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for HasTriangle. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for SizeDefinition. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Gets or sets whether popup is opened + Gets or sets count of rows in the ribbon toolbar - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for IsOpen. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for RowCount. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Gets or sets context menu resize mode + Gets rows - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for ResizeMode. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Represents size definition for group box - + - Get or sets max height of drop down popup + Gets rows - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for MaxDropDownHeight. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Represents basic window for ribbon - - - Gets or sets initial dropdown height - + + - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for InitialDropDownHeight. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + for . - + - Gets or sets whether the popup of this drop down button should automatically be closed on mouse down. + Gets or sets the height which is used to render the window title. - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for ClosePopupOnMouseDown. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + for . - + - Gets or sets the delay in milliseconds to close the popup on mouse down. + Gets or sets the which is used to render the window title. - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for ClosePopupOnMouseDownDelay. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + for . - + - Occurs when context menu is opened + Gets or sets the which is used to render the window title background. - + - Occurs when context menu is closed + for . - + - Static constructor + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for WindowCommands. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Default constructor + Gets or sets the window commands - + - When overridden in a derived class, is invoked whenever application code or internal processes call . + Gets or sets resize border thickness. - + - Creates or identifies the element that is used to display the given item. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for ResizeBorderTickness. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - The element that is used to display the given item. - + - Determines if the specified item is (or is eligible to be) its own container. + for . - The item to check. - - + - Provides class handling for the routed event that occurs when the user presses a key. + Gets or sets a brush which is used as the glow when the window is active. - The event data for the event. - - - - - - - + - Called when drop down opened. + for . - + - Called when drop down closed. + Gets or sets a brush which is used as the glow when the window is not active. - + - Gets control which represents shortcut item. - This item MUST be synchronized with the original - and send command to original one control. + for . - Control which represents shortcut item - + - Handles quick access button drop down menu opened + Gets or sets a brush which is used as the border brush when the window is not active. - + - Handles quick access button drop down menu closed + Gets or sets whether icon is visible - + - This method must be overridden to bind properties to use in quick access creating + Gets or sets whether icon is visible - Toolbar item - + - Binds the DropDownClosed and DropDownOpened events to the created quick access item + Gets whether window is collapsed - Toolbar item - + - Gets or sets whether control can be added to quick access toolbar + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for IsCollapsed. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for CanAddToQuickAccessToolBar. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Defines if the Ribbon should automatically set when the width or height of the owner window drop under or - - - - + - Handles Alt, F10 and so on + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for IsCollapsed. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Checks if any keytips are visible. + Defines if the taskbar should be ignored and hidden while the window is maximized. - + - Default constrctor + for . - Host element - + - Attaches self + Static constructor - + - Detachs self + Default constructor - + - Represents menu item + Initializes the WindowChromeBehavior which is needed to render the custom WindowChrome. - + - Gets or sets Size for the element. + Initializes the GlowWindowBehavior which is needed to render the custom resize windows around the current window. - + + + + + + + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Size. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Gets the template child with the given name. + The interface type inheirted from DependencyObject. + The name of the template child. - + - Gets or sets SizeDefinition for element. + ScreenTips display the name of the control, + the keyboard shortcut for the control, and a brief description + of how to use the control. ScreenTips also can provide F1 support, + which opens help and takes the user directly to the related + help topic for the control whose ScreenTip was + displayed when the F1 button was pressed - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for SizeDefinition. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Static constructor - + - Gets or sets KeyTip for element. + Default constructor - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Keys. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Gets or sets title of the screen tip - + - Gets drop down popup + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Title. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Gets a value indicating whether context menu is opened + Gets or sets text of the screen tip - + - Useless property only used in secon level application menu items + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Text. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Description. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Gets or sets disable reason of the associated screen tip's control - + - Gets or sets whether popup is opened + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for DisableReason. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Gets or sets whether ribbon control click must close backstage + Gets or sets help topic of the ScreenTip - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for IsDefinitive. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for HelpTopic. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Gets or sets context menu resize mode + Gets or sets image of the screen tip - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for ResizeMode. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Image. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Get or sets max height of drop down popup + Shows or hides the Help Label - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for MaxDropDownHeight. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store the boolean. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Gets or sets a value indicating whether menu item is splited + Occurs when user press F1 on ScreenTip with HelpTopic filled - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for IsSplited. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Gets or set whether ScreenTip should positioned below Ribbon - + - Gets or sets the name of the group that the toggle button belongs to. - Use the GroupName property to specify a grouping of toggle buttons to - create a mutually exclusive set of controls. You can use the GroupName - property when only one selection is possible from a list of available - options. When this property is set, only one ToggleButton in the specified - group can be selected at a time. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for BelowRibbon. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for GroupName. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Event args for HelpPressed event handler - + - Occurs when context menu is opened + Constructor + Help topic - + - Occurs when context menu is closed + Gets help topic associated with screen tip - + - Initializes static members of the class. + Represents separator to use in the TabControl - + - Initializes a new instance of the class. + Static constructor - + - Gets control which represents shortcut item. - This item MUST be synchronized with the original - and send command to original one control. + Represents spinner control - Control which represents shortcut item - + - Handles quick access button drop down menu opened + Occurs when value has been changed - + - Handles quick access button drop down menu closed + Gets or sets current value - + - Gets or sets whether control can be added to quick access toolbar + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Value. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for CanAddToQuickAccessToolBar. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Gets current text from the spinner - - - - - - - + - Creates or identifies the element that is used to display the given item. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Text. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - The element that is used to display the given item. - + - Determines if the specified item is (or is eligible to be) its own container. + Gets or sets a value added or subtracted from the value property - The item to check. - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - + - Called when the left mouse button is released. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Increment. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - The event data for the event. - + - Called when a is clicked. + Gets or sets minimun value - + - Called when the template's tree is generated. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Minimum. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Responds to the event. + Gets or sets maximum value - The event data for the event. - + - This interface must be implemented for controls - which are intended to insert to quick access toolbar + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Maximum. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Gets control which represents shortcut item. - This item MUST be syncronized with the original - and send command to original one control. + Gets or sets string format of value - Control which represents shortcut item - + - Gets or sets a value indicating whether control can be added to quick access toolbar + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Format. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Peresents quick access shortcut to another control + Gets or sets the amount of time, in milliseconds, + the Spinner waits while it is pressed before it starts repeating. + The value must be non-negative. This is a dependency property. - + - Default constructor + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Delay. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Gets or sets shortcut to the target control + Gets or sets the amount of time, in milliseconds, + between repeats once repeating starts. The value must be non-negative. + This is a dependency property. - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for shortcut. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Interval. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Gets an enumerator for logical child elements of this element. + Gets or sets width of the value input part of spinner - + - The class responds to mine controls for QuickAccessToolBar + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for InputWidth. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Determines whether the given control can provide a quick access toolbar item + Gets or sets a converter which is used to convert from text to double and from double to text. - Control - True if this control is able to provide - a quick access toolbar item, false otherwise - + - Gets control which represents quick access toolbar item + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for TextToValueConverter. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - Host control - Control which represents quick access toolbar item - + - Finds the top supported control + Defines whether all text should be select as soon as this control gets focus. - + - Represents quick access toolbar + for - + - Occured when items are added or removed from Quick Access toolbar + Static constructor - + - Gets items collection + Select all text in the Spinner. - + - Gets whether QuickAccessToolBar has overflow items + When overridden in a derived class, is invoked whenever application code or internal processes call . - - - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for HasOverflowItems. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + + - + - Gets quick access menu items + Invoked when an unhandled System.Windows.Input.Keyboard.KeyUp attached event reaches + an element in its route that is derived from this class. Implement this method to add class handling for this event. + The System.Windows.Input.KeyEventArgs that contains the event data. - + - Handles quick access menu items chages + Gets control which represents shortcut item. + This item MUST be syncronized with the original + and send command to original one control. + Control which represents shortcut item - + - Gets or sets whether quick access toolbar showes above ribbon + This method must be overriden to bind properties to use in quick access creating + Toolbar item - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for ShowAboveRibbon. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Represents button control that allows + you to add menu and handle clicks - + + + + + + + + + + + + + - Gets an enumerator to the logical child elements + Identifies the CommandParameter dependency property. - + - Gets or sets whether user can change location of QAT + Identifies the routed Command dependency property. - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for CanQuickAccessLocationChanging. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Identifies the CommandTarget dependency property. - + + + + - Gets or sets whether the Menu-DropDown is visible or not. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for GroupName. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + + + + - for . + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for IsChecked. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Static constructor + Gets or sets a value indicating whether SplitButton can be checked - + - When overridden in a derived class, is invoked whenever application code or - internal processes call System.Windows.FrameworkElement.ApplyTemplate(). + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for IsChecked. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Handles show below menu item click + Gets or sets tooltip of dropdown part of split button - Sender - The event data - + - Handles show above menu item click + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for DropDownToolTip. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - Sender - The event data - + - Called to remeasure a control. + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the button part of split button is enabled. + If you want to disable the button part and the DropDown please use . - The size of the control, up to the maximum specified by constraint - The maximum size that the method can return - + - We have to use this function because setting a very frequently is quite expensive + for . - + - First calls and then + Gets or sets whether ribbon control click must close backstage - + - Gets or sets a custom action to generate KeyTips for items in this control. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for IsDefinitive. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - for . + for . - + - Represents the main Ribbon control which consists of multiple tabs, each of which - containing groups of controls. The Ribbon also provides improved context - menus, enhanced screen tips, and keyboard shortcuts. + Gets or sets the postfix for the primary keytip action. - + + Identifies the dependency property. + + - Gets the current instance for storing the state of this control. + Gets or sets the postfix for the secondary keytip action. - + + Identifies the dependency property. + + - Create a new instance for storing the state of this control. + Gets or sets the keytip for the secondary action. - Instance of a state storage class. - + - Minimal width of ribbon parent window + Occurs when user clicks - + - Minimal height of ribbon parent window + Occurs when user clicks - + - Context menu for ribbon in current thread + Occurs when button is checked - + - Invoked whenever an unhandled routed event reaches this class in its route. Implement this method to add class handling for this event. + Occurs when button is checked - The that contains the event data. - + - Invoked whenever an unhandled routed event reaches this class in its route. Implement this method to add class handling for this event. + Occurs when button is unchecked - Provides data about the event. - + - Occurs when selected tab has been changed (be aware that SelectedTab can be null) + Occurs when button is unchecked - + - Occurs when customize the ribbon + Occurs when button is unchecked - + - Occurs when customize quick access toolbar + Occurs when button is unchecked - + - Occurs when IsMinimized property is changing + Default constructor - + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + - Occurs when IsCollapsed property is changing + Gets or sets whether button can be added to quick access toolbar - + - Gets or sets file menu control (can be application menu button, backstage button and so on) + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for CanAddButtonToQuickAccessToolBar. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + + + + - for . + Represents the container for the . - + - Property for defining the start screen. + Indicates whether the has aleaady been shown or not. - + - for + for . - + - Property for defining the QuickAccessToolBar. + Shows the . - + - for + Hides the . - + - Property for defining the TabControl. + Control for representing the left and right side of the start screen. + + To control some aspects of the left handed side of this control please use properties prefixed with "ItemsPanel*". + - + - for + Left side panel content of the startscreen. - + - Gets or sets selected tab item + for . - + - for . + Defines the margin for - + - Gets or sets selected tab index + for . - + - for . + Right side panel content of the startscreen. - + - Gets the first visible TabItem + for . - + - Gets the last visible TabItem + Static constructor. - + - Gets currently active quick access elements. + Represents ribbon status bar - + - Gets a copy of currently active quick access elements. + Static constructor - + - Gets ribbon titlebar + Default constructor - + + + + + + + + + + - for . + Represents ribbon status bar item - + - Gets or sets whether quick access toolbar showes above ribbon + Gets or sets ribbon status bar item - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for ShowAboveRibbon. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Title. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Handles ShowQuickAccessToolBarAboveRibbon property changed + Gets or sets ribbon status bar value - Object - The event data - + - Gets or sets the height which is used to render the window title. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Value. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - for . + Gets or sets whether status bar item is checked in menu - + - Gets collection of contextual tab groups + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for IsChecked. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Handles collection of contextual tab groups ghanges + Occurs when status bar item checks - Sender - The event data - + - gets collection of ribbon tabs + Occurs when status bar item unchecks - + - Handles collection of ribbon tabs changed + Static constructor - Sender - The event data - + - Gets collection of toolbar items + Represents menu item in ribbon status bar menu - + - Handles collection of toolbar items changes + Gets or sets Ribbon Status Bar menu item - Sender - The event data - + - Gets an enumerator for logical child elements of this element. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for StatusBarItem. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Gets collection of quick access menu items + Static constructor - + - Handles collection of quick access menu items changes + Default constructor - Sender - The event data + Ribbon Status Bar menu item - + - Gets or sets whether Customize Quick Access Toolbar menu item is shown + Represents panel for status bar - + + + + + + + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for CanCustomizeQuickAccessToolBar. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Represents custom Fluent UI TextBox - + - Gets or sets whether items can be added or removed from the quick access toolbar by users. + Gets or sets width of the value input part of textbox - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for CanCustomizeQuickAccessToolBarItems. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for InputWidth. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Gets or sets whether the QAT Menu-DropDown is visible or not. + Static constructor - + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + - for . + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for CanAddToQuickAccessToolBar. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Gets or sets whether Customize Ribbon menu item is shown + This method must be overridden to bind properties to use in quick access creating + Toolbar item - + + + + + + + + + + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for CanCustomizeRibbon. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Size. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - - - Gets or sets whether ribbon can be minimized - + + - + - Gets or sets whether ribbon is minimized + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for SizeDefinition. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + + + + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for IsMinimized. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Keys. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - - - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for CanMinimize. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + + - + - Gets or sets the height of the gap between the ribbon and the regular window content + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Header. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - - - DependencyProperty for - + + - + - Gets or sets the height of the ribbon content area + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Icon. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - - - for - + + - - - Gets whether ribbon is collapsed - + + + + + - + - DependencyProperty for + Represents toggle button - - - Defines if the Ribbon should automatically set when the width or height of the owner window drop under or - + + - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for IsCollapsed. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Size. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - - - Gets or sets whether QAT is visible - + + - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for IsQuickAccessToolBarVisible. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for SizeDefinition. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + + + + - Gets or sets whether user can change location of QAT + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Keys. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + + + + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for CanQuickAccessLocationChanging. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for GroupName. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + + + + - DependencyProperty for + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Header. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + + + + - Defines wether scrolling by mouse wheel is enabled or not. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Icon. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + + + + - Checks if any keytips are visible. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for SmallIcon. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - for . + Gets or sets whether ribbon control click must close backstage - + - Defines wether handling of key tips is enabled or not. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for IsDefinitive. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Gets add to quick access toolbar command + Initializes static members of the class. - + - Gets remove from quick access command + Initializes a new instance of the class. - + + + + + + + - Gets show quick access above command + Used to call OnClick (which is protected) - + + + + + + + - Gets show quick access below command + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for CanAddToQuickAccessToolBar. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + - Gets toggle ribbon minimize command + Represents specific label to use in particular ribbon controls - + - Gets customize quick access toolbar command + Run with text - + - Gets customize the ribbon command + Gets or sets whether label must have two lines - + - Initializes static members of the class. + for . - + - Default constructor + Handles HasTwoLines property changes + Object + The event data - + - Invoked whenever an unhandled System.Windows.UIElement.GotFocus - event reaches this element in its route. + Gets or sets whether label has glyph - The System.Windows.RoutedEventArgs that contains the event data. - + - When overridden in a derived class, is invoked whenever application code or - internal processes call System.Windows.FrameworkElement.ApplyTemplate(). + for . - + - Called when the is closed, so that we set it to null. + Handles HasGlyph property changes + Object + The event data - + - Determines whether the given element is in quick access toolbar + Gets or sets the text - Element - True if element in quick access toolbar - + - Adds the given element to quick access toolbar + for . - Element - + - Removes the given elements from quick access toolbar + Static constructor - Element - + + + + + + + - Clears quick access toolbar + Handles text property changes + Object + The event data - + - Traverse logical tree and find QAT items, remember paths + Updates text runs and adds newline if HasTwoLines == true - + - Gets or sets whether Quick Access ToolBar can - save and load its state automatically + Helper control which enables easy embedding of window steering functions. - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for AutomaticStateManagement. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Static constructor - + + + + + + + - Represents contextual tab group + Extracts right content presenter of application menu converter - + + + + + + + - Gets or sets group header + Converts to a and back. - + + + + + + + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Header. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Checks equality of value and the converter parameter. + Returns if they are equal. + Returns if they are NOT equal. - + + + + + + + - Handles header chages + Used to invert numbers - Object - The event data. - + + + + + + + - Gets collection of tab items + Converts null to true and not null to false. - + - Gets or sets the visibility this group for internal use (this enables us to hide this group when all items in this group are hidden) + A singleton instance for . - + + + + + + + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for InnerVisibility. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Converts , , or to or (dependent upon target type). + When converting you can pass a desired size as the converter parameter. + The returned will be the closest found in the provided image. + + - This converter is also a to be able to extract the from the target control. + - This converter is also a . The order for parameters/values is: + 0 = value to convert + 1 = visual target or desired size + 2 = desired size + Index checks are applied during value extraction, so providing null or just the value to convert are considered valid. + - + - Gets the first visible TabItem in this group + Creates a new instance. - + - Gets the first visible TabItem in this group + Creates a new instance. + The object or binding to which the converter should be applied to. - + - Gets the last visible TabItem in this group + Creates a new instance. + The object or binding to which the converter should be applied to. + The desired size for the image. - + - Static constructor + Creates a new instance. + The object or binding to which the converter should be applied to. + The desired size for the image. - + - Handles visibility prioperty changed + Creates a new instance. - Object - The event data + The object or binding to which the converter should be applied to. + The desired size for the image. + The target visual on which the image/icon should be shown. - + - Default constructor + The target visual on which the image/icon should be shown. - + - Appends tab item + The binding to which the converter should be applied to. - Ribbon tab item - + - Removes tab item + The binding for the desired size for the image. - Ribbon tab item - + + + + + + + - Updates the group border + Returns the value to convert. - + - + + + + + + + - Updates the Visibility of the inner container + Extracts an from which closest matches the . + Value from which the should be extracted. It can be of type + The desired size to extract from . + An frozen which closest matches - + - Represents contextual groups container + Extracts an from which closest matches the . + Value from which the should be extracted. It can be of type + The target on which the will be used. + The desired size to extract from . + An frozen which closest matches - + - When overridden in a derived class, positions child elements and determines a size for - a System.Windows.FrameworkElement derived class. + Extracts an from which closest matches the . - The final area within the parent that this element should - use to arrange itself and its children. - The actual size used. + Value from which the should be extracted. It can be of type + The desired size to extract from . + An which closest matches - + - When overridden in a derived class, measures the size in layout required for - child elements and determines a size for the System.Windows.FrameworkElement-derived class. + Extracts an from which closest matches the . - The available size that this element can give to child elements. - Infinity can be specified as a value to indicate that the element will size to whatever content is available. - The size that this element determines it needs during layout, based on its calculations of child element sizes. + Value from which the should be extracted. It can be of type + /// The target on which the will be used. + The desired size to extract from . + An which closest matches - + - Represents title bar + Get the scaled desired size. - + - Gets or sets quick access toolbar + Get the scaled desired size. - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for QuickAccessToolBar. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Class which enables conversion from to - + + + + + + + - Gets or sets header alignment + Converter class which converts from to and back. - + + + + + + + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for HeaderAlignment. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Converts the given to a . + The value converted from or if the conversion fails. - + - Defines whether title bar is collapsed + Converts to a formatted text using . + converted to a . - + - DependencyProperty for + Hold static instances of several commonly used converters. - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for HideContextTabs. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Get a static instance of - + - Gets or sets whether context tabs are hidden. + Get a static instance of - + - Static constructor + Get a static instance of - + - Creates a new instance. + Get a static instance of - - - - - - - - + + + Get a static instance of + - - + + + Used to convert from four double values to + - + - + - - + + + Icon converter provides window or application default icon if user-defined is not present. + - - + + + Creates a new instance. + + The binding to which the converter should be applied to. - + - Sometimes the relative position only changes after the arrange phase. - To compensate such sitiations we issue a second layout pass by invalidating our measure. - This situation can occur if, for example, the icon of a ribbon window has it's visibility changed. + Creates a new instance. + The binding to which the converter should be applied to. + The target visual on which the image/icon should be shown. - + - ScreenTips display the name of the control, - the keyboard shortcut for the control, and a brief description - of how to use the control. ScreenTips also can provide F1 support, - which opens help and takes the user directly to the related - help topic for the control whose ScreenTip was - displayed when the F1 button was pressed + Creates a new instance. + The binding to which the converter should be applied to. + The desired size for the image. + The target visual on which the image/icon should be shown. - + + + + - Static constructor + Container class for KeyTip informations - + - Default constructor + Creates a new instance. + The keys to be used for . + The element to which this instance belongs to. + Defines if the created should be hidden or not. - + - Gets or sets title of the screen tip + Gets - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Title. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Gets the element this instance belongs to. - + - Gets or sets text of the screen tip + Gets or sets the element which acts as the visual target. - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Text. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Gets the initial visibility. - + - Gets or sets disable reason of the associated screen tip's control + Gets the for . - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for DisableReason. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Gets or sets the position of . - + - Gets or sets help topic of the ScreenTip + Gets or sets the backed up value of of - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for HelpTopic. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Gets from . - + - Gets or sets image of the screen tip + Gets or sets from . - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Image. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Gets from - + - Shows or hides the Help Label + Represents the result of . - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store the boolean. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + An empty default instance. - + - Occurs when user press F1 on ScreenTip with HelpTopic filled + Creates a new instance. + Defines if the pressed element aquired focus or not. + Defines if the pressed element opened a popup or not. - + - Gets or set whether ScreenTip should positioned below Ribbon + Defines if the pressed element aquired focus or not. - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for BelowRibbon. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Defines if the pressed element opened a popup or not. - + - Event args for HelpPressed event handler + Class to map from to - + - Gets help topic associated with screen tip + Creates a new instance - + - Constructor + Creates a new instance - Help topic - + - Represent panel with ribbon tab items. - It is automatically adjusting size of tabs + Gets or sets the value for large group sizes - + - Initializes a new instance of the class. + Gets or sets the value for middle group sizes - + - Measures all of the RibbonGroupBox, and resize them appropriately - to fit within the available room + Gets or sets the value for small group sizes - The available size that this element can give to child elements. - The size that the groups container determines it needs during - layout, based on its calculations of child element sizes. - - + - Positions child elements and determines - a size for the control + Converts from to - The final area within the parent - that this element should use to arrange - itself and its children - The actual size used - + - Updates separator visibility + Converts from to - If this parameter true, regular tabs will have separators - If this parameter true, contextual tabs will have separators - + - Gets or sets a System.Windows.Controls.ScrollViewer element that controls scrolling behavior. + Converts from to - + - Sets the amount of horizontal offset. + Gets the appropriate from , or depending on - The degree to which content is horizontally offset from the containing viewport. - + + + + + + + + + + + Determines whether the specified object instances are considered equal. + The first object to compare. + The second object to compare. + true if the objects are considered equal; otherwise, false. If both and are null, the method returns true. + + + Determines whether the specified object instances are not considered equal. + The first object to compare. + The second object to compare. + true if the objects are not considered equal; otherwise, false. If both and are null, the method returns false. + + - Gets the horizontal size of the extent. + Returns a string that represents the current object. + + A string that represents the current object. + - + - Gets the horizontal offset of the scrolled content. + Handles loading and saving the state of a from/to a , for temporary storage, and from/to , for persistent storage. - + - Gets the horizontal size of the viewport for this content. + Creates a new instance. + The of which the state should be stored. - + - Scrolls left within content by one logical unit. + Finalizes an instance of the class. - + - Scrolls right within content by one logical unit. + Gets whether this object already got disposed. - + + + + + + + - Forces content to scroll until the coordinate space of a System.Windows.Media.Visual object is visible. - This is optimized for horizontal scrolling only + Gets name of the isolated storage file - A System.Windows.Media.Visual that becomes visible. - A bounding rectangle that identifies the coordinate space to make visible. - A System.Windows.Rect that is visible. - + + + + + + + - Not implemented + Saves state to . + Stream - + - Not implemented + Create the serialized state data which should be saved later. + which contains the serialized state data. - + + + + + + + - Not implemented + Loads state from . + The to load the state from. - + - Not implemented + Loads state from . + The to load the state from. - + - Not implemented + Loads state from . + The to load the state from. - + - Not implemented + Loads quick access items from . + Serialized data for generating quick access items. - + - Not implemented + Creates a quick access item () from the given . + Serialized data for one quick access item. + The created quick access item or null of the creation failed. - + - Not implemented + Determines whether the given file exists in the given storage - + - Not implemented + Get this which should be used to store the current state. + or if threw an exception. - + - Not implemented + Resets saved state. - + + + + - Not implemented + Performs application-defined tasks associated with freeing, releasing, or resetting unmanaged resources. + Defines whether managed resources should also be freed. - + - Gets or sets a value that indicates whether scrolling on the vertical axis is possible. + An effect that turns the input into shades of a single color. - + - Gets or sets a value that indicates whether scrolling on the horizontal axis is possible. + Dependency property for Input - + - Not implemented + Dependency property for FilterColor - + - Not implemented + Default constructor - + - Not implemented + Impicit input - + - Helper class to hold scrolling data. - This class exists to reduce working set when SCP is delegating to another implementation of ISI. - Standard "extra pointer always for less data sometimes" cache savings model: + The color used to tint the input. - + - Scroll viewer + Represents logical sizes of a ribbon control - + - Scroll offset + Large size of a control - + - ViewportSize is computed from our FinalSize, but may be in different units. + Middle size of a control - + - Extent is the total size of our content. + Small size of a control - + - Represent base class for Fluent controls + Represents states of ribbon group - + - Gets or sets KeyTip for element. + Large. All controls in the group will try to be large size - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Keys. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Middle. All controls in the group will try to be middle size - + - Gets or sets element header + Small. All controls in the group will try to be small size - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Header. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Collapsed. Group will collapse its content in a single button - + - Gets or sets Icon for the element + QuickAccess. Group will collapse its content in a single button in quick access toolbar - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Icon. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Interface which allows extension of the KeyTip system. - + - Gets or sets the command to invoke when this button is pressed. This is a dependency property. + Gets a list of which belong to the current instance. + Defines if the created should be hidden or not. + A list of which belong to the current instance. - + - Gets or sets the parameter to pass to the System.Windows.Controls.Primitives.ButtonBase.Command property. This is a dependency property. + Interface which is used to signal size changes - + - Gets or sets the element on which to raise the specified command. This is a dependency property. + Called when the size is changed + Size before change + Size after change - + - Identifies the CommandParameter dependency property. + Extension methods for . - + - Identifies the routed Command dependency property. + Class with extension methods for and . - + - Identifies the CommandTarget dependency property. + Class with extension methods for . - + - Handles Command changed + Extensions for . - + - Handles Command CanExecute changed + Execute using and . - + - Gets a value that becomes the return - value of IsEnabled in derived classes. + Determines whether the can be executed using and . - - true if the element is enabled; otherwise, false. - + Returns the commands result of CanExecute. - + - Gets or sets Size for the element. + Extension-Methods for . - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Size. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Returns the container or the content of the container. + + The container for if the container is of type . + The container content for if the container content is of type , but the container itself is not of type . + - + - Gets or sets SizeDefinition for element. + Returns the container or the content of the container. + + The container for if the container is of type . + The container content for if the container content is of type , but the container itself is not of type . + - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for SizeDefinition. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + asdf + - + - Static constructor + Helper class to position . - + - Default Constructor + Positions like would but ignores the value of . - + - Gets control which represents shortcut item. - This item MUST be syncronized with the original - and send command to original one control. + Gets the values for a like would but ignores the value of . - Control which represents shortcut item - + - Binds default properties of control to quick access element + Class which offers helper methods for steering the window - Source item - Toolbar item - + - Gets or sets whether control can be added to quick access toolbar + Shows the system menu at the current mouse position. + The mouse event args. + Defines if window dragging should be handled. + Defines if window state changes should be handled. - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for CanAddToQuickAccessToolBar. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Shows the system menu at the current mouse position. + The object which was the source of the mouse event. + The mouse event args. + Defines if window dragging should be handled. + Defines if window state changes should be handled. - + - Occurs then CanAddToQuickAccessToolBar property changed + Shows the system menu at the current mouse position. + The object which was the source of the mouse event. + The mouse event args. - - - - - - - + - Returns screen workarea in witch control is placed + Shows the system menu at the current mouse position. - Control - Workarea in witch control is placed + The window for which the system menu should be shown. + The mouse event args. - + - Returns monitor in witch control is placed + Shows the system menu at . - Control - Workarea in witch control is placed + The window for which the system menu should be shown. + The location at which the system menu should be shown. - + - Get the parent . + Represents class to determine .NET Framework version difference - The found or null of no parent could be found. - + - Represents ribbon tab control + Version of WPF - + - Default value for . + Gets UseLayoutRounding attached property value + - + - Default value for . + Gets UseLayoutRounding attached property value - + - Event which is fired when the, maybe listening, should be closed + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for UseLayoutRounding. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Gets or sets file menu control (can be application menu button, backstage button and so on) + Helper-Class for switching states in ToggleButton-Groups - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Button. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Handles changes to - + - Gets drop down popup + Updates the states of all buttons inside the group which belongs to. - + - Gets the responsible for displaying the selected tabs content. + Handles changes to - + - Gets a value indicating whether context menu is opened + Represents control that have drop down popup - + - Gets content of selected tab item + Gets drop down popup - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for . This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Gets a value indicating whether control context menu is opened - + - Gets or sets whether ribbon is minimized + Gets or sets a value indicating whether drop down is opened - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for . This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Occurs when drop down is opened. - + - Gets or sets whether ribbon can be minimized + Occurs when drop down menu is closed. - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for . This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Represents a control that has a header. - + - Gets or sets whether ribbon popup is opened + Gets or sets the header. - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for . This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Base interface for controls supports key tips - + - Defines if the currently selected item should draw it's highlight/selected borders + Gets and sets KeyTip for element. - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for . This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Handles key tip pressed - + - Gets whether ribbon tabs can scroll + Handles back navigation with KeyTips - + - Gets or sets selected tab item + Inferface for controls which provide a large icon. - + - Gets collection of ribbon toolbar items + Gets or sets the large icon. - + - Gets or sets the height of the content area. + Adds support for forwarding AddLogicalChild and RemoveLogicalChild. - + + Adds the provided object to the logical tree of this element. + Child element to be added. + + - for . + Removes the provided object from this element's logical tree. + updates the affected logical tree parent pointers to keep in sync with this deletion. + The element to remove. - + - Gets or sets the height of the gap between the ribbon and the content + Helper class for - + - DependencyProperty for + Checks if can be executed. + This method is null safe. + true if the command can be executed, otherwise false. - + - DependencyProperty for + Executes . + This method is null safe. - + - Defines wether scrolling by mouse wheel is enabled or not. + AreClose - Returns whether or not two doubles are "close". That is, whether or + not they are within epsilon of each other. Note that this epsilon is proportional + to the numbers themselves to that AreClose survives scalar multiplication. + There are plenty of ways for this to return false even for numbers which + are theoretically identical, so no code calling this should fail to work if this + returns false. This is important enough to repeat: + NB: NO CODE CALLING THIS FUNCTION SHOULD DEPEND ON ACCURATE RESULTS - this should be + used for optimizations *only*. + + bool - the result of the AreClose comparision. + + The first double to compare. + The second double to compare. - + - Initializes static members of the class. + GreaterThan - Returns whether or not the first double is greater than the second double. + That is, whether or not the first is strictly greater than *and* not within epsilon of + the other number. Note that this epsilon is proportional to the numbers themselves + to that AreClose survives scalar multiplication. Note, + There are plenty of ways for this to return false even for numbers which + are theoretically identical, so no code calling this should fail to work if this + returns false. This is important enough to repeat: + NB: NO CODE CALLING THIS FUNCTION SHOULD DEPEND ON ACCURATE RESULTS - this should be + used for optimizations *only*. + + bool - the result of the GreaterThan comparision. + + The first double to compare. + The second double to compare. - + - Initializes a new instance of the class. + Helper class used to queue action for completion or items changes of - + - Raises the System.Windows.FrameworkElement.Initialized event. - This method is invoked whenever System.Windows. - FrameworkElement.IsInitialized is set to true internally. + Creates a new instance used to queue action for completion or items changes of - The System.Windows.RoutedEventArgs that contains the event data. + The to be used. + The that should be invoked. - + - Creates or identifies the element that is used to display the given item. + Gets the to be used. - The element that is used to display the given item. - + - Determines if the specified item is (or is eligible to be) its own container. + Gets the that should be invoked. - The item to check. - true if the item is (or is eligible to be) its own container; otherwise, false. - + - When overridden in a derived class, is invoked whenever application code or - internal processes call System.Windows.FrameworkElement.ApplyTemplate(). + Gets the current wait state. true in case was called and we are waiting for the to finish. - + - Updates the current selection when an item in the System.Windows.Controls.Primitives.Selector has changed + Queues for invocation. - The event data. - + - Called when the selection changes. + Class containing boxed values for . - The event data. - + - Invoked when an unhandled System.Windows.Input.Mouse.PreviewMouseWheel - attached event reaches an element in its route that is derived from this class. - Implement this method to add class handling for this event. + Gets a boxed value for true. - The System.Windows.Input.MouseWheelEventArgs that contains the event data. - + - Invoked when the event is received. + Gets a boxed value for true. - Information about the event. - + - Implements custom placement for ribbon popup + Gets a boxed value for . + A boxed value. - + - Raises an event causing the Backstage-View to be closed + Class containing boxed values for . - + - Gets the first visible item + Gets a boxed value for 0.0D. - - - RibbonGroup represents a logical group of controls as they appear on - a RibbonTab. These groups can resize its content + + + Gets a boxed value for . - + - Gets or sets KeyTip for element. + Gets a boxed value for . - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Keys. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Class containing boxed values for . - + - Gets drop down popup + Gets a boxed value for 0. - + - Gets a value indicating whether context menu is opened + Gets a boxed value for . - + - Gets or sets the current state of the group + Class containing boxed values for . - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for State. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Gets a boxed value for . - + - On state property changed + Class containing boxed values for . - Object - The event data - + - Gets or sets scale index (for internal IRibbonScalableControl) + Gets a boxed value for . - + - Gets or sets whether to reset cache when scalable control is scaled + Gets a boxed value for . - + - Gets or sets group box header + Gets a boxed value for . - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Header. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Gets a boxed value for . + A boxed value. - + - Gets or sets dialog launcher button visibility + Scope guard to prevent reentrancy. - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for IsLauncherVisible. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Gets whether this instance is still active (not disposed) or not. - + + + + - Gets or sets key tip for dialog launcher button + Class with helper functions for UI related stuff - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for - LauncherKeys. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Gets the first visual child of . + If there are no visual children null is returned. + The first visual child of or null if there are no children. - + - Gets or sets launcher button icon + Tries to find immediate visual child of type which matches + + The visual child of type that matches . + Returns null if no child matches. + - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for LauncherIcon. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Gets the first visual child of type TChildItem by walking down the visual tree. + The type of visual child to find. + The parent element whose visual tree shall be walked down. + The first element of type TChildItem found in the visual tree is returned. If none is found, null is returned. - + - Gets or sets launcher button text + Gets all visual children of . + - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for LauncherIcon. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Finds the parent control of type . + First looks at the visual tree and then at the logical tree to find the parent. + The found visual/logical parent or null. + This method searches further up the parent chain instead of just using the immediate parent. - + - Gets or sets the command to invoke when this button is pressed. This is a dependency property. + Returns either the visual or logical parent of . + This also works for and . - + - Gets or sets the parameter to pass to the System.Windows.Controls.Primitives.ButtonBase.Command property. This is a dependency property. + Returns the visual parent of . + This also works for and . - + - Gets or sets the element on which to raise the specified command. This is a dependency property. + First checks if is either a or and if it is returns it's . + If those checks yield no result is called. + The visual element for which to find an adorner layer. + An adorner layer for the specified visual, or null if no adorner layer can be found. + Raised when visual is null. - + - Identifies the System.Windows.Controls.Primitives.ButtonBase.CommandParameter dependency property. + Gets all containers from the of . + The desired container type. - + - Identifies the routed System.Windows.Controls.Primitives.ButtonBase.Command dependency property. + Gets all containers from . + The desired container type. - + - Identifies the System.Windows.Controls.Primitives.ButtonBase.CommandTarget dependency property. + Base interface for Fluent controls - + - Gets or sets launcher button tooltip + Gets or sets Size for the element - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for LauncherToolTip. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Gets or sets SizeDefinition for element - + - Gets or sets whether launcher button is enabled + Gets or sets Icon for the element - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for IsLauncherEnabled. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Interface for handling loading and saving the state of a . - + - Gets launcher button + Gets whether state is currently loading. - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for LauncherButton. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Gets or sets whether state is loaded. - + - Gets or sets drop down popup visibility + Save current state to a temporary storage. - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for IsOpen. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Save current state to a persistent storage. - + - Gets an enumerator for the logical child objects of - the System.Windows.Controls.ItemsControl object. + Load state from a temporary storage. - + - Gets or sets icon + Loads the state from a persistent storage. + + Sets after it's finished to prevent a race condition with saving the state to the temporary storage. + - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Icon. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Resets saved state. - + - Gets or sets wether the groupbox shows a separator. + Meant to support interop scenarios - + - DependencyProperty for + Gets the titlebar - + - Dialog launcher btton click event + Repesents scalable ribbon contol - + - Occurs when context menu is opened + Enlarge control size - + - Occurs when context menu is closed + Reduce control size - + - Initializes static members of the class. + Occurs when contol is scaled - + - Default constructor + Interface for controls that support -Behavior - + - Gets a panel with items + Gets or sets the name of the group that the toggle button belongs to. + Use the GroupName property to specify a grouping of toggle buttons to + create a mutually exclusive set of controls. You can use the GroupName + property when only one selection is possible from a list of available + options. When this property is set, only one ToggleButton in the specified + group can be selected at a time. - - + - Gets cmmon layout root for popup and groupbox + Gets or sets a value indicating whether SplitButton is checked - - + - Snaps / Unsnaps the Visual - (remove visuals and substitute with freezed image) + Gets a value indicating whether the ToggleButton is fully loaded - + + Gets the logical parent element of this element. + This element's logical parent. + + - Gets or sets intermediate state of the group box + Attribute class providing informations about a localization - + - Gets or sets intermediate scale of the group box + Creates a new instance. + Specifies the display name. + Specifies the culture name. - + - Gets intermediate desired size + Gets the display name. - + - Clears cache + Gets the culture name. - + - Invalidates layout (with children) + Base class for localizations. - + - When overridden in a derived class, is invoked whenever application code - or internal processes call System.Windows.FrameworkElement.ApplyTemplate(). + Creates a new instance and initializes and from . - + - Invoked when an unhandled System.Windows.UIElement.PreviewMouseLeftButtonDown - event reaches an element in its route that is derived from this class. - Implement this method to add class handling for this event. + Creates a new instance. - The System.Windows.Input.MouseButtonEventArgs that contains the event data. - The event data reports that the left mouse button was pressed. - + - Supports layout behavior when a child element is resized. + Gets or sets the culture name. - The child element that is being resized. - + - Dialog launcher button click handler + Gets or sets the display name. - Sender - the event data - + - Handles IsOpen propertyu changes + Fallback instance of for localization. - Object - The event data - + - Gets control which represents shortcut item. - This item MUST be syncronized with the original - and send command to original one control. + Gets text for representing "Automatic" - Control which represents shortcut item - + - Gets or sets whether control can be added to quick access toolbar + Gets KeyTip of backstage button - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for CanAddToQuickAccessToolBar. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Gets text of backstage button - - - - - + + + Gets customize Status Bar + - + - Represent panel with ribbon group. - It is automatically adjusting size of controls + Expand Button ScreenTip Text - + - Gets or sets reduce order of group in the ribbon panel. - It must be enumerated with comma from the first to reduce to - the last to reduce (use Control.Name as group name in the enum). - Enclose in parentheses as (Control.Name) to reduce/enlarge - scalable elements in the given group + Expand Button ScreenTip Title - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for ReduceOrder. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Minimize Button ScreenTip Text - + - Default constructor + Minimize Button ScreenTip Title - + - Returns a collection of the panel's UIElements. + Gets text for representing "More colors..." - The logical parent of the collection to be created. - Returns an ordered collection of elements that have the specified logical parent. - + - Measures all of the RibbonGroupBox, and resize them appropriately - to fit within the available room + Gets text for representing "No color" - The available size that this element can give to child elements. - The size that the groups container determines it needs during - layout, based on its calculations of child element sizes. - - + - When overridden in a derived class, positions child elements and determines - a size for a System.Windows.FrameworkElement derived class. + Quick Access ToolBar DropDown Button ToolTip - The final area within the parent that this element should use to arrange itself and its children. - The actual size used. - + - Gets or sets a System.Windows.Controls.ScrollViewer element that controls scrolling behavior. + Quick Access ToolBar Menu Header - + - Sets the amount of horizontal offset. + Quick Access ToolBar Menu Minimize Quick Access Toolbar - The degree to which content is horizontally offset from the containing viewport. - + - Gets the horizontal size of the extent. + Quick Access ToolBar Minimize Quick Access Toolbar - + - Gets the horizontal offset of the scrolled content. + Quick Access ToolBar MoreControls Button ToolTip - + - Gets the horizontal size of the viewport for this content. + Quick Access ToolBar Menu Add Gallery - + - Scrolls left within content by one logical unit. + Quick Access ToolBar Menu Add Group - + - Scrolls right within content by one logical unit. + Quick Access ToolBar Menu Add Item - + - Forces content to scroll until the coordinate space of a System.Windows.Media.Visual object is visible. - This is optimized for horizontal scrolling only + Quick Access ToolBar Menu Add Menu - A System.Windows.Media.Visual that becomes visible. - A bounding rectangle that identifies the coordinate space to make visible. - A System.Windows.Rect that is visible. - + - Not implemented + Ribbon Context Menu Customize Quick Access Toolbar - + - Not implemented + Ribbon Context Menu Customize Quick Access Toolbar - + - Not implemented + Ribbon Context Menu Minimize Quick Access Toolbar - + - Not implemented + Quick Access ToolBar Menu Remove Item - + - Not implemented + Ribbon Context Menu Minimize Quick Access Toolbar - + - Not implemented + Ribbon Context Menu Minimize Quick Access Toolbar - + - Not implemented + Gets ScreenTip's disable reason header - + - Not implemented + Gets ScreenTip's disable reason header - + - Not implemented + Change notifications are not implemented. + This class only implements to prevent WPF from trying to listen to changes by using other ways than listening for this event. - + + + + + + + + + + - Not implemented + - + - Not implemented + - + - Gets or sets a value that indicates whether scrolling on the vertical axis is possible. + Contains localizable Ribbon's properties. + Set Culture property to change current Ribbon localization or + set properties independently to use your localization - + + + + - Gets or sets a value that indicates whether scrolling on the horizontal axis is possible. + Raises the event. - + - Not implemented + Static instance of to ease it's usage in XAML. - + - Not implemented + Gets a map of all registered localization classes. + + The key of items in this dictionary should be the CultureName. + - + - Not implemented + Gets or sets current culture used for localization. - + - Represents ribbon tab item + Gets or sets the current localization. - + - Gets or sets the which is used to render the background if this is the currently active/selected one. + Default constructor - + - for . + Enables the use of behaviors in styles - + - Gets or sets the which is used to render the border if this is the currently active/selected one. + for behaviors. - + - for . + Gets the behaviors associated with - + - Gets or sets KeyTip for element. + Sets the behaviors associated with - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Keys. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Just a for - + + + + - Gets ribbon groups container + Contains commands for - + - Gets or sets whether ribbon is minimized + Finalizes an instance of the class. - + + + + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for IsMinimized. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Dispose(bool disposing) executes in two distinct scenarios. + If disposing equals true, the method has been called directly + or indirectly by a user's code. Managed and unmanaged resources + can be disposed. + If disposing equals false, the method has been called by the + runtime from inside the finalizer and you should not reference + other objects. Only unmanaged resources can be disposed. - + - Gets or sets whether ribbon is opened + Retrieves the translated string for Minimize - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for IsOpen. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Retrieves the translated string for Maximize - + - Gets or sets reduce order + Retrieves the translated string for Restore - + - Gets or sets whether tab item is contextual + Retrieves the translated string for Close - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for IsContextual. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Gets the responsible for showing . - + + Identifies the dependency property. + + - Gets an enumerator for logical child elements of this element. + Gets or sets the of the panel which contains . - + - Gets or sets whether tab item is selected + Gets or sets the button brush - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for IsSelected. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for ButtonBrush. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + + + + + + + - Gets ribbon tab control parent + Class for several commands belonging to the Ribbon - + - Gets or sets indent + Gets the value that represents the Open Backstage command - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for HeaderMargin. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Represents additional context menu service - + - Gets or sets whether separator is visible + Attach needed parameters to control - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for IsSeparatorVisible. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Coerces the ContextMenu for . + - + - Gets or sets ribbon contextual tab group + Coerce control context menu - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Group. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Handles Alt, F10 and so on - + - Gets or sets desired width of the tab item. + Checks if any keytips are visible. - This is needed in case the width of is larger than it's tabs. - + - Gets or sets whether tab item has left group border + The default keys used to activate key tips. - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for HaseLeftGroupBorder. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + List of key tip activation keys. - + - Gets or sets whether tab item has right group border + Default constrctor + Host element - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for HaseLeftGroupBorder. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Attaches self - + - get collection of ribbon groups + Detachs self - + - Gets or sets header of tab item + Dismiss popup mode. - + - DependencyProperty for . + Always dismiss popup. - + - Gets or sets header template of tab item. + Dismiss only if mouse is not over popup. - + - DependencyProperty for . + Reason for dismiss popup event. - + - Handles Focusable changes + No reason given. - + - Coerces Focusable + Application lost focus. - + - Static constructor + Showing key tips. - + - Default constructor + Dismiss popup arguments. - + - Focus event handler + Standard constructor. - + - Called to remeasure a control. + Constructor. - The maximum size that the method can return. - The size of the control, up to the maximum specified by constraint. + Dismiss mode. - - - - + - On new style applying + Constructor. + Dismiss mode. + Dismiss reason. - - - - + - Handles selected + Popup dismiss mode. - The event data - + - handles unselected + Popup dismiss reason. - The event data - - - - + - + - Represents toggle button + Represent additional popup functionality - + - Gets or sets Size for the element. + Occurs then popup is dismissed - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Size. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Raises DismissPopup event (Async) - + - Gets or sets SizeDefinition for element. + Raises DismissPopup event - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for SizeDefinition. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Set needed parameters to control + Control type - + - Gets or sets KeyTip for element. + Handles PreviewMouseDownOutsideCapturedElementEvent event - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Keys. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Handles lost mouse capture event - + - Gets or sets the name of the group that the toggle button belongs to. - Use the GroupName property to specify a grouping of toggle buttons to - create a mutually exclusive set of controls. You can use the GroupName - property when only one selection is possible from a list of available - options. When this property is set, only one ToggleButton in the specified - group can be selected at a time. + Returns true whether parent is ancestor of element + Parent + Element + Returns true whether parent is ancestor of element - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for GroupName. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Handles dismiss popup event - + - Gets or sets element Text + Returns true whether mouse is physically over the popup + Element + Returns true whether mouse is physically over the popup - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Header. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Returns true whether mouse is physically over the element + Element + Returns true whether mouse is physically over the element - + - Gets or sets Icon for the element + Handles context menu opening event - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Icon. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Handles context menu closing event - + - Gets or sets button large icon + Provides additional tooltip functionality. - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for SmallIcon. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Attach ooltip properties to control. + Control type. - + - Gets or sets whether ribbon control click must close backstage + for in . - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for IsDefinitive. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + A singleton instance for . - + + + + - Initializes static members of the class. + for in . - + - Initializes a new instance of the class. + A singleton instance for . - - - - + - + - Used to call OnClick (which is protected) + for in with style HeaderApplicationMenuItemTemplate. - + - Gets control which represents shortcut item. - This item MUST be syncronized with the original - and send command to original one control. + A singleton instance for . - Control which represents shortcut item - + + + + - Gets or sets whether control can be added to quick access toolbar + for in with style SplitedApplicationMenuItem. - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for CanAddToQuickAccessToolBar. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + A singleton instance for . - - - - + - + - Contains commands for + for the header of . - + - Finalizes an instance of the class. + Gets a static instance of . - + + + + - Performs application-defined tasks associated with freeing, releasing, or resetting unmanaged resources. + Represents the background theme of the application. - + - Dispose(bool disposing) executes in two distinct scenarios. - If disposing equals true, the method has been called directly - or indirectly by a user's code. Managed and unmanaged resources - can be disposed. - If disposing equals false, the method has been called by the - runtime from inside the finalizer and you should not reference - other objects. Only unmanaged resources can be disposed. + Gets the key for the theme name. - + - Retrieves the translated string for Minimize + Gets the key for the theme display name. - + - Retrieves the translated string for Maximize + Gets the key for the theme base color scheme. - + - Retrieves the translated string for Restore + Gets the key for the theme color scheme. - + - Retrieves the translated string for Close + Gets the key for the theme showcase brush. - + - Gets or sets the button brush + Initializes a new instance. + The URI of the theme ResourceDictionary. - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for ButtonBrush. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Initializes a new instance. + The ResourceDictionary of the theme. - + - When overridden in a derived class, is invoked whenever application code or internal processes call . + The ResourceDictionary that represents this application theme. - - - - + - Control for representing the left and right side of the start screen. + Gets the name of the theme. - - To control some aspects of the left handed side of this control please use properties prefixed with "ItemsPanel*". - - + - Left side panel content of the startscreen. + Gets the display name of the theme. - + - for . + Get the base color scheme for this theme. - + - Defines the margin for + Gets the color scheme for this theme. - + - for . + Gets a brush which can be used to showcase this theme. - + - Right side panel content of the startscreen. + A class that allows for the detection and alteration of a theme. - - - for . + A class that allows for the detection and alteration of a theme. - + - Static constructor. + Gets the name for the light base color. - + - An object that represents the foreground color for a . + Gets the name for the dark base color. - + - The ResourceDictionary that represents this Accent. + Gets a list of all themes. - + - Gets/sets the name of the Accent. + Gets a list of all available base colors. - + - Initializes a new instance of the class. + Gets a list of all available color schemes. - + - Initializes a new instance of the class. + Clears the internal themes list. - The name of the new Accent. - The URI of the accent ResourceDictionary. - + - Represents the background theme of the application. + Adds an theme. + true if the app theme does not exists and can be added. - + - The ResourceDictionary that represents this application theme. + Adds an theme. + The ResourceDictionary of the theme. + true if the app theme does not exists and can be added. - + - Gets the name of the application theme. + Gets the with the given name. + The or null, if the theme wasn't found - + - Initializes a new instance of the AppTheme class. + Gets the with the given resource dictionary. - The name of the new AppTheme. - The URI of the accent ResourceDictionary. + from which the theme should be retrieved. + The or null, if the theme wasn't found. - + - A class that allows for the detection and alteration of a theme and accent. + Gets the inverse of the given . + This method relies on the "Dark" or "Light" affix to be present. + The app theme. + The inverse or null if it couldn't be found. + + Returns BaseLight, if BaseDark is given or vice versa. + Custom Themes must end with "Dark" or "Light" for this to work, for example "CustomDark" and "CustomLight". + - + - Gets a list of all of default accents. + Determines whether the specified resource dictionary represents an . + + This might include runtime themes which do not have a resource uri. + The resources. + true if the resource dictionary is an ; otherwise, false. + resources - + - Gets a list of all default themes. + Gets a resource from the detected AppStyle. + The window to check. If this is null, the Application's sources will be checked. + The key to check against. + The resource object or null, if the resource wasn't found. - + - Adds an accent with the given name. + Change the theme for the whole application. - true if the accent does not exists and can be added. - + - Adds an app theme with the given name. + Change theme for the given window. - true if the app theme does not exists and can be added. - + - Gets app theme with the given resource dictionary. + Change theme for the whole application. - from which the theme should be retrieved. - AppTheme + The instance of Application to change. + The theme to apply. - + - Gets app theme with the given name and theme type (light or dark). + Change theme for the given window. - AppTheme + The Window to change. + The theme to apply. - + - Gets the inverse of the given . - This method relies on the "Dark" or "Light" affix to be present. + Change theme for the given ResourceDictionary. - The app theme. - The inverse or null if it couldn't be found. - - Returns BaseLight, if BaseDark is given or vice versa. - Custom Themes must end with "Dark" or "Light" for this to work, for example "CustomDark" and "CustomLight". - + The Window to change. + The theme to apply. - + - Gets the with the given name. + Change base color and color scheme of for the given application. - The or null, if the app theme wasn't found + The application to modify. + The base color to apply to the ResourceDictionary. + The color scheme to apply to the ResourceDictionary. - + - Gets the with the given resource dictionary. + Change base color and color scheme of for the given window. - from which the accent should be retrieved. - The or null, if the accent wasn't found. + The window to modify. + The base color to apply to the ResourceDictionary. + The color scheme to apply to the ResourceDictionary. - + - Determines whether the specified resource dictionary represents an . - - This might include runtime accents which do not have a resource uri. + Change base color and color scheme of for the given ResourceDictionary. - The resources. - true if the resource dictionary is an ; otherwise, false. - resources + The ResourceDictionary to modify. + The old/current theme. + The base color to apply to the ResourceDictionary. + The color scheme to apply to the ResourceDictionary. - + - Gets a resource from the detected AppStyle. + Change base color for the given application. - The window to check. If this is null, the Application's sources will be checked. - The key to check against. - The resource object or null, if the resource wasn't found. + The application to change. + The base color to apply to the ResourceDictionary. - + - Change the theme for the whole application. + Change base color for the given window. + The Window to change. + The base color to apply to the ResourceDictionary. - + - Change theme for the given window. + Change base color of for the given ResourceDictionary. + The ResourceDictionary to modify. + The old/current theme. + The base color to apply to the ResourceDictionary. - + - Change accent and theme for the whole application. + Change color scheme for the given application. - The instance of Application to change. - The accent to apply. - The theme to apply. + The application to change. + The color scheme to apply to the ResourceDictionary. - + - Change accent and theme for the given window. + Change color scheme for the given window. The Window to change. - The accent to apply. - The theme to apply. + The color scheme to apply to the ResourceDictionary. - + - Changes the accent and theme of a ResourceDictionary directly. + Change color scheme for the given ResourceDictionary. The ResourceDictionary to modify. - The accent to apply to the ResourceDictionary. - The theme to apply to the ResourceDictionary. + The old/current theme. + The color scheme to apply to the ResourceDictionary. - + - Copies all resource keys from one resource to another. + Changes the theme of a ResourceDictionary directly. - The source resource dictionary. - The destination resource dictionary. - - fromRD - or - toRD - + The ResourceDictionary to modify. + The theme to apply to the ResourceDictionary. - + - Scans the window resources and returns it's accent and theme. + Scans the window resources and returns it's theme. + If the theme can't be detected from the we try to detect it from . - + - Scans the window resources and returns it's accent and theme. + Scans the window resources and returns it's theme. The Window to scan. + If the theme can't be detected from the we try to detect it from . - + - Scans the application resources and returns it's accent and theme. + Scans the application resources and returns it's theme. The Application instance to scan. - + - Scans a resources and returns it's accent and theme. + Scans a resources and returns it's theme. - The ResourceDictionary to check. + The ResourceDictionary to scan. - This event fires if accent color and theme was changed + This event fires if the theme was changed this should be using the weak event pattern, but for now it's enough - + Invalidates global colors and resources. Sometimes the ContextMenu is not changing the colors, so this will fix it. - + - Synchronizes the current with the "app mode" setting from windows. + Synchronizes the current with the "app mode" setting from windows. - Gets or sets wether changes to the "app mode" setting from windows should be detected at runtime and the current be changed accordingly. + Gets or sets whether changes to the "app mode" setting from windows should be detected at runtime and the current be changed accordingly. @@ -9054,49 +9513,39 @@ Class which is used as argument for an event to signal theme changes. - + Creates a new instance of this class. - + The new theme. - - - The new accent - - - - - GeneratedInternalTypeHelper - - - + - CreateInstance + Helper class for displaying color schemes. - + - GetPropertyValue + Initializes a new instance. - + - SetPropertyValue + Initializes a new instance. - + - CreateDelegate + Gets the name for this color scheme. - + - AddEventHandler + Gets the showcase brush for this color scheme. diff --git a/dotnet/packages/Fluent.Ribbon.7.1.0/lib/netcoreapp3.0/Fluent.dll b/dotnet/packages/Fluent.Ribbon.7.1.0/lib/netcoreapp3.0/Fluent.dll new file mode 100644 index 00000000..7af4f78f Binary files /dev/null and b/dotnet/packages/Fluent.Ribbon.7.1.0/lib/netcoreapp3.0/Fluent.dll differ diff --git a/dotnet/packages/Fluent.Ribbon.7.1.0/lib/netcoreapp3.0/Fluent.pdb b/dotnet/packages/Fluent.Ribbon.7.1.0/lib/netcoreapp3.0/Fluent.pdb new file mode 100644 index 00000000..413e8113 Binary files /dev/null and b/dotnet/packages/Fluent.Ribbon.7.1.0/lib/netcoreapp3.0/Fluent.pdb differ diff --git a/dotnet/packages/Fluent.Ribbon.6.1.0.326/lib/net40/Fluent.XML b/dotnet/packages/Fluent.Ribbon.7.1.0/lib/netcoreapp3.0/Fluent.xml similarity index 78% rename from dotnet/packages/Fluent.Ribbon.6.1.0.326/lib/net40/Fluent.XML rename to dotnet/packages/Fluent.Ribbon.7.1.0/lib/netcoreapp3.0/Fluent.xml index 78901fbe..39dfc78c 100644 --- a/dotnet/packages/Fluent.Ribbon.6.1.0.326/lib/net40/Fluent.XML +++ b/dotnet/packages/Fluent.Ribbon.7.1.0/lib/netcoreapp3.0/Fluent.xml @@ -4,58 +4,99 @@ Fluent - + - Represents backstage button + Represents adorner for KeyTips. + KeyTipAdorners is chained to produce one from another. + Detaching root adorner couses detaching all adorners in the chain - + - Gets or sets width of right content + This event is occured when adorner is + detached and is not able to be attached again - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for RightContentWidth. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Determines whether at least one on the adorners in the chain is alive - + - Gets or sets application menu right pane content + Returns wether any key tips are visibile. - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for RightContent. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Gets the currently active by following eventually present child adorners. - + - Gets or sets application menu bottom pane content + Gets a copied list of the currently available . - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for BottomContent. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Construcotor + Element to adorn. + Parent adorner or null. + The element which is container for elements. - + - Static constructor + Attaches this adorner to the adorned element - + - Default constructor + Detaches this adorner from the adorned element - + - Gets control which represents shortcut item. - This item MUST be syncronized with the original - and send command to original one control. + Terminate whole key tip's adorner chain - Control which represents shortcut item + + + + Back to the previous adorner. + + + + + Forwards to the elements with the given keys + + Keys + If true the element will be clicked + If the element will be found the function will return true + + + + Gets by keys. + + The keys to look for. + The associated with . + + + + Determines if an of the keytips contained in this adorner start with + + true if any keytip start with . Otherwise false. + + + + + + + + + + + + @@ -102,21 +143,6 @@ UI Element Group box state - - - for specifying AppTheme. - - - - - Sets for . - - - - - Gets for . - - for specifying MouseOverBackground. @@ -162,3182 +188,3284 @@ Gets for . - + - Represents adorner for Backstage + asdf - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - Adorned element - Backstage + + Helper for setting on . - - - Gets the . - + + Helper for getting from . + LastVisibleWidth property value. - + - Positions child elements and determines - a size for the control + Automation peer for . - The final area within the parent - that this element should use to arrange - itself and its children - The actual size used - + - Measures KeyTips + Creates a new instance. - The available size that this element can give to child elements. - The size that the groups container determines it needs during - layout, based on its calculations of child element sizes. - - - - Gets visual children count - + + - - - Returns a child at the specified index from a collection of child elements - - The zero-based index of the requested child element in the collection - The requested child element + + - - - Represents backstage button - + + - - - Occurs when IsOpen has been changed - + + - - - Gets or sets whether backstage is shown - + + - - - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for IsOpen. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + + - - - Gets or sets whether backstage can be openend or closed. - + + - - - for - + + - - - Gets or sets the duration for the hide animation - + + - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for HideAnimationDuration. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Creates the for . - + - Gets or sets whether context tabs on the titlebar should be hidden when backstage is open + Automation peer for . - + - Gets or sets wether opening or closing should be animated. + Creates a new instance. - - - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for IsOpenAnimationEnabled. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + + - - - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for HideContextTabsOnOpen. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + + - - - Gets or sets whether to close the backstage when Esc is pressed - + + - - - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for CloseOnEsc. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + + - - - Gets or sets content of the backstage - + + - - - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Content. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + + - + - Gets an enumerator for logical child elements of this element. + Automation peer for . - + - Static constructor + Creates a new instance. - - - Default constructor - + + - - - Shows the - + + - + - Hides the + Automation peer for . - + - Invoked when an unhandled  attached event reaches an element in its route that is derived from this class. Implement this method to add class handling for this event. + Creates a new instance. - The that contains the event data. - - - Invoked when an unhandled System.Windows.UIElement.PreviewMouseLeftButtonDown routed event reaches an element - in its route that is derived from this class. Implement this method to add class handling for this event. - - The System.Windows.Input.MouseButtonEventArgs that contains the event data. - The event data reports that the left mouse button was pressed. + + - + - + - - - When overridden in a derived class, is invoked whenever application code or internal processes call . - + + - + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + The element associated with this automation peer. + + + + + + + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + The element associated with this automation peer. + + + + + + + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + The element associated with this automation peer. + + + + + + + + - Gets control which represents shortcut item. - This item MUST be syncronized with the original - and send command to original one control. + Automation peer for . - Control which represents shortcut item - + - Represents Backstage tab control. + Creates a new instance. - + + + + - Gets or sets the margin which is used to render selected content. + Automation peer for ribbon control items. - + - for . + Creates a new instance. - + + + + + + + - Dependency property for + Automation peer for . - + - Gets content for selected tab + Creates a new instance. - - - Dependency property for - + + - - - Dependency property for - + + - - - Dependency property for - + + - - - Dependency property for - + + - - - Dependency property for - + + - + + + + + + + - Dependency property for + Automation peer for . - + - Get or sets the string format for the content. + Creates a new instance. - + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + - Gets or sets the which should be used for the content + Automation peer for the header of . - + - Gets or sets the which should be used for the content + Creates a new instance. - + + + + + + + + + + + + + - Get or sets the string format for the selected content. + Base automation peer for . - + - Gets or sets the which should be used for the selected content + Creates a new instance. - + + + + + + + - Gets or sets the which should be used for the selected content + Automation peer for - + - Dependency property for . + Creates a new instance. - + + + + - Gets or sets the MinWidth for the ItemsPanel. + Automation peer for . - + - Gets or sets current Backround of the ItemsPanel + Creates a new instance. - + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + The element associated with this automation peer. + + + + + + + + - Dependency property for + Automation peer for . - + - Gets or sets the + Creates a new instance. - + + + + + + + - for + Automation peer for . - + - Defines if the is enabled in this control + Creates a new instance. - + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + - for . + Automation peer for . - + - Defines if the back button is visible or not. + Creates a new instance. - + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + - for . + Automation peer wrapper for . - + - Static constructor + Creates a new instance. - + + + + + + + + + + - Default constructor + Automation peer for . - + - Raises the System.Windows.FrameworkElement.Initialized event. - This method is invoked whenever System.Windows.FrameworkElement. - IsInitialized is set to true internally. + Creates a new instance. - The System.Windows.RoutedEventArgs that contains the event data. - + + + + + + + + + + - Creates or identifies the element that is used to display the given item. + If Ribbon.IsMinimized then set Ribbon.IsDropDownOpen to false - The element that is used to display the given item. - + - Determines if the specified item is (or is eligible to be) its own container. + If Ribbon.IsMinimized then set Ribbon.IsDropDownOpen to true - The item to check. - - + - Updates the current selection when an item in the System.Windows.Controls.Primitives.Selector has changed + Return Ribbon.IsDropDownOpen - The event data. - + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + The element associated with this automation peer. + + + + + + + + - Called when the selection changes. + Automation peer for . - The event data. - + - Gets selected . - If there is no item selected, the first found item is selected and it's container () is returned. + Creates a new instance. - The currently selected . Or null of nothing was selected and nothing could be selected. - + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + The element associated with this automation peer. + + + + + + + + - Represents backstage tab item + Automation peer for . - + - Gets or sets KeyTip for element. + Creates a new instance. - + + + + + + + + + + - Dependency property for + for . - + - Gets or sets a value indicating whether the tab is selected + Constructor. + Owner of the AutomationPeer. - + - Dependency property for + - + - Gets parent tab control + - + - Gets or sets tab items text + + - + + + + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Text. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + - + - Static constructor + Represents backstage button - + - Called when the System.Windows.Controls.ContentControl.Content property changes. + Gets or sets width of right content - The old value of the System.Windows.Controls.ContentControl.Content property. - The new value of the System.Windows.Controls.ContentControl.Content property. - + - Invoked when an unhandled System.Windows.UIElement.MouseLeftButtonDown routed event is raised on this element. - Implement this method to add class handling for this event. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for RightContentWidth. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - The System.Windows.Input.MouseButtonEventArgs that contains the event data. - The event data reports that the left mouse button was pressed. - + - Handles selected event + Gets or sets application menu right pane content - The event data. - + - Handles unselected event + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for RightContent. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - The event data. - + - Handles IsSelected changed + Gets or sets application menu bottom pane content - The event data. - + - Handles key tip pressed + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for BottomContent. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Handles back navigation with KeyTips + Static constructor - + - Represents button + Default constructor - + + + + + + + - Gets or sets Size for the element. + Represents backstage button - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Size. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Occurs when IsOpen has been changed - + - Gets or sets SizeDefinition for element. + Gets the for the . + This is exposed to make it possible to show content on the same as the backstage is shown on. - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for SizeDefinition. + Gets or sets whether backstage is shown + + + + + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for IsOpen. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - - + + + Gets or sets whether backstage can be openend or closed. + - + - for . + for - + - Gets or sets element Text + Gets or sets whether context tabs on the titlebar should be hidden when backstage is open - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Header. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for HideContextTabsOnOpen. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Gets or sets Icon for the element + Gets or sets whether opening or closing should be animated. - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Icon. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for IsOpenAnimationEnabled. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Gets or sets button large icon + Gets or sets whether to close the backstage when Esc is pressed - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for SmallIcon. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for CloseOnEsc. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Gets or sets whether ribbon control click must close backstage + for . - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for IsDefinitive. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Gets or sets whether the highest available adorner layer should be used for the . + This means that we will try to look up the visual tree till we find the highest . - + - Gets or sets the CornerRadius for the element + Gets or sets content of the backstage - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for CornerRadius. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Content. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + + + + Static constructor - + Default constructor - + - Called when a is clicked. + Called when this control receives the . - + - Gets control which represents shortcut item. - This item MUST be synchronized with the original - and send command to original one control. + Shows the - Control which represents shortcut item - + - Gets or sets whether control can be added to quick access toolbar + Hides the - - - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for CanAddToQuickAccessToolBar. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + + - + - + - - - Represents Fluent UI specific CheckBox - + + - + + + + + + + + + + - Gets or sets Size for the element. + Represents adorner for Backstage - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Size. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Initializes a new instance of the class. + Adorned element + Backstage - + - Gets or sets SizeDefinition for element. + Gets the . - + + + + + + + + + + + + + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for SizeDefinition. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Represents Backstage tab control. - + - Gets or sets KeyTip for element. + Gets or sets the margin which is used to render selected content. - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Keys. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + for . - + - Gets or sets element Text + Dependency property for - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Header. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Gets content for selected tab - + - Gets or sets Icon for the element + Dependency property for - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Icon. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Dependency property for - + - Gets or sets button large icon + Dependency property for - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for SmallIcon. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Dependency property for - + - Static constructor + Dependency property for - + - Default constructor + Dependency property for - + - Gets control which represents shortcut item. - This item MUST be syncronized with the original - and send command to original one control. + Get or sets the string format for the content. - Control which represents shortcut item - + - Gets or sets whether control can be added to quick access toolbar + Gets or sets the which should be used for the content - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for CanAddToQuickAccessToolBar. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Gets or sets the which should be used for the content - - - - - - - + - Represents color gallery modes + Get or sets the string format for the selected content. - + - Color gallery displays only fixed highlight colors + Gets or sets the which should be used for the selected content - + - Color gallery displays only fixed standart colors + Gets or sets the which should be used for the selected content - + - Color gallery displays theme colors + Dependency property for . - + - Date template selector for gradients + Gets or sets the MinWidth for the ItemsPanel. - + - When overridden in a derived class, returns a based on custom logic. + Gets or sets current Backround of the ItemsPanel - - Returns a or null. The default value is null. - - The data object for which to select the template.The data-bound object. - + - More colors event args + Dependency property for - + - Gets or sets choosed color + Gets or sets the - + - Gets or sets a value indicating whether more colors is canceled + for - + - Represents color gallery + Defines if the is enabled in this control - + - Hightlight colors array + for . - + - Standard colors array + Defines if the back button is visible or not. - + - Standard colors array in ThemeColor mode + for . - + - Gets recent colors collection + Static constructor - + - Gets or sets color gallery mode + Default constructor - + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Mode. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Gets selected . + If there is no item selected, the first found item is selected and it's container () is returned. + The currently selected . Or null of nothing was selected and nothing could be selected. - + + + + - Gets or sets chip width + Represents backstage tab item - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for ChipWidth. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Gets or sets Icon for the element - + - Gets or sets chip height + Dependency property for - + + + + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for ChipHeight. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Dependency property for - + - Gets or sets a value indicating whether Automatic button is visible + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the tab is selected - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for IsAutomaticColorButtonVisible. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Dependency property for - + - Gets or sets a value indicating whether No color button is visible + Gets parent tab control - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for IsNoColorButtonVisible. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Gets or sets tab items text - + - Gets or sets a value indicating whether More Colors button is visible + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Text. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for IsMoreColorsButtonVisible. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Static constructor - + + + + + + + + + + - Gets or sets number of color gallery columns. It works only when Mode is ThemeColors + Handles selected event + The event data. - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Columns. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Handles unselected event + The event data. - + - Gets or set number of standard color rows. Work only when Mode is ThemeColors + Handles IsSelected changed + The event data. - + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for StandardColorGridRows. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Represents button - + + + + - Gets or set number of theme color rows. Work only when Mode is ThemeColors + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Size. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + + + + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for ThemeColorGridRows. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for SizeDefinition. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + + + + - Gets or sets selected color + for . - + + + + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for SelectedColor. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Header. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + + + + - Gets collection of theme colors + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Icon. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + + + + - Gets or sets theme colors source + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for SmallIcon. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for ThemeColorsSource. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Gets or sets whether ribbon control click must close backstage - + - Gets theme gradients collection + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for IsDefinitive. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for ThemeGradients. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Static constructor - + - Gets standart gradients collection + Default constructor - + + + + + + + + + + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for ThemeGradients. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for CanAddToQuickAccessToolBar. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + - Occurs when selection color is changed + Represents Fluent UI specific CheckBox - + + + + - Identifies the SelectedColorChanged routed event. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Size. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + + + + - Occurs whether more colors menu item is clicked + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for SizeDefinition. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + + + + - Static constructor + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Keys. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + + + + - When overridden in a derived class, is invoked whenever application code or internal processes call . + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Header. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + + + + - Returns brightness of the given color from 0..1 + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Icon. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - Color - Brightness of the given color from 0..1 - + + + + - Makes gradient colors from lighter to darker + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for SmallIcon. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - Base color - Count of items in the gradient - Colors from lighter to darker - + - Represents custom Fluent UI ComboBox + Static constructor - + - Gets or sets Size for the element. + Default constructor - - - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Size. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + + - + + + + - Gets or sets SizeDefinition for element. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for CanAddToQuickAccessToolBar. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for SizeDefinition. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Represents color gallery modes - + - Gets or sets KeyTip for element. + Color gallery displays only fixed highlight colors - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Keys. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Color gallery displays only fixed standart colors - + - Gets drop down popup + Color gallery displays theme colors - + - Gets a value indicating whether context menu is opened + Date template selector for gradients - + - Gets or sets element Text + When overridden in a derived class, returns a based on custom logic. + + Returns a or null. The default value is null. + + The data object for which to select the template.The data-bound object. - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Header. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + More colors event args - + - Gets or sets Icon for the element + Gets or sets choosed color - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Icon. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Gets or sets a value indicating whether more colors is canceled - + - Gets or sets menu to show in combo box bottom + Represents color gallery - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Menu. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Hightlight colors array - + - Gets or sets width of the value input part of combobox + Standard colors array - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for InputWidth. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Standard colors array in ThemeColor mode - + - Gets or sets context menu resize mode + Gets recent colors collection - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for ResizeMode. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Gets or sets color gallery mode - + - Snaps / Unsnaps the Visual - (remove visuals and substitute with freezed image) + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Mode. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Gets or sets initial dropdown height + Gets or sets chip width - + - /Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for DropDownHeight. This enables animation, styling, binding, - etc... + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for ChipWidth. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Static constructor + Gets or sets chip height - + - Default Constructor + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for ChipHeight. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Gets control which represents shortcut item. - This item MUST be syncronized with the original - and send command to original one control. + Gets or sets a value indicating whether Automatic button is visible - Control which represents shortcut item - + - Gets or sets whether control can be added to quick access toolbar + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for IsAutomaticColorButtonVisible. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for CanAddToQuickAccessToolBar. This enables animation, styling, - binding, etc... + Gets or sets a value indicating whether No color button is visible - + - When overridden in a derived class, is invoked whenever application code or internal processes call - . + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for IsNoColorButtonVisible. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Reports when a combo box's popup opens. + Gets or sets a value indicating whether More Colors button is visible - The event data for the event. - + - Reports when a combo box's popup closes. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for IsMoreColorsButtonVisible. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - The event data for the event. - + - Invoked when a attached routed event occurs. + Gets or sets number of color gallery columns. It works only when Mode is ThemeColors - Event data. - + - Invoked when a attached routed event occurs. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Columns. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - Event data. - - - - - - - + - Represents context menu resize mode + Gets or set number of standard color rows. Work only when Mode is ThemeColors - + - Context menu can not be resized + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for StandardColorGridRows. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Context menu can be only resized vertically + Gets or set number of theme color rows. Work only when Mode is ThemeColors - + - Context menu can be resized vertically and horizontally + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for ThemeColorGridRows. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Represents a pop-up menu that enables a control - to expose functionality that is specific to the context of the control + Gets or sets selected color - + - Gets or sets context menu resize mode + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for SelectedColor. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for ResizeMode. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Gets collection of theme colors - + - Static constructor - ] + Gets or sets theme colors source + - + - When overridden in a derived class, is invoked whenever application code or internal processes call . + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for ThemeColorsSource. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Creates or identifies the element that is used to display the given item. + Gets theme gradients collection - The element that is used to display the given item. - + - Determines if the specified item is (or is eligible to be) its own container. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for ThemeGradients. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - The item to check. - true if the item is (or is eligible to be) its own container; otherwise, false. - + - Special wrap panel for . + Gets standart gradients collection - + - Creates a new instance. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for ThemeGradients. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Attached for SharedSizeGroupName. + Occurs when selection color is changed - + - Sets for . + Identifies the SelectedColorChanged routed event. - + - Gets for . + Occurs whether more colors menu item is clicked - + - Attached for SharedSizeGroupName. + Static constructor - + + + + - Sets for . + Returns brightness of the given color from 0..1 + Color + Brightness of the given color from 0..1 - + - Gets for . + Makes gradient colors from lighter to darker + Base color + Count of items in the gradient + Colors from lighter to darker - + - DependencyProperty for property. + Represents custom Fluent UI ComboBox - + + + + - The ItemWidth and ItemHeight properties specify the size of all items in the WrapPanel. - Note that children of - WrapPanel may have their own Width/Height properties set - the ItemWidth/ItemHeight - specifies the size of "layout partition" reserved by WrapPanel for the child. - If this property is not set (or set to "Auto" in markup or Double.NaN in code) - the size of layout - partition is equal to DesiredSize of the child element. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Size. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + + + + - DependencyProperty for property. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for SizeDefinition. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - - - The ItemWidth and ItemHeight properties specify the size of all items in the WrapPanel. - Note that children of - WrapPanel may have their own Width/Height properties set - the ItemWidth/ItemHeight - specifies the size of "layout partition" reserved by WrapPanel for the child. - If this property is not set (or set to "Auto" in markup or Double.NaN in code) - the size of layout - partition is equal to DesiredSize of the child element. - + + - + - DependencyProperty for property. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Keys. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - - - Specifies dimension of children positioning in absence of wrapping. - Wrapping occurs in orthogonal direction. For example, if Orientation is Horizontal, - the items try to form horizontal rows first and if needed are wrapped and form vertical stack of rows. - If Orientation is Vertical, items first positioned in a vertical column, and if there is - not enough space - wrapping creates additional columns in horizontal dimension. - + + - - - - + + - - - - + + - + - + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Header. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - - - Represents the container for the . - + + - + - Indicates whether the has aleaady been shown or not. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Icon. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - for . + Gets or sets menu to show in combo box bottom - + - Shows the . + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Menu. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Hides the . + Gets or sets width of the value input part of combobox - + - Helper control which enables easy embedding of window steering functions. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for InputWidth. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Static constructor + Gets or sets context menu resize mode - + - Invoked when an unhandled  routed event is raised on this element. Implement this method to add class handling for this event. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for ResizeMode. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - The that contains the event data. The event data reports that the left mouse button was pressed. - + - Invoked when an unhandled  routed event reaches an element in its route that is derived from this class. Implement this method to add class handling for this event. + Snaps / Unsnaps the Visual + (remove visuals and substitute with freezed image) - The that contains the event data. The event data reports that the right mouse button was released. - + - Converts to a and back. + Gets or sets initial dropdown height - + - Converts a value. + /Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for DropDownHeight. This enables animation, styling, binding, + etc... - - A converted value. If the method returns null, the valid null value is used. - - The value produced by the binding source.The type of the binding target property.The converter parameter to use.The culture to use in the converter. - + - Converts a value. + Static constructor - - A converted value. If the method returns null, the valid null value is used. - - The value that is produced by the binding target.The type to convert to.The converter parameter to use.The culture to use in the converter. - + - Checks equality of value and the converter parameter. - Returns if they are equal. - Returns if they are NOT equal. + Default Constructor - + - + - + - Converts null to true and not null to false. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for CanAddToQuickAccessToolBar. This enables animation, styling, + binding, etc... - - - A singleton instance for . - + + - + - + - - - Converter class which converts from to and back. - + + - - - Converts a value. - - - A converted value. If the method returns null, the valid null value is used. - - The value produced by the binding source.The type of the binding target property.The converter parameter to use.The culture to use in the converter. + + - - - Converts a value. - - - A converted value. If the method returns null, the valid null value is used. - - The value that is produced by the binding target.The type to convert to.The converter parameter to use.The culture to use in the converter. + + - - - Converts the given to a . - - The value converted from or if the conversion fails. + + - + + + + + + + + + + - Converts to a formatted text using . + Represents context menu resize mode - converted to a . - + - Extracts right content presenter of application menu converter + Context menu can not be resized - + - Converts a value. + Context menu can be only resized vertically - - A converted value. If the method returns null, the valid null value is used. - - The value produced by the binding source.The type of the binding target property.The converter parameter to use.The culture to use in the converter. - + - Converts a value. + Context menu can be resized vertically and horizontally - - A converted value. If the method returns null, the valid null value is used. - - The value that is produced by the binding target.The type to convert to.The converter parameter to use.The culture to use in the converter. - + - Used to invert numbers + Represents a pop-up menu that enables a control + to expose functionality that is specific to the context of the control - + - Converts a value. + Gets or sets context menu resize mode - - A converted value. If the method returns null, the valid null value is used. - - The value produced by the binding source.The type of the binding target property.The converter parameter to use.The culture to use in the converter. - + - Converts a value. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for ResizeMode. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - - A converted value. If the method returns null, the valid null value is used. - - The value that is produced by the binding target.The type to convert to.The converter parameter to use.The culture to use in the converter. - + - Converts string, URI or ImageSource to Image control - + Static constructor + ] - + - + - - - Extracts an from which closest matches the . - - Value from which the should be extracted. It can be of type - The desired size to extract from . - An which closest matches + + - + - Class which enables conversion from to + Represents drop down button - + - Returns whether this converter can convert an object of the given type to the type of this converter, using the specified context. + Gets or sets Size for the element. - - true if this converter can perform the conversion; otherwise, false. - - An that provides a format context. A that represents the type you want to convert from. - + - Converts the given object to the type of this converter, using the specified context and culture information. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Size. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - - An that represents the converted value. - - An that provides a format context. The to use as the current culture. The to convert. The conversion cannot be performed. - + + + + - Hold static instances of several commonly used converters. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for SizeDefinition. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + + + + - Get a static instance of + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Keys. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + + + + + + + + + + - Get a static instance of + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Header. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + + + + - Get a static instance of + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Icon. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - - - Get a static instance of - - - - - Get a static instance of - - - - - Used to convert from four double values to - - - - - Converts source values to a value for the binding target. The data binding engine calls this method when it propagates the values from source bindings to the binding target. - - - A converted value.If the method returns null, the valid null value is used.A return value of . indicates that the converter did not produce a value, and that the binding will use the if it is available, or else will use the default value.A return value of . indicates that the binding does not transfer the value or use the or the default value. - - The array of values that the source bindings in the produces. The value indicates that the source binding has no value to provide for conversion.The type of the binding target property.The converter parameter to use.The culture to use in the converter. - - - - Converts a binding target value to the source binding values. - - - An array of values that have been converted from the target value back to the source values. - - The value that the binding target produces.The array of types to convert to. The array length indicates the number and types of values that are suggested for the method to return.The converter parameter to use.The culture to use in the converter. - - - - Represents the result of . - - - - - An empty default instance. - - - - - Creates a new instance. - - Defines if the pressed element aquired focus or not. - Defines if the pressed element opened a popup or not. - - - - Defines if the pressed element aquired focus or not. - - - - - Defines if the pressed element opened a popup or not. - - - - - Interface which allows extension of the KeyTip system. - - - - - Gets a list of which belong to the current instance. - - Defines if the created should be hidden or not. - A list of which belong to the current instance. - - - - Interface which is used to signal size changes - - - - - Called when the size is changed - - Size before change - Size after change - - - - Extensions for . - - - - - Execute using and . - - - - - Determines whether the can be executed using and . - - Returns the commands result of CanExecute. - - - - Class with extension methods for . - - - - - Class with extension methods for and . - - - - - Helper class to position . - - - - - Positions like would but ignores the value of . - - - - - Gets the values for a like would but ignores the value of . - - - - - Class which offers helper methods for steering the window - - - - - Shows the system menu at the current mouse position. - - The mouse event args. - Defines if window dragging should be handled. - Defines if window state changes should be handled. - - - - Shows the system menu at the current mouse position. - - The object which was the source of the mouse event. - The mouse event args. - Defines if window dragging should be handled. - Defines if window state changes should be handled. - - - - Shows the system menu at the current mouse position. - - The object which was the source of the mouse event. - The mouse event args. - - - - Shows the system menu at the current mouse position. - - The window for which the system menu should be shown. - The mouse event args. - - - - Shows the system menu at . - - The window for which the system menu should be shown. - The location at which the system menu should be shown. - - - - Inferface for controls which provide a large icon. - - - - - Gets or sets the large icon. - - - - - Represents a control that has a header. - - - - - Gets or sets the header. - - - - - Class containing boxed values for . - - - - - Gets a boxed value for true. - - - - - Gets a boxed value for true. - - - - - Gets a boxed value for . - - A boxed value. - - - - Class containing boxed values for . - - - - - Gets a boxed value for 0. - - - - - Gets a boxed value for . - - - - - Class containing boxed values for . - - - - - Gets a boxed value for 0.0D. - - - - - Gets a boxed value for . - - - - - Gets a boxed value for . - - - - - Class containing boxed values for . - - - - - Gets a boxed value for . - - - - - Class containing boxed values for . - - - - - Gets a boxed value for . - - - - - Gets a boxed value for . - - - - - Gets a boxed value for . - - - - - Gets a boxed value for . - - A boxed value. - - - - Class with helper functions for UI related stuff - - - - - Tries to find immediate visual child of type which matches - - - The visual child of type that matches . - Returns null if no child matches. - - - - - Gets the first visual child of type TChildItem by walking down the visual tree. - - The type of visual child to find. - The parent element whose visual tree shall be walked down. - The first element of type TChildItem found in the visual tree is returned. If none is found, null is returned. - - - - Gets all visual children of . - - - - - - Finds the parent control of type . - First looks at the visual tree and then at the logical tree to find the parent. - - The found visual/logical parent or null. - This method searches further up the parent chain instead of just using the immediate parent. - - - - Returns either the visual or logical parent of . - This also works for and . - - - - - Returns the visual parent of . - This also works for and . - - - - - First checks if is either a or and if it is returns it's . - If those checks yield no result is called. - - The visual element for which to find an adorner layer. - An adorner layer for the specified visual, or null if no adorner layer can be found. - Raised when visual is null. - - - - Helper class for - - - - - Checks if can be executed. - This method is null safe. - - true if the command can be executed, otherwise false. - - - - Executes . - This method is null safe. - - - - - Helper class used to queue action for completion or items changes of - - - - - Creates a new instance used to queue action for completion or items changes of - - The to be used. - The that should be invoked. - - - - Gets the to be used. - - - - - Gets the that should be invoked. - - - - - Gets the current wait state. true in case was called and we are waiting for the to finish. - - - - - Queues for invocation. - - - - - AreClose - Returns whether or not two doubles are "close". That is, whether or - not they are within epsilon of each other. Note that this epsilon is proportional - to the numbers themselves to that AreClose survives scalar multiplication. - There are plenty of ways for this to return false even for numbers which - are theoretically identical, so no code calling this should fail to work if this - returns false. This is important enough to repeat: - NB: NO CODE CALLING THIS FUNCTION SHOULD DEPEND ON ACCURATE RESULTS - this should be - used for optimizations *only*. - - - bool - the result of the AreClose comparision. - - The first double to compare. - The second double to compare. - - - - GreaterThan - Returns whether or not the first double is greater than the second double. - That is, whether or not the first is strictly greater than *and* not within epsilon of - the other number. Note that this epsilon is proportional to the numbers themselves - to that AreClose survives scalar multiplication. Note, - There are plenty of ways for this to return false even for numbers which - are theoretically identical, so no code calling this should fail to work if this - returns false. This is important enough to repeat: - NB: NO CODE CALLING THIS FUNCTION SHOULD DEPEND ON ACCURATE RESULTS - this should be - used for optimizations *only*. - - - bool - the result of the GreaterThan comparision. - - The first double to compare. - The second double to compare. + + - + - This trigger action binds a command/command parameter for MVVM usage with - a Blend based trigger. This is used in place of the one in the Blend samples - - it has a problem in it as of the current (first) release. Once it is fixed, this - command can go away. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for SmallIcon. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - ICommand to execute + Gets or sets whether button has triangle - + - Command parameter to pass to command execution + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for HasTriangle. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + + + + - Command to execute + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for IsOpen. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Command parameter + Gets or sets context menu resize mode - + - This is called to execute the command when the trigger conditions are satisfied. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for ResizeMode. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - parameter (not used) - + - Interface for handling loading and saving the state of a . + Get or sets max height of drop down popup - + - Gets wether state is currently loading. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for MaxDropDownHeight. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Gets or sets whether state is loaded. + Gets or sets initial dropdown height - + - Save current state to a temporary storage. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for InitialDropDownHeight. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Save current state to a persistent storage. + Gets or sets whether the popup of this drop down button should automatically be closed on mouse down. - + - Load state from a temporary storage. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for ClosePopupOnMouseDown. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Loads the state from a persistent storage. + Gets or sets the delay in milliseconds to close the popup on mouse down. - - Sets after it's finished to prevent a race condition with saving the state to the temporary storage. - - + - Resets saved state. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for ClosePopupOnMouseDownDelay. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + + + + + + + - Meant to support interop scenarios + Static constructor - + - Gets the titlebar + Default constructor - + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + - Container class for KeyTip informations + Called when drop down opened. - + - Creates a new instance. + Called when drop down closed. - The keys to be used for . - The element to which this instance belongs to. - Defines if the created should be hidden or not. - + + + + - Gets + Handles quick access button drop down menu opened - + - Gets the element this instance belongs to. + Handles quick access button drop down menu closed - + - Gets or sets the element which acts as the visual target. + This method must be overridden to bind properties to use in quick access creating + Toolbar item - + - Gets the initial visibility. + Binds the DropDownClosed and DropDownOpened events to the created quick access item + Toolbar item - + + + + - Gets the for . + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for CanAddToQuickAccessToolBar. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + + + + + + + + + + + + + - Gets or sets the position of . + Represents gallery control. + Usually a gallery is hosted in context menu - + - Gets or sets the backed up value of of + Min width of the Gallery - + - Gets from . + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for MinItemsInRow. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Gets or sets from . + Max width of the Gallery - + - Gets from + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for MaxItemsInRow. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Attribute class providing informations about a localization + Gets or sets name of property which + will use to group items in the Gallery. - + - Creates a new instance. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for GroupBy. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - Specifies the display name. - Specifies the culture name. - + - Gets the display name. + Gets or sets name of property which + will use to group items in the Gallery. - + - Gets the culture name. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for GroupBy. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Base class for localizations. + Gets or sets orientation of gallery - + - Fallback instance of for localization. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Orientation. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Gets text for representing "Automatic" + Gets or sets item width - + - Gets KeyTip of backstage button + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for ItemWidth. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Gets text of backstage button + Gets or sets item height - + - Gets customize Status Bar + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for ItemHeight. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Expand Button ScreenTip Text + Gets collection of filters - + - Expand Button ScreenTip Title + Gets or sets selected filter - + - Minimize Button ScreenTip Text + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for SelectedFilter. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Minimize Button ScreenTip Title + Gets selected filter title - + - Gets text for representing "More colors..." + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for SelectedFilterTitle. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Gets text for representing "No color" + Gets selected filter groups - + - Quick Access ToolBar DropDown Button ToolTip + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for SelectedFilterGroups. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Quick Access ToolBar Menu Header + Gets whether gallery has selected filter - + - Quick Access ToolBar Menu Minimize Quick Access Toolbar + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for HasFilter. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Quick Access ToolBar Minimize Quick Access Toolbar + Gets or sets whether gallery items can be selected - + - Quick Access ToolBar MoreControls Button ToolTip + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Selectable. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Quick Access ToolBar Menu Add Gallery + Gets whether gallery is last item in ItemsControl - + - Quick Access ToolBar Menu Add Group + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for IsLastItem. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Quick Access ToolBar Menu Add Item + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for IsLastItem. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Quick Access ToolBar Menu Add Menu + Static constructor - + - Ribbon Context Menu Customize Quick Access Toolbar + Default constructor - + + + + + + + + + + - Ribbon Context Menu Customize Quick Access Toolbar + Represents container of grouped gallery items in GalleryPanel or Gallery - + - Ribbon Context Menu Minimize Quick Access Toolbar + Gets or sets whether the header must be shown. + When the property is false this control uses to show all items without grouping - + - Quick Access ToolBar Menu Remove Item + for . - + - Ribbon Context Menu Minimize Quick Access Toolbar + Gets or sets panel orientation - + - Ribbon Context Menu Minimize Quick Access Toolbar + for . - + - Gets ScreenTip's disable reason header + Gets or sets a value that specifies the width of + all items that are contained within - + - Gets ScreenTip's disable reason header + for . - + - Change notifications are not implemented. - This class only implements to prevent WPF from trying to listen to changes by using other ways than listening for this event. + Gets or sets a value that specifies the height of + all items that are contained within - + - Contains localizable Ribbon's properties. - Set Culture property to change current Ribbon localization or - set properties independently to use your localization + for . - + - Occurs then property is changed + Gets or sets minimum items in which should be placed in one row. - + - Static instance of to ease it's usage in XAML. + for . - + - Gets or sets current culture used for localization. + Gets or sets maximum items in which should be placed in one row. - + - Gets or sets the current localization. + for . - + - Default constructor + Creates a new instance of . - + - Handles loading and saving the state of a from/to a , for temporary storage, and from/to , for persistent storage. + Static constructor - + + + + - Creates a new instance. + Determinates item's size (return Size.Empty in case of it is not possible) - The of which the state should be stored. + - + + + + - Finalizes an instance of the class. + Represents gallery group filter definition - + - Gets wether this object already got disposed. + Gets or sets title of filter - + - Gets wether state is currently loading. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Title. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Gets or sets whether state is loaded. + Gets or sets list pf groups splitted by comma - + - Gets name of the isolated storage file + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Groups. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Save current state to a temporary storage. + Represents gallery item - + + + + - Save current state to a persistent storage. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Keys. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Saves state to . + Gets a value that indicates whether a Button is currently activated. + This is a dependency property. - Stream - + - Create the serialized state data which should be saved later. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for IsPressed. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - which contains the serialized state data. - + - Load state from a temporary storage. + Gets or sets GalleryItem group - + - Loads the State from Isolated Storage (in user store for domain) + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Group. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - - Sets after it's finished to prevent a race condition with saving the state to the MemoryStream. - - + - Loads state from . + Gets or sets whether ribbon control click must close backstage or popup. - The to load the state from. - + - Loads state from . + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for IsDefinitive. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - The to load the state from. - + + + + + + + + + + - Loads state from . + Identifies the CommandParameter dependency property. - The to load the state from. - + - Loads quick access items from . + Identifies the routed Command dependency property. - Serialized data for generating quick access items. - + - Creates a quick access item () from the given . + Identifies the CommandTarget dependency property. - Serialized data for one quick access item. - The created quick access item or null of the creation failed. - + - Determines whether the given file exists in the given storage + Gets or sets the command to invoke when mouse enters or leaves this button. The commandparameter will be the instance. + This is a dependency property. - + - Get this which should be used to store the current state. + Identifies the PreviewCommand dependency property. - or if threw an exception. - + - Resets saved state. + Gets or sets the command to invoke when mouse enters or leaves this button. The commandparameter will be the instance. + This is a dependency property. - - Performs application-defined tasks associated with freeing, releasing, or resetting unmanaged resources. - - + - Performs application-defined tasks associated with freeing, releasing, or resetting unmanaged resources. + Identifies the PreviewCommand dependency property. - Defines wether managed resources should also be freed. - + - Represents additional context menu service + Handles Command changed - + - Attach needed parameters to control + Handles Command CanExecute changed - + + + + - Coerce control context menu + Occurs when a RibbonControl is clicked. - + - Represents logical sizes of a ribbon control + Identifies the RibbonControl.Click routed event. - + - Large size of a control + Raises click event - + - Middle size of a control + Static constructor - + - Small size of a control + Default constructor - + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + - Represents states of ribbon group + Handles click event + Sender + The event data + + + + + + - + - Large. All controls in the group will try to be large size + Represents internal class to use it in + GalleryPanel as placeholder for GalleryItems - + - Middle. All controls in the group will try to be middle size + Gets the target of the placeholder - + - Small. All controls in the group will try to be small size + Constructor + Target - - - Collapsed. Group will collapse its content in a single button - + + - - - QuickAccess. Group will collapse its content in a single button in quick access toolbar - + + - + - Represents class to determine .NET Framework version difference + Represents panel for Gallery and InRibbonGallery with grouping and filtering capabilities - + - Version of WPF + Used to prevent measures which cause the layout to flicker. + This is needed when the gallery panel has switched owners during InRibbonGallery popup open/close. - + - Gets UseLayoutRounding attached property value + Gets or sets whether gallery panel shows groups + (Filter property still works as usual) - - + - Gets UseLayoutRounding attached property value + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for IsGrouped. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for UseLayoutRounding. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Gets or sets property name to group items - + - Represents container of grouped gallery items in GalleryPanel or Gallery + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for GroupBy. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Gets or sets whether the header must be shown. - When the property is false this control uses to show all items without grouping + Gets or sets name of property which + will use to group items in the Gallery. - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for IsHeadered. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for GroupBy. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Gets or sets panel orientation + Gets or sets ItemContainerGenerator which generates the + user interface (UI) on behalf of its host, such as an ItemsControl. - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Orientation. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for ItemContainerGenerator. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + Gets or sets a value that specifies the width of all items that are contained within - + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for ItemWidth. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + Gets or sets a value that specifies the height of all items that are contained within - + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for ItemHeight. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Gets or sets minimum items quantity in row + Gets or sets groups names separated by comma which must be shown - + + + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Filter. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + + + + + Gets or sets maximum items quantity in row + + + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for ItemsInRow. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + Gets or sets maximum items quantity in row - + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for ItemsInRow. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Static constructor + Default constructor - + + + + + + + - Invoked when the property changes. + Updates MinWidth and MaxWidth of the gallery panel (based on MinItemsInRow and MaxItemsInRow) - Old value of the property.New value of the property. - + Determinates item's size (return Size.Empty in case of it is not possible) - + + + + + + + + + + + + + - Called to remeasure a control. + Represents group separator menu item - The size of the control, up to the maximum specified by constraint. - The maximum size that the method can return. - + - Represents internal class to use it in - GalleryPanel as placeholder for GalleryItems + Represents the In-Ribbon Gallery, a gallery-based control that exposes + a default subset of items directly in the Ribbon. Any remaining items + are displayed when a drop-down menu button is clicked - + + + + - Gets the target of the placeholder + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Size. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + + + + - Constructor + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for SizeDefinition. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - Target - + + + + - When overridden in a derived class, measures the size in layout - required for child elements and determines a size for the derived class. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Keys. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - - The size that this element determines it needs during layout, - based on its calculations of child element sizes. - - The available size that this element can - give to child elements. Infinity can be specified as a value to - indicate that the element will size to whatever content is available. - + + + + - Defines the template for WPF core-level arrange layout definition. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Header. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - - The final area within the parent that element should use to - arrange itself and its child elements. - + + + + - Represents panel for Gallery, InRibbonGallery, ComboBox - with grouping and filtering capabilities + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Icon. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Gets or sets whether gallery panel shows groups - (Filter property still works as usual) + Min width of the Gallery - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for IsGrouped. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for MinItemsInDropDownRow. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Gets or sets property name to group items + Max width of the Gallery - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for GroupBy. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for MaxItemsInDropDownRow. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + + + Gets or sets item width + + + + + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for ItemWidth. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + + + + + Gets or sets item height + + + + + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for ItemHeight. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + + + Gets or sets name of property which will use to group items in the Gallery. - + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for GroupBy. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Gets or sets ItemContainerGenerator which generates the - user interface (UI) on behalf of its host, such as an ItemsControl. + Gets or sets name of property which + will use to group items in the Gallery. - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for ItemContainerGenerator. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for GroupBy. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Gets or sets group style + Gets or sets orientation of gallery - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for GroupHeaderStyle. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Orientation. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Gets or sets a value that specifies the width of - all items that are contained within + Gets collection of filters - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for ItemWidth. + Gets or sets selected filter + + + + + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for SelectedFilter. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Gets or sets a value that specifies the height of - all items that are contained within + Gets selected filter title - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for ItemHeight. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for SelectedFilterTitle. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Gets or sets groups names separated by comma which must be shown + Gets selected filter groups - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Filter. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for SelectedFilterGroups. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Gets or sets maximum items quantity in row + Gets whether gallery has selected filter - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for ItemsInRow. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for HasFilter. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Gets or sets maximum items quantity in row + Gets or sets whether gallery items can be selected - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for ItemsInRow. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Selectable. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + + + + + + + + + + - Default constructor + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for IsOpen. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Gets the number of visual child elements within this element. + Gets or sets context menu resize mode - + - Overrides System.Windows.Media.Visual.GetVisualChild(System.Int32), - and returns a child at the specified index from a collection of child elements. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for ResizeMode. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - The zero-based index of the requested - child element in the collection - The requested child element. This should not return null; - if the provided index is out of range, an exception is thrown - + - Updates MinWidth and MaxWidth of the gallery panel (based on MinItemsInRow and MaxItemsInRow) + Gets or sets whether InRibbonGallery - + - Determinates item's size (return Size.Empty in case of it is not possible) + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for CanCollapseToButton. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - - + - Invoked when the VisualCollection of a visual object is modified. + Gets whether InRibbonGallery is collapsed to button - The Visual that was added to the collection. - The Visual that was removed from the collection. - + - When overridden in a derived class, measures the size in - layout required for child elements and determines a size - for the derived class. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for IsCollapsed. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - - The size that this element determines it needs during layout, - based on its calculations of child element sizes. - - The available size that this element can give - to child elements. Infinity can be specified as a value to indicate that - the element will size to whatever content is available. - + + + + - When overridden in a derived class, positions child elements - and determines a size for a derived class. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for SmallIcon. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - The actual size used. - The final area within the parent that this - element should use to arrange itself and its children. - + - Gets an enumerator that can iterate the logical child elements of this element. + Snaps / Unsnaps the Visual + (remove visuals and substitute with freezed image) - - An . This property has no default value. - - + - Represents control that have drop down popup + Gets or sets menu to show in combo box bottom - + - Gets drop down popup + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Menu. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Gets a value indicating whether control context menu is opened + Gets or sets max count of items in row - + - Gets or sets a value indicating whether drop down is opened + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for MaxItemsInRow. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Base interface for controls supports key tips + Gets or sets min count of items in row - + - Gets and sets KeyTip for element. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for MaxItemsInRow. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Handles key tip pressed + Get or sets max height of drop down popup - + - Handles back navigation with KeyTips + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for MaxDropDownHeight. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Base interface for Fluent controls + Get or sets max width of drop down popup - + - Gets or sets Size for the element + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for MaxDropDownWidth. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Gets or sets SizeDefinition for element + Gets or sets initial dropdown height - + - Gets or sets Icon for the element + /Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for DropDownHeight. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Interface for controls that support -Behavior + Gets or sets initial dropdown width - + - Gets or sets the name of the group that the toggle button belongs to. - Use the GroupName property to specify a grouping of toggle buttons to - create a mutually exclusive set of controls. You can use the GroupName - property when only one selection is possible from a list of available - options. When this property is set, only one ToggleButton in the specified - group can be selected at a time. + /Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for DropDownWidth. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Gets or sets a value indicating whether SplitButton is checked + for . - + - Gets a value indicating whether the ToggleButton is fully loaded + Gets or sets the height of the container which hosts the . - - Gets the logical parent element of this element. - This element's logical parent. + + - - - Class for several commands belonging to the Ribbon - + + - - - Gets the value that represents the Open Backstage command - + + - + - Enables the use of behaviors in styles + Initializes static members of the class. - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Behaviors. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Default constructor - - - Gets Behaviors for element - + + - + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + - Sets Behaviors for element + Represents KeyTip control - + - Just a for + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Keys. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Creates a new instance of the . + Sets value of attached property Keys for the given element - - The new instance. - + The given element + Value - + - Dismiss popup mode + Gets value of the attached property Keys of the given element + The given element - + - Always dismiss popup + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for AutoPlacement. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Dismiss only if mouse is not over popup + Sets whether key tip placement is auto + or defined by alignment and margin properties + The given element + Value - + - Dismiss popup arguments + Gets whether key tip placement is auto + or defined by alignment and margin properties + The given element - + - Popup dismiss mode + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for HorizontalAlignment. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Standard constructor + Sets Horizontal Alignment of the key tip + The given element + Value - + - Constructor + Gets Horizontal alignment of the key tip - Dismiss mode + The given element - + - When overridden in a derived class, provides a way to invoke event handlers in a type-specific way, which can increase efficiency over the base implementation. + Gets vertical alignment of the key tip - The generic handler / delegate implementation to be invoked.The target on which the provided handler should be invoked. + The given element - + - Represent additional popup functionality + Sets vertical alignment of the key tip + The given element + Value - + - Occurs then popup is dismissed + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for VerticalAlignment. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Raises DismissPopup event (Async) + Gets margin of the key tip + The key tip + Margin - + - Raises DismissPopup event + Sets margin of the key tip + The key tip + Value - + - Set needed parameters to control + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Margin. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - Control type - + - Handles PreviewMouseDownOutsideCapturedElementEvent event + Represents menu item - + + + + - Handles lost mouse capture event + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Size. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + + + + - Returns true whether parent is ancestor of element + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for SizeDefinition. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - Parent - Element - Returns true whether parent is ancestor of element - + + + + - Handles dismiss popup event + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Keys. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + + + + + + + - Returns true whether mouse is physically over the popup + Useless property only used in secon level application menu items - Element - Returns true whether mouse is physically over the popup - + - Returns true whether mouse is physically over the element + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Description. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - Element - Returns true whether mouse is physically over the element - + + + + - Handles context menu opened event + Gets or sets whether ribbon control click must close backstage - + - Handles context menu closed event + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for IsDefinitive. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Represents Fluent UI specific RadioButton + Gets or sets context menu resize mode - + - Gets or sets Size for the element. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for ResizeMode. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Size. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Get or sets max height of drop down popup - + - Gets or sets SizeDefinition for element. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for MaxDropDownHeight. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for SizeDefinition. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Gets or sets a value indicating whether menu item is splited - + - Gets or sets KeyTip for element. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for IsSplited. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + + + + + + + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Keys. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for GroupName. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + + + + + + + - Gets or sets element Text + Initializes static members of the class. - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Header. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Initializes a new instance of the class. - + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Helper for setting on . + to set on. + RecognizesAccessKey property value. + + + Helper for getting from . + to read from. + RecognizesAccessKey property value. + + - Gets or sets Icon for the element + Defines if access keys should be recognized. - + + + + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Icon. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Handles quick access button drop down menu opened - + - Gets or sets button large icon + Handles quick access button drop down menu closed - + + + + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for SmallIcon. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for CanAddToQuickAccessToolBar. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + + + + + + + + + + + + + - Static constructor + Returns logical parent; either Parent or ItemsControlFromItemContainer(this). + + Copied from . + - + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + - Default constructor + This interface must be implemented for controls + which are intended to insert to quick access toolbar - + Gets control which represents shortcut item. This item MUST be syncronized with the original @@ -3345,5708 +3473,6039 @@ Control which represents shortcut item - + - Gets or sets whether control can be added to quick access toolbar + Gets or sets a value indicating whether control can be added to quick access toolbar - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for CanAddToQuickAccessToolBar. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Peresents quick access shortcut to another control - - + + + Default constructor + - + + + Gets or sets shortcut to the target control + + + + + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for shortcut. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + + + - + - Represents menu in combo box and gallery + The class responds to mine controls for QuickAccessToolBar - + - Creates or identifies the element that is used to display the given item. + Determines whether the given control can provide a quick access toolbar item - The element that is used to display the given item. + Control + True if this control is able to provide + a quick access toolbar item, false otherwise - + - Determines if the specified item is (or is eligible to be) its own container. + Gets control which represents quick access toolbar item - The item to check. - + Host control + Control which represents quick access toolbar item - + - Class to map from to + Finds the top supported control - + - Creates a new instance + Represents quick access toolbar - + - Creates a new instance + Occured when items are added or removed from Quick Access toolbar - + - Gets or sets the value for large group sizes + Gets items collection - + - Gets or sets the value for middle group sizes + Gets whether QuickAccessToolBar has overflow items - + - Gets or sets the value for small group sizes + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for HasOverflowItems. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Converts from to + Gets quick access menu items - + - Converts from to + Handles quick access menu items chages - + - Converts from to + Gets or sets whether quick access toolbar showes above ribbon - + - Gets the appropriate from , or depending on + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for ShowAboveRibbon. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - - - - - - - + - - Determines whether the specified object instances are considered equal. - The first object to compare. - The second object to compare. - true if the objects are considered equal; otherwise, false. If both and are null, the method returns true. - - - Determines whether the specified object instances are not considered equal. - The first object to compare. - The second object to compare. - true if the objects are not considered equal; otherwise, false. If both and are null, the method returns false. - - + - Returns a string that represents the current object. + Gets or sets whether user can change location of QAT - - A string that represents the current object. - - + - Represents ribbon status bar + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for CanQuickAccessLocationChanging. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Static constructor + Gets or sets whether the Menu-DropDown is visible or not. - + - Default constructor + for . - + - Creates or identifies the element that is used to display the given item. + Static constructor - The element that is used to display the given item. - - - Determines if the specified item is (or is eligible to be) its own container. - - The item to check. - true if the item is (or is eligible to be) its own container; otherwise, false. + + - + - Invoked when the property changes. + Handles show below menu item click - Information about the change. + Sender + The event data - + - Represents ribbon status bar item + Handles show above menu item click + Sender + The event data - - - Gets or sets ribbon status bar item - + + - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Title. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + We have to use this function because setting a very frequently is quite expensive - + - Gets or sets ribbon status bar value + First calls and then - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Value. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Gets or sets a custom action to generate KeyTips for items in this control. - + - Gets or sets whether status bar item is checked in menu + for . - + + + + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for IsChecked. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Represents Fluent UI specific RadioButton - + + + + - Occurs when status bar item checks + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Size. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + + + + - Occurs when status bar item unchecks + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for SizeDefinition. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + + + + - Static constructor + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Keys. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + + + + - Represents menu item in ribbon status bar menu + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Header. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + + + + - Gets or sets Ribbon Status Bar menu item + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Icon. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + + + + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for StatusBarItem. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for SmallIcon. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + Static constructor - + Default constructor - Ribbon Status Bar menu item - - - Represents separator to use in the TabControl - + + - + + + + - Static constructor + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for CanAddToQuickAccessToolBar. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + - Represents panel for status bar + Represents the main Ribbon control which consists of multiple tabs, each of which + containing groups of controls. The Ribbon also provides improved context + menus, enhanced screen tips, and keyboard shortcuts. - + - When overridden in a derived class, measures the size in layout required for child elements and determines a size for the -derived class. + Gets the current instance for storing the state of this control. - - The size that this element determines it needs during layout, based on its calculations of child element sizes. - - The available size that this element can give to child elements. Infinity can be specified as a value to indicate that the element will size to whatever content is available. - + - When overridden in a derived class, positions child elements and determines a size for a derived class. + Create a new instance for storing the state of this control. - - The actual size used. - - The final area within the parent that this element should use to arrange itself and its children. + Instance of a state storage class. - + - Represents custom Fluent UI TextBox + Minimal width of ribbon parent window - + - Gets or sets width of the value input part of textbox + Minimal height of ribbon parent window - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for InputWidth. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + for . - + - Static constructor + Gets or sets whether the default context menu should be enabled/used. - + - Creates a new instance. + Context menu for ribbon in current thread - + + + + + + + - Invoked when an unhandled System.Windows.Input.Keyboard.KeyUp�attached event reaches - an element in its route that is derived from this class. Implement this method to add class handling for this event. + Occurs when selected tab has been changed (be aware that SelectedTab can be null) - The System.Windows.Input.KeyEventArgs that contains the event data. - + - Gets control which represents shortcut item. - This item MUST be syncronized with the original - and send command to original one control. + Occurs when customize the ribbon - Control which represents shortcut item - + - Gets or sets whether control can be added to quick access toolbar + Occurs when customize quick access toolbar - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for CanAddToQuickAccessToolBar. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Occurs when IsMinimized property is changing - + - This method must be overridden to bind properties to use in quick access creating + Occurs when IsCollapsed property is changing - Toolbar item - - - - - + + + Gets or sets file menu control (can be application menu button, backstage button and so on) + - + - Gets or sets Size for the element. + for . - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Size. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Property for defining the start screen. - + - Gets or sets SizeDefinition for element. + for - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for SizeDefinition. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Property for defining the QuickAccessToolBar. - + - Gets or sets KeyTip for element. + for - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Keys. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Property for defining the TabControl. - + - Gets or sets element Text + for - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Header. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Gets or sets selected tab item - + - Gets or sets Icon for the element + for . - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Icon. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Gets or sets selected tab index - + - Represents gallery control. - Usually a gallery is hosted in context menu + for . - + - Min width of the Gallery + Gets the first visible TabItem - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for MinItemsInRow. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Gets the last visible TabItem - + - Max width of the Gallery + Gets currently active quick access elements. - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for MaxItemsInRow. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Gets a copy of currently active quick access elements. - + - Gets or sets name of property which - will use to group items in the Gallery. + Gets ribbon titlebar - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for GroupBy. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + for . - + - Gets or sets name of property which - will use to group items in the Gallery. + Gets or sets whether quick access toolbar showes above ribbon - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for GroupBy. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for ShowAboveRibbon. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Gets or sets orientation of gallery + Handles ShowQuickAccessToolBarAboveRibbon property changed + Object + The event data - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Orientation. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Gets or sets the height which is used to render the window title. - + - Gets or sets item width + for . - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for ItemWidth. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Gets collection of contextual tab groups - + - Gets or sets item height + Handles collection of contextual tab groups ghanges + Sender + The event data - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for ItemHeight. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + gets collection of ribbon tabs - + - Gets collection of filters + Handles collection of ribbon tabs changed + Sender + The event data - + - Gets or sets selected filter + Gets collection of toolbar items - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for SelectedFilter. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Handles collection of toolbar items changes + Sender + The event data - + + + + - Gets selected filter title + Gets collection of quick access menu items - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for SelectedFilterTitle. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Handles collection of quick access menu items changes + Sender + The event data - + - Gets selected filter groups + Gets or sets whether Customize Quick Access Toolbar menu item is shown - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for SelectedFilterGroups. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for CanCustomizeQuickAccessToolBar. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Gets whether gallery has selected filter + Gets or sets whether items can be added or removed from the quick access toolbar by users. - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for HasFilter. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for CanCustomizeQuickAccessToolBarItems. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Gets or sets whether gallery items can be selected + Gets or sets whether the QAT Menu-DropDown is visible or not. - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Selectable. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + for . - + - Gets whether gallery is last item in ItemsControl + Gets or sets whether Customize Ribbon menu item is shown - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for IsLastItem. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for CanCustomizeRibbon. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for IsLastItem. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Gets or sets whether ribbon can be minimized - + - Static constructor + Gets or sets whether ribbon is minimized - + - Default constructor + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for IsMinimized. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Creates or identifies the element that is used to display the given item. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for CanMinimize. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - The element that is used to display the given item. - + - Determines if the specified item is (or is eligible to be) its own container. + Gets or sets the height of the gap between the ribbon and the regular window content - The item to check. - - + - When overridden in a derived class, is invoked whenever application code or internal processes call . + DependencyProperty for - + - Represents gallery group filter definition + Gets or sets the height of the ribbon content area - + - Gets or sets title of filter + for - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Title. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Gets whether ribbon is collapsed - + - Gets or sets list pf groups splitted by comma + DependencyProperty for - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Groups. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Defines if the Ribbon should automatically set when the width or height of the owner window drop under or - + - Represents gallery item + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for IsCollapsed. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Gets or sets KeyTip for element. + Gets or sets whether QAT is visible - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Keys. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for IsQuickAccessToolBarVisible. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Gets a value that indicates whether a Button is currently activated. - This is a dependency property. + Gets or sets whether user can change location of QAT - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for IsPressed. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for CanQuickAccessLocationChanging. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Gets or sets GalleryItem group + for . - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Group. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Defines whether tab headers are visible or not. - + - Gets or sets whether ribbon control click must close backstage or popup. + for . - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for IsDefinitive. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Defines whether tab headers are visible or not. - + - Gets or sets the command to invoke when this button is pressed. This is a dependency property. + DependencyProperty for - + - Gets or sets the parameter to pass to the System.Windows.Controls.Primitives.ButtonBase.Command property. This is a dependency property. + Defines whether scrolling by mouse wheel is enabled or not. - + - Gets or sets the element on which to raise the specified command. This is a dependency property. + Checks if any keytips are visible. - + - Identifies the CommandParameter dependency property. + for . - + - Identifies the routed Command dependency property. + Defines whether handling of key tips is enabled or not. - + - Identifies the CommandTarget dependency property. + Defines the keys that are used to activate the key tips. - + - Gets or sets the command to invoke when mouse enters or leaves this button. The commandparameter will be the instance. - This is a dependency property. + Gets add to quick access toolbar command - + - Identifies the PreviewCommand dependency property. + Gets remove from quick access command - + - Gets or sets the command to invoke when mouse enters or leaves this button. The commandparameter will be the instance. - This is a dependency property. + Gets show quick access above command - + - Identifies the PreviewCommand dependency property. + Gets show quick access below command - + - Handles Command changed + Gets toggle ribbon minimize command - + - Handles Command CanExecute changed + Gets customize quick access toolbar command - + - Gets a value that becomes the return - value of IsEnabled in derived classes. + Gets customize the ribbon command - - true if the element is enabled; otherwise, false. - - + - Occurs when a RibbonControl is clicked. + Initializes static members of the class. - + - Identifies the RibbonControl.Click routed event. + Default constructor - + + + + + + + + + + - Raises click event + Called when the is closed, so that we set it to null. - + - Static constructor + Determines whether the given element is in quick access toolbar + Element + True if element in quick access toolbar - + - Default constructor + Adds the given element to quick access toolbar + Element - + - Provides class handling for the System.Windows.UIElement.MouseLeftButtonDown routed event that occurs - when the left mouse button is pressed while the mouse pointer is over this control. + Removes the given elements from quick access toolbar - The event data. + Element - + - Invoked when an unhandled  attached event reaches an element in its route that is derived from this class. Implement this method to add class handling for this event. + Clears quick access toolbar - The that contains event data. - + - Provides class handling for the System.Windows.UIElement.MouseLeftButtonUp routed event that occurs - when the left mouse button is released while the mouse pointer is over this control. + Traverse logical tree and find QAT items, remember paths - The event data. - + - Called when the mouse enters a . + Gets or sets whether Quick Access ToolBar can + save and load its state automatically - The event data. - + - Called when the mouse leaves a . + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for AutomaticStateManagement. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - The event data. - + - Handles click event + Represents contextual groups container - Sender - The event data - + - + - + - An effect that turns the input into shades of a single color. + Represents contextual tab group - + - Dependency property for Input + for - + - Dependency property for FilterColor + Gets or sets the foreground brush to be used for a selected belonging to this group. - + - Default constructor + for - + - Impicit input + Gets or sets the foreground brush to be used when the mouse is over a belonging to this group. - + - The color used to tint the input. + for - + - Icon converter provides application default icon if user-defined is not present. + Gets or sets the foreground brush to be used when the mouse is over a selected belonging to this group. - - - - - - - + - Represents the In-Ribbon Gallery, a gallery-based control that exposes - a default subset of items directly in the Ribbon. Any remaining items - are displayed when a drop-down menu button is clicked + Gets or sets group header - + - Gets or sets Size for the element. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Header. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Size. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Handles header chages + Object + The event data. - + - Gets or sets SizeDefinition for element. + Gets collection of tab items - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for SizeDefinition. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Gets or sets the visibility this group for internal use (this enables us to hide this group when all items in this group are hidden) - + - Gets or sets KeyTip for element. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for InnerVisibility. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Keys. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Gets the first visible TabItem in this group - + - Gets or sets element Text + Gets the first visible TabItem in this group - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Header. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Gets the last visible TabItem in this group - + - Gets or sets Icon for the element + Static constructor - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Icon. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Handles visibility prioperty changed + Object + The event data - + - Min width of the Gallery + Default constructor - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for MinItemsInDropDownRow. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Appends tab item + Ribbon tab item - + - Max width of the Gallery + Removes tab item + Ribbon tab item - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for MaxItemsInDropDownRow. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Updates the group border - + + + + - Gets or sets item width + Updates the Visibility of the inner container - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for ItemWidth. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Represent base class for Fluent controls - + + + + - Gets or sets item height + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Keys. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + + + + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for ItemHeight. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Header. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + + + + - Gets or sets name of property which - will use to group items in the Gallery. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Icon. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for GroupBy. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Called when changes. - + + + + + + + + + + - Gets or sets name of property which - will use to group items in the Gallery. + Identifies the CommandParameter dependency property. - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for GroupBy. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Identifies the routed Command dependency property. - + - Gets or sets orientation of gallery + Identifies the CommandTarget dependency property. - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Orientation. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Handles Command changed - + - Gets collection of filters + Handles Command CanExecute changed - + + + + + + + - Gets or sets selected filter + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Size. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + + + + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for SelectedFilter. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for SizeDefinition. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Gets selected filter title + Static constructor - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for SelectedFilterTitle. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Default Constructor - + + + + - Gets selected filter groups + Binds default properties of control to quick access element + Source item + Toolbar item - + + + + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for SelectedFilterGroups. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for CanAddToQuickAccessToolBar. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Gets whether gallery has selected filter + Occurs then CanAddToQuickAccessToolBar property changed - + + + + + + + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for HasFilter. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Returns screen workarea in witch control is placed + Control + Workarea in witch control is placed - + - Gets or sets whether gallery items can be selected + Returns monitor in witch control is placed + Control + Workarea in witch control is placed - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Selectable. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Get the parent . + The found or null of no parent could be found. - + + + + + + + + + + - Gets drop down popup + RibbonGroup represents a logical group of controls as they appear on + a RibbonTab. These groups can resize its content - + - Gets a value indicating whether context menu is opened + Get the responsible for rendering the header. - + - Gets or sets whether popup is opened + Get the responsible for rendering the header when is equal to . - + + + + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for IsOpen. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Keys. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Gets or sets context menu resize mode + for IsCollapsedHeaderContentPresenter. - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for ResizeMode. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Sets the value of . - + - Gets or sets whether InRibbonGallery + Gets the value of . - + + + + + + + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for CanCollapseToButton. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Gets or sets the current state of the group - + - Gets whether InRibbonGallery is collapsed to button + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for State. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for IsCollapsed. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + On state property changed + Object + The event data - + - Button large icon + Gets or sets scale index (for internal IRibbonScalableControl) - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for SmallIcon. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Gets or sets whether to reset cache when scalable control is scaled - + - Snaps / Unsnaps the Visual - (remove visuals and substitute with freezed image) + Gets or sets dialog launcher button visibility - + - Gets or sets menu to show in combo box bottom + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for IsLauncherVisible. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Menu. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Gets or sets key tip for dialog launcher button - + - Gets or sets max count of items in row + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for + LauncherKeys. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for MaxItemsInRow. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Gets or sets launcher button icon - + - Gets or sets min count of items in row + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for LauncherIcon. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for MaxItemsInRow. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Gets or sets launcher button text - + - Get or sets max height of drop down popup + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for LauncherIcon. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for MaxDropDownHeight. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Gets or sets the command to invoke when this button is pressed. This is a dependency property. - + - Get or sets max width of drop down popup + Gets or sets the parameter to pass to the System.Windows.Controls.Primitives.ButtonBase.Command property. This is a dependency property. - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for MaxDropDownWidth. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Gets or sets the element on which to raise the specified command. This is a dependency property. - + - Gets or sets initial dropdown height + Identifies the System.Windows.Controls.Primitives.ButtonBase.CommandParameter dependency property. - + - /Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for DropDownHeight. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Identifies the routed System.Windows.Controls.Primitives.ButtonBase.Command dependency property. - + - Gets or sets initial dropdown width + Identifies the System.Windows.Controls.Primitives.ButtonBase.CommandTarget dependency property. - + - /Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for DropDownWidth. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Gets or sets launcher button tooltip - + - Occurs when control is scaled + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for LauncherToolTip. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Occurs when context menu is opened + Gets or sets whether launcher button is enabled - + - Occurs when context menu is closed + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for IsLauncherEnabled. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Initializes static members of the class. + Gets launcher button - + - Default constructor + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for LauncherButton. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - - - - + - + - Called when the selection changes. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for IsOpen. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - The event data. - + + + + - When overridden in a derived class, is invoked whenever application - code or internal processes call ApplyTemplate + Gets or sets icon - + - Handles size property changing + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Icon. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - Previous value - Current value - + - Creates or identifies the element that is used to display the given item. + Gets or sets whether the groupbox shows a separator. - The element that is used to display the given item. - + - Determines if the specified item is (or is eligible to be) its own container. + DependencyProperty for - The item to check. - - + - Invoked when the event is received. + Dialog launcher btton click event - Information about the event. - + + + + + + + - Gets control which represents shortcut item. - This item MUST be syncronized with the original - and send command to original one control. + Initializes static members of the class. - Control which represents shortcut item - + - Gets or sets whether control can be added to quick access toolbar + Default constructor - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for CanAddToQuickAccessToolBar. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Gets a panel with items + - + - Enlarge control size + Gets cmmon layout root for popup and groupbox + - + - Reduce control size + Snaps / Unsnaps the Visual + (remove visuals and substitute with freezed image) - + - Repesents scalable ribbon contol + Gets or sets intermediate state of the group box - + - Enlarge control size + Gets or sets intermediate scale of the group box - + - Reduce control size + Gets intermediate desired size - + - Occurs when contol is scaled + Clears cache - + - Represents ScrollViewer with modified hit test + Invalidates layout (with children) - + + + + + + + + + + - Performs a hit test to determine whether the specified - points are within the bounds of this ScrollViewer + Dialog launcher button click handler - The result of the hit test - The parameters for hit testing within a visual object + Sender + the event data - + - Represent logical container for toolbar items + Handles IsOpen propertyu changes + Object + The event data - + + + + + + + - Gets whether the group is the fisrt control in the row + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for CanAddToQuickAccessToolBar. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for IsFirstInRow. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Special wrap panel for . - + - Gets whether the group is the last control in the row + Creates a new instance. - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for IsFirstInRow. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Attached for SharedSizeGroupName. - + - Represent logical definition for a control in toolbar + Sets for . - + - Creates a new instance + Gets for . - + - Gets or sets Size for the element. + Attached for SharedSizeGroupName. - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Size. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Sets for . - + - Gets or sets SizeDefinition for element. + Gets for . - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for SizeDefinition. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + DependencyProperty for property. - + - Gets or sets name of the target control + The ItemWidth and ItemHeight properties specify the size of all items in the WrapPanel. + Note that children of + WrapPanel may have their own Width/Height properties set - the ItemWidth/ItemHeight + specifies the size of "layout partition" reserved by WrapPanel for the child. + If this property is not set (or set to "Auto" in markup or Double.NaN in code) - the size of layout + partition is equal to DesiredSize of the child element. - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for ControlName. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + DependencyProperty for property. - + - Gets or sets width of the target control + The ItemWidth and ItemHeight properties specify the size of all items in the WrapPanel. + Note that children of + WrapPanel may have their own Width/Height properties set - the ItemWidth/ItemHeight + specifies the size of "layout partition" reserved by WrapPanel for the child. + If this property is not set (or set to "Auto" in markup or Double.NaN in code) - the size of layout + partition is equal to DesiredSize of the child element. - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Width. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + DependencyProperty for property. - + - Occurs when a property value changes. + Specifies dimension of children positioning in absence of wrapping. + Wrapping occurs in orthogonal direction. For example, if Orientation is Horizontal, + the items try to form horizontal rows first and if needed are wrapped and form vertical stack of rows. + If Orientation is Vertical, items first positioned in a vertical column, and if there is + not enough space - wrapping creates additional columns in horizontal dimension. - + - Called when the size is changed + - Size before change - Size after change - + + + + + + + - Represent logical container for toolbar items + Represent panel with ribbon group. + It is automatically adjusting size of controls - + - Occures when children has been changed + Gets or sets reduce order of group in the ribbon panel. + It must be enumerated with comma from the first to reduce to + the last to reduce (use Control.Name as group name in the enum). + Enclose in parentheses as (Control.Name) to reduce/enlarge + scalable elements in the given group - + - Gets rows + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for ReduceOrder. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + Default constructor - - - Represents size definition for group box - + + - - - Gets rows - + + - + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + - Represent panel for group box panel + Not implemented - + - Gets or sets style for the separator + Not implemented - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for SeparatorStyle. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Not implemented - + - Gets children + Not implemented - + - Gets particular rules for layout in this group box panel + Not implemented - + - Gets the number of visual child elements within this element. + Not implemented - + - Overrides System.Windows.Media.Visual.GetVisualChild(System.Int32), - and returns a child at the specified index from a collection of child elements. + Not implemented - The zero-based index of the requested - child element in the collection - The requested child element. This should not return null; - if the provided index is out of range, an exception is thrown - + - Gets an enumerator for logical child elements of this element + Not implemented - + - Static constructor + Not implemented - + - Default constructor + Not implemented - + - Gets current used layout definition (or null if no present definitions) + Not implemented - Layout definition or null - + + + + + + + - Handles size property changing + Not implemented - Previous value - Current value - + - Measures all of the RibbonGroupBox, and resize them appropriately - to fit within the available room + Not implemented - The available size that - this element can give to child elements. - The size that the panel determines it needs during - layout, based on its calculations of child element sizes. - - + - When overridden in a derived class, positions child elements and determines - a size for a System.Windows.FrameworkElement derived class. + Not implemented - The final area within the parent that this - element should use to arrange itself and its children. - The actual size used. - + - Unified method for wrap panel logic + Represents menu in combo box and gallery - Available or final size - Pass true if measure required; pass false if arrange required - Final size - + + + + + + + - Layout logic for the given layout definition + Represents ScrollViewer with modified hit test - Current layout definition - Available or final size - Pass true if measure required; pass false if arrange required - Determines whether we have to add children to the logical and visual tree - Final size - + + + + - Gets control which represents shortcut item. - This item MUST be syncronized with the original - and send command to original one control. + Represents ribbon tab control - Control which represents shortcut item - + - Represents size definition for group box + Default value for . - + - Gets or sets Size for the element. + Default value for . - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Size. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Provides a value needed to add space to the popup to accomodate for overlapping keytips. - + - Gets or sets SizeDefinition for element. + Provides a value needed to add space to the popup to accomodate for overlapping keytips. - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for SizeDefinition. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Event which is fired when the, maybe listening, should be closed - + + + + + + + - Gets or sets count of rows in the ribbon toolbar + Gets or sets file menu control (can be application menu button, backstage button and so on) - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for RowCount. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Button. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - - - Gets rows - + + - + - Represents basic window for ribbon + Gets the responsible for displaying the selected tabs content. - + - Gets ribbon titlebar + Gets the responsible for displaying the selected tabs content. - + + + + - for . + Gets content of selected tab item - + - Gets or sets the height which is used to render the window title. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for . This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - for . + Gets or sets whether ribbon is minimized - + - Gets or sets the which is used to render the window title. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for . This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - for . + Gets or sets whether ribbon can be minimized - + - Gets or sets the which is used to render the window title background. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for . This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + + + + - for . + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for . This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for WindowCommands. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Defines if the currently selected item should draw it's highlight/selected borders - + - Gets or sets the window commands + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for . This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Gets or sets resize border thickness + Gets whether ribbon tabs can scroll - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for ResizeBorderTickness. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Gets or sets selected tab item - + - Gets or sets glass border thickness + Gets collection of ribbon toolbar items - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for GlassFrameThickness. - GlassFrameThickness != 0 enables the default window drop shadow. + Gets or sets the height of the content area. - + - Gets or sets whether icon is visible + for . - + - Gets or sets whether icon is visible + Gets or sets the height of the gap between the ribbon and the content - + - Gets whether window is collapsed + DependencyProperty for - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for IsCollapsed. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + for . - + - Defines if the Ribbon should automatically set when the width or height of the owner window drop under or + Defines whether tab headers are visible or not. - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for IsCollapsed. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + for . - + - Defines if the taskbar should be ignored and hidden while the window is maximized. + Defines whether tab headers are visible or not. - + - for . + DependencyProperty for - + - Static constructor + Defines whether scrolling by mouse wheel is enabled or not. - + - Default constructor + Initializes static members of the class. - + - Initializes the WindowChromeBehavior which is needed to render the custom WindowChrome. + Initializes a new instance of the class. - + - + - - - Gets the template child with the given name. - - The interface type inheirted from DependencyObject. - The name of the template child. + + - - - Represents spinner control - + + - - - Occurs when value has been changed - + + - - - Gets or sets current value - + + - - - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Value. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + + - - - Gets current text from the spinner - + + - - - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Text. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + + - + - Gets or sets a value added or subtracted from the value property + Selects the first tab if is false. - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Increment. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Implements custom placement for ribbon popup - + - Gets or sets minimun value + Raises an event causing the Backstage-View to be closed - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Minimum. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Gets the first visible item - + - Gets or sets maximum value + Gets the first visible and enabled item - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Maximum. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Represents ribbon tab item - + - Gets or sets string format of value + Gets or sets the which is used to render the background if this is the currently active/selected one. - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Format. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + for . - + - Gets or sets the amount of time, in milliseconds, - the Spinner waits while it is pressed before it starts repeating. - The value must be non-negative. This is a dependency property. + Gets or sets the which is used to render the border if this is the currently active/selected one. - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Delay. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + for . - - - Gets or sets the amount of time, in milliseconds, - between repeats once repeating starts. The value must be non-negative. - This is a dependency property. - + + - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Interval. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Keys. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - - - Gets or sets width of the value input part of spinner - - - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for InputWidth. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Gets ribbon groups container - + - Gets or sets a converter which is used to convert from text to double and from double to text. + Gets or sets whether ribbon is minimized - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for TextToValueConverter. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for IsMinimized. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Defines wether all text should be select as soon as this control gets focus. + Gets or sets whether ribbon is opened - + - for + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for IsOpen. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Static constructor + Gets or sets reduce order - + - Select all text in the Spinner. + Gets or sets whether tab item is contextual - + - When overridden in a derived class, is invoked whenever application code or internal processes call . + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for IsContextual. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - + - Invoked when an unhandled System.Windows.Input.Keyboard.KeyUp attached event reaches - an element in its route that is derived from this class. Implement this method to add class handling for this event. + Gets or sets whether tab item is selected - The System.Windows.Input.KeyEventArgs that contains the event data. - + - Gets control which represents shortcut item. - This item MUST be syncronized with the original - and send command to original one control. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for IsSelected. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - Control which represents shortcut item - + - This method must be overriden to bind properties to use in quick access creating + Gets ribbon tab control parent - Toolbar item - + - Represents button control that allows - you to add menu and handle clicks + Gets or sets the padding for the header. - + - Gets an enumerator for logical child elements of this element. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for HeaderPadding. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Gets or sets the command to invoke when this button is pressed. This is a dependency property. + Gets or sets whether separator is visible - + - Gets or sets the parameter to pass to the System.Windows.Controls.Primitives.ButtonBase.Command property. This is a dependency property. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for IsSeparatorVisible. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Gets or sets the element on which to raise the specified command. This is a dependency property. + Gets or sets ribbon contextual tab group - + - Identifies the CommandParameter dependency property. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Group. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Identifies the routed Command dependency property. + Gets or sets desired width of the tab item. + This is needed in case the width of is larger than it's tabs. - + - Identifies the CommandTarget dependency property. + Gets or sets whether tab item has left group border - + - Gets or sets the name of the group that the toggle button belongs to. - Use the GroupName property to specify a grouping of toggle buttons to - create a mutually exclusive set of controls. You can use the GroupName - property when only one selection is possible from a list of available - options. When this property is set, only one ToggleButton in the specified - group can be selected at a time. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for HaseLeftGroupBorder. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for GroupName. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Gets or sets whether tab item has right group border - + - Gets or sets a value indicating whether SplitButton is checked + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for HaseLeftGroupBorder. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for IsChecked. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + get collection of ribbon groups - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether SplitButton can be checked - + + - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for IsChecked. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + DependencyProperty for . - + - Gets or sets tooltip of dropdown part of split button + Gets or sets header template of tab item. - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for DropDownToolTip. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + DependencyProperty for . - + - Gets or sets a value indicating whether dropdown part of split button is enabled + Handles Focusable changes - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for IsDropDownEnabled. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Coerces Focusable - + - Gets or sets whether ribbon control click must close backstage + Static constructor - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for IsDefinitive. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Default constructor - - - Occurs when user clicks - + + - - - Occurs when user clicks - + + - - - Occurs when button is checked - + + - - - Occurs when button is checked - + + - + + + + + + + - Occurs when button is unchecked + Handles selected + The event data - + - Occurs when button is unchecked + handles unselected + The event data + + + + + + - + - Default constructor + Represent panel with ribbon tab items. + It is automatically adjusting size of tabs - + - When overridden in a derived class, is invoked - whenever application code or internal processes call ApplyTemplate + Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - Invoked when an unhandled System.Windows.UIElement.PreviewMouseLeftButtonDown routed event - reaches an element in its route that is derived from this class. Implement this method to add - class handling for this event. - - The System.Windows.Input.MouseButtonEventArgs that contains the event data. - The event data reports that the left mouse button was pressed. + + - - - Provides class handling for the routed event that occurs when the user presses a key. - - The event data for the event. + + - + - Gets control which represents shortcut item. - This item MUST be synchronized with the original - and send command to original one control. + Updates separator visibility - Control which represents shortcut item + If this parameter true, regular tabs will have separators + If this parameter true, contextual tabs will have separators - - - This method must be overridden to bind properties to use in quick access creating - - Toolbar item + + - - - Gets or sets whether button can be added to quick access toolbar - + + - - - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for CanAddButtonToQuickAccessToolBar. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + + - + - - - Helper-Class for switching states in ToggleButton-Groups - + + - - - Handles changes to - + + - - - Updates the states of all buttons inside the group which belongs to. - + + - - - Handles changes to - + + - + - Represents additional toltip functionality + Not implemented - - - Attach ooltip properties to control - - Control type + + - - - Represents specific label to use in particular ribbon controls - + + - + - Run with text + Not implemented - + - Gets or sets whether label must have two lines + Not implemented - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for HasTwoLines. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Not implemented - + - Handles HasTwoLines property changes + Not implemented - Object - The event data - - - Gets or sets whether label has glyph - + + - - - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for HasGlyph. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + + - + - Handles HasGlyph property changes + Not implemented - Object - The event data - + - Gets or sets labels text + Not implemented - + + + + + + + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Text. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Not implemented - + - Static constructor + Not implemented - + - Default constructor + Not implemented - + - When overridden in a derived class, is invoked whenever application code or internal - processes call System.Windows.FrameworkElement.ApplyTemplate(). + Helper class to hold scrolling data. + This class exists to reduce working set when SCP is delegating to another implementation of ISI. + Standard "extra pointer always for less data sometimes" cache savings model: - + - Handles text property changes + Scroll viewer - Object - The event data - + - Updates text run adds newline if HasTwoLines == true + Scroll offset - + - Represents group separator menu item + ViewportSize is computed from our FinalSize, but may be in different units. - + - Represents adorner for KeyTips. - KeyTipAdorners is chained to produce one from another. - Detaching root adorner couses detaching all adorners in the chain + Extent is the total size of our content. - + - This event is occured when adorner is - detached and is not able to be attached again + Represents title bar - + - Determines whether at least one on the adorners in the chain is alive + Gets or sets quick access toolbar - + - Construcotor + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for QuickAccessToolBar. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - Element to adorn. - Parent adorner or null. - The element which is container for elements. - + - Attaches this adorner to the adorned element + Gets or sets header alignment - + - Detaches this adorner from the adorned element + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for HeaderAlignment. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Terminate whole key tip's adorner chain + Defines whether title bar is collapsed - + - Forwards to the elements with the given keys + DependencyProperty for - Keys - If true the element will be clicked - If the element will be found the function will return true - + - Gets by keys. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for HideContextTabs. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - The keys to look for. - The associated with . - + - Determines if an of the keytips contained in this adorner start with + Gets or sets whether context tabs are hidden. - true if any keytip start with . Otherwise false. - + - Positions child elements and determines - a size for the control + Static constructor - The final area within the parent - that this element should use to arrange - itself and its children - The actual size used - + - Measures KeyTips + Creates a new instance. - The available size that this element can give to child elements. - The size that the groups container determines it needs during - layout, based on its calculations of child element sizes. - - + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + - Gets visual children count + Sometimes the relative position only changes after the arrange phase. + To compensate such sitiations we issue a second layout pass by invalidating our measure. + This situation can occur if, for example, the icon of a ribbon window has it's visibility changed. - + + + + - Returns a child at the specified index from a collection of child elements + Represent panel for group box panel - The zero-based index of the requested child element in the collection - The requested child element - + - Represents KeyTip control + Gets or sets style for the separator - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Keys. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for SeparatorStyle. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Sets value of attached property Keys for the given element + Gets children - The given element - Value - + - Gets value of the attached property Keys of the given element + Gets particular rules for layout in this group box panel - The given element - + + + + + + + + + + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for AutoPlacement. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Static constructor - + - Sets whether key tip placement is auto - or defined by alignment and margin properties + Default constructor - The given element - Value - + - Gets whether key tip placement is auto - or defined by alignment and margin properties + Gets current used layout definition (or null if no present definitions) - The given element + Layout definition or null - + + + + + + + + + + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for HorizontalAlignment. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Unified method for wrap panel logic + Available or final size + Pass true if measure required; pass false if arrange required + Final size - + - Sets Horizontal Alignment of the key tip + Layout logic for the given layout definition - The given element - Value + Current layout definition + Available or final size + Pass true if measure required; pass false if arrange required + Determines whether we have to add children to the logical and visual tree + Final size - + + + + - Gets Horizontal alignment of the key tip + Represent logical definition for a control in toolbar - The given element - + - Gets vertical alignment of the key tip + Creates a new instance - The given element - + - Sets vertical alignment of the key tip + Gets or sets Size for the element. - The given element - Value - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for VerticalAlignment. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Size. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Gets margin of the key tip + Gets or sets SizeDefinition for element. - The key tip - Margin - + - Sets margin of the key tip + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for SizeDefinition. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - The key tip - Value - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Margin. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Gets or sets name of the target control - + - Represents drop down button + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for ControlName. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Gets or sets Size for the element. + Gets or sets width of the target control - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Size. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Width. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + + + + + + + - Gets or sets SizeDefinition for element. + Represent logical container for toolbar items - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for SizeDefinition. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Gets whether the group is the fisrt control in the row - + - Gets or sets KeyTip for element. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for IsFirstInRow. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Keys. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Gets whether the group is the last control in the row - + - Gets drop down popup + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for IsFirstInRow. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Gets a value indicating whether context menu is opened + Represent logical container for toolbar items - + - Gets or sets element Text + Occures when children has been changed - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Header. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Gets rows - + - Gets or sets Icon for the element + Default constructor - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Icon. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Represents size definition for group box - + - Gets or sets button large icon + Gets or sets Size for the element. - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for SmallIcon. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Size. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Gets or sets whether button has triangle + Gets or sets SizeDefinition for element. - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for HasTriangle. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for SizeDefinition. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Gets or sets whether popup is opened + Gets or sets count of rows in the ribbon toolbar - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for IsOpen. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for RowCount. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Gets or sets context menu resize mode + Gets rows - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for ResizeMode. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Represents size definition for group box - + - Get or sets max height of drop down popup + Gets rows - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for MaxDropDownHeight. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Represents basic window for ribbon - - - Gets or sets initial dropdown height - + + - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for InitialDropDownHeight. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + for . - + - Gets or sets whether the popup of this drop down button should automatically be closed on mouse down. + Gets or sets the height which is used to render the window title. - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for ClosePopupOnMouseDown. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + for . - + - Gets or sets the delay in milliseconds to close the popup on mouse down. + Gets or sets the which is used to render the window title. - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for ClosePopupOnMouseDownDelay. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + for . - + - Occurs when context menu is opened + Gets or sets the which is used to render the window title background. - + - Occurs when context menu is closed + for . - + - Static constructor + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for WindowCommands. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Default constructor + Gets or sets the window commands - + - When overridden in a derived class, is invoked whenever application code or internal processes call . + Gets or sets resize border thickness. - + - Creates or identifies the element that is used to display the given item. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for ResizeBorderTickness. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - The element that is used to display the given item. - + - Determines if the specified item is (or is eligible to be) its own container. + for . - The item to check. - - + - Provides class handling for the routed event that occurs when the user presses a key. + Gets or sets a brush which is used as the glow when the window is active. - The event data for the event. - - - - - - - + - Called when drop down opened. + for . - + - Called when drop down closed. + Gets or sets a brush which is used as the glow when the window is not active. - + - Gets control which represents shortcut item. - This item MUST be synchronized with the original - and send command to original one control. + for . - Control which represents shortcut item - + - Handles quick access button drop down menu opened + Gets or sets a brush which is used as the border brush when the window is not active. - + - Handles quick access button drop down menu closed + Gets or sets whether icon is visible - + - This method must be overridden to bind properties to use in quick access creating + Gets or sets whether icon is visible - Toolbar item - + - Binds the DropDownClosed and DropDownOpened events to the created quick access item + Gets whether window is collapsed - Toolbar item - + - Gets or sets whether control can be added to quick access toolbar + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for IsCollapsed. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for CanAddToQuickAccessToolBar. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Defines if the Ribbon should automatically set when the width or height of the owner window drop under or - - - - + - Handles Alt, F10 and so on + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for IsCollapsed. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Checks if any keytips are visible. + Defines if the taskbar should be ignored and hidden while the window is maximized. - + - Default constrctor + for . - Host element - + - Attaches self + Static constructor - + - Detachs self + Default constructor - + - Represents menu item + Initializes the WindowChromeBehavior which is needed to render the custom WindowChrome. - + - Gets or sets Size for the element. + Initializes the GlowWindowBehavior which is needed to render the custom resize windows around the current window. - + + + + + + + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Size. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Gets the template child with the given name. + The interface type inheirted from DependencyObject. + The name of the template child. - + - Gets or sets SizeDefinition for element. + ScreenTips display the name of the control, + the keyboard shortcut for the control, and a brief description + of how to use the control. ScreenTips also can provide F1 support, + which opens help and takes the user directly to the related + help topic for the control whose ScreenTip was + displayed when the F1 button was pressed - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for SizeDefinition. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Static constructor - + - Gets or sets KeyTip for element. + Default constructor - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Keys. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Gets or sets title of the screen tip - + - Gets drop down popup + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Title. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Gets a value indicating whether context menu is opened + Gets or sets text of the screen tip - + - Useless property only used in secon level application menu items + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Text. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Description. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Gets or sets disable reason of the associated screen tip's control - + - Gets or sets whether popup is opened + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for DisableReason. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Gets or sets whether ribbon control click must close backstage + Gets or sets help topic of the ScreenTip - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for IsDefinitive. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for HelpTopic. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Gets or sets context menu resize mode + Gets or sets image of the screen tip - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for ResizeMode. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Image. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Get or sets max height of drop down popup + Shows or hides the Help Label - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for MaxDropDownHeight. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store the boolean. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Gets or sets a value indicating whether menu item is splited + Occurs when user press F1 on ScreenTip with HelpTopic filled - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for IsSplited. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Gets or set whether ScreenTip should positioned below Ribbon - + - Gets or sets the name of the group that the toggle button belongs to. - Use the GroupName property to specify a grouping of toggle buttons to - create a mutually exclusive set of controls. You can use the GroupName - property when only one selection is possible from a list of available - options. When this property is set, only one ToggleButton in the specified - group can be selected at a time. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for BelowRibbon. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for GroupName. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Event args for HelpPressed event handler - + - Occurs when context menu is opened + Constructor + Help topic - + - Occurs when context menu is closed + Gets help topic associated with screen tip - + - Initializes static members of the class. + Represents separator to use in the TabControl - + - Initializes a new instance of the class. + Static constructor - + - Gets control which represents shortcut item. - This item MUST be synchronized with the original - and send command to original one control. + Represents spinner control - Control which represents shortcut item - + - Handles quick access button drop down menu opened + Occurs when value has been changed - + - Handles quick access button drop down menu closed + Gets or sets current value - + - Gets or sets whether control can be added to quick access toolbar + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Value. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for CanAddToQuickAccessToolBar. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Gets current text from the spinner - - - - - - - + - Creates or identifies the element that is used to display the given item. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Text. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - The element that is used to display the given item. - + - Determines if the specified item is (or is eligible to be) its own container. + Gets or sets a value added or subtracted from the value property - The item to check. - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - + - Called when the left mouse button is released. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Increment. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - The event data for the event. - + - Called when a is clicked. + Gets or sets minimun value - + - Called when the template's tree is generated. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Minimum. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Responds to the event. + Gets or sets maximum value - The event data for the event. - + - This interface must be implemented for controls - which are intended to insert to quick access toolbar + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Maximum. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Gets control which represents shortcut item. - This item MUST be syncronized with the original - and send command to original one control. + Gets or sets string format of value - Control which represents shortcut item - + - Gets or sets a value indicating whether control can be added to quick access toolbar + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Format. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Peresents quick access shortcut to another control + Gets or sets the amount of time, in milliseconds, + the Spinner waits while it is pressed before it starts repeating. + The value must be non-negative. This is a dependency property. - + - Default constructor + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Delay. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Gets or sets shortcut to the target control + Gets or sets the amount of time, in milliseconds, + between repeats once repeating starts. The value must be non-negative. + This is a dependency property. - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for shortcut. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Interval. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Gets an enumerator for logical child elements of this element. + Gets or sets width of the value input part of spinner - + - The class responds to mine controls for QuickAccessToolBar + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for InputWidth. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Determines whether the given control can provide a quick access toolbar item + Gets or sets a converter which is used to convert from text to double and from double to text. - Control - True if this control is able to provide - a quick access toolbar item, false otherwise - + - Gets control which represents quick access toolbar item + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for TextToValueConverter. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - Host control - Control which represents quick access toolbar item - + - Finds the top supported control + Defines whether all text should be select as soon as this control gets focus. - + - Represents quick access toolbar + for - + - Occured when items are added or removed from Quick Access toolbar + Static constructor - + - Gets items collection + Select all text in the Spinner. - + - Gets whether QuickAccessToolBar has overflow items + When overridden in a derived class, is invoked whenever application code or internal processes call . - - - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for HasOverflowItems. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + + - + - Gets quick access menu items + Invoked when an unhandled System.Windows.Input.Keyboard.KeyUp attached event reaches + an element in its route that is derived from this class. Implement this method to add class handling for this event. + The System.Windows.Input.KeyEventArgs that contains the event data. - + - Handles quick access menu items chages + Gets control which represents shortcut item. + This item MUST be syncronized with the original + and send command to original one control. + Control which represents shortcut item - + - Gets or sets whether quick access toolbar showes above ribbon + This method must be overriden to bind properties to use in quick access creating + Toolbar item - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for ShowAboveRibbon. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Represents button control that allows + you to add menu and handle clicks - + + + + + + + + + + + + + - Gets an enumerator to the logical child elements + Identifies the CommandParameter dependency property. - + - Gets or sets whether user can change location of QAT + Identifies the routed Command dependency property. - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for CanQuickAccessLocationChanging. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Identifies the CommandTarget dependency property. - + + + + - Gets or sets whether the Menu-DropDown is visible or not. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for GroupName. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + + + + - for . + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for IsChecked. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Static constructor + Gets or sets a value indicating whether SplitButton can be checked - + - When overridden in a derived class, is invoked whenever application code or - internal processes call System.Windows.FrameworkElement.ApplyTemplate(). + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for IsChecked. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Handles show below menu item click + Gets or sets tooltip of dropdown part of split button - Sender - The event data - + - Handles show above menu item click + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for DropDownToolTip. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - Sender - The event data - + - Called to remeasure a control. + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the button part of split button is enabled. + If you want to disable the button part and the DropDown please use . - The size of the control, up to the maximum specified by constraint - The maximum size that the method can return - + - We have to use this function because setting a very frequently is quite expensive + for . - + - First calls and then + Gets or sets whether ribbon control click must close backstage - + - Gets or sets a custom action to generate KeyTips for items in this control. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for IsDefinitive. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - for . + for . - + - Represents the main Ribbon control which consists of multiple tabs, each of which - containing groups of controls. The Ribbon also provides improved context - menus, enhanced screen tips, and keyboard shortcuts. + Gets or sets the postfix for the primary keytip action. - + + Identifies the dependency property. + + - Gets the current instance for storing the state of this control. + Gets or sets the postfix for the secondary keytip action. - + + Identifies the dependency property. + + - Create a new instance for storing the state of this control. + Gets or sets the keytip for the secondary action. - Instance of a state storage class. - + - Minimal width of ribbon parent window + Occurs when user clicks - + - Minimal height of ribbon parent window + Occurs when user clicks - + - Context menu for ribbon in current thread + Occurs when button is checked - + - Invoked whenever an unhandled routed event reaches this class in its route. Implement this method to add class handling for this event. + Occurs when button is checked - The that contains the event data. - + - Invoked whenever an unhandled routed event reaches this class in its route. Implement this method to add class handling for this event. + Occurs when button is unchecked - Provides data about the event. - + - Occurs when selected tab has been changed (be aware that SelectedTab can be null) + Occurs when button is unchecked - + - Occurs when customize the ribbon + Occurs when button is unchecked - + - Occurs when customize quick access toolbar + Occurs when button is unchecked - + - Occurs when IsMinimized property is changing + Default constructor - + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + - Occurs when IsCollapsed property is changing + Gets or sets whether button can be added to quick access toolbar - + - Gets or sets file menu control (can be application menu button, backstage button and so on) + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for CanAddButtonToQuickAccessToolBar. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + + + + - for . + Represents the container for the . - + - Property for defining the start screen. + Indicates whether the has aleaady been shown or not. - + - for + for . - + - Property for defining the QuickAccessToolBar. + Shows the . - + - for + Hides the . - + - Property for defining the TabControl. + Control for representing the left and right side of the start screen. + + To control some aspects of the left handed side of this control please use properties prefixed with "ItemsPanel*". + - + - for + Left side panel content of the startscreen. - + - Gets or sets selected tab item + for . - + - for . + Defines the margin for - + - Gets or sets selected tab index + for . - + - for . + Right side panel content of the startscreen. - + - Gets the first visible TabItem + for . - + - Gets the last visible TabItem + Static constructor. - + - Gets currently active quick access elements. + Represents ribbon status bar - + - Gets a copy of currently active quick access elements. + Static constructor - + - Gets ribbon titlebar + Default constructor - + + + + + + + + + + - for . + Represents ribbon status bar item - + - Gets or sets whether quick access toolbar showes above ribbon + Gets or sets ribbon status bar item - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for ShowAboveRibbon. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Title. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Handles ShowQuickAccessToolBarAboveRibbon property changed + Gets or sets ribbon status bar value - Object - The event data - + - Gets or sets the height which is used to render the window title. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Value. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - for . + Gets or sets whether status bar item is checked in menu - + - Gets collection of contextual tab groups + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for IsChecked. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Handles collection of contextual tab groups ghanges + Occurs when status bar item checks - Sender - The event data - + - gets collection of ribbon tabs + Occurs when status bar item unchecks - + - Handles collection of ribbon tabs changed + Static constructor - Sender - The event data - + - Gets collection of toolbar items + Represents menu item in ribbon status bar menu - + - Handles collection of toolbar items changes + Gets or sets Ribbon Status Bar menu item - Sender - The event data - + - Gets an enumerator for logical child elements of this element. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for StatusBarItem. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Gets collection of quick access menu items + Static constructor - + - Handles collection of quick access menu items changes + Default constructor - Sender - The event data + Ribbon Status Bar menu item - + - Gets or sets whether Customize Quick Access Toolbar menu item is shown + Represents panel for status bar - + + + + + + + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for CanCustomizeQuickAccessToolBar. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Represents custom Fluent UI TextBox - + - Gets or sets whether items can be added or removed from the quick access toolbar by users. + Gets or sets width of the value input part of textbox - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for CanCustomizeQuickAccessToolBarItems. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for InputWidth. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Gets or sets whether the QAT Menu-DropDown is visible or not. + Static constructor - + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + - for . + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for CanAddToQuickAccessToolBar. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Gets or sets whether Customize Ribbon menu item is shown + This method must be overridden to bind properties to use in quick access creating + Toolbar item - + + + + + + + + + + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for CanCustomizeRibbon. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Size. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - - - Gets or sets whether ribbon can be minimized - + + - + - Gets or sets whether ribbon is minimized + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for SizeDefinition. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + + + + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for IsMinimized. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Keys. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - - - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for CanMinimize. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + + - + - Gets or sets the height of the gap between the ribbon and the regular window content + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Header. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - - - DependencyProperty for - + + - + - Gets or sets the height of the ribbon content area + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Icon. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - - - for - + + - - - Gets whether ribbon is collapsed - + + + + + - + - DependencyProperty for + Represents toggle button - - - Defines if the Ribbon should automatically set when the width or height of the owner window drop under or - + + - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for IsCollapsed. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Size. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - - - Gets or sets whether QAT is visible - + + - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for IsQuickAccessToolBarVisible. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for SizeDefinition. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + + + + - Gets or sets whether user can change location of QAT + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Keys. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + + + + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for CanQuickAccessLocationChanging. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for GroupName. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + + + + - DependencyProperty for + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Header. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + + + + - Defines wether scrolling by mouse wheel is enabled or not. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Icon. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + + + + - Checks if any keytips are visible. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for SmallIcon. + This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - for . + Gets or sets whether ribbon control click must close backstage - + - Defines wether handling of key tips is enabled or not. + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for IsDefinitive. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Gets add to quick access toolbar command + Initializes static members of the class. - + - Gets remove from quick access command + Initializes a new instance of the class. - + + + + + + + - Gets show quick access above command + Used to call OnClick (which is protected) - + + + + + + + - Gets show quick access below command + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for CanAddToQuickAccessToolBar. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + - Gets toggle ribbon minimize command + Represents specific label to use in particular ribbon controls - + - Gets customize quick access toolbar command + Run with text - + - Gets customize the ribbon command + Gets or sets whether label must have two lines - + - Initializes static members of the class. + for . - + - Default constructor + Handles HasTwoLines property changes + Object + The event data - + - Invoked whenever an unhandled System.Windows.UIElement.GotFocus - event reaches this element in its route. + Gets or sets whether label has glyph - The System.Windows.RoutedEventArgs that contains the event data. - + - When overridden in a derived class, is invoked whenever application code or - internal processes call System.Windows.FrameworkElement.ApplyTemplate(). + for . - + - Called when the is closed, so that we set it to null. + Handles HasGlyph property changes + Object + The event data - + - Determines whether the given element is in quick access toolbar + Gets or sets the text - Element - True if element in quick access toolbar - + - Adds the given element to quick access toolbar + for . - Element - + - Removes the given elements from quick access toolbar + Static constructor - Element - + + + + + + + - Clears quick access toolbar + Handles text property changes + Object + The event data - + - Traverse logical tree and find QAT items, remember paths + Updates text runs and adds newline if HasTwoLines == true - + - Gets or sets whether Quick Access ToolBar can - save and load its state automatically + Helper control which enables easy embedding of window steering functions. - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for AutomaticStateManagement. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Static constructor - + + + + + + + - Represents contextual tab group + Extracts right content presenter of application menu converter - + + + + + + + - Gets or sets group header + Converts to a and back. - + + + + + + + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Header. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Checks equality of value and the converter parameter. + Returns if they are equal. + Returns if they are NOT equal. - + + + + + + + - Handles header chages + Used to invert numbers - Object - The event data. - + + + + + + + - Gets collection of tab items + Converts null to true and not null to false. - + - Gets or sets the visibility this group for internal use (this enables us to hide this group when all items in this group are hidden) + A singleton instance for . - + + + + + + + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for InnerVisibility. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Converts , , or to or (dependent upon target type). + When converting you can pass a desired size as the converter parameter. + The returned will be the closest found in the provided image. + + - This converter is also a to be able to extract the from the target control. + - This converter is also a . The order for parameters/values is: + 0 = value to convert + 1 = visual target or desired size + 2 = desired size + Index checks are applied during value extraction, so providing null or just the value to convert are considered valid. + - + - Gets the first visible TabItem in this group + Creates a new instance. - + - Gets the first visible TabItem in this group + Creates a new instance. + The object or binding to which the converter should be applied to. - + - Gets the last visible TabItem in this group + Creates a new instance. + The object or binding to which the converter should be applied to. + The desired size for the image. - + - Static constructor + Creates a new instance. + The object or binding to which the converter should be applied to. + The desired size for the image. - + - Handles visibility prioperty changed + Creates a new instance. - Object - The event data + The object or binding to which the converter should be applied to. + The desired size for the image. + The target visual on which the image/icon should be shown. - + - Default constructor + The target visual on which the image/icon should be shown. - + - Appends tab item + The binding to which the converter should be applied to. - Ribbon tab item - + - Removes tab item + The binding for the desired size for the image. - Ribbon tab item - + + + + + + + - Updates the group border + Returns the value to convert. - + - + + + + + + + - Updates the Visibility of the inner container + Extracts an from which closest matches the . + Value from which the should be extracted. It can be of type + The desired size to extract from . + An frozen which closest matches - + - Represents contextual groups container + Extracts an from which closest matches the . + Value from which the should be extracted. It can be of type + The target on which the will be used. + The desired size to extract from . + An frozen which closest matches - + - When overridden in a derived class, positions child elements and determines a size for - a System.Windows.FrameworkElement derived class. + Extracts an from which closest matches the . - The final area within the parent that this element should - use to arrange itself and its children. - The actual size used. + Value from which the should be extracted. It can be of type + The desired size to extract from . + An which closest matches - + - When overridden in a derived class, measures the size in layout required for - child elements and determines a size for the System.Windows.FrameworkElement-derived class. + Extracts an from which closest matches the . - The available size that this element can give to child elements. - Infinity can be specified as a value to indicate that the element will size to whatever content is available. - The size that this element determines it needs during layout, based on its calculations of child element sizes. + Value from which the should be extracted. It can be of type + /// The target on which the will be used. + The desired size to extract from . + An which closest matches - + - Represents title bar + Get the scaled desired size. - + - Gets or sets quick access toolbar + Get the scaled desired size. - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for QuickAccessToolBar. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Class which enables conversion from to - + + + + + + + - Gets or sets header alignment + Converter class which converts from to and back. - + + + + + + + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for HeaderAlignment. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Converts the given to a . + The value converted from or if the conversion fails. - + - Defines whether title bar is collapsed + Converts to a formatted text using . + converted to a . - + - DependencyProperty for + Hold static instances of several commonly used converters. - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for HideContextTabs. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Get a static instance of - + - Gets or sets whether context tabs are hidden. + Get a static instance of - + - Static constructor + Get a static instance of - + - Creates a new instance. + Get a static instance of - - - - - - - - + + + Get a static instance of + - - + + + Used to convert from four double values to + - + - + - - + + + Icon converter provides window or application default icon if user-defined is not present. + - - + + + Creates a new instance. + + The binding to which the converter should be applied to. - + - Sometimes the relative position only changes after the arrange phase. - To compensate such sitiations we issue a second layout pass by invalidating our measure. - This situation can occur if, for example, the icon of a ribbon window has it's visibility changed. + Creates a new instance. + The binding to which the converter should be applied to. + The target visual on which the image/icon should be shown. - + - ScreenTips display the name of the control, - the keyboard shortcut for the control, and a brief description - of how to use the control. ScreenTips also can provide F1 support, - which opens help and takes the user directly to the related - help topic for the control whose ScreenTip was - displayed when the F1 button was pressed + Creates a new instance. + The binding to which the converter should be applied to. + The desired size for the image. + The target visual on which the image/icon should be shown. - + + + + - Static constructor + Container class for KeyTip informations - + - Default constructor + Creates a new instance. + The keys to be used for . + The element to which this instance belongs to. + Defines if the created should be hidden or not. - + - Gets or sets title of the screen tip + Gets - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Title. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Gets the element this instance belongs to. - + - Gets or sets text of the screen tip + Gets or sets the element which acts as the visual target. - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Text. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Gets the initial visibility. - + - Gets or sets disable reason of the associated screen tip's control + Gets the for . - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for DisableReason. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Gets or sets the position of . - + - Gets or sets help topic of the ScreenTip + Gets or sets the backed up value of of - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for HelpTopic. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Gets from . - + - Gets or sets image of the screen tip + Gets or sets from . - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Image. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Gets from - + - Shows or hides the Help Label + Represents the result of . - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store the boolean. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + An empty default instance. - + - Occurs when user press F1 on ScreenTip with HelpTopic filled + Creates a new instance. + Defines if the pressed element aquired focus or not. + Defines if the pressed element opened a popup or not. - + - Gets or set whether ScreenTip should positioned below Ribbon + Defines if the pressed element aquired focus or not. - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for BelowRibbon. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Defines if the pressed element opened a popup or not. - + - Event args for HelpPressed event handler + Class to map from to - + - Gets help topic associated with screen tip + Creates a new instance - + - Constructor + Creates a new instance - Help topic - + - Represent panel with ribbon tab items. - It is automatically adjusting size of tabs + Gets or sets the value for large group sizes - + - Initializes a new instance of the class. + Gets or sets the value for middle group sizes - + - Measures all of the RibbonGroupBox, and resize them appropriately - to fit within the available room + Gets or sets the value for small group sizes - The available size that this element can give to child elements. - The size that the groups container determines it needs during - layout, based on its calculations of child element sizes. - - + - Positions child elements and determines - a size for the control + Converts from to - The final area within the parent - that this element should use to arrange - itself and its children - The actual size used - + - Updates separator visibility + Converts from to - If this parameter true, regular tabs will have separators - If this parameter true, contextual tabs will have separators - + - Gets or sets a System.Windows.Controls.ScrollViewer element that controls scrolling behavior. + Converts from to - + - Sets the amount of horizontal offset. + Gets the appropriate from , or depending on - The degree to which content is horizontally offset from the containing viewport. - + + + + + + + + + + + Determines whether the specified object instances are considered equal. + The first object to compare. + The second object to compare. + true if the objects are considered equal; otherwise, false. If both and are null, the method returns true. + + + Determines whether the specified object instances are not considered equal. + The first object to compare. + The second object to compare. + true if the objects are not considered equal; otherwise, false. If both and are null, the method returns false. + + - Gets the horizontal size of the extent. + Returns a string that represents the current object. + + A string that represents the current object. + - + - Gets the horizontal offset of the scrolled content. + Handles loading and saving the state of a from/to a , for temporary storage, and from/to , for persistent storage. - + - Gets the horizontal size of the viewport for this content. + Creates a new instance. + The of which the state should be stored. - + - Scrolls left within content by one logical unit. + Finalizes an instance of the class. - + - Scrolls right within content by one logical unit. + Gets whether this object already got disposed. - + + + + + + + - Forces content to scroll until the coordinate space of a System.Windows.Media.Visual object is visible. - This is optimized for horizontal scrolling only + Gets name of the isolated storage file - A System.Windows.Media.Visual that becomes visible. - A bounding rectangle that identifies the coordinate space to make visible. - A System.Windows.Rect that is visible. - + + + + + + + - Not implemented + Saves state to . + Stream - + - Not implemented + Create the serialized state data which should be saved later. + which contains the serialized state data. - + + + + + + + - Not implemented + Loads state from . + The to load the state from. - + - Not implemented + Loads state from . + The to load the state from. - + - Not implemented + Loads state from . + The to load the state from. - + - Not implemented + Loads quick access items from . + Serialized data for generating quick access items. - + - Not implemented + Creates a quick access item () from the given . + Serialized data for one quick access item. + The created quick access item or null of the creation failed. - + - Not implemented + Determines whether the given file exists in the given storage - + - Not implemented + Get this which should be used to store the current state. + or if threw an exception. - + - Not implemented + Resets saved state. - + + + + - Not implemented + Performs application-defined tasks associated with freeing, releasing, or resetting unmanaged resources. + Defines whether managed resources should also be freed. - + - Gets or sets a value that indicates whether scrolling on the vertical axis is possible. + An effect that turns the input into shades of a single color. - + - Gets or sets a value that indicates whether scrolling on the horizontal axis is possible. + Dependency property for Input - + - Not implemented + Dependency property for FilterColor - + - Not implemented + Default constructor - + - Not implemented + Impicit input - + - Helper class to hold scrolling data. - This class exists to reduce working set when SCP is delegating to another implementation of ISI. - Standard "extra pointer always for less data sometimes" cache savings model: + The color used to tint the input. - + - Scroll viewer + Represents logical sizes of a ribbon control - + - Scroll offset + Large size of a control - + - ViewportSize is computed from our FinalSize, but may be in different units. + Middle size of a control - + - Extent is the total size of our content. + Small size of a control - + - Represent base class for Fluent controls + Represents states of ribbon group - + - Gets or sets KeyTip for element. + Large. All controls in the group will try to be large size - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Keys. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Middle. All controls in the group will try to be middle size - + - Gets or sets element header + Small. All controls in the group will try to be small size - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Header. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Collapsed. Group will collapse its content in a single button - + - Gets or sets Icon for the element + QuickAccess. Group will collapse its content in a single button in quick access toolbar - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Icon. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Interface which allows extension of the KeyTip system. - + - Gets or sets the command to invoke when this button is pressed. This is a dependency property. + Gets a list of which belong to the current instance. + Defines if the created should be hidden or not. + A list of which belong to the current instance. - + - Gets or sets the parameter to pass to the System.Windows.Controls.Primitives.ButtonBase.Command property. This is a dependency property. + Interface which is used to signal size changes - + - Gets or sets the element on which to raise the specified command. This is a dependency property. + Called when the size is changed + Size before change + Size after change - + - Identifies the CommandParameter dependency property. + Extension methods for . - + - Identifies the routed Command dependency property. + Class with extension methods for and . - + - Identifies the CommandTarget dependency property. + Class with extension methods for . - + - Handles Command changed + Extensions for . - + - Handles Command CanExecute changed + Execute using and . - + - Gets a value that becomes the return - value of IsEnabled in derived classes. + Determines whether the can be executed using and . - - true if the element is enabled; otherwise, false. - + Returns the commands result of CanExecute. - + - Gets or sets Size for the element. + Extension-Methods for . - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Size. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Returns the container or the content of the container. + + The container for if the container is of type . + The container content for if the container content is of type , but the container itself is not of type . + - + - Gets or sets SizeDefinition for element. + Returns the container or the content of the container. + + The container for if the container is of type . + The container content for if the container content is of type , but the container itself is not of type . + - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for SizeDefinition. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + asdf + - + - Static constructor + Helper class to position . - + - Default Constructor + Positions like would but ignores the value of . - + - Gets control which represents shortcut item. - This item MUST be syncronized with the original - and send command to original one control. + Gets the values for a like would but ignores the value of . - Control which represents shortcut item - + - Binds default properties of control to quick access element + Class which offers helper methods for steering the window - Source item - Toolbar item - + - Gets or sets whether control can be added to quick access toolbar + Shows the system menu at the current mouse position. + The mouse event args. + Defines if window dragging should be handled. + Defines if window state changes should be handled. - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for CanAddToQuickAccessToolBar. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Shows the system menu at the current mouse position. + The object which was the source of the mouse event. + The mouse event args. + Defines if window dragging should be handled. + Defines if window state changes should be handled. - + - Occurs then CanAddToQuickAccessToolBar property changed + Shows the system menu at the current mouse position. + The object which was the source of the mouse event. + The mouse event args. - - - - - - - + - Returns screen workarea in witch control is placed + Shows the system menu at the current mouse position. - Control - Workarea in witch control is placed + The window for which the system menu should be shown. + The mouse event args. - + - Returns monitor in witch control is placed + Shows the system menu at . - Control - Workarea in witch control is placed + The window for which the system menu should be shown. + The location at which the system menu should be shown. - + - Get the parent . + Represents class to determine .NET Framework version difference - The found or null of no parent could be found. - + - Represents ribbon tab control + Version of WPF - + - Default value for . + Gets UseLayoutRounding attached property value + - + - Default value for . + Gets UseLayoutRounding attached property value - + - Event which is fired when the, maybe listening, should be closed + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for UseLayoutRounding. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + - Gets or sets file menu control (can be application menu button, backstage button and so on) + Helper-Class for switching states in ToggleButton-Groups - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Button. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Handles changes to - + - Gets drop down popup + Updates the states of all buttons inside the group which belongs to. - + - Gets the responsible for displaying the selected tabs content. + Handles changes to - + - Gets a value indicating whether context menu is opened + Represents control that have drop down popup - + - Gets content of selected tab item + Gets drop down popup - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for . This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Gets a value indicating whether control context menu is opened - + - Gets or sets whether ribbon is minimized + Gets or sets a value indicating whether drop down is opened - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for . This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Occurs when drop down is opened. - + - Gets or sets whether ribbon can be minimized + Occurs when drop down menu is closed. - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for . This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Represents a control that has a header. - + - Gets or sets whether ribbon popup is opened + Gets or sets the header. - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for . This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Base interface for controls supports key tips - + - Defines if the currently selected item should draw it's highlight/selected borders + Gets and sets KeyTip for element. - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for . This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Handles key tip pressed - + - Gets whether ribbon tabs can scroll + Handles back navigation with KeyTips - + - Gets or sets selected tab item + Inferface for controls which provide a large icon. - + - Gets collection of ribbon toolbar items + Gets or sets the large icon. - + - Gets or sets the height of the content area. + Adds support for forwarding AddLogicalChild and RemoveLogicalChild. - + + Adds the provided object to the logical tree of this element. + Child element to be added. + + - for . + Removes the provided object from this element's logical tree. + updates the affected logical tree parent pointers to keep in sync with this deletion. + The element to remove. - + - Gets or sets the height of the gap between the ribbon and the content + Helper class for - + - DependencyProperty for + Checks if can be executed. + This method is null safe. + true if the command can be executed, otherwise false. - + - DependencyProperty for + Executes . + This method is null safe. - + - Defines wether scrolling by mouse wheel is enabled or not. + AreClose - Returns whether or not two doubles are "close". That is, whether or + not they are within epsilon of each other. Note that this epsilon is proportional + to the numbers themselves to that AreClose survives scalar multiplication. + There are plenty of ways for this to return false even for numbers which + are theoretically identical, so no code calling this should fail to work if this + returns false. This is important enough to repeat: + NB: NO CODE CALLING THIS FUNCTION SHOULD DEPEND ON ACCURATE RESULTS - this should be + used for optimizations *only*. + + bool - the result of the AreClose comparision. + + The first double to compare. + The second double to compare. - + - Initializes static members of the class. + GreaterThan - Returns whether or not the first double is greater than the second double. + That is, whether or not the first is strictly greater than *and* not within epsilon of + the other number. Note that this epsilon is proportional to the numbers themselves + to that AreClose survives scalar multiplication. Note, + There are plenty of ways for this to return false even for numbers which + are theoretically identical, so no code calling this should fail to work if this + returns false. This is important enough to repeat: + NB: NO CODE CALLING THIS FUNCTION SHOULD DEPEND ON ACCURATE RESULTS - this should be + used for optimizations *only*. + + bool - the result of the GreaterThan comparision. + + The first double to compare. + The second double to compare. - + - Initializes a new instance of the class. + Helper class used to queue action for completion or items changes of - + - Raises the System.Windows.FrameworkElement.Initialized event. - This method is invoked whenever System.Windows. - FrameworkElement.IsInitialized is set to true internally. + Creates a new instance used to queue action for completion or items changes of - The System.Windows.RoutedEventArgs that contains the event data. + The to be used. + The that should be invoked. - + - Creates or identifies the element that is used to display the given item. + Gets the to be used. - The element that is used to display the given item. - + - Determines if the specified item is (or is eligible to be) its own container. + Gets the that should be invoked. - The item to check. - true if the item is (or is eligible to be) its own container; otherwise, false. - + - When overridden in a derived class, is invoked whenever application code or - internal processes call System.Windows.FrameworkElement.ApplyTemplate(). + Gets the current wait state. true in case was called and we are waiting for the to finish. - + - Updates the current selection when an item in the System.Windows.Controls.Primitives.Selector has changed + Queues for invocation. - The event data. - + - Called when the selection changes. + Class containing boxed values for . - The event data. - + - Invoked when an unhandled System.Windows.Input.Mouse.PreviewMouseWheel - attached event reaches an element in its route that is derived from this class. - Implement this method to add class handling for this event. + Gets a boxed value for true. - The System.Windows.Input.MouseWheelEventArgs that contains the event data. - + - Invoked when the event is received. + Gets a boxed value for true. - Information about the event. - + - Implements custom placement for ribbon popup + Gets a boxed value for . + A boxed value. - + - Raises an event causing the Backstage-View to be closed + Class containing boxed values for . - + - Gets the first visible item + Gets a boxed value for 0.0D. - - - RibbonGroup represents a logical group of controls as they appear on - a RibbonTab. These groups can resize its content + + + Gets a boxed value for . - + - Gets or sets KeyTip for element. + Gets a boxed value for . - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Keys. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Class containing boxed values for . - + - Gets drop down popup + Gets a boxed value for 0. - + - Gets a value indicating whether context menu is opened + Gets a boxed value for . - + - Gets or sets the current state of the group + Class containing boxed values for . - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for State. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Gets a boxed value for . - + - On state property changed + Class containing boxed values for . - Object - The event data - + - Gets or sets scale index (for internal IRibbonScalableControl) + Gets a boxed value for . - + - Gets or sets whether to reset cache when scalable control is scaled + Gets a boxed value for . - + - Gets or sets group box header + Gets a boxed value for . - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Header. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Gets a boxed value for . + A boxed value. - + - Gets or sets dialog launcher button visibility + Scope guard to prevent reentrancy. - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for IsLauncherVisible. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Gets whether this instance is still active (not disposed) or not. - + + + + - Gets or sets key tip for dialog launcher button + Class with helper functions for UI related stuff - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for - LauncherKeys. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Gets the first visual child of . + If there are no visual children null is returned. + The first visual child of or null if there are no children. - + - Gets or sets launcher button icon + Tries to find immediate visual child of type which matches + + The visual child of type that matches . + Returns null if no child matches. + - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for LauncherIcon. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Gets the first visual child of type TChildItem by walking down the visual tree. + The type of visual child to find. + The parent element whose visual tree shall be walked down. + The first element of type TChildItem found in the visual tree is returned. If none is found, null is returned. - + - Gets or sets launcher button text + Gets all visual children of . + - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for LauncherIcon. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Finds the parent control of type . + First looks at the visual tree and then at the logical tree to find the parent. + The found visual/logical parent or null. + This method searches further up the parent chain instead of just using the immediate parent. - + - Gets or sets the command to invoke when this button is pressed. This is a dependency property. + Returns either the visual or logical parent of . + This also works for and . - + - Gets or sets the parameter to pass to the System.Windows.Controls.Primitives.ButtonBase.Command property. This is a dependency property. + Returns the visual parent of . + This also works for and . - + - Gets or sets the element on which to raise the specified command. This is a dependency property. + First checks if is either a or and if it is returns it's . + If those checks yield no result is called. + The visual element for which to find an adorner layer. + An adorner layer for the specified visual, or null if no adorner layer can be found. + Raised when visual is null. - + - Identifies the System.Windows.Controls.Primitives.ButtonBase.CommandParameter dependency property. + Gets all containers from the of . + The desired container type. - + - Identifies the routed System.Windows.Controls.Primitives.ButtonBase.Command dependency property. + Gets all containers from . + The desired container type. - + - Identifies the System.Windows.Controls.Primitives.ButtonBase.CommandTarget dependency property. + Base interface for Fluent controls - + - Gets or sets launcher button tooltip + Gets or sets Size for the element - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for LauncherToolTip. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Gets or sets SizeDefinition for element - + - Gets or sets whether launcher button is enabled + Gets or sets Icon for the element - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for IsLauncherEnabled. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Interface for handling loading and saving the state of a . - + - Gets launcher button + Gets whether state is currently loading. - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for LauncherButton. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Gets or sets whether state is loaded. - + - Gets or sets drop down popup visibility + Save current state to a temporary storage. - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for IsOpen. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Save current state to a persistent storage. - + - Gets an enumerator for the logical child objects of - the System.Windows.Controls.ItemsControl object. + Load state from a temporary storage. - + - Gets or sets icon + Loads the state from a persistent storage. + + Sets after it's finished to prevent a race condition with saving the state to the temporary storage. + - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Icon. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Resets saved state. - + - Gets or sets wether the groupbox shows a separator. + Meant to support interop scenarios - + - DependencyProperty for + Gets the titlebar - + - Dialog launcher btton click event + Repesents scalable ribbon contol - + - Occurs when context menu is opened + Enlarge control size - + - Occurs when context menu is closed + Reduce control size - + - Initializes static members of the class. + Occurs when contol is scaled - + - Default constructor + Interface for controls that support -Behavior - + - Gets a panel with items + Gets or sets the name of the group that the toggle button belongs to. + Use the GroupName property to specify a grouping of toggle buttons to + create a mutually exclusive set of controls. You can use the GroupName + property when only one selection is possible from a list of available + options. When this property is set, only one ToggleButton in the specified + group can be selected at a time. - - + - Gets cmmon layout root for popup and groupbox + Gets or sets a value indicating whether SplitButton is checked - - + - Snaps / Unsnaps the Visual - (remove visuals and substitute with freezed image) + Gets a value indicating whether the ToggleButton is fully loaded - + + Gets the logical parent element of this element. + This element's logical parent. + + - Gets or sets intermediate state of the group box + Attribute class providing informations about a localization - + - Gets or sets intermediate scale of the group box + Creates a new instance. + Specifies the display name. + Specifies the culture name. - + - Gets intermediate desired size + Gets the display name. - + - Clears cache + Gets the culture name. - + - Invalidates layout (with children) + Base class for localizations. - + - When overridden in a derived class, is invoked whenever application code - or internal processes call System.Windows.FrameworkElement.ApplyTemplate(). + Creates a new instance and initializes and from . - + - Invoked when an unhandled System.Windows.UIElement.PreviewMouseLeftButtonDown - event reaches an element in its route that is derived from this class. - Implement this method to add class handling for this event. + Creates a new instance. - The System.Windows.Input.MouseButtonEventArgs that contains the event data. - The event data reports that the left mouse button was pressed. - + - Supports layout behavior when a child element is resized. + Gets or sets the culture name. - The child element that is being resized. - + - Dialog launcher button click handler + Gets or sets the display name. - Sender - the event data - + - Handles IsOpen propertyu changes + Fallback instance of for localization. - Object - The event data - + - Gets control which represents shortcut item. - This item MUST be syncronized with the original - and send command to original one control. + Gets text for representing "Automatic" - Control which represents shortcut item - + - Gets or sets whether control can be added to quick access toolbar + Gets KeyTip of backstage button - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for CanAddToQuickAccessToolBar. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Gets text of backstage button - - - - - + + + Gets customize Status Bar + - + - Represent panel with ribbon group. - It is automatically adjusting size of controls + Expand Button ScreenTip Text - + - Gets or sets reduce order of group in the ribbon panel. - It must be enumerated with comma from the first to reduce to - the last to reduce (use Control.Name as group name in the enum). - Enclose in parentheses as (Control.Name) to reduce/enlarge - scalable elements in the given group + Expand Button ScreenTip Title - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for ReduceOrder. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Minimize Button ScreenTip Text - + - Default constructor + Minimize Button ScreenTip Title - + - Returns a collection of the panel's UIElements. + Gets text for representing "More colors..." - The logical parent of the collection to be created. - Returns an ordered collection of elements that have the specified logical parent. - + - Measures all of the RibbonGroupBox, and resize them appropriately - to fit within the available room + Gets text for representing "No color" - The available size that this element can give to child elements. - The size that the groups container determines it needs during - layout, based on its calculations of child element sizes. - - + - When overridden in a derived class, positions child elements and determines - a size for a System.Windows.FrameworkElement derived class. + Quick Access ToolBar DropDown Button ToolTip - The final area within the parent that this element should use to arrange itself and its children. - The actual size used. - + - Gets or sets a System.Windows.Controls.ScrollViewer element that controls scrolling behavior. + Quick Access ToolBar Menu Header - + - Sets the amount of horizontal offset. + Quick Access ToolBar Menu Minimize Quick Access Toolbar - The degree to which content is horizontally offset from the containing viewport. - + - Gets the horizontal size of the extent. + Quick Access ToolBar Minimize Quick Access Toolbar - + - Gets the horizontal offset of the scrolled content. + Quick Access ToolBar MoreControls Button ToolTip - + - Gets the horizontal size of the viewport for this content. + Quick Access ToolBar Menu Add Gallery - + - Scrolls left within content by one logical unit. + Quick Access ToolBar Menu Add Group - + - Scrolls right within content by one logical unit. + Quick Access ToolBar Menu Add Item - + - Forces content to scroll until the coordinate space of a System.Windows.Media.Visual object is visible. - This is optimized for horizontal scrolling only + Quick Access ToolBar Menu Add Menu - A System.Windows.Media.Visual that becomes visible. - A bounding rectangle that identifies the coordinate space to make visible. - A System.Windows.Rect that is visible. - + - Not implemented + Ribbon Context Menu Customize Quick Access Toolbar - + - Not implemented + Ribbon Context Menu Customize Quick Access Toolbar - + - Not implemented + Ribbon Context Menu Minimize Quick Access Toolbar - + - Not implemented + Quick Access ToolBar Menu Remove Item - + - Not implemented + Ribbon Context Menu Minimize Quick Access Toolbar - + - Not implemented + Ribbon Context Menu Minimize Quick Access Toolbar - + - Not implemented + Gets ScreenTip's disable reason header - + - Not implemented + Gets ScreenTip's disable reason header - + - Not implemented + Change notifications are not implemented. + This class only implements to prevent WPF from trying to listen to changes by using other ways than listening for this event. - + + + + + + + + + + - Not implemented + - + - Not implemented + - + - Gets or sets a value that indicates whether scrolling on the vertical axis is possible. + Contains localizable Ribbon's properties. + Set Culture property to change current Ribbon localization or + set properties independently to use your localization - + + + + - Gets or sets a value that indicates whether scrolling on the horizontal axis is possible. + Raises the event. - + - Not implemented + Static instance of to ease it's usage in XAML. - + - Not implemented + Gets a map of all registered localization classes. + + The key of items in this dictionary should be the CultureName. + - + - Not implemented + Gets or sets current culture used for localization. - + - Represents ribbon tab item + Gets or sets the current localization. - + - Gets or sets the which is used to render the background if this is the currently active/selected one. + Default constructor - + - for . + Enables the use of behaviors in styles - + - Gets or sets the which is used to render the border if this is the currently active/selected one. + for behaviors. - + - for . + Gets the behaviors associated with - + - Gets or sets KeyTip for element. + Sets the behaviors associated with - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Keys. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Just a for - + + + + - Gets ribbon groups container + Contains commands for - + - Gets or sets whether ribbon is minimized + Finalizes an instance of the class. - + + + + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for IsMinimized. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Dispose(bool disposing) executes in two distinct scenarios. + If disposing equals true, the method has been called directly + or indirectly by a user's code. Managed and unmanaged resources + can be disposed. + If disposing equals false, the method has been called by the + runtime from inside the finalizer and you should not reference + other objects. Only unmanaged resources can be disposed. - + - Gets or sets whether ribbon is opened + Retrieves the translated string for Minimize - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for IsOpen. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Retrieves the translated string for Maximize - + - Gets or sets reduce order + Retrieves the translated string for Restore - + - Gets or sets whether tab item is contextual + Retrieves the translated string for Close - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for IsContextual. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Gets the responsible for showing . - + + Identifies the dependency property. + + - Gets an enumerator for logical child elements of this element. + Gets or sets the of the panel which contains . - + - Gets or sets whether tab item is selected + Gets or sets the button brush - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for IsSelected. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for ButtonBrush. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - + + + + + + + - Gets ribbon tab control parent + Class for several commands belonging to the Ribbon - + - Gets or sets indent + Gets the value that represents the Open Backstage command - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for HeaderMargin. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Represents additional context menu service - + - Gets or sets whether separator is visible + Attach needed parameters to control - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for IsSeparatorVisible. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Coerces the ContextMenu for . + - + - Gets or sets ribbon contextual tab group + Coerce control context menu - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Group. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Handles Alt, F10 and so on - + - Gets or sets desired width of the tab item. + Checks if any keytips are visible. - This is needed in case the width of is larger than it's tabs. - + - Gets or sets whether tab item has left group border + The default keys used to activate key tips. - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for HaseLeftGroupBorder. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + List of key tip activation keys. - + - Gets or sets whether tab item has right group border + Default constrctor + Host element - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for HaseLeftGroupBorder. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Attaches self - + - get collection of ribbon groups + Detachs self - + - Gets or sets header of tab item + Dismiss popup mode. - + - DependencyProperty for . + Always dismiss popup. - + - Gets or sets header template of tab item. + Dismiss only if mouse is not over popup. - + - DependencyProperty for . + Reason for dismiss popup event. - + - Handles Focusable changes + No reason given. - + - Coerces Focusable + Application lost focus. - + - Static constructor + Showing key tips. - + - Default constructor + Dismiss popup arguments. - + - Focus event handler + Standard constructor. - + - Called to remeasure a control. + Constructor. - The maximum size that the method can return. - The size of the control, up to the maximum specified by constraint. + Dismiss mode. - - - - + - On new style applying + Constructor. + Dismiss mode. + Dismiss reason. - - - - + - Handles selected + Popup dismiss mode. - The event data - + - handles unselected + Popup dismiss reason. - The event data - - - - + - + - Represents toggle button + Represent additional popup functionality - + - Gets or sets Size for the element. + Occurs then popup is dismissed - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Size. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Raises DismissPopup event (Async) - + - Gets or sets SizeDefinition for element. + Raises DismissPopup event - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for SizeDefinition. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Set needed parameters to control + Control type - + - Gets or sets KeyTip for element. + Handles PreviewMouseDownOutsideCapturedElementEvent event - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Keys. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Handles lost mouse capture event - + - Gets or sets the name of the group that the toggle button belongs to. - Use the GroupName property to specify a grouping of toggle buttons to - create a mutually exclusive set of controls. You can use the GroupName - property when only one selection is possible from a list of available - options. When this property is set, only one ToggleButton in the specified - group can be selected at a time. + Returns true whether parent is ancestor of element + Parent + Element + Returns true whether parent is ancestor of element - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for GroupName. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Handles dismiss popup event - + - Gets or sets element Text + Returns true whether mouse is physically over the popup + Element + Returns true whether mouse is physically over the popup - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Header. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Returns true whether mouse is physically over the element + Element + Returns true whether mouse is physically over the element - + - Gets or sets Icon for the element + Handles context menu opening event - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for Icon. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Handles context menu closing event - + - Gets or sets button large icon + Provides additional tooltip functionality. - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for SmallIcon. - This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Attach ooltip properties to control. + Control type. - + - Gets or sets whether ribbon control click must close backstage + for in . - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for IsDefinitive. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + A singleton instance for . - + + + + - Initializes static members of the class. + for in . - + - Initializes a new instance of the class. + A singleton instance for . - - - - + - + - Used to call OnClick (which is protected) + for in with style HeaderApplicationMenuItemTemplate. - + - Gets control which represents shortcut item. - This item MUST be syncronized with the original - and send command to original one control. + A singleton instance for . - Control which represents shortcut item - + + + + - Gets or sets whether control can be added to quick access toolbar + for in with style SplitedApplicationMenuItem. - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for CanAddToQuickAccessToolBar. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + A singleton instance for . - - - - + - + - Contains commands for + for the header of . - + - Finalizes an instance of the class. + Gets a static instance of . - + + + + - Performs application-defined tasks associated with freeing, releasing, or resetting unmanaged resources. + Represents the background theme of the application. - + - Dispose(bool disposing) executes in two distinct scenarios. - If disposing equals true, the method has been called directly - or indirectly by a user's code. Managed and unmanaged resources - can be disposed. - If disposing equals false, the method has been called by the - runtime from inside the finalizer and you should not reference - other objects. Only unmanaged resources can be disposed. + Gets the key for the theme name. - + - Retrieves the translated string for Minimize + Gets the key for the theme display name. - + - Retrieves the translated string for Maximize + Gets the key for the theme base color scheme. - + - Retrieves the translated string for Restore + Gets the key for the theme color scheme. - + - Retrieves the translated string for Close + Gets the key for the theme showcase brush. - + - Gets or sets the button brush + Initializes a new instance. + The URI of the theme ResourceDictionary. - + - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for ButtonBrush. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + Initializes a new instance. + The ResourceDictionary of the theme. - + - When overridden in a derived class, is invoked whenever application code or internal processes call . + The ResourceDictionary that represents this application theme. - - - - + - Control for representing the left and right side of the start screen. + Gets the name of the theme. - - To control some aspects of the left handed side of this control please use properties prefixed with "ItemsPanel*". - - + - Left side panel content of the startscreen. + Gets the display name of the theme. - + - for . + Get the base color scheme for this theme. - + - Defines the margin for + Gets the color scheme for this theme. - + - for . + Gets a brush which can be used to showcase this theme. - + - Right side panel content of the startscreen. + A class that allows for the detection and alteration of a theme. - - - for . + A class that allows for the detection and alteration of a theme. - + - Static constructor. + Gets the name for the light base color. - + - An object that represents the foreground color for a . + Gets the name for the dark base color. - + - The ResourceDictionary that represents this Accent. + Gets a list of all themes. - + - Gets/sets the name of the Accent. + Gets a list of all available base colors. - + - Initializes a new instance of the class. + Gets a list of all available color schemes. - + - Initializes a new instance of the class. + Clears the internal themes list. - The name of the new Accent. - The URI of the accent ResourceDictionary. - + - Represents the background theme of the application. + Adds an theme. + true if the app theme does not exists and can be added. - + - The ResourceDictionary that represents this application theme. + Adds an theme. + The ResourceDictionary of the theme. + true if the app theme does not exists and can be added. - + - Gets the name of the application theme. + Gets the with the given name. + The or null, if the theme wasn't found - + - Initializes a new instance of the AppTheme class. + Gets the with the given resource dictionary. - The name of the new AppTheme. - The URI of the accent ResourceDictionary. + from which the theme should be retrieved. + The or null, if the theme wasn't found. - + - A class that allows for the detection and alteration of a theme and accent. + Gets the inverse of the given . + This method relies on the "Dark" or "Light" affix to be present. + The app theme. + The inverse or null if it couldn't be found. + + Returns BaseLight, if BaseDark is given or vice versa. + Custom Themes must end with "Dark" or "Light" for this to work, for example "CustomDark" and "CustomLight". + - + - Gets a list of all of default accents. + Determines whether the specified resource dictionary represents an . + + This might include runtime themes which do not have a resource uri. + The resources. + true if the resource dictionary is an ; otherwise, false. + resources - + - Gets a list of all default themes. + Gets a resource from the detected AppStyle. + The window to check. If this is null, the Application's sources will be checked. + The key to check against. + The resource object or null, if the resource wasn't found. - + - Adds an accent with the given name. + Change the theme for the whole application. - true if the accent does not exists and can be added. - + - Adds an app theme with the given name. + Change theme for the given window. - true if the app theme does not exists and can be added. - + - Gets app theme with the given resource dictionary. + Change theme for the whole application. - from which the theme should be retrieved. - AppTheme + The instance of Application to change. + The theme to apply. - + - Gets app theme with the given name and theme type (light or dark). + Change theme for the given window. - AppTheme + The Window to change. + The theme to apply. - + - Gets the inverse of the given . - This method relies on the "Dark" or "Light" affix to be present. + Change theme for the given ResourceDictionary. - The app theme. - The inverse or null if it couldn't be found. - - Returns BaseLight, if BaseDark is given or vice versa. - Custom Themes must end with "Dark" or "Light" for this to work, for example "CustomDark" and "CustomLight". - + The Window to change. + The theme to apply. - + - Gets the with the given name. + Change base color and color scheme of for the given application. - The or null, if the app theme wasn't found + The application to modify. + The base color to apply to the ResourceDictionary. + The color scheme to apply to the ResourceDictionary. - + - Gets the with the given resource dictionary. + Change base color and color scheme of for the given window. - from which the accent should be retrieved. - The or null, if the accent wasn't found. + The window to modify. + The base color to apply to the ResourceDictionary. + The color scheme to apply to the ResourceDictionary. - + - Determines whether the specified resource dictionary represents an . - - This might include runtime accents which do not have a resource uri. + Change base color and color scheme of for the given ResourceDictionary. - The resources. - true if the resource dictionary is an ; otherwise, false. - resources + The ResourceDictionary to modify. + The old/current theme. + The base color to apply to the ResourceDictionary. + The color scheme to apply to the ResourceDictionary. - + - Gets a resource from the detected AppStyle. + Change base color for the given application. - The window to check. If this is null, the Application's sources will be checked. - The key to check against. - The resource object or null, if the resource wasn't found. + The application to change. + The base color to apply to the ResourceDictionary. - + - Change the theme for the whole application. + Change base color for the given window. + The Window to change. + The base color to apply to the ResourceDictionary. - + - Change theme for the given window. + Change base color of for the given ResourceDictionary. + The ResourceDictionary to modify. + The old/current theme. + The base color to apply to the ResourceDictionary. - + - Change accent and theme for the whole application. + Change color scheme for the given application. - The instance of Application to change. - The accent to apply. - The theme to apply. + The application to change. + The color scheme to apply to the ResourceDictionary. - + - Change accent and theme for the given window. + Change color scheme for the given window. The Window to change. - The accent to apply. - The theme to apply. + The color scheme to apply to the ResourceDictionary. - + - Changes the accent and theme of a ResourceDictionary directly. + Change color scheme for the given ResourceDictionary. The ResourceDictionary to modify. - The accent to apply to the ResourceDictionary. - The theme to apply to the ResourceDictionary. + The old/current theme. + The color scheme to apply to the ResourceDictionary. - + - Copies all resource keys from one resource to another. + Changes the theme of a ResourceDictionary directly. - The source resource dictionary. - The destination resource dictionary. - - fromRD - or - toRD - + The ResourceDictionary to modify. + The theme to apply to the ResourceDictionary. - + - Scans the window resources and returns it's accent and theme. + Scans the window resources and returns it's theme. + If the theme can't be detected from the we try to detect it from . - + - Scans the window resources and returns it's accent and theme. + Scans the window resources and returns it's theme. The Window to scan. + If the theme can't be detected from the we try to detect it from . - + - Scans the application resources and returns it's accent and theme. + Scans the application resources and returns it's theme. The Application instance to scan. - + - Scans a resources and returns it's accent and theme. + Scans a resources and returns it's theme. - The ResourceDictionary to check. + The ResourceDictionary to scan. - This event fires if accent color and theme was changed + This event fires if the theme was changed this should be using the weak event pattern, but for now it's enough - + Invalidates global colors and resources. Sometimes the ContextMenu is not changing the colors, so this will fix it. - + - Synchronizes the current with the "app mode" setting from windows. + Synchronizes the current with the "app mode" setting from windows. - Gets or sets wether changes to the "app mode" setting from windows should be detected at runtime and the current be changed accordingly. + Gets or sets whether changes to the "app mode" setting from windows should be detected at runtime and the current be changed accordingly. @@ -9054,49 +9513,39 @@ Class which is used as argument for an event to signal theme changes. - + Creates a new instance of this class. - + The new theme. - - - The new accent - - - - - GeneratedInternalTypeHelper - - - + - CreateInstance + Helper class for displaying color schemes. - + - GetPropertyValue + Initializes a new instance. - + - SetPropertyValue + Initializes a new instance. - + - CreateDelegate + Gets the name for this color scheme. - + - AddEventHandler + Gets the showcase brush for this color scheme. diff --git a/dotnet/packages/Fluent.Ribbon.7.1.0/license/License.txt b/dotnet/packages/Fluent.Ribbon.7.1.0/license/License.txt new file mode 100644 index 00000000..dd488d68 --- /dev/null +++ b/dotnet/packages/Fluent.Ribbon.7.1.0/license/License.txt @@ -0,0 +1,21 @@ +The MIT License (MIT) + +Copyright (c) 2009-2019 Bastian Schmidt, Degtyarev Daniel, Rikker Serg (https://github.com/fluentribbon/Fluent.Ribbon) + +Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy +of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal +in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights +to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell +copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is +furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions: + +The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all +copies or substantial portions of the Software. + +THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR +IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, +FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE +AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER +LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, +OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE +SOFTWARE. \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/dotnet/packages/MahApps.Metro.1.6.5/.signature.p7s b/dotnet/packages/MahApps.Metro.1.6.5/.signature.p7s deleted file mode 100644 index ca9fc3ec..00000000 Binary files a/dotnet/packages/MahApps.Metro.1.6.5/.signature.p7s and /dev/null differ diff --git a/dotnet/packages/MahApps.Metro.1.6.5/MahApps.Metro.1.6.5.nupkg b/dotnet/packages/MahApps.Metro.1.6.5/MahApps.Metro.1.6.5.nupkg deleted file mode 100644 index a62ca8e3..00000000 Binary files a/dotnet/packages/MahApps.Metro.1.6.5/MahApps.Metro.1.6.5.nupkg and /dev/null differ diff --git a/dotnet/packages/MahApps.Metro.1.6.5/lib/net40/MahApps.Metro.dll b/dotnet/packages/MahApps.Metro.1.6.5/lib/net40/MahApps.Metro.dll deleted file mode 100644 index 764b1515..00000000 Binary files a/dotnet/packages/MahApps.Metro.1.6.5/lib/net40/MahApps.Metro.dll and /dev/null differ diff --git a/dotnet/packages/MahApps.Metro.1.6.5/lib/net40/MahApps.Metro.pdb b/dotnet/packages/MahApps.Metro.1.6.5/lib/net40/MahApps.Metro.pdb deleted file mode 100644 index 88629a7c..00000000 Binary files a/dotnet/packages/MahApps.Metro.1.6.5/lib/net40/MahApps.Metro.pdb and /dev/null differ diff --git a/dotnet/packages/MahApps.Metro.1.6.5/lib/net45/MahApps.Metro.dll b/dotnet/packages/MahApps.Metro.1.6.5/lib/net45/MahApps.Metro.dll deleted file mode 100644 index 4ae02af6..00000000 Binary files a/dotnet/packages/MahApps.Metro.1.6.5/lib/net45/MahApps.Metro.dll and /dev/null differ diff --git a/dotnet/packages/MahApps.Metro.1.6.5/lib/net45/MahApps.Metro.pdb b/dotnet/packages/MahApps.Metro.1.6.5/lib/net45/MahApps.Metro.pdb deleted file mode 100644 index d1406655..00000000 Binary files a/dotnet/packages/MahApps.Metro.1.6.5/lib/net45/MahApps.Metro.pdb and /dev/null differ diff --git a/dotnet/packages/MahApps.Metro.1.6.5/lib/net46/MahApps.Metro.dll b/dotnet/packages/MahApps.Metro.1.6.5/lib/net46/MahApps.Metro.dll deleted file mode 100644 index b23b9d41..00000000 Binary files a/dotnet/packages/MahApps.Metro.1.6.5/lib/net46/MahApps.Metro.dll and /dev/null differ diff --git a/dotnet/packages/MahApps.Metro.1.6.5/lib/net46/MahApps.Metro.pdb b/dotnet/packages/MahApps.Metro.1.6.5/lib/net46/MahApps.Metro.pdb deleted file mode 100644 index fa9d1266..00000000 Binary files a/dotnet/packages/MahApps.Metro.1.6.5/lib/net46/MahApps.Metro.pdb and /dev/null differ diff --git a/dotnet/packages/MahApps.Metro.1.6.5/lib/net47/MahApps.Metro.dll b/dotnet/packages/MahApps.Metro.1.6.5/lib/net47/MahApps.Metro.dll deleted file mode 100644 index 76b445c6..00000000 Binary files a/dotnet/packages/MahApps.Metro.1.6.5/lib/net47/MahApps.Metro.dll and /dev/null differ diff --git a/dotnet/packages/MahApps.Metro.1.6.5/lib/net47/MahApps.Metro.pdb b/dotnet/packages/MahApps.Metro.1.6.5/lib/net47/MahApps.Metro.pdb deleted file mode 100644 index 8cd7cc10..00000000 Binary files a/dotnet/packages/MahApps.Metro.1.6.5/lib/net47/MahApps.Metro.pdb and /dev/null differ diff --git a/dotnet/packages/MahApps.Metro.2.0.0/.signature.p7s b/dotnet/packages/MahApps.Metro.2.0.0/.signature.p7s new file mode 100644 index 00000000..7bfc16fc Binary files /dev/null and b/dotnet/packages/MahApps.Metro.2.0.0/.signature.p7s differ diff --git a/dotnet/packages/MahApps.Metro.2.0.0/MahApps.Metro.2.0.0.nupkg b/dotnet/packages/MahApps.Metro.2.0.0/MahApps.Metro.2.0.0.nupkg new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f760c482 Binary files /dev/null and b/dotnet/packages/MahApps.Metro.2.0.0/MahApps.Metro.2.0.0.nupkg differ diff --git a/dotnet/packages/MahApps.Metro.2.0.0/lib/net452/MahApps.Metro.dll b/dotnet/packages/MahApps.Metro.2.0.0/lib/net452/MahApps.Metro.dll new file mode 100644 index 00000000..16d0c1d5 Binary files /dev/null and b/dotnet/packages/MahApps.Metro.2.0.0/lib/net452/MahApps.Metro.dll differ diff --git a/dotnet/packages/MahApps.Metro.2.0.0/lib/net452/MahApps.Metro.pdb b/dotnet/packages/MahApps.Metro.2.0.0/lib/net452/MahApps.Metro.pdb new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f28c56c5 Binary files /dev/null and b/dotnet/packages/MahApps.Metro.2.0.0/lib/net452/MahApps.Metro.pdb differ diff --git a/dotnet/packages/MahApps.Metro.1.6.5/lib/net45/MahApps.Metro.xml b/dotnet/packages/MahApps.Metro.2.0.0/lib/net452/MahApps.Metro.xml similarity index 58% rename from dotnet/packages/MahApps.Metro.1.6.5/lib/net45/MahApps.Metro.xml rename to dotnet/packages/MahApps.Metro.2.0.0/lib/net452/MahApps.Metro.xml index 929b7d97..b618c95d 100644 --- a/dotnet/packages/MahApps.Metro.1.6.5/lib/net45/MahApps.Metro.xml +++ b/dotnet/packages/MahApps.Metro.2.0.0/lib/net452/MahApps.Metro.xml @@ -34,42 +34,22 @@ Gets or sets an object that will be passed to the attached to this trigger. - - - Updates all glow windows (visible, hidden, collapsed) - - - - - Sets the opacity to all glow windows - - - - - Starts the opacity storyboard 0 -> 1 - - - - - Shows all glow windows - - - + Gets or sets the bindable Password property on the PasswordBox control. This is a dependency property. - + Handles changes to the 'Password' attached property. - + Handle the 'PasswordChanged'-event on the PasswordBox - + Called after the behavior is attached to an AssociatedObject. @@ -77,7 +57,7 @@ Override this to hook up functionality to the AssociatedObject. - + Called when the behavior is being detached from its AssociatedObject, but before it has actually occurred. @@ -85,7 +65,59 @@ Override this to unhook functionality from the AssociatedObject. - + + + The DependencyProperty for the ' OnDataContextChanged property. + + With the OnDataContextChanged property the Reload behavior of the MetroContentControl can be switched on or off. + If the property is set to true, the transition of the is triggered again when the DataContext is changed. + + + + + Helper for getting from . + + If the property is set to true, the transition of the is triggered again when the DataContext is changed. + + to read from. + OnDataContextChanged property value. + + + + Helper for setting on . + + If the property is set to true, the transition of the is triggered again when the DataContext is changed. + + to set on. + OnDataContextChanged property value. + + + + The DependencyProperty for the ' and ' OnSelectedTabChanged property. + + With the OnSelectedTabChanged property the Reload behavior of the control can be switched on or off. + If the property is set to true, the transition is triggered again when the SelectionChanged event of a TabControl was raised. + + + + + Helper for getting from . + + If the property is set to true, the transition is triggered again when the SelectionChanged event of a TabControl was raised. + + to read from. + OnSelectedTabChanged property value. + + + + Helper for setting on . + + If the property is set to true, the transition is triggered again when the SelectionChanged event of a TabControl was raised. + + to set on. + OnSelectedTabChanged property value. + + Sets the first TabItem with Visibility="" as @@ -96,12 +128,21 @@ - + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + - + + + Identifies the dependency property. + Represents a border whose contents are clipped within the bounds @@ -444,38 +485,16 @@ Brush true if yes, otherwise false - - - Defines the method that determines whether the command can execute in its current state. - - - true if this command can be executed; otherwise, false. - - Data used by the command. If the command does not require data to be passed, this object can be set to null. - - - - Defines the method to be called when the command is invoked. - - Data used by the command. If the command does not require data to be passed, this object can be set to null. - - - The DependencyProperty for the CharacterCasing property. - Controls whether or not content is converted to upper or lower case - Default Value: CharacterCasing.Normal - + Identifies the dependency property. - Character casing of the Content + Gets or sets the character casing of the Content. - - The DependencyProperty for the RecognizesAccessKey property. - Default Value: false - + Identifies the dependency property. @@ -491,17 +510,47 @@ - it's only topmost if the host-window is activated + + Identifies the dependency property. + - Gets/sets if the popup can be closed by left mouse button down. + Gets or sets whether if the popup can be closed by left mouse button down. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Gets or sets whether the validation error text will be shown when hovering the validation triangle. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Gets or sets the that this object is reserving space for. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Gets whether the popup can be shown (useful for transitions). - Called when a cell has just switched to edit mode. + Called when a cell has just switched to edit mode. - A reference to element returned by GenerateEditingElement. - The event args of the input event that caused the cell to go into edit mode. May be null. + A reference to element returned by GenerateEditingElement. + The event args of the input event that caused the cell to go into edit mode. May be null. The unedited value of the cell. @@ -515,9 +564,7 @@ - - The DependencyProperty for the StringFormat property. - + Identifies the dependency property. @@ -527,85 +574,93 @@ + + Identifies the dependency property. + - - The DependencyProperty for the Minimum property. - + Identifies the dependency property. - - The DependencyProperty for the Maximum property. - + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. - - The DependencyProperty for the Interval property. - + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. - - The DependencyProperty for the HideUpDownButtons property. - + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. - - The DependencyProperty for the UpDownButtonsWidth property. - + Identifies the dependency property. - - The DependencyProperty for the FontFamily property. - Default Value: SystemFonts.MessageFontFamily - + Identifies the dependency property. - - The font family of the desired font. + + The font family of the desired font. - - The DependencyProperty for the FontSize property. - Default Value: SystemFonts.MessageFontSize - + Identifies the dependency property. - + The size of the desired font. - + - - The DependencyProperty for the FontStyle property. - Default Value: SystemFonts.MessageFontStyle - + Identifies the dependency property. - The style of the desired font. - + The style of the desired font. + - - The DependencyProperty for the FontWeight property. - Default Value: SystemFonts.MessageFontWeight - + Identifies the dependency property. - The weight or thickness of the desired font. + The weight or thickness of the desired font. - - The DependencyProperty for the Foreground property. - Default Value: SystemColors.ControlTextBrush - + Identifies the dependency property. An brush that describes the foreground color. This overrides the cell foreground inherited color. - + @@ -627,49 +682,85 @@ use the class. + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Gets or sets the left and right margin for the dialog content. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Gets or sets the width for the dialog content. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + - Gets/sets the dialog's title. + Gets or sets the title of the dialog. + + Identifies the dependency property. + - Gets/sets arbitrary content on top of the dialog. + Gets or sets the content above the dialog. + + Identifies the dependency property. + - Gets/sets arbitrary content below the dialog. + Gets or sets the content below the dialog. + + Identifies the dependency property. + - Gets or sets the size of the dialog title font. + Gets or sets the font size of the dialog title. - - The size of the dialog title font. - + + + Identifies the dependency property. - Gets or sets the size of the dialog message font. + Gets or sets the font size of the dialog message text. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Gets or sets the font size of any dialog buttons. - - The size of the dialog message font. - - Initializes a new MahApps.Metro.Controls.BaseMetroDialog. + Initializes a new . The window that is the parent of the dialog. The settings for the message dialog. - Initializes a new MahApps.Metro.Controls.BaseMetroDialog. + Initializes a new . + + + With this method it's possible to return your own settings in a custom dialog. @@ -808,6 +899,24 @@ The dialog owner. + + + Create and show an external dialog. + + The dialog which will be shown externally. + The owner for the external window. If it's null the main window will be use. + The delegate for customizing dialog window. It can be null. + The given dialog. + + + + Create and show an external modal dialog. + + The dialog which will be shown externally. + The owner for the external window. If it's null the main window will be use. + The delegate for customizing dialog window. It can be null. + The given dialog. + Creates a LoginDialog outside of the current window. @@ -952,6 +1061,18 @@ InputDialog + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + InitializeComponent @@ -962,6 +1083,45 @@ LoginDialog + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + InitializeComponent @@ -975,6 +1135,24 @@ MessageDialog + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + InitializeComponent @@ -1067,6 +1245,14 @@ The size of the dialog message font. + + + Gets or sets the size of the dialog button font. + + + The size of the dialog button font. + + Gets or sets the dialog result when the user cancelled the dialog with 'ESC' key @@ -1112,11 +1298,6 @@ Gets or sets the text used for the second auxiliary button. - - - If set, stops standard resource dictionaries being applied to the dialog. - - An internal control that represents a message dialog. Please use MetroWindow.ShowMessage instead! @@ -1125,6 +1306,18 @@ ProgressDialog + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + InitializeComponent @@ -1174,12 +1367,12 @@ - Gets/Sets the minimum restriction of the progress Value property + Gets/Sets the minimum restriction of the progress Value property. - Gets/Sets the maximum restriction of the progress Value property + Gets/Sets the maximum restriction of the progress Value property. @@ -1196,9 +1389,9 @@ - Sets the dialog's progress bar brush + Sets the dialog's progress bar brush. - The brush to use for the progress bar's foreground + The brush to use for the progress bar's foreground. @@ -1206,117 +1399,159 @@ A task representing the operation. - - - The DependencyProperty for the ContentTemplate property. + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Whether or not the "popup" menu for this control is currently open - + + Identifies the dependency property. + + - The DependencyProperty for the ContentTemplateSelector property. + Gets or sets an extra tag. - + + Identifies the dependency property. + + - The DependencyProperty for the ContentStringFormat property. - + Gets or sets the orientation of children stacking. + - + + Identifies the dependency property. + + - Gets or sets the Content of this control.. + Gets or sets the content for the icon part. - + + Identifies the dependency property. + + - ContentTemplate is the template used to display the content of the control. + Gets or sets the DataTemplate for the icon part. - + + Identifies the dependency property. + + - ContentTemplateSelector allows to provide custom logic for choosing the template used to display the content of the control. + Gets or sets the command to invoke when the content button is pressed. - - This property is ignored if is set. - - + + Identifies the dependency property. + + - ContentStringFormat is the format used to display the content of the control as a string + Gets or sets the element on which to raise the specified command. - - This property is ignored if is set. - + + + Identifies the dependency property. - Reflects the parameter to pass to the CommandProperty upon execution. + Gets or sets the parameter to pass to the command property. - - - Gets or sets the target element on which to fire the command. - + + Identifies the dependency property. - + - Get or sets the Command property. + Gets or sets the content of this control. - + + Identifies the dependency property. + + - Indicates whether the Menu is visible. + Gets or sets the data template used to display the content of the DropDownButton. - - - Gets or sets an extra tag. - + + Identifies the dependency property. - + - Gets or sets the dimension of children stacking. + Gets or sets a template selector that enables an application writer to provide custom template-selection logic. + + This property is ignored if is set. + - + + Identifies the dependency property. + + - Gets or sets the Content used to generate the icon part. + Gets or sets a composite string that specifies how to format the content property if it is displayed as a string. + + This property is ignored if is set. + - - - Gets or sets the ContentTemplate used to display the content of the icon part. - + + Identifies the dependency property. - Gets/sets the button style. + Gets or sets the button content style. + + Identifies the dependency property. + - Gets/sets the menu style. + Gets or sets the "popup" menu style. + + Identifies the dependency property. + - Gets/sets the brush of the button arrow icon. + Gets or sets the foreground brush for the button arrow icon. + + Identifies the dependency property. + - Gets/sets the brush of the button arrow icon if the mouse is over the drop down button. + Gets or sets the foreground brush of the button arrow icon if the mouse is over the drop down button. + + Identifies the dependency property. + - Gets/sets the brush of the button arrow icon if the arrow button is pressed. + Gets or sets the foreground brush of the button arrow icon if the arrow button is pressed. + + Identifies the dependency property. + - Gets/sets the visibility of the button arrow icon. + Gets or sets the visibility of the button arrow icon. + + + Invoked when the property changes. Information about the change. @@ -1329,108 +1564,184 @@ An action that takes no parameters. The dispatcher priority. + + + Executes the specified action if the element is loaded or at the loaded event if it's not loaded. + + The element where the action should be run. + An action that takes no parameters. + - A control that imitate a slideshow with back/forward buttons. + A control that imitate a slide show with back/forward buttons. - + + Identifies the dependency property. + + - To counteract the double Loaded event issue. + Gets or sets the border brush of the mouse hover effect. - + + Identifies the dependency property. + + - Coerce SelectedIndexProperty's value. + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the border for mouse over effect is enabled or not. - The object that the property exists on. - The new value of the property, prior to any coercion attempt. - The coerced value (with appropriate type). - + + Identifies the dependency property. + + - Computes the transition when changing selected index. + Gets or sets the border thickness for the border of the mouse hover effect. - Previous selected index. - New selected index. - + + Identifies the dependency property. + + - Gets the navigation buttons. + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the navigation is circular, so you get the first after last and the last before first. - Previous button. - Next button. - Inactive buttons. - + + Identifies the dependency property. + + - Applies actions to navigation buttons. + Gets or sets the position of the navigation buttons. - Action applied to the previous button. - Action applied to the next button. - Action applied to the inactive buttons. - Any action is null. - + + Identifies the dependency property. + + - Sets the visibility of navigation buttons. + Gets or sets the orientation of the navigation. - Visibility of active buttons. - + + Identifies the dependency property. + + - Changes the current slide to the previous item. + Gets or sets the transition of the left navigation. - + + Identifies the dependency property. + + - Changes the current to the next item. + Gets or sets the transition of the right navigation. - + + Identifies the dependency property. + + - Brings the control buttons (next/previous) into view. + Gets or sets the transition of the up navigation. - + + Identifies the dependency property. + + - Removes the control buttons (next/previous) from view. + Gets or sets the transition of the down navigation. - + + Identifies the dependency property. + + - Gets or sets a value indicating whether the border for mouse over state is enabled or not. + Gets or sets whether the banner is visible or not. - + + Identifies the dependency property. + + - Gets or sets the mouse hover border brush. + Gets or sets whether the navigation button are visible or not. - + + Identifies the dependency property. + + - Gets or sets the mouse hover border thickness. + Gets or sets the banner text. - + - Gets/sets the text that is displayed in the FlipView's banner. + To counteract the double Loaded event issue. - + - Gets/sets whether the FlipView's banner is visible. + Coerce SelectedIndexProperty's value. + The object that the property exists on. + The new value of the property, prior to any coercion attempt. + The coerced value (with appropriate type). - + - Gets or sets a value indicating whether the navigation is circular, so you get the first after last and the last before first. + Changes the current slide to the previous item. - + + + Changes the current to the next item. + + + + + Brings the control buttons (next/previous) into view. + + + + + Removes the control buttons (next/previous) from view. + + + + + Applies actions to navigation buttons. + + Action applied to the previous button. + Action applied to the next button. + Action applied to the inactive buttons. + Any action is null. + + + + Computes the transition when changing selected index. + + Previous selected index. + New selected index. + + + + Sets the visibility of navigation buttons. + + Visibility of active buttons. + + - Gets/sets whether the FlipView's NavigationButton is visible. + Gets the navigation buttons. + Previous button. + Next button. + Inactive buttons. @@ -1444,6 +1755,11 @@ An event that is raised when IsOpen changes. + + + An event that is raised when the opening animation has finished. + + An event that is raised when the closing animation has finished. @@ -1475,11 +1791,6 @@ Gets/sets the command parameter which will be passed by the CloseCommand. - - - Gets/sets a command which will be executed if the close button was clicked. - - Gets/sets whether this flyout is visible. @@ -1565,7 +1876,7 @@ Adapts the Flyout's theme to the theme of its host window, but inverted. This theme can only be applied if the host window's theme abides the "Dark" and "Light" affix convention. - (see for more infos. + (see for more infos. @@ -1578,32 +1889,24 @@ The flyouts theme will match the host window's accent color. - + - GlowWindow + Represents an icon that uses a glyph from the specified font. - + + Identifies the dependency property. + + - InitializeComponent + Gets or sets the character code that identifies the icon glyph. + The hexadecimal character code for the icon glyph. The HamburgerMenu is based on a SplitView control. By default it contains a HamburgerButton and a ListView to display menu items. - - The HamburgerMenu is based on a SplitView control. By default it contains a HamburgerButton and a ListView to display menu items. - - - The HamburgerMenu is based on a SplitView control. By default it contains a HamburgerButton and a ListView to display menu items. - - - The HamburgerMenu is based on a SplitView control. By default it contains a HamburgerButton and a ListView to display menu items. - - - The HamburgerMenu is based on a SplitView control. By default it contains a HamburgerButton and a ListView to display menu items. - @@ -1615,59 +1918,72 @@ Override default OnApplyTemplate to capture children controls + + Identifies the routed event. + Event raised when an item is clicked + + Identifies the routed event. + Event raised when an options' item is clicked + + Identifies the routed event. + Event raised when an item is invoked - + + Identifies the routed event. + + - Identifies the dependency property. + Event raised when the hamburger button is clicked + + Identifies the dependency property. + - - Identifies the dependency property. - + Identifies the dependency property. - - Identifies the dependency property. - + Identifies the dependency property. - - Identifies the dependency property. - + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. - + + Identifies the dependency property. + + - Identifies the dependency property. + Gets or sets the Style used for the hamburger button. - + - Gets or sets a template for the hamburger icon. + Gets or sets a template for the hamburger button. - - Identifies the dependency property. - + Identifies the dependency property. - Gets or sets a template for the hamburger icon. + Gets or sets a template for the hamburger pane header. @@ -1691,49 +2007,31 @@ - - Identifies the dependency property. - + Identifies the dependency property. - - Identifies the dependency property. - + Identifies the dependency property. - - Identifies the dependency property. - + Identifies the dependency property. - - Identifies the dependency property. - + Identifies the dependency property. - - Identifies the dependency property. - + Identifies the dependency property. - - Identifies the dependency property. - + Identifies the dependency property. - - Identifies the dependency property. - + Identifies the dependency property. - - Identifies the dependency property. - + Identifies the dependency property. - - Identifies the dependency property. - + Identifies the dependency property. @@ -1794,99 +2092,116 @@ + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + - Identifies the dependency property. + Gets or sets the minimum width of the pane when it's fully expanded. + + The minimum width of the pane when it's fully expanded. The default is 320 device-independent + pixel (DIP). + - + + Identifies the dependency property. + + - Identifies the dependency property. + Gets or sets the maximum width of the pane when it's fully expanded. + + The maximum width of the pane when it's fully expanded. The default is 320 device-independent + pixel (DIP). + - + + Identifies the dependency property. + + - Identifies the dependency property. + Gets or Sets if the open pane can be resized by the user. The default value is false. - + + Identifies the dependency property. + + - Identifies the dependency property. + Gets or Sets the for the resizing Thumb (type of ) + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + - - Identifies the dependency property. - + Identifies the dependency property. - - Identifies the dependency property. - + Identifies the dependency property. - - Identifies the dependency property. - + Identifies the dependency property. - - Identifies the dependency property. - + Identifies the dependency property. - - Identifies the dependency property. - + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. - - Identifies the dependency property. - + Identifies the dependency property. - - Identifies the dependency property. - + Identifies the dependency property. - - Identifies the dependency property. - + Identifies the dependency property. - - Identifies the dependency property. - + Identifies the dependency property. - - Identifies the dependency property. - + Identifies the dependency property. - - Identifies the dependency property. - + Identifies the dependency property. - - Identifies the dependency property. - + Identifies the dependency property. - - Identifies the dependency property. - + Identifies the dependency property. - - Identifies the dependency property. - + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. - - Identifies the dependency property. - + Identifies the dependency property. @@ -1908,6 +2223,16 @@ Gets or sets the width of the pane in its compact display mode. + + + Gets or sets the margin for the pane. + + + + + Gets or sets the margin for the pane header. + + Gets or sets the Brush to apply to the background of the Pane area of the control. @@ -1933,6 +2258,16 @@ Gets or sets the Style used for each item. + + + Gets or sets the Style used for each header item. + + + + + Gets or sets the Style used for each separator item. + + Gets or sets the DataTemplate used to display each item. @@ -1997,16 +2332,39 @@ EventArgs used for the ItemClick and OptionsItemClick event. + + + + + + + + + Gets the clicked item + + + RoutedEventHandler used for the ItemClick and OptionsItemClick event. + + EventArgs used for the ItemInvoked event. + + + + + + + + + Gets the invoked item @@ -2017,6 +2375,11 @@ Gets a value indicating whether the invoked item is an options item + + + RoutedEventHandler used for the ItemInvoked event. + + The HamburgerMenuGlyphItem provides a glyph based implementation for HamburgerMenu entries. @@ -2032,6 +2395,16 @@ Gets or sets a value that specifies the glyph to use from Segoe MDL2 Assets font. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Gets or sets a value that specifies label to display. + + The HamburgerMenuIconItem provides an icon based implementation for HamburgerMenu entries. @@ -2077,12 +2450,7 @@ Identifies the dependency property. - - - Identifies the dependency property. - - - + Identifies the dependency property. @@ -2117,11 +2485,6 @@ Gets or sets a value that specifies the page to navigate to (if you use the HamburgerMenu with a Frame content) - - - Gets or sets a value that specifies an user specific value. - - Gets or sets a command which will be executed if an item is clicked by the user. @@ -2158,10 +2521,59 @@ Executes the command which can be set by the user. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Gets or sets a value that specifies an user specific value. + + + + + Gets or sets the value indicating whether this element is visible in the user interface (UI). This is a dependency property. + + + true if the item is visible, otherwise false. The default value is true. + + - The HamburgerMenuItemCollection provides typed collection of HamburgerMenuItem. + The HamburgerMenuItemCollection provides typed collection of HamburgerMenuItemBase. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether which item container style will be used for the HamburgerMenuItem. + + + + + + + + The HamburgerMenuSeparatorItem provides an separator based implementation for HamburgerMenu entries. + + + + + Gets or sets a value that specifies label to display. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether this item is enabled in the user interface (UI). + + true if the item is enabled; otherwise, false. The default value is true. + @@ -2173,23 +2585,804 @@ This comparer is used only if in the corresponding the value for is false. - + + + Gets the size of the CheckBox itself. + + + + + Sets the size of the CheckBox itself. + + + + + Gets the stroke thickness of the CheckBox itself. + + + + + Sets the stroke thickness of the CheckBox itself. + + + + + Gets the Glyph for IsChecked = false. + + + + + Sets the Glyph for IsChecked = false. + + + + + Gets the GlyphTemplate for IsChecked = false. + + + + + Sets the GlyphTemplate for IsChecked = false. + + + + + Gets the Foreground for IsChecked = false. + + + + + Sets the Foreground for IsChecked = false. + + + + + Gets the Background for IsChecked = false. + + + + + Sets the Background for IsChecked = false. + + + + + Gets the BorderBrush for IsChecked = false. + + + + + Sets the BorderBrush for IsChecked = false. + + + + + Gets the check BackgroundBrush for IsChecked = false. + + + + + Sets the BackgroundBrush for IsChecked = false. + + + + + Gets the check BorderBrush for IsChecked = false. + + + + + Sets the check BorderBrush for IsChecked = false. + + + + + Gets the check Foreground for IsChecked = false. + + + + + Sets the check Foreground for IsChecked = false. + + + + + Gets the Foreground for IsChecked = false, IsMouseOver = true. + + + + + Sets the Foreground for IsChecked = false, IsMouseOver = true. + + + + + Gets the Background for IsChecked = false, IsMouseOver = true. + + + + + Sets the Background for IsChecked = false, IsMouseOver = true. + + + + + Gets the BorderBrush for IsChecked = false, IsMouseOver = true. + + + + + Sets the BorderBrush for IsChecked = false, IsMouseOver = true. + + + + + Gets the check BackgroundBrush for IsChecked = false, IsMouseOver = true. + + + + + Sets the BackgroundBrush for IsChecked = false, IsMouseOver = true. + + + + + Gets the check BorderBrush for IsChecked = false, IsMouseOver = true. + + + + + Sets the check BorderBrush for IsChecked = false, IsMouseOver = true. + + + + + Gets the check Foreground for IsChecked = false, IsMouseOver = true. + + + + + Sets the check Foreground for IsChecked = false, IsMouseOver = true. + + + + + Gets the Foreground for IsChecked = false, IsPressed = true. + + + + + Sets the Foreground for IsChecked = false, IsPressed = true. + + + + + Gets the Background for IsChecked = false, IsPressed = true. + + + + + Sets the Background for IsChecked = false, IsPressed = true. + + + + + Gets the BorderBrush for IsChecked = false, IsPressed = true. + + + + + Sets the BorderBrush for IsChecked = false, IsPressed = true. + + + + + Gets the check BackgroundBrush for IsChecked = false, IsPressed = true. + + + + + Sets the BackgroundBrush for IsChecked = false, IsPressed = true. + + + + + Gets the check BorderBrush for IsChecked = false, IsPressed = true. + + + + + Sets the check BorderBrush for IsChecked = false, IsPressed = true. + + + + + Gets the check Foreground for IsChecked = false, IsPressed = true. + + + + + Sets the check Foreground for IsChecked = false, IsPressed = true. + + + + + Gets the Foreground for IsChecked = false, IsEnabled = false. + + + + + Sets the Foreground for IsChecked = false, IsEnabled = false. + + + + + Gets the Background for IsChecked = false, IsEnabled = false. + + + + + Sets the Background for IsChecked = false, IsEnabled = false. + + + + + Gets the BorderBrush for IsChecked = false, IsEnabled = false. + + + + + Sets the BorderBrush for IsChecked = false, IsEnabled = false. + + + + + Gets the check BackgroundBrush for IsChecked = false, IsEnabled = false. + + + + + Sets the BackgroundBrush for IsChecked = false, IsEnabled = false. + + + + + Gets the check BorderBrush for IsChecked = false, IsEnabled = false. + + + + + Sets the check BorderBrush for IsChecked = false, IsEnabled = false. + + + + + Gets the check Foreground for IsChecked = false, IsEnabled = false. + + + + + Sets the check Foreground for IsChecked = false, IsEnabled = false. + + + + + Gets the Glyph for IsChecked = true. + + + + + Sets the Glyph for IsChecked = true. + + + + + Gets the GlyphTemplate for IsChecked = true. + + + + + Sets the GlyphTemplate for IsChecked = true. + + + + + Gets the Foreground for IsChecked = true. + + + + + Sets the Foreground for IsChecked = true. + + + + + Gets the Background for IsChecked = true. + + + + + Sets the Background for IsChecked = true. + + + + + Gets the BorderBrush for IsChecked = true. + + + + + Sets the BorderBrush for IsChecked = true. + + + + + Gets the check Background for IsChecked = true. + + + + + Sets the check Background for IsChecked = true. + + + + + Gets the check BorderBrush for IsChecked = true. + + + + + Sets the check BorderBrush for IsChecked = true. + + + + + Gets the check glyph Foreground for IsChecked = true. + + + + + Sets the check glyph Foreground for IsChecked = true. + + + + + Gets the Foreground for IsChecked = true, IsMouseOver = true. + + + + + Sets the Foreground for IsChecked = true, IsMouseOver = true. + + + + + Gets the Background for IsChecked = true, IsMouseOver = true. + + + + + Sets the Background for IsChecked = true, IsMouseOver = true. + + + + + Gets the BorderBrush for IsChecked = true, IsMouseOver = true. + + + + + Sets the BorderBrush for IsChecked = true, IsMouseOver = true. + + + + + Gets the check Background for IsChecked = true, IsMouseOver = true. + + + + + Sets the check Background for IsChecked = true, IsMouseOver = true. + + + + + Gets the check BorderBrush for IsChecked = true, IsMouseOver = true. + + + + + Sets the check BorderBrush for IsChecked = true, IsMouseOver = true. + + + + + Gets the check glyph Foreground for IsChecked = true, IsMouseOver = true. + + + + + Sets the check glyph Foreground for IsChecked = true, IsMouseOver = true. + + + + + Gets the Foreground for IsChecked = true, IsPressed = true. + + + + + Sets the Foreground for IsChecked = true, IsPressed = true. + + + + + Gets the Background for IsChecked = true, IsPressed = true. + + + + + Sets the Background for IsChecked = true, IsPressed = true. + + + + + Gets the BorderBrush for IsChecked = true, IsPressed = true. + + + + + Sets the BorderBrush for IsChecked = true, IsPressed = true. + + + + + Gets the check Background for IsChecked = true, IsPressed = true. + + + + + Sets the check Background for IsChecked = true, IsPressed = true. + + + + + Gets the check BorderBrush for IsChecked = true, IsPressed = true. + + + + + Sets the check BorderBrush for IsChecked = true, IsPressed = true. + + + + + Gets the check glyph Foreground for IsChecked = true, IsPressed = true. + + + + + Sets the check glyph Foreground for IsChecked = true, IsPressed = true. + + + + + Gets the Foreground for IsChecked = true, IsEnabled = false. + + + + + Sets the Foreground for IsChecked = true, IsEnabled = false. + + + + + Gets the Background for IsChecked = true, IsEnabled = false. + + + + + Sets the Background for IsChecked = true, IsEnabled = false. + + + + + Gets the BorderBrush for IsChecked = true, IsEnabled = false. + + + + + Sets the BorderBrush for IsChecked = true, IsEnabled = false. + + + + + Gets the check Background for IsChecked = true, IsEnabled = false. + + + + + Sets the check Background for IsChecked = true, IsEnabled = false. + + + + + Gets the check BorderBrush for IsChecked = true, IsEnabled = false. + + + + + Sets the check BorderBrush for IsChecked = true, IsEnabled = false. + + + + + Gets the check glyph Foreground for IsChecked = true, IsEnabled = false. + + + + + Sets the check glyph Foreground for IsChecked = true, IsEnabled = false. + + + + + Gets the Glyph for IsChecked = null. + + + + + Sets the Glyph for IsChecked = null. + + + + + Gets the GlyphTemplate for IsChecked = null. + + + + + Sets the GlyphTemplate for IsChecked = null. + + + + + Gets the Foreground for IsChecked = null. + + + + + Sets the Foreground for IsChecked = null. + + + + + Gets the Background for IsChecked = null. + + + + + Sets the Background for IsChecked = null. + + + + + Gets the BorderBrush for IsChecked = null. + + + + + Sets the BorderBrush for IsChecked = null. + + + + + Gets the glyph BackgroundBrush for IsChecked = null. + + + + + Sets the glyph BackgroundBrush for IsChecked = null. + + + + + Gets the glyph BorderBrush for IsChecked = null. + + + + + Sets the glyph BorderBrush for IsChecked = null. + + + + + Gets the glyph Foreground for IsChecked = null. + + + + + Sets the glyph Foregorund for IsChecked = null. + + + + + Gets the Foreground for IsChecked = null, IsMouseOver = true. + + + + + Sets the Foreground for IsChecked = null, IsMouseOver = true. + + + + + Gets the Background for IsChecked = null, IsMouseOver = true. + + + + + Sets the Background for IsChecked = null, IsMouseOver = true. + + + + + Gets the BorderBrush for IsChecked = null, IsMouseOver = true. + + + + + Sets the BorderBrush for IsChecked = null, IsMouseOver = true. + + + + + Gets the glyph BackgroundBrush for IsChecked = null, IsMouseOver = true. + + + + + Sets the glyph BackgroundBrush for IsChecked = null, IsMouseOver = true. + + + + + Gets the glyph BorderBrush for IsChecked = null, IsMouseOver = true. + + + + + Sets the glyph BorderBrush for IsChecked = null, IsMouseOver = true. + + + + + Gets the glyph Foreground for IsChecked = null, IsMouseOver = true. + + + + + Sets the glyph Foregorund for IsChecked = null, IsMouseOver = true. + + + + + Gets the Foreground for IsChecked = null, IsPressed = true. + + + + + Sets the Foreground for IsChecked = null, IsPressed = true. + + + + + Gets the Background for IsChecked = null, IsPressed = true. + + + + + Sets the Background for IsChecked = null, IsPressed = true. + + + + + Gets the BorderBrush for IsChecked = null, IsPressed = true. + + + + + Sets the BorderBrush for IsChecked = null, IsPressed = true. + + + + + Gets the glyph BackgroundBrush for IsChecked = null, IsPressed = true. + + + + + Sets the glyph BackgroundBrush for IsChecked = null, IsPressed = true. + + + + + Gets the glyph BorderBrush for IsChecked = null, IsPressed = true. + + + + + Sets the glyph BorderBrush for IsChecked = null, IsPressed = true. + + + + + Gets the glyph Foreground for IsChecked = null, IsPressed = true. + + + + + Sets the glyph Foregorund for IsChecked = null, IsPressed = true. + + + + + Gets the Foreground for IsChecked = null, IsEnabled = false. + + + + + Sets the Foreground for IsChecked = null, IsEnabled = false. + + + + + Gets the Background for IsChecked = null, IsEnabled = false. + + + + + Sets the Background for IsChecked = null, IsEnabled = false. + + + + + Gets the BorderBrush for IsChecked = null, IsEnabled = false. + + + + + Sets the BorderBrush for IsChecked = null, IsEnabled = false. + + + + + Gets the glyph BackgroundBrush for IsChecked = null, IsEnabled = false. + + + - Overrides the text case behavior for certain buttons. - When set to true, the text case will be preserved and won't be changed to upper or lower case. + Sets the glyph BackgroundBrush for IsChecked = null, IsEnabled = false. - + - DependencyProperty for property. + Gets the glyph BorderBrush for IsChecked = null, IsEnabled = false. - - - The CornerRadius property allows users to control the roundness of the button corners independently by - setting a radius value for each corner. Radius values that are too large are scaled so that they - smoothly blend from corner to corner. (Can be used e.g. at MetroButton style) - Description taken from original Microsoft description :-D + + + Sets the glyph BorderBrush for IsChecked = null, IsEnabled = false. + + + + + Gets the glyph Foreground for IsChecked = null, IsEnabled = false. + + + + + Sets the glyph Foregorund for IsChecked = null, IsEnabled = false. @@ -2248,9 +3441,19 @@ Sets the character casing of the control - + + + Gets the value if the inner ContentPresenter use AccessText in its style. + + + + + Sets the value if the inner ContentPresenter should use AccessText in its style. + + + - This property can be used to set the button width (PART_ClearText) of TextBox, PasswordBox, ComboBox, NumericUpDown + Gets the brush used to draw the focus border. @@ -2258,14 +3461,14 @@ Sets the brush used to draw the focus border. - + Gets the brush used to draw the focus border. - + - Sets the brush used to draw the mouse over brush. + Sets the brush used to draw the focus border. @@ -2273,6 +3476,11 @@ Gets the brush used to draw the mouse over brush. + + + Sets the brush used to draw the mouse over brush. + + DependencyProperty for property. @@ -2301,34 +3509,54 @@ Sets a value indicating whether the child contents of the control are not editable. - + + + Gets the ElementStyle for the autogenerated DataGridCheckBoxColumn. + + + + + Sets the ElementStyle for the autogenerated DataGridCheckBoxColumn. + + + + + Gets the EditingElementStyle for the autogenerated DataGridCheckBoxColumn. + + + - Save the DataGrid. + Sets the EditingElementStyle for the autogenerated DataGridCheckBoxColumn. - + - Get the DataGrid. + Gets the EditingElementStyle for the autogenerated DataGridTextColumn. - + - Gets the value to define the DataGridCell selection behavior. + Sets the EditingElementStyle for the autogenerated DataGridTextColumn. - + - Sets the value to define the DataGridCell selection behavior. + Gets the padding inside the cell. - + - Gets the value to define the DataGridCell selection behavior. + Sets the padding inside the cell. - + - Sets the value to define the DataGridCell selection behavior. + Gets the padding inside the column. + + + + + Sets the padding inside the column. @@ -2341,14 +3569,54 @@ Sets a value which indicates the preview cell editing is enabled or not. - + + + Gets the value to define the selection behavior. + + + + + Sets the value to define the selection behavior. + + + + + Gets the content of the DropDown Button. + + + + + Sets the content of the DropDown Button. + + + + + Gets the data template used to display the content of the DropDown Button. + + + + + Sets the data template used to display the content of the DropDown Button. + + + + + Gets the font family of the desired font. + + + - Gets the value to define the DataGridRow selection behavior. + Sets the font family of the desired font. - + - Sets the value to define the DataGridRow selection behavior. + Gets the size of the desired font. + + + + + Sets the size of the desired font. @@ -2397,6 +3665,146 @@ Sets the toggle button style used for the ExpandDirection Right. + + + The DependencyProperty for the ' ExpandStoryboard property. + + If the Storyboard is set, the expanded event applies this to the inner grid. + + + + + Helper for getting from . + + If the Storyboard is set, the expanded event applies this to the inner grid. + + to read from. + ExpandStoryboard property value. + + + + Helper for setting on . + + If the Storyboard is set, the expanded event applies this to the inner grid. + + to set on. + ExpandStoryboard property value. + + + + The DependencyProperty for the ' CollapseStoryboard property. + + If the Storyboard is set, the collapsed event applies this to the inner grid. + + + + + Helper for getting from . + + If the Storyboard is set, the collapsed event applies this to the inner grid. + + to read from. + CollapseStoryboard property value. + + + + Helper for setting on . + + If the Storyboard is set, the collapsed event applies this to the inner grid. + + to set on. + CollapseStoryboard property value. + + + + Gets the value of the Foreground for the header. + + + + + Sets the value of the Foreground for the header. + + + + + Gets the value of the Background for the header. + + + + + Sets the value of the Background for the header. + + + + + Gets the value of the FontFamily for the header. + + + + + Sets the value of the FontFamily for the header. + + + + + Gets the value of the FontSize for the header. + + + + + Sets the value of the FontSize for the header. + + + + + Gets the value of the FontStretch for the header. + + + + + Sets the value of the FontStretch for the header. + + + + + Gets the value of the FontWeight for the header. + + + + + Sets the value of the FontWeight for the header. + + + + + Gets or sets the outer margin for the header. + + + + + Sets or sets the outer margin for the header. + + + + + Gets the horizontal alignment of the header. + + + + + Sets the horizontal alignment of the header. + + + + + Gets the vertical alignment of the header. + + + + + Sets the vertical alignment of the header. + + Gets or sets the background brush which will be used for the active selected item (if the keyboard focus is within). @@ -2572,6 +3980,68 @@ Changes the value of the slider if the mouse pointer is over this element. + + + Defines a helper class for selected items binding on collections with multiselector elements + + + + + Handles disposal and creation of old and new bindings + + + + + Gets the selected items property binding + + + + + Sets the selected items property binding + + + + + Gets the for a binding + + + + + Sets the for a bining + + + + + Defines a binding between multi selector and property + + + + + Creates an instance of + + The selector of this binding + The bound collection + + + + Registers the event handlers for selector and collection changes + + + + + Unregisters the event handlers for selector and collection changes + + + + + Updates the collection with changes made in the selector + + + + + Updates the selector with changes made in the collection + + Gets the content of the RevealButton. @@ -2592,9 +4062,14 @@ Sets the data template used to display the content of the RevealButton. - + - This property can be used to set vertical scrollbar left side from the tabpanel (look at MetroAnimatedSingleRowTabControl) + Gets the StrokeThickness of the RadioButton itself. + + + + + Sets the StrokeThickness of the RadioButton itself. @@ -2604,14 +4079,14 @@ - - Gets whether the vertical ScrollBar is on the left side or not. - + Helper for getting from . + to read from. + VerticalScrollBarOnLeftSide property value. - - Sets whether the vertical ScrollBar should be on the left side or not. - + Helper for setting on . + to set on. + VerticalScrollBarOnLeftSide property value. @@ -2619,15 +4094,60 @@ + Helper for getting from . + to read from. + IsHorizontalScrollWheelEnabled property value. + + + Helper for setting on . + to set on. + IsHorizontalScrollWheelEnabled property value. + + - Gets whether the ScrollViewer is scrolling horizontal by using the mouse wheel. + This property can be used to trigger the call to a command when the user reach the end of the vertical scrollable area. - + + Helper for getting from . + to read from. + EndOfVerticalScrollReachedCommand property value. + + + Helper for setting on . + to set on. + EndOfVerticalScrollReachedCommand property value. + + + + This property can be used to trigger the call to a command when the user reach the end of the horizontal scrollable area. + + + + Helper for getting from . + to read from. + EndOfHorizontalScrollReachedCommand property value. + + + Helper for setting on . + to set on. + EndOfHorizontalScrollReachedCommand property value. + + - Sets whether the ScrollViewer should be scroll horizontal by using the mouse wheel. + This property can be used to provide a command parameter to the command called when reaching the end of the vertical or horizontal scrollable area. + + Helper for getting from . + to read from. + EndOfScrollReachedCommandParameter property value. + + + Helper for setting on . + to set on. + EndOfScrollReachedCommandParameter property value. + Gets or sets the brush of the thumb. @@ -2835,7 +4355,7 @@ Sets the Style and Template property to null. - + Removing a TabItem in code behind can produce such nasty output System.Windows.Data Warning: 4 : Cannot find source for binding with reference 'RelativeSource FindAncestor, AncestorType='System.Windows.Controls.TabControl', AncestorLevel='1''. BindingExpression:Path=Background; DataItem=null; target element is 'TabItem' (Name=''); target property is 'Background' (type 'Brush') or @@ -2890,11 +4410,6 @@ Sets a command parameter for the TabItem that will be passed to the CloseTabCommand. - - - Defines whether the underline below the is shown or not. - - Defines whether the underline below the or is shown or not. @@ -2925,6 +4440,11 @@ This property can be used to set the Transition for animated TabControls + + + Defines the position of the Underline + + A helper class that provides various attached properties for the TextBox control. @@ -3023,51 +4543,96 @@ Sets the clear text button visibility / feature. Can be used to enable text deletion. - + + + Gets the text button visibility. + + + + + Sets the text button visibility. + + + + + Gets the buttons placement variant. + + + + + Sets the buttons placement variant. + + + + + Gets the clear text button behavior. + + + + + Sets the clear text button behavior. + + + + + ButtonContentTemplate is the template used to display the content of the ClearText button. + + + + + This property can be used to handle the style for CheckBox and RadioButton + LeftToRight means content left and button right and RightToLeft vise versa + + + + + This property can be used to handle the style for CheckBox and RadioButton + LeftToRight means content left and button right and RightToLeft vise versa + + + - Gets the text button visibility. + Gets the toggle button style used for the TreeViewItem expander. - + - Sets the text button visibility. + Sets the toggle button style used for the TreeViewItem expander. - + - Gets the buttons placement variant. + Identifies the CloseOnMouseLeftButtonDown attached property. - + - Sets the buttons placement variant. + Gets whether if the popup can be closed by left mouse button down. - + - Gets the clear text button behavior. + Sets whether if the popup can be closed by left mouse button down. - + - Sets the clear text button behavior. + Identifies the ShowValidationErrorOnMouseOver attached property. - - - ButtonContentTemplate is the template used to display the content of the ClearText button. + + + Gets whether the validation error text will be shown when hovering the validation triangle. - + - This property can be used to handle the style for CheckBox and RadioButton - LeftToRight means content left and button right and RightToLeft vise versa + Sets whether the validation error text will be shown when hovering the validation triangle. - + - This property can be used to handle the style for CheckBox and RadioButton - LeftToRight means content left and button right and RightToLeft vise versa + Represents the base class for an icon UI element. @@ -3092,9 +4657,68 @@ - Originally from http://xamlcoder.com/blog/2010/11/04/creating-a-metro-ui-style-control/ + A ContentControl which use a transition to slide in the content. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Gets or sets whether the reverse version of the transition should be used. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Gets or sets the value if a transition should be used or not. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Gets or sets whether the transition should be used only at the loaded event of the control. + + + + Identifies the routed event. + + + + The event which will be fired when the transition starts. + + + + Identifies the routed event. + + + + The event which will be fired when the transition ends. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Gets whether if the content is transitioning. + + + + + Execute the transition again. + + + Creates AutomationPeer () @@ -3290,11 +4914,14 @@ A standard MetroTabControl (Pivot). - + Initializes a new instance of the MahApps.Metro.Controls.MetroTabControl class. + + Identifies the dependency property. + A base class for every MetroTabControl (Pivot). @@ -3447,17 +5074,47 @@ - Gets/sets whether the window will ignore (and overlap) the taskbar when maximized. + Defines if the Taskbar should be ignored when maximizing a Window. + This only works with WindowStyle = None. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. - Gets or sets resize border thickness + Gets or sets resize border thickness. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for ResizeBorderTickness. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + for . + + + + + Gets/sets if the border thickness value should be kept on maximize + if the MaxHeight/MaxWidth of the window is less than the monitor resolution. + + + + + for . + + + + + Gets or sets wether the resizing of the window should be tried in a way that does not cause flicker/jitter, especially when resizing from the left side. + + + Please note that setting this to true may cause resize lag and black areas appearing on some systems. + + + + + for . @@ -3517,17 +5174,17 @@ - Gets/sets if the minimize button is visible. + Gets or sets whether if the minimize button is visible and the minimize system menu is enabled. - Gets/sets if the Maximize/Restore button is visible. + Gets or sets whether if the maximize/restore button is visible and the maximize/restore system menu is enabled. - Gets/sets if the close button is visible. + Gets or sets whether if the close button is visible. @@ -3550,19 +5207,19 @@ Gets or sets whether if the close button should be enabled or not if a dialog is shown. - + - Gets/sets if the the system menu should popup on right click. + Gets or sets a value that indicates whether the system menu should popup with left mouse click on the window icon. - + - Gets/sets the TitleBar's height. + Gets or sets a value that indicates whether the system menu should popup with right mouse click if the mouse position is on title bar or on the entire window if it has no title bar (and no title bar height). - + - Gets/sets if the TitleBar's text is automatically capitalized. + Gets/sets the TitleBar's height. @@ -3610,6 +5267,11 @@ Gets/sets the opacity used for the dialog overlay. + + + Gets or sets the brush used for the Flyouts overlay. + + Gets or sets the overlay fade in storyboard. @@ -3648,12 +5310,15 @@ Initializes a new instance of the MahApps.Metro.Controls.MetroWindow class. - + Initializes various behaviors for the window. - For example , and . + For example , and . + + + Gets the template child with the given name. @@ -3688,13 +5353,12 @@ The name of the template child. The direction. - + Adapts the WindowCommands to the theme of the first opened, topmost && (top || right || left) flyout The MetroWindow All the flyouts! Or flyouts that fall into the category described in the summary. - An optional brush to reset the window commands brush to. @@ -3762,6 +5426,11 @@ Gets or sets a value indicating whether the user can enter text in the control. + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the value will be changed directly on every TextBox text changed event or when using the Enter key. + + Gets or sets a value indicating the culture to be used in string formatting operations. @@ -3786,6 +5455,11 @@ + + + Gets or sets whether the up and down buttons will got the focus when using them. + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the text can be changed by the use of the up or down buttons only. @@ -3811,11 +5485,6 @@ Gets or sets the horizontal alignment of the contents of the text box. - - - Indicates if the NumericUpDown should show the decimal separator or not. - - Gets or sets which numeric input for the NumericUpDown is allowed. @@ -3826,6 +5495,16 @@ Indicates if the NumericUpDown should round the value to the nearest possible interval when the focus moves to another element. + + + Gets or sets the parsing number style for the value from text to numeric. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the up down buttons are switched. + + Called when this element or any below gets focus. @@ -3848,96 +5527,261 @@ New value of the property + + + Doesn't overlay Flyouts nor a hidden TitleBar. + + + + + Overlays opened controls. + + + + + Overlays a hidden TitleBar. + + Based on Greg Schechter's Planerator http://blogs.msdn.com/b/greg_schechter/archive/2007/10/26/enter-the-planerator-dead-simple-3d-in-wpf-with-a-stupid-name.aspx + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + An Enum representing different positions, such as Left or Right. - + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + - Event arguments created for the RangeSlider's SelectionChanged event. - + This delegate must used by handlers of the RangeSelectionChangedEvent event. + The current element along the event's route. + The event arguments containing additional information about the event. + Nothing. - + - The value of the new range's beginning. + This RangeSelectionChangedEventArgs class contains old and new value when + RangeSelectionChanged is raised. + + - + - The value of the new range's ending. + Return the old lower value. - + - A slider control with the ability to select a range between two values. + Return the new lower value. - + - Identifies the  dependency property. + Return the old upper value. - + - Identifies the  dependency property. + Return the new upper value. - + - Identifies the  dependency property. + This is an instance constructor for the RangeSelectionChangedEventArgs class. + The old lower property value + The new lower property value + The old upper property value + The new upper property value - + - Identifies the  dependency property. + This is an instance constructor for the RoutedPropertyChangedEventArgs class. + It is constructed with a reference to the event being raised. + The old lower property value + The new lower property value + The old upper property value + The new upper property value + RoutedEvent - + - Identifies the  dependency property. + This method is used to perform the proper type casting in order to + call the type-safe RoutedPropertyChangedEventHandler delegate for the IsCheckedChangedEvent event. + The handler to invoke. + The current object along the event's route. + Nothing. - + - Identifies the  dependency property. + A slider control with the ability to select a range between two values. - + + Identifies the routed event. + + + Identifies the routed event. + + + Identifies the routed event. + + + Identifies the routed event. + + + Identifies the routed event. + + + Identifies the routed event. + + + Identifies the routed event. + + + Identifies the routed event. + + + Identifies the routed event. + + + Identifies the routed event. + + + Identifies the routed event. + + + Identifies the routed event. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + - Get/sets value how fast thumbs will move when user press on left/right/central with left mouse button (IsMoveToPoint must be set to FALSE) + Get/sets the end of the range selection. - + + Identifies the dependency property. + + - Get/sets precision of the value, which displaying inside AutotToolTip + Get/sets the beginning of the range selection. - + + Identifies the dependency property. + + - Get/sets the converter for the tooltip text + Get/sets the minimum range that can be selected. - + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Get/sets the minimal distance between two thumbs. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Get/sets whether whole range will be moved when press on right/left/central part of control + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Get/sets whether possibility to make manipulations inside range with left/right mouse buttons + cotrol button + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Get/sets whether possibility to make manipulations inside range with left/right mouse buttons + cotrol button + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + - Get/sets tooltip, which will show while dragging thumbs and display currect value + Gets or sets the orientation of the . + + Identifies the dependency property. + Gets or sets the position of tick marks with respect to the of the . - A value that defines how to position the tick marks in a with respect to the slider bar. The default is . + A value that defines how to position the tick marks in a with respect to the slider bar. The default is . + + Identifies the dependency property. + Gets or sets the interval between tick marks. @@ -3946,6 +5790,9 @@ The distance between tick marks. The default is (1.0). + + Identifies the dependency property. + Gets or sets the positions of the tick marks to display for a . @@ -3953,52 +5800,72 @@ A set of tick marks to display for a . The default is . + + Identifies the dependency property. + Get or sets IsMoveToPoint feature which will enable/disable moving to exact point inside control when user clicked on it Gets or sets a value that indicates whether the two of a moves immediately to the location of the mouse click that occurs while the mouse pointer pauses on the tracks. - - - Gets or sets the orientation of the . - + + Identifies the dependency property. - + - Get/sets whether possibility to make manipulations inside range with left/right mouse buttons + cotrol button + Gets or sets whether a tooltip that contains the current value of the displays when the is pressed. If a tooltip is displayed, this property also specifies the placement of the tooltip. + + One of the values that determines where to display the tooltip with respect to the of the , or that specifies to not show a tooltip. The default is , which specifies that a tooltip is not displayed. + - - - Get/sets whether possibility to make manipulations inside range with left/right mouse buttons + cotrol button - + + Identifies the dependency property. - + - Get/sets whether whole range will be moved when press on right/left/central part of control + Gets or sets the number of digits that are displayed to the right side of the decimal point for the of the in a tooltip. + + The precision of the that displays in the tooltip, specified as the number of digits that appear to the right of the decimal point. The default is zero (0). + - + + Identifies the dependency property. + + - Get/sets the minimal distance between two thumbs. + Gets or sets a template for the auto tooltip to show the lower value. - + + Identifies the dependency property. + + - Get/sets the beginning of the range selection. + Gets or sets a template for the auto tooltip to show the upper value. - + + Identifies the dependency property. + + - Get/sets the end of the range selection. + Gets or sets a template for the auto tooltip to show the center value. - + + Identifies the dependency property. + + - Get/sets the minimum range that can be selected. + Get/sets value how fast thumbs will move when user press on left/right/central with left mouse button (IsMoveToPoint must be set to FALSE) + + Identifies the dependency property. + Gets or sets a value that indicates whether the displays a selection range along the . @@ -4007,6 +5874,9 @@ if a selection range is displayed; otherwise, . The default is . + + Identifies the dependency property. + Gets or sets the smallest value of a specified selection for a . @@ -4015,6 +5885,9 @@ The largest value of a selected range of values of a . The default is zero (0.0). + + Identifies the dependency property. + Gets or sets the largest value of a specified selection for a . @@ -4035,6 +5908,19 @@ The old value of the property.The new value of the property. + + + Gets the lower value of the range selection. + + + + + Gets the upper value of the range selection. + + + + + RevealImage @@ -4045,80 +5931,102 @@ InitializeComponent - + + Identifies the dependency property. + + - Reflects the parameter to pass to the CommandProperty upon execution. + Gets or sets an extra tag. - + + Identifies the dependency property. + + - Gets or sets the target element on which to fire the command. + Gets or sets the orientation of children stacking. - + + Identifies the dependency property. + + - Get or sets the Command property. + Gets or sets the content for the icon part. - + + Identifies the dependency property. + + - Indicates whether the Popup is visible. + Gets or sets the DataTemplate for the icon part. - + + Identifies the dependency property. + + - Gets or sets an extra tag. + Gets or sets the command to invoke when the content button is pressed. - + + Identifies the dependency property. + + - Gets or sets the dimension of children stacking. + Gets or sets the element on which to raise the specified command. - + + Identifies the dependency property. + + - Gets or sets the Content used to generate the icon part. + Gets or sets the parameter to pass to the command property. - - - Gets or sets the ContentTemplate used to display the content of the icon part. - + + Identifies the dependency property. - Gets/sets the button style. + Gets or sets the button content style. + + Identifies the dependency property. + - Gets/sets the button arrow style. + Gets or sets the button arrow style. - - - Gets/sets the popup listbox style. - + + Identifies the dependency property. - Gets/sets the brush of the button arrow icon. + Gets or sets the foreground brush for the button arrow icon. + + Identifies the dependency property. + - Gets/sets the brush of the button arrow icon if the mouse is over the split button. + Gets or sets the foreground brush of the button arrow icon if the mouse is over the split button. + + Identifies the dependency property. + - Gets/sets the brush of the button arrow icon if the arrow button is pressed. + Gets or sets the foreground brush of the button arrow icon if the arrow button is pressed. - - Updates the current selection when an item in the has changed - The event data. - A special animation used to animates the length of a . @@ -4133,10 +6041,7 @@ - - Identifies the dependency property. - - The identifier for the property. + Identifies the dependency property. @@ -4148,10 +6053,7 @@ - - Identifies the dependency property. - - The identifier for the dependency property. + Identifies the dependency property. @@ -4160,10 +6062,7 @@ The contents of the main panel of a . The default is null. - - Identifies the dependency property. - - The identifier for the dependency property. + Identifies the dependency property. @@ -4175,10 +6074,7 @@ - - Identifies the dependency property. - - The identifier for the dependency property. + Identifies the dependency property. @@ -4186,11 +6082,17 @@ true if the pane is expanded to its full width; otherwise, false. The default is true. - + + Identifies the dependency property. + + - Identifies the dependency property. + Gets or sets a value that specifies the OverlayBrush - The identifier for the dependency property. + The current OverlayBrush + + + Identifies the dependency property. @@ -4201,11 +6103,48 @@ pixel (DIP). - + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Gets or sets the minimum width of the pane when it's fully expanded. + + + The minimum width of the pane when it's fully expanded. The default is 320 device-independent + pixel (DIP). + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + - Identifies the dependency property. + Gets or sets the maximum width of the pane when it's fully expanded. - The identifier for the dependency property. + + The maximum width of the pane when it's fully expanded. The default is 320 device-independent + pixel (DIP). + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Gets or Sets if the open pane can be resized by the user. The default value is false. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Gets or Sets the for the resizing Thumb (type of ) + + + + Identifies the dependency property. @@ -4214,10 +6153,7 @@ The contents of the pane of a . The default is null. - - Identifies the dependency property. - - The identifier for the dependency property. + Identifies the dependency property. @@ -4226,10 +6162,7 @@ The Brush to apply to the background of the area of the control. - - Identifies the dependency property. - - The identifier for the dependency property. + Identifies the dependency property. @@ -4238,10 +6171,7 @@ The Brush to apply to the background of the area of the control. - - Identifies the PanePlacement dependency property. - - The identifier for the PanePlacement dependency property. + Identifies the dependency property. @@ -4254,10 +6184,7 @@ - - Identifies the dependency property. - - The identifier for the dependency property. + Identifies the dependency property. @@ -4281,6 +6208,15 @@ Occurs when the pane is closing. + + + + + + + + + Constants that specify how the pane is shown in a . @@ -4345,43 +6281,56 @@ Not intended for general use. + + Identifies the dependency property. + Gets the value as a GridLength. + + Identifies the dependency property. + Gets the negative of the value. + + Identifies the dependency property. + Gets the negative of the value calculated by subtracting the value from the value. + + Identifies the dependency property. + Gets the value as a GridLength. + + Identifies the dependency property. + Gets the value. + + Identifies the dependency property. + Gets a value calculated by subtracting the value from the value. - - - An Enum representing different themes for window commands. - - HorizontalTitleAlignment Dependency Property. @@ -4409,10 +6358,17 @@ Represents a control that allows the user to select a date and a time. - + + Identifies the dependency property. + + - Occurs when the property is changed. + Gets or sets the last date to be displayed. + The last date to display. + + + Identifies the dependency property. @@ -4422,11 +6378,8 @@ The date to display. The default is . - - - Gets or sets the last date to be displayed. - - The last date to display. + + Identifies the dependency property. @@ -4434,6 +6387,9 @@ The first date to display. + + Identifies the dependency property. + Gets or sets the day that is considered the beginning of the week. @@ -4443,10 +6399,8 @@ that is determined by the current culture. - - - Gets or sets the format that is used to display the selected date. - + + Identifies the dependency property. @@ -4454,6 +6408,17 @@ true if the current date is highlighted; otherwise, false. The default is true. + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Gets or sets the format that is used to display the selected date. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + Gets or sets a value that indicates the dimension by which calendar and clock are stacked. @@ -4463,13 +6428,29 @@ . - - - Gets or sets the currently selected date. - - - The date currently selected. The default is null. - + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + @@ -4481,24 +6462,15 @@ Represents a control that allows the user to select a time. - - - Represents a base-class for time picking. - - - - - This readonly dependency property is to control whether to show the date-picker (in case of ) or hide it (in case of . - + + - - - Represents the time 00:00:00; 12:00:00 AM respectively - + + - + - Represents the time 23:59:59.9999999; 11:59:59.9999999 PM respectively + Represents a base-class for time picking. @@ -4537,29 +6509,68 @@ Returns a list containing {0, 15, 30, 45}. - + + Identifies the dependency property. + + - Occurs when the property is changed. + Gets or sets a collection used to generate the content for selecting the hours. + + A collection that is used to generate the content for selecting the hours. The default is a list of interger from 0 + to 23 if is false or a list of interger from + 1 to 12 otherwise.. + - + + Identifies the dependency property. + + - Gets or sets a value indicating the culture to be used in string formatting operations. + Gets or sets a collection used to generate the content for selecting the minutes. + + A collection that is used to generate the content for selecting the minutes. The default is a list of int from + 0 to 59. + - + + Identifies the dependency property. + + - Gets or sets a value indicating the visibility of the clock hands in the user interface (UI). + Gets or sets a collection used to generate the content for selecting the seconds. - The visibility definition of the clock hands. The default is . + A collection that is used to generate the content for selecting the minutes. The default is a list of int from + 0 to 59. - + + Identifies the dependency property. + + - Gets or sets a value indicating whether the date can be selected or not. This property is read-only. + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the drop-down for a box is currently + open. + + true if the drop-down is open; otherwise, false. The default is false. + + + + IsDropDownOpenProperty property changed handler. + + DatePicker that changed its IsDropDownOpen. + DependencyPropertyChangedEventArgs. + + + + This method is invoked when the changes. + + Identifies the dependency property. + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the clock of this control is visible in the user interface (UI). This is a @@ -4573,12 +6584,8 @@ true if the clock is visible; otherwise, false. The default value is true. - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether the drop-down for a box is currently - open. - - true if the drop-down is open; otherwise, false. The default is false. + + Identifies the dependency property. @@ -4588,6 +6595,28 @@ true if the is read-only; otherwise, false. The default is false. + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating the visibility of the clock hands in the user interface (UI). + + + The visibility definition of the clock hands. The default is . + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating the culture to be used in string formatting operations. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + Gets or sets a value indicating the visibility of the selectable date-time-parts in the user interface (UI). @@ -4596,46 +6625,66 @@ visibility definition of the selectable date-time-parts. The default is . - + + + Occurs when the property is changed. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + - Gets or sets the currently selected time. + Gets or sets the currently selected date and time. - The time currently selected. The default is null. + The date and time which is currently selected. The default is null. + + Identifies the dependency property. + Gets or sets the format that is used to display the selected time. - + + Identifies the dependency property. + + - Gets or sets a collection used to generate the content for selecting the hours. + Gets or sets a composite string that specifies how to format the hour items. - - A collection that is used to generate the content for selecting the hours. The default is a list of interger from 0 - to 23 if is false or a list of interger from - 1 to 12 otherwise.. - - + + Identifies the dependency property. + + - Gets or sets a collection used to generate the content for selecting the minutes. + Gets or sets a composite string that specifies how to format the minute items. - - A collection that is used to generate the content for selecting the minutes. The default is a list of int from - 0 to 59. - - + + Identifies the dependency property. + + - Gets or sets a collection used to generate the content for selecting the seconds. + Gets or sets a composite string that specifies how to format the second items. + + + + + This readonly dependency property is to control whether to show the date-picker (in case of ) or hide it (in case of . + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the date can be selected or not. This property is read-only. - - A collection that is used to generate the content for selecting the minutes. The default is a list of int from - 0 to 59. - @@ -4674,155 +6723,188 @@ Selected hour is between 12 PM and 11 PM+12h - - - - - - - A control that allows the user to toggle between two states: One represents true; The other represents false. - - - - - Identifies the  dependency property. - - - - - Gets/sets the font family of the header. - - - - - Gets/sets the text to display when the control is in it's On state. - - - - - Gets/sets the text to display when the control is in it's Off state. - - - - - Gets/sets the brush used for the switch's foreground. - - - - - Gets/sets the brush used for the on-switch's foreground. - - - - - Gets/sets the brush used for the off-switch's foreground. - - - - - Gets/sets the brush used for the thumb indicator. - + + + - + - Gets/sets the brush used for the thumb indicator. + A control that allows the user to toggle between two states: One represents true; The other represents false. - - - Gets/sets the width of the thumb indicator. - + + Identifies the dependency property. - Gets/sets the control's content flow direction. + Gets or sets the flow direction of the switch and content. + + LeftToRight means content left and button right and RightToLeft vise versa. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. Gets or sets the padding of the inner content. - - - Gets/sets the control's toggle switch button style. - + + Identifies the dependency property. - + - Gets/sets whether the control is Checked (On) or not (Off). + Gets or sets a value that declares whether the state of the ToggleSwitch is "On". - + + Identifies the dependency property. + + - Gets/sets the command which will be executed if the IsChecked property was changed. + Provides the object content that should be displayed using the OnContentTemplate when this ToggleSwitch has state of "On". - + + Identifies the dependency property. + + - Gets/sets the command which will be executed if the checked event of the control is fired. + Gets or sets the DataTemplate used to display the control's content while in "On" state. - + + Identifies the dependency property. + + - Gets/sets the command which will be executed if the checked event of the control is fired. + Gets or sets a template selector for OnContent property that enables an application writer to provide custom template-selection logic . + + This property is ignored if is set. + - + + Identifies the dependency property. + + - Gets/sets the command parameter which will be passed by the CheckChangedCommand. + Gets or sets a composite string that specifies how to format the OnContent property if it is displayed as a string. + + This property is ignored if is set. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. - + - Gets/sets the command parameter which will be passed by the CheckedCommand. + Provides the object content that should be displayed using the OffContentTemplate when this ToggleSwitch has state of "Off". - + + Identifies the dependency property. + + - Gets/sets the command parameter which will be passed by the UnCheckedCommand. + Gets or sets the DataTemplate used to display the control's content while in "Off" state. - + + Identifies the dependency property. + + - An event that is raised when the value of IsChecked changes. + Gets or sets a template selector for OffContent property that enables an application writer to provide custom template-selection logic . + + This property is ignored if is set. + - + + Identifies the dependency property. + + - A Button that allows the user to toggle between two states. + Gets or sets a composite string that specifies how to format the OffContent property if it is displayed as a string. + + This property is ignored if is set. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. - + + Identifies the dependency property. + + - Gets/sets the brush used for the control's foreground. + Gets or sets a command which will be executed when the changes. - + + Identifies the dependency property. + + - Gets/sets the brush used for the on-switch's foreground. + Gets or sets a command which will be executed when the changes. - + + Identifies the dependency property. + + - Gets/sets the brush used for the off-switch's foreground. + Gets or sets a command which will be executed when the changes. - + + Identifies the dependency property. + + - Gets/sets the brush used for the thumb indicator. + Gets or sets the command parameter which will be passed by the Command. - + + Identifies the dependency property. + + - Gets/sets the brush used for the thumb indicator. + Gets or sets the element on which to raise the specified Command. + + Element on which to raise the Command. + - + - Gets/sets the width of the thumb indicator. + Occurs when "On"/"Off" state changes for this ToggleSwitch. + + This method is invoked when the changes. + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + The associated with this . + + + + + + + + + + enumeration for the different transition types @@ -4932,8 +7014,7 @@ This method is an alternative to WPF's - method, which also - supports content elements. Keep in mind that for content element, + method, which also supports content elements. Keep in mind that for content element, this method falls back to the logical tree of the element! The item to be processed. @@ -4973,117 +7054,191 @@ hit testing. The position to be evaluated on the origin. - + - Gets the relative mouse position to the given handle in client coordinates. + Get the working area size of the monitor from where the visual stays. - The handle for this method. + The visual element to get the monitor information. + The working area size of the monitor. - - - Try to get the relative mouse position to the given handle in client coordinates. - - The handle for this method. - The relative mouse position to the given handle. + + Identifies the dependency property. Gets or sets the value indicating current light style for the minimize button. + + Identifies the dependency property. + Gets or sets the value indicating current light style for the maximize button. + + Identifies the dependency property. + Gets or sets the value indicating current light style for the close button. + + Identifies the dependency property. + Gets or sets the value indicating current dark style for the minimize button. + + Identifies the dependency property. + Gets or sets the value indicating current dark style for the maximize button. + + Identifies the dependency property. + Gets or sets the value indicating current dark style for the close button. + + Identifies the dependency property. + Gets or sets the value indicating current theme. + + Identifies the dependency property. + Gets or sets the minimize button tooltip. + + Identifies the dependency property. + Gets or sets the maximize button tooltip. + + Identifies the dependency property. + Gets or sets the close button tooltip. + + Identifies the dependency property. + Gets or sets the restore button tooltip. + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Gets the window. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + - Gets or sets the value indicating current theme. + Gets or sets the value indicating the current theme. + + Identifies the dependency property. + - Gets or sets the value indicating light theme template. + Gets or sets the value indicating the light theme ControlTemplate. + + Identifies the dependency property. + - Gets or sets the value indicating light theme template. + Gets or sets the value indicating the light theme ControlTemplate. + + Identifies the dependency property. + - Gets or sets the value indicating whether to show the separators. + Gets or sets the value indicating whether to show the separators or not. + + Identifies the dependency property. + - Gets or sets the value indicating whether to show the last separator. + Gets or sets the value indicating whether to show the last separator or not. + + Identifies the dependency property. + - Gets or sets the value indicating separator height. + Gets or sets the value indicating the height of the separators. - + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + - Gets or sets the value indicating whether to show the separator. + Gets the window. - + + Identifies the dependency property. + + - Doesn't overlay flyouts nor a hidden TitleBar. + Gets or sets the value indicating whether to show the separator. - + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + - Overlays opened controls. + Doesn't overlay a hidden TitleBar. @@ -5134,6 +7289,11 @@ Converts a double representing either hour/minute/second to the corresponding angle. + + + Converts a CornerRadius to a new CornerRadius. It's possible to ignore a side with the IgnoreRadius property. + + Converts the value from true to false and false to true. @@ -5177,6 +7337,56 @@ This class cannot be inherited. + + + Use the radius of all corners. + + + + + Ignore the radius of the top-left and bottom-left corner. + + + + + Ignore the radius of the top-left and top-right corner. + + + + + Ignore the radius of the top-right and bottom-right corner. + + + + + Ignore the radius of the bottom-left and bottom-right corner. + + + + + Ignore the radius of the top-left corner. + + + + + Ignore radius of the top-right corner. + + + + + Ignore the radius of the bottom-right corner. + + + + + Ignore the radius of the bottom-left corner. + + + + + This Converter converts a given height or width of an control to a CornerRadius + + Converts a String into a Visibility enumeration (and back) @@ -5200,7 +7410,7 @@ - Converts a Thickness to a new Thickness. It's possible to ignore a side With the IgnoreThicknessSide property. + Converts a Thickness to a new Thickness. It's possible to ignore a side with the IgnoreThicknessSide property. @@ -5244,306 +7454,18 @@ The converter parameter to use. The culture to use in the converter. - - - An object that represents the foreground color for a . - - - - - The ResourceDictionary that represents this Accent. - - - - - Gets/sets the name of the Accent. - - - + - Initializes a new instance of the Accent class. + Implements a markup extension that supports static (XAML load time) resource references made from XAML. - + - Initializes a new instance of the Accent class. + Provides theme resources from Fluent.Ribbon. - The name of the new Accent. - The URI of the accent ResourceDictionary. - - - Initializes a new instance of the Accent class. - - The name of the new Accent. - The ResourceDictionary of the accent. - - - - Represents the background theme of the application. - - - - - The ResourceDictionary that represents this application theme. - - - - - Gets the name of the application theme. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the AppTheme class. - - The name of the new AppTheme. - The URI of the AppTheme ResourceDictionary. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the AppTheme class. - - The name of the new AppTheme. - The ResourceDictionary of the accent. - - - - A class that allows for the detection and alteration of a theme and accent. - - - - - Gets a list of all of default accents. - - - - - Gets a list of all default themes. - - - - - Adds an accent with the given name and uniform resource identfier. - - The name of the new Accent. - The URI of the accent ResourceDictionary. - true if the accent does not exists and can be added. - - - - Adds an accent with the given name and resource dictionary. - - The name of the new Accent. - The ResourceDictionary of the accent. - true if the accent does not exists and can be added. - - - - Adds an app theme with the given name. - - The name of the new AppTheme. - The URI of the AppTheme ResourceDictionary. - true if the app theme does not exists and can be added. - - - - Adds an app theme with the given name. - - The name of the new AppTheme. - The ResourceDictionary of the accent. - true if the app theme does not exists and can be added. - - - - Gets app theme with the given resource dictionary. - - from which the theme should be retrieved. - AppTheme - - - - Gets app theme with the given name and theme type (light or dark). - - AppTheme - - - - Gets the inverse of the given . - This method relies on the "Dark" or "Light" affix to be present. - - The app theme. - The inverse or null if it couldn't be found. - - Returns BaseLight, if BaseDark is given or vice versa. - Custom Themes must end with "Dark" or "Light" for this to work, for example "CustomDark" and "CustomLight". - - - - - Gets the with the given name. - - The or null, if the app theme wasn't found - - - - Gets the with the given resource dictionary. - - from which the accent should be retrieved. - The or null, if the accent wasn't found. - - - - Determines whether the specified resource dictionary represents an . - - This might include runtime accents which do not have a resource uri. - - The resources. - true if the resource dictionary is an ; otherwise, false. - resources - - - - Gets a resource from the detected AppStyle. - - The window to check. If this is null, the Application's sources will be checked. - The key to check against. - The resource object or null, if the resource wasn't found. - - - - Change the theme for the whole application. - - - - - - - Change theme for the given window. - - - - - - - Change accent and theme for the whole application. - - The instance of Application to change. - The accent to apply. - The theme to apply. - - - - Change accent and theme for the given window. - - The Window to change. - The accent to apply. - The theme to apply. - - - - Changes the accent and theme of a ResourceDictionary directly. - - The ResourceDictionary to modify. - The accent to apply to the ResourceDictionary. - The theme to apply to the ResourceDictionary. - - - - Copies all resource keys from one resource to another. - - The source resource dictionary. - The destination resource dictionary. - - fromRD - or - toRD - - - - - Scans the window resources and returns it's accent and theme. - - - - - Scans the window resources and returns it's accent and theme. - - The Window to scan. - - - - Scans the application resources and returns it's accent and theme. - - The Application instance to scan. - - - - Scans a resources and returns it's accent and theme. - - The ResourceDictionary to check. - - - - This event fires if accent color and theme was changed - this should be using the weak event pattern, but for now it's enough - - - - - Invalidates global colors and resources. - Sometimes the ContextMenu is not changing the colors, so this will fix it. - - - - - Class which is used as argument for an event to signal theme changes. - - - - - Creates a new instance of this class. - - - - - The new theme. - - - - - The new accent - - - - - GeneratedInternalTypeHelper - - - - - CreateInstance - - - - - GetPropertyValue - - - - - SetPropertyValue - - - - - CreateDelegate - - - - - AddEventHandler - + + diff --git a/dotnet/packages/MahApps.Metro.2.0.0/lib/net46/MahApps.Metro.dll b/dotnet/packages/MahApps.Metro.2.0.0/lib/net46/MahApps.Metro.dll new file mode 100644 index 00000000..45de9ca5 Binary files /dev/null and b/dotnet/packages/MahApps.Metro.2.0.0/lib/net46/MahApps.Metro.dll differ diff --git a/dotnet/packages/MahApps.Metro.2.0.0/lib/net46/MahApps.Metro.pdb b/dotnet/packages/MahApps.Metro.2.0.0/lib/net46/MahApps.Metro.pdb new file mode 100644 index 00000000..0d0c7828 Binary files /dev/null and b/dotnet/packages/MahApps.Metro.2.0.0/lib/net46/MahApps.Metro.pdb differ diff --git a/dotnet/packages/MahApps.Metro.1.6.5/lib/net46/MahApps.Metro.xml b/dotnet/packages/MahApps.Metro.2.0.0/lib/net46/MahApps.Metro.xml similarity index 58% rename from dotnet/packages/MahApps.Metro.1.6.5/lib/net46/MahApps.Metro.xml rename to dotnet/packages/MahApps.Metro.2.0.0/lib/net46/MahApps.Metro.xml index 929b7d97..b618c95d 100644 --- a/dotnet/packages/MahApps.Metro.1.6.5/lib/net46/MahApps.Metro.xml +++ b/dotnet/packages/MahApps.Metro.2.0.0/lib/net46/MahApps.Metro.xml @@ -34,42 +34,22 @@ Gets or sets an object that will be passed to the attached to this trigger. - - - Updates all glow windows (visible, hidden, collapsed) - - - - - Sets the opacity to all glow windows - - - - - Starts the opacity storyboard 0 -> 1 - - - - - Shows all glow windows - - - + Gets or sets the bindable Password property on the PasswordBox control. This is a dependency property. - + Handles changes to the 'Password' attached property. - + Handle the 'PasswordChanged'-event on the PasswordBox - + Called after the behavior is attached to an AssociatedObject. @@ -77,7 +57,7 @@ Override this to hook up functionality to the AssociatedObject. - + Called when the behavior is being detached from its AssociatedObject, but before it has actually occurred. @@ -85,7 +65,59 @@ Override this to unhook functionality from the AssociatedObject. - + + + The DependencyProperty for the ' OnDataContextChanged property. + + With the OnDataContextChanged property the Reload behavior of the MetroContentControl can be switched on or off. + If the property is set to true, the transition of the is triggered again when the DataContext is changed. + + + + + Helper for getting from . + + If the property is set to true, the transition of the is triggered again when the DataContext is changed. + + to read from. + OnDataContextChanged property value. + + + + Helper for setting on . + + If the property is set to true, the transition of the is triggered again when the DataContext is changed. + + to set on. + OnDataContextChanged property value. + + + + The DependencyProperty for the ' and ' OnSelectedTabChanged property. + + With the OnSelectedTabChanged property the Reload behavior of the control can be switched on or off. + If the property is set to true, the transition is triggered again when the SelectionChanged event of a TabControl was raised. + + + + + Helper for getting from . + + If the property is set to true, the transition is triggered again when the SelectionChanged event of a TabControl was raised. + + to read from. + OnSelectedTabChanged property value. + + + + Helper for setting on . + + If the property is set to true, the transition is triggered again when the SelectionChanged event of a TabControl was raised. + + to set on. + OnSelectedTabChanged property value. + + Sets the first TabItem with Visibility="" as @@ -96,12 +128,21 @@ - + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + - + + + Identifies the dependency property. + Represents a border whose contents are clipped within the bounds @@ -444,38 +485,16 @@ Brush true if yes, otherwise false - - - Defines the method that determines whether the command can execute in its current state. - - - true if this command can be executed; otherwise, false. - - Data used by the command. If the command does not require data to be passed, this object can be set to null. - - - - Defines the method to be called when the command is invoked. - - Data used by the command. If the command does not require data to be passed, this object can be set to null. - - - The DependencyProperty for the CharacterCasing property. - Controls whether or not content is converted to upper or lower case - Default Value: CharacterCasing.Normal - + Identifies the dependency property. - Character casing of the Content + Gets or sets the character casing of the Content. - - The DependencyProperty for the RecognizesAccessKey property. - Default Value: false - + Identifies the dependency property. @@ -491,17 +510,47 @@ - it's only topmost if the host-window is activated + + Identifies the dependency property. + - Gets/sets if the popup can be closed by left mouse button down. + Gets or sets whether if the popup can be closed by left mouse button down. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Gets or sets whether the validation error text will be shown when hovering the validation triangle. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Gets or sets the that this object is reserving space for. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Gets whether the popup can be shown (useful for transitions). - Called when a cell has just switched to edit mode. + Called when a cell has just switched to edit mode. - A reference to element returned by GenerateEditingElement. - The event args of the input event that caused the cell to go into edit mode. May be null. + A reference to element returned by GenerateEditingElement. + The event args of the input event that caused the cell to go into edit mode. May be null. The unedited value of the cell. @@ -515,9 +564,7 @@ - - The DependencyProperty for the StringFormat property. - + Identifies the dependency property. @@ -527,85 +574,93 @@ + + Identifies the dependency property. + - - The DependencyProperty for the Minimum property. - + Identifies the dependency property. - - The DependencyProperty for the Maximum property. - + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. - - The DependencyProperty for the Interval property. - + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. - - The DependencyProperty for the HideUpDownButtons property. - + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. - - The DependencyProperty for the UpDownButtonsWidth property. - + Identifies the dependency property. - - The DependencyProperty for the FontFamily property. - Default Value: SystemFonts.MessageFontFamily - + Identifies the dependency property. - - The font family of the desired font. + + The font family of the desired font. - - The DependencyProperty for the FontSize property. - Default Value: SystemFonts.MessageFontSize - + Identifies the dependency property. - + The size of the desired font. - + - - The DependencyProperty for the FontStyle property. - Default Value: SystemFonts.MessageFontStyle - + Identifies the dependency property. - The style of the desired font. - + The style of the desired font. + - - The DependencyProperty for the FontWeight property. - Default Value: SystemFonts.MessageFontWeight - + Identifies the dependency property. - The weight or thickness of the desired font. + The weight or thickness of the desired font. - - The DependencyProperty for the Foreground property. - Default Value: SystemColors.ControlTextBrush - + Identifies the dependency property. An brush that describes the foreground color. This overrides the cell foreground inherited color. - + @@ -627,49 +682,85 @@ use the class. + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Gets or sets the left and right margin for the dialog content. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Gets or sets the width for the dialog content. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + - Gets/sets the dialog's title. + Gets or sets the title of the dialog. + + Identifies the dependency property. + - Gets/sets arbitrary content on top of the dialog. + Gets or sets the content above the dialog. + + Identifies the dependency property. + - Gets/sets arbitrary content below the dialog. + Gets or sets the content below the dialog. + + Identifies the dependency property. + - Gets or sets the size of the dialog title font. + Gets or sets the font size of the dialog title. - - The size of the dialog title font. - + + + Identifies the dependency property. - Gets or sets the size of the dialog message font. + Gets or sets the font size of the dialog message text. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Gets or sets the font size of any dialog buttons. - - The size of the dialog message font. - - Initializes a new MahApps.Metro.Controls.BaseMetroDialog. + Initializes a new . The window that is the parent of the dialog. The settings for the message dialog. - Initializes a new MahApps.Metro.Controls.BaseMetroDialog. + Initializes a new . + + + With this method it's possible to return your own settings in a custom dialog. @@ -808,6 +899,24 @@ The dialog owner. + + + Create and show an external dialog. + + The dialog which will be shown externally. + The owner for the external window. If it's null the main window will be use. + The delegate for customizing dialog window. It can be null. + The given dialog. + + + + Create and show an external modal dialog. + + The dialog which will be shown externally. + The owner for the external window. If it's null the main window will be use. + The delegate for customizing dialog window. It can be null. + The given dialog. + Creates a LoginDialog outside of the current window. @@ -952,6 +1061,18 @@ InputDialog + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + InitializeComponent @@ -962,6 +1083,45 @@ LoginDialog + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + InitializeComponent @@ -975,6 +1135,24 @@ MessageDialog + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + InitializeComponent @@ -1067,6 +1245,14 @@ The size of the dialog message font. + + + Gets or sets the size of the dialog button font. + + + The size of the dialog button font. + + Gets or sets the dialog result when the user cancelled the dialog with 'ESC' key @@ -1112,11 +1298,6 @@ Gets or sets the text used for the second auxiliary button. - - - If set, stops standard resource dictionaries being applied to the dialog. - - An internal control that represents a message dialog. Please use MetroWindow.ShowMessage instead! @@ -1125,6 +1306,18 @@ ProgressDialog + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + InitializeComponent @@ -1174,12 +1367,12 @@ - Gets/Sets the minimum restriction of the progress Value property + Gets/Sets the minimum restriction of the progress Value property. - Gets/Sets the maximum restriction of the progress Value property + Gets/Sets the maximum restriction of the progress Value property. @@ -1196,9 +1389,9 @@ - Sets the dialog's progress bar brush + Sets the dialog's progress bar brush. - The brush to use for the progress bar's foreground + The brush to use for the progress bar's foreground. @@ -1206,117 +1399,159 @@ A task representing the operation. - - - The DependencyProperty for the ContentTemplate property. + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Whether or not the "popup" menu for this control is currently open - + + Identifies the dependency property. + + - The DependencyProperty for the ContentTemplateSelector property. + Gets or sets an extra tag. - + + Identifies the dependency property. + + - The DependencyProperty for the ContentStringFormat property. - + Gets or sets the orientation of children stacking. + - + + Identifies the dependency property. + + - Gets or sets the Content of this control.. + Gets or sets the content for the icon part. - + + Identifies the dependency property. + + - ContentTemplate is the template used to display the content of the control. + Gets or sets the DataTemplate for the icon part. - + + Identifies the dependency property. + + - ContentTemplateSelector allows to provide custom logic for choosing the template used to display the content of the control. + Gets or sets the command to invoke when the content button is pressed. - - This property is ignored if is set. - - + + Identifies the dependency property. + + - ContentStringFormat is the format used to display the content of the control as a string + Gets or sets the element on which to raise the specified command. - - This property is ignored if is set. - + + + Identifies the dependency property. - Reflects the parameter to pass to the CommandProperty upon execution. + Gets or sets the parameter to pass to the command property. - - - Gets or sets the target element on which to fire the command. - + + Identifies the dependency property. - + - Get or sets the Command property. + Gets or sets the content of this control. - + + Identifies the dependency property. + + - Indicates whether the Menu is visible. + Gets or sets the data template used to display the content of the DropDownButton. - - - Gets or sets an extra tag. - + + Identifies the dependency property. - + - Gets or sets the dimension of children stacking. + Gets or sets a template selector that enables an application writer to provide custom template-selection logic. + + This property is ignored if is set. + - + + Identifies the dependency property. + + - Gets or sets the Content used to generate the icon part. + Gets or sets a composite string that specifies how to format the content property if it is displayed as a string. + + This property is ignored if is set. + - - - Gets or sets the ContentTemplate used to display the content of the icon part. - + + Identifies the dependency property. - Gets/sets the button style. + Gets or sets the button content style. + + Identifies the dependency property. + - Gets/sets the menu style. + Gets or sets the "popup" menu style. + + Identifies the dependency property. + - Gets/sets the brush of the button arrow icon. + Gets or sets the foreground brush for the button arrow icon. + + Identifies the dependency property. + - Gets/sets the brush of the button arrow icon if the mouse is over the drop down button. + Gets or sets the foreground brush of the button arrow icon if the mouse is over the drop down button. + + Identifies the dependency property. + - Gets/sets the brush of the button arrow icon if the arrow button is pressed. + Gets or sets the foreground brush of the button arrow icon if the arrow button is pressed. + + Identifies the dependency property. + - Gets/sets the visibility of the button arrow icon. + Gets or sets the visibility of the button arrow icon. + + + Invoked when the property changes. Information about the change. @@ -1329,108 +1564,184 @@ An action that takes no parameters. The dispatcher priority. + + + Executes the specified action if the element is loaded or at the loaded event if it's not loaded. + + The element where the action should be run. + An action that takes no parameters. + - A control that imitate a slideshow with back/forward buttons. + A control that imitate a slide show with back/forward buttons. - + + Identifies the dependency property. + + - To counteract the double Loaded event issue. + Gets or sets the border brush of the mouse hover effect. - + + Identifies the dependency property. + + - Coerce SelectedIndexProperty's value. + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the border for mouse over effect is enabled or not. - The object that the property exists on. - The new value of the property, prior to any coercion attempt. - The coerced value (with appropriate type). - + + Identifies the dependency property. + + - Computes the transition when changing selected index. + Gets or sets the border thickness for the border of the mouse hover effect. - Previous selected index. - New selected index. - + + Identifies the dependency property. + + - Gets the navigation buttons. + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the navigation is circular, so you get the first after last and the last before first. - Previous button. - Next button. - Inactive buttons. - + + Identifies the dependency property. + + - Applies actions to navigation buttons. + Gets or sets the position of the navigation buttons. - Action applied to the previous button. - Action applied to the next button. - Action applied to the inactive buttons. - Any action is null. - + + Identifies the dependency property. + + - Sets the visibility of navigation buttons. + Gets or sets the orientation of the navigation. - Visibility of active buttons. - + + Identifies the dependency property. + + - Changes the current slide to the previous item. + Gets or sets the transition of the left navigation. - + + Identifies the dependency property. + + - Changes the current to the next item. + Gets or sets the transition of the right navigation. - + + Identifies the dependency property. + + - Brings the control buttons (next/previous) into view. + Gets or sets the transition of the up navigation. - + + Identifies the dependency property. + + - Removes the control buttons (next/previous) from view. + Gets or sets the transition of the down navigation. - + + Identifies the dependency property. + + - Gets or sets a value indicating whether the border for mouse over state is enabled or not. + Gets or sets whether the banner is visible or not. - + + Identifies the dependency property. + + - Gets or sets the mouse hover border brush. + Gets or sets whether the navigation button are visible or not. - + + Identifies the dependency property. + + - Gets or sets the mouse hover border thickness. + Gets or sets the banner text. - + - Gets/sets the text that is displayed in the FlipView's banner. + To counteract the double Loaded event issue. - + - Gets/sets whether the FlipView's banner is visible. + Coerce SelectedIndexProperty's value. + The object that the property exists on. + The new value of the property, prior to any coercion attempt. + The coerced value (with appropriate type). - + - Gets or sets a value indicating whether the navigation is circular, so you get the first after last and the last before first. + Changes the current slide to the previous item. - + + + Changes the current to the next item. + + + + + Brings the control buttons (next/previous) into view. + + + + + Removes the control buttons (next/previous) from view. + + + + + Applies actions to navigation buttons. + + Action applied to the previous button. + Action applied to the next button. + Action applied to the inactive buttons. + Any action is null. + + + + Computes the transition when changing selected index. + + Previous selected index. + New selected index. + + + + Sets the visibility of navigation buttons. + + Visibility of active buttons. + + - Gets/sets whether the FlipView's NavigationButton is visible. + Gets the navigation buttons. + Previous button. + Next button. + Inactive buttons. @@ -1444,6 +1755,11 @@ An event that is raised when IsOpen changes. + + + An event that is raised when the opening animation has finished. + + An event that is raised when the closing animation has finished. @@ -1475,11 +1791,6 @@ Gets/sets the command parameter which will be passed by the CloseCommand. - - - Gets/sets a command which will be executed if the close button was clicked. - - Gets/sets whether this flyout is visible. @@ -1565,7 +1876,7 @@ Adapts the Flyout's theme to the theme of its host window, but inverted. This theme can only be applied if the host window's theme abides the "Dark" and "Light" affix convention. - (see for more infos. + (see for more infos. @@ -1578,32 +1889,24 @@ The flyouts theme will match the host window's accent color. - + - GlowWindow + Represents an icon that uses a glyph from the specified font. - + + Identifies the dependency property. + + - InitializeComponent + Gets or sets the character code that identifies the icon glyph. + The hexadecimal character code for the icon glyph. The HamburgerMenu is based on a SplitView control. By default it contains a HamburgerButton and a ListView to display menu items. - - The HamburgerMenu is based on a SplitView control. By default it contains a HamburgerButton and a ListView to display menu items. - - - The HamburgerMenu is based on a SplitView control. By default it contains a HamburgerButton and a ListView to display menu items. - - - The HamburgerMenu is based on a SplitView control. By default it contains a HamburgerButton and a ListView to display menu items. - - - The HamburgerMenu is based on a SplitView control. By default it contains a HamburgerButton and a ListView to display menu items. - @@ -1615,59 +1918,72 @@ Override default OnApplyTemplate to capture children controls + + Identifies the routed event. + Event raised when an item is clicked + + Identifies the routed event. + Event raised when an options' item is clicked + + Identifies the routed event. + Event raised when an item is invoked - + + Identifies the routed event. + + - Identifies the dependency property. + Event raised when the hamburger button is clicked + + Identifies the dependency property. + - - Identifies the dependency property. - + Identifies the dependency property. - - Identifies the dependency property. - + Identifies the dependency property. - - Identifies the dependency property. - + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. - + + Identifies the dependency property. + + - Identifies the dependency property. + Gets or sets the Style used for the hamburger button. - + - Gets or sets a template for the hamburger icon. + Gets or sets a template for the hamburger button. - - Identifies the dependency property. - + Identifies the dependency property. - Gets or sets a template for the hamburger icon. + Gets or sets a template for the hamburger pane header. @@ -1691,49 +2007,31 @@ - - Identifies the dependency property. - + Identifies the dependency property. - - Identifies the dependency property. - + Identifies the dependency property. - - Identifies the dependency property. - + Identifies the dependency property. - - Identifies the dependency property. - + Identifies the dependency property. - - Identifies the dependency property. - + Identifies the dependency property. - - Identifies the dependency property. - + Identifies the dependency property. - - Identifies the dependency property. - + Identifies the dependency property. - - Identifies the dependency property. - + Identifies the dependency property. - - Identifies the dependency property. - + Identifies the dependency property. @@ -1794,99 +2092,116 @@ + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + - Identifies the dependency property. + Gets or sets the minimum width of the pane when it's fully expanded. + + The minimum width of the pane when it's fully expanded. The default is 320 device-independent + pixel (DIP). + - + + Identifies the dependency property. + + - Identifies the dependency property. + Gets or sets the maximum width of the pane when it's fully expanded. + + The maximum width of the pane when it's fully expanded. The default is 320 device-independent + pixel (DIP). + - + + Identifies the dependency property. + + - Identifies the dependency property. + Gets or Sets if the open pane can be resized by the user. The default value is false. - + + Identifies the dependency property. + + - Identifies the dependency property. + Gets or Sets the for the resizing Thumb (type of ) + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + - - Identifies the dependency property. - + Identifies the dependency property. - - Identifies the dependency property. - + Identifies the dependency property. - - Identifies the dependency property. - + Identifies the dependency property. - - Identifies the dependency property. - + Identifies the dependency property. - - Identifies the dependency property. - + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. - - Identifies the dependency property. - + Identifies the dependency property. - - Identifies the dependency property. - + Identifies the dependency property. - - Identifies the dependency property. - + Identifies the dependency property. - - Identifies the dependency property. - + Identifies the dependency property. - - Identifies the dependency property. - + Identifies the dependency property. - - Identifies the dependency property. - + Identifies the dependency property. - - Identifies the dependency property. - + Identifies the dependency property. - - Identifies the dependency property. - + Identifies the dependency property. - - Identifies the dependency property. - + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. - - Identifies the dependency property. - + Identifies the dependency property. @@ -1908,6 +2223,16 @@ Gets or sets the width of the pane in its compact display mode. + + + Gets or sets the margin for the pane. + + + + + Gets or sets the margin for the pane header. + + Gets or sets the Brush to apply to the background of the Pane area of the control. @@ -1933,6 +2258,16 @@ Gets or sets the Style used for each item. + + + Gets or sets the Style used for each header item. + + + + + Gets or sets the Style used for each separator item. + + Gets or sets the DataTemplate used to display each item. @@ -1997,16 +2332,39 @@ EventArgs used for the ItemClick and OptionsItemClick event. + + + + + + + + + Gets the clicked item + + + RoutedEventHandler used for the ItemClick and OptionsItemClick event. + + EventArgs used for the ItemInvoked event. + + + + + + + + + Gets the invoked item @@ -2017,6 +2375,11 @@ Gets a value indicating whether the invoked item is an options item + + + RoutedEventHandler used for the ItemInvoked event. + + The HamburgerMenuGlyphItem provides a glyph based implementation for HamburgerMenu entries. @@ -2032,6 +2395,16 @@ Gets or sets a value that specifies the glyph to use from Segoe MDL2 Assets font. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Gets or sets a value that specifies label to display. + + The HamburgerMenuIconItem provides an icon based implementation for HamburgerMenu entries. @@ -2077,12 +2450,7 @@ Identifies the dependency property. - - - Identifies the dependency property. - - - + Identifies the dependency property. @@ -2117,11 +2485,6 @@ Gets or sets a value that specifies the page to navigate to (if you use the HamburgerMenu with a Frame content) - - - Gets or sets a value that specifies an user specific value. - - Gets or sets a command which will be executed if an item is clicked by the user. @@ -2158,10 +2521,59 @@ Executes the command which can be set by the user. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Gets or sets a value that specifies an user specific value. + + + + + Gets or sets the value indicating whether this element is visible in the user interface (UI). This is a dependency property. + + + true if the item is visible, otherwise false. The default value is true. + + - The HamburgerMenuItemCollection provides typed collection of HamburgerMenuItem. + The HamburgerMenuItemCollection provides typed collection of HamburgerMenuItemBase. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether which item container style will be used for the HamburgerMenuItem. + + + + + + + + The HamburgerMenuSeparatorItem provides an separator based implementation for HamburgerMenu entries. + + + + + Gets or sets a value that specifies label to display. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether this item is enabled in the user interface (UI). + + true if the item is enabled; otherwise, false. The default value is true. + @@ -2173,23 +2585,804 @@ This comparer is used only if in the corresponding the value for is false. - + + + Gets the size of the CheckBox itself. + + + + + Sets the size of the CheckBox itself. + + + + + Gets the stroke thickness of the CheckBox itself. + + + + + Sets the stroke thickness of the CheckBox itself. + + + + + Gets the Glyph for IsChecked = false. + + + + + Sets the Glyph for IsChecked = false. + + + + + Gets the GlyphTemplate for IsChecked = false. + + + + + Sets the GlyphTemplate for IsChecked = false. + + + + + Gets the Foreground for IsChecked = false. + + + + + Sets the Foreground for IsChecked = false. + + + + + Gets the Background for IsChecked = false. + + + + + Sets the Background for IsChecked = false. + + + + + Gets the BorderBrush for IsChecked = false. + + + + + Sets the BorderBrush for IsChecked = false. + + + + + Gets the check BackgroundBrush for IsChecked = false. + + + + + Sets the BackgroundBrush for IsChecked = false. + + + + + Gets the check BorderBrush for IsChecked = false. + + + + + Sets the check BorderBrush for IsChecked = false. + + + + + Gets the check Foreground for IsChecked = false. + + + + + Sets the check Foreground for IsChecked = false. + + + + + Gets the Foreground for IsChecked = false, IsMouseOver = true. + + + + + Sets the Foreground for IsChecked = false, IsMouseOver = true. + + + + + Gets the Background for IsChecked = false, IsMouseOver = true. + + + + + Sets the Background for IsChecked = false, IsMouseOver = true. + + + + + Gets the BorderBrush for IsChecked = false, IsMouseOver = true. + + + + + Sets the BorderBrush for IsChecked = false, IsMouseOver = true. + + + + + Gets the check BackgroundBrush for IsChecked = false, IsMouseOver = true. + + + + + Sets the BackgroundBrush for IsChecked = false, IsMouseOver = true. + + + + + Gets the check BorderBrush for IsChecked = false, IsMouseOver = true. + + + + + Sets the check BorderBrush for IsChecked = false, IsMouseOver = true. + + + + + Gets the check Foreground for IsChecked = false, IsMouseOver = true. + + + + + Sets the check Foreground for IsChecked = false, IsMouseOver = true. + + + + + Gets the Foreground for IsChecked = false, IsPressed = true. + + + + + Sets the Foreground for IsChecked = false, IsPressed = true. + + + + + Gets the Background for IsChecked = false, IsPressed = true. + + + + + Sets the Background for IsChecked = false, IsPressed = true. + + + + + Gets the BorderBrush for IsChecked = false, IsPressed = true. + + + + + Sets the BorderBrush for IsChecked = false, IsPressed = true. + + + + + Gets the check BackgroundBrush for IsChecked = false, IsPressed = true. + + + + + Sets the BackgroundBrush for IsChecked = false, IsPressed = true. + + + + + Gets the check BorderBrush for IsChecked = false, IsPressed = true. + + + + + Sets the check BorderBrush for IsChecked = false, IsPressed = true. + + + + + Gets the check Foreground for IsChecked = false, IsPressed = true. + + + + + Sets the check Foreground for IsChecked = false, IsPressed = true. + + + + + Gets the Foreground for IsChecked = false, IsEnabled = false. + + + + + Sets the Foreground for IsChecked = false, IsEnabled = false. + + + + + Gets the Background for IsChecked = false, IsEnabled = false. + + + + + Sets the Background for IsChecked = false, IsEnabled = false. + + + + + Gets the BorderBrush for IsChecked = false, IsEnabled = false. + + + + + Sets the BorderBrush for IsChecked = false, IsEnabled = false. + + + + + Gets the check BackgroundBrush for IsChecked = false, IsEnabled = false. + + + + + Sets the BackgroundBrush for IsChecked = false, IsEnabled = false. + + + + + Gets the check BorderBrush for IsChecked = false, IsEnabled = false. + + + + + Sets the check BorderBrush for IsChecked = false, IsEnabled = false. + + + + + Gets the check Foreground for IsChecked = false, IsEnabled = false. + + + + + Sets the check Foreground for IsChecked = false, IsEnabled = false. + + + + + Gets the Glyph for IsChecked = true. + + + + + Sets the Glyph for IsChecked = true. + + + + + Gets the GlyphTemplate for IsChecked = true. + + + + + Sets the GlyphTemplate for IsChecked = true. + + + + + Gets the Foreground for IsChecked = true. + + + + + Sets the Foreground for IsChecked = true. + + + + + Gets the Background for IsChecked = true. + + + + + Sets the Background for IsChecked = true. + + + + + Gets the BorderBrush for IsChecked = true. + + + + + Sets the BorderBrush for IsChecked = true. + + + + + Gets the check Background for IsChecked = true. + + + + + Sets the check Background for IsChecked = true. + + + + + Gets the check BorderBrush for IsChecked = true. + + + + + Sets the check BorderBrush for IsChecked = true. + + + + + Gets the check glyph Foreground for IsChecked = true. + + + + + Sets the check glyph Foreground for IsChecked = true. + + + + + Gets the Foreground for IsChecked = true, IsMouseOver = true. + + + + + Sets the Foreground for IsChecked = true, IsMouseOver = true. + + + + + Gets the Background for IsChecked = true, IsMouseOver = true. + + + + + Sets the Background for IsChecked = true, IsMouseOver = true. + + + + + Gets the BorderBrush for IsChecked = true, IsMouseOver = true. + + + + + Sets the BorderBrush for IsChecked = true, IsMouseOver = true. + + + + + Gets the check Background for IsChecked = true, IsMouseOver = true. + + + + + Sets the check Background for IsChecked = true, IsMouseOver = true. + + + + + Gets the check BorderBrush for IsChecked = true, IsMouseOver = true. + + + + + Sets the check BorderBrush for IsChecked = true, IsMouseOver = true. + + + + + Gets the check glyph Foreground for IsChecked = true, IsMouseOver = true. + + + + + Sets the check glyph Foreground for IsChecked = true, IsMouseOver = true. + + + + + Gets the Foreground for IsChecked = true, IsPressed = true. + + + + + Sets the Foreground for IsChecked = true, IsPressed = true. + + + + + Gets the Background for IsChecked = true, IsPressed = true. + + + + + Sets the Background for IsChecked = true, IsPressed = true. + + + + + Gets the BorderBrush for IsChecked = true, IsPressed = true. + + + + + Sets the BorderBrush for IsChecked = true, IsPressed = true. + + + + + Gets the check Background for IsChecked = true, IsPressed = true. + + + + + Sets the check Background for IsChecked = true, IsPressed = true. + + + + + Gets the check BorderBrush for IsChecked = true, IsPressed = true. + + + + + Sets the check BorderBrush for IsChecked = true, IsPressed = true. + + + + + Gets the check glyph Foreground for IsChecked = true, IsPressed = true. + + + + + Sets the check glyph Foreground for IsChecked = true, IsPressed = true. + + + + + Gets the Foreground for IsChecked = true, IsEnabled = false. + + + + + Sets the Foreground for IsChecked = true, IsEnabled = false. + + + + + Gets the Background for IsChecked = true, IsEnabled = false. + + + + + Sets the Background for IsChecked = true, IsEnabled = false. + + + + + Gets the BorderBrush for IsChecked = true, IsEnabled = false. + + + + + Sets the BorderBrush for IsChecked = true, IsEnabled = false. + + + + + Gets the check Background for IsChecked = true, IsEnabled = false. + + + + + Sets the check Background for IsChecked = true, IsEnabled = false. + + + + + Gets the check BorderBrush for IsChecked = true, IsEnabled = false. + + + + + Sets the check BorderBrush for IsChecked = true, IsEnabled = false. + + + + + Gets the check glyph Foreground for IsChecked = true, IsEnabled = false. + + + + + Sets the check glyph Foreground for IsChecked = true, IsEnabled = false. + + + + + Gets the Glyph for IsChecked = null. + + + + + Sets the Glyph for IsChecked = null. + + + + + Gets the GlyphTemplate for IsChecked = null. + + + + + Sets the GlyphTemplate for IsChecked = null. + + + + + Gets the Foreground for IsChecked = null. + + + + + Sets the Foreground for IsChecked = null. + + + + + Gets the Background for IsChecked = null. + + + + + Sets the Background for IsChecked = null. + + + + + Gets the BorderBrush for IsChecked = null. + + + + + Sets the BorderBrush for IsChecked = null. + + + + + Gets the glyph BackgroundBrush for IsChecked = null. + + + + + Sets the glyph BackgroundBrush for IsChecked = null. + + + + + Gets the glyph BorderBrush for IsChecked = null. + + + + + Sets the glyph BorderBrush for IsChecked = null. + + + + + Gets the glyph Foreground for IsChecked = null. + + + + + Sets the glyph Foregorund for IsChecked = null. + + + + + Gets the Foreground for IsChecked = null, IsMouseOver = true. + + + + + Sets the Foreground for IsChecked = null, IsMouseOver = true. + + + + + Gets the Background for IsChecked = null, IsMouseOver = true. + + + + + Sets the Background for IsChecked = null, IsMouseOver = true. + + + + + Gets the BorderBrush for IsChecked = null, IsMouseOver = true. + + + + + Sets the BorderBrush for IsChecked = null, IsMouseOver = true. + + + + + Gets the glyph BackgroundBrush for IsChecked = null, IsMouseOver = true. + + + + + Sets the glyph BackgroundBrush for IsChecked = null, IsMouseOver = true. + + + + + Gets the glyph BorderBrush for IsChecked = null, IsMouseOver = true. + + + + + Sets the glyph BorderBrush for IsChecked = null, IsMouseOver = true. + + + + + Gets the glyph Foreground for IsChecked = null, IsMouseOver = true. + + + + + Sets the glyph Foregorund for IsChecked = null, IsMouseOver = true. + + + + + Gets the Foreground for IsChecked = null, IsPressed = true. + + + + + Sets the Foreground for IsChecked = null, IsPressed = true. + + + + + Gets the Background for IsChecked = null, IsPressed = true. + + + + + Sets the Background for IsChecked = null, IsPressed = true. + + + + + Gets the BorderBrush for IsChecked = null, IsPressed = true. + + + + + Sets the BorderBrush for IsChecked = null, IsPressed = true. + + + + + Gets the glyph BackgroundBrush for IsChecked = null, IsPressed = true. + + + + + Sets the glyph BackgroundBrush for IsChecked = null, IsPressed = true. + + + + + Gets the glyph BorderBrush for IsChecked = null, IsPressed = true. + + + + + Sets the glyph BorderBrush for IsChecked = null, IsPressed = true. + + + + + Gets the glyph Foreground for IsChecked = null, IsPressed = true. + + + + + Sets the glyph Foregorund for IsChecked = null, IsPressed = true. + + + + + Gets the Foreground for IsChecked = null, IsEnabled = false. + + + + + Sets the Foreground for IsChecked = null, IsEnabled = false. + + + + + Gets the Background for IsChecked = null, IsEnabled = false. + + + + + Sets the Background for IsChecked = null, IsEnabled = false. + + + + + Gets the BorderBrush for IsChecked = null, IsEnabled = false. + + + + + Sets the BorderBrush for IsChecked = null, IsEnabled = false. + + + + + Gets the glyph BackgroundBrush for IsChecked = null, IsEnabled = false. + + + - Overrides the text case behavior for certain buttons. - When set to true, the text case will be preserved and won't be changed to upper or lower case. + Sets the glyph BackgroundBrush for IsChecked = null, IsEnabled = false. - + - DependencyProperty for property. + Gets the glyph BorderBrush for IsChecked = null, IsEnabled = false. - - - The CornerRadius property allows users to control the roundness of the button corners independently by - setting a radius value for each corner. Radius values that are too large are scaled so that they - smoothly blend from corner to corner. (Can be used e.g. at MetroButton style) - Description taken from original Microsoft description :-D + + + Sets the glyph BorderBrush for IsChecked = null, IsEnabled = false. + + + + + Gets the glyph Foreground for IsChecked = null, IsEnabled = false. + + + + + Sets the glyph Foregorund for IsChecked = null, IsEnabled = false. @@ -2248,9 +3441,19 @@ Sets the character casing of the control - + + + Gets the value if the inner ContentPresenter use AccessText in its style. + + + + + Sets the value if the inner ContentPresenter should use AccessText in its style. + + + - This property can be used to set the button width (PART_ClearText) of TextBox, PasswordBox, ComboBox, NumericUpDown + Gets the brush used to draw the focus border. @@ -2258,14 +3461,14 @@ Sets the brush used to draw the focus border. - + Gets the brush used to draw the focus border. - + - Sets the brush used to draw the mouse over brush. + Sets the brush used to draw the focus border. @@ -2273,6 +3476,11 @@ Gets the brush used to draw the mouse over brush. + + + Sets the brush used to draw the mouse over brush. + + DependencyProperty for property. @@ -2301,34 +3509,54 @@ Sets a value indicating whether the child contents of the control are not editable. - + + + Gets the ElementStyle for the autogenerated DataGridCheckBoxColumn. + + + + + Sets the ElementStyle for the autogenerated DataGridCheckBoxColumn. + + + + + Gets the EditingElementStyle for the autogenerated DataGridCheckBoxColumn. + + + - Save the DataGrid. + Sets the EditingElementStyle for the autogenerated DataGridCheckBoxColumn. - + - Get the DataGrid. + Gets the EditingElementStyle for the autogenerated DataGridTextColumn. - + - Gets the value to define the DataGridCell selection behavior. + Sets the EditingElementStyle for the autogenerated DataGridTextColumn. - + - Sets the value to define the DataGridCell selection behavior. + Gets the padding inside the cell. - + - Gets the value to define the DataGridCell selection behavior. + Sets the padding inside the cell. - + - Sets the value to define the DataGridCell selection behavior. + Gets the padding inside the column. + + + + + Sets the padding inside the column. @@ -2341,14 +3569,54 @@ Sets a value which indicates the preview cell editing is enabled or not. - + + + Gets the value to define the selection behavior. + + + + + Sets the value to define the selection behavior. + + + + + Gets the content of the DropDown Button. + + + + + Sets the content of the DropDown Button. + + + + + Gets the data template used to display the content of the DropDown Button. + + + + + Sets the data template used to display the content of the DropDown Button. + + + + + Gets the font family of the desired font. + + + - Gets the value to define the DataGridRow selection behavior. + Sets the font family of the desired font. - + - Sets the value to define the DataGridRow selection behavior. + Gets the size of the desired font. + + + + + Sets the size of the desired font. @@ -2397,6 +3665,146 @@ Sets the toggle button style used for the ExpandDirection Right. + + + The DependencyProperty for the ' ExpandStoryboard property. + + If the Storyboard is set, the expanded event applies this to the inner grid. + + + + + Helper for getting from . + + If the Storyboard is set, the expanded event applies this to the inner grid. + + to read from. + ExpandStoryboard property value. + + + + Helper for setting on . + + If the Storyboard is set, the expanded event applies this to the inner grid. + + to set on. + ExpandStoryboard property value. + + + + The DependencyProperty for the ' CollapseStoryboard property. + + If the Storyboard is set, the collapsed event applies this to the inner grid. + + + + + Helper for getting from . + + If the Storyboard is set, the collapsed event applies this to the inner grid. + + to read from. + CollapseStoryboard property value. + + + + Helper for setting on . + + If the Storyboard is set, the collapsed event applies this to the inner grid. + + to set on. + CollapseStoryboard property value. + + + + Gets the value of the Foreground for the header. + + + + + Sets the value of the Foreground for the header. + + + + + Gets the value of the Background for the header. + + + + + Sets the value of the Background for the header. + + + + + Gets the value of the FontFamily for the header. + + + + + Sets the value of the FontFamily for the header. + + + + + Gets the value of the FontSize for the header. + + + + + Sets the value of the FontSize for the header. + + + + + Gets the value of the FontStretch for the header. + + + + + Sets the value of the FontStretch for the header. + + + + + Gets the value of the FontWeight for the header. + + + + + Sets the value of the FontWeight for the header. + + + + + Gets or sets the outer margin for the header. + + + + + Sets or sets the outer margin for the header. + + + + + Gets the horizontal alignment of the header. + + + + + Sets the horizontal alignment of the header. + + + + + Gets the vertical alignment of the header. + + + + + Sets the vertical alignment of the header. + + Gets or sets the background brush which will be used for the active selected item (if the keyboard focus is within). @@ -2572,6 +3980,68 @@ Changes the value of the slider if the mouse pointer is over this element. + + + Defines a helper class for selected items binding on collections with multiselector elements + + + + + Handles disposal and creation of old and new bindings + + + + + Gets the selected items property binding + + + + + Sets the selected items property binding + + + + + Gets the for a binding + + + + + Sets the for a bining + + + + + Defines a binding between multi selector and property + + + + + Creates an instance of + + The selector of this binding + The bound collection + + + + Registers the event handlers for selector and collection changes + + + + + Unregisters the event handlers for selector and collection changes + + + + + Updates the collection with changes made in the selector + + + + + Updates the selector with changes made in the collection + + Gets the content of the RevealButton. @@ -2592,9 +4062,14 @@ Sets the data template used to display the content of the RevealButton. - + - This property can be used to set vertical scrollbar left side from the tabpanel (look at MetroAnimatedSingleRowTabControl) + Gets the StrokeThickness of the RadioButton itself. + + + + + Sets the StrokeThickness of the RadioButton itself. @@ -2604,14 +4079,14 @@ - - Gets whether the vertical ScrollBar is on the left side or not. - + Helper for getting from . + to read from. + VerticalScrollBarOnLeftSide property value. - - Sets whether the vertical ScrollBar should be on the left side or not. - + Helper for setting on . + to set on. + VerticalScrollBarOnLeftSide property value. @@ -2619,15 +4094,60 @@ + Helper for getting from . + to read from. + IsHorizontalScrollWheelEnabled property value. + + + Helper for setting on . + to set on. + IsHorizontalScrollWheelEnabled property value. + + - Gets whether the ScrollViewer is scrolling horizontal by using the mouse wheel. + This property can be used to trigger the call to a command when the user reach the end of the vertical scrollable area. - + + Helper for getting from . + to read from. + EndOfVerticalScrollReachedCommand property value. + + + Helper for setting on . + to set on. + EndOfVerticalScrollReachedCommand property value. + + + + This property can be used to trigger the call to a command when the user reach the end of the horizontal scrollable area. + + + + Helper for getting from . + to read from. + EndOfHorizontalScrollReachedCommand property value. + + + Helper for setting on . + to set on. + EndOfHorizontalScrollReachedCommand property value. + + - Sets whether the ScrollViewer should be scroll horizontal by using the mouse wheel. + This property can be used to provide a command parameter to the command called when reaching the end of the vertical or horizontal scrollable area. + + Helper for getting from . + to read from. + EndOfScrollReachedCommandParameter property value. + + + Helper for setting on . + to set on. + EndOfScrollReachedCommandParameter property value. + Gets or sets the brush of the thumb. @@ -2835,7 +4355,7 @@ Sets the Style and Template property to null. - + Removing a TabItem in code behind can produce such nasty output System.Windows.Data Warning: 4 : Cannot find source for binding with reference 'RelativeSource FindAncestor, AncestorType='System.Windows.Controls.TabControl', AncestorLevel='1''. BindingExpression:Path=Background; DataItem=null; target element is 'TabItem' (Name=''); target property is 'Background' (type 'Brush') or @@ -2890,11 +4410,6 @@ Sets a command parameter for the TabItem that will be passed to the CloseTabCommand. - - - Defines whether the underline below the is shown or not. - - Defines whether the underline below the or is shown or not. @@ -2925,6 +4440,11 @@ This property can be used to set the Transition for animated TabControls + + + Defines the position of the Underline + + A helper class that provides various attached properties for the TextBox control. @@ -3023,51 +4543,96 @@ Sets the clear text button visibility / feature. Can be used to enable text deletion. - + + + Gets the text button visibility. + + + + + Sets the text button visibility. + + + + + Gets the buttons placement variant. + + + + + Sets the buttons placement variant. + + + + + Gets the clear text button behavior. + + + + + Sets the clear text button behavior. + + + + + ButtonContentTemplate is the template used to display the content of the ClearText button. + + + + + This property can be used to handle the style for CheckBox and RadioButton + LeftToRight means content left and button right and RightToLeft vise versa + + + + + This property can be used to handle the style for CheckBox and RadioButton + LeftToRight means content left and button right and RightToLeft vise versa + + + - Gets the text button visibility. + Gets the toggle button style used for the TreeViewItem expander. - + - Sets the text button visibility. + Sets the toggle button style used for the TreeViewItem expander. - + - Gets the buttons placement variant. + Identifies the CloseOnMouseLeftButtonDown attached property. - + - Sets the buttons placement variant. + Gets whether if the popup can be closed by left mouse button down. - + - Gets the clear text button behavior. + Sets whether if the popup can be closed by left mouse button down. - + - Sets the clear text button behavior. + Identifies the ShowValidationErrorOnMouseOver attached property. - - - ButtonContentTemplate is the template used to display the content of the ClearText button. + + + Gets whether the validation error text will be shown when hovering the validation triangle. - + - This property can be used to handle the style for CheckBox and RadioButton - LeftToRight means content left and button right and RightToLeft vise versa + Sets whether the validation error text will be shown when hovering the validation triangle. - + - This property can be used to handle the style for CheckBox and RadioButton - LeftToRight means content left and button right and RightToLeft vise versa + Represents the base class for an icon UI element. @@ -3092,9 +4657,68 @@ - Originally from http://xamlcoder.com/blog/2010/11/04/creating-a-metro-ui-style-control/ + A ContentControl which use a transition to slide in the content. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Gets or sets whether the reverse version of the transition should be used. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Gets or sets the value if a transition should be used or not. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Gets or sets whether the transition should be used only at the loaded event of the control. + + + + Identifies the routed event. + + + + The event which will be fired when the transition starts. + + + + Identifies the routed event. + + + + The event which will be fired when the transition ends. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Gets whether if the content is transitioning. + + + + + Execute the transition again. + + + Creates AutomationPeer () @@ -3290,11 +4914,14 @@ A standard MetroTabControl (Pivot). - + Initializes a new instance of the MahApps.Metro.Controls.MetroTabControl class. + + Identifies the dependency property. + A base class for every MetroTabControl (Pivot). @@ -3447,17 +5074,47 @@ - Gets/sets whether the window will ignore (and overlap) the taskbar when maximized. + Defines if the Taskbar should be ignored when maximizing a Window. + This only works with WindowStyle = None. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. - Gets or sets resize border thickness + Gets or sets resize border thickness. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for ResizeBorderTickness. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + for . + + + + + Gets/sets if the border thickness value should be kept on maximize + if the MaxHeight/MaxWidth of the window is less than the monitor resolution. + + + + + for . + + + + + Gets or sets wether the resizing of the window should be tried in a way that does not cause flicker/jitter, especially when resizing from the left side. + + + Please note that setting this to true may cause resize lag and black areas appearing on some systems. + + + + + for . @@ -3517,17 +5174,17 @@ - Gets/sets if the minimize button is visible. + Gets or sets whether if the minimize button is visible and the minimize system menu is enabled. - Gets/sets if the Maximize/Restore button is visible. + Gets or sets whether if the maximize/restore button is visible and the maximize/restore system menu is enabled. - Gets/sets if the close button is visible. + Gets or sets whether if the close button is visible. @@ -3550,19 +5207,19 @@ Gets or sets whether if the close button should be enabled or not if a dialog is shown. - + - Gets/sets if the the system menu should popup on right click. + Gets or sets a value that indicates whether the system menu should popup with left mouse click on the window icon. - + - Gets/sets the TitleBar's height. + Gets or sets a value that indicates whether the system menu should popup with right mouse click if the mouse position is on title bar or on the entire window if it has no title bar (and no title bar height). - + - Gets/sets if the TitleBar's text is automatically capitalized. + Gets/sets the TitleBar's height. @@ -3610,6 +5267,11 @@ Gets/sets the opacity used for the dialog overlay. + + + Gets or sets the brush used for the Flyouts overlay. + + Gets or sets the overlay fade in storyboard. @@ -3648,12 +5310,15 @@ Initializes a new instance of the MahApps.Metro.Controls.MetroWindow class. - + Initializes various behaviors for the window. - For example , and . + For example , and . + + + Gets the template child with the given name. @@ -3688,13 +5353,12 @@ The name of the template child. The direction. - + Adapts the WindowCommands to the theme of the first opened, topmost && (top || right || left) flyout The MetroWindow All the flyouts! Or flyouts that fall into the category described in the summary. - An optional brush to reset the window commands brush to. @@ -3762,6 +5426,11 @@ Gets or sets a value indicating whether the user can enter text in the control. + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the value will be changed directly on every TextBox text changed event or when using the Enter key. + + Gets or sets a value indicating the culture to be used in string formatting operations. @@ -3786,6 +5455,11 @@ + + + Gets or sets whether the up and down buttons will got the focus when using them. + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the text can be changed by the use of the up or down buttons only. @@ -3811,11 +5485,6 @@ Gets or sets the horizontal alignment of the contents of the text box. - - - Indicates if the NumericUpDown should show the decimal separator or not. - - Gets or sets which numeric input for the NumericUpDown is allowed. @@ -3826,6 +5495,16 @@ Indicates if the NumericUpDown should round the value to the nearest possible interval when the focus moves to another element. + + + Gets or sets the parsing number style for the value from text to numeric. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the up down buttons are switched. + + Called when this element or any below gets focus. @@ -3848,96 +5527,261 @@ New value of the property + + + Doesn't overlay Flyouts nor a hidden TitleBar. + + + + + Overlays opened controls. + + + + + Overlays a hidden TitleBar. + + Based on Greg Schechter's Planerator http://blogs.msdn.com/b/greg_schechter/archive/2007/10/26/enter-the-planerator-dead-simple-3d-in-wpf-with-a-stupid-name.aspx + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + An Enum representing different positions, such as Left or Right. - + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + - Event arguments created for the RangeSlider's SelectionChanged event. - + This delegate must used by handlers of the RangeSelectionChangedEvent event. + The current element along the event's route. + The event arguments containing additional information about the event. + Nothing. - + - The value of the new range's beginning. + This RangeSelectionChangedEventArgs class contains old and new value when + RangeSelectionChanged is raised. + + - + - The value of the new range's ending. + Return the old lower value. - + - A slider control with the ability to select a range between two values. + Return the new lower value. - + - Identifies the  dependency property. + Return the old upper value. - + - Identifies the  dependency property. + Return the new upper value. - + - Identifies the  dependency property. + This is an instance constructor for the RangeSelectionChangedEventArgs class. + The old lower property value + The new lower property value + The old upper property value + The new upper property value - + - Identifies the  dependency property. + This is an instance constructor for the RoutedPropertyChangedEventArgs class. + It is constructed with a reference to the event being raised. + The old lower property value + The new lower property value + The old upper property value + The new upper property value + RoutedEvent - + - Identifies the  dependency property. + This method is used to perform the proper type casting in order to + call the type-safe RoutedPropertyChangedEventHandler delegate for the IsCheckedChangedEvent event. + The handler to invoke. + The current object along the event's route. + Nothing. - + - Identifies the  dependency property. + A slider control with the ability to select a range between two values. - + + Identifies the routed event. + + + Identifies the routed event. + + + Identifies the routed event. + + + Identifies the routed event. + + + Identifies the routed event. + + + Identifies the routed event. + + + Identifies the routed event. + + + Identifies the routed event. + + + Identifies the routed event. + + + Identifies the routed event. + + + Identifies the routed event. + + + Identifies the routed event. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + - Get/sets value how fast thumbs will move when user press on left/right/central with left mouse button (IsMoveToPoint must be set to FALSE) + Get/sets the end of the range selection. - + + Identifies the dependency property. + + - Get/sets precision of the value, which displaying inside AutotToolTip + Get/sets the beginning of the range selection. - + + Identifies the dependency property. + + - Get/sets the converter for the tooltip text + Get/sets the minimum range that can be selected. - + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Get/sets the minimal distance between two thumbs. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Get/sets whether whole range will be moved when press on right/left/central part of control + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Get/sets whether possibility to make manipulations inside range with left/right mouse buttons + cotrol button + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Get/sets whether possibility to make manipulations inside range with left/right mouse buttons + cotrol button + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + - Get/sets tooltip, which will show while dragging thumbs and display currect value + Gets or sets the orientation of the . + + Identifies the dependency property. + Gets or sets the position of tick marks with respect to the of the . - A value that defines how to position the tick marks in a with respect to the slider bar. The default is . + A value that defines how to position the tick marks in a with respect to the slider bar. The default is . + + Identifies the dependency property. + Gets or sets the interval between tick marks. @@ -3946,6 +5790,9 @@ The distance between tick marks. The default is (1.0). + + Identifies the dependency property. + Gets or sets the positions of the tick marks to display for a . @@ -3953,52 +5800,72 @@ A set of tick marks to display for a . The default is . + + Identifies the dependency property. + Get or sets IsMoveToPoint feature which will enable/disable moving to exact point inside control when user clicked on it Gets or sets a value that indicates whether the two of a moves immediately to the location of the mouse click that occurs while the mouse pointer pauses on the tracks. - - - Gets or sets the orientation of the . - + + Identifies the dependency property. - + - Get/sets whether possibility to make manipulations inside range with left/right mouse buttons + cotrol button + Gets or sets whether a tooltip that contains the current value of the displays when the is pressed. If a tooltip is displayed, this property also specifies the placement of the tooltip. + + One of the values that determines where to display the tooltip with respect to the of the , or that specifies to not show a tooltip. The default is , which specifies that a tooltip is not displayed. + - - - Get/sets whether possibility to make manipulations inside range with left/right mouse buttons + cotrol button - + + Identifies the dependency property. - + - Get/sets whether whole range will be moved when press on right/left/central part of control + Gets or sets the number of digits that are displayed to the right side of the decimal point for the of the in a tooltip. + + The precision of the that displays in the tooltip, specified as the number of digits that appear to the right of the decimal point. The default is zero (0). + - + + Identifies the dependency property. + + - Get/sets the minimal distance between two thumbs. + Gets or sets a template for the auto tooltip to show the lower value. - + + Identifies the dependency property. + + - Get/sets the beginning of the range selection. + Gets or sets a template for the auto tooltip to show the upper value. - + + Identifies the dependency property. + + - Get/sets the end of the range selection. + Gets or sets a template for the auto tooltip to show the center value. - + + Identifies the dependency property. + + - Get/sets the minimum range that can be selected. + Get/sets value how fast thumbs will move when user press on left/right/central with left mouse button (IsMoveToPoint must be set to FALSE) + + Identifies the dependency property. + Gets or sets a value that indicates whether the displays a selection range along the . @@ -4007,6 +5874,9 @@ if a selection range is displayed; otherwise, . The default is . + + Identifies the dependency property. + Gets or sets the smallest value of a specified selection for a . @@ -4015,6 +5885,9 @@ The largest value of a selected range of values of a . The default is zero (0.0). + + Identifies the dependency property. + Gets or sets the largest value of a specified selection for a . @@ -4035,6 +5908,19 @@ The old value of the property.The new value of the property. + + + Gets the lower value of the range selection. + + + + + Gets the upper value of the range selection. + + + + + RevealImage @@ -4045,80 +5931,102 @@ InitializeComponent - + + Identifies the dependency property. + + - Reflects the parameter to pass to the CommandProperty upon execution. + Gets or sets an extra tag. - + + Identifies the dependency property. + + - Gets or sets the target element on which to fire the command. + Gets or sets the orientation of children stacking. - + + Identifies the dependency property. + + - Get or sets the Command property. + Gets or sets the content for the icon part. - + + Identifies the dependency property. + + - Indicates whether the Popup is visible. + Gets or sets the DataTemplate for the icon part. - + + Identifies the dependency property. + + - Gets or sets an extra tag. + Gets or sets the command to invoke when the content button is pressed. - + + Identifies the dependency property. + + - Gets or sets the dimension of children stacking. + Gets or sets the element on which to raise the specified command. - + + Identifies the dependency property. + + - Gets or sets the Content used to generate the icon part. + Gets or sets the parameter to pass to the command property. - - - Gets or sets the ContentTemplate used to display the content of the icon part. - + + Identifies the dependency property. - Gets/sets the button style. + Gets or sets the button content style. + + Identifies the dependency property. + - Gets/sets the button arrow style. + Gets or sets the button arrow style. - - - Gets/sets the popup listbox style. - + + Identifies the dependency property. - Gets/sets the brush of the button arrow icon. + Gets or sets the foreground brush for the button arrow icon. + + Identifies the dependency property. + - Gets/sets the brush of the button arrow icon if the mouse is over the split button. + Gets or sets the foreground brush of the button arrow icon if the mouse is over the split button. + + Identifies the dependency property. + - Gets/sets the brush of the button arrow icon if the arrow button is pressed. + Gets or sets the foreground brush of the button arrow icon if the arrow button is pressed. - - Updates the current selection when an item in the has changed - The event data. - A special animation used to animates the length of a . @@ -4133,10 +6041,7 @@ - - Identifies the dependency property. - - The identifier for the property. + Identifies the dependency property. @@ -4148,10 +6053,7 @@ - - Identifies the dependency property. - - The identifier for the dependency property. + Identifies the dependency property. @@ -4160,10 +6062,7 @@ The contents of the main panel of a . The default is null. - - Identifies the dependency property. - - The identifier for the dependency property. + Identifies the dependency property. @@ -4175,10 +6074,7 @@ - - Identifies the dependency property. - - The identifier for the dependency property. + Identifies the dependency property. @@ -4186,11 +6082,17 @@ true if the pane is expanded to its full width; otherwise, false. The default is true. - + + Identifies the dependency property. + + - Identifies the dependency property. + Gets or sets a value that specifies the OverlayBrush - The identifier for the dependency property. + The current OverlayBrush + + + Identifies the dependency property. @@ -4201,11 +6103,48 @@ pixel (DIP). - + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Gets or sets the minimum width of the pane when it's fully expanded. + + + The minimum width of the pane when it's fully expanded. The default is 320 device-independent + pixel (DIP). + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + - Identifies the dependency property. + Gets or sets the maximum width of the pane when it's fully expanded. - The identifier for the dependency property. + + The maximum width of the pane when it's fully expanded. The default is 320 device-independent + pixel (DIP). + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Gets or Sets if the open pane can be resized by the user. The default value is false. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Gets or Sets the for the resizing Thumb (type of ) + + + + Identifies the dependency property. @@ -4214,10 +6153,7 @@ The contents of the pane of a . The default is null. - - Identifies the dependency property. - - The identifier for the dependency property. + Identifies the dependency property. @@ -4226,10 +6162,7 @@ The Brush to apply to the background of the area of the control. - - Identifies the dependency property. - - The identifier for the dependency property. + Identifies the dependency property. @@ -4238,10 +6171,7 @@ The Brush to apply to the background of the area of the control. - - Identifies the PanePlacement dependency property. - - The identifier for the PanePlacement dependency property. + Identifies the dependency property. @@ -4254,10 +6184,7 @@ - - Identifies the dependency property. - - The identifier for the dependency property. + Identifies the dependency property. @@ -4281,6 +6208,15 @@ Occurs when the pane is closing. + + + + + + + + + Constants that specify how the pane is shown in a . @@ -4345,43 +6281,56 @@ Not intended for general use. + + Identifies the dependency property. + Gets the value as a GridLength. + + Identifies the dependency property. + Gets the negative of the value. + + Identifies the dependency property. + Gets the negative of the value calculated by subtracting the value from the value. + + Identifies the dependency property. + Gets the value as a GridLength. + + Identifies the dependency property. + Gets the value. + + Identifies the dependency property. + Gets a value calculated by subtracting the value from the value. - - - An Enum representing different themes for window commands. - - HorizontalTitleAlignment Dependency Property. @@ -4409,10 +6358,17 @@ Represents a control that allows the user to select a date and a time. - + + Identifies the dependency property. + + - Occurs when the property is changed. + Gets or sets the last date to be displayed. + The last date to display. + + + Identifies the dependency property. @@ -4422,11 +6378,8 @@ The date to display. The default is . - - - Gets or sets the last date to be displayed. - - The last date to display. + + Identifies the dependency property. @@ -4434,6 +6387,9 @@ The first date to display. + + Identifies the dependency property. + Gets or sets the day that is considered the beginning of the week. @@ -4443,10 +6399,8 @@ that is determined by the current culture. - - - Gets or sets the format that is used to display the selected date. - + + Identifies the dependency property. @@ -4454,6 +6408,17 @@ true if the current date is highlighted; otherwise, false. The default is true. + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Gets or sets the format that is used to display the selected date. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + Gets or sets a value that indicates the dimension by which calendar and clock are stacked. @@ -4463,13 +6428,29 @@ . - - - Gets or sets the currently selected date. - - - The date currently selected. The default is null. - + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + @@ -4481,24 +6462,15 @@ Represents a control that allows the user to select a time. - - - Represents a base-class for time picking. - - - - - This readonly dependency property is to control whether to show the date-picker (in case of ) or hide it (in case of . - + + - - - Represents the time 00:00:00; 12:00:00 AM respectively - + + - + - Represents the time 23:59:59.9999999; 11:59:59.9999999 PM respectively + Represents a base-class for time picking. @@ -4537,29 +6509,68 @@ Returns a list containing {0, 15, 30, 45}. - + + Identifies the dependency property. + + - Occurs when the property is changed. + Gets or sets a collection used to generate the content for selecting the hours. + + A collection that is used to generate the content for selecting the hours. The default is a list of interger from 0 + to 23 if is false or a list of interger from + 1 to 12 otherwise.. + - + + Identifies the dependency property. + + - Gets or sets a value indicating the culture to be used in string formatting operations. + Gets or sets a collection used to generate the content for selecting the minutes. + + A collection that is used to generate the content for selecting the minutes. The default is a list of int from + 0 to 59. + - + + Identifies the dependency property. + + - Gets or sets a value indicating the visibility of the clock hands in the user interface (UI). + Gets or sets a collection used to generate the content for selecting the seconds. - The visibility definition of the clock hands. The default is . + A collection that is used to generate the content for selecting the minutes. The default is a list of int from + 0 to 59. - + + Identifies the dependency property. + + - Gets or sets a value indicating whether the date can be selected or not. This property is read-only. + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the drop-down for a box is currently + open. + + true if the drop-down is open; otherwise, false. The default is false. + + + + IsDropDownOpenProperty property changed handler. + + DatePicker that changed its IsDropDownOpen. + DependencyPropertyChangedEventArgs. + + + + This method is invoked when the changes. + + Identifies the dependency property. + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the clock of this control is visible in the user interface (UI). This is a @@ -4573,12 +6584,8 @@ true if the clock is visible; otherwise, false. The default value is true. - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether the drop-down for a box is currently - open. - - true if the drop-down is open; otherwise, false. The default is false. + + Identifies the dependency property. @@ -4588,6 +6595,28 @@ true if the is read-only; otherwise, false. The default is false. + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating the visibility of the clock hands in the user interface (UI). + + + The visibility definition of the clock hands. The default is . + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating the culture to be used in string formatting operations. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + Gets or sets a value indicating the visibility of the selectable date-time-parts in the user interface (UI). @@ -4596,46 +6625,66 @@ visibility definition of the selectable date-time-parts. The default is . - + + + Occurs when the property is changed. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + - Gets or sets the currently selected time. + Gets or sets the currently selected date and time. - The time currently selected. The default is null. + The date and time which is currently selected. The default is null. + + Identifies the dependency property. + Gets or sets the format that is used to display the selected time. - + + Identifies the dependency property. + + - Gets or sets a collection used to generate the content for selecting the hours. + Gets or sets a composite string that specifies how to format the hour items. - - A collection that is used to generate the content for selecting the hours. The default is a list of interger from 0 - to 23 if is false or a list of interger from - 1 to 12 otherwise.. - - + + Identifies the dependency property. + + - Gets or sets a collection used to generate the content for selecting the minutes. + Gets or sets a composite string that specifies how to format the minute items. - - A collection that is used to generate the content for selecting the minutes. The default is a list of int from - 0 to 59. - - + + Identifies the dependency property. + + - Gets or sets a collection used to generate the content for selecting the seconds. + Gets or sets a composite string that specifies how to format the second items. + + + + + This readonly dependency property is to control whether to show the date-picker (in case of ) or hide it (in case of . + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the date can be selected or not. This property is read-only. - - A collection that is used to generate the content for selecting the minutes. The default is a list of int from - 0 to 59. - @@ -4674,155 +6723,188 @@ Selected hour is between 12 PM and 11 PM+12h - - - - - - - A control that allows the user to toggle between two states: One represents true; The other represents false. - - - - - Identifies the  dependency property. - - - - - Gets/sets the font family of the header. - - - - - Gets/sets the text to display when the control is in it's On state. - - - - - Gets/sets the text to display when the control is in it's Off state. - - - - - Gets/sets the brush used for the switch's foreground. - - - - - Gets/sets the brush used for the on-switch's foreground. - - - - - Gets/sets the brush used for the off-switch's foreground. - - - - - Gets/sets the brush used for the thumb indicator. - + + + - + - Gets/sets the brush used for the thumb indicator. + A control that allows the user to toggle between two states: One represents true; The other represents false. - - - Gets/sets the width of the thumb indicator. - + + Identifies the dependency property. - Gets/sets the control's content flow direction. + Gets or sets the flow direction of the switch and content. + + LeftToRight means content left and button right and RightToLeft vise versa. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. Gets or sets the padding of the inner content. - - - Gets/sets the control's toggle switch button style. - + + Identifies the dependency property. - + - Gets/sets whether the control is Checked (On) or not (Off). + Gets or sets a value that declares whether the state of the ToggleSwitch is "On". - + + Identifies the dependency property. + + - Gets/sets the command which will be executed if the IsChecked property was changed. + Provides the object content that should be displayed using the OnContentTemplate when this ToggleSwitch has state of "On". - + + Identifies the dependency property. + + - Gets/sets the command which will be executed if the checked event of the control is fired. + Gets or sets the DataTemplate used to display the control's content while in "On" state. - + + Identifies the dependency property. + + - Gets/sets the command which will be executed if the checked event of the control is fired. + Gets or sets a template selector for OnContent property that enables an application writer to provide custom template-selection logic . + + This property is ignored if is set. + - + + Identifies the dependency property. + + - Gets/sets the command parameter which will be passed by the CheckChangedCommand. + Gets or sets a composite string that specifies how to format the OnContent property if it is displayed as a string. + + This property is ignored if is set. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. - + - Gets/sets the command parameter which will be passed by the CheckedCommand. + Provides the object content that should be displayed using the OffContentTemplate when this ToggleSwitch has state of "Off". - + + Identifies the dependency property. + + - Gets/sets the command parameter which will be passed by the UnCheckedCommand. + Gets or sets the DataTemplate used to display the control's content while in "Off" state. - + + Identifies the dependency property. + + - An event that is raised when the value of IsChecked changes. + Gets or sets a template selector for OffContent property that enables an application writer to provide custom template-selection logic . + + This property is ignored if is set. + - + + Identifies the dependency property. + + - A Button that allows the user to toggle between two states. + Gets or sets a composite string that specifies how to format the OffContent property if it is displayed as a string. + + This property is ignored if is set. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. - + + Identifies the dependency property. + + - Gets/sets the brush used for the control's foreground. + Gets or sets a command which will be executed when the changes. - + + Identifies the dependency property. + + - Gets/sets the brush used for the on-switch's foreground. + Gets or sets a command which will be executed when the changes. - + + Identifies the dependency property. + + - Gets/sets the brush used for the off-switch's foreground. + Gets or sets a command which will be executed when the changes. - + + Identifies the dependency property. + + - Gets/sets the brush used for the thumb indicator. + Gets or sets the command parameter which will be passed by the Command. - + + Identifies the dependency property. + + - Gets/sets the brush used for the thumb indicator. + Gets or sets the element on which to raise the specified Command. + + Element on which to raise the Command. + - + - Gets/sets the width of the thumb indicator. + Occurs when "On"/"Off" state changes for this ToggleSwitch. + + This method is invoked when the changes. + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + The associated with this . + + + + + + + + + + enumeration for the different transition types @@ -4932,8 +7014,7 @@ This method is an alternative to WPF's - method, which also - supports content elements. Keep in mind that for content element, + method, which also supports content elements. Keep in mind that for content element, this method falls back to the logical tree of the element! The item to be processed. @@ -4973,117 +7054,191 @@ hit testing. The position to be evaluated on the origin. - + - Gets the relative mouse position to the given handle in client coordinates. + Get the working area size of the monitor from where the visual stays. - The handle for this method. + The visual element to get the monitor information. + The working area size of the monitor. - - - Try to get the relative mouse position to the given handle in client coordinates. - - The handle for this method. - The relative mouse position to the given handle. + + Identifies the dependency property. Gets or sets the value indicating current light style for the minimize button. + + Identifies the dependency property. + Gets or sets the value indicating current light style for the maximize button. + + Identifies the dependency property. + Gets or sets the value indicating current light style for the close button. + + Identifies the dependency property. + Gets or sets the value indicating current dark style for the minimize button. + + Identifies the dependency property. + Gets or sets the value indicating current dark style for the maximize button. + + Identifies the dependency property. + Gets or sets the value indicating current dark style for the close button. + + Identifies the dependency property. + Gets or sets the value indicating current theme. + + Identifies the dependency property. + Gets or sets the minimize button tooltip. + + Identifies the dependency property. + Gets or sets the maximize button tooltip. + + Identifies the dependency property. + Gets or sets the close button tooltip. + + Identifies the dependency property. + Gets or sets the restore button tooltip. + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Gets the window. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + - Gets or sets the value indicating current theme. + Gets or sets the value indicating the current theme. + + Identifies the dependency property. + - Gets or sets the value indicating light theme template. + Gets or sets the value indicating the light theme ControlTemplate. + + Identifies the dependency property. + - Gets or sets the value indicating light theme template. + Gets or sets the value indicating the light theme ControlTemplate. + + Identifies the dependency property. + - Gets or sets the value indicating whether to show the separators. + Gets or sets the value indicating whether to show the separators or not. + + Identifies the dependency property. + - Gets or sets the value indicating whether to show the last separator. + Gets or sets the value indicating whether to show the last separator or not. + + Identifies the dependency property. + - Gets or sets the value indicating separator height. + Gets or sets the value indicating the height of the separators. - + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + - Gets or sets the value indicating whether to show the separator. + Gets the window. - + + Identifies the dependency property. + + - Doesn't overlay flyouts nor a hidden TitleBar. + Gets or sets the value indicating whether to show the separator. - + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + - Overlays opened controls. + Doesn't overlay a hidden TitleBar. @@ -5134,6 +7289,11 @@ Converts a double representing either hour/minute/second to the corresponding angle. + + + Converts a CornerRadius to a new CornerRadius. It's possible to ignore a side with the IgnoreRadius property. + + Converts the value from true to false and false to true. @@ -5177,6 +7337,56 @@ This class cannot be inherited. + + + Use the radius of all corners. + + + + + Ignore the radius of the top-left and bottom-left corner. + + + + + Ignore the radius of the top-left and top-right corner. + + + + + Ignore the radius of the top-right and bottom-right corner. + + + + + Ignore the radius of the bottom-left and bottom-right corner. + + + + + Ignore the radius of the top-left corner. + + + + + Ignore radius of the top-right corner. + + + + + Ignore the radius of the bottom-right corner. + + + + + Ignore the radius of the bottom-left corner. + + + + + This Converter converts a given height or width of an control to a CornerRadius + + Converts a String into a Visibility enumeration (and back) @@ -5200,7 +7410,7 @@ - Converts a Thickness to a new Thickness. It's possible to ignore a side With the IgnoreThicknessSide property. + Converts a Thickness to a new Thickness. It's possible to ignore a side with the IgnoreThicknessSide property. @@ -5244,306 +7454,18 @@ The converter parameter to use. The culture to use in the converter. - - - An object that represents the foreground color for a . - - - - - The ResourceDictionary that represents this Accent. - - - - - Gets/sets the name of the Accent. - - - + - Initializes a new instance of the Accent class. + Implements a markup extension that supports static (XAML load time) resource references made from XAML. - + - Initializes a new instance of the Accent class. + Provides theme resources from Fluent.Ribbon. - The name of the new Accent. - The URI of the accent ResourceDictionary. - - - Initializes a new instance of the Accent class. - - The name of the new Accent. - The ResourceDictionary of the accent. - - - - Represents the background theme of the application. - - - - - The ResourceDictionary that represents this application theme. - - - - - Gets the name of the application theme. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the AppTheme class. - - The name of the new AppTheme. - The URI of the AppTheme ResourceDictionary. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the AppTheme class. - - The name of the new AppTheme. - The ResourceDictionary of the accent. - - - - A class that allows for the detection and alteration of a theme and accent. - - - - - Gets a list of all of default accents. - - - - - Gets a list of all default themes. - - - - - Adds an accent with the given name and uniform resource identfier. - - The name of the new Accent. - The URI of the accent ResourceDictionary. - true if the accent does not exists and can be added. - - - - Adds an accent with the given name and resource dictionary. - - The name of the new Accent. - The ResourceDictionary of the accent. - true if the accent does not exists and can be added. - - - - Adds an app theme with the given name. - - The name of the new AppTheme. - The URI of the AppTheme ResourceDictionary. - true if the app theme does not exists and can be added. - - - - Adds an app theme with the given name. - - The name of the new AppTheme. - The ResourceDictionary of the accent. - true if the app theme does not exists and can be added. - - - - Gets app theme with the given resource dictionary. - - from which the theme should be retrieved. - AppTheme - - - - Gets app theme with the given name and theme type (light or dark). - - AppTheme - - - - Gets the inverse of the given . - This method relies on the "Dark" or "Light" affix to be present. - - The app theme. - The inverse or null if it couldn't be found. - - Returns BaseLight, if BaseDark is given or vice versa. - Custom Themes must end with "Dark" or "Light" for this to work, for example "CustomDark" and "CustomLight". - - - - - Gets the with the given name. - - The or null, if the app theme wasn't found - - - - Gets the with the given resource dictionary. - - from which the accent should be retrieved. - The or null, if the accent wasn't found. - - - - Determines whether the specified resource dictionary represents an . - - This might include runtime accents which do not have a resource uri. - - The resources. - true if the resource dictionary is an ; otherwise, false. - resources - - - - Gets a resource from the detected AppStyle. - - The window to check. If this is null, the Application's sources will be checked. - The key to check against. - The resource object or null, if the resource wasn't found. - - - - Change the theme for the whole application. - - - - - - - Change theme for the given window. - - - - - - - Change accent and theme for the whole application. - - The instance of Application to change. - The accent to apply. - The theme to apply. - - - - Change accent and theme for the given window. - - The Window to change. - The accent to apply. - The theme to apply. - - - - Changes the accent and theme of a ResourceDictionary directly. - - The ResourceDictionary to modify. - The accent to apply to the ResourceDictionary. - The theme to apply to the ResourceDictionary. - - - - Copies all resource keys from one resource to another. - - The source resource dictionary. - The destination resource dictionary. - - fromRD - or - toRD - - - - - Scans the window resources and returns it's accent and theme. - - - - - Scans the window resources and returns it's accent and theme. - - The Window to scan. - - - - Scans the application resources and returns it's accent and theme. - - The Application instance to scan. - - - - Scans a resources and returns it's accent and theme. - - The ResourceDictionary to check. - - - - This event fires if accent color and theme was changed - this should be using the weak event pattern, but for now it's enough - - - - - Invalidates global colors and resources. - Sometimes the ContextMenu is not changing the colors, so this will fix it. - - - - - Class which is used as argument for an event to signal theme changes. - - - - - Creates a new instance of this class. - - - - - The new theme. - - - - - The new accent - - - - - GeneratedInternalTypeHelper - - - - - CreateInstance - - - - - GetPropertyValue - - - - - SetPropertyValue - - - - - CreateDelegate - - - - - AddEventHandler - + + diff --git a/dotnet/packages/MahApps.Metro.2.0.0/lib/net47/MahApps.Metro.dll b/dotnet/packages/MahApps.Metro.2.0.0/lib/net47/MahApps.Metro.dll new file mode 100644 index 00000000..cde4f1a1 Binary files /dev/null and b/dotnet/packages/MahApps.Metro.2.0.0/lib/net47/MahApps.Metro.dll differ diff --git a/dotnet/packages/MahApps.Metro.2.0.0/lib/net47/MahApps.Metro.pdb b/dotnet/packages/MahApps.Metro.2.0.0/lib/net47/MahApps.Metro.pdb new file mode 100644 index 00000000..9bb185ba Binary files /dev/null and b/dotnet/packages/MahApps.Metro.2.0.0/lib/net47/MahApps.Metro.pdb differ diff --git a/dotnet/packages/MahApps.Metro.1.6.5/lib/net40/MahApps.Metro.xml b/dotnet/packages/MahApps.Metro.2.0.0/lib/net47/MahApps.Metro.xml similarity index 58% rename from dotnet/packages/MahApps.Metro.1.6.5/lib/net40/MahApps.Metro.xml rename to dotnet/packages/MahApps.Metro.2.0.0/lib/net47/MahApps.Metro.xml index 929b7d97..b618c95d 100644 --- a/dotnet/packages/MahApps.Metro.1.6.5/lib/net40/MahApps.Metro.xml +++ b/dotnet/packages/MahApps.Metro.2.0.0/lib/net47/MahApps.Metro.xml @@ -34,42 +34,22 @@ Gets or sets an object that will be passed to the attached to this trigger. - - - Updates all glow windows (visible, hidden, collapsed) - - - - - Sets the opacity to all glow windows - - - - - Starts the opacity storyboard 0 -> 1 - - - - - Shows all glow windows - - - + Gets or sets the bindable Password property on the PasswordBox control. This is a dependency property. - + Handles changes to the 'Password' attached property. - + Handle the 'PasswordChanged'-event on the PasswordBox - + Called after the behavior is attached to an AssociatedObject. @@ -77,7 +57,7 @@ Override this to hook up functionality to the AssociatedObject. - + Called when the behavior is being detached from its AssociatedObject, but before it has actually occurred. @@ -85,7 +65,59 @@ Override this to unhook functionality from the AssociatedObject. - + + + The DependencyProperty for the ' OnDataContextChanged property. + + With the OnDataContextChanged property the Reload behavior of the MetroContentControl can be switched on or off. + If the property is set to true, the transition of the is triggered again when the DataContext is changed. + + + + + Helper for getting from . + + If the property is set to true, the transition of the is triggered again when the DataContext is changed. + + to read from. + OnDataContextChanged property value. + + + + Helper for setting on . + + If the property is set to true, the transition of the is triggered again when the DataContext is changed. + + to set on. + OnDataContextChanged property value. + + + + The DependencyProperty for the ' and ' OnSelectedTabChanged property. + + With the OnSelectedTabChanged property the Reload behavior of the control can be switched on or off. + If the property is set to true, the transition is triggered again when the SelectionChanged event of a TabControl was raised. + + + + + Helper for getting from . + + If the property is set to true, the transition is triggered again when the SelectionChanged event of a TabControl was raised. + + to read from. + OnSelectedTabChanged property value. + + + + Helper for setting on . + + If the property is set to true, the transition is triggered again when the SelectionChanged event of a TabControl was raised. + + to set on. + OnSelectedTabChanged property value. + + Sets the first TabItem with Visibility="" as @@ -96,12 +128,21 @@ - + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + - + + + Identifies the dependency property. + Represents a border whose contents are clipped within the bounds @@ -444,38 +485,16 @@ Brush true if yes, otherwise false - - - Defines the method that determines whether the command can execute in its current state. - - - true if this command can be executed; otherwise, false. - - Data used by the command. If the command does not require data to be passed, this object can be set to null. - - - - Defines the method to be called when the command is invoked. - - Data used by the command. If the command does not require data to be passed, this object can be set to null. - - - The DependencyProperty for the CharacterCasing property. - Controls whether or not content is converted to upper or lower case - Default Value: CharacterCasing.Normal - + Identifies the dependency property. - Character casing of the Content + Gets or sets the character casing of the Content. - - The DependencyProperty for the RecognizesAccessKey property. - Default Value: false - + Identifies the dependency property. @@ -491,17 +510,47 @@ - it's only topmost if the host-window is activated + + Identifies the dependency property. + - Gets/sets if the popup can be closed by left mouse button down. + Gets or sets whether if the popup can be closed by left mouse button down. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Gets or sets whether the validation error text will be shown when hovering the validation triangle. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Gets or sets the that this object is reserving space for. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Gets whether the popup can be shown (useful for transitions). - Called when a cell has just switched to edit mode. + Called when a cell has just switched to edit mode. - A reference to element returned by GenerateEditingElement. - The event args of the input event that caused the cell to go into edit mode. May be null. + A reference to element returned by GenerateEditingElement. + The event args of the input event that caused the cell to go into edit mode. May be null. The unedited value of the cell. @@ -515,9 +564,7 @@ - - The DependencyProperty for the StringFormat property. - + Identifies the dependency property. @@ -527,85 +574,93 @@ + + Identifies the dependency property. + - - The DependencyProperty for the Minimum property. - + Identifies the dependency property. - - The DependencyProperty for the Maximum property. - + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. - - The DependencyProperty for the Interval property. - + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. - - The DependencyProperty for the HideUpDownButtons property. - + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. - - The DependencyProperty for the UpDownButtonsWidth property. - + Identifies the dependency property. - - The DependencyProperty for the FontFamily property. - Default Value: SystemFonts.MessageFontFamily - + Identifies the dependency property. - - The font family of the desired font. + + The font family of the desired font. - - The DependencyProperty for the FontSize property. - Default Value: SystemFonts.MessageFontSize - + Identifies the dependency property. - + The size of the desired font. - + - - The DependencyProperty for the FontStyle property. - Default Value: SystemFonts.MessageFontStyle - + Identifies the dependency property. - The style of the desired font. - + The style of the desired font. + - - The DependencyProperty for the FontWeight property. - Default Value: SystemFonts.MessageFontWeight - + Identifies the dependency property. - The weight or thickness of the desired font. + The weight or thickness of the desired font. - - The DependencyProperty for the Foreground property. - Default Value: SystemColors.ControlTextBrush - + Identifies the dependency property. An brush that describes the foreground color. This overrides the cell foreground inherited color. - + @@ -627,49 +682,85 @@ use the class. + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Gets or sets the left and right margin for the dialog content. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Gets or sets the width for the dialog content. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + - Gets/sets the dialog's title. + Gets or sets the title of the dialog. + + Identifies the dependency property. + - Gets/sets arbitrary content on top of the dialog. + Gets or sets the content above the dialog. + + Identifies the dependency property. + - Gets/sets arbitrary content below the dialog. + Gets or sets the content below the dialog. + + Identifies the dependency property. + - Gets or sets the size of the dialog title font. + Gets or sets the font size of the dialog title. - - The size of the dialog title font. - + + + Identifies the dependency property. - Gets or sets the size of the dialog message font. + Gets or sets the font size of the dialog message text. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Gets or sets the font size of any dialog buttons. - - The size of the dialog message font. - - Initializes a new MahApps.Metro.Controls.BaseMetroDialog. + Initializes a new . The window that is the parent of the dialog. The settings for the message dialog. - Initializes a new MahApps.Metro.Controls.BaseMetroDialog. + Initializes a new . + + + With this method it's possible to return your own settings in a custom dialog. @@ -808,6 +899,24 @@ The dialog owner. + + + Create and show an external dialog. + + The dialog which will be shown externally. + The owner for the external window. If it's null the main window will be use. + The delegate for customizing dialog window. It can be null. + The given dialog. + + + + Create and show an external modal dialog. + + The dialog which will be shown externally. + The owner for the external window. If it's null the main window will be use. + The delegate for customizing dialog window. It can be null. + The given dialog. + Creates a LoginDialog outside of the current window. @@ -952,6 +1061,18 @@ InputDialog + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + InitializeComponent @@ -962,6 +1083,45 @@ LoginDialog + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + InitializeComponent @@ -975,6 +1135,24 @@ MessageDialog + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + InitializeComponent @@ -1067,6 +1245,14 @@ The size of the dialog message font. + + + Gets or sets the size of the dialog button font. + + + The size of the dialog button font. + + Gets or sets the dialog result when the user cancelled the dialog with 'ESC' key @@ -1112,11 +1298,6 @@ Gets or sets the text used for the second auxiliary button. - - - If set, stops standard resource dictionaries being applied to the dialog. - - An internal control that represents a message dialog. Please use MetroWindow.ShowMessage instead! @@ -1125,6 +1306,18 @@ ProgressDialog + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + InitializeComponent @@ -1174,12 +1367,12 @@ - Gets/Sets the minimum restriction of the progress Value property + Gets/Sets the minimum restriction of the progress Value property. - Gets/Sets the maximum restriction of the progress Value property + Gets/Sets the maximum restriction of the progress Value property. @@ -1196,9 +1389,9 @@ - Sets the dialog's progress bar brush + Sets the dialog's progress bar brush. - The brush to use for the progress bar's foreground + The brush to use for the progress bar's foreground. @@ -1206,117 +1399,159 @@ A task representing the operation. - - - The DependencyProperty for the ContentTemplate property. + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Whether or not the "popup" menu for this control is currently open - + + Identifies the dependency property. + + - The DependencyProperty for the ContentTemplateSelector property. + Gets or sets an extra tag. - + + Identifies the dependency property. + + - The DependencyProperty for the ContentStringFormat property. - + Gets or sets the orientation of children stacking. + - + + Identifies the dependency property. + + - Gets or sets the Content of this control.. + Gets or sets the content for the icon part. - + + Identifies the dependency property. + + - ContentTemplate is the template used to display the content of the control. + Gets or sets the DataTemplate for the icon part. - + + Identifies the dependency property. + + - ContentTemplateSelector allows to provide custom logic for choosing the template used to display the content of the control. + Gets or sets the command to invoke when the content button is pressed. - - This property is ignored if is set. - - + + Identifies the dependency property. + + - ContentStringFormat is the format used to display the content of the control as a string + Gets or sets the element on which to raise the specified command. - - This property is ignored if is set. - + + + Identifies the dependency property. - Reflects the parameter to pass to the CommandProperty upon execution. + Gets or sets the parameter to pass to the command property. - - - Gets or sets the target element on which to fire the command. - + + Identifies the dependency property. - + - Get or sets the Command property. + Gets or sets the content of this control. - + + Identifies the dependency property. + + - Indicates whether the Menu is visible. + Gets or sets the data template used to display the content of the DropDownButton. - - - Gets or sets an extra tag. - + + Identifies the dependency property. - + - Gets or sets the dimension of children stacking. + Gets or sets a template selector that enables an application writer to provide custom template-selection logic. + + This property is ignored if is set. + - + + Identifies the dependency property. + + - Gets or sets the Content used to generate the icon part. + Gets or sets a composite string that specifies how to format the content property if it is displayed as a string. + + This property is ignored if is set. + - - - Gets or sets the ContentTemplate used to display the content of the icon part. - + + Identifies the dependency property. - Gets/sets the button style. + Gets or sets the button content style. + + Identifies the dependency property. + - Gets/sets the menu style. + Gets or sets the "popup" menu style. + + Identifies the dependency property. + - Gets/sets the brush of the button arrow icon. + Gets or sets the foreground brush for the button arrow icon. + + Identifies the dependency property. + - Gets/sets the brush of the button arrow icon if the mouse is over the drop down button. + Gets or sets the foreground brush of the button arrow icon if the mouse is over the drop down button. + + Identifies the dependency property. + - Gets/sets the brush of the button arrow icon if the arrow button is pressed. + Gets or sets the foreground brush of the button arrow icon if the arrow button is pressed. + + Identifies the dependency property. + - Gets/sets the visibility of the button arrow icon. + Gets or sets the visibility of the button arrow icon. + + + Invoked when the property changes. Information about the change. @@ -1329,108 +1564,184 @@ An action that takes no parameters. The dispatcher priority. + + + Executes the specified action if the element is loaded or at the loaded event if it's not loaded. + + The element where the action should be run. + An action that takes no parameters. + - A control that imitate a slideshow with back/forward buttons. + A control that imitate a slide show with back/forward buttons. - + + Identifies the dependency property. + + - To counteract the double Loaded event issue. + Gets or sets the border brush of the mouse hover effect. - + + Identifies the dependency property. + + - Coerce SelectedIndexProperty's value. + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the border for mouse over effect is enabled or not. - The object that the property exists on. - The new value of the property, prior to any coercion attempt. - The coerced value (with appropriate type). - + + Identifies the dependency property. + + - Computes the transition when changing selected index. + Gets or sets the border thickness for the border of the mouse hover effect. - Previous selected index. - New selected index. - + + Identifies the dependency property. + + - Gets the navigation buttons. + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the navigation is circular, so you get the first after last and the last before first. - Previous button. - Next button. - Inactive buttons. - + + Identifies the dependency property. + + - Applies actions to navigation buttons. + Gets or sets the position of the navigation buttons. - Action applied to the previous button. - Action applied to the next button. - Action applied to the inactive buttons. - Any action is null. - + + Identifies the dependency property. + + - Sets the visibility of navigation buttons. + Gets or sets the orientation of the navigation. - Visibility of active buttons. - + + Identifies the dependency property. + + - Changes the current slide to the previous item. + Gets or sets the transition of the left navigation. - + + Identifies the dependency property. + + - Changes the current to the next item. + Gets or sets the transition of the right navigation. - + + Identifies the dependency property. + + - Brings the control buttons (next/previous) into view. + Gets or sets the transition of the up navigation. - + + Identifies the dependency property. + + - Removes the control buttons (next/previous) from view. + Gets or sets the transition of the down navigation. - + + Identifies the dependency property. + + - Gets or sets a value indicating whether the border for mouse over state is enabled or not. + Gets or sets whether the banner is visible or not. - + + Identifies the dependency property. + + - Gets or sets the mouse hover border brush. + Gets or sets whether the navigation button are visible or not. - + + Identifies the dependency property. + + - Gets or sets the mouse hover border thickness. + Gets or sets the banner text. - + - Gets/sets the text that is displayed in the FlipView's banner. + To counteract the double Loaded event issue. - + - Gets/sets whether the FlipView's banner is visible. + Coerce SelectedIndexProperty's value. + The object that the property exists on. + The new value of the property, prior to any coercion attempt. + The coerced value (with appropriate type). - + - Gets or sets a value indicating whether the navigation is circular, so you get the first after last and the last before first. + Changes the current slide to the previous item. - + + + Changes the current to the next item. + + + + + Brings the control buttons (next/previous) into view. + + + + + Removes the control buttons (next/previous) from view. + + + + + Applies actions to navigation buttons. + + Action applied to the previous button. + Action applied to the next button. + Action applied to the inactive buttons. + Any action is null. + + + + Computes the transition when changing selected index. + + Previous selected index. + New selected index. + + + + Sets the visibility of navigation buttons. + + Visibility of active buttons. + + - Gets/sets whether the FlipView's NavigationButton is visible. + Gets the navigation buttons. + Previous button. + Next button. + Inactive buttons. @@ -1444,6 +1755,11 @@ An event that is raised when IsOpen changes. + + + An event that is raised when the opening animation has finished. + + An event that is raised when the closing animation has finished. @@ -1475,11 +1791,6 @@ Gets/sets the command parameter which will be passed by the CloseCommand. - - - Gets/sets a command which will be executed if the close button was clicked. - - Gets/sets whether this flyout is visible. @@ -1565,7 +1876,7 @@ Adapts the Flyout's theme to the theme of its host window, but inverted. This theme can only be applied if the host window's theme abides the "Dark" and "Light" affix convention. - (see for more infos. + (see for more infos. @@ -1578,32 +1889,24 @@ The flyouts theme will match the host window's accent color. - + - GlowWindow + Represents an icon that uses a glyph from the specified font. - + + Identifies the dependency property. + + - InitializeComponent + Gets or sets the character code that identifies the icon glyph. + The hexadecimal character code for the icon glyph. The HamburgerMenu is based on a SplitView control. By default it contains a HamburgerButton and a ListView to display menu items. - - The HamburgerMenu is based on a SplitView control. By default it contains a HamburgerButton and a ListView to display menu items. - - - The HamburgerMenu is based on a SplitView control. By default it contains a HamburgerButton and a ListView to display menu items. - - - The HamburgerMenu is based on a SplitView control. By default it contains a HamburgerButton and a ListView to display menu items. - - - The HamburgerMenu is based on a SplitView control. By default it contains a HamburgerButton and a ListView to display menu items. - @@ -1615,59 +1918,72 @@ Override default OnApplyTemplate to capture children controls + + Identifies the routed event. + Event raised when an item is clicked + + Identifies the routed event. + Event raised when an options' item is clicked + + Identifies the routed event. + Event raised when an item is invoked - + + Identifies the routed event. + + - Identifies the dependency property. + Event raised when the hamburger button is clicked + + Identifies the dependency property. + - - Identifies the dependency property. - + Identifies the dependency property. - - Identifies the dependency property. - + Identifies the dependency property. - - Identifies the dependency property. - + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. - + + Identifies the dependency property. + + - Identifies the dependency property. + Gets or sets the Style used for the hamburger button. - + - Gets or sets a template for the hamburger icon. + Gets or sets a template for the hamburger button. - - Identifies the dependency property. - + Identifies the dependency property. - Gets or sets a template for the hamburger icon. + Gets or sets a template for the hamburger pane header. @@ -1691,49 +2007,31 @@ - - Identifies the dependency property. - + Identifies the dependency property. - - Identifies the dependency property. - + Identifies the dependency property. - - Identifies the dependency property. - + Identifies the dependency property. - - Identifies the dependency property. - + Identifies the dependency property. - - Identifies the dependency property. - + Identifies the dependency property. - - Identifies the dependency property. - + Identifies the dependency property. - - Identifies the dependency property. - + Identifies the dependency property. - - Identifies the dependency property. - + Identifies the dependency property. - - Identifies the dependency property. - + Identifies the dependency property. @@ -1794,99 +2092,116 @@ + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + - Identifies the dependency property. + Gets or sets the minimum width of the pane when it's fully expanded. + + The minimum width of the pane when it's fully expanded. The default is 320 device-independent + pixel (DIP). + - + + Identifies the dependency property. + + - Identifies the dependency property. + Gets or sets the maximum width of the pane when it's fully expanded. + + The maximum width of the pane when it's fully expanded. The default is 320 device-independent + pixel (DIP). + - + + Identifies the dependency property. + + - Identifies the dependency property. + Gets or Sets if the open pane can be resized by the user. The default value is false. - + + Identifies the dependency property. + + - Identifies the dependency property. + Gets or Sets the for the resizing Thumb (type of ) + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + - - Identifies the dependency property. - + Identifies the dependency property. - - Identifies the dependency property. - + Identifies the dependency property. - - Identifies the dependency property. - + Identifies the dependency property. - - Identifies the dependency property. - + Identifies the dependency property. - - Identifies the dependency property. - + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. - - Identifies the dependency property. - + Identifies the dependency property. - - Identifies the dependency property. - + Identifies the dependency property. - - Identifies the dependency property. - + Identifies the dependency property. - - Identifies the dependency property. - + Identifies the dependency property. - - Identifies the dependency property. - + Identifies the dependency property. - - Identifies the dependency property. - + Identifies the dependency property. - - Identifies the dependency property. - + Identifies the dependency property. - - Identifies the dependency property. - + Identifies the dependency property. - - Identifies the dependency property. - + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. - - Identifies the dependency property. - + Identifies the dependency property. @@ -1908,6 +2223,16 @@ Gets or sets the width of the pane in its compact display mode. + + + Gets or sets the margin for the pane. + + + + + Gets or sets the margin for the pane header. + + Gets or sets the Brush to apply to the background of the Pane area of the control. @@ -1933,6 +2258,16 @@ Gets or sets the Style used for each item. + + + Gets or sets the Style used for each header item. + + + + + Gets or sets the Style used for each separator item. + + Gets or sets the DataTemplate used to display each item. @@ -1997,16 +2332,39 @@ EventArgs used for the ItemClick and OptionsItemClick event. + + + + + + + + + Gets the clicked item + + + RoutedEventHandler used for the ItemClick and OptionsItemClick event. + + EventArgs used for the ItemInvoked event. + + + + + + + + + Gets the invoked item @@ -2017,6 +2375,11 @@ Gets a value indicating whether the invoked item is an options item + + + RoutedEventHandler used for the ItemInvoked event. + + The HamburgerMenuGlyphItem provides a glyph based implementation for HamburgerMenu entries. @@ -2032,6 +2395,16 @@ Gets or sets a value that specifies the glyph to use from Segoe MDL2 Assets font. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Gets or sets a value that specifies label to display. + + The HamburgerMenuIconItem provides an icon based implementation for HamburgerMenu entries. @@ -2077,12 +2450,7 @@ Identifies the dependency property. - - - Identifies the dependency property. - - - + Identifies the dependency property. @@ -2117,11 +2485,6 @@ Gets or sets a value that specifies the page to navigate to (if you use the HamburgerMenu with a Frame content) - - - Gets or sets a value that specifies an user specific value. - - Gets or sets a command which will be executed if an item is clicked by the user. @@ -2158,10 +2521,59 @@ Executes the command which can be set by the user. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Gets or sets a value that specifies an user specific value. + + + + + Gets or sets the value indicating whether this element is visible in the user interface (UI). This is a dependency property. + + + true if the item is visible, otherwise false. The default value is true. + + - The HamburgerMenuItemCollection provides typed collection of HamburgerMenuItem. + The HamburgerMenuItemCollection provides typed collection of HamburgerMenuItemBase. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether which item container style will be used for the HamburgerMenuItem. + + + + + + + + The HamburgerMenuSeparatorItem provides an separator based implementation for HamburgerMenu entries. + + + + + Gets or sets a value that specifies label to display. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether this item is enabled in the user interface (UI). + + true if the item is enabled; otherwise, false. The default value is true. + @@ -2173,23 +2585,804 @@ This comparer is used only if in the corresponding the value for is false. - + + + Gets the size of the CheckBox itself. + + + + + Sets the size of the CheckBox itself. + + + + + Gets the stroke thickness of the CheckBox itself. + + + + + Sets the stroke thickness of the CheckBox itself. + + + + + Gets the Glyph for IsChecked = false. + + + + + Sets the Glyph for IsChecked = false. + + + + + Gets the GlyphTemplate for IsChecked = false. + + + + + Sets the GlyphTemplate for IsChecked = false. + + + + + Gets the Foreground for IsChecked = false. + + + + + Sets the Foreground for IsChecked = false. + + + + + Gets the Background for IsChecked = false. + + + + + Sets the Background for IsChecked = false. + + + + + Gets the BorderBrush for IsChecked = false. + + + + + Sets the BorderBrush for IsChecked = false. + + + + + Gets the check BackgroundBrush for IsChecked = false. + + + + + Sets the BackgroundBrush for IsChecked = false. + + + + + Gets the check BorderBrush for IsChecked = false. + + + + + Sets the check BorderBrush for IsChecked = false. + + + + + Gets the check Foreground for IsChecked = false. + + + + + Sets the check Foreground for IsChecked = false. + + + + + Gets the Foreground for IsChecked = false, IsMouseOver = true. + + + + + Sets the Foreground for IsChecked = false, IsMouseOver = true. + + + + + Gets the Background for IsChecked = false, IsMouseOver = true. + + + + + Sets the Background for IsChecked = false, IsMouseOver = true. + + + + + Gets the BorderBrush for IsChecked = false, IsMouseOver = true. + + + + + Sets the BorderBrush for IsChecked = false, IsMouseOver = true. + + + + + Gets the check BackgroundBrush for IsChecked = false, IsMouseOver = true. + + + + + Sets the BackgroundBrush for IsChecked = false, IsMouseOver = true. + + + + + Gets the check BorderBrush for IsChecked = false, IsMouseOver = true. + + + + + Sets the check BorderBrush for IsChecked = false, IsMouseOver = true. + + + + + Gets the check Foreground for IsChecked = false, IsMouseOver = true. + + + + + Sets the check Foreground for IsChecked = false, IsMouseOver = true. + + + + + Gets the Foreground for IsChecked = false, IsPressed = true. + + + + + Sets the Foreground for IsChecked = false, IsPressed = true. + + + + + Gets the Background for IsChecked = false, IsPressed = true. + + + + + Sets the Background for IsChecked = false, IsPressed = true. + + + + + Gets the BorderBrush for IsChecked = false, IsPressed = true. + + + + + Sets the BorderBrush for IsChecked = false, IsPressed = true. + + + + + Gets the check BackgroundBrush for IsChecked = false, IsPressed = true. + + + + + Sets the BackgroundBrush for IsChecked = false, IsPressed = true. + + + + + Gets the check BorderBrush for IsChecked = false, IsPressed = true. + + + + + Sets the check BorderBrush for IsChecked = false, IsPressed = true. + + + + + Gets the check Foreground for IsChecked = false, IsPressed = true. + + + + + Sets the check Foreground for IsChecked = false, IsPressed = true. + + + + + Gets the Foreground for IsChecked = false, IsEnabled = false. + + + + + Sets the Foreground for IsChecked = false, IsEnabled = false. + + + + + Gets the Background for IsChecked = false, IsEnabled = false. + + + + + Sets the Background for IsChecked = false, IsEnabled = false. + + + + + Gets the BorderBrush for IsChecked = false, IsEnabled = false. + + + + + Sets the BorderBrush for IsChecked = false, IsEnabled = false. + + + + + Gets the check BackgroundBrush for IsChecked = false, IsEnabled = false. + + + + + Sets the BackgroundBrush for IsChecked = false, IsEnabled = false. + + + + + Gets the check BorderBrush for IsChecked = false, IsEnabled = false. + + + + + Sets the check BorderBrush for IsChecked = false, IsEnabled = false. + + + + + Gets the check Foreground for IsChecked = false, IsEnabled = false. + + + + + Sets the check Foreground for IsChecked = false, IsEnabled = false. + + + + + Gets the Glyph for IsChecked = true. + + + + + Sets the Glyph for IsChecked = true. + + + + + Gets the GlyphTemplate for IsChecked = true. + + + + + Sets the GlyphTemplate for IsChecked = true. + + + + + Gets the Foreground for IsChecked = true. + + + + + Sets the Foreground for IsChecked = true. + + + + + Gets the Background for IsChecked = true. + + + + + Sets the Background for IsChecked = true. + + + + + Gets the BorderBrush for IsChecked = true. + + + + + Sets the BorderBrush for IsChecked = true. + + + + + Gets the check Background for IsChecked = true. + + + + + Sets the check Background for IsChecked = true. + + + + + Gets the check BorderBrush for IsChecked = true. + + + + + Sets the check BorderBrush for IsChecked = true. + + + + + Gets the check glyph Foreground for IsChecked = true. + + + + + Sets the check glyph Foreground for IsChecked = true. + + + + + Gets the Foreground for IsChecked = true, IsMouseOver = true. + + + + + Sets the Foreground for IsChecked = true, IsMouseOver = true. + + + + + Gets the Background for IsChecked = true, IsMouseOver = true. + + + + + Sets the Background for IsChecked = true, IsMouseOver = true. + + + + + Gets the BorderBrush for IsChecked = true, IsMouseOver = true. + + + + + Sets the BorderBrush for IsChecked = true, IsMouseOver = true. + + + + + Gets the check Background for IsChecked = true, IsMouseOver = true. + + + + + Sets the check Background for IsChecked = true, IsMouseOver = true. + + + + + Gets the check BorderBrush for IsChecked = true, IsMouseOver = true. + + + + + Sets the check BorderBrush for IsChecked = true, IsMouseOver = true. + + + + + Gets the check glyph Foreground for IsChecked = true, IsMouseOver = true. + + + + + Sets the check glyph Foreground for IsChecked = true, IsMouseOver = true. + + + + + Gets the Foreground for IsChecked = true, IsPressed = true. + + + + + Sets the Foreground for IsChecked = true, IsPressed = true. + + + + + Gets the Background for IsChecked = true, IsPressed = true. + + + + + Sets the Background for IsChecked = true, IsPressed = true. + + + + + Gets the BorderBrush for IsChecked = true, IsPressed = true. + + + + + Sets the BorderBrush for IsChecked = true, IsPressed = true. + + + + + Gets the check Background for IsChecked = true, IsPressed = true. + + + + + Sets the check Background for IsChecked = true, IsPressed = true. + + + + + Gets the check BorderBrush for IsChecked = true, IsPressed = true. + + + + + Sets the check BorderBrush for IsChecked = true, IsPressed = true. + + + + + Gets the check glyph Foreground for IsChecked = true, IsPressed = true. + + + + + Sets the check glyph Foreground for IsChecked = true, IsPressed = true. + + + + + Gets the Foreground for IsChecked = true, IsEnabled = false. + + + + + Sets the Foreground for IsChecked = true, IsEnabled = false. + + + + + Gets the Background for IsChecked = true, IsEnabled = false. + + + + + Sets the Background for IsChecked = true, IsEnabled = false. + + + + + Gets the BorderBrush for IsChecked = true, IsEnabled = false. + + + + + Sets the BorderBrush for IsChecked = true, IsEnabled = false. + + + + + Gets the check Background for IsChecked = true, IsEnabled = false. + + + + + Sets the check Background for IsChecked = true, IsEnabled = false. + + + + + Gets the check BorderBrush for IsChecked = true, IsEnabled = false. + + + + + Sets the check BorderBrush for IsChecked = true, IsEnabled = false. + + + + + Gets the check glyph Foreground for IsChecked = true, IsEnabled = false. + + + + + Sets the check glyph Foreground for IsChecked = true, IsEnabled = false. + + + + + Gets the Glyph for IsChecked = null. + + + + + Sets the Glyph for IsChecked = null. + + + + + Gets the GlyphTemplate for IsChecked = null. + + + + + Sets the GlyphTemplate for IsChecked = null. + + + + + Gets the Foreground for IsChecked = null. + + + + + Sets the Foreground for IsChecked = null. + + + + + Gets the Background for IsChecked = null. + + + + + Sets the Background for IsChecked = null. + + + + + Gets the BorderBrush for IsChecked = null. + + + + + Sets the BorderBrush for IsChecked = null. + + + + + Gets the glyph BackgroundBrush for IsChecked = null. + + + + + Sets the glyph BackgroundBrush for IsChecked = null. + + + + + Gets the glyph BorderBrush for IsChecked = null. + + + + + Sets the glyph BorderBrush for IsChecked = null. + + + + + Gets the glyph Foreground for IsChecked = null. + + + + + Sets the glyph Foregorund for IsChecked = null. + + + + + Gets the Foreground for IsChecked = null, IsMouseOver = true. + + + + + Sets the Foreground for IsChecked = null, IsMouseOver = true. + + + + + Gets the Background for IsChecked = null, IsMouseOver = true. + + + + + Sets the Background for IsChecked = null, IsMouseOver = true. + + + + + Gets the BorderBrush for IsChecked = null, IsMouseOver = true. + + + + + Sets the BorderBrush for IsChecked = null, IsMouseOver = true. + + + + + Gets the glyph BackgroundBrush for IsChecked = null, IsMouseOver = true. + + + + + Sets the glyph BackgroundBrush for IsChecked = null, IsMouseOver = true. + + + + + Gets the glyph BorderBrush for IsChecked = null, IsMouseOver = true. + + + + + Sets the glyph BorderBrush for IsChecked = null, IsMouseOver = true. + + + + + Gets the glyph Foreground for IsChecked = null, IsMouseOver = true. + + + + + Sets the glyph Foregorund for IsChecked = null, IsMouseOver = true. + + + + + Gets the Foreground for IsChecked = null, IsPressed = true. + + + + + Sets the Foreground for IsChecked = null, IsPressed = true. + + + + + Gets the Background for IsChecked = null, IsPressed = true. + + + + + Sets the Background for IsChecked = null, IsPressed = true. + + + + + Gets the BorderBrush for IsChecked = null, IsPressed = true. + + + + + Sets the BorderBrush for IsChecked = null, IsPressed = true. + + + + + Gets the glyph BackgroundBrush for IsChecked = null, IsPressed = true. + + + + + Sets the glyph BackgroundBrush for IsChecked = null, IsPressed = true. + + + + + Gets the glyph BorderBrush for IsChecked = null, IsPressed = true. + + + + + Sets the glyph BorderBrush for IsChecked = null, IsPressed = true. + + + + + Gets the glyph Foreground for IsChecked = null, IsPressed = true. + + + + + Sets the glyph Foregorund for IsChecked = null, IsPressed = true. + + + + + Gets the Foreground for IsChecked = null, IsEnabled = false. + + + + + Sets the Foreground for IsChecked = null, IsEnabled = false. + + + + + Gets the Background for IsChecked = null, IsEnabled = false. + + + + + Sets the Background for IsChecked = null, IsEnabled = false. + + + + + Gets the BorderBrush for IsChecked = null, IsEnabled = false. + + + + + Sets the BorderBrush for IsChecked = null, IsEnabled = false. + + + + + Gets the glyph BackgroundBrush for IsChecked = null, IsEnabled = false. + + + - Overrides the text case behavior for certain buttons. - When set to true, the text case will be preserved and won't be changed to upper or lower case. + Sets the glyph BackgroundBrush for IsChecked = null, IsEnabled = false. - + - DependencyProperty for property. + Gets the glyph BorderBrush for IsChecked = null, IsEnabled = false. - - - The CornerRadius property allows users to control the roundness of the button corners independently by - setting a radius value for each corner. Radius values that are too large are scaled so that they - smoothly blend from corner to corner. (Can be used e.g. at MetroButton style) - Description taken from original Microsoft description :-D + + + Sets the glyph BorderBrush for IsChecked = null, IsEnabled = false. + + + + + Gets the glyph Foreground for IsChecked = null, IsEnabled = false. + + + + + Sets the glyph Foregorund for IsChecked = null, IsEnabled = false. @@ -2248,9 +3441,19 @@ Sets the character casing of the control - + + + Gets the value if the inner ContentPresenter use AccessText in its style. + + + + + Sets the value if the inner ContentPresenter should use AccessText in its style. + + + - This property can be used to set the button width (PART_ClearText) of TextBox, PasswordBox, ComboBox, NumericUpDown + Gets the brush used to draw the focus border. @@ -2258,14 +3461,14 @@ Sets the brush used to draw the focus border. - + Gets the brush used to draw the focus border. - + - Sets the brush used to draw the mouse over brush. + Sets the brush used to draw the focus border. @@ -2273,6 +3476,11 @@ Gets the brush used to draw the mouse over brush. + + + Sets the brush used to draw the mouse over brush. + + DependencyProperty for property. @@ -2301,34 +3509,54 @@ Sets a value indicating whether the child contents of the control are not editable. - + + + Gets the ElementStyle for the autogenerated DataGridCheckBoxColumn. + + + + + Sets the ElementStyle for the autogenerated DataGridCheckBoxColumn. + + + + + Gets the EditingElementStyle for the autogenerated DataGridCheckBoxColumn. + + + - Save the DataGrid. + Sets the EditingElementStyle for the autogenerated DataGridCheckBoxColumn. - + - Get the DataGrid. + Gets the EditingElementStyle for the autogenerated DataGridTextColumn. - + - Gets the value to define the DataGridCell selection behavior. + Sets the EditingElementStyle for the autogenerated DataGridTextColumn. - + - Sets the value to define the DataGridCell selection behavior. + Gets the padding inside the cell. - + - Gets the value to define the DataGridCell selection behavior. + Sets the padding inside the cell. - + - Sets the value to define the DataGridCell selection behavior. + Gets the padding inside the column. + + + + + Sets the padding inside the column. @@ -2341,14 +3569,54 @@ Sets a value which indicates the preview cell editing is enabled or not. - + + + Gets the value to define the selection behavior. + + + + + Sets the value to define the selection behavior. + + + + + Gets the content of the DropDown Button. + + + + + Sets the content of the DropDown Button. + + + + + Gets the data template used to display the content of the DropDown Button. + + + + + Sets the data template used to display the content of the DropDown Button. + + + + + Gets the font family of the desired font. + + + - Gets the value to define the DataGridRow selection behavior. + Sets the font family of the desired font. - + - Sets the value to define the DataGridRow selection behavior. + Gets the size of the desired font. + + + + + Sets the size of the desired font. @@ -2397,6 +3665,146 @@ Sets the toggle button style used for the ExpandDirection Right. + + + The DependencyProperty for the ' ExpandStoryboard property. + + If the Storyboard is set, the expanded event applies this to the inner grid. + + + + + Helper for getting from . + + If the Storyboard is set, the expanded event applies this to the inner grid. + + to read from. + ExpandStoryboard property value. + + + + Helper for setting on . + + If the Storyboard is set, the expanded event applies this to the inner grid. + + to set on. + ExpandStoryboard property value. + + + + The DependencyProperty for the ' CollapseStoryboard property. + + If the Storyboard is set, the collapsed event applies this to the inner grid. + + + + + Helper for getting from . + + If the Storyboard is set, the collapsed event applies this to the inner grid. + + to read from. + CollapseStoryboard property value. + + + + Helper for setting on . + + If the Storyboard is set, the collapsed event applies this to the inner grid. + + to set on. + CollapseStoryboard property value. + + + + Gets the value of the Foreground for the header. + + + + + Sets the value of the Foreground for the header. + + + + + Gets the value of the Background for the header. + + + + + Sets the value of the Background for the header. + + + + + Gets the value of the FontFamily for the header. + + + + + Sets the value of the FontFamily for the header. + + + + + Gets the value of the FontSize for the header. + + + + + Sets the value of the FontSize for the header. + + + + + Gets the value of the FontStretch for the header. + + + + + Sets the value of the FontStretch for the header. + + + + + Gets the value of the FontWeight for the header. + + + + + Sets the value of the FontWeight for the header. + + + + + Gets or sets the outer margin for the header. + + + + + Sets or sets the outer margin for the header. + + + + + Gets the horizontal alignment of the header. + + + + + Sets the horizontal alignment of the header. + + + + + Gets the vertical alignment of the header. + + + + + Sets the vertical alignment of the header. + + Gets or sets the background brush which will be used for the active selected item (if the keyboard focus is within). @@ -2572,6 +3980,68 @@ Changes the value of the slider if the mouse pointer is over this element. + + + Defines a helper class for selected items binding on collections with multiselector elements + + + + + Handles disposal and creation of old and new bindings + + + + + Gets the selected items property binding + + + + + Sets the selected items property binding + + + + + Gets the for a binding + + + + + Sets the for a bining + + + + + Defines a binding between multi selector and property + + + + + Creates an instance of + + The selector of this binding + The bound collection + + + + Registers the event handlers for selector and collection changes + + + + + Unregisters the event handlers for selector and collection changes + + + + + Updates the collection with changes made in the selector + + + + + Updates the selector with changes made in the collection + + Gets the content of the RevealButton. @@ -2592,9 +4062,14 @@ Sets the data template used to display the content of the RevealButton. - + - This property can be used to set vertical scrollbar left side from the tabpanel (look at MetroAnimatedSingleRowTabControl) + Gets the StrokeThickness of the RadioButton itself. + + + + + Sets the StrokeThickness of the RadioButton itself. @@ -2604,14 +4079,14 @@ - - Gets whether the vertical ScrollBar is on the left side or not. - + Helper for getting from . + to read from. + VerticalScrollBarOnLeftSide property value. - - Sets whether the vertical ScrollBar should be on the left side or not. - + Helper for setting on . + to set on. + VerticalScrollBarOnLeftSide property value. @@ -2619,15 +4094,60 @@ + Helper for getting from . + to read from. + IsHorizontalScrollWheelEnabled property value. + + + Helper for setting on . + to set on. + IsHorizontalScrollWheelEnabled property value. + + - Gets whether the ScrollViewer is scrolling horizontal by using the mouse wheel. + This property can be used to trigger the call to a command when the user reach the end of the vertical scrollable area. - + + Helper for getting from . + to read from. + EndOfVerticalScrollReachedCommand property value. + + + Helper for setting on . + to set on. + EndOfVerticalScrollReachedCommand property value. + + + + This property can be used to trigger the call to a command when the user reach the end of the horizontal scrollable area. + + + + Helper for getting from . + to read from. + EndOfHorizontalScrollReachedCommand property value. + + + Helper for setting on . + to set on. + EndOfHorizontalScrollReachedCommand property value. + + - Sets whether the ScrollViewer should be scroll horizontal by using the mouse wheel. + This property can be used to provide a command parameter to the command called when reaching the end of the vertical or horizontal scrollable area. + + Helper for getting from . + to read from. + EndOfScrollReachedCommandParameter property value. + + + Helper for setting on . + to set on. + EndOfScrollReachedCommandParameter property value. + Gets or sets the brush of the thumb. @@ -2835,7 +4355,7 @@ Sets the Style and Template property to null. - + Removing a TabItem in code behind can produce such nasty output System.Windows.Data Warning: 4 : Cannot find source for binding with reference 'RelativeSource FindAncestor, AncestorType='System.Windows.Controls.TabControl', AncestorLevel='1''. BindingExpression:Path=Background; DataItem=null; target element is 'TabItem' (Name=''); target property is 'Background' (type 'Brush') or @@ -2890,11 +4410,6 @@ Sets a command parameter for the TabItem that will be passed to the CloseTabCommand. - - - Defines whether the underline below the is shown or not. - - Defines whether the underline below the or is shown or not. @@ -2925,6 +4440,11 @@ This property can be used to set the Transition for animated TabControls + + + Defines the position of the Underline + + A helper class that provides various attached properties for the TextBox control. @@ -3023,51 +4543,96 @@ Sets the clear text button visibility / feature. Can be used to enable text deletion. - + + + Gets the text button visibility. + + + + + Sets the text button visibility. + + + + + Gets the buttons placement variant. + + + + + Sets the buttons placement variant. + + + + + Gets the clear text button behavior. + + + + + Sets the clear text button behavior. + + + + + ButtonContentTemplate is the template used to display the content of the ClearText button. + + + + + This property can be used to handle the style for CheckBox and RadioButton + LeftToRight means content left and button right and RightToLeft vise versa + + + + + This property can be used to handle the style for CheckBox and RadioButton + LeftToRight means content left and button right and RightToLeft vise versa + + + - Gets the text button visibility. + Gets the toggle button style used for the TreeViewItem expander. - + - Sets the text button visibility. + Sets the toggle button style used for the TreeViewItem expander. - + - Gets the buttons placement variant. + Identifies the CloseOnMouseLeftButtonDown attached property. - + - Sets the buttons placement variant. + Gets whether if the popup can be closed by left mouse button down. - + - Gets the clear text button behavior. + Sets whether if the popup can be closed by left mouse button down. - + - Sets the clear text button behavior. + Identifies the ShowValidationErrorOnMouseOver attached property. - - - ButtonContentTemplate is the template used to display the content of the ClearText button. + + + Gets whether the validation error text will be shown when hovering the validation triangle. - + - This property can be used to handle the style for CheckBox and RadioButton - LeftToRight means content left and button right and RightToLeft vise versa + Sets whether the validation error text will be shown when hovering the validation triangle. - + - This property can be used to handle the style for CheckBox and RadioButton - LeftToRight means content left and button right and RightToLeft vise versa + Represents the base class for an icon UI element. @@ -3092,9 +4657,68 @@ - Originally from http://xamlcoder.com/blog/2010/11/04/creating-a-metro-ui-style-control/ + A ContentControl which use a transition to slide in the content. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Gets or sets whether the reverse version of the transition should be used. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Gets or sets the value if a transition should be used or not. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Gets or sets whether the transition should be used only at the loaded event of the control. + + + + Identifies the routed event. + + + + The event which will be fired when the transition starts. + + + + Identifies the routed event. + + + + The event which will be fired when the transition ends. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Gets whether if the content is transitioning. + + + + + Execute the transition again. + + + Creates AutomationPeer () @@ -3290,11 +4914,14 @@ A standard MetroTabControl (Pivot). - + Initializes a new instance of the MahApps.Metro.Controls.MetroTabControl class. + + Identifies the dependency property. + A base class for every MetroTabControl (Pivot). @@ -3447,17 +5074,47 @@ - Gets/sets whether the window will ignore (and overlap) the taskbar when maximized. + Defines if the Taskbar should be ignored when maximizing a Window. + This only works with WindowStyle = None. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. - Gets or sets resize border thickness + Gets or sets resize border thickness. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for ResizeBorderTickness. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + for . + + + + + Gets/sets if the border thickness value should be kept on maximize + if the MaxHeight/MaxWidth of the window is less than the monitor resolution. + + + + + for . + + + + + Gets or sets wether the resizing of the window should be tried in a way that does not cause flicker/jitter, especially when resizing from the left side. + + + Please note that setting this to true may cause resize lag and black areas appearing on some systems. + + + + + for . @@ -3517,17 +5174,17 @@ - Gets/sets if the minimize button is visible. + Gets or sets whether if the minimize button is visible and the minimize system menu is enabled. - Gets/sets if the Maximize/Restore button is visible. + Gets or sets whether if the maximize/restore button is visible and the maximize/restore system menu is enabled. - Gets/sets if the close button is visible. + Gets or sets whether if the close button is visible. @@ -3550,19 +5207,19 @@ Gets or sets whether if the close button should be enabled or not if a dialog is shown. - + - Gets/sets if the the system menu should popup on right click. + Gets or sets a value that indicates whether the system menu should popup with left mouse click on the window icon. - + - Gets/sets the TitleBar's height. + Gets or sets a value that indicates whether the system menu should popup with right mouse click if the mouse position is on title bar or on the entire window if it has no title bar (and no title bar height). - + - Gets/sets if the TitleBar's text is automatically capitalized. + Gets/sets the TitleBar's height. @@ -3610,6 +5267,11 @@ Gets/sets the opacity used for the dialog overlay. + + + Gets or sets the brush used for the Flyouts overlay. + + Gets or sets the overlay fade in storyboard. @@ -3648,12 +5310,15 @@ Initializes a new instance of the MahApps.Metro.Controls.MetroWindow class. - + Initializes various behaviors for the window. - For example , and . + For example , and . + + + Gets the template child with the given name. @@ -3688,13 +5353,12 @@ The name of the template child. The direction. - + Adapts the WindowCommands to the theme of the first opened, topmost && (top || right || left) flyout The MetroWindow All the flyouts! Or flyouts that fall into the category described in the summary. - An optional brush to reset the window commands brush to. @@ -3762,6 +5426,11 @@ Gets or sets a value indicating whether the user can enter text in the control. + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the value will be changed directly on every TextBox text changed event or when using the Enter key. + + Gets or sets a value indicating the culture to be used in string formatting operations. @@ -3786,6 +5455,11 @@ + + + Gets or sets whether the up and down buttons will got the focus when using them. + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the text can be changed by the use of the up or down buttons only. @@ -3811,11 +5485,6 @@ Gets or sets the horizontal alignment of the contents of the text box. - - - Indicates if the NumericUpDown should show the decimal separator or not. - - Gets or sets which numeric input for the NumericUpDown is allowed. @@ -3826,6 +5495,16 @@ Indicates if the NumericUpDown should round the value to the nearest possible interval when the focus moves to another element. + + + Gets or sets the parsing number style for the value from text to numeric. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the up down buttons are switched. + + Called when this element or any below gets focus. @@ -3848,96 +5527,261 @@ New value of the property + + + Doesn't overlay Flyouts nor a hidden TitleBar. + + + + + Overlays opened controls. + + + + + Overlays a hidden TitleBar. + + Based on Greg Schechter's Planerator http://blogs.msdn.com/b/greg_schechter/archive/2007/10/26/enter-the-planerator-dead-simple-3d-in-wpf-with-a-stupid-name.aspx + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + An Enum representing different positions, such as Left or Right. - + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + - Event arguments created for the RangeSlider's SelectionChanged event. - + This delegate must used by handlers of the RangeSelectionChangedEvent event. + The current element along the event's route. + The event arguments containing additional information about the event. + Nothing. - + - The value of the new range's beginning. + This RangeSelectionChangedEventArgs class contains old and new value when + RangeSelectionChanged is raised. + + - + - The value of the new range's ending. + Return the old lower value. - + - A slider control with the ability to select a range between two values. + Return the new lower value. - + - Identifies the  dependency property. + Return the old upper value. - + - Identifies the  dependency property. + Return the new upper value. - + - Identifies the  dependency property. + This is an instance constructor for the RangeSelectionChangedEventArgs class. + The old lower property value + The new lower property value + The old upper property value + The new upper property value - + - Identifies the  dependency property. + This is an instance constructor for the RoutedPropertyChangedEventArgs class. + It is constructed with a reference to the event being raised. + The old lower property value + The new lower property value + The old upper property value + The new upper property value + RoutedEvent - + - Identifies the  dependency property. + This method is used to perform the proper type casting in order to + call the type-safe RoutedPropertyChangedEventHandler delegate for the IsCheckedChangedEvent event. + The handler to invoke. + The current object along the event's route. + Nothing. - + - Identifies the  dependency property. + A slider control with the ability to select a range between two values. - + + Identifies the routed event. + + + Identifies the routed event. + + + Identifies the routed event. + + + Identifies the routed event. + + + Identifies the routed event. + + + Identifies the routed event. + + + Identifies the routed event. + + + Identifies the routed event. + + + Identifies the routed event. + + + Identifies the routed event. + + + Identifies the routed event. + + + Identifies the routed event. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + - Get/sets value how fast thumbs will move when user press on left/right/central with left mouse button (IsMoveToPoint must be set to FALSE) + Get/sets the end of the range selection. - + + Identifies the dependency property. + + - Get/sets precision of the value, which displaying inside AutotToolTip + Get/sets the beginning of the range selection. - + + Identifies the dependency property. + + - Get/sets the converter for the tooltip text + Get/sets the minimum range that can be selected. - + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Get/sets the minimal distance between two thumbs. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Get/sets whether whole range will be moved when press on right/left/central part of control + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Get/sets whether possibility to make manipulations inside range with left/right mouse buttons + cotrol button + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Get/sets whether possibility to make manipulations inside range with left/right mouse buttons + cotrol button + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + - Get/sets tooltip, which will show while dragging thumbs and display currect value + Gets or sets the orientation of the . + + Identifies the dependency property. + Gets or sets the position of tick marks with respect to the of the . - A value that defines how to position the tick marks in a with respect to the slider bar. The default is . + A value that defines how to position the tick marks in a with respect to the slider bar. The default is . + + Identifies the dependency property. + Gets or sets the interval between tick marks. @@ -3946,6 +5790,9 @@ The distance between tick marks. The default is (1.0). + + Identifies the dependency property. + Gets or sets the positions of the tick marks to display for a . @@ -3953,52 +5800,72 @@ A set of tick marks to display for a . The default is . + + Identifies the dependency property. + Get or sets IsMoveToPoint feature which will enable/disable moving to exact point inside control when user clicked on it Gets or sets a value that indicates whether the two of a moves immediately to the location of the mouse click that occurs while the mouse pointer pauses on the tracks. - - - Gets or sets the orientation of the . - + + Identifies the dependency property. - + - Get/sets whether possibility to make manipulations inside range with left/right mouse buttons + cotrol button + Gets or sets whether a tooltip that contains the current value of the displays when the is pressed. If a tooltip is displayed, this property also specifies the placement of the tooltip. + + One of the values that determines where to display the tooltip with respect to the of the , or that specifies to not show a tooltip. The default is , which specifies that a tooltip is not displayed. + - - - Get/sets whether possibility to make manipulations inside range with left/right mouse buttons + cotrol button - + + Identifies the dependency property. - + - Get/sets whether whole range will be moved when press on right/left/central part of control + Gets or sets the number of digits that are displayed to the right side of the decimal point for the of the in a tooltip. + + The precision of the that displays in the tooltip, specified as the number of digits that appear to the right of the decimal point. The default is zero (0). + - + + Identifies the dependency property. + + - Get/sets the minimal distance between two thumbs. + Gets or sets a template for the auto tooltip to show the lower value. - + + Identifies the dependency property. + + - Get/sets the beginning of the range selection. + Gets or sets a template for the auto tooltip to show the upper value. - + + Identifies the dependency property. + + - Get/sets the end of the range selection. + Gets or sets a template for the auto tooltip to show the center value. - + + Identifies the dependency property. + + - Get/sets the minimum range that can be selected. + Get/sets value how fast thumbs will move when user press on left/right/central with left mouse button (IsMoveToPoint must be set to FALSE) + + Identifies the dependency property. + Gets or sets a value that indicates whether the displays a selection range along the . @@ -4007,6 +5874,9 @@ if a selection range is displayed; otherwise, . The default is . + + Identifies the dependency property. + Gets or sets the smallest value of a specified selection for a . @@ -4015,6 +5885,9 @@ The largest value of a selected range of values of a . The default is zero (0.0). + + Identifies the dependency property. + Gets or sets the largest value of a specified selection for a . @@ -4035,6 +5908,19 @@ The old value of the property.The new value of the property. + + + Gets the lower value of the range selection. + + + + + Gets the upper value of the range selection. + + + + + RevealImage @@ -4045,80 +5931,102 @@ InitializeComponent - + + Identifies the dependency property. + + - Reflects the parameter to pass to the CommandProperty upon execution. + Gets or sets an extra tag. - + + Identifies the dependency property. + + - Gets or sets the target element on which to fire the command. + Gets or sets the orientation of children stacking. - + + Identifies the dependency property. + + - Get or sets the Command property. + Gets or sets the content for the icon part. - + + Identifies the dependency property. + + - Indicates whether the Popup is visible. + Gets or sets the DataTemplate for the icon part. - + + Identifies the dependency property. + + - Gets or sets an extra tag. + Gets or sets the command to invoke when the content button is pressed. - + + Identifies the dependency property. + + - Gets or sets the dimension of children stacking. + Gets or sets the element on which to raise the specified command. - + + Identifies the dependency property. + + - Gets or sets the Content used to generate the icon part. + Gets or sets the parameter to pass to the command property. - - - Gets or sets the ContentTemplate used to display the content of the icon part. - + + Identifies the dependency property. - Gets/sets the button style. + Gets or sets the button content style. + + Identifies the dependency property. + - Gets/sets the button arrow style. + Gets or sets the button arrow style. - - - Gets/sets the popup listbox style. - + + Identifies the dependency property. - Gets/sets the brush of the button arrow icon. + Gets or sets the foreground brush for the button arrow icon. + + Identifies the dependency property. + - Gets/sets the brush of the button arrow icon if the mouse is over the split button. + Gets or sets the foreground brush of the button arrow icon if the mouse is over the split button. + + Identifies the dependency property. + - Gets/sets the brush of the button arrow icon if the arrow button is pressed. + Gets or sets the foreground brush of the button arrow icon if the arrow button is pressed. - - Updates the current selection when an item in the has changed - The event data. - A special animation used to animates the length of a . @@ -4133,10 +6041,7 @@ - - Identifies the dependency property. - - The identifier for the property. + Identifies the dependency property. @@ -4148,10 +6053,7 @@ - - Identifies the dependency property. - - The identifier for the dependency property. + Identifies the dependency property. @@ -4160,10 +6062,7 @@ The contents of the main panel of a . The default is null. - - Identifies the dependency property. - - The identifier for the dependency property. + Identifies the dependency property. @@ -4175,10 +6074,7 @@ - - Identifies the dependency property. - - The identifier for the dependency property. + Identifies the dependency property. @@ -4186,11 +6082,17 @@ true if the pane is expanded to its full width; otherwise, false. The default is true. - + + Identifies the dependency property. + + - Identifies the dependency property. + Gets or sets a value that specifies the OverlayBrush - The identifier for the dependency property. + The current OverlayBrush + + + Identifies the dependency property. @@ -4201,11 +6103,48 @@ pixel (DIP). - + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Gets or sets the minimum width of the pane when it's fully expanded. + + + The minimum width of the pane when it's fully expanded. The default is 320 device-independent + pixel (DIP). + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + - Identifies the dependency property. + Gets or sets the maximum width of the pane when it's fully expanded. - The identifier for the dependency property. + + The maximum width of the pane when it's fully expanded. The default is 320 device-independent + pixel (DIP). + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Gets or Sets if the open pane can be resized by the user. The default value is false. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Gets or Sets the for the resizing Thumb (type of ) + + + + Identifies the dependency property. @@ -4214,10 +6153,7 @@ The contents of the pane of a . The default is null. - - Identifies the dependency property. - - The identifier for the dependency property. + Identifies the dependency property. @@ -4226,10 +6162,7 @@ The Brush to apply to the background of the area of the control. - - Identifies the dependency property. - - The identifier for the dependency property. + Identifies the dependency property. @@ -4238,10 +6171,7 @@ The Brush to apply to the background of the area of the control. - - Identifies the PanePlacement dependency property. - - The identifier for the PanePlacement dependency property. + Identifies the dependency property. @@ -4254,10 +6184,7 @@ - - Identifies the dependency property. - - The identifier for the dependency property. + Identifies the dependency property. @@ -4281,6 +6208,15 @@ Occurs when the pane is closing. + + + + + + + + + Constants that specify how the pane is shown in a . @@ -4345,43 +6281,56 @@ Not intended for general use. + + Identifies the dependency property. + Gets the value as a GridLength. + + Identifies the dependency property. + Gets the negative of the value. + + Identifies the dependency property. + Gets the negative of the value calculated by subtracting the value from the value. + + Identifies the dependency property. + Gets the value as a GridLength. + + Identifies the dependency property. + Gets the value. + + Identifies the dependency property. + Gets a value calculated by subtracting the value from the value. - - - An Enum representing different themes for window commands. - - HorizontalTitleAlignment Dependency Property. @@ -4409,10 +6358,17 @@ Represents a control that allows the user to select a date and a time. - + + Identifies the dependency property. + + - Occurs when the property is changed. + Gets or sets the last date to be displayed. + The last date to display. + + + Identifies the dependency property. @@ -4422,11 +6378,8 @@ The date to display. The default is . - - - Gets or sets the last date to be displayed. - - The last date to display. + + Identifies the dependency property. @@ -4434,6 +6387,9 @@ The first date to display. + + Identifies the dependency property. + Gets or sets the day that is considered the beginning of the week. @@ -4443,10 +6399,8 @@ that is determined by the current culture. - - - Gets or sets the format that is used to display the selected date. - + + Identifies the dependency property. @@ -4454,6 +6408,17 @@ true if the current date is highlighted; otherwise, false. The default is true. + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Gets or sets the format that is used to display the selected date. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + Gets or sets a value that indicates the dimension by which calendar and clock are stacked. @@ -4463,13 +6428,29 @@ . - - - Gets or sets the currently selected date. - - - The date currently selected. The default is null. - + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + @@ -4481,24 +6462,15 @@ Represents a control that allows the user to select a time. - - - Represents a base-class for time picking. - - - - - This readonly dependency property is to control whether to show the date-picker (in case of ) or hide it (in case of . - + + - - - Represents the time 00:00:00; 12:00:00 AM respectively - + + - + - Represents the time 23:59:59.9999999; 11:59:59.9999999 PM respectively + Represents a base-class for time picking. @@ -4537,29 +6509,68 @@ Returns a list containing {0, 15, 30, 45}. - + + Identifies the dependency property. + + - Occurs when the property is changed. + Gets or sets a collection used to generate the content for selecting the hours. + + A collection that is used to generate the content for selecting the hours. The default is a list of interger from 0 + to 23 if is false or a list of interger from + 1 to 12 otherwise.. + - + + Identifies the dependency property. + + - Gets or sets a value indicating the culture to be used in string formatting operations. + Gets or sets a collection used to generate the content for selecting the minutes. + + A collection that is used to generate the content for selecting the minutes. The default is a list of int from + 0 to 59. + - + + Identifies the dependency property. + + - Gets or sets a value indicating the visibility of the clock hands in the user interface (UI). + Gets or sets a collection used to generate the content for selecting the seconds. - The visibility definition of the clock hands. The default is . + A collection that is used to generate the content for selecting the minutes. The default is a list of int from + 0 to 59. - + + Identifies the dependency property. + + - Gets or sets a value indicating whether the date can be selected or not. This property is read-only. + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the drop-down for a box is currently + open. + + true if the drop-down is open; otherwise, false. The default is false. + + + + IsDropDownOpenProperty property changed handler. + + DatePicker that changed its IsDropDownOpen. + DependencyPropertyChangedEventArgs. + + + + This method is invoked when the changes. + + Identifies the dependency property. + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the clock of this control is visible in the user interface (UI). This is a @@ -4573,12 +6584,8 @@ true if the clock is visible; otherwise, false. The default value is true. - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether the drop-down for a box is currently - open. - - true if the drop-down is open; otherwise, false. The default is false. + + Identifies the dependency property. @@ -4588,6 +6595,28 @@ true if the is read-only; otherwise, false. The default is false. + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating the visibility of the clock hands in the user interface (UI). + + + The visibility definition of the clock hands. The default is . + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating the culture to be used in string formatting operations. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + Gets or sets a value indicating the visibility of the selectable date-time-parts in the user interface (UI). @@ -4596,46 +6625,66 @@ visibility definition of the selectable date-time-parts. The default is . - + + + Occurs when the property is changed. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + - Gets or sets the currently selected time. + Gets or sets the currently selected date and time. - The time currently selected. The default is null. + The date and time which is currently selected. The default is null. + + Identifies the dependency property. + Gets or sets the format that is used to display the selected time. - + + Identifies the dependency property. + + - Gets or sets a collection used to generate the content for selecting the hours. + Gets or sets a composite string that specifies how to format the hour items. - - A collection that is used to generate the content for selecting the hours. The default is a list of interger from 0 - to 23 if is false or a list of interger from - 1 to 12 otherwise.. - - + + Identifies the dependency property. + + - Gets or sets a collection used to generate the content for selecting the minutes. + Gets or sets a composite string that specifies how to format the minute items. - - A collection that is used to generate the content for selecting the minutes. The default is a list of int from - 0 to 59. - - + + Identifies the dependency property. + + - Gets or sets a collection used to generate the content for selecting the seconds. + Gets or sets a composite string that specifies how to format the second items. + + + + + This readonly dependency property is to control whether to show the date-picker (in case of ) or hide it (in case of . + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the date can be selected or not. This property is read-only. - - A collection that is used to generate the content for selecting the minutes. The default is a list of int from - 0 to 59. - @@ -4674,155 +6723,188 @@ Selected hour is between 12 PM and 11 PM+12h - - - - - - - A control that allows the user to toggle between two states: One represents true; The other represents false. - - - - - Identifies the  dependency property. - - - - - Gets/sets the font family of the header. - - - - - Gets/sets the text to display when the control is in it's On state. - - - - - Gets/sets the text to display when the control is in it's Off state. - - - - - Gets/sets the brush used for the switch's foreground. - - - - - Gets/sets the brush used for the on-switch's foreground. - - - - - Gets/sets the brush used for the off-switch's foreground. - - - - - Gets/sets the brush used for the thumb indicator. - + + + - + - Gets/sets the brush used for the thumb indicator. + A control that allows the user to toggle between two states: One represents true; The other represents false. - - - Gets/sets the width of the thumb indicator. - + + Identifies the dependency property. - Gets/sets the control's content flow direction. + Gets or sets the flow direction of the switch and content. + + LeftToRight means content left and button right and RightToLeft vise versa. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. Gets or sets the padding of the inner content. - - - Gets/sets the control's toggle switch button style. - + + Identifies the dependency property. - + - Gets/sets whether the control is Checked (On) or not (Off). + Gets or sets a value that declares whether the state of the ToggleSwitch is "On". - + + Identifies the dependency property. + + - Gets/sets the command which will be executed if the IsChecked property was changed. + Provides the object content that should be displayed using the OnContentTemplate when this ToggleSwitch has state of "On". - + + Identifies the dependency property. + + - Gets/sets the command which will be executed if the checked event of the control is fired. + Gets or sets the DataTemplate used to display the control's content while in "On" state. - + + Identifies the dependency property. + + - Gets/sets the command which will be executed if the checked event of the control is fired. + Gets or sets a template selector for OnContent property that enables an application writer to provide custom template-selection logic . + + This property is ignored if is set. + - + + Identifies the dependency property. + + - Gets/sets the command parameter which will be passed by the CheckChangedCommand. + Gets or sets a composite string that specifies how to format the OnContent property if it is displayed as a string. + + This property is ignored if is set. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. - + - Gets/sets the command parameter which will be passed by the CheckedCommand. + Provides the object content that should be displayed using the OffContentTemplate when this ToggleSwitch has state of "Off". - + + Identifies the dependency property. + + - Gets/sets the command parameter which will be passed by the UnCheckedCommand. + Gets or sets the DataTemplate used to display the control's content while in "Off" state. - + + Identifies the dependency property. + + - An event that is raised when the value of IsChecked changes. + Gets or sets a template selector for OffContent property that enables an application writer to provide custom template-selection logic . + + This property is ignored if is set. + - + + Identifies the dependency property. + + - A Button that allows the user to toggle between two states. + Gets or sets a composite string that specifies how to format the OffContent property if it is displayed as a string. + + This property is ignored if is set. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. - + + Identifies the dependency property. + + - Gets/sets the brush used for the control's foreground. + Gets or sets a command which will be executed when the changes. - + + Identifies the dependency property. + + - Gets/sets the brush used for the on-switch's foreground. + Gets or sets a command which will be executed when the changes. - + + Identifies the dependency property. + + - Gets/sets the brush used for the off-switch's foreground. + Gets or sets a command which will be executed when the changes. - + + Identifies the dependency property. + + - Gets/sets the brush used for the thumb indicator. + Gets or sets the command parameter which will be passed by the Command. - + + Identifies the dependency property. + + - Gets/sets the brush used for the thumb indicator. + Gets or sets the element on which to raise the specified Command. + + Element on which to raise the Command. + - + - Gets/sets the width of the thumb indicator. + Occurs when "On"/"Off" state changes for this ToggleSwitch. + + This method is invoked when the changes. + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + The associated with this . + + + + + + + + + + enumeration for the different transition types @@ -4932,8 +7014,7 @@ This method is an alternative to WPF's - method, which also - supports content elements. Keep in mind that for content element, + method, which also supports content elements. Keep in mind that for content element, this method falls back to the logical tree of the element! The item to be processed. @@ -4973,117 +7054,191 @@ hit testing. The position to be evaluated on the origin. - + - Gets the relative mouse position to the given handle in client coordinates. + Get the working area size of the monitor from where the visual stays. - The handle for this method. + The visual element to get the monitor information. + The working area size of the monitor. - - - Try to get the relative mouse position to the given handle in client coordinates. - - The handle for this method. - The relative mouse position to the given handle. + + Identifies the dependency property. Gets or sets the value indicating current light style for the minimize button. + + Identifies the dependency property. + Gets or sets the value indicating current light style for the maximize button. + + Identifies the dependency property. + Gets or sets the value indicating current light style for the close button. + + Identifies the dependency property. + Gets or sets the value indicating current dark style for the minimize button. + + Identifies the dependency property. + Gets or sets the value indicating current dark style for the maximize button. + + Identifies the dependency property. + Gets or sets the value indicating current dark style for the close button. + + Identifies the dependency property. + Gets or sets the value indicating current theme. + + Identifies the dependency property. + Gets or sets the minimize button tooltip. + + Identifies the dependency property. + Gets or sets the maximize button tooltip. + + Identifies the dependency property. + Gets or sets the close button tooltip. + + Identifies the dependency property. + Gets or sets the restore button tooltip. + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Gets the window. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + - Gets or sets the value indicating current theme. + Gets or sets the value indicating the current theme. + + Identifies the dependency property. + - Gets or sets the value indicating light theme template. + Gets or sets the value indicating the light theme ControlTemplate. + + Identifies the dependency property. + - Gets or sets the value indicating light theme template. + Gets or sets the value indicating the light theme ControlTemplate. + + Identifies the dependency property. + - Gets or sets the value indicating whether to show the separators. + Gets or sets the value indicating whether to show the separators or not. + + Identifies the dependency property. + - Gets or sets the value indicating whether to show the last separator. + Gets or sets the value indicating whether to show the last separator or not. + + Identifies the dependency property. + - Gets or sets the value indicating separator height. + Gets or sets the value indicating the height of the separators. - + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + - Gets or sets the value indicating whether to show the separator. + Gets the window. - + + Identifies the dependency property. + + - Doesn't overlay flyouts nor a hidden TitleBar. + Gets or sets the value indicating whether to show the separator. - + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + - Overlays opened controls. + Doesn't overlay a hidden TitleBar. @@ -5134,6 +7289,11 @@ Converts a double representing either hour/minute/second to the corresponding angle. + + + Converts a CornerRadius to a new CornerRadius. It's possible to ignore a side with the IgnoreRadius property. + + Converts the value from true to false and false to true. @@ -5177,6 +7337,56 @@ This class cannot be inherited. + + + Use the radius of all corners. + + + + + Ignore the radius of the top-left and bottom-left corner. + + + + + Ignore the radius of the top-left and top-right corner. + + + + + Ignore the radius of the top-right and bottom-right corner. + + + + + Ignore the radius of the bottom-left and bottom-right corner. + + + + + Ignore the radius of the top-left corner. + + + + + Ignore radius of the top-right corner. + + + + + Ignore the radius of the bottom-right corner. + + + + + Ignore the radius of the bottom-left corner. + + + + + This Converter converts a given height or width of an control to a CornerRadius + + Converts a String into a Visibility enumeration (and back) @@ -5200,7 +7410,7 @@ - Converts a Thickness to a new Thickness. It's possible to ignore a side With the IgnoreThicknessSide property. + Converts a Thickness to a new Thickness. It's possible to ignore a side with the IgnoreThicknessSide property. @@ -5244,306 +7454,18 @@ The converter parameter to use. The culture to use in the converter. - - - An object that represents the foreground color for a . - - - - - The ResourceDictionary that represents this Accent. - - - - - Gets/sets the name of the Accent. - - - + - Initializes a new instance of the Accent class. + Implements a markup extension that supports static (XAML load time) resource references made from XAML. - + - Initializes a new instance of the Accent class. + Provides theme resources from Fluent.Ribbon. - The name of the new Accent. - The URI of the accent ResourceDictionary. - - - Initializes a new instance of the Accent class. - - The name of the new Accent. - The ResourceDictionary of the accent. - - - - Represents the background theme of the application. - - - - - The ResourceDictionary that represents this application theme. - - - - - Gets the name of the application theme. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the AppTheme class. - - The name of the new AppTheme. - The URI of the AppTheme ResourceDictionary. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the AppTheme class. - - The name of the new AppTheme. - The ResourceDictionary of the accent. - - - - A class that allows for the detection and alteration of a theme and accent. - - - - - Gets a list of all of default accents. - - - - - Gets a list of all default themes. - - - - - Adds an accent with the given name and uniform resource identfier. - - The name of the new Accent. - The URI of the accent ResourceDictionary. - true if the accent does not exists and can be added. - - - - Adds an accent with the given name and resource dictionary. - - The name of the new Accent. - The ResourceDictionary of the accent. - true if the accent does not exists and can be added. - - - - Adds an app theme with the given name. - - The name of the new AppTheme. - The URI of the AppTheme ResourceDictionary. - true if the app theme does not exists and can be added. - - - - Adds an app theme with the given name. - - The name of the new AppTheme. - The ResourceDictionary of the accent. - true if the app theme does not exists and can be added. - - - - Gets app theme with the given resource dictionary. - - from which the theme should be retrieved. - AppTheme - - - - Gets app theme with the given name and theme type (light or dark). - - AppTheme - - - - Gets the inverse of the given . - This method relies on the "Dark" or "Light" affix to be present. - - The app theme. - The inverse or null if it couldn't be found. - - Returns BaseLight, if BaseDark is given or vice versa. - Custom Themes must end with "Dark" or "Light" for this to work, for example "CustomDark" and "CustomLight". - - - - - Gets the with the given name. - - The or null, if the app theme wasn't found - - - - Gets the with the given resource dictionary. - - from which the accent should be retrieved. - The or null, if the accent wasn't found. - - - - Determines whether the specified resource dictionary represents an . - - This might include runtime accents which do not have a resource uri. - - The resources. - true if the resource dictionary is an ; otherwise, false. - resources - - - - Gets a resource from the detected AppStyle. - - The window to check. If this is null, the Application's sources will be checked. - The key to check against. - The resource object or null, if the resource wasn't found. - - - - Change the theme for the whole application. - - - - - - - Change theme for the given window. - - - - - - - Change accent and theme for the whole application. - - The instance of Application to change. - The accent to apply. - The theme to apply. - - - - Change accent and theme for the given window. - - The Window to change. - The accent to apply. - The theme to apply. - - - - Changes the accent and theme of a ResourceDictionary directly. - - The ResourceDictionary to modify. - The accent to apply to the ResourceDictionary. - The theme to apply to the ResourceDictionary. - - - - Copies all resource keys from one resource to another. - - The source resource dictionary. - The destination resource dictionary. - - fromRD - or - toRD - - - - - Scans the window resources and returns it's accent and theme. - - - - - Scans the window resources and returns it's accent and theme. - - The Window to scan. - - - - Scans the application resources and returns it's accent and theme. - - The Application instance to scan. - - - - Scans a resources and returns it's accent and theme. - - The ResourceDictionary to check. - - - - This event fires if accent color and theme was changed - this should be using the weak event pattern, but for now it's enough - - - - - Invalidates global colors and resources. - Sometimes the ContextMenu is not changing the colors, so this will fix it. - - - - - Class which is used as argument for an event to signal theme changes. - - - - - Creates a new instance of this class. - - - - - The new theme. - - - - - The new accent - - - - - GeneratedInternalTypeHelper - - - - - CreateInstance - - - - - GetPropertyValue - - - - - SetPropertyValue - - - - - CreateDelegate - - - - - AddEventHandler - + + diff --git a/dotnet/packages/MahApps.Metro.2.0.0/lib/netcoreapp3.0/MahApps.Metro.dll b/dotnet/packages/MahApps.Metro.2.0.0/lib/netcoreapp3.0/MahApps.Metro.dll new file mode 100644 index 00000000..8f26f385 Binary files /dev/null and b/dotnet/packages/MahApps.Metro.2.0.0/lib/netcoreapp3.0/MahApps.Metro.dll differ diff --git a/dotnet/packages/MahApps.Metro.2.0.0/lib/netcoreapp3.0/MahApps.Metro.pdb b/dotnet/packages/MahApps.Metro.2.0.0/lib/netcoreapp3.0/MahApps.Metro.pdb new file mode 100644 index 00000000..466b4961 Binary files /dev/null and b/dotnet/packages/MahApps.Metro.2.0.0/lib/netcoreapp3.0/MahApps.Metro.pdb differ diff --git a/dotnet/packages/MahApps.Metro.1.6.5/lib/net47/MahApps.Metro.xml b/dotnet/packages/MahApps.Metro.2.0.0/lib/netcoreapp3.0/MahApps.Metro.xml similarity index 58% rename from dotnet/packages/MahApps.Metro.1.6.5/lib/net47/MahApps.Metro.xml rename to dotnet/packages/MahApps.Metro.2.0.0/lib/netcoreapp3.0/MahApps.Metro.xml index 929b7d97..b618c95d 100644 --- a/dotnet/packages/MahApps.Metro.1.6.5/lib/net47/MahApps.Metro.xml +++ b/dotnet/packages/MahApps.Metro.2.0.0/lib/netcoreapp3.0/MahApps.Metro.xml @@ -34,42 +34,22 @@ Gets or sets an object that will be passed to the attached to this trigger. - - - Updates all glow windows (visible, hidden, collapsed) - - - - - Sets the opacity to all glow windows - - - - - Starts the opacity storyboard 0 -> 1 - - - - - Shows all glow windows - - - + Gets or sets the bindable Password property on the PasswordBox control. This is a dependency property. - + Handles changes to the 'Password' attached property. - + Handle the 'PasswordChanged'-event on the PasswordBox - + Called after the behavior is attached to an AssociatedObject. @@ -77,7 +57,7 @@ Override this to hook up functionality to the AssociatedObject. - + Called when the behavior is being detached from its AssociatedObject, but before it has actually occurred. @@ -85,7 +65,59 @@ Override this to unhook functionality from the AssociatedObject. - + + + The DependencyProperty for the ' OnDataContextChanged property. + + With the OnDataContextChanged property the Reload behavior of the MetroContentControl can be switched on or off. + If the property is set to true, the transition of the is triggered again when the DataContext is changed. + + + + + Helper for getting from . + + If the property is set to true, the transition of the is triggered again when the DataContext is changed. + + to read from. + OnDataContextChanged property value. + + + + Helper for setting on . + + If the property is set to true, the transition of the is triggered again when the DataContext is changed. + + to set on. + OnDataContextChanged property value. + + + + The DependencyProperty for the ' and ' OnSelectedTabChanged property. + + With the OnSelectedTabChanged property the Reload behavior of the control can be switched on or off. + If the property is set to true, the transition is triggered again when the SelectionChanged event of a TabControl was raised. + + + + + Helper for getting from . + + If the property is set to true, the transition is triggered again when the SelectionChanged event of a TabControl was raised. + + to read from. + OnSelectedTabChanged property value. + + + + Helper for setting on . + + If the property is set to true, the transition is triggered again when the SelectionChanged event of a TabControl was raised. + + to set on. + OnSelectedTabChanged property value. + + Sets the first TabItem with Visibility="" as @@ -96,12 +128,21 @@ - + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + - + + + Identifies the dependency property. + Represents a border whose contents are clipped within the bounds @@ -444,38 +485,16 @@ Brush true if yes, otherwise false - - - Defines the method that determines whether the command can execute in its current state. - - - true if this command can be executed; otherwise, false. - - Data used by the command. If the command does not require data to be passed, this object can be set to null. - - - - Defines the method to be called when the command is invoked. - - Data used by the command. If the command does not require data to be passed, this object can be set to null. - - - The DependencyProperty for the CharacterCasing property. - Controls whether or not content is converted to upper or lower case - Default Value: CharacterCasing.Normal - + Identifies the dependency property. - Character casing of the Content + Gets or sets the character casing of the Content. - - The DependencyProperty for the RecognizesAccessKey property. - Default Value: false - + Identifies the dependency property. @@ -491,17 +510,47 @@ - it's only topmost if the host-window is activated + + Identifies the dependency property. + - Gets/sets if the popup can be closed by left mouse button down. + Gets or sets whether if the popup can be closed by left mouse button down. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Gets or sets whether the validation error text will be shown when hovering the validation triangle. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Gets or sets the that this object is reserving space for. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Gets whether the popup can be shown (useful for transitions). - Called when a cell has just switched to edit mode. + Called when a cell has just switched to edit mode. - A reference to element returned by GenerateEditingElement. - The event args of the input event that caused the cell to go into edit mode. May be null. + A reference to element returned by GenerateEditingElement. + The event args of the input event that caused the cell to go into edit mode. May be null. The unedited value of the cell. @@ -515,9 +564,7 @@ - - The DependencyProperty for the StringFormat property. - + Identifies the dependency property. @@ -527,85 +574,93 @@ + + Identifies the dependency property. + - - The DependencyProperty for the Minimum property. - + Identifies the dependency property. - - The DependencyProperty for the Maximum property. - + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. - - The DependencyProperty for the Interval property. - + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. - - The DependencyProperty for the HideUpDownButtons property. - + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. - - The DependencyProperty for the UpDownButtonsWidth property. - + Identifies the dependency property. - - The DependencyProperty for the FontFamily property. - Default Value: SystemFonts.MessageFontFamily - + Identifies the dependency property. - - The font family of the desired font. + + The font family of the desired font. - - The DependencyProperty for the FontSize property. - Default Value: SystemFonts.MessageFontSize - + Identifies the dependency property. - + The size of the desired font. - + - - The DependencyProperty for the FontStyle property. - Default Value: SystemFonts.MessageFontStyle - + Identifies the dependency property. - The style of the desired font. - + The style of the desired font. + - - The DependencyProperty for the FontWeight property. - Default Value: SystemFonts.MessageFontWeight - + Identifies the dependency property. - The weight or thickness of the desired font. + The weight or thickness of the desired font. - - The DependencyProperty for the Foreground property. - Default Value: SystemColors.ControlTextBrush - + Identifies the dependency property. An brush that describes the foreground color. This overrides the cell foreground inherited color. - + @@ -627,49 +682,85 @@ use the class. + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Gets or sets the left and right margin for the dialog content. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Gets or sets the width for the dialog content. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + - Gets/sets the dialog's title. + Gets or sets the title of the dialog. + + Identifies the dependency property. + - Gets/sets arbitrary content on top of the dialog. + Gets or sets the content above the dialog. + + Identifies the dependency property. + - Gets/sets arbitrary content below the dialog. + Gets or sets the content below the dialog. + + Identifies the dependency property. + - Gets or sets the size of the dialog title font. + Gets or sets the font size of the dialog title. - - The size of the dialog title font. - + + + Identifies the dependency property. - Gets or sets the size of the dialog message font. + Gets or sets the font size of the dialog message text. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Gets or sets the font size of any dialog buttons. - - The size of the dialog message font. - - Initializes a new MahApps.Metro.Controls.BaseMetroDialog. + Initializes a new . The window that is the parent of the dialog. The settings for the message dialog. - Initializes a new MahApps.Metro.Controls.BaseMetroDialog. + Initializes a new . + + + With this method it's possible to return your own settings in a custom dialog. @@ -808,6 +899,24 @@ The dialog owner. + + + Create and show an external dialog. + + The dialog which will be shown externally. + The owner for the external window. If it's null the main window will be use. + The delegate for customizing dialog window. It can be null. + The given dialog. + + + + Create and show an external modal dialog. + + The dialog which will be shown externally. + The owner for the external window. If it's null the main window will be use. + The delegate for customizing dialog window. It can be null. + The given dialog. + Creates a LoginDialog outside of the current window. @@ -952,6 +1061,18 @@ InputDialog + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + InitializeComponent @@ -962,6 +1083,45 @@ LoginDialog + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + InitializeComponent @@ -975,6 +1135,24 @@ MessageDialog + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + InitializeComponent @@ -1067,6 +1245,14 @@ The size of the dialog message font. + + + Gets or sets the size of the dialog button font. + + + The size of the dialog button font. + + Gets or sets the dialog result when the user cancelled the dialog with 'ESC' key @@ -1112,11 +1298,6 @@ Gets or sets the text used for the second auxiliary button. - - - If set, stops standard resource dictionaries being applied to the dialog. - - An internal control that represents a message dialog. Please use MetroWindow.ShowMessage instead! @@ -1125,6 +1306,18 @@ ProgressDialog + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + InitializeComponent @@ -1174,12 +1367,12 @@ - Gets/Sets the minimum restriction of the progress Value property + Gets/Sets the minimum restriction of the progress Value property. - Gets/Sets the maximum restriction of the progress Value property + Gets/Sets the maximum restriction of the progress Value property. @@ -1196,9 +1389,9 @@ - Sets the dialog's progress bar brush + Sets the dialog's progress bar brush. - The brush to use for the progress bar's foreground + The brush to use for the progress bar's foreground. @@ -1206,117 +1399,159 @@ A task representing the operation. - - - The DependencyProperty for the ContentTemplate property. + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Whether or not the "popup" menu for this control is currently open - + + Identifies the dependency property. + + - The DependencyProperty for the ContentTemplateSelector property. + Gets or sets an extra tag. - + + Identifies the dependency property. + + - The DependencyProperty for the ContentStringFormat property. - + Gets or sets the orientation of children stacking. + - + + Identifies the dependency property. + + - Gets or sets the Content of this control.. + Gets or sets the content for the icon part. - + + Identifies the dependency property. + + - ContentTemplate is the template used to display the content of the control. + Gets or sets the DataTemplate for the icon part. - + + Identifies the dependency property. + + - ContentTemplateSelector allows to provide custom logic for choosing the template used to display the content of the control. + Gets or sets the command to invoke when the content button is pressed. - - This property is ignored if is set. - - + + Identifies the dependency property. + + - ContentStringFormat is the format used to display the content of the control as a string + Gets or sets the element on which to raise the specified command. - - This property is ignored if is set. - + + + Identifies the dependency property. - Reflects the parameter to pass to the CommandProperty upon execution. + Gets or sets the parameter to pass to the command property. - - - Gets or sets the target element on which to fire the command. - + + Identifies the dependency property. - + - Get or sets the Command property. + Gets or sets the content of this control. - + + Identifies the dependency property. + + - Indicates whether the Menu is visible. + Gets or sets the data template used to display the content of the DropDownButton. - - - Gets or sets an extra tag. - + + Identifies the dependency property. - + - Gets or sets the dimension of children stacking. + Gets or sets a template selector that enables an application writer to provide custom template-selection logic. + + This property is ignored if is set. + - + + Identifies the dependency property. + + - Gets or sets the Content used to generate the icon part. + Gets or sets a composite string that specifies how to format the content property if it is displayed as a string. + + This property is ignored if is set. + - - - Gets or sets the ContentTemplate used to display the content of the icon part. - + + Identifies the dependency property. - Gets/sets the button style. + Gets or sets the button content style. + + Identifies the dependency property. + - Gets/sets the menu style. + Gets or sets the "popup" menu style. + + Identifies the dependency property. + - Gets/sets the brush of the button arrow icon. + Gets or sets the foreground brush for the button arrow icon. + + Identifies the dependency property. + - Gets/sets the brush of the button arrow icon if the mouse is over the drop down button. + Gets or sets the foreground brush of the button arrow icon if the mouse is over the drop down button. + + Identifies the dependency property. + - Gets/sets the brush of the button arrow icon if the arrow button is pressed. + Gets or sets the foreground brush of the button arrow icon if the arrow button is pressed. + + Identifies the dependency property. + - Gets/sets the visibility of the button arrow icon. + Gets or sets the visibility of the button arrow icon. + + + Invoked when the property changes. Information about the change. @@ -1329,108 +1564,184 @@ An action that takes no parameters. The dispatcher priority. + + + Executes the specified action if the element is loaded or at the loaded event if it's not loaded. + + The element where the action should be run. + An action that takes no parameters. + - A control that imitate a slideshow with back/forward buttons. + A control that imitate a slide show with back/forward buttons. - + + Identifies the dependency property. + + - To counteract the double Loaded event issue. + Gets or sets the border brush of the mouse hover effect. - + + Identifies the dependency property. + + - Coerce SelectedIndexProperty's value. + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the border for mouse over effect is enabled or not. - The object that the property exists on. - The new value of the property, prior to any coercion attempt. - The coerced value (with appropriate type). - + + Identifies the dependency property. + + - Computes the transition when changing selected index. + Gets or sets the border thickness for the border of the mouse hover effect. - Previous selected index. - New selected index. - + + Identifies the dependency property. + + - Gets the navigation buttons. + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the navigation is circular, so you get the first after last and the last before first. - Previous button. - Next button. - Inactive buttons. - + + Identifies the dependency property. + + - Applies actions to navigation buttons. + Gets or sets the position of the navigation buttons. - Action applied to the previous button. - Action applied to the next button. - Action applied to the inactive buttons. - Any action is null. - + + Identifies the dependency property. + + - Sets the visibility of navigation buttons. + Gets or sets the orientation of the navigation. - Visibility of active buttons. - + + Identifies the dependency property. + + - Changes the current slide to the previous item. + Gets or sets the transition of the left navigation. - + + Identifies the dependency property. + + - Changes the current to the next item. + Gets or sets the transition of the right navigation. - + + Identifies the dependency property. + + - Brings the control buttons (next/previous) into view. + Gets or sets the transition of the up navigation. - + + Identifies the dependency property. + + - Removes the control buttons (next/previous) from view. + Gets or sets the transition of the down navigation. - + + Identifies the dependency property. + + - Gets or sets a value indicating whether the border for mouse over state is enabled or not. + Gets or sets whether the banner is visible or not. - + + Identifies the dependency property. + + - Gets or sets the mouse hover border brush. + Gets or sets whether the navigation button are visible or not. - + + Identifies the dependency property. + + - Gets or sets the mouse hover border thickness. + Gets or sets the banner text. - + - Gets/sets the text that is displayed in the FlipView's banner. + To counteract the double Loaded event issue. - + - Gets/sets whether the FlipView's banner is visible. + Coerce SelectedIndexProperty's value. + The object that the property exists on. + The new value of the property, prior to any coercion attempt. + The coerced value (with appropriate type). - + - Gets or sets a value indicating whether the navigation is circular, so you get the first after last and the last before first. + Changes the current slide to the previous item. - + + + Changes the current to the next item. + + + + + Brings the control buttons (next/previous) into view. + + + + + Removes the control buttons (next/previous) from view. + + + + + Applies actions to navigation buttons. + + Action applied to the previous button. + Action applied to the next button. + Action applied to the inactive buttons. + Any action is null. + + + + Computes the transition when changing selected index. + + Previous selected index. + New selected index. + + + + Sets the visibility of navigation buttons. + + Visibility of active buttons. + + - Gets/sets whether the FlipView's NavigationButton is visible. + Gets the navigation buttons. + Previous button. + Next button. + Inactive buttons. @@ -1444,6 +1755,11 @@ An event that is raised when IsOpen changes. + + + An event that is raised when the opening animation has finished. + + An event that is raised when the closing animation has finished. @@ -1475,11 +1791,6 @@ Gets/sets the command parameter which will be passed by the CloseCommand. - - - Gets/sets a command which will be executed if the close button was clicked. - - Gets/sets whether this flyout is visible. @@ -1565,7 +1876,7 @@ Adapts the Flyout's theme to the theme of its host window, but inverted. This theme can only be applied if the host window's theme abides the "Dark" and "Light" affix convention. - (see for more infos. + (see for more infos. @@ -1578,32 +1889,24 @@ The flyouts theme will match the host window's accent color. - + - GlowWindow + Represents an icon that uses a glyph from the specified font. - + + Identifies the dependency property. + + - InitializeComponent + Gets or sets the character code that identifies the icon glyph. + The hexadecimal character code for the icon glyph. The HamburgerMenu is based on a SplitView control. By default it contains a HamburgerButton and a ListView to display menu items. - - The HamburgerMenu is based on a SplitView control. By default it contains a HamburgerButton and a ListView to display menu items. - - - The HamburgerMenu is based on a SplitView control. By default it contains a HamburgerButton and a ListView to display menu items. - - - The HamburgerMenu is based on a SplitView control. By default it contains a HamburgerButton and a ListView to display menu items. - - - The HamburgerMenu is based on a SplitView control. By default it contains a HamburgerButton and a ListView to display menu items. - @@ -1615,59 +1918,72 @@ Override default OnApplyTemplate to capture children controls + + Identifies the routed event. + Event raised when an item is clicked + + Identifies the routed event. + Event raised when an options' item is clicked + + Identifies the routed event. + Event raised when an item is invoked - + + Identifies the routed event. + + - Identifies the dependency property. + Event raised when the hamburger button is clicked + + Identifies the dependency property. + - - Identifies the dependency property. - + Identifies the dependency property. - - Identifies the dependency property. - + Identifies the dependency property. - - Identifies the dependency property. - + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. - + + Identifies the dependency property. + + - Identifies the dependency property. + Gets or sets the Style used for the hamburger button. - + - Gets or sets a template for the hamburger icon. + Gets or sets a template for the hamburger button. - - Identifies the dependency property. - + Identifies the dependency property. - Gets or sets a template for the hamburger icon. + Gets or sets a template for the hamburger pane header. @@ -1691,49 +2007,31 @@ - - Identifies the dependency property. - + Identifies the dependency property. - - Identifies the dependency property. - + Identifies the dependency property. - - Identifies the dependency property. - + Identifies the dependency property. - - Identifies the dependency property. - + Identifies the dependency property. - - Identifies the dependency property. - + Identifies the dependency property. - - Identifies the dependency property. - + Identifies the dependency property. - - Identifies the dependency property. - + Identifies the dependency property. - - Identifies the dependency property. - + Identifies the dependency property. - - Identifies the dependency property. - + Identifies the dependency property. @@ -1794,99 +2092,116 @@ + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + - Identifies the dependency property. + Gets or sets the minimum width of the pane when it's fully expanded. + + The minimum width of the pane when it's fully expanded. The default is 320 device-independent + pixel (DIP). + - + + Identifies the dependency property. + + - Identifies the dependency property. + Gets or sets the maximum width of the pane when it's fully expanded. + + The maximum width of the pane when it's fully expanded. The default is 320 device-independent + pixel (DIP). + - + + Identifies the dependency property. + + - Identifies the dependency property. + Gets or Sets if the open pane can be resized by the user. The default value is false. - + + Identifies the dependency property. + + - Identifies the dependency property. + Gets or Sets the for the resizing Thumb (type of ) + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + - - Identifies the dependency property. - + Identifies the dependency property. - - Identifies the dependency property. - + Identifies the dependency property. - - Identifies the dependency property. - + Identifies the dependency property. - - Identifies the dependency property. - + Identifies the dependency property. - - Identifies the dependency property. - + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. - - Identifies the dependency property. - + Identifies the dependency property. - - Identifies the dependency property. - + Identifies the dependency property. - - Identifies the dependency property. - + Identifies the dependency property. - - Identifies the dependency property. - + Identifies the dependency property. - - Identifies the dependency property. - + Identifies the dependency property. - - Identifies the dependency property. - + Identifies the dependency property. - - Identifies the dependency property. - + Identifies the dependency property. - - Identifies the dependency property. - + Identifies the dependency property. - - Identifies the dependency property. - + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. - - Identifies the dependency property. - + Identifies the dependency property. @@ -1908,6 +2223,16 @@ Gets or sets the width of the pane in its compact display mode. + + + Gets or sets the margin for the pane. + + + + + Gets or sets the margin for the pane header. + + Gets or sets the Brush to apply to the background of the Pane area of the control. @@ -1933,6 +2258,16 @@ Gets or sets the Style used for each item. + + + Gets or sets the Style used for each header item. + + + + + Gets or sets the Style used for each separator item. + + Gets or sets the DataTemplate used to display each item. @@ -1997,16 +2332,39 @@ EventArgs used for the ItemClick and OptionsItemClick event. + + + + + + + + + Gets the clicked item + + + RoutedEventHandler used for the ItemClick and OptionsItemClick event. + + EventArgs used for the ItemInvoked event. + + + + + + + + + Gets the invoked item @@ -2017,6 +2375,11 @@ Gets a value indicating whether the invoked item is an options item + + + RoutedEventHandler used for the ItemInvoked event. + + The HamburgerMenuGlyphItem provides a glyph based implementation for HamburgerMenu entries. @@ -2032,6 +2395,16 @@ Gets or sets a value that specifies the glyph to use from Segoe MDL2 Assets font. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Gets or sets a value that specifies label to display. + + The HamburgerMenuIconItem provides an icon based implementation for HamburgerMenu entries. @@ -2077,12 +2450,7 @@ Identifies the dependency property. - - - Identifies the dependency property. - - - + Identifies the dependency property. @@ -2117,11 +2485,6 @@ Gets or sets a value that specifies the page to navigate to (if you use the HamburgerMenu with a Frame content) - - - Gets or sets a value that specifies an user specific value. - - Gets or sets a command which will be executed if an item is clicked by the user. @@ -2158,10 +2521,59 @@ Executes the command which can be set by the user. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Gets or sets a value that specifies an user specific value. + + + + + Gets or sets the value indicating whether this element is visible in the user interface (UI). This is a dependency property. + + + true if the item is visible, otherwise false. The default value is true. + + - The HamburgerMenuItemCollection provides typed collection of HamburgerMenuItem. + The HamburgerMenuItemCollection provides typed collection of HamburgerMenuItemBase. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether which item container style will be used for the HamburgerMenuItem. + + + + + + + + The HamburgerMenuSeparatorItem provides an separator based implementation for HamburgerMenu entries. + + + + + Gets or sets a value that specifies label to display. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether this item is enabled in the user interface (UI). + + true if the item is enabled; otherwise, false. The default value is true. + @@ -2173,23 +2585,804 @@ This comparer is used only if in the corresponding the value for is false. - + + + Gets the size of the CheckBox itself. + + + + + Sets the size of the CheckBox itself. + + + + + Gets the stroke thickness of the CheckBox itself. + + + + + Sets the stroke thickness of the CheckBox itself. + + + + + Gets the Glyph for IsChecked = false. + + + + + Sets the Glyph for IsChecked = false. + + + + + Gets the GlyphTemplate for IsChecked = false. + + + + + Sets the GlyphTemplate for IsChecked = false. + + + + + Gets the Foreground for IsChecked = false. + + + + + Sets the Foreground for IsChecked = false. + + + + + Gets the Background for IsChecked = false. + + + + + Sets the Background for IsChecked = false. + + + + + Gets the BorderBrush for IsChecked = false. + + + + + Sets the BorderBrush for IsChecked = false. + + + + + Gets the check BackgroundBrush for IsChecked = false. + + + + + Sets the BackgroundBrush for IsChecked = false. + + + + + Gets the check BorderBrush for IsChecked = false. + + + + + Sets the check BorderBrush for IsChecked = false. + + + + + Gets the check Foreground for IsChecked = false. + + + + + Sets the check Foreground for IsChecked = false. + + + + + Gets the Foreground for IsChecked = false, IsMouseOver = true. + + + + + Sets the Foreground for IsChecked = false, IsMouseOver = true. + + + + + Gets the Background for IsChecked = false, IsMouseOver = true. + + + + + Sets the Background for IsChecked = false, IsMouseOver = true. + + + + + Gets the BorderBrush for IsChecked = false, IsMouseOver = true. + + + + + Sets the BorderBrush for IsChecked = false, IsMouseOver = true. + + + + + Gets the check BackgroundBrush for IsChecked = false, IsMouseOver = true. + + + + + Sets the BackgroundBrush for IsChecked = false, IsMouseOver = true. + + + + + Gets the check BorderBrush for IsChecked = false, IsMouseOver = true. + + + + + Sets the check BorderBrush for IsChecked = false, IsMouseOver = true. + + + + + Gets the check Foreground for IsChecked = false, IsMouseOver = true. + + + + + Sets the check Foreground for IsChecked = false, IsMouseOver = true. + + + + + Gets the Foreground for IsChecked = false, IsPressed = true. + + + + + Sets the Foreground for IsChecked = false, IsPressed = true. + + + + + Gets the Background for IsChecked = false, IsPressed = true. + + + + + Sets the Background for IsChecked = false, IsPressed = true. + + + + + Gets the BorderBrush for IsChecked = false, IsPressed = true. + + + + + Sets the BorderBrush for IsChecked = false, IsPressed = true. + + + + + Gets the check BackgroundBrush for IsChecked = false, IsPressed = true. + + + + + Sets the BackgroundBrush for IsChecked = false, IsPressed = true. + + + + + Gets the check BorderBrush for IsChecked = false, IsPressed = true. + + + + + Sets the check BorderBrush for IsChecked = false, IsPressed = true. + + + + + Gets the check Foreground for IsChecked = false, IsPressed = true. + + + + + Sets the check Foreground for IsChecked = false, IsPressed = true. + + + + + Gets the Foreground for IsChecked = false, IsEnabled = false. + + + + + Sets the Foreground for IsChecked = false, IsEnabled = false. + + + + + Gets the Background for IsChecked = false, IsEnabled = false. + + + + + Sets the Background for IsChecked = false, IsEnabled = false. + + + + + Gets the BorderBrush for IsChecked = false, IsEnabled = false. + + + + + Sets the BorderBrush for IsChecked = false, IsEnabled = false. + + + + + Gets the check BackgroundBrush for IsChecked = false, IsEnabled = false. + + + + + Sets the BackgroundBrush for IsChecked = false, IsEnabled = false. + + + + + Gets the check BorderBrush for IsChecked = false, IsEnabled = false. + + + + + Sets the check BorderBrush for IsChecked = false, IsEnabled = false. + + + + + Gets the check Foreground for IsChecked = false, IsEnabled = false. + + + + + Sets the check Foreground for IsChecked = false, IsEnabled = false. + + + + + Gets the Glyph for IsChecked = true. + + + + + Sets the Glyph for IsChecked = true. + + + + + Gets the GlyphTemplate for IsChecked = true. + + + + + Sets the GlyphTemplate for IsChecked = true. + + + + + Gets the Foreground for IsChecked = true. + + + + + Sets the Foreground for IsChecked = true. + + + + + Gets the Background for IsChecked = true. + + + + + Sets the Background for IsChecked = true. + + + + + Gets the BorderBrush for IsChecked = true. + + + + + Sets the BorderBrush for IsChecked = true. + + + + + Gets the check Background for IsChecked = true. + + + + + Sets the check Background for IsChecked = true. + + + + + Gets the check BorderBrush for IsChecked = true. + + + + + Sets the check BorderBrush for IsChecked = true. + + + + + Gets the check glyph Foreground for IsChecked = true. + + + + + Sets the check glyph Foreground for IsChecked = true. + + + + + Gets the Foreground for IsChecked = true, IsMouseOver = true. + + + + + Sets the Foreground for IsChecked = true, IsMouseOver = true. + + + + + Gets the Background for IsChecked = true, IsMouseOver = true. + + + + + Sets the Background for IsChecked = true, IsMouseOver = true. + + + + + Gets the BorderBrush for IsChecked = true, IsMouseOver = true. + + + + + Sets the BorderBrush for IsChecked = true, IsMouseOver = true. + + + + + Gets the check Background for IsChecked = true, IsMouseOver = true. + + + + + Sets the check Background for IsChecked = true, IsMouseOver = true. + + + + + Gets the check BorderBrush for IsChecked = true, IsMouseOver = true. + + + + + Sets the check BorderBrush for IsChecked = true, IsMouseOver = true. + + + + + Gets the check glyph Foreground for IsChecked = true, IsMouseOver = true. + + + + + Sets the check glyph Foreground for IsChecked = true, IsMouseOver = true. + + + + + Gets the Foreground for IsChecked = true, IsPressed = true. + + + + + Sets the Foreground for IsChecked = true, IsPressed = true. + + + + + Gets the Background for IsChecked = true, IsPressed = true. + + + + + Sets the Background for IsChecked = true, IsPressed = true. + + + + + Gets the BorderBrush for IsChecked = true, IsPressed = true. + + + + + Sets the BorderBrush for IsChecked = true, IsPressed = true. + + + + + Gets the check Background for IsChecked = true, IsPressed = true. + + + + + Sets the check Background for IsChecked = true, IsPressed = true. + + + + + Gets the check BorderBrush for IsChecked = true, IsPressed = true. + + + + + Sets the check BorderBrush for IsChecked = true, IsPressed = true. + + + + + Gets the check glyph Foreground for IsChecked = true, IsPressed = true. + + + + + Sets the check glyph Foreground for IsChecked = true, IsPressed = true. + + + + + Gets the Foreground for IsChecked = true, IsEnabled = false. + + + + + Sets the Foreground for IsChecked = true, IsEnabled = false. + + + + + Gets the Background for IsChecked = true, IsEnabled = false. + + + + + Sets the Background for IsChecked = true, IsEnabled = false. + + + + + Gets the BorderBrush for IsChecked = true, IsEnabled = false. + + + + + Sets the BorderBrush for IsChecked = true, IsEnabled = false. + + + + + Gets the check Background for IsChecked = true, IsEnabled = false. + + + + + Sets the check Background for IsChecked = true, IsEnabled = false. + + + + + Gets the check BorderBrush for IsChecked = true, IsEnabled = false. + + + + + Sets the check BorderBrush for IsChecked = true, IsEnabled = false. + + + + + Gets the check glyph Foreground for IsChecked = true, IsEnabled = false. + + + + + Sets the check glyph Foreground for IsChecked = true, IsEnabled = false. + + + + + Gets the Glyph for IsChecked = null. + + + + + Sets the Glyph for IsChecked = null. + + + + + Gets the GlyphTemplate for IsChecked = null. + + + + + Sets the GlyphTemplate for IsChecked = null. + + + + + Gets the Foreground for IsChecked = null. + + + + + Sets the Foreground for IsChecked = null. + + + + + Gets the Background for IsChecked = null. + + + + + Sets the Background for IsChecked = null. + + + + + Gets the BorderBrush for IsChecked = null. + + + + + Sets the BorderBrush for IsChecked = null. + + + + + Gets the glyph BackgroundBrush for IsChecked = null. + + + + + Sets the glyph BackgroundBrush for IsChecked = null. + + + + + Gets the glyph BorderBrush for IsChecked = null. + + + + + Sets the glyph BorderBrush for IsChecked = null. + + + + + Gets the glyph Foreground for IsChecked = null. + + + + + Sets the glyph Foregorund for IsChecked = null. + + + + + Gets the Foreground for IsChecked = null, IsMouseOver = true. + + + + + Sets the Foreground for IsChecked = null, IsMouseOver = true. + + + + + Gets the Background for IsChecked = null, IsMouseOver = true. + + + + + Sets the Background for IsChecked = null, IsMouseOver = true. + + + + + Gets the BorderBrush for IsChecked = null, IsMouseOver = true. + + + + + Sets the BorderBrush for IsChecked = null, IsMouseOver = true. + + + + + Gets the glyph BackgroundBrush for IsChecked = null, IsMouseOver = true. + + + + + Sets the glyph BackgroundBrush for IsChecked = null, IsMouseOver = true. + + + + + Gets the glyph BorderBrush for IsChecked = null, IsMouseOver = true. + + + + + Sets the glyph BorderBrush for IsChecked = null, IsMouseOver = true. + + + + + Gets the glyph Foreground for IsChecked = null, IsMouseOver = true. + + + + + Sets the glyph Foregorund for IsChecked = null, IsMouseOver = true. + + + + + Gets the Foreground for IsChecked = null, IsPressed = true. + + + + + Sets the Foreground for IsChecked = null, IsPressed = true. + + + + + Gets the Background for IsChecked = null, IsPressed = true. + + + + + Sets the Background for IsChecked = null, IsPressed = true. + + + + + Gets the BorderBrush for IsChecked = null, IsPressed = true. + + + + + Sets the BorderBrush for IsChecked = null, IsPressed = true. + + + + + Gets the glyph BackgroundBrush for IsChecked = null, IsPressed = true. + + + + + Sets the glyph BackgroundBrush for IsChecked = null, IsPressed = true. + + + + + Gets the glyph BorderBrush for IsChecked = null, IsPressed = true. + + + + + Sets the glyph BorderBrush for IsChecked = null, IsPressed = true. + + + + + Gets the glyph Foreground for IsChecked = null, IsPressed = true. + + + + + Sets the glyph Foregorund for IsChecked = null, IsPressed = true. + + + + + Gets the Foreground for IsChecked = null, IsEnabled = false. + + + + + Sets the Foreground for IsChecked = null, IsEnabled = false. + + + + + Gets the Background for IsChecked = null, IsEnabled = false. + + + + + Sets the Background for IsChecked = null, IsEnabled = false. + + + + + Gets the BorderBrush for IsChecked = null, IsEnabled = false. + + + + + Sets the BorderBrush for IsChecked = null, IsEnabled = false. + + + + + Gets the glyph BackgroundBrush for IsChecked = null, IsEnabled = false. + + + - Overrides the text case behavior for certain buttons. - When set to true, the text case will be preserved and won't be changed to upper or lower case. + Sets the glyph BackgroundBrush for IsChecked = null, IsEnabled = false. - + - DependencyProperty for property. + Gets the glyph BorderBrush for IsChecked = null, IsEnabled = false. - - - The CornerRadius property allows users to control the roundness of the button corners independently by - setting a radius value for each corner. Radius values that are too large are scaled so that they - smoothly blend from corner to corner. (Can be used e.g. at MetroButton style) - Description taken from original Microsoft description :-D + + + Sets the glyph BorderBrush for IsChecked = null, IsEnabled = false. + + + + + Gets the glyph Foreground for IsChecked = null, IsEnabled = false. + + + + + Sets the glyph Foregorund for IsChecked = null, IsEnabled = false. @@ -2248,9 +3441,19 @@ Sets the character casing of the control - + + + Gets the value if the inner ContentPresenter use AccessText in its style. + + + + + Sets the value if the inner ContentPresenter should use AccessText in its style. + + + - This property can be used to set the button width (PART_ClearText) of TextBox, PasswordBox, ComboBox, NumericUpDown + Gets the brush used to draw the focus border. @@ -2258,14 +3461,14 @@ Sets the brush used to draw the focus border. - + Gets the brush used to draw the focus border. - + - Sets the brush used to draw the mouse over brush. + Sets the brush used to draw the focus border. @@ -2273,6 +3476,11 @@ Gets the brush used to draw the mouse over brush. + + + Sets the brush used to draw the mouse over brush. + + DependencyProperty for property. @@ -2301,34 +3509,54 @@ Sets a value indicating whether the child contents of the control are not editable. - + + + Gets the ElementStyle for the autogenerated DataGridCheckBoxColumn. + + + + + Sets the ElementStyle for the autogenerated DataGridCheckBoxColumn. + + + + + Gets the EditingElementStyle for the autogenerated DataGridCheckBoxColumn. + + + - Save the DataGrid. + Sets the EditingElementStyle for the autogenerated DataGridCheckBoxColumn. - + - Get the DataGrid. + Gets the EditingElementStyle for the autogenerated DataGridTextColumn. - + - Gets the value to define the DataGridCell selection behavior. + Sets the EditingElementStyle for the autogenerated DataGridTextColumn. - + - Sets the value to define the DataGridCell selection behavior. + Gets the padding inside the cell. - + - Gets the value to define the DataGridCell selection behavior. + Sets the padding inside the cell. - + - Sets the value to define the DataGridCell selection behavior. + Gets the padding inside the column. + + + + + Sets the padding inside the column. @@ -2341,14 +3569,54 @@ Sets a value which indicates the preview cell editing is enabled or not. - + + + Gets the value to define the selection behavior. + + + + + Sets the value to define the selection behavior. + + + + + Gets the content of the DropDown Button. + + + + + Sets the content of the DropDown Button. + + + + + Gets the data template used to display the content of the DropDown Button. + + + + + Sets the data template used to display the content of the DropDown Button. + + + + + Gets the font family of the desired font. + + + - Gets the value to define the DataGridRow selection behavior. + Sets the font family of the desired font. - + - Sets the value to define the DataGridRow selection behavior. + Gets the size of the desired font. + + + + + Sets the size of the desired font. @@ -2397,6 +3665,146 @@ Sets the toggle button style used for the ExpandDirection Right. + + + The DependencyProperty for the ' ExpandStoryboard property. + + If the Storyboard is set, the expanded event applies this to the inner grid. + + + + + Helper for getting from . + + If the Storyboard is set, the expanded event applies this to the inner grid. + + to read from. + ExpandStoryboard property value. + + + + Helper for setting on . + + If the Storyboard is set, the expanded event applies this to the inner grid. + + to set on. + ExpandStoryboard property value. + + + + The DependencyProperty for the ' CollapseStoryboard property. + + If the Storyboard is set, the collapsed event applies this to the inner grid. + + + + + Helper for getting from . + + If the Storyboard is set, the collapsed event applies this to the inner grid. + + to read from. + CollapseStoryboard property value. + + + + Helper for setting on . + + If the Storyboard is set, the collapsed event applies this to the inner grid. + + to set on. + CollapseStoryboard property value. + + + + Gets the value of the Foreground for the header. + + + + + Sets the value of the Foreground for the header. + + + + + Gets the value of the Background for the header. + + + + + Sets the value of the Background for the header. + + + + + Gets the value of the FontFamily for the header. + + + + + Sets the value of the FontFamily for the header. + + + + + Gets the value of the FontSize for the header. + + + + + Sets the value of the FontSize for the header. + + + + + Gets the value of the FontStretch for the header. + + + + + Sets the value of the FontStretch for the header. + + + + + Gets the value of the FontWeight for the header. + + + + + Sets the value of the FontWeight for the header. + + + + + Gets or sets the outer margin for the header. + + + + + Sets or sets the outer margin for the header. + + + + + Gets the horizontal alignment of the header. + + + + + Sets the horizontal alignment of the header. + + + + + Gets the vertical alignment of the header. + + + + + Sets the vertical alignment of the header. + + Gets or sets the background brush which will be used for the active selected item (if the keyboard focus is within). @@ -2572,6 +3980,68 @@ Changes the value of the slider if the mouse pointer is over this element. + + + Defines a helper class for selected items binding on collections with multiselector elements + + + + + Handles disposal and creation of old and new bindings + + + + + Gets the selected items property binding + + + + + Sets the selected items property binding + + + + + Gets the for a binding + + + + + Sets the for a bining + + + + + Defines a binding between multi selector and property + + + + + Creates an instance of + + The selector of this binding + The bound collection + + + + Registers the event handlers for selector and collection changes + + + + + Unregisters the event handlers for selector and collection changes + + + + + Updates the collection with changes made in the selector + + + + + Updates the selector with changes made in the collection + + Gets the content of the RevealButton. @@ -2592,9 +4062,14 @@ Sets the data template used to display the content of the RevealButton. - + - This property can be used to set vertical scrollbar left side from the tabpanel (look at MetroAnimatedSingleRowTabControl) + Gets the StrokeThickness of the RadioButton itself. + + + + + Sets the StrokeThickness of the RadioButton itself. @@ -2604,14 +4079,14 @@ - - Gets whether the vertical ScrollBar is on the left side or not. - + Helper for getting from . + to read from. + VerticalScrollBarOnLeftSide property value. - - Sets whether the vertical ScrollBar should be on the left side or not. - + Helper for setting on . + to set on. + VerticalScrollBarOnLeftSide property value. @@ -2619,15 +4094,60 @@ + Helper for getting from . + to read from. + IsHorizontalScrollWheelEnabled property value. + + + Helper for setting on . + to set on. + IsHorizontalScrollWheelEnabled property value. + + - Gets whether the ScrollViewer is scrolling horizontal by using the mouse wheel. + This property can be used to trigger the call to a command when the user reach the end of the vertical scrollable area. - + + Helper for getting from . + to read from. + EndOfVerticalScrollReachedCommand property value. + + + Helper for setting on . + to set on. + EndOfVerticalScrollReachedCommand property value. + + + + This property can be used to trigger the call to a command when the user reach the end of the horizontal scrollable area. + + + + Helper for getting from . + to read from. + EndOfHorizontalScrollReachedCommand property value. + + + Helper for setting on . + to set on. + EndOfHorizontalScrollReachedCommand property value. + + - Sets whether the ScrollViewer should be scroll horizontal by using the mouse wheel. + This property can be used to provide a command parameter to the command called when reaching the end of the vertical or horizontal scrollable area. + + Helper for getting from . + to read from. + EndOfScrollReachedCommandParameter property value. + + + Helper for setting on . + to set on. + EndOfScrollReachedCommandParameter property value. + Gets or sets the brush of the thumb. @@ -2835,7 +4355,7 @@ Sets the Style and Template property to null. - + Removing a TabItem in code behind can produce such nasty output System.Windows.Data Warning: 4 : Cannot find source for binding with reference 'RelativeSource FindAncestor, AncestorType='System.Windows.Controls.TabControl', AncestorLevel='1''. BindingExpression:Path=Background; DataItem=null; target element is 'TabItem' (Name=''); target property is 'Background' (type 'Brush') or @@ -2890,11 +4410,6 @@ Sets a command parameter for the TabItem that will be passed to the CloseTabCommand. - - - Defines whether the underline below the is shown or not. - - Defines whether the underline below the or is shown or not. @@ -2925,6 +4440,11 @@ This property can be used to set the Transition for animated TabControls + + + Defines the position of the Underline + + A helper class that provides various attached properties for the TextBox control. @@ -3023,51 +4543,96 @@ Sets the clear text button visibility / feature. Can be used to enable text deletion. - + + + Gets the text button visibility. + + + + + Sets the text button visibility. + + + + + Gets the buttons placement variant. + + + + + Sets the buttons placement variant. + + + + + Gets the clear text button behavior. + + + + + Sets the clear text button behavior. + + + + + ButtonContentTemplate is the template used to display the content of the ClearText button. + + + + + This property can be used to handle the style for CheckBox and RadioButton + LeftToRight means content left and button right and RightToLeft vise versa + + + + + This property can be used to handle the style for CheckBox and RadioButton + LeftToRight means content left and button right and RightToLeft vise versa + + + - Gets the text button visibility. + Gets the toggle button style used for the TreeViewItem expander. - + - Sets the text button visibility. + Sets the toggle button style used for the TreeViewItem expander. - + - Gets the buttons placement variant. + Identifies the CloseOnMouseLeftButtonDown attached property. - + - Sets the buttons placement variant. + Gets whether if the popup can be closed by left mouse button down. - + - Gets the clear text button behavior. + Sets whether if the popup can be closed by left mouse button down. - + - Sets the clear text button behavior. + Identifies the ShowValidationErrorOnMouseOver attached property. - - - ButtonContentTemplate is the template used to display the content of the ClearText button. + + + Gets whether the validation error text will be shown when hovering the validation triangle. - + - This property can be used to handle the style for CheckBox and RadioButton - LeftToRight means content left and button right and RightToLeft vise versa + Sets whether the validation error text will be shown when hovering the validation triangle. - + - This property can be used to handle the style for CheckBox and RadioButton - LeftToRight means content left and button right and RightToLeft vise versa + Represents the base class for an icon UI element. @@ -3092,9 +4657,68 @@ - Originally from http://xamlcoder.com/blog/2010/11/04/creating-a-metro-ui-style-control/ + A ContentControl which use a transition to slide in the content. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Gets or sets whether the reverse version of the transition should be used. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Gets or sets the value if a transition should be used or not. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Gets or sets whether the transition should be used only at the loaded event of the control. + + + + Identifies the routed event. + + + + The event which will be fired when the transition starts. + + + + Identifies the routed event. + + + + The event which will be fired when the transition ends. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Gets whether if the content is transitioning. + + + + + Execute the transition again. + + + Creates AutomationPeer () @@ -3290,11 +4914,14 @@ A standard MetroTabControl (Pivot). - + Initializes a new instance of the MahApps.Metro.Controls.MetroTabControl class. + + Identifies the dependency property. + A base class for every MetroTabControl (Pivot). @@ -3447,17 +5074,47 @@ - Gets/sets whether the window will ignore (and overlap) the taskbar when maximized. + Defines if the Taskbar should be ignored when maximizing a Window. + This only works with WindowStyle = None. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. - Gets or sets resize border thickness + Gets or sets resize border thickness. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... - Using a DependencyProperty as the backing store for ResizeBorderTickness. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + for . + + + + + Gets/sets if the border thickness value should be kept on maximize + if the MaxHeight/MaxWidth of the window is less than the monitor resolution. + + + + + for . + + + + + Gets or sets wether the resizing of the window should be tried in a way that does not cause flicker/jitter, especially when resizing from the left side. + + + Please note that setting this to true may cause resize lag and black areas appearing on some systems. + + + + + for . @@ -3517,17 +5174,17 @@ - Gets/sets if the minimize button is visible. + Gets or sets whether if the minimize button is visible and the minimize system menu is enabled. - Gets/sets if the Maximize/Restore button is visible. + Gets or sets whether if the maximize/restore button is visible and the maximize/restore system menu is enabled. - Gets/sets if the close button is visible. + Gets or sets whether if the close button is visible. @@ -3550,19 +5207,19 @@ Gets or sets whether if the close button should be enabled or not if a dialog is shown. - + - Gets/sets if the the system menu should popup on right click. + Gets or sets a value that indicates whether the system menu should popup with left mouse click on the window icon. - + - Gets/sets the TitleBar's height. + Gets or sets a value that indicates whether the system menu should popup with right mouse click if the mouse position is on title bar or on the entire window if it has no title bar (and no title bar height). - + - Gets/sets if the TitleBar's text is automatically capitalized. + Gets/sets the TitleBar's height. @@ -3610,6 +5267,11 @@ Gets/sets the opacity used for the dialog overlay. + + + Gets or sets the brush used for the Flyouts overlay. + + Gets or sets the overlay fade in storyboard. @@ -3648,12 +5310,15 @@ Initializes a new instance of the MahApps.Metro.Controls.MetroWindow class. - + Initializes various behaviors for the window. - For example , and . + For example , and . + + + Gets the template child with the given name. @@ -3688,13 +5353,12 @@ The name of the template child. The direction. - + Adapts the WindowCommands to the theme of the first opened, topmost && (top || right || left) flyout The MetroWindow All the flyouts! Or flyouts that fall into the category described in the summary. - An optional brush to reset the window commands brush to. @@ -3762,6 +5426,11 @@ Gets or sets a value indicating whether the user can enter text in the control. + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the value will be changed directly on every TextBox text changed event or when using the Enter key. + + Gets or sets a value indicating the culture to be used in string formatting operations. @@ -3786,6 +5455,11 @@ + + + Gets or sets whether the up and down buttons will got the focus when using them. + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the text can be changed by the use of the up or down buttons only. @@ -3811,11 +5485,6 @@ Gets or sets the horizontal alignment of the contents of the text box. - - - Indicates if the NumericUpDown should show the decimal separator or not. - - Gets or sets which numeric input for the NumericUpDown is allowed. @@ -3826,6 +5495,16 @@ Indicates if the NumericUpDown should round the value to the nearest possible interval when the focus moves to another element. + + + Gets or sets the parsing number style for the value from text to numeric. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the up down buttons are switched. + + Called when this element or any below gets focus. @@ -3848,96 +5527,261 @@ New value of the property + + + Doesn't overlay Flyouts nor a hidden TitleBar. + + + + + Overlays opened controls. + + + + + Overlays a hidden TitleBar. + + Based on Greg Schechter's Planerator http://blogs.msdn.com/b/greg_schechter/archive/2007/10/26/enter-the-planerator-dead-simple-3d-in-wpf-with-a-stupid-name.aspx + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + An Enum representing different positions, such as Left or Right. - + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + - Event arguments created for the RangeSlider's SelectionChanged event. - + This delegate must used by handlers of the RangeSelectionChangedEvent event. + The current element along the event's route. + The event arguments containing additional information about the event. + Nothing. - + - The value of the new range's beginning. + This RangeSelectionChangedEventArgs class contains old and new value when + RangeSelectionChanged is raised. + + - + - The value of the new range's ending. + Return the old lower value. - + - A slider control with the ability to select a range between two values. + Return the new lower value. - + - Identifies the  dependency property. + Return the old upper value. - + - Identifies the  dependency property. + Return the new upper value. - + - Identifies the  dependency property. + This is an instance constructor for the RangeSelectionChangedEventArgs class. + The old lower property value + The new lower property value + The old upper property value + The new upper property value - + - Identifies the  dependency property. + This is an instance constructor for the RoutedPropertyChangedEventArgs class. + It is constructed with a reference to the event being raised. + The old lower property value + The new lower property value + The old upper property value + The new upper property value + RoutedEvent - + - Identifies the  dependency property. + This method is used to perform the proper type casting in order to + call the type-safe RoutedPropertyChangedEventHandler delegate for the IsCheckedChangedEvent event. + The handler to invoke. + The current object along the event's route. + Nothing. - + - Identifies the  dependency property. + A slider control with the ability to select a range between two values. - + + Identifies the routed event. + + + Identifies the routed event. + + + Identifies the routed event. + + + Identifies the routed event. + + + Identifies the routed event. + + + Identifies the routed event. + + + Identifies the routed event. + + + Identifies the routed event. + + + Identifies the routed event. + + + Identifies the routed event. + + + Identifies the routed event. + + + Identifies the routed event. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + - Get/sets value how fast thumbs will move when user press on left/right/central with left mouse button (IsMoveToPoint must be set to FALSE) + Get/sets the end of the range selection. - + + Identifies the dependency property. + + - Get/sets precision of the value, which displaying inside AutotToolTip + Get/sets the beginning of the range selection. - + + Identifies the dependency property. + + - Get/sets the converter for the tooltip text + Get/sets the minimum range that can be selected. - + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Get/sets the minimal distance between two thumbs. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Get/sets whether whole range will be moved when press on right/left/central part of control + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Get/sets whether possibility to make manipulations inside range with left/right mouse buttons + cotrol button + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Get/sets whether possibility to make manipulations inside range with left/right mouse buttons + cotrol button + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + - Get/sets tooltip, which will show while dragging thumbs and display currect value + Gets or sets the orientation of the . + + Identifies the dependency property. + Gets or sets the position of tick marks with respect to the of the . - A value that defines how to position the tick marks in a with respect to the slider bar. The default is . + A value that defines how to position the tick marks in a with respect to the slider bar. The default is . + + Identifies the dependency property. + Gets or sets the interval between tick marks. @@ -3946,6 +5790,9 @@ The distance between tick marks. The default is (1.0). + + Identifies the dependency property. + Gets or sets the positions of the tick marks to display for a . @@ -3953,52 +5800,72 @@ A set of tick marks to display for a . The default is . + + Identifies the dependency property. + Get or sets IsMoveToPoint feature which will enable/disable moving to exact point inside control when user clicked on it Gets or sets a value that indicates whether the two of a moves immediately to the location of the mouse click that occurs while the mouse pointer pauses on the tracks. - - - Gets or sets the orientation of the . - + + Identifies the dependency property. - + - Get/sets whether possibility to make manipulations inside range with left/right mouse buttons + cotrol button + Gets or sets whether a tooltip that contains the current value of the displays when the is pressed. If a tooltip is displayed, this property also specifies the placement of the tooltip. + + One of the values that determines where to display the tooltip with respect to the of the , or that specifies to not show a tooltip. The default is , which specifies that a tooltip is not displayed. + - - - Get/sets whether possibility to make manipulations inside range with left/right mouse buttons + cotrol button - + + Identifies the dependency property. - + - Get/sets whether whole range will be moved when press on right/left/central part of control + Gets or sets the number of digits that are displayed to the right side of the decimal point for the of the in a tooltip. + + The precision of the that displays in the tooltip, specified as the number of digits that appear to the right of the decimal point. The default is zero (0). + - + + Identifies the dependency property. + + - Get/sets the minimal distance between two thumbs. + Gets or sets a template for the auto tooltip to show the lower value. - + + Identifies the dependency property. + + - Get/sets the beginning of the range selection. + Gets or sets a template for the auto tooltip to show the upper value. - + + Identifies the dependency property. + + - Get/sets the end of the range selection. + Gets or sets a template for the auto tooltip to show the center value. - + + Identifies the dependency property. + + - Get/sets the minimum range that can be selected. + Get/sets value how fast thumbs will move when user press on left/right/central with left mouse button (IsMoveToPoint must be set to FALSE) + + Identifies the dependency property. + Gets or sets a value that indicates whether the displays a selection range along the . @@ -4007,6 +5874,9 @@ if a selection range is displayed; otherwise, . The default is . + + Identifies the dependency property. + Gets or sets the smallest value of a specified selection for a . @@ -4015,6 +5885,9 @@ The largest value of a selected range of values of a . The default is zero (0.0). + + Identifies the dependency property. + Gets or sets the largest value of a specified selection for a . @@ -4035,6 +5908,19 @@ The old value of the property.The new value of the property. + + + Gets the lower value of the range selection. + + + + + Gets the upper value of the range selection. + + + + + RevealImage @@ -4045,80 +5931,102 @@ InitializeComponent - + + Identifies the dependency property. + + - Reflects the parameter to pass to the CommandProperty upon execution. + Gets or sets an extra tag. - + + Identifies the dependency property. + + - Gets or sets the target element on which to fire the command. + Gets or sets the orientation of children stacking. - + + Identifies the dependency property. + + - Get or sets the Command property. + Gets or sets the content for the icon part. - + + Identifies the dependency property. + + - Indicates whether the Popup is visible. + Gets or sets the DataTemplate for the icon part. - + + Identifies the dependency property. + + - Gets or sets an extra tag. + Gets or sets the command to invoke when the content button is pressed. - + + Identifies the dependency property. + + - Gets or sets the dimension of children stacking. + Gets or sets the element on which to raise the specified command. - + + Identifies the dependency property. + + - Gets or sets the Content used to generate the icon part. + Gets or sets the parameter to pass to the command property. - - - Gets or sets the ContentTemplate used to display the content of the icon part. - + + Identifies the dependency property. - Gets/sets the button style. + Gets or sets the button content style. + + Identifies the dependency property. + - Gets/sets the button arrow style. + Gets or sets the button arrow style. - - - Gets/sets the popup listbox style. - + + Identifies the dependency property. - Gets/sets the brush of the button arrow icon. + Gets or sets the foreground brush for the button arrow icon. + + Identifies the dependency property. + - Gets/sets the brush of the button arrow icon if the mouse is over the split button. + Gets or sets the foreground brush of the button arrow icon if the mouse is over the split button. + + Identifies the dependency property. + - Gets/sets the brush of the button arrow icon if the arrow button is pressed. + Gets or sets the foreground brush of the button arrow icon if the arrow button is pressed. - - Updates the current selection when an item in the has changed - The event data. - A special animation used to animates the length of a . @@ -4133,10 +6041,7 @@ - - Identifies the dependency property. - - The identifier for the property. + Identifies the dependency property. @@ -4148,10 +6053,7 @@ - - Identifies the dependency property. - - The identifier for the dependency property. + Identifies the dependency property. @@ -4160,10 +6062,7 @@ The contents of the main panel of a . The default is null. - - Identifies the dependency property. - - The identifier for the dependency property. + Identifies the dependency property. @@ -4175,10 +6074,7 @@ - - Identifies the dependency property. - - The identifier for the dependency property. + Identifies the dependency property. @@ -4186,11 +6082,17 @@ true if the pane is expanded to its full width; otherwise, false. The default is true. - + + Identifies the dependency property. + + - Identifies the dependency property. + Gets or sets a value that specifies the OverlayBrush - The identifier for the dependency property. + The current OverlayBrush + + + Identifies the dependency property. @@ -4201,11 +6103,48 @@ pixel (DIP). - + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Gets or sets the minimum width of the pane when it's fully expanded. + + + The minimum width of the pane when it's fully expanded. The default is 320 device-independent + pixel (DIP). + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + - Identifies the dependency property. + Gets or sets the maximum width of the pane when it's fully expanded. - The identifier for the dependency property. + + The maximum width of the pane when it's fully expanded. The default is 320 device-independent + pixel (DIP). + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Gets or Sets if the open pane can be resized by the user. The default value is false. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Gets or Sets the for the resizing Thumb (type of ) + + + + Identifies the dependency property. @@ -4214,10 +6153,7 @@ The contents of the pane of a . The default is null. - - Identifies the dependency property. - - The identifier for the dependency property. + Identifies the dependency property. @@ -4226,10 +6162,7 @@ The Brush to apply to the background of the area of the control. - - Identifies the dependency property. - - The identifier for the dependency property. + Identifies the dependency property. @@ -4238,10 +6171,7 @@ The Brush to apply to the background of the area of the control. - - Identifies the PanePlacement dependency property. - - The identifier for the PanePlacement dependency property. + Identifies the dependency property. @@ -4254,10 +6184,7 @@ - - Identifies the dependency property. - - The identifier for the dependency property. + Identifies the dependency property. @@ -4281,6 +6208,15 @@ Occurs when the pane is closing. + + + + + + + + + Constants that specify how the pane is shown in a . @@ -4345,43 +6281,56 @@ Not intended for general use. + + Identifies the dependency property. + Gets the value as a GridLength. + + Identifies the dependency property. + Gets the negative of the value. + + Identifies the dependency property. + Gets the negative of the value calculated by subtracting the value from the value. + + Identifies the dependency property. + Gets the value as a GridLength. + + Identifies the dependency property. + Gets the value. + + Identifies the dependency property. + Gets a value calculated by subtracting the value from the value. - - - An Enum representing different themes for window commands. - - HorizontalTitleAlignment Dependency Property. @@ -4409,10 +6358,17 @@ Represents a control that allows the user to select a date and a time. - + + Identifies the dependency property. + + - Occurs when the property is changed. + Gets or sets the last date to be displayed. + The last date to display. + + + Identifies the dependency property. @@ -4422,11 +6378,8 @@ The date to display. The default is . - - - Gets or sets the last date to be displayed. - - The last date to display. + + Identifies the dependency property. @@ -4434,6 +6387,9 @@ The first date to display. + + Identifies the dependency property. + Gets or sets the day that is considered the beginning of the week. @@ -4443,10 +6399,8 @@ that is determined by the current culture. - - - Gets or sets the format that is used to display the selected date. - + + Identifies the dependency property. @@ -4454,6 +6408,17 @@ true if the current date is highlighted; otherwise, false. The default is true. + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Gets or sets the format that is used to display the selected date. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + Gets or sets a value that indicates the dimension by which calendar and clock are stacked. @@ -4463,13 +6428,29 @@ . - - - Gets or sets the currently selected date. - - - The date currently selected. The default is null. - + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + @@ -4481,24 +6462,15 @@ Represents a control that allows the user to select a time. - - - Represents a base-class for time picking. - - - - - This readonly dependency property is to control whether to show the date-picker (in case of ) or hide it (in case of . - + + - - - Represents the time 00:00:00; 12:00:00 AM respectively - + + - + - Represents the time 23:59:59.9999999; 11:59:59.9999999 PM respectively + Represents a base-class for time picking. @@ -4537,29 +6509,68 @@ Returns a list containing {0, 15, 30, 45}. - + + Identifies the dependency property. + + - Occurs when the property is changed. + Gets or sets a collection used to generate the content for selecting the hours. + + A collection that is used to generate the content for selecting the hours. The default is a list of interger from 0 + to 23 if is false or a list of interger from + 1 to 12 otherwise.. + - + + Identifies the dependency property. + + - Gets or sets a value indicating the culture to be used in string formatting operations. + Gets or sets a collection used to generate the content for selecting the minutes. + + A collection that is used to generate the content for selecting the minutes. The default is a list of int from + 0 to 59. + - + + Identifies the dependency property. + + - Gets or sets a value indicating the visibility of the clock hands in the user interface (UI). + Gets or sets a collection used to generate the content for selecting the seconds. - The visibility definition of the clock hands. The default is . + A collection that is used to generate the content for selecting the minutes. The default is a list of int from + 0 to 59. - + + Identifies the dependency property. + + - Gets or sets a value indicating whether the date can be selected or not. This property is read-only. + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the drop-down for a box is currently + open. + + true if the drop-down is open; otherwise, false. The default is false. + + + + IsDropDownOpenProperty property changed handler. + + DatePicker that changed its IsDropDownOpen. + DependencyPropertyChangedEventArgs. + + + + This method is invoked when the changes. + + Identifies the dependency property. + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the clock of this control is visible in the user interface (UI). This is a @@ -4573,12 +6584,8 @@ true if the clock is visible; otherwise, false. The default value is true. - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether the drop-down for a box is currently - open. - - true if the drop-down is open; otherwise, false. The default is false. + + Identifies the dependency property. @@ -4588,6 +6595,28 @@ true if the is read-only; otherwise, false. The default is false. + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating the visibility of the clock hands in the user interface (UI). + + + The visibility definition of the clock hands. The default is . + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating the culture to be used in string formatting operations. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + Gets or sets a value indicating the visibility of the selectable date-time-parts in the user interface (UI). @@ -4596,46 +6625,66 @@ visibility definition of the selectable date-time-parts. The default is . - + + + Occurs when the property is changed. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + - Gets or sets the currently selected time. + Gets or sets the currently selected date and time. - The time currently selected. The default is null. + The date and time which is currently selected. The default is null. + + Identifies the dependency property. + Gets or sets the format that is used to display the selected time. - + + Identifies the dependency property. + + - Gets or sets a collection used to generate the content for selecting the hours. + Gets or sets a composite string that specifies how to format the hour items. - - A collection that is used to generate the content for selecting the hours. The default is a list of interger from 0 - to 23 if is false or a list of interger from - 1 to 12 otherwise.. - - + + Identifies the dependency property. + + - Gets or sets a collection used to generate the content for selecting the minutes. + Gets or sets a composite string that specifies how to format the minute items. - - A collection that is used to generate the content for selecting the minutes. The default is a list of int from - 0 to 59. - - + + Identifies the dependency property. + + - Gets or sets a collection used to generate the content for selecting the seconds. + Gets or sets a composite string that specifies how to format the second items. + + + + + This readonly dependency property is to control whether to show the date-picker (in case of ) or hide it (in case of . + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the date can be selected or not. This property is read-only. - - A collection that is used to generate the content for selecting the minutes. The default is a list of int from - 0 to 59. - @@ -4674,155 +6723,188 @@ Selected hour is between 12 PM and 11 PM+12h - - - - - - - A control that allows the user to toggle between two states: One represents true; The other represents false. - - - - - Identifies the  dependency property. - - - - - Gets/sets the font family of the header. - - - - - Gets/sets the text to display when the control is in it's On state. - - - - - Gets/sets the text to display when the control is in it's Off state. - - - - - Gets/sets the brush used for the switch's foreground. - - - - - Gets/sets the brush used for the on-switch's foreground. - - - - - Gets/sets the brush used for the off-switch's foreground. - - - - - Gets/sets the brush used for the thumb indicator. - + + + - + - Gets/sets the brush used for the thumb indicator. + A control that allows the user to toggle between two states: One represents true; The other represents false. - - - Gets/sets the width of the thumb indicator. - + + Identifies the dependency property. - Gets/sets the control's content flow direction. + Gets or sets the flow direction of the switch and content. + + LeftToRight means content left and button right and RightToLeft vise versa. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. Gets or sets the padding of the inner content. - - - Gets/sets the control's toggle switch button style. - + + Identifies the dependency property. - + - Gets/sets whether the control is Checked (On) or not (Off). + Gets or sets a value that declares whether the state of the ToggleSwitch is "On". - + + Identifies the dependency property. + + - Gets/sets the command which will be executed if the IsChecked property was changed. + Provides the object content that should be displayed using the OnContentTemplate when this ToggleSwitch has state of "On". - + + Identifies the dependency property. + + - Gets/sets the command which will be executed if the checked event of the control is fired. + Gets or sets the DataTemplate used to display the control's content while in "On" state. - + + Identifies the dependency property. + + - Gets/sets the command which will be executed if the checked event of the control is fired. + Gets or sets a template selector for OnContent property that enables an application writer to provide custom template-selection logic . + + This property is ignored if is set. + - + + Identifies the dependency property. + + - Gets/sets the command parameter which will be passed by the CheckChangedCommand. + Gets or sets a composite string that specifies how to format the OnContent property if it is displayed as a string. + + This property is ignored if is set. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. - + - Gets/sets the command parameter which will be passed by the CheckedCommand. + Provides the object content that should be displayed using the OffContentTemplate when this ToggleSwitch has state of "Off". - + + Identifies the dependency property. + + - Gets/sets the command parameter which will be passed by the UnCheckedCommand. + Gets or sets the DataTemplate used to display the control's content while in "Off" state. - + + Identifies the dependency property. + + - An event that is raised when the value of IsChecked changes. + Gets or sets a template selector for OffContent property that enables an application writer to provide custom template-selection logic . + + This property is ignored if is set. + - + + Identifies the dependency property. + + - A Button that allows the user to toggle between two states. + Gets or sets a composite string that specifies how to format the OffContent property if it is displayed as a string. + + This property is ignored if is set. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. - + + Identifies the dependency property. + + - Gets/sets the brush used for the control's foreground. + Gets or sets a command which will be executed when the changes. - + + Identifies the dependency property. + + - Gets/sets the brush used for the on-switch's foreground. + Gets or sets a command which will be executed when the changes. - + + Identifies the dependency property. + + - Gets/sets the brush used for the off-switch's foreground. + Gets or sets a command which will be executed when the changes. - + + Identifies the dependency property. + + - Gets/sets the brush used for the thumb indicator. + Gets or sets the command parameter which will be passed by the Command. - + + Identifies the dependency property. + + - Gets/sets the brush used for the thumb indicator. + Gets or sets the element on which to raise the specified Command. + + Element on which to raise the Command. + - + - Gets/sets the width of the thumb indicator. + Occurs when "On"/"Off" state changes for this ToggleSwitch. + + This method is invoked when the changes. + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + The associated with this . + + + + + + + + + + enumeration for the different transition types @@ -4932,8 +7014,7 @@ This method is an alternative to WPF's - method, which also - supports content elements. Keep in mind that for content element, + method, which also supports content elements. Keep in mind that for content element, this method falls back to the logical tree of the element! The item to be processed. @@ -4973,117 +7054,191 @@ hit testing. The position to be evaluated on the origin. - + - Gets the relative mouse position to the given handle in client coordinates. + Get the working area size of the monitor from where the visual stays. - The handle for this method. + The visual element to get the monitor information. + The working area size of the monitor. - - - Try to get the relative mouse position to the given handle in client coordinates. - - The handle for this method. - The relative mouse position to the given handle. + + Identifies the dependency property. Gets or sets the value indicating current light style for the minimize button. + + Identifies the dependency property. + Gets or sets the value indicating current light style for the maximize button. + + Identifies the dependency property. + Gets or sets the value indicating current light style for the close button. + + Identifies the dependency property. + Gets or sets the value indicating current dark style for the minimize button. + + Identifies the dependency property. + Gets or sets the value indicating current dark style for the maximize button. + + Identifies the dependency property. + Gets or sets the value indicating current dark style for the close button. + + Identifies the dependency property. + Gets or sets the value indicating current theme. + + Identifies the dependency property. + Gets or sets the minimize button tooltip. + + Identifies the dependency property. + Gets or sets the maximize button tooltip. + + Identifies the dependency property. + Gets or sets the close button tooltip. + + Identifies the dependency property. + Gets or sets the restore button tooltip. + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Gets the window. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + - Gets or sets the value indicating current theme. + Gets or sets the value indicating the current theme. + + Identifies the dependency property. + - Gets or sets the value indicating light theme template. + Gets or sets the value indicating the light theme ControlTemplate. + + Identifies the dependency property. + - Gets or sets the value indicating light theme template. + Gets or sets the value indicating the light theme ControlTemplate. + + Identifies the dependency property. + - Gets or sets the value indicating whether to show the separators. + Gets or sets the value indicating whether to show the separators or not. + + Identifies the dependency property. + - Gets or sets the value indicating whether to show the last separator. + Gets or sets the value indicating whether to show the last separator or not. + + Identifies the dependency property. + - Gets or sets the value indicating separator height. + Gets or sets the value indicating the height of the separators. - + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + - Gets or sets the value indicating whether to show the separator. + Gets the window. - + + Identifies the dependency property. + + - Doesn't overlay flyouts nor a hidden TitleBar. + Gets or sets the value indicating whether to show the separator. - + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + - Overlays opened controls. + Doesn't overlay a hidden TitleBar. @@ -5134,6 +7289,11 @@ Converts a double representing either hour/minute/second to the corresponding angle. + + + Converts a CornerRadius to a new CornerRadius. It's possible to ignore a side with the IgnoreRadius property. + + Converts the value from true to false and false to true. @@ -5177,6 +7337,56 @@ This class cannot be inherited. + + + Use the radius of all corners. + + + + + Ignore the radius of the top-left and bottom-left corner. + + + + + Ignore the radius of the top-left and top-right corner. + + + + + Ignore the radius of the top-right and bottom-right corner. + + + + + Ignore the radius of the bottom-left and bottom-right corner. + + + + + Ignore the radius of the top-left corner. + + + + + Ignore radius of the top-right corner. + + + + + Ignore the radius of the bottom-right corner. + + + + + Ignore the radius of the bottom-left corner. + + + + + This Converter converts a given height or width of an control to a CornerRadius + + Converts a String into a Visibility enumeration (and back) @@ -5200,7 +7410,7 @@ - Converts a Thickness to a new Thickness. It's possible to ignore a side With the IgnoreThicknessSide property. + Converts a Thickness to a new Thickness. It's possible to ignore a side with the IgnoreThicknessSide property. @@ -5244,306 +7454,18 @@ The converter parameter to use. The culture to use in the converter. - - - An object that represents the foreground color for a . - - - - - The ResourceDictionary that represents this Accent. - - - - - Gets/sets the name of the Accent. - - - + - Initializes a new instance of the Accent class. + Implements a markup extension that supports static (XAML load time) resource references made from XAML. - + - Initializes a new instance of the Accent class. + Provides theme resources from Fluent.Ribbon. - The name of the new Accent. - The URI of the accent ResourceDictionary. - - - Initializes a new instance of the Accent class. - - The name of the new Accent. - The ResourceDictionary of the accent. - - - - Represents the background theme of the application. - - - - - The ResourceDictionary that represents this application theme. - - - - - Gets the name of the application theme. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the AppTheme class. - - The name of the new AppTheme. - The URI of the AppTheme ResourceDictionary. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the AppTheme class. - - The name of the new AppTheme. - The ResourceDictionary of the accent. - - - - A class that allows for the detection and alteration of a theme and accent. - - - - - Gets a list of all of default accents. - - - - - Gets a list of all default themes. - - - - - Adds an accent with the given name and uniform resource identfier. - - The name of the new Accent. - The URI of the accent ResourceDictionary. - true if the accent does not exists and can be added. - - - - Adds an accent with the given name and resource dictionary. - - The name of the new Accent. - The ResourceDictionary of the accent. - true if the accent does not exists and can be added. - - - - Adds an app theme with the given name. - - The name of the new AppTheme. - The URI of the AppTheme ResourceDictionary. - true if the app theme does not exists and can be added. - - - - Adds an app theme with the given name. - - The name of the new AppTheme. - The ResourceDictionary of the accent. - true if the app theme does not exists and can be added. - - - - Gets app theme with the given resource dictionary. - - from which the theme should be retrieved. - AppTheme - - - - Gets app theme with the given name and theme type (light or dark). - - AppTheme - - - - Gets the inverse of the given . - This method relies on the "Dark" or "Light" affix to be present. - - The app theme. - The inverse or null if it couldn't be found. - - Returns BaseLight, if BaseDark is given or vice versa. - Custom Themes must end with "Dark" or "Light" for this to work, for example "CustomDark" and "CustomLight". - - - - - Gets the with the given name. - - The or null, if the app theme wasn't found - - - - Gets the with the given resource dictionary. - - from which the accent should be retrieved. - The or null, if the accent wasn't found. - - - - Determines whether the specified resource dictionary represents an . - - This might include runtime accents which do not have a resource uri. - - The resources. - true if the resource dictionary is an ; otherwise, false. - resources - - - - Gets a resource from the detected AppStyle. - - The window to check. If this is null, the Application's sources will be checked. - The key to check against. - The resource object or null, if the resource wasn't found. - - - - Change the theme for the whole application. - - - - - - - Change theme for the given window. - - - - - - - Change accent and theme for the whole application. - - The instance of Application to change. - The accent to apply. - The theme to apply. - - - - Change accent and theme for the given window. - - The Window to change. - The accent to apply. - The theme to apply. - - - - Changes the accent and theme of a ResourceDictionary directly. - - The ResourceDictionary to modify. - The accent to apply to the ResourceDictionary. - The theme to apply to the ResourceDictionary. - - - - Copies all resource keys from one resource to another. - - The source resource dictionary. - The destination resource dictionary. - - fromRD - or - toRD - - - - - Scans the window resources and returns it's accent and theme. - - - - - Scans the window resources and returns it's accent and theme. - - The Window to scan. - - - - Scans the application resources and returns it's accent and theme. - - The Application instance to scan. - - - - Scans a resources and returns it's accent and theme. - - The ResourceDictionary to check. - - - - This event fires if accent color and theme was changed - this should be using the weak event pattern, but for now it's enough - - - - - Invalidates global colors and resources. - Sometimes the ContextMenu is not changing the colors, so this will fix it. - - - - - Class which is used as argument for an event to signal theme changes. - - - - - Creates a new instance of this class. - - - - - The new theme. - - - - - The new accent - - - - - GeneratedInternalTypeHelper - - - - - CreateInstance - - - - - GetPropertyValue - - - - - SetPropertyValue - - - - - CreateDelegate - - - - - AddEventHandler - + + diff --git a/dotnet/packages/MahApps.Metro.2.0.0/lib/netcoreapp3.1/MahApps.Metro.dll b/dotnet/packages/MahApps.Metro.2.0.0/lib/netcoreapp3.1/MahApps.Metro.dll new file mode 100644 index 00000000..9cb88fc6 Binary files /dev/null and b/dotnet/packages/MahApps.Metro.2.0.0/lib/netcoreapp3.1/MahApps.Metro.dll differ diff --git a/dotnet/packages/MahApps.Metro.2.0.0/lib/netcoreapp3.1/MahApps.Metro.pdb b/dotnet/packages/MahApps.Metro.2.0.0/lib/netcoreapp3.1/MahApps.Metro.pdb new file mode 100644 index 00000000..c8b3271a Binary files /dev/null and b/dotnet/packages/MahApps.Metro.2.0.0/lib/netcoreapp3.1/MahApps.Metro.pdb differ diff --git a/dotnet/packages/MahApps.Metro.2.0.0/lib/netcoreapp3.1/MahApps.Metro.xml b/dotnet/packages/MahApps.Metro.2.0.0/lib/netcoreapp3.1/MahApps.Metro.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000..b618c95d --- /dev/null +++ b/dotnet/packages/MahApps.Metro.2.0.0/lib/netcoreapp3.1/MahApps.Metro.xml @@ -0,0 +1,7471 @@ + + + + MahApps.Metro + + + + + This CommandTriggerAction can be used to bind any event on any FrameworkElement to an . + This trigger can only be attached to a FrameworkElement or a class deriving from FrameworkElement. + + This class is inspired from Laurent Bugnion and his EventToCommand. + http://www.mvvmlight.net + See license.txt in this solution or http://www.galasoft.ch/license_MIT.txt + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Gets or sets the command that this trigger is bound to. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Gets or sets an object that will be passed to the attached to this trigger. + + + + + Gets or sets the bindable Password property on the PasswordBox control. This is a dependency property. + + + + + Handles changes to the 'Password' attached property. + + + + + Handle the 'PasswordChanged'-event on the PasswordBox + + + + + Called after the behavior is attached to an AssociatedObject. + + + Override this to hook up functionality to the AssociatedObject. + + + + + Called when the behavior is being detached from its AssociatedObject, but before it has actually occurred. + + + Override this to unhook functionality from the AssociatedObject. + + + + + The DependencyProperty for the ' OnDataContextChanged property. + + With the OnDataContextChanged property the Reload behavior of the MetroContentControl can be switched on or off. + If the property is set to true, the transition of the is triggered again when the DataContext is changed. + + + + + Helper for getting from . + + If the property is set to true, the transition of the is triggered again when the DataContext is changed. + + to read from. + OnDataContextChanged property value. + + + + Helper for setting on . + + If the property is set to true, the transition of the is triggered again when the DataContext is changed. + + to set on. + OnDataContextChanged property value. + + + + The DependencyProperty for the ' and ' OnSelectedTabChanged property. + + With the OnSelectedTabChanged property the Reload behavior of the control can be switched on or off. + If the property is set to true, the transition is triggered again when the SelectionChanged event of a TabControl was raised. + + + + + Helper for getting from . + + If the property is set to true, the transition is triggered again when the SelectionChanged event of a TabControl was raised. + + to read from. + OnSelectedTabChanged property value. + + + + Helper for setting on . + + If the property is set to true, the transition is triggered again when the SelectionChanged event of a TabControl was raised. + + to set on. + OnSelectedTabChanged property value. + + + + + Sets the first TabItem with Visibility="" as + the SelectedItem of the TabControl. + + + If there is no visible TabItem, null is set as the SelectedItem + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Represents a border whose contents are clipped within the bounds + of the border. The border may have rounded corners. + + + + + BorderThickness Dependency Property + + + + + Gets or sets the BorderThickness property. This dependency property + indicates the BorderThickness. + + + + + Checks if the given Thickness is valid or not + + Thickness + + + + + Padding Dependency Property + + + + + Gets or sets the Padding property. This dependency property + indicates the Padding. + + + + + CornerRadius Dependency Property + + + + + Gets or sets the CornerRadius property. This dependency property + indicates the CornerRadius of the border. + + + + + Checks if the given CornerRadius is valid or not + + CornerRadius + + + + + BorderBrush Dependency Property + + + + + Gets or sets the BorderBrush property. This dependency property + indicates the BorderBrush with which the Border is drawn. + + + + + Background Dependency Property + + + + + Gets or sets the Background property. This dependency property + indicates the Background with which the Background is drawn. + + + + + OptimizeClipRendering Dependency Property + + + + + Gets or sets the OptimizeClipRendering property. This dependency property + indicates whether the rendering of the clip should be optimized. When set to true, + In order to optimize the rendering of the clipped Child, + the background is rendered with the same brush as the border. Any other brush set for + the background will be ignored. The Child will be rendered on top of it. + This is done to prevent any gaps between the border the the clipped Child (this is + evidently visible if both the Border and the Child are of same color). + This works best when the Child does not have any level of transparency and is opaque. + + + + + Updates DesiredSize of the ClipBorder. Called by parent UIElement. This is the first pass of layout. + + + Border determines its desired size it needs from the specified border the child: its sizing + properties, margin, and requested size. + + Constraint size is an "upper limit" that the return value should not exceed. + The Decorator's desired size. + + + + ClipBorder computes the position of its single child and applies its child's alignments to the child. + + + The size reserved for this element by the parent + The actual ink area of the element, typically the same as finalSize + + + + Here the ClipBorder's Child, Border and Background are rendered. + + Drawing Context + + + + Generates a StreamGeometry. + + An already opened StreamGeometryContext. + Rectangle for geomentry conversion. + The core points of the border which needs to be used to create + the geometry + Result geometry. + + + + Encapsulates the details of each of the core points of the border which is calculated + based on the given CornerRadius, BorderThickness, Padding and a flag to indicate whether + the inner or outer border is to be calculated. + + CornerRadius + BorderThickness + Padding + Flag to indicate whether outer or inner border needs + to be calculated + + + + A few very useful extension methods + + + + + Returns whether or not two doubles are "close". + + The first double to compare. + The second double to compare. + + bool - the result of the AreClose comparision. + + + + + Returns whether or not the first double is less than the second double. + + The first double to compare. + The second double to compare. + + bool - the result of the LessThan comparision. + + + + + Returns whether or not the first double is greater than the second double. + + The first double to compare. + The second double to compare. + + bool - the result of the GreaterThan comparision. + + + + + Returns whether or not the double is "close" to 1. Same as AreClose(double, 1), + but this is faster. + + The double to compare to 1. + + bool - the result of the AreClose comparision. + + + + + IsZero - Returns whether or not the double is "close" to 0. Same as AreClose(double, 0), + but this is faster. + + The double to compare to 0. + + bool - the result of the AreClose comparision. + + + + + Compares two points for fuzzy equality. This function + helps compensate for the fact that double values can + acquire error when operated upon + + The first point to compare + The second point to compare + Whether or not the two points are equal + + + + Compares two Size instances for fuzzy equality. This function + helps compensate for the fact that double values can + acquire error when operated upon + + The first size to compare + The second size to compare + Whether or not the two Size instances are equal + + + + Compares two Vector instances for fuzzy equality. This function + helps compensate for the fact that double values can + acquire error when operated upon + + The first Vector to compare + The second Vector to compare + Whether or not the two Vector instances are equal + + + + Compares two rectangles for fuzzy equality. This function + helps compensate for the fact that double values can + acquire error when operated upon + + The first rectangle to compare + The second rectangle to compare + Whether or not the two rectangles are equal + + + + Faster check for NaN ( faster than double.IsNaN() ) + IEEE 754 : If the argument is any value in the range 0x7ff0000000000001L through 0x7fffffffffffffffL + or in the range 0xfff0000000000001L through 0xffffffffffffffffL, the result will be NaN. + + Value to check + + + + + Rounds the given value based on the DPI scale + + Value to round + DPI Scale + + + + + Verifies if this Thickness contains only valid values + The set of validity checks is passed as parameters. + + Thickness value + allows negative values + allows Double.NaN + allows Double.PositiveInfinity + allows Double.NegativeInfinity + Whether or not the thickness complies to the range specified + + + + Method to add up the left and right size as width, as well as the top and bottom size as height + + Thickness + Size + + + + Verifies if the Thickness contains only zero values + + Thickness + Size + + + + Verifies if all the values in Thickness are same + + Thickness + true if yes, otherwise false + + + + Verifies if this CornerRadius contains only valid values + The set of validity checks is passed as parameters. + + CornerRadius value + allows negative values + allows Double.NaN + allows Double.PositiveInfinity + allows Double.NegativeInfinity + Whether or not the CornerRadius complies to the range specified + + + + Verifies if the CornerRadius contains only zero values + + CornerRadius + Size + + + + Verifies if the CornerRadius contains same values + + CornerRadius + true if yes, otherwise false + + + + Deflates rectangle by given thickness + + Rectangle + Thickness + Deflated Rectangle + + + + Inflates rectangle by given thickness + + Rectangle + Thickness + Inflated Rectangle + + + + Verifies if the given brush is a SolidColorBrush and + its color does not include transparency. + + Brush + true if yes, otherwise false + + + + Verifies if the given brush is the same as the otherBrush. + + Brush + Brush + true if yes, otherwise false + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Gets or sets the character casing of the Content. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Determine if the inner ContentPresenter should use AccessText in its style + + + + + This custom popup is used by the validation error template. + It provides some additional nice features: + - repositioning if host-window size or location changed + - repositioning if host-window gets maximized and vice versa + - it's only topmost if the host-window is activated + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Gets or sets whether if the popup can be closed by left mouse button down. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Gets or sets whether the validation error text will be shown when hovering the validation triangle. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Gets or sets the that this object is reserving space for. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Gets whether the popup can be shown (useful for transitions). + + + + + Called when a cell has just switched to edit mode. + + A reference to element returned by GenerateEditingElement. + The event args of the input event that caused the cell to go into edit mode. May be null. + The unedited value of the cell. + + + + Synchronizes the column property. Taken from Helper code for DataGrid. + + + + + Taken from Helper code for DataGrid. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Gets or sets the formatting for the displaying value. + + + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + The font family of the desired font. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + The size of the desired font. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + The style of the desired font. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + The weight or thickness of the desired font. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + An brush that describes the foreground color. This overrides the cell foreground inherited color. + + + + + Method used as property changed callback for properties which need RefreshCellContent to be called + + + + + Rebuilds the contents of a cell in the column in response to a binding change. + + The cell to update. + The name of the column property that has changed. + + + + The base class for dialogs. + + You probably don't want to use this class, if you want to add arbitrary content to your dialog, + use the class. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Gets or sets the left and right margin for the dialog content. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Gets or sets the width for the dialog content. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Gets or sets the title of the dialog. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Gets or sets the content above the dialog. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Gets or sets the content below the dialog. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Gets or sets the font size of the dialog title. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Gets or sets the font size of the dialog message text. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Gets or sets the font size of any dialog buttons. + + + + + Initializes a new . + + The window that is the parent of the dialog. + The settings for the message dialog. + + + + Initializes a new . + + + + + + + + With this method it's possible to return your own settings in a custom dialog. + + + + + + + This is called in the loaded event. + + + + + Waits for the dialog to become ready for interaction. + + A task that represents the operation and it's status. + + + + Requests an externally shown Dialog to close. Will throw an exception if the Dialog is inside of a MetroWindow. + + + + + A last chance virtual method for stopping an external dialog from closing. + + + + + + Gets the window that owns the current Dialog IF AND ONLY IF the dialog is shown externally. + + + + + Gets the window that owns the current Dialog IF AND ONLY IF the dialog is shown inside of a window. + + + + + Waits until this dialog gets unloaded. + + + + + + An implementation of BaseMetroDialog allowing arbitrary content. + + + + + Gets the default instance if the dialog coordinator, which can be injected into a view model. + + + + + Creates a LoginDialog inside of the current window. + + The window that is the parent of the dialog. + The title of the LoginDialog. + The message contained within the LoginDialog. + Optional settings that override the global metro dialog settings. + The text that was entered or null (Nothing in Visual Basic) if the user cancelled the operation. + + + + Creates a InputDialog inside of the current window. + + The MetroWindow + The title of the MessageDialog. + The message contained within the MessageDialog. + Optional settings that override the global metro dialog settings. + The text that was entered or null (Nothing in Visual Basic) if the user cancelled the operation. + + + + Creates a MessageDialog inside of the current window. + + The MetroWindow + The title of the MessageDialog. + The message contained within the MessageDialog. + The type of buttons to use. + Optional settings that override the global metro dialog settings. + A task promising the result of which button was pressed. + + + + Creates a ProgressDialog inside of the current window. + + The MetroWindow + The title of the ProgressDialog. + The message within the ProgressDialog. + Determines if the cancel button is visible. + Optional Settings that override the global metro dialog settings. + A task promising the instance of ProgressDialogController for this operation. + + + + Adds a Metro Dialog instance to the specified window and makes it visible asynchronously. + If you want to wait until the user has closed the dialog, use + You have to close the resulting dialog yourself with . + + The owning window of the dialog. + The dialog instance itself. + An optional pre-defined settings instance. + A task representing the operation. + The is already visible in the window. + + + + Adds a Metro Dialog instance of the given type to the specified window and makes it visible asynchronously. + If you want to wait until the user has closed the dialog, use + You have to close the resulting dialog yourself with . + + The owning window of the dialog. + An optional pre-defined settings instance. + A task with the dialog representing the operation. + + + + Hides a visible Metro Dialog instance. + + The window with the dialog that is visible. + The dialog instance to hide. + An optional pre-defined settings instance. + A task representing the operation. + + The is not visible in the window. + This happens if hasn't been called before. + + + + + Gets the current shown dialog in async way. + + The dialog owner. + + + + Create and show an external dialog. + + The dialog which will be shown externally. + The owner for the external window. If it's null the main window will be use. + The delegate for customizing dialog window. It can be null. + The given dialog. + + + + Create and show an external modal dialog. + + The dialog which will be shown externally. + The owner for the external window. If it's null the main window will be use. + The delegate for customizing dialog window. It can be null. + The given dialog. + + + + Creates a LoginDialog outside of the current window. + + The window that is the parent of the dialog. + The title of the LoginDialog. + The message contained within the LoginDialog. + Optional settings that override the global metro dialog settings. + The text that was entered or null (Nothing in Visual Basic) if the user cancelled the operation. + + + + Creates a InputDialog outside of the current window. + + The MetroWindow + The title of the MessageDialog. + The message contained within the MessageDialog. + Optional settings that override the global metro dialog settings. + The text that was entered or null (Nothing in Visual Basic) if the user cancelled the operation. + + + + Creates a MessageDialog ouside of the current window. + + The MetroWindow + The title of the MessageDialog. + The message contained within the MessageDialog. + The type of buttons to use. + Optional settings that override the global metro dialog settings. + A task promising the result of which button was pressed. + + + + Use the dialog coordinator to help you interfact with dialogs from a view model. + + + + + Shows the input dialog. + + Typically this should be the view model, which you register in XAML using . + The title of the MessageDialog. + The message contained within the MessageDialog. + Optional settings that override the global metro dialog settings. + The text that was entered or null (Nothing in Visual Basic) if the user cancelled the operation. + + + + Shows the input dialog. + + Typically this should be the view model, which you register in XAML using . + The title of the MessageDialog. + The message contained within the MessageDialog. + Optional settings that override the global metro dialog settings. + The text that was entered or null (Nothing in Visual Basic) if the user cancelled the operation. + + + + Creates a LoginDialog inside of the current window. + + Typically this should be the view model, which you register in XAML using . + The title of the LoginDialog. + The message contained within the LoginDialog. + Optional settings that override the global metro dialog settings. + The text that was entered or null (Nothing in Visual Basic) if the user cancelled the operation. + + + + Creates a LoginDialog outside of the current window. + + Typically this should be the view model, which you register in XAML using . + The title of the LoginDialog. + The message contained within the LoginDialog. + Optional settings that override the global metro dialog settings. + The text that was entered or null (Nothing in Visual Basic) if the user cancelled the operation. + + + + Creates a MessageDialog inside of the current window. + + Typically this should be the view model, which you register in XAML using . + The title of the MessageDialog. + The message contained within the MessageDialog. + The type of buttons to use. + Optional settings that override the global metro dialog settings. + A task promising the result of which button was pressed. + + + + Creates a MessageDialog outside of the current window. + + Typically this should be the view model, which you register in XAML using . + The title of the MessageDialog. + The message contained within the MessageDialog. + The type of buttons to use. + Optional settings that override the global metro dialog settings. + A task promising the result of which button was pressed. + + + + Creates a ProgressDialog inside of the current window. + + Typically this should be the view model, which you register in XAML using . + The title of the ProgressDialog. + The message within the ProgressDialog. + Determines if the cancel button is visible. + Optional Settings that override the global metro dialog settings. + A task promising the instance of ProgressDialogController for this operation. + + + + Adds a Metro Dialog instance to the specified window and makes it visible asynchronously. + You have to close the resulting dialog yourself with . + + Typically this should be the view model, which you register in XAML using . + The dialog instance itself. + An optional pre-defined settings instance. + A task representing the operation. + The is already visible in the window. + + + + Hides a visible Metro Dialog instance. + + Typically this should be the view model, which you register in XAML using . + The dialog instance to hide. + An optional pre-defined settings instance. + A task representing the operation. + + The is not visible in the window. + This happens if hasn't been called before. + + + + + Gets the current shown dialog. + + Typically this should be the view model, which you register in XAML using . + + + + InputDialog + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + InitializeComponent + + + + + LoginDialog + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + InitializeComponent + + + + + An internal control that represents a message dialog. Please use MetroWindow.ShowMessage instead! + + + MessageDialog + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + InitializeComponent + + + + + An enum representing the result of a Message Dialog. + + + + + An enum representing the different button states for a Message Dialog. + + + + + Just "OK" + + + + + "OK" and "Cancel" + + + + + An enum representing the different choices for a color scheme in a Metro Dialog. + + + + + A class that represents the settings used by Metro Dialogs. + + + + + Gets or sets wheater the owner of the dialog can be closed. + + + + + Gets or sets the text used for the Affirmative button. For example: "OK" or "Yes". + + + + + Enable or disable dialog hiding animation + "True" - play hiding animation. + "False" - skip hiding animation. + + + + + Enable or disable dialog showing animation. + "True" - play showing animation. + "False" - skip showing animation. + + + + + Gets or sets a token to cancel the dialog. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the metro dialog should use the default black/white appearance (theme) or try to use the current accent. + + + + + Gets or sets a custom resource dictionary which can contains custom styles, brushes or something else. + + + + + Gets or sets which button should be focused by default + + + + + Gets or sets the default text (just the inputdialog needed) + + + + + Gets or sets the size of the dialog message font. + + + The size of the dialog message font. + + + + + Gets or sets the size of the dialog button font. + + + The size of the dialog button font. + + + + + Gets or sets the dialog result when the user cancelled the dialog with 'ESC' key + + If the value is the default behavior is determined + by the . + + + + +
+ + + + +
+
+ + + Gets or sets the size of the dialog title font. + + + The size of the dialog title font. + + + + + Gets or sets the text used for the first auxiliary button. + + + + + Gets or sets the maximum height. (Default is unlimited height, Double.NaN) + + + + + Gets or sets the text used for the Negative button. For example: "Cancel" or "No". + + + + + Gets or sets the text used for the second auxiliary button. + + + + + An internal control that represents a message dialog. Please use MetroWindow.ShowMessage instead! + + + ProgressDialog + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + InitializeComponent + + + + + A class for manipulating an open ProgressDialog. + + + + + This event is raised when the associated was closed programmatically. + + + + + This event is raised when the associated was cancelled by the user. + + + + + Gets if the Cancel button has been pressed. + + + + + Gets if the wrapped ProgressDialog is open. + + + + + Sets the ProgressBar's IsIndeterminate to true. To set it to false, call SetProgress. + + + + + Sets if the Cancel button is visible. + + + + + + Sets the dialog's progress bar value and sets IsIndeterminate to false. + + The percentage to set as the value. + + + + Gets/Sets the minimum restriction of the progress Value property. + + + + + Gets/Sets the maximum restriction of the progress Value property. + + + + + Sets the dialog's message content. + + The message to be set. + + + + Sets the dialog's title. + + The title to be set. + + + + Sets the dialog's progress bar brush. + + The brush to use for the progress bar's foreground. + + + + Begins an operation to close the ProgressDialog. + + A task representing the operation. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Whether or not the "popup" menu for this control is currently open + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Gets or sets an extra tag. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Gets or sets the orientation of children stacking. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Gets or sets the content for the icon part. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Gets or sets the DataTemplate for the icon part. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Gets or sets the command to invoke when the content button is pressed. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Gets or sets the element on which to raise the specified command. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Gets or sets the parameter to pass to the command property. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Gets or sets the content of this control. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Gets or sets the data template used to display the content of the DropDownButton. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Gets or sets a template selector that enables an application writer to provide custom template-selection logic. + + + This property is ignored if is set. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Gets or sets a composite string that specifies how to format the content property if it is displayed as a string. + + + This property is ignored if is set. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Gets or sets the button content style. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Gets or sets the "popup" menu style. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Gets or sets the foreground brush for the button arrow icon. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Gets or sets the foreground brush of the button arrow icon if the mouse is over the drop down button. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Gets or sets the foreground brush of the button arrow icon if the arrow button is pressed. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Gets or sets the visibility of the button arrow icon. + + + + + + + Invoked when the property changes. + Information about the change. + + + + Executes the specified action asynchronously with the DispatcherPriority.Background on the thread that the Dispatcher was created on. + + The dispatcher object where the action runs. + An action that takes no parameters. + The dispatcher priority. + + + + Executes the specified action if the element is loaded or at the loaded event if it's not loaded. + + The element where the action should be run. + An action that takes no parameters. + + + + A control that imitate a slide show with back/forward buttons. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Gets or sets the border brush of the mouse hover effect. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the border for mouse over effect is enabled or not. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Gets or sets the border thickness for the border of the mouse hover effect. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the navigation is circular, so you get the first after last and the last before first. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Gets or sets the position of the navigation buttons. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Gets or sets the orientation of the navigation. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Gets or sets the transition of the left navigation. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Gets or sets the transition of the right navigation. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Gets or sets the transition of the up navigation. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Gets or sets the transition of the down navigation. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Gets or sets whether the banner is visible or not. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Gets or sets whether the navigation button are visible or not. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Gets or sets the banner text. + + + + + To counteract the double Loaded event issue. + + + + + Coerce SelectedIndexProperty's value. + + The object that the property exists on. + The new value of the property, prior to any coercion attempt. + The coerced value (with appropriate type). + + + + Changes the current slide to the previous item. + + + + + Changes the current to the next item. + + + + + Brings the control buttons (next/previous) into view. + + + + + Removes the control buttons (next/previous) from view. + + + + + Applies actions to navigation buttons. + + Action applied to the previous button. + Action applied to the next button. + Action applied to the inactive buttons. + Any action is null. + + + + Computes the transition when changing selected index. + + Previous selected index. + New selected index. + + + + Sets the visibility of navigation buttons. + + Visibility of active buttons. + + + + Gets the navigation buttons. + + Previous button. + Next button. + Inactive buttons. + + + + A sliding panel control that is hosted in a MetroWindow via a FlyoutsControl. + + + + + + + An event that is raised when IsOpen changes. + + + + + An event that is raised when the opening animation has finished. + + + + + An event that is raised when the closing animation has finished. + + + + + Gets/sets if the title is visible in this flyout. + + + + + Gets/sets if the close button is visible in this flyout. + + + + + Gets/sets if the close button is a cancel button in this flyout. + + + + + Gets/sets a command which will be executed if the close button was clicked. + Note that this won't execute when is set to false. + + + + + Gets/sets the command parameter which will be passed by the CloseCommand. + + + + + Gets/sets whether this flyout is visible. + + + + + Gets/sets whether this flyout uses the open/close animation when changing the property. (default is true) + + + + + Gets/sets whether this flyout animates the opacity of the flyout when opening/closing. + + + + + Gets/sets whether this flyout stays open when the user clicks outside of it. + + + + + Gets/sets the mouse button that closes the flyout on an external mouse click. + + + + + Gets/sets whether this flyout is modal. + + + + + Gets/sets this flyout's position in the FlyoutsControl/MetroWindow. + + + + + Gets or sets the theme of this flyout. + + + + + Gets or sets the focused element. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the flyout should auto close after AutoCloseInterval has passed. + + + + + Gets or sets the time in milliseconds when the flyout should auto close. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the flyout should try focus an element. + + + + + A FlyoutsControl is for displaying flyouts in a MetroWindow. + + + + + + Gets/sets whether is ignored and all flyouts behave as if it was set to the value of this property. + + + + + Gets/sets whether is ignored and all flyouts behave as if it was set false. + + + + + Adapts the Flyout's theme to the theme of its host window. + + + + + Adapts the Flyout's theme to the theme of its host window, but inverted. + This theme can only be applied if the host window's theme abides the "Dark" and "Light" affix convention. + (see for more infos. + + + + + The dark theme. This is the default theme. + + + + + The flyouts theme will match the host window's accent color. + + + + + Represents an icon that uses a glyph from the specified font. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Gets or sets the character code that identifies the icon glyph. + + The hexadecimal character code for the icon glyph. + + + + The HamburgerMenu is based on a SplitView control. By default it contains a HamburgerButton and a ListView to display menu items. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Override default OnApplyTemplate to capture children controls + + + + Identifies the routed event. + + + + Event raised when an item is clicked + + + + Identifies the routed event. + + + + Event raised when an options' item is clicked + + + + Identifies the routed event. + + + + Event raised when an item is invoked + + + + Identifies the routed event. + + + + Event raised when the hamburger button is clicked + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Gets or sets the Style used for the hamburger button. + + + + + Gets or sets a template for the hamburger button. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Gets or sets a template for the hamburger pane header. + + + + + Gets or sets main button's width. + + + + + Gets or sets main button's height. + + + + + Gets or sets main button's margin. + + + + + Gets or sets main button's visibility. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Gets or sets an object source used to generate the content of the options. + + + + + Gets or sets the Style used for each item in the options. + + + + + Gets or sets the DataTemplate used to display each item in the options. + + + + + Gets or sets the DataTemplateSelector used to display each item in the options. + + + + + Gets the collection used to generate the content of the option list. + + + Exception thrown if OptionsListView is not yet defined. + + + + + Gets or sets the visibility of the options menu. + + + + + Gets or sets the selected options menu item. + + + + + Gets or sets the selected options menu index. + + + + + Gets or sets a command which will be executed if an options item is clicked by the user. + + + + + Gets or sets the command parameter which will be passed by the OptionsItemCommand. + + + + + Executes the options item command which can be set by the user. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Gets or sets the minimum width of the pane when it's fully expanded. + + + The minimum width of the pane when it's fully expanded. The default is 320 device-independent + pixel (DIP). + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Gets or sets the maximum width of the pane when it's fully expanded. + + + The maximum width of the pane when it's fully expanded. The default is 320 device-independent + pixel (DIP). + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Gets or Sets if the open pane can be resized by the user. The default value is false. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Gets or Sets the for the resizing Thumb (type of ) + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Gets or sets the width of the pane when it's fully expanded. + + + + + Gets or sets a value that specifies whether the pane is shown on the right or left side of the control. + + + + + Gets or sets a value that specifies how the pane and content areas are shown. + + + + + Gets or sets the width of the pane in its compact display mode. + + + + + Gets or sets the margin for the pane. + + + + + Gets or sets the margin for the pane header. + + + + + Gets or sets the Brush to apply to the background of the Pane area of the control. + + + + + Gets or sets the Brush to apply to the foreground of the Pane area of the control. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the pane is expanded to its full width. + + + + + Gets or sets an object source used to generate the content of the menu. + + + + + Gets or sets the Style used for each item. + + + + + Gets or sets the Style used for each header item. + + + + + Gets or sets the Style used for each separator item. + + + + + Gets or sets the DataTemplate used to display each item. + + + + + Gets or sets the DataTemplateSelector used to display each item. + + + + + Gets the collection used to generate the content of the items list. + + + Exception thrown if ButtonsListView is not yet defined. + + + + + Gets or sets the selected menu item. + + + + + Gets or sets the selected menu index. + + + + + Gets or sets a command which will be executed if an item is clicked by the user. + + + + + Gets or sets the command parameter which will be passed by the ItemCommand. + + + + + Gets or sets wheather the ScrollBar of the HamburgerMenu is on the left side or on the right side. + + + + + Gets or sets wheather a selection indicator will be shown on the HamburgerMenuItem. + + + + + Gets or sets the default FocusVisualStyle for a HamburgerMenuItem. + This style can be override at the HamburgerMenuItem style by setting the FocusVisualStyle property. + + + + + Executes the item command which can be set by the user. + + + + + EventArgs used for the ItemClick and OptionsItemClick event. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Gets the clicked item + + + + + RoutedEventHandler used for the ItemClick and OptionsItemClick event. + + + + + EventArgs used for the ItemInvoked event. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Gets the invoked item + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether the invoked item is an options item + + + + + RoutedEventHandler used for the ItemInvoked event. + + + + + The HamburgerMenuGlyphItem provides a glyph based implementation for HamburgerMenu entries. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Gets or sets a value that specifies the glyph to use from Segoe MDL2 Assets font. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Gets or sets a value that specifies label to display. + + + + + The HamburgerMenuIconItem provides an icon based implementation for HamburgerMenu entries. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Gets or sets a value that specifies an user specific object which can be used as icon. + + + + + The HamburgerMenuImageItem provides an image based implementation for HamburgerMenu entries. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Gets or sets a value that specifies a bitmap to display with an Image control. + + + + + The HamburgerMenuItem provides an implementation for HamburgerMenu entries. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Gets or sets a value that specifies label to display. + + + + + Gets or sets a value that specifies the page to navigate to (if you use the HamburgerMenu with a Frame content) + + + + + Gets or sets a command which will be executed if an item is clicked by the user. + + + + + Gets or sets the command parameter which will be passed by the Command. + + + + + Gets or sets the element on which to raise the specified command. + + + Element on which to raise a command. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether this item is enabled in the user interface (UI). This is a dependency property. + + + true if the item is enabled; otherwise, false. The default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets a value that specifies ToolTip to display. + + + + + Executes the command which can be set by the user. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Gets or sets a value that specifies an user specific value. + + + + + Gets or sets the value indicating whether this element is visible in the user interface (UI). This is a dependency property. + + + true if the item is visible, otherwise false. The default value is true. + + + + + The HamburgerMenuItemCollection provides typed collection of HamburgerMenuItemBase. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether which item container style will be used for the HamburgerMenuItem. + + + + + + + + The HamburgerMenuSeparatorItem provides an separator based implementation for HamburgerMenu entries. + + + + + Gets or sets a value that specifies label to display. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether this item is enabled in the user interface (UI). + + + true if the item is enabled; otherwise, false. The default value is true. + + + + + Represents an hour comparison operation that ensures that 12 is smaller than 1. + This ensures that in the control the first hour that is selectable is 12 (AM/PM). + + + This ensures that the first hour that is selectable is 12 (AM/PM).

+ This comparer is used only if in the corresponding the value for is false. +
+
+ + + Gets the size of the CheckBox itself. + + + + + Sets the size of the CheckBox itself. + + + + + Gets the stroke thickness of the CheckBox itself. + + + + + Sets the stroke thickness of the CheckBox itself. + + + + + Gets the Glyph for IsChecked = false. + + + + + Sets the Glyph for IsChecked = false. + + + + + Gets the GlyphTemplate for IsChecked = false. + + + + + Sets the GlyphTemplate for IsChecked = false. + + + + + Gets the Foreground for IsChecked = false. + + + + + Sets the Foreground for IsChecked = false. + + + + + Gets the Background for IsChecked = false. + + + + + Sets the Background for IsChecked = false. + + + + + Gets the BorderBrush for IsChecked = false. + + + + + Sets the BorderBrush for IsChecked = false. + + + + + Gets the check BackgroundBrush for IsChecked = false. + + + + + Sets the BackgroundBrush for IsChecked = false. + + + + + Gets the check BorderBrush for IsChecked = false. + + + + + Sets the check BorderBrush for IsChecked = false. + + + + + Gets the check Foreground for IsChecked = false. + + + + + Sets the check Foreground for IsChecked = false. + + + + + Gets the Foreground for IsChecked = false, IsMouseOver = true. + + + + + Sets the Foreground for IsChecked = false, IsMouseOver = true. + + + + + Gets the Background for IsChecked = false, IsMouseOver = true. + + + + + Sets the Background for IsChecked = false, IsMouseOver = true. + + + + + Gets the BorderBrush for IsChecked = false, IsMouseOver = true. + + + + + Sets the BorderBrush for IsChecked = false, IsMouseOver = true. + + + + + Gets the check BackgroundBrush for IsChecked = false, IsMouseOver = true. + + + + + Sets the BackgroundBrush for IsChecked = false, IsMouseOver = true. + + + + + Gets the check BorderBrush for IsChecked = false, IsMouseOver = true. + + + + + Sets the check BorderBrush for IsChecked = false, IsMouseOver = true. + + + + + Gets the check Foreground for IsChecked = false, IsMouseOver = true. + + + + + Sets the check Foreground for IsChecked = false, IsMouseOver = true. + + + + + Gets the Foreground for IsChecked = false, IsPressed = true. + + + + + Sets the Foreground for IsChecked = false, IsPressed = true. + + + + + Gets the Background for IsChecked = false, IsPressed = true. + + + + + Sets the Background for IsChecked = false, IsPressed = true. + + + + + Gets the BorderBrush for IsChecked = false, IsPressed = true. + + + + + Sets the BorderBrush for IsChecked = false, IsPressed = true. + + + + + Gets the check BackgroundBrush for IsChecked = false, IsPressed = true. + + + + + Sets the BackgroundBrush for IsChecked = false, IsPressed = true. + + + + + Gets the check BorderBrush for IsChecked = false, IsPressed = true. + + + + + Sets the check BorderBrush for IsChecked = false, IsPressed = true. + + + + + Gets the check Foreground for IsChecked = false, IsPressed = true. + + + + + Sets the check Foreground for IsChecked = false, IsPressed = true. + + + + + Gets the Foreground for IsChecked = false, IsEnabled = false. + + + + + Sets the Foreground for IsChecked = false, IsEnabled = false. + + + + + Gets the Background for IsChecked = false, IsEnabled = false. + + + + + Sets the Background for IsChecked = false, IsEnabled = false. + + + + + Gets the BorderBrush for IsChecked = false, IsEnabled = false. + + + + + Sets the BorderBrush for IsChecked = false, IsEnabled = false. + + + + + Gets the check BackgroundBrush for IsChecked = false, IsEnabled = false. + + + + + Sets the BackgroundBrush for IsChecked = false, IsEnabled = false. + + + + + Gets the check BorderBrush for IsChecked = false, IsEnabled = false. + + + + + Sets the check BorderBrush for IsChecked = false, IsEnabled = false. + + + + + Gets the check Foreground for IsChecked = false, IsEnabled = false. + + + + + Sets the check Foreground for IsChecked = false, IsEnabled = false. + + + + + Gets the Glyph for IsChecked = true. + + + + + Sets the Glyph for IsChecked = true. + + + + + Gets the GlyphTemplate for IsChecked = true. + + + + + Sets the GlyphTemplate for IsChecked = true. + + + + + Gets the Foreground for IsChecked = true. + + + + + Sets the Foreground for IsChecked = true. + + + + + Gets the Background for IsChecked = true. + + + + + Sets the Background for IsChecked = true. + + + + + Gets the BorderBrush for IsChecked = true. + + + + + Sets the BorderBrush for IsChecked = true. + + + + + Gets the check Background for IsChecked = true. + + + + + Sets the check Background for IsChecked = true. + + + + + Gets the check BorderBrush for IsChecked = true. + + + + + Sets the check BorderBrush for IsChecked = true. + + + + + Gets the check glyph Foreground for IsChecked = true. + + + + + Sets the check glyph Foreground for IsChecked = true. + + + + + Gets the Foreground for IsChecked = true, IsMouseOver = true. + + + + + Sets the Foreground for IsChecked = true, IsMouseOver = true. + + + + + Gets the Background for IsChecked = true, IsMouseOver = true. + + + + + Sets the Background for IsChecked = true, IsMouseOver = true. + + + + + Gets the BorderBrush for IsChecked = true, IsMouseOver = true. + + + + + Sets the BorderBrush for IsChecked = true, IsMouseOver = true. + + + + + Gets the check Background for IsChecked = true, IsMouseOver = true. + + + + + Sets the check Background for IsChecked = true, IsMouseOver = true. + + + + + Gets the check BorderBrush for IsChecked = true, IsMouseOver = true. + + + + + Sets the check BorderBrush for IsChecked = true, IsMouseOver = true. + + + + + Gets the check glyph Foreground for IsChecked = true, IsMouseOver = true. + + + + + Sets the check glyph Foreground for IsChecked = true, IsMouseOver = true. + + + + + Gets the Foreground for IsChecked = true, IsPressed = true. + + + + + Sets the Foreground for IsChecked = true, IsPressed = true. + + + + + Gets the Background for IsChecked = true, IsPressed = true. + + + + + Sets the Background for IsChecked = true, IsPressed = true. + + + + + Gets the BorderBrush for IsChecked = true, IsPressed = true. + + + + + Sets the BorderBrush for IsChecked = true, IsPressed = true. + + + + + Gets the check Background for IsChecked = true, IsPressed = true. + + + + + Sets the check Background for IsChecked = true, IsPressed = true. + + + + + Gets the check BorderBrush for IsChecked = true, IsPressed = true. + + + + + Sets the check BorderBrush for IsChecked = true, IsPressed = true. + + + + + Gets the check glyph Foreground for IsChecked = true, IsPressed = true. + + + + + Sets the check glyph Foreground for IsChecked = true, IsPressed = true. + + + + + Gets the Foreground for IsChecked = true, IsEnabled = false. + + + + + Sets the Foreground for IsChecked = true, IsEnabled = false. + + + + + Gets the Background for IsChecked = true, IsEnabled = false. + + + + + Sets the Background for IsChecked = true, IsEnabled = false. + + + + + Gets the BorderBrush for IsChecked = true, IsEnabled = false. + + + + + Sets the BorderBrush for IsChecked = true, IsEnabled = false. + + + + + Gets the check Background for IsChecked = true, IsEnabled = false. + + + + + Sets the check Background for IsChecked = true, IsEnabled = false. + + + + + Gets the check BorderBrush for IsChecked = true, IsEnabled = false. + + + + + Sets the check BorderBrush for IsChecked = true, IsEnabled = false. + + + + + Gets the check glyph Foreground for IsChecked = true, IsEnabled = false. + + + + + Sets the check glyph Foreground for IsChecked = true, IsEnabled = false. + + + + + Gets the Glyph for IsChecked = null. + + + + + Sets the Glyph for IsChecked = null. + + + + + Gets the GlyphTemplate for IsChecked = null. + + + + + Sets the GlyphTemplate for IsChecked = null. + + + + + Gets the Foreground for IsChecked = null. + + + + + Sets the Foreground for IsChecked = null. + + + + + Gets the Background for IsChecked = null. + + + + + Sets the Background for IsChecked = null. + + + + + Gets the BorderBrush for IsChecked = null. + + + + + Sets the BorderBrush for IsChecked = null. + + + + + Gets the glyph BackgroundBrush for IsChecked = null. + + + + + Sets the glyph BackgroundBrush for IsChecked = null. + + + + + Gets the glyph BorderBrush for IsChecked = null. + + + + + Sets the glyph BorderBrush for IsChecked = null. + + + + + Gets the glyph Foreground for IsChecked = null. + + + + + Sets the glyph Foregorund for IsChecked = null. + + + + + Gets the Foreground for IsChecked = null, IsMouseOver = true. + + + + + Sets the Foreground for IsChecked = null, IsMouseOver = true. + + + + + Gets the Background for IsChecked = null, IsMouseOver = true. + + + + + Sets the Background for IsChecked = null, IsMouseOver = true. + + + + + Gets the BorderBrush for IsChecked = null, IsMouseOver = true. + + + + + Sets the BorderBrush for IsChecked = null, IsMouseOver = true. + + + + + Gets the glyph BackgroundBrush for IsChecked = null, IsMouseOver = true. + + + + + Sets the glyph BackgroundBrush for IsChecked = null, IsMouseOver = true. + + + + + Gets the glyph BorderBrush for IsChecked = null, IsMouseOver = true. + + + + + Sets the glyph BorderBrush for IsChecked = null, IsMouseOver = true. + + + + + Gets the glyph Foreground for IsChecked = null, IsMouseOver = true. + + + + + Sets the glyph Foregorund for IsChecked = null, IsMouseOver = true. + + + + + Gets the Foreground for IsChecked = null, IsPressed = true. + + + + + Sets the Foreground for IsChecked = null, IsPressed = true. + + + + + Gets the Background for IsChecked = null, IsPressed = true. + + + + + Sets the Background for IsChecked = null, IsPressed = true. + + + + + Gets the BorderBrush for IsChecked = null, IsPressed = true. + + + + + Sets the BorderBrush for IsChecked = null, IsPressed = true. + + + + + Gets the glyph BackgroundBrush for IsChecked = null, IsPressed = true. + + + + + Sets the glyph BackgroundBrush for IsChecked = null, IsPressed = true. + + + + + Gets the glyph BorderBrush for IsChecked = null, IsPressed = true. + + + + + Sets the glyph BorderBrush for IsChecked = null, IsPressed = true. + + + + + Gets the glyph Foreground for IsChecked = null, IsPressed = true. + + + + + Sets the glyph Foregorund for IsChecked = null, IsPressed = true. + + + + + Gets the Foreground for IsChecked = null, IsEnabled = false. + + + + + Sets the Foreground for IsChecked = null, IsEnabled = false. + + + + + Gets the Background for IsChecked = null, IsEnabled = false. + + + + + Sets the Background for IsChecked = null, IsEnabled = false. + + + + + Gets the BorderBrush for IsChecked = null, IsEnabled = false. + + + + + Sets the BorderBrush for IsChecked = null, IsEnabled = false. + + + + + Gets the glyph BackgroundBrush for IsChecked = null, IsEnabled = false. + + + + + Sets the glyph BackgroundBrush for IsChecked = null, IsEnabled = false. + + + + + Gets the glyph BorderBrush for IsChecked = null, IsEnabled = false. + + + + + Sets the glyph BorderBrush for IsChecked = null, IsEnabled = false. + + + + + Gets the glyph Foreground for IsChecked = null, IsEnabled = false. + + + + + Sets the glyph Foregorund for IsChecked = null, IsEnabled = false. + + + + + A helper class that provides various attached properties for the control. + + + + + Gets the Maximum number of characters the TextBox can accept. + + + + + Sets the Maximum number of characters the TextBox can accept. + + + + + Gets the Character casing of the TextBox. + + + + + Sets the Character casing of the TextBox. + + + + + A helper class that provides various controls. + + + + + Gets the value to handle the visibility of the DisabledVisualElement in the template. + + + + + Sets the value to handle the visibility of the DisabledVisualElement in the template. + + + + + The DependencyProperty for the CharacterCasing property. + Controls whether or not content is converted to upper or lower case + + + + + Gets the character casing of the control + + + + + Sets the character casing of the control + + + + + Gets the value if the inner ContentPresenter use AccessText in its style. + + + + + Sets the value if the inner ContentPresenter should use AccessText in its style. + + + + + Gets the brush used to draw the focus border. + + + + + Sets the brush used to draw the focus border. + + + + + Gets the brush used to draw the focus border. + + + + + Sets the brush used to draw the focus border. + + + + + Gets the brush used to draw the mouse over brush. + + + + + Sets the brush used to draw the mouse over brush. + + + + + DependencyProperty for property. + + + + + The CornerRadius property allows users to control the roundness of the button corners independently by + setting a radius value for each corner. Radius values that are too large are scaled so that they + smoothly blend from corner to corner. (Can be used e.g. at MetroButton style) + Description taken from original Microsoft description :-D + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the child contents of the control are not editable. + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether the child contents of the control are not editable. + + + + + Sets a value indicating whether the child contents of the control are not editable. + + + + + Gets the ElementStyle for the autogenerated DataGridCheckBoxColumn. + + + + + Sets the ElementStyle for the autogenerated DataGridCheckBoxColumn. + + + + + Gets the EditingElementStyle for the autogenerated DataGridCheckBoxColumn. + + + + + Sets the EditingElementStyle for the autogenerated DataGridCheckBoxColumn. + + + + + Gets the EditingElementStyle for the autogenerated DataGridTextColumn. + + + + + Sets the EditingElementStyle for the autogenerated DataGridTextColumn. + + + + + Gets the padding inside the cell. + + + + + Sets the padding inside the cell. + + + + + Gets the padding inside the column. + + + + + Sets the padding inside the column. + + + + + Gets a value which indicates the preview cell editing is enabled or not. + + + + + Sets a value which indicates the preview cell editing is enabled or not. + + + + + Gets the value to define the selection behavior. + + + + + Sets the value to define the selection behavior. + + + + + Gets the content of the DropDown Button. + + + + + Sets the content of the DropDown Button. + + + + + Gets the data template used to display the content of the DropDown Button. + + + + + Sets the data template used to display the content of the DropDown Button. + + + + + Gets the font family of the desired font. + + + + + Sets the font family of the desired font. + + + + + Gets the size of the desired font. + + + + + Sets the size of the desired font. + + + + + A helper class that provides various attached properties for the Expander control. + + + + + + Gets the toggle button style used for the ExpandDirection Up. + + + + + Sets the toggle button style used for the ExpandDirection Up. + + + + + Gets the toggle button style used for the ExpandDirection Down. + + + + + Sets the toggle button style used for the ExpandDirection Down. + + + + + Gets the toggle button style used for the ExpandDirection Left. + + + + + Sets the toggle button style used for the ExpandDirection Left. + + + + + Gets the toggle button style used for the ExpandDirection Right. + + + + + Sets the toggle button style used for the ExpandDirection Right. + + + + + The DependencyProperty for the ' ExpandStoryboard property. + + If the Storyboard is set, the expanded event applies this to the inner grid. + + + + + Helper for getting from . + + If the Storyboard is set, the expanded event applies this to the inner grid. + + to read from. + ExpandStoryboard property value. + + + + Helper for setting on . + + If the Storyboard is set, the expanded event applies this to the inner grid. + + to set on. + ExpandStoryboard property value. + + + + The DependencyProperty for the ' CollapseStoryboard property. + + If the Storyboard is set, the collapsed event applies this to the inner grid. + + + + + Helper for getting from . + + If the Storyboard is set, the collapsed event applies this to the inner grid. + + to read from. + CollapseStoryboard property value. + + + + Helper for setting on . + + If the Storyboard is set, the collapsed event applies this to the inner grid. + + to set on. + CollapseStoryboard property value. + + + + Gets the value of the Foreground for the header. + + + + + Sets the value of the Foreground for the header. + + + + + Gets the value of the Background for the header. + + + + + Sets the value of the Background for the header. + + + + + Gets the value of the FontFamily for the header. + + + + + Sets the value of the FontFamily for the header. + + + + + Gets the value of the FontSize for the header. + + + + + Sets the value of the FontSize for the header. + + + + + Gets the value of the FontStretch for the header. + + + + + Sets the value of the FontStretch for the header. + + + + + Gets the value of the FontWeight for the header. + + + + + Sets the value of the FontWeight for the header. + + + + + Gets or sets the outer margin for the header. + + + + + Sets or sets the outer margin for the header. + + + + + Gets the horizontal alignment of the header. + + + + + Sets the horizontal alignment of the header. + + + + + Gets the vertical alignment of the header. + + + + + Sets the vertical alignment of the header. + + + + + Gets or sets the background brush which will be used for the active selected item (if the keyboard focus is within). + + + + + Gets the brush the background brush which will be used for the active selected item (if the keyboard focus is within). + + + + + Sets the brush the background brush which will be used for the active selected item (if the keyboard focus is within). + + + + + Gets or sets the foreground brush which will be used for the active selected item (if the keyboard focus is within). + + + + + Gets the brush the foreground brush which will be used for the active selected item (if the keyboard focus is within). + + + + + Sets the brush the foreground brush which will be used for the active selected item (if the keyboard focus is within). + + + + + Gets or sets the background brush which will be used for a selected item. + + + + + Gets the background brush which will be used for a selected item. + + + + + Sets the background brush which will be used for a selected item. + + + + + Gets or sets the foreground brush which will be used for a selected item. + + + + + Gets the foreground brush which will be used for a selected item. + + + + + Sets the foreground brush which will be used for a selected item. + + + + + Gets or sets the background brush which will be used for an mouse hovered item. + + + + + Gets the background brush which will be used for an mouse hovered item. + + + + + Sets the background brush which will be used for an mouse hovered item. + + + + + Gets or sets the background brush which will be used for an mouse hovered and selected item. + + + + + Gets the background brush which will be used for an mouse hovered and selected item. + + + + + Sets the background brush which will be used for an mouse hovered and selected item. + + + + + Gets or sets the background brush which will be used for selected disabled items. + + + + + Gets the background brush which will be used for selected disabled items. + + + + + Sets the background brush which will be used for selected disabled items. + + + + + Gets or sets the foreground brush which will be used for selected disabled items. + + + + + Gets the foreground brush which will be used for selected disabled items. + + + + + Sets the foreground brush which will be used for selected disabled items. + + + + + Gets or sets the background brush which will be used for disabled items. + + + + + Gets the background brush which will be used for disabled items. + + + + + Sets the background brush which will be used for disabled items. + + + + + Gets or sets the foreground brush which will be used for disabled items. + + + + + Gets the foreground brush which will be used for disabled items. + + + + + Sets the foreground brush which will be used for disabled items. + + + + + Change the value of the slider if the user rotates the mouse wheel by the value defined for + + + + + Change the value of the slider if the user rotates the mouse wheel by the value defined for + + + + + Do not change the value of the slider if the user rotates the mouse wheel. + + + + + Change the value of the slider only if the control is focused. + + + + + Changes the value of the slider if the mouse pointer is over this element. + + + + + Defines a helper class for selected items binding on collections with multiselector elements + + + + + Handles disposal and creation of old and new bindings + + + + + Gets the selected items property binding + + + + + Sets the selected items property binding + + + + + Gets the for a binding + + + + + Sets the for a bining + + + + + Defines a binding between multi selector and property + + + + + Creates an instance of + + The selector of this binding + The bound collection + + + + Registers the event handlers for selector and collection changes + + + + + Unregisters the event handlers for selector and collection changes + + + + + Updates the collection with changes made in the selector + + + + + Updates the selector with changes made in the collection + + + + + Gets the content of the RevealButton. + + + + + Sets the content of the RevealButton. + + + + + Gets the data template used to display the content of the RevealButton. + + + + + Sets the data template used to display the content of the RevealButton. + + + + + Gets the StrokeThickness of the RadioButton itself. + + + + + Sets the StrokeThickness of the RadioButton itself. + + + + + Identifies the VerticalScrollBarOnLeftSide attached property. + This property can be used to set vertical scrollbar left side from the tabpanel (look at MetroAnimatedSingleRowTabControl) + + + + Helper for getting from . + to read from. + VerticalScrollBarOnLeftSide property value. + + + Helper for setting on . + to set on. + VerticalScrollBarOnLeftSide property value. + + + + Identifies the IsHorizontalScrollWheelEnabled attached property. + + + + Helper for getting from . + to read from. + IsHorizontalScrollWheelEnabled property value. + + + Helper for setting on . + to set on. + IsHorizontalScrollWheelEnabled property value. + + + + This property can be used to trigger the call to a command when the user reach the end of the vertical scrollable area. + + + + Helper for getting from . + to read from. + EndOfVerticalScrollReachedCommand property value. + + + Helper for setting on . + to set on. + EndOfVerticalScrollReachedCommand property value. + + + + This property can be used to trigger the call to a command when the user reach the end of the horizontal scrollable area. + + + + Helper for getting from . + to read from. + EndOfHorizontalScrollReachedCommand property value. + + + Helper for setting on . + to set on. + EndOfHorizontalScrollReachedCommand property value. + + + + This property can be used to provide a command parameter to the command called when reaching the end of the vertical or horizontal scrollable area. + + + + Helper for getting from . + to read from. + EndOfScrollReachedCommandParameter property value. + + + Helper for setting on . + to set on. + EndOfScrollReachedCommandParameter property value. + + + + Gets or sets the brush of the thumb. + + + + + Gets the brush of the thumb. + + + + + Sets the brush of the thumb. + + + + + Gets or sets the brush of the thumb if the mouse is over the slider. + + + + + Gets the brush of the thumb if the mouse is over the slider. + + + + + Sets the brush of the thumb if the mouse is over the slider. + + + + + Gets or sets the brush of the thumb if the mouse button is pressed. + + + + + Gets the brush of the thumb if the mouse button is pressed. + + + + + Sets the brush of the thumb if the mouse button is pressed. + + + + + Gets or sets the brush of the thumb if the slider is disabled. + + + + + Gets the brush of the thumb if the slider is disabled. + + + + + Sets the brush of the thumb if the slider is disabled. + + + + + Gets or sets the brush of the track. + + + + + Gets the brush of the track. + + + + + Sets the brush of the track. + + + + + Gets or sets the brush of the track if the mouse is over the slider. + + + + + Gets the brush of the track if the mouse is over the slider. + + + + + Sets the brush of the track if the mouse is over the slider. + + + + + Gets or sets the brush of the track if the mouse button is pressed. + + + + + Gets the brush of the track if the mouse button is pressed. + + + + + Sets the brush of the track if the mouse button is pressed. + + + + + Gets or sets the brush of the track if the slider is disabled. + + + + + Gets the brush of the track if the slider is disabled. + + + + + Sets the brush of the track if the slider is disabled. + + + + + Gets or sets the brush of the track value. + + + + + Gets the brush of the track value. + + + + + Sets the brush of the track value. + + + + + Gets or sets the brush of the track value if the mouse is over the slider. + + + + + Gets the brush of the track value if the mouse is over the slider. + + + + + Sets the brush of the track value if the mouse is over the slider. + + + + + Gets or sets the brush of the track value if the mouse button is pressed. + + + + + Gets the brush of the track value if the mouse button is pressed. + + + + + Sets the brush of the track value if the mouse button is pressed. + + + + + Gets or sets the brush of the track value if the slider is disabled. + + + + + Gets the brush of the track value if the slider is disabled. + + + + + Sets the brush of the track value if the slider is disabled. + + + + + Gets/Sets the type how the value will be changed if the user rotates the mouse wheel. + + + + + Gets/Sets the type how the value will be changed if the user rotates the mouse wheel. + + + + + Gets/Sets the value when the slider will be changed. Possible values are if the slider is focused or if the mouse is over the slider. + + + + + Gets/Sets the value when the slider will be changed. Possible values are if the slider is focused or if the mouse is over the slider. + + + + + Specifies the underline position of a TabControl. + + + + Sets the Style and Template property to null. + + Removing a TabItem in code behind can produce such nasty output + System.Windows.Data Warning: 4 : Cannot find source for binding with reference 'RelativeSource FindAncestor, AncestorType='System.Windows.Controls.TabControl', AncestorLevel='1''. BindingExpression:Path=Background; DataItem=null; target element is 'TabItem' (Name=''); target property is 'Background' (type 'Brush') + or + System.Windows.Data Error: 4 : Cannot find source for binding with reference 'RelativeSource FindAncestor, AncestorType='System.Windows.Controls.TabControl', AncestorLevel='1''. BindingExpression:Path=(0); DataItem=null; target element is 'TabItem' (Name=''); target property is 'UnderlineBrush' (type 'Brush') + + This is a timing problem in WPF of the binding mechanism itself. + + To avoid this, we can set the Style and Template to null. + + + + Identifies the CloseButtonEnabled attached property. + + + + + Gets whether a close button should be visible or not. + + + + + Sets whether a close button should be visible or not. + + + + + Identifies the CloseTabCommand attached property. + + + + + Gets a command for the TabItem which executes if the TabItem will be closed. + + + + + Sets a command for the TabItem which executes if the TabItem will be closed. + + + + + Identifies the CloseTabCommandParameter attached property. + + + + + Gets a command parameter for the TabItem that will be passed to the CloseTabCommand. + + + + + Sets a command parameter for the TabItem that will be passed to the CloseTabCommand. + + + + + Defines whether the underline below the or is shown or not. + + + + + Defines the underline brush below the or . + + + + + Defines the underline brush below the or of an selected item. + + + + + Defines the underline brush below the or if the mouse is over an item. + + + + + Defines the underline brush below the or if the mouse is over a selected item. + + + + + This property can be used to set the Transition for animated TabControls + + + + + Defines the position of the Underline + + + + + A helper class that provides various attached properties for the TextBox control. + + + Password watermarking code from: http://prabu-guru.blogspot.com/2010/06/how-to-add-watermark-text-to-textbox.html + + + + + The clear text button behavior property. It sets a click event to the button if the value is true. + + + + + This property can be used to set the button width (PART_ClearText) of TextBox, PasswordBox, ComboBox, NumericUpDown + + + + + This property can be used to retrieve the watermark using the of bound property. + + + Setting this property to true will uses reflection. + + + + + Indicates if a TextBox or RichTextBox should use SpellCheck context menu + + + + + Indicates if the watermark is automatically retrieved by using the of the bound property. + + This attached property uses reflection; thus it might reduce the performance of the application. + The auto-watermak does work for the following controls: + In the following case no custom watermark is shown + + There is no binding + Binding path errors + Binding to a element of a collection without using a property of that element Binding Path=Collection[0] use: Binding Path=Collection[0].SubProperty + The bound property does not have a + + + + + Gets a value that indicates the horizontal alignment of the watermark. + + + One of the values that specifies the desired alignment. The default is . + + + + + Sets a value that indicates the horizontal alignment of the watermark. + + + + + Gets the text trimming behavior to employ when watermark overflows the content area. + + + One of the values that specifies the text trimming behavior to employ. The default is . + + + + + Sets the text trimming behavior to employ when watermark overflows the content area. + + + + + Gets how the watermark should wrap text. + + One of the values. The default is . + + + + + Sets how the watermark should wrap text. + + + + + Gets if the attached TextBox has text. + + + + + Gets the clear text button visibility / feature. Can be used to enable text deletion. + + + + + Sets the clear text button visibility / feature. Can be used to enable text deletion. + + + + + Gets the text button visibility. + + + + + Sets the text button visibility. + + + + + Gets the buttons placement variant. + + + + + Sets the buttons placement variant. + + + + + Gets the clear text button behavior. + + + + + Sets the clear text button behavior. + + + + + ButtonContentTemplate is the template used to display the content of the ClearText button. + + + + + This property can be used to handle the style for CheckBox and RadioButton + LeftToRight means content left and button right and RightToLeft vise versa + + + + + This property can be used to handle the style for CheckBox and RadioButton + LeftToRight means content left and button right and RightToLeft vise versa + + + + + Gets the toggle button style used for the TreeViewItem expander. + + + + + Sets the toggle button style used for the TreeViewItem expander. + + + + + Identifies the CloseOnMouseLeftButtonDown attached property. + + + + + Gets whether if the popup can be closed by left mouse button down. + + + + + Sets whether if the popup can be closed by left mouse button down. + + + + + Identifies the ShowValidationErrorOnMouseOver attached property. + + + + + Gets whether the validation error text will be shown when hovering the validation triangle. + + + + + Sets whether the validation error text will be shown when hovering the validation triangle. + + + + + Represents the base class for an icon UI element. + + + + + A MetroTabControl (Pivot) that wraps TabItem/MetroTabItem headers on a single row. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the MahApps.Metro.Controls.MetroAnimatedSingleRowTabControl class. + + + + + A MetroTabControl (Pivot) that uses a TransitioningContentControl to animate the contents of a TabItem/MetroTabItem. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the MahApps.Metro.Controls.MetroAnimatedTabControl class. + + + + + A ContentControl which use a transition to slide in the content. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Gets or sets whether the reverse version of the transition should be used. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Gets or sets the value if a transition should be used or not. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Gets or sets whether the transition should be used only at the loaded event of the control. + + + + Identifies the routed event. + + + + The event which will be fired when the transition starts. + + + + Identifies the routed event. + + + + The event which will be fired when the transition ends. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Gets whether if the content is transitioning. + + + + + Execute the transition again. + + + + + + + + Creates AutomationPeer () + + + + + The MetroHeaderAutomationPeer class exposes the type to UI Automation. + + + + + A reimplementation of NavigationWindow based on MetroWindow. + + + + MetroNavigationWindow + + + + + Gets an IEnumerable that you use to enumerate the entries in back navigation history for a NavigationWindow. + + + + + + Gets an IEnumerable that you use to enumerate the entries in back navigation history for a NavigationWindow. + + + + + + Gets the NavigationService that is used by this MetroNavigationWindow to provide navigation services to its content. + + + + + + Gets a value that indicates whether there is at least one entry in back navigation history. + + + + + + Gets a value that indicates whether there is at least one entry in forward navigation history. + + + + + + Gets or sets the base uniform resource identifier (URI) of the current context. + + + + + + Gets or sets the uniform resource identifier (URI) of the current content, or the URI of new content that is currently being navigated to. + + + + + + Adds an entry to back navigation history that contains a CustomContentState object. + + A CustomContentState object that represents application-defined state that is associated with a specific piece of content. + + + + + Removes the most recent journal entry from back history. + + The most recent JournalEntry in back navigation history, if there is one. + + + + + Navigates to the most recent item in back navigation history. + + + + + + Navigates to the most recent item in forward navigation history. + + + + + + Navigates asynchronously to content that is contained by an object. + + An Object that contains the content to navigate to. + true if a navigation is not canceled; otherwise, false. + + + + + Navigates asynchronously to content that is specified by a uniform resource identifier (URI). + + A Uri object initialized with the URI for the desired content. + true if a navigation is not canceled; otherwise, false. + + + + + Navigates asynchronously to content that is contained by an object, and passes an object that contains data to be used for processing during navigation. + + An Object that contains the content to navigate to. + A Object that contains data to be used for processing during navigation. + true if a navigation is not canceled; otherwise, false. + + + + + Navigates asynchronously to source content located at a uniform resource identifier (URI), and pass an object that contains data to be used for processing during navigation. + + A Uri object initialized with the URI for the desired content. + A Object that contains data to be used for processing during navigation. + true if a navigation is not canceled; otherwise, false. + + + + + Stops further downloading of content for the current navigation request. + + + + + + Occurs when navigation to a content fragment begins, which occurs immediately, if the desired fragment is in the current content, or after the source XAML content has been loaded, if the desired fragment is in different content. + + + + + + Occurs when a new navigation is requested. + + + + + + Occurs when an error is raised while navigating to the requested content. + + + + + + Occurs periodically during a download to provide navigation progress information. + + + + + + Occurs when the StopLoading method is called, or when a new navigation is requested while a current navigation is in progre + + + + + + Occurs when the content that is being navigated to has been found, and is available from the PageContent property, although it may not have completed loading + + + + + + Occurs when content that was navigated to has been loaded, parsed, and has begun rendering. + + + + + + InitializeComponent + + + + + A metrofied ProgressBar. + + + + + + Gets/sets the diameter of the ellipses used in the indeterminate animation. + + + + + Gets/sets the offset of the ellipses used in the indeterminate animation. + + + + + A standard MetroTabControl (Pivot). + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the MahApps.Metro.Controls.MetroTabControl class. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + A base class for every MetroTabControl (Pivot). + + + + + Get/sets the command that executes when a MetroTabItem's close button is clicked. + + + + + An event that is raised when a TabItem is closed. + + + + + Event args that is created when a TabItem is closed. + + + + + Gets the MetroTabItem that will be closed. + + + + + An extended TabItem with a metro style. + + + + + Gets/sets whether the Close Button is visible. + + + + + Gets/sets the command that is executed when the Close Button is clicked. + + + + + Gets/sets the command parameter which is passed to the close button command. + + + + + Gets/sets the Close Button Margin. + + + + + The MetroThumbContentControl control can be used for titles or something else and enables basic drag movement functionality. + + + + + Adds or remove a DragStartedEvent handler + + + + + Adds or remove a DragDeltaEvent handler + + + + + Adds or remove a DragCompletedEvent handler + + + + + DependencyProperty for the IsDragging property. + + + + + Indicates that the left mouse button is pressed and is over the MetroThumbContentControl. + + + + + The MetroThumbContentControlAutomationPeer class exposes the type to UI Automation. + + + + + An extended, metrofied Window class. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Allows easy handling of window commands brush. Theme is also applied based on this brush. + + + + + Gets/sets whether the window's entrance transition animation is enabled. + + + + + Gets/sets the FlyoutsControl that hosts the window's flyouts. + + + + + Gets/sets the icon content template to show a custom icon. + + + + + Gets/sets the title content template to show a custom title. + + + + + Gets/sets the left window commands that hosts the user commands. + + + + + Gets/sets the right window commands that hosts the user commands. + + + + + Gets/sets the window button commands that hosts the min/max/close commands. + + + + + Defines if the Taskbar should be ignored when maximizing a Window. + This only works with WindowStyle = None. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Gets or sets resize border thickness. This enables animation, styling, binding, etc... + + + + + for . + + + + + Gets/sets if the border thickness value should be kept on maximize + if the MaxHeight/MaxWidth of the window is less than the monitor resolution. + + + + + for . + + + + + Gets or sets wether the resizing of the window should be tried in a way that does not cause flicker/jitter, especially when resizing from the left side. + + + Please note that setting this to true may cause resize lag and black areas appearing on some systems. + + + + + for . + + + + + Gets/sets the brush used for the titlebar's foreground. + + + + + Gets/sets whether the window will save it's position between loads. + + + + + Gets the window placement settings (can be overwritten). + + + + + Get/sets whether the titlebar icon is visible or not. + + + + + Get/sets whether dialogs show over the title bar. + + + + + Gets whether one or more dialogs are shown. + + + + + Gets/sets edge mode of the titlebar icon. + + + + + Gets/sets bitmap scaling mode of the titlebar icon. + + + + + Gets/sets icon scaling mode of the titlebar. + + + + + Gets/sets whether the TitleBar is visible or not. + + + + + Gets/sets whether the WindowStyle is None or not. + + + + + Gets or sets whether if the minimize button is visible and the minimize system menu is enabled. + + + + + Gets or sets whether if the maximize/restore button is visible and the maximize/restore system menu is enabled. + + + + + Gets or sets whether if the close button is visible. + + + + + Gets/sets if the min button is enabled. + + + + + Gets/sets if the max/restore button is enabled. + + + + + Gets/sets if the close button is enabled. + + + + + Gets or sets whether if the close button should be enabled or not if a dialog is shown. + + + + + Gets or sets a value that indicates whether the system menu should popup with left mouse click on the window icon. + + + + + Gets or sets a value that indicates whether the system menu should popup with right mouse click if the mouse position is on title bar or on the entire window if it has no title bar (and no title bar height). + + + + + Gets/sets the TitleBar's height. + + + + + Character casing of the title + + + + + Gets/sets the title horizontal alignment. + + + + + Gets/sets the brush used for the Window's title bar. + + + + + Gets/sets the brush used for the Window's glow. + + + + + Gets/sets the brush used for the Window's non-active glow. + + + + + Gets/sets the brush used for the Window's non-active border. + + + + + Gets/sets the brush used for the Window's non-active title bar. + + + + + Gets/sets the brush used for the dialog overlay. + + + + + Gets/sets the opacity used for the dialog overlay. + + + + + Gets or sets the brush used for the Flyouts overlay. + + + + + Gets or sets the overlay fade in storyboard. + + + + + Gets or sets the overlay fade out storyboard. + + + + + Begins to show the MetroWindow's overlay effect. + + A task representing the process. + + + + Begins to hide the MetroWindow's overlay effect. + + A task representing the process. + + + + Stores the given element, or the last focused element via FocusManager, for restoring the focus after closing a dialog. + + The element which will be focused again. + + + + Clears the stored element which would get the focus after closing a dialog. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the MahApps.Metro.Controls.MetroWindow class. + + + + + Initializes various behaviors for the window. + For example , and . + + + + + + + + Gets the template child with the given name. + + The interface type inheirted from DependencyObject. + The name of the template child. + + + + Gets the template child with the given name. + + The name of the template child. + + + + This class eats little children. + + + + + Sets the IsHitTestVisibleInChromeProperty to a MetroWindow template child + + The MetroWindow. + The name of the template child. + + + + + Sets the WindowChrome ResizeGripDirection to a MetroWindow template child. + + The MetroWindow. + The name of the template child. + The direction. + + + + Adapts the WindowCommands to the theme of the first opened, topmost && (top || right || left) flyout + + The MetroWindow + All the flyouts! Or flyouts that fall into the category described in the summary. + + + + Enum NumericInput which indicates what input is allowed for NumericUpdDown. + + + + + Only numbers are allowed + + + + + Numbers with decimal point and allowed scientific input + + + + + All is allowed + + + + + Represents a Windows spin box (also known as an up-down control) that displays numeric values. + + + + + Event fired from this NumericUpDown when its value has reached the maximum value + + + + + Event fired from this NumericUpDown when its value has reached the minimum value + + + + + Gets or sets the amount of time, in milliseconds, the NumericUpDown waits while the up/down button is pressed + before it starts increasing/decreasing the + for the specified . The value must be + non-negative. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the user can use the arrow keys and to change values. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the user can use the mouse wheel to change values. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the control must have the focus in order to change values using the mouse wheel. + + If the value is true then the value changes when the mouse wheel is over the control. If the value is false then the value changes only if the control has the focus. If is set to "false" then this property has no effect. + + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the user can enter text in the control. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the value will be changed directly on every TextBox text changed event or when using the Enter key. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating the culture to be used in string formatting operations. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the +/- button of the control is visible. + + + If the value is false then the of the control can be changed only if one of the following cases is satisfied: + + + is true. + + + is true. + + + is true. + + + + + + + Gets or sets whether the up and down buttons will got the focus when using them. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the text can be changed by the use of the up or down buttons only. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the value to be added to or subtracted from remains + always + or if it will increase faster after pressing the up/down button/arrow some time. + + + + + Gets or sets the formatting for the displaying + + + + + + + + Gets or sets the horizontal alignment of the contents of the text box. + + + + + Gets or sets which numeric input for the NumericUpDown is allowed. + + + + + Indicates if the NumericUpDown should round the value to the nearest possible interval when the focus moves to another element. + + + + + Gets or sets the parsing number style for the value from text to numeric. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the up down buttons are switched. + + + + + Called when this element or any below gets focus. + + + + + When overridden in a derived class, is invoked whenever application code or internal processes call + . + + + + + Raises the routed event. + + + Old value of the property + + + New value of the property + + + + + Doesn't overlay Flyouts nor a hidden TitleBar. + + + + + Overlays opened controls. + + + + + Overlays a hidden TitleBar. + + + + + Based on Greg Schechter's Planerator + http://blogs.msdn.com/b/greg_schechter/archive/2007/10/26/enter-the-planerator-dead-simple-3d-in-wpf-with-a-stupid-name.aspx + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + An Enum representing different positions, such as Left or Right. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + This delegate must used by handlers of the RangeSelectionChangedEvent event. + + The current element along the event's route. + The event arguments containing additional information about the event. + Nothing. + + + + This RangeSelectionChangedEventArgs class contains old and new value when + RangeSelectionChanged is raised. + + + + + + + Return the old lower value. + + + + + Return the new lower value. + + + + + Return the old upper value. + + + + + Return the new upper value. + + + + + This is an instance constructor for the RangeSelectionChangedEventArgs class. + + The old lower property value + The new lower property value + The old upper property value + The new upper property value + + + + This is an instance constructor for the RoutedPropertyChangedEventArgs class. + It is constructed with a reference to the event being raised. + + The old lower property value + The new lower property value + The old upper property value + The new upper property value + RoutedEvent + + + + This method is used to perform the proper type casting in order to + call the type-safe RoutedPropertyChangedEventHandler delegate for the IsCheckedChangedEvent event. + + The handler to invoke. + The current object along the event's route. + Nothing. + + + + A slider control with the ability to select a range between two values. + + + + Identifies the routed event. + + + Identifies the routed event. + + + Identifies the routed event. + + + Identifies the routed event. + + + Identifies the routed event. + + + Identifies the routed event. + + + Identifies the routed event. + + + Identifies the routed event. + + + Identifies the routed event. + + + Identifies the routed event. + + + Identifies the routed event. + + + Identifies the routed event. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Get/sets the end of the range selection. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Get/sets the beginning of the range selection. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Get/sets the minimum range that can be selected. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Get/sets the minimal distance between two thumbs. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Get/sets whether whole range will be moved when press on right/left/central part of control + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Get/sets whether possibility to make manipulations inside range with left/right mouse buttons + cotrol button + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Get/sets whether possibility to make manipulations inside range with left/right mouse buttons + cotrol button + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Gets or sets the orientation of the . + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Gets or sets the position of tick marks with respect to the of the . + + + A value that defines how to position the tick marks in a with respect to the slider bar. The default is . + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Gets or sets the interval between tick marks. + + + The distance between tick marks. The default is (1.0). + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Gets or sets the positions of the tick marks to display for a . + + A set of tick marks to display for a . The default is . + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Get or sets IsMoveToPoint feature which will enable/disable moving to exact point inside control when user clicked on it + Gets or sets a value that indicates whether the two of a moves immediately to the location of the mouse click that occurs while the mouse pointer pauses on the tracks. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Gets or sets whether a tooltip that contains the current value of the displays when the is pressed. If a tooltip is displayed, this property also specifies the placement of the tooltip. + + + One of the values that determines where to display the tooltip with respect to the of the , or that specifies to not show a tooltip. The default is , which specifies that a tooltip is not displayed. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Gets or sets the number of digits that are displayed to the right side of the decimal point for the of the in a tooltip. + + + The precision of the that displays in the tooltip, specified as the number of digits that appear to the right of the decimal point. The default is zero (0). + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Gets or sets a template for the auto tooltip to show the lower value. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Gets or sets a template for the auto tooltip to show the upper value. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Gets or sets a template for the auto tooltip to show the center value. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Get/sets value how fast thumbs will move when user press on left/right/central with left mouse button (IsMoveToPoint must be set to FALSE) + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Gets or sets a value that indicates whether the displays a selection range along the . + + + if a selection range is displayed; otherwise, . The default is . + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Gets or sets the smallest value of a specified selection for a . + + + The largest value of a selected range of values of a . The default is zero (0.0). + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Gets or sets the largest value of a specified selection for a . + + + The largest value of a selected range of values of a . The default is zero (0.0). + + + + + Responds to a change in the value of the property. + + The old value of the property.The new value of the property. + + + + Responds to a change in the value of the property. + + The old value of the property.The new value of the property. + + + + Gets the lower value of the range selection. + + + + + Gets the upper value of the range selection. + + + + + + + + RevealImage + + + + + InitializeComponent + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Gets or sets an extra tag. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Gets or sets the orientation of children stacking. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Gets or sets the content for the icon part. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Gets or sets the DataTemplate for the icon part. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Gets or sets the command to invoke when the content button is pressed. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Gets or sets the element on which to raise the specified command. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Gets or sets the parameter to pass to the command property. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Gets or sets the button content style. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Gets or sets the button arrow style. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Gets or sets the foreground brush for the button arrow icon. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Gets or sets the foreground brush of the button arrow icon if the mouse is over the split button. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Gets or sets the foreground brush of the button arrow icon if the arrow button is pressed. + + + + + A special animation used to animates the length of a . + + + + + + + Represents a container with two views; one view for the main content and another view that is typically used for + navigation commands. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Gets or sets the width of the pane in its compact display mode. + + + The width of the pane in it's compact display mode. The default is 48 device-independent pixel (DIP) (defined + by the SplitViewCompactPaneThemeLength resource). + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Gets or sets the contents of the main panel of a . + + The contents of the main panel of a . The default is null. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Gets of sets a value that specifies how the pane and content areas of a are shown. + + + A value of the enumeration that specifies how the pane and content areas of a are + shown. The default is . + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Gets or sets a value that specifies whether the pane is expanded to its full width. + + true if the pane is expanded to its full width; otherwise, false. The default is true. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Gets or sets a value that specifies the OverlayBrush + + The current OverlayBrush + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Gets or sets the width of the pane when it's fully expanded. + + + The width of the pane when it's fully expanded. The default is 320 device-independent + pixel (DIP). + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Gets or sets the minimum width of the pane when it's fully expanded. + + + The minimum width of the pane when it's fully expanded. The default is 320 device-independent + pixel (DIP). + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Gets or sets the maximum width of the pane when it's fully expanded. + + + The maximum width of the pane when it's fully expanded. The default is 320 device-independent + pixel (DIP). + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Gets or Sets if the open pane can be resized by the user. The default value is false. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Gets or Sets the for the resizing Thumb (type of ) + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Gets or sets the contents of the pane of a . + + The contents of the pane of a . The default is null. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Gets or sets the Brush to apply to the background of the area of the control. + + The Brush to apply to the background of the area of the control. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Gets or sets the Brush to apply to the foreground of the area of the control. + + The Brush to apply to the background of the area of the control. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Gets or sets a value that specifies whether the pane is shown on the right or left side of the + . + + + A value of the enumeration that specifies whether the pane is shown on the right or left side of the + . The default is . + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Gets an object that provides calculated values that can be referenced as TemplateBinding sources when defining + templates for a control. + + An object that provides calculated values for templates. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Occurs when the pane is closed. + + + + + Occurs when the pane is closing. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Constants that specify how the pane is shown in a . + + + + + The pane covers the content when it's open and does not take up space in the control layout. + + + + + The pane is shown side-by-side with the content and takes up space in the control layout. + + + + + The amount of the pane defined by the property is shown side-by-side + with the content and takes up space in the control layout. + The remaining part of the pane covers the content when it's open and does not take up space in the control layout. + + + + + The amount of the pane defined by the property is shown side-by-side + with the content and takes up space in the control layout. + The remaining part of the pane pushes the content to the side when it's open and takes up space in the control + layout. + + + + + Provides event data for the event. + + + + + Gets or sets a value that indicates whether the pane closing action should be canceled. + + true to cancel the pane closing action; otherwise, false. + + + + Constants that specify whether the pane is set to the left or to the right of the content in a + . + + + + + The pane is shown to the left of the content. + + + + + The pane is shown to the right of the content. + + + + + Provides calculated values that can be referenced as TemplatedParent sources when defining templates for a + . + Not intended for general use. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Gets the value as a GridLength. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Gets the negative of the value. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Gets the negative of the value calculated by subtracting the value from + the value. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Gets the value as a GridLength. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Gets the value. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Gets a value calculated by subtracting the value from the + value. + + + + + HorizontalTitleAlignment Dependency Property. + Default Value: HorizontalAlignment.Left + + + + + Gets/Sets the horizontal alignment of the title. + + + + + VerticalTitleAlignment Dependency Property. + Default Value: VerticalAlignment.Bottom + + + + + Gets/Sets the vertical alignment of the title. + + + + + Represents a control that allows the user to select a date and a time. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Gets or sets the last date to be displayed. + + The last date to display. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Gets or sets the date to display + + + The date to display. The default is . + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Gets or sets the first date to be displayed. + + The first date to display. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Gets or sets the day that is considered the beginning of the week. + + + A that represents the beginning of the week. The default is the + that is determined by the current culture. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Gets or sets a value that indicates whether the current date will be highlighted. + + true if the current date is highlighted; otherwise, false. The default is true. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Gets or sets the format that is used to display the selected date. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Gets or sets a value that indicates the dimension by which calendar and clock are stacked. + + + The of the calendar and clock. The default is + . + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Defines the visibility for time-parts that are visible for the . + + + + + Represents a control that allows the user to select a time. + + + + + + + + + + + Represents a base-class for time picking. + + + + + This list contains values from 0 to 55 with an interval of 5. It can be used to bind to and . + + + <MahApps:TimePicker SourceSeconds="{x:Static MahApps:TimePickerBase.IntervalOf5}" /> + <MahApps:DateTimePicker SourceSeconds="{x:Static MahApps:TimePickerBase.IntervalOf5}" /> + + + Returns a list containing {0, 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, 50, 55}. + + + + + This list contains values from 0 to 50 with an interval of 10. It can be used to bind to and . + + + <MahApps:TimePicker SourceSeconds="{x:Static MahApps:TimePickerBase.IntervalOf10}" /> + <MahApps:DateTimePicker SourceSeconds="{x:Static MahApps:TimePickerBase.IntervalOf10}" /> + + + Returns a list containing {0, 10, 20, 30, 40, 50}. + + + + + This list contains values from 0 to 45 with an interval of 15. It can be used to bind to and . + + + <MahApps:TimePicker SourceSeconds="{x:Static MahApps:TimePickerBase.IntervalOf15}" /> + <MahApps:DateTimePicker SourceSeconds="{x:Static MahApps:TimePickerBase.IntervalOf15}" /> + + + Returns a list containing {0, 15, 30, 45}. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Gets or sets a collection used to generate the content for selecting the hours. + + + A collection that is used to generate the content for selecting the hours. The default is a list of interger from 0 + to 23 if is false or a list of interger from + 1 to 12 otherwise.. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Gets or sets a collection used to generate the content for selecting the minutes. + + + A collection that is used to generate the content for selecting the minutes. The default is a list of int from + 0 to 59. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Gets or sets a collection used to generate the content for selecting the seconds. + + + A collection that is used to generate the content for selecting the minutes. The default is a list of int from + 0 to 59. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the drop-down for a box is currently + open. + + true if the drop-down is open; otherwise, false. The default is false. + + + + IsDropDownOpenProperty property changed handler. + + DatePicker that changed its IsDropDownOpen. + DependencyPropertyChangedEventArgs. + + + + This method is invoked when the changes. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the clock of this control is visible in the user interface (UI). This is a + dependency property. + + + If this value is set to false then is set to + + + + true if the clock is visible; otherwise, false. The default value is true. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the contents of the are not editable. + + + true if the is read-only; otherwise, false. The default is false. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating the visibility of the clock hands in the user interface (UI). + + + The visibility definition of the clock hands. The default is . + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating the culture to be used in string formatting operations. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating the visibility of the selectable date-time-parts in the user interface (UI). + + + visibility definition of the selectable date-time-parts. The default is . + + + + + Occurs when the property is changed. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Gets or sets the currently selected date and time. + + + The date and time which is currently selected. The default is null. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Gets or sets the format that is used to display the selected time. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Gets or sets a composite string that specifies how to format the hour items. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Gets or sets a composite string that specifies how to format the minute items. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Gets or sets a composite string that specifies how to format the second items. + + + + + This readonly dependency property is to control whether to show the date-picker (in case of ) or hide it (in case of . + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the date can be selected or not. This property is read-only. + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether the that is specified by the + + set by the ( if null) has not a value. + + + + + When overridden in a derived class, is invoked whenever application code or internal processes call + . + + + + + Gets the offset from the selected to use it in as hour + parameter. + + The current hour. + + An integer representing the offset to add to the hour that is selected in the hour-picker for setting the correct + . The offset is determined as follows: + + + ConditionOffset + + + is false0 + + + Selected hour is between 1 AM and 11 AM0 + + + Selected hour is 12 AM-12h + + + Selected hour is between 12 PM and 11 PM+12h + + + + + + + A control that allows the user to toggle between two states: One represents true; The other represents false. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Gets or sets the flow direction of the switch and content. + + + LeftToRight means content left and button right and RightToLeft vise versa. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Gets or sets the padding of the inner content. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Gets or sets a value that declares whether the state of the ToggleSwitch is "On". + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Provides the object content that should be displayed using the OnContentTemplate when this ToggleSwitch has state of "On". + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Gets or sets the DataTemplate used to display the control's content while in "On" state. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Gets or sets a template selector for OnContent property that enables an application writer to provide custom template-selection logic . + + + This property is ignored if is set. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Gets or sets a composite string that specifies how to format the OnContent property if it is displayed as a string. + + + This property is ignored if is set. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Provides the object content that should be displayed using the OffContentTemplate when this ToggleSwitch has state of "Off". + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Gets or sets the DataTemplate used to display the control's content while in "Off" state. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Gets or sets a template selector for OffContent property that enables an application writer to provide custom template-selection logic . + + + This property is ignored if is set. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Gets or sets a composite string that specifies how to format the OffContent property if it is displayed as a string. + + + This property is ignored if is set. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Gets or sets a command which will be executed when the changes. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Gets or sets a command which will be executed when the changes. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Gets or sets a command which will be executed when the changes. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Gets or sets the command parameter which will be passed by the Command. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Gets or sets the element on which to raise the specified Command. + + + Element on which to raise the Command. + + + + + Occurs when "On"/"Off" state changes for this ToggleSwitch. + + + + This method is invoked when the changes. + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + The associated with this . + + + + + + + + + + + + + enumeration for the different transition types + + + + + Use the VisualState DefaultTransition + + + + + Use the VisualState Normal + + + + + Use the VisualState UpTransition + + + + + Use the VisualState DownTransition + + + + + Use the VisualState RightTransition + + + + + Use the VisualState RightReplaceTransition + + + + + Use the VisualState LeftTransition + + + + + Use the VisualState LeftReplaceTransition + + + + + Use a custom VisualState, the name must be set using CustomVisualStatesName property + + + + + A ContentControl that animates content as it loads and unloads. + + + + + Gets or sets the name of the custom transition visual state. + + + + + Gets/sets if the content is transitioning. + + + + + Reload the current transition if the content is the same. + + + + + Helper methods for UI-related tasks. + This class was obtained from Philip Sumi (a fellow WPF Disciples blog) + http://www.hardcodet.net/uploads/2009/06/UIHelper.cs + + + + + Finds a parent of a given item on the visual tree. + + The type of the queried item. + A direct or indirect child of the + queried item. + The first parent item that matches the submitted + type parameter. If not matching item can be found, a null + reference is being returned. + + + + Finds all Ancestors of a given item on the visual tree. + + A node in a visual tree + All ancestors in visual tree of element + + + + Finds a Child of a given item in the visual tree. + + A direct parent of the queried item. + The type of the queried item. + x:Name or Name of child. + The first parent item that matches the submitted type parameter. + If not matching item can be found, + a null parent is being returned. + + + + This method is an alternative to WPF's + method, which also supports content elements. Keep in mind that for content element, + this method falls back to the logical tree of the element! + + The item to be processed. + The submitted item's parent, if available. Otherwise + null. + + + + Analyzes both visual and logical tree in order to find all elements of a given + type that are descendants of the item. + + The type of the queried items. + The root element that marks the source of the search. If the + source is already of the requested type, it will not be included in the result. + Sometimes it's better to search in the VisualTree (e.g. in tests) + All descendants of that match the requested type. + + + + This method is an alternative to WPF's + method, which also + supports content elements. Keep in mind that for content elements, + this method falls back to the logical tree of the element. + + The item to be processed. + Sometimes it's better to search in the VisualTree (e.g. in tests) + The submitted item's child elements, if available. + + + + Tries to locate a given item within the visual tree, + starting with the dependency object at a given position. + + The type of the element to be found + on the visual tree of the element at the given location. + The main element which is used to perform + hit testing. + The position to be evaluated on the origin. + + + + Get the working area size of the monitor from where the visual stays. + + The visual element to get the monitor information. + The working area size of the monitor. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Gets or sets the value indicating current light style for the minimize button. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Gets or sets the value indicating current light style for the maximize button. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Gets or sets the value indicating current light style for the close button. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Gets or sets the value indicating current dark style for the minimize button. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Gets or sets the value indicating current dark style for the maximize button. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Gets or sets the value indicating current dark style for the close button. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Gets or sets the value indicating current theme. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Gets or sets the minimize button tooltip. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Gets or sets the maximize button tooltip. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Gets or sets the close button tooltip. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Gets or sets the restore button tooltip. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Gets the window. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Gets or sets the value indicating the current theme. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Gets or sets the value indicating the light theme ControlTemplate. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Gets or sets the value indicating the light theme ControlTemplate. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Gets or sets the value indicating whether to show the separators or not. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Gets or sets the value indicating whether to show the last separator or not. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Gets or sets the value indicating the height of the separators. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Gets the window. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + Gets or sets the value indicating whether to show the separator. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + + + Doesn't overlay a hidden TitleBar. + + + + + Overlays a hidden TitleBar. + + + + + Refreshes the application settings property values from persistent storage. + + + + + Upgrades the application settings on loading. + + + + + Updates application settings to reflect a more recent installation of the application. + + + + + Stores the current values of the settings properties. + + + + + this settings class is the default way to save the placement of the window + + + + + Upgrades the application settings on loading. + + + + + Determining Ideal Text Color Based on Specified Background Color + http://www.codeproject.com/KB/GDI-plus/IdealTextColor.aspx + + The bg. + + + + + Converts a double representing either hour/minute/second to the corresponding angle. + + + + + Converts a CornerRadius to a new CornerRadius. It's possible to ignore a side with the IgnoreRadius property. + + + + + Converts the value from true to false and false to true. + + + + + The math operations which can be used at the + + + + + MathConverter provides a value converter which can be used for math operations. + It can be used for normal binding or multi binding as well. + If it is used for normal binding the given parameter will be used as operands with the selected operation. + If it is used for multi binding then the first and second binding will be used as operands with the selected operation. + This class cannot be inherited. + + + + + MathAddConverter provides a multi value converter as a MarkupExtension which can be used for math operations. + This class cannot be inherited. + + + + + MathSubtractConverter provides a multi value converter as a MarkupExtension which can be used for math operations. + This class cannot be inherited. + + + + + MathMultiplyConverter provides a multi value converter as a MarkupExtension which can be used for math operations. + This class cannot be inherited. + + + + + MathDivideConverter provides a multi value converter as a MarkupExtension which can be used for math operations. + This class cannot be inherited. + + + + + Use the radius of all corners. + + + + + Ignore the radius of the top-left and bottom-left corner. + + + + + Ignore the radius of the top-left and top-right corner. + + + + + Ignore the radius of the top-right and bottom-right corner. + + + + + Ignore the radius of the bottom-left and bottom-right corner. + + + + + Ignore the radius of the top-left corner. + + + + + Ignore radius of the top-right corner. + + + + + Ignore the radius of the bottom-right corner. + + + + + Ignore the radius of the bottom-left corner. + + + + + This Converter converts a given height or width of an control to a CornerRadius + + + + + Converts a String into a Visibility enumeration (and back) + The FalseEquivalent can be declared with the "FalseEquivalent" property + + + + + Initialize the properties with standard values + + + + + FalseEquivalent (default : Visibility.Collapsed => see Constructor) + + + + + Define whether the opposite boolean value is crucial (default : false) + + + + + Converts a Thickness to a new Thickness. It's possible to ignore a side with the IgnoreThicknessSide property. + + + + + Use all sides. + + + + + Ignore the left side. + + + + + Ignore the top side. + + + + + Ignore the right side. + + + + + Ignore the bottom side. + + + + Converts a value. + A converted value. If the method returns null, the valid null value is used. + The value produced by the binding source. + The type of the binding target property. + The converter parameter to use. + The culture to use in the converter. + + + Converts a value. + A converted value. If the method returns null, the valid null value is used. + The value that is produced by the binding target. + The type to convert to. + The converter parameter to use. + The culture to use in the converter. + + + + Implements a markup extension that supports static (XAML load time) resource references made from XAML. + + + + + Provides theme resources from Fluent.Ribbon. + + + + + +
+
diff --git a/dotnet/packages/MahApps.Metro.2.0.0/mahapps.metro.logo.png b/dotnet/packages/MahApps.Metro.2.0.0/mahapps.metro.logo.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..a806422f Binary files /dev/null and b/dotnet/packages/MahApps.Metro.2.0.0/mahapps.metro.logo.png differ diff --git a/dotnet/packages/Microsoft.Xaml.Behaviors.Wpf.1.1.19/.signature.p7s b/dotnet/packages/Microsoft.Xaml.Behaviors.Wpf.1.1.19/.signature.p7s new file mode 100644 index 00000000..d19ae9b0 Binary files /dev/null and b/dotnet/packages/Microsoft.Xaml.Behaviors.Wpf.1.1.19/.signature.p7s differ diff --git a/dotnet/packages/Microsoft.Xaml.Behaviors.Wpf.1.1.19/Microsoft.Xaml.Behaviors.Wpf.1.1.19.nupkg b/dotnet/packages/Microsoft.Xaml.Behaviors.Wpf.1.1.19/Microsoft.Xaml.Behaviors.Wpf.1.1.19.nupkg new file mode 100644 index 00000000..77c5924c Binary files /dev/null and b/dotnet/packages/Microsoft.Xaml.Behaviors.Wpf.1.1.19/Microsoft.Xaml.Behaviors.Wpf.1.1.19.nupkg differ diff --git a/dotnet/packages/Microsoft.Xaml.Behaviors.Wpf.1.1.19/lib/net45/Design/Microsoft.Xaml.Behaviors.Design.dll b/dotnet/packages/Microsoft.Xaml.Behaviors.Wpf.1.1.19/lib/net45/Design/Microsoft.Xaml.Behaviors.Design.dll new file mode 100644 index 00000000..553e663b Binary files /dev/null and b/dotnet/packages/Microsoft.Xaml.Behaviors.Wpf.1.1.19/lib/net45/Design/Microsoft.Xaml.Behaviors.Design.dll differ diff --git a/dotnet/packages/Microsoft.Xaml.Behaviors.Wpf.1.1.19/lib/net45/Microsoft.Xaml.Behaviors.dll b/dotnet/packages/Microsoft.Xaml.Behaviors.Wpf.1.1.19/lib/net45/Microsoft.Xaml.Behaviors.dll new file mode 100644 index 00000000..8555b892 Binary files /dev/null and b/dotnet/packages/Microsoft.Xaml.Behaviors.Wpf.1.1.19/lib/net45/Microsoft.Xaml.Behaviors.dll differ diff --git a/dotnet/packages/Microsoft.Xaml.Behaviors.Wpf.1.1.19/lib/net45/Microsoft.Xaml.Behaviors.pdb b/dotnet/packages/Microsoft.Xaml.Behaviors.Wpf.1.1.19/lib/net45/Microsoft.Xaml.Behaviors.pdb new file mode 100644 index 00000000..9464ccc5 Binary files /dev/null and b/dotnet/packages/Microsoft.Xaml.Behaviors.Wpf.1.1.19/lib/net45/Microsoft.Xaml.Behaviors.pdb differ diff --git a/dotnet/packages/Microsoft.Xaml.Behaviors.Wpf.1.1.19/lib/net45/Microsoft.Xaml.Behaviors.xml b/dotnet/packages/Microsoft.Xaml.Behaviors.Wpf.1.1.19/lib/net45/Microsoft.Xaml.Behaviors.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000..e2b9c8a4 --- /dev/null +++ b/dotnet/packages/Microsoft.Xaml.Behaviors.Wpf.1.1.19/lib/net45/Microsoft.Xaml.Behaviors.xml @@ -0,0 +1,2389 @@ + + + + Microsoft.Xaml.Behaviors + + + + + Represents a collection of IAttachedObject with a shared AssociatedObject and provides change notifications to its contents when that AssociatedObject changes. + + + + + The object on which the collection is hosted. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + Internal, because this should not be inherited outside this assembly. + + + + Called immediately after the collection is attached to an AssociatedObject. + + + + + Called when the collection is being detached from its AssociatedObject, but before it has actually occurred. + + + + + Called when a new item is added to the collection. + + The new item. + + + + Called when an item is removed from the collection. + + The removed item. + + + Cannot add the instance to a collection more than once. + + + + Gets the associated object. + + The associated object. + + + + Attaches to the specified object. + + The object to attach to. + The IAttachedObject is already attached to a different object. + + + + Detaches this instance from its associated object. + + + + + Encapsulates state information and zero or more ICommands into an attachable object. + + The type the can be attached to. + + Behavior is the base class for providing attachable state and commands to an object. + The types the Behavior can be attached to can be controlled by the generic parameter. + Override OnAttached() and OnDetaching() methods to hook and unhook any necessary handlers + from the AssociatedObject. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Gets the object to which this is attached. + + + + + Encapsulates state information and zero or more ICommands into an attachable object. + + This is an infrastructure class. Behavior authors should derive from Behavior<T> instead of from this class. + + + + The type to which this behavior can be attached. + + + + + Gets the object to which this behavior is attached. + + + + + Called after the behavior is attached to an AssociatedObject. + + Override this to hook up functionality to the AssociatedObject. + + + + Called when the behavior is being detached from its AssociatedObject, but before it has actually occurred. + + Override this to unhook functionality from the AssociatedObject. + + + + Gets the associated object. + + The associated object. + + + + Attaches to the specified object. + + The object to attach to. + The Behavior is already hosted on a different element. + dependencyObject does not satisfy the Behavior type constraint. + + + + Detaches this instance from its associated object. + + + + + Represents a collection of behaviors with a shared AssociatedObject and provides change notifications to its contents when that AssociatedObject changes. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + Internal, because this should not be inherited outside this assembly. + + + + Called immediately after the collection is attached to an AssociatedObject. + + + + + Called when the collection is being detached from its AssociatedObject, but before it has actually occurred. + + + + + Called when a new item is added to the collection. + + The new item. + + + + Called when an item is removed from the collection. + + The removed item. + + + + Creates a new instance of the BehaviorCollection. + + The new instance. + + + + This method evaluates operands. + + Left operand from the LeftOperand property. + Operator from Operator property. + Right operand from the RightOperand property. + Returns true if the condition is met; otherwise, returns false. + + + + Evaluates both operands that implement the IComparable interface. + + Left operand from the LeftOperand property. + Operator from Operator property. + Right operand from the RightOperand property. + Returns true if the condition is met; otherwise, returns false. + + + + A basic implementation of ICommand that wraps a method that takes no parameters or a method that takes one parameter. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The action. + Use this constructor to provide an action that ignores the ICommand parameter. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + An action that takes an object parameter. + Use this constructor to provide an action that uses the object parameter passed by the Execute method. + + + + Occurs when changes occur that affect whether the command should execute. Will not be fired by ActionCommand. + + + + + Defines the method that determines whether the command can execute in its current state. + + Data used by the command. If the command does not require data to be passed, then this object can be set to null. + + Always returns true. + + + + + Defines the method to be called when the command is invoked. + + Data used by the command. If the command does not require data to be passed, then this object can be set to null. + + + + Calls a method on a specified object when invoked. + + + + + The object that exposes the method of interest. This is a dependency property. + + + + + The name of the method to invoke. This is a dependency property. + + + + + Invokes the action. + + The parameter of the action. If the action does not require a parameter, the parameter may be set to a null reference. + + + + Called after the action is attached to an AssociatedObject. + + Override this to hook up functionality to the AssociatedObject. + + + + Called when the action is getting detached from its AssociatedObject, but before it has actually occurred. + + Override this to unhook functionality from the AssociatedObject. + + + + An action that will change a specified property to a specified value when invoked. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Gets or sets the name of the property to change. This is a dependency property. + + The name of the property to change. + + + + Gets or sets the value to set. This is a dependency property. + + The value to set. + + + + Gets or sets the duration of the animation that will occur when the ChangePropertyAction is invoked. This is a dependency property. + If the duration is unset, no animation will be applied. + + + + + Increment by Value if true; otherwise, set the value directly. If the property cannot be incremented, it will instead try to set the value directly. + + + + + Invokes the action. + + The parameter of the action. If the action does not require a parameter, then the parameter may be set to a null reference. + A property with could not be found on the Target. + Could not set to the value specified by . + + + + Represents one ternary condition. + + + + + Gets or sets the left operand. + + + + + Gets or sets the right operand. + + + + + Gets or sets the comparison operator. + + + + + Method that evaluates the condition. Note that this method can throw ArgumentException if the operator is + incompatible with the type. For instance, operators LessThan, LessThanOrEqual, GreaterThan, and GreaterThanOrEqual + require both operators to implement IComparable. + + Returns true if the condition has been met; otherwise, returns false. + + + + Ensure that any binding on DP operands are up-to-date. + + + + + Enumeration of different comparison operators. + + + + + Forward chaining. + + + + + Represents a conditional expression that is set on a ConditionBehavior.Condition property. + Contains a list of conditions that gets evaluated in order to return true or false for ICondition.Evaluate(). + + + + + Gets or sets forward chaining for the conditions. + If forward chaining is set to ForwardChaining.And, all conditions must be met. + If forward chaining is set to ForwardChaining.Or, only one condition must be met. + + + + + Return the Condition collections. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Goes through the Conditions collection and evalutes each condition based on + ForwardChaining property. + + Returns true if conditions are met; otherwise, returns false. + + + + A behavior that attaches to a trigger and controls the conditions + to fire the actions. + + + + + + Gets or sets the IConditon object on behavior. + + The name of the condition to change. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + The event handler that is listening to the preview invoke event that is fired by + the trigger. Setting PreviewInvokeEventArgs.Cancelling to True will + cancel the invocation. + + The trigger base object. + An object of type PreviewInvokeEventArgs where e.Cancelling can be set to True. + + + + Toggles between two states based on a conditional statement. + + + + + Gets or sets the binding that produces the property value of the data object. This is a dependency property. + + + + + Gets or sets the value to be compared with the property value of the data object. This is a dependency property. + + + + + Gets or sets the name of the visual state to transition to when the condition is met. This is a dependency property. + + + + + Gets or sets the name of the visual state to transition to when the condition is not met. This is a dependency property. + + + + + Called after the behavior is attached to an AssociatedObject. + + Override this to hook up functionality to the AssociatedObject. + + + + A helper function to take the place of FrameworkElement.IsLoaded, as this property isn't available in Silverlight. + + The element of interest. + Returns true if the element has been loaded; otherwise, returns false. + + + + Trigger designed to be bound to a data store property. Fires when the property changes. + + + + + Represents a trigger that performs actions when the bound data meets a specified condition. + + + + + Gets or sets the value to be compared with the property value of the data object. This is a dependency property. + + + + + Gets or sets the type of comparison to be performed between the specified values. This is a dependency property. + + + + + Called when the binding property has changed. + UA_REVIEW:chabiss + + argument. + + + + ExtendedVisualStateManager is a custom VisualStateManager that can smooth out the animation of layout properties. + With this custom VisualStateManager, states can include changes to properties like Grid.Column, can change element heights to or from Auto, and so on. + These changes will be smoothed out over time using the GeneratedDuration and GeneratedEasingFunction of the appropriate transition. + See the "VisualStateManager overrides" region below for a general description of the algorithm. + + + + + OriginalValueRecord remembers the original value of a property that was changed in a state. + + + + + A VisualStateGroup that can use FluidLayout or not. + + + + + Visibility is shadowed by a custom attached property at runtime. + + + + + A VisualStateGroup keeps a list of these original values in an attached property. + + + + + For every state, the layout-specific properties get extracted and then are attached to the state. These properties are removed from the state itself. + + + + + Remember the current state. + + + + + The TransitionEffect to use when the state changes. + + + + + The TransitionEffectStoryboard in use during the state change. + + + + + The cached background in use during the state change. + + + + + The cached background in use during the state change. + + + + + The cached background in use during the state change. + + + + + This is the set of elements that are currently in motion. + + + + + This is the storyboard that is animating the transition. + + + + + This list contains all the known layout properties. + + + + + Stop the animation and replace the layout changes that were made to support that animation. + + + + + Locate the transition that VisualStateManager will use to animate the change, so that the layout animation can match the duration and easing. + + The group in which the transition is taking place. + The state that you are coming from. + The state you are going to. + The transition + + + + Remove all layout-affecting properties from the Storyboard for the state and cache them in an attached property. + + The state you are moving to. + A Storyboard containing the layout properties in that state. + + + + The set of target elements is the set of all elements that might have moved in a layout transition. This set is the closure of: + - Elements with layout properties animated in the state. + - Siblings of elements in the set. + - Parents of elements in the set. + + Subsequent code will check these rectangles both before and after the layout change. + + The control whose layout is changing state. + The storyboard containing the layout changes. + Any previous values from previous state navigations that might be reverted. + The set of elements currently in motion, if there is a state change transition ongoing. + The full set of elements whose layout may have changed. + + + + Gets a set of rectangles for all the elements in the target list. + + The set of elements to consider. + The set of elements currently in motion. + A Dictionary mapping elements to their Rects. + + + + Get the layout rectangle of an element, by getting the layout slot and then computing which portion of the slot is being used. + + The element whose layout Rect will be retrieved. + The layout Rect of that element. + + + + Get the opacities of elements at the time of the state change, instead of visibilities, because the state change may be in process and the current value is the most important. + + The control whose state is changing. + The storyboard with the layout properties. + The set of original values. + + + + + Go through the layout Storyboard and set all the properties by using SetValue to enable calling UpdateLayout without + ticking the timeline, which would cause a render. + All values that are overwritten will be stored in the collection of OriginalValueRecords so that they can be replaced later. + + The control whose state is changing. + The Storyboard holding the layout properties. + The store of original values. + + + + Take all the elements that will be moving as a result of the layout animation, and wrap them in Canvas panels so that + they do not affect their sibling elements. + + The set of elements that will be moving. + + + + Take all the elements that have been moving as a result of the layout animation, and unwrap them from their Canvas panels. + + The set of elements that have been moving. + + + + Copy the layout properties from the source element to the target element, clearing them from the source. + + The source of the layout properties. + The destination of the layout properties. + + + + Create the actual Storyboard that will be used to animate the transition. Use all previously calculated results. + + The duration of the animation. + The easing function to be used in the animation. + The set of elements that will be moving. + The old opacities of the elements whose visibility properties are changing. + The Storyboard. + + + + An action that will transition a FrameworkElement to a specified VisualState when invoked. + + + If the TargetName property is set, this action will attempt to change the state of the targeted element. If not, it walks + the element tree in an attempt to locate an alternative target that defines states. ControlTemplate and UserControl are + two common possibilities. + + + + + Determines whether or not to use a VisualTransition to transition between states. + + + + + The name of the VisualState. + + + + + Called when the target changes. If the TargetName property isn't set, this action has custom behavior. + + + + Could not locate an appropriate FrameworkElement with states. + + + + This method is called when some criteria is met and the action is invoked. + + + Could not change the target to the specified StateName. + + + + An interface that a given object must implement in order to be + set on a ConditionBehavior.Condition property. + + + + + An action that will launch a process to open a file or Uri. For files, this action will launch the default program + for the given file extension. A Uri will open in a web browser. + + + + + The file or Uri to open. + + + + + This method is called when some criteria is met and the action is invoked. + + + + + + Represents a trigger that performs actions when the bound data have changed. + + + + + A binding object that the trigger will listen to, and that causes the trigger to fire when it changes. + + + + + Called when the binding property has changed. + + argument. + + + + Called after the trigger is attached to an AssociatedObject. + + + + + Called when the trigger is being detached from its AssociatedObject, but before it has actually occurred. + + + + + Called when the target changes. If the TargetName property isn't set, this action has custom behavior. + + + + Could not locate an appropriate FrameworkElement with states. + + + + Allows a user to remove the item from a ListBox ItemTemplate. + + + + + An action that will remove the targeted element from the tree when invoked. + + + This action may fail. The action understands how to remove elements from common parents but not from custom collections or direct manipulation + of the visual tree. + + + + + An action that will change the value of a property from a data store object. + This class is identical to ChangePropertyAction. The only difference is that the data store picker is loaded + for this action. + + + + + A trigger that is triggered by a specified event occurring on its source and fires after a delay when that event is fired. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Gets or sets the number of milliseconds to wait between ticks. This is a dependency property. + + + + + Gets or sets the total number of ticks to be fired before the trigger is finished. This is a dependency property. + + + + + Enumerates possible values for reusable property value editors. + + + + + Uses the element picker, if supported, to edit this property at design time. + + + + + Uses the storyboard picker, if supported, to edit this property at design time. + + + + + Uses the state picker, if supported, to edit this property at design time. + + + + + Uses the element-binding picker, if supported, to edit this property at design time. + + + + + Uses the property-binding picker, if supported, to edit this property at design time. + + + + + Associates the given editor type with the property on which the CustomPropertyValueEditor is applied. + + Use this attribute to get improved design-time editing for properties that denote element (by name), storyboards, or states (by name). + + + + Gets or sets the custom property value editor. + + The custom property value editor. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The custom property value editor. + + + + Helper class for managing binding expressions on dependency objects. + + + + + Ensure that all DP on an action with binding expressions are + up to date. DataTrigger fires during data binding phase. Since + actions are children of the trigger, any bindings on the action + may not be up-to-date. This routine is called before the action + is invoked in order to guarantee that all bindings are up-to-date + with the most current data. + + + + + Ensures that all binding expression on actions are up to date + + + + + This helper function ensures that, if a dependency property on a dependency object + has a binding expression, the binding expression is up-to-date. + + + + + + + Provides design tools information about what to instantiate for a given action or command. + + + + + Gets the type that this DefaultTriggerAttribute applies to. + + The type this DefaultTriggerAttribute applies to. + + + + Gets the type of the to instantiate. + + The type of the to instantiate. + + + + Gets the parameters to pass to the constructor. + + The parameters to pass to the constructor. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The type this attribute applies to. + The type of to instantiate. + A single argument for the specified . + is not derived from TriggerBase. + This constructor is useful if the specifed has a single argument. The + resulting code will be CLS compliant. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The type this attribute applies to. + The type of to instantiate. + The constructor arguments for the specified . + is not derived from TriggerBase. + + + + Instantiates this instance. + + The specified by the DefaultTriggerAttribute. + + + + This method will use the VisualTreeHelper.GetParent method to do a depth first walk up + the visual tree and return all ancestors of the specified object, including the object itself. + + The object in the visual tree to find ancestors of. + Returns itself an all ancestors in the visual tree. + + + + EventObserver is designed to help manage event handlers by detatching when disposed. Creating this object will also attach in the constructor. + + + + + Creates an instance of EventObserver and attaches to the supplied event on the supplied target. Call dispose to detach. + + The event to attach and detach from. + The target object the event is defined on. Null if the method is static. + The delegate to attach to the event. + + + + Detaches the handler from the event. + + + + + A trigger that listens for a specified event on its source and fires when that event is fired. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + Name of the event. + + + + Gets or sets the name of the event to listen for. This is a dependency property. + + The name of the event. + + + + Represents a trigger that can listen to an element other than its AssociatedObject. + + The type that this trigger can be associated with. + + EventTriggerBase extends TriggerBase to add knowledge of another object than the one it is attached to. + This allows a user to attach a Trigger/Action pair to one element and invoke the Action in response to a + change in another object somewhere else. Override OnSourceChanged to hook or unhook handlers on the source + element, and OnAttached/OnDetaching for the associated element. The type of the Source element can be + constrained by the generic type parameter. If you need control over the type of the + AssociatedObject, set a TypeConstraintAttribute on your derived type. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Gets the resolved source. If is not set or cannot be resolved, defaults to AssociatedObject. + + The resolved source object. + In general, this property should be used in place of AssociatedObject in derived classes. + + + + Called when the source property changes. + + Override this to hook functionality to and unhook functionality from the specified source, rather than the AssociatedObject. + The old source. + The new source. + + + + Represents a trigger that can listen to an object other than its AssociatedObject. + + This is an infrastructure class. Trigger authors should derive from EventTriggerBase<T> instead of this class. + + + + Gets the type constraint of the associated object. + + The associated object type constraint. + Define a TypeConstraintAttribute on a derived type to constrain the types it may be attached to. + + + + Gets the source type constraint. + + The source type constraint. + + + + Gets or sets the target object. If TargetObject is not set, the target will look for the object specified by TargetName. If an element referred to by TargetName cannot be found, the target will default to the AssociatedObject. This is a dependency property. + + The target object. + + + + Gets or sets the name of the element this EventTriggerBase listens for as a source. If the name is not set or cannot be resolved, the AssociatedObject will be used. This is a dependency property. + + The name of the source element. + + + + Gets the resolved source. If is not set or cannot be resolved, defaults to AssociatedObject. + + The resolved source object. + In general, this property should be used in place of AssociatedObject in derived classes. + The element pointed to by does not satisify the type constraint. + + + + Specifies the name of the Event this EventTriggerBase is listening for. + + + + + + Called when the event associated with this EventTriggerBase is fired. By default, this will invoke all actions on the trigger. + + The instance containing the event data. + Override this to provide more granular control over when actions associated with this trigger will be invoked. + + + + Called when the source changes. + + The old source. + The new source. + This function should be overridden in derived classes to hook functionality to and unhook functionality from the changing source objects. + + + + Called after the trigger is attached to an AssociatedObject. + + + + + Called when the trigger is being detached from its AssociatedObject, but before it has actually occurred. + + + + Could not find eventName on the Target. + + + + A strongly-typed resource class, for looking up localized strings, etc. + + + + + Returns the cached ResourceManager instance used by this class. + + + + + Overrides the current thread's CurrentUICulture property for all + resource lookups using this strongly typed resource class. + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to Could not find method named '{0}' on object of type '{1}' that matches the expected signature.. + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to Cannot set the same BehaviorCollection on multiple objects.. + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to An instance of a Behavior cannot be attached to more than one object at a time.. + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to Cannot host an instance of a TriggerAction in multiple TriggerCollections simultaneously. Remove it from one TriggerCollection before adding it to another.. + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to Cannot set the same TriggerCollection on multiple objects.. + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to An instance of a trigger cannot be attached to more than one object at a time.. + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to More than one potential addition operator was found on type '{0}'.. + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to Cannot animate a property change on a type '{0}' Target. Property changes can only be animated on types derived from DependencyObject.. + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to Cannot find a property named "{0}" on type "{1}".. + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to The Increment property cannot be set to True if the Duration property is set.. + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to The '{0}' property cannot be incremented because its value cannot be read.. + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to Cannot assign value of type "{0}" to property "{1}" of type "{2}". The "{1}" property can be assigned only values of type "{2}".. + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to Property "{0}" defined by type "{1}" does not expose a set method and therefore cannot be modified.. + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to The command "{0}" does not exist or is not publicly exposed on {1}.. + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to Cannot find state named '{0}' on type '{1}'. Ensure that the state exists and that it can be accessed from this context.. + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to "{0}" is not a valid type for the TriggerType parameter. Make sure "{0}" derives from TriggerBase.. + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to Cannot add the same instance of "{0}" to a "{1}" more than once.. + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to The event "{0}" on type "{1}" has an incompatible signature. Make sure the event is public and satisfies the EventHandler delegate.. + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to Cannot find an event named "{0}" on type "{1}".. + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to Target {0} does not define any VisualStateGroups. . + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to LeftOperand of type "{0}" cannot be used with operator "{1}".. + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to LeftOperand of type "{1}" and RightOperand of type "{0}" cannot be used with operator "{2}".. + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to RightOperand of type "{0}" cannot be used with operator "{1}".. + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to An object of type "{0}" cannot have a {3} property of type "{1}". Instances of type "{0}" can have only a {3} property of type "{2}".. + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to Cannot attach type "{0}" to type "{1}". Instances of type "{0}" can only be attached to objects of type "{2}".. + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to Unable to resolve TargetName "{0}".. + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to The target of the RemoveElementAction is not supported.. + + + + + An interface for an object that can be attached to another object. + + + + + Gets the associated object. + + The associated object. + Represents the object the instance is attached to. + + + + Attaches to the specified object. + + The object to attach to. + + + + Detaches this instance from its associated object. + + + + + A Trigger that is triggered by a keyboard event. If the target Key and Modifiers are detected, it fires. + + + + + The key that must be pressed for the trigger to fire. + + + + + The modifiers that must be active for the trigger to fire (the default is no modifiers pressed). + + + + + If true, the Trigger only listens to its trigger Source object, which means that element must have focus for the trigger to fire. + If false, the Trigger listens at the root, so any unhandled KeyDown/Up messages will be caught. + + + + + Determines whether or not to listen to the KeyDown or KeyUp event. + + + + + Allows the user to use common touch gestures to translate, zoom, and rotate the attached object. + + + + + Gets or sets a value specifying which zooming and translation variants to support. + + + + + Gets or sets a number describing the rate at which the translation will decrease. + + + + + Gets or sets a number describing the rate at which the rotation will decrease. + + + + + Gets or sets the value indicating whether the zoom and translate position of the attached object is limited by the bounds of the parent object. + + + + + Gets or sets a number indicating the minimum zoom value allowed. + + + + + Gets or sets a number indicating the maximum zoom value allowed. + + + + + Called after the behavior is attached to an AssociatedObject. + + Override this to hook up functionality to the AssociatedObject. + + + + Called when the behavior is getting detached from its AssociatedObject, but before it has actually occurred. + + Override this to unhook functionality from the AssociatedObject. + + + + Static class that owns the Triggers and Behaviors attached properties. Handles propagation of AssociatedObject change notifications. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether to run as if in design mode. + + + True if [should run in design mode]; otherwise, False. + + Not to be used outside unit tests. + + + + This property is used as the internal backing store for the public Triggers attached property. + + + This property is not exposed publicly. This forces clients to use the GetTriggers and SetTriggers methods to access the + collection, ensuring the collection exists and is set before it is used. + + + + + This property is used as the internal backing store for the public Behaviors attached property. + + + This property is not exposed publicly. This forces clients to use the GetBehaviors and SetBehaviors methods to access the + collection, ensuring the collection exists and is set before it is used. + + + + + Gets the TriggerCollection containing the triggers associated with the specified object. + + The object from which to retrieve the triggers. + A TriggerCollection containing the triggers associated with the specified object. + + + + Gets the associated with a specified object. + + The object from which to retrieve the . + A containing the behaviors associated with the specified object. + + + Cannot host the same BehaviorCollection on more than one object at a time. + + + Cannot host the same TriggerCollection on more than one object at a time. + + + + A helper function to take the place of FrameworkElement.IsLoaded, as this property is not available in Silverlight. + + The element of interest. + True if the element has been loaded; otherwise, False. + + + + Executes a specified ICommand when invoked. + + + + + Gets or sets the name of the command this action should invoke. + + The name of the command this action should invoke. + This property will be superseded by the Command property if both are set. + + + + Gets or sets the command this action should invoke. This is a dependency property. + + The command to execute. + This property will take precedence over the CommandName property if both are set. + + + + Gets or sets the command parameter. This is a dependency property. + + The command parameter. + This is the value passed to ICommand.CanExecute and ICommand.Execute. + + + + Gets or sets the IValueConverter that is used to convert the EventArgs passed to the Command as a parameter. + + If the or properties are set, this property is ignored. + + + + Gets or sets the parameter that is passed to the EventArgsConverter. + + + + + Gets or sets the parameter path used to extract a value from an property to pass to the Command as a parameter. + + If the propert is set, this property is ignored. + + + + Specifies whether the EventArgs of the event that triggered this action should be passed to the Command as a parameter. + + If the , , or properties are set, this property is ignored. + + + + Invokes the action. + + The parameter to the action. If the action does not require a parameter, the parameter may be set to a null reference. + + + + This enumerated type indicates whether a FluidMoveBehavior applies to the element to which it is attached, or to the children of that element. + "Self" is useful when there is a single element that should behave in a special manner; "Children" is useful when the same behavior should apply to all + children of a WrapPanel or to the ItemsHost panel of an ItemsControl. + + + + + This enumerated type indicates whether an element is identified by itself, or by its DataContext. + DataContext identification allows movement from one data-driven location to another. + + + + + Indicates whether the behavior applies just to this element, or to all children of the element (if the element is a Panel). + + + + + Dependency property for the scope of the behavior. See FluidMoveScope for more details. + + + + + Indicates whether the behavior is currently active. + + + + + Dependency property for the active state of the behavior. + + + + + Indicates whether to use the element as its own tag, or to use the binding on the element as the tag. + + + + + Dependency property that provides the ability to use the element as its own tag, or the binding on the element. + + + + + Extra path to add to the binding when TagType is specified. + + + + + Dependency property for the extra path to add to the binding when UsaBindingAsTag is true. + + + + + Identity tag used to detect element motion between containers. + + + + + Private structure that stores all relevant data pertaining to a tagged item. + + + + + Behavior that watches an element (or a set of elements) for layout changes, and moves the element smoothly to the new position when needed. + This behavior does not animate the size or visibility of an element; it only animates the offset of that element within its parent container. + + + + + The duration of the move. + + + + + Dependency property for the duration of the move. + + + + + Spawning point for this item. + + + + + Dependency property for the tag type to use just before the object is loaded. + + + + + Extra path to add to the binding when TagType is specified. + + + + + Dependency property for the extra path to add to the binding when UsaBindingAsTag is true. + + + + + Identity tag used to detect element motion between containers. + + + + + Flag that says whether elements are allowed to float above their containers (in a Popup or Adorner) when changing containers. + + + + + Dependency property for the FloatAbove flag. + + + + + EasingFunction to use for the horizontal component of the move. + + + + + Dependency property for the EasingFunction to use for the horizontal component of the move. + + + + + EasingFunction to use for the vertical component of the move. + + + + + Dependency property for the EasingFunction to use for the vertical component of the move. + + + + + Remember the popup/adorner being used, in case of element motion between containers when FloatAbove is true. + + + + + Opacity cache used when floating a Popup. + + + + + Marks the animation transform. + + + + + Simple helper class to allow any UIElements to be used as an Adorner. + + + + + Repositions the attached element in response to mouse drag gestures on the element. + + + + + Occurs when a drag gesture is initiated. + + + + + Occurs when a drag gesture update is processed. + + + + + Occurs when a drag gesture is finished. + + + + + Dependency property for the X position of the dragged element, relative to the left of the root element. + + + + + Dependency property for the Y position of the dragged element, relative to the top of the root element. + + + + + Dependency property for the ConstrainToParentBounds property. If true, the dragged element will be constrained to stay within the bounds of its parent container. + + + + + Gets or sets the X position of the dragged element, relative to the left of the root element. This is a dependency property. + + + + + Gets or sets the Y position of the dragged element, relative to the top of the root element. This is a dependency property. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the dragged element is constrained to stay within the bounds of its parent container. This is a dependency property. + + + True if the dragged element should be constrained to its parents bounds; otherwise, False. + + + + + Gets the on-screen position of the associated element in root coordinates. + + The on-screen position of the associated element in root coordinates. + + + + Gets the element bounds in element coordinates. + + The element bounds in element coordinates. + + + + Gets the parent element of the associated object. + + The parent element of the associated object. + + + + Gets the root element of the scene in which the associated object is located. + + The root element of the scene in which the associated object is located. + + + + Gets and sets the RenderTransform of the associated element. + + + + + Attempts to update the position of the associated element to the specified coordinates. + + The desired position of the element in root coordinates. + + + + Applies a relative position translation to the associated element. + + The X component of the desired translation in root coordinates. + The Y component of the desired translation in root coordinates. + + + + Applies the given translation to the RenderTransform of the associated element. + + The X component of the translation in parent coordinates. + The Y component of the translation in parent coordinates. + + + + Does a recursive deep copy of the specified transform. + + The transform to clone. + A deep copy of the specified transform, or null if the specified transform is null. + Thrown if the type of the Transform is not recognized. + + + + Updates the X and Y properties based on the current rendered position of the associated element. + + + + + Check if one Rect is contained by another. + + The containing Rect. + The contained Rect. + True if rect1 contains rect2; otherwise, False. + + + + Transforms as vector. + + The transform. + The X component of the vector. + The Y component of the vector. + A point containing the values of X and Y transformed by transform as a vector. + + + + Gets the transform offset. + + The transform. + The offset of the transform. + + + + Called after the behavior is attached to an AssociatedObject. + + Override this to hook up functionality to the AssociatedObject. + + + + Called when the behavior is getting detached from its AssociatedObject, but before it has actually occurred. + + Override this to unhook functionality from the AssociatedObject. + + + + An action that will play a sound to completion. + + + This action is intended for use with short sound effects that don't need to be stopped or controlled. If you're trying + to create a music player or game, it may not meet your needs. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + A Uri defining the location of the sound file. This is used to set the source property of the MediaElement. This is a dependency property. + + + The sound can be any file format supported by MediaElement. In the case of a video, it will play only the + audio portion. + + + + + Control the volume of the sound. This is used to set the Volume property of the MediaElement. This is a dependency property. + + + + + When the action is invoked, this method is used to customize the dynamically created MediaElement. + + + This method may be useful for Action authors who wish to extend PlaySoundAction. If you want to control the + MediaElement Balance property, you could inherit from PlaySoundAction and override this method. + + + + + + This method is called when some criteria are met and the action should be invoked. + + + Each invocation of the Action plays a new sound. Although the implementation is subject-to-change, the caller should + anticipate that this will create a new MediaElement that will be cleaned up when the sound completes or if the media + fails to play. + + + + + + An abstract class that provides the ability to target a Storyboard. + + + For action authors, this class provides a standard way to target a Storyboard. Design tools may choose to provide a + special editing experience for classes that inherit from this action, thereby improving the designer experience. + + + + + The targeted Storyboard. This is a dependency property. + + + + + This method is called when the Storyboard property is changed. + + + + + + An action that will change the state of a targeted storyboard when invoked. + + + + + This method is called when some criteria is met and the action should be invoked. This method will attempt to + change the targeted storyboard in a way defined by the ControlStoryboardOption. + + + + + + An abstract class that provides the ability to target a Storyboard. + + + For Trigger authors, this class provides a standard way to target a Storyboard. Design tools may choose to provide a + special editing experience for classes that inherit from this trigger, thereby improving the designer experience. + + + + + The targeted Storyboard. This is a dependency property. + + + + + This method is called when the Storyboard property is changed. + + + + + A trigger that listens for the completion of a Storyboard. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Defines a transition effect shader that transitions from one visual to another visual + using an interpolated value between 0 and 1. + + + + + Brush-valued properties that turn into sampler-properties in the shader. + Represents the image present in the final state of the transition. + + + + + Brush-valued properties that turn into sampler-properties in the shader. + Represents the image present in the initial state of the transition. + + + + + A Dependency property as the backing store for Progress. + Also used to represent the state of a transition from start to finish (range between 0 and 1). + + + + + Creates a modifiable clone (deep copy) of the using its current values. + + + + + Makes a deep copy of the transition effect. Implements CloneCurrentValue in Silverlight. + + A clone of current instance of transition effect. + + + + Updates the shader's variables to the default values. + + + + + Gets or sets the Input variable within the shader. + + + + + Gets or sets the OldImage variable within the shader. + + + + + Gets or sets the Progress variable within the shader. + + + + + Provides data about which objects were affected when resolving a name change. + + + + + Helper class to handle the logic of resolving a TargetName into a Target element + based on the context provided by a host element. + + + + + Occurs when the resolved element has changed. + + + + + Gets or sets the name of the element to attempt to resolve. + + The name to attempt to resolve. + + + + The resolved object. Will return the reference element if TargetName is null or empty, or if a resolve has not been attempted. + + + + + Gets or sets the reference element from which to perform the name resolution. + + The reference element. + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the reference element load is pending. + + + True if [pending reference element load]; otherwise, False. + + + If the Host has not been loaded, the name will not be resolved. + In that case, delay the resolution and track that fact with this property. + + + + + Attempts to update the resolved object from the name within the context of the namescope reference element. + + The old resolved object. + + Resets the existing target and attempts to resolve the current TargetName from the + context of the current Host. If it cannot resolve from the context of the Host, it will + continue up the visual tree until it resolves. If it has not resolved it when it reaches + the root, it will set the Target to null and write a warning message to Debug output. + + + + + The current version of the flow file schema. + This number should be incremented whenever: + A new _required_ field is added. + The data type of a field is changed. + The semantic interpretation of a field is changed. + + When upgrading the current schema number, you'll also need to take into account + migration/upgrade strategies, and mechanisms for deserializing older schemas. + In some cases, the same serializer data structure may suffice by applying different + parsing validation rules. In other cases, a new data structure may be needed to + deserialize the old format from disk. + + + + + Represents an action that can be targeted to affect an object other than its AssociatedObject. + + The type constraint on the target. + + TargetedTriggerAction extends TriggerAction to add knowledge of another element than the one it is attached to. + This allows a user to invoke the action on an element other than the one it is attached to in response to a + trigger firing. Override OnTargetChanged to hook or unhook handlers on the target element, and OnAttached/OnDetaching + for the associated element. The type of the Target element can be constrained by the generic type parameter. If + you need control over the type of the AssociatedObject, set a TypeConstraintAttribute on your derived type. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Gets the target object. If TargetName is not set or cannot be resolved, defaults to the AssociatedObject. + + The target. + In general, this property should be used in place of AssociatedObject in derived classes. + + + + Called when the target property changes. + + Override this to hook and unhook functionality on the specified Target, rather than the AssociatedObject. + The old target. + The new target. + + + + Represents an action that can be targeted to affect an object other than its AssociatedObject. + + This is an infrastructure class. Action authors should derive from TargetedTriggerAction<T> instead of this class. + + + + Gets or sets the target object. If TargetObject is not set, the target will look for the object specified by TargetName. If an element referred to by TargetName cannot be found, the target will default to the AssociatedObject. This is a dependency property. + + The target object. + + + + Gets or sets the name of the object this action targets. If Target is set, this property is ignored. If Target is not set and TargetName is not set or cannot be resolved, the target will default to the AssociatedObject. This is a dependency property. + + The name of the target object. + + + + Gets the target object. If TargetObject is set, returns TargetObject. Else, if TargetName is not set or cannot be resolved, defaults to the AssociatedObject. + + The target object. + In general, this property should be used in place of AssociatedObject in derived classes. + The Target element does not satisfy the type constraint. + + + + Gets the associated object type constraint. + + The associated object type constraint. + Define a TypeConstraintAttribute on a derived type to constrain the types it may be attached to. + + + + Gets the target type constraint. + + The target type constraint. + + + + Called when the target changes. + + The old target. + The new target. + This function should be overriden in derived classes to hook and unhook functionality from the changing source objects. + + + + Called after the action is attached to an AssociatedObject. + + + + + Called when the action is being detached from its AssociatedObject, but before it has actually occurred. + + + + + Represents an attachable object that encapsulates a unit of functionality. + + The type to which this action can be attached. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Gets the object to which this is attached. + + The associated object. + + + + Gets the associated object type constraint. + + The associated object type constraint. + + + + Represents an attachable object that encapsulates a unit of functionality. + + This is an infrastructure class. Action authors should derive from TriggerAction<T> instead of this class. + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether this action will run when invoked. This is a dependency property. + + + True if this action will be run when invoked; otherwise, False. + + + + + Gets the object to which this action is attached. + + The associated object. + + + + Gets the associated object type constraint. + + The associated object type constraint. + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether this instance is attached. + + True if this instance is attached; otherwise, False. + + + + Attempts to invoke the action. + + The parameter to the action. If the action does not require a parameter, the parameter may be set to a null reference. + + + + Invokes the action. + + The parameter to the action. If the action does not require a parameter, the parameter may be set to a null reference. + + + + Called after the action is attached to an AssociatedObject. + + + + + Called when the action is being detached from its AssociatedObject, but before it has actually occurred. + + + + + When implemented in a derived class, creates a new instance of the derived class. + + The new instance. + + + + Gets the associated object. + + The associated object. + + + + Attaches to the specified object. + + The object to attach to. + Cannot host the same TriggerAction on more than one object at a time. + dependencyObject does not satisfy the TriggerAction type constraint. + + + + Detaches this instance from its associated object. + + + + + Represents a collection of actions with a shared AssociatedObject and provides change notifications to its contents when that AssociatedObject changes. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + Internal, because this should not be inherited outside this assembly. + + + + Called immediately after the collection is attached to an AssociatedObject. + + + + + Called when the collection is being detached from its AssociatedObject, but before it has actually occurred. + + + + + Called when a new item is added to the collection. + + The new item. + + + + Called when an item is removed from the collection. + + The removed item. + + + + Creates a new instance of the TriggerActionCollection. + + The new instance. + + + + Represents an object that can invoke actions conditionally. + + The type to which this trigger can be attached. + + TriggerBase is the base class for controlling actions. Override OnAttached() and + OnDetaching() to hook and unhook handlers on the AssociatedObject. You may + constrain the types that a derived TriggerBase may be attached to by specifying + the generic parameter. Call InvokeActions() to fire all Actions associated with + this TriggerBase. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Gets the object to which the trigger is attached. + + The associated object. + + + + Gets the type constraint of the associated object. + + The associated object type constraint. + + + + Argument passed to PreviewInvoke event. Assigning Cancelling to True will cancel the invoking of the trigger. + + This is an infrastructure class. Behavior attached to a trigger base object can add its behavior as a listener to TriggerBase.PreviewInvoke. + + + + Represents an object that can invoke Actions conditionally. + + This is an infrastructure class. Trigger authors should derive from Trigger<T> instead of this class. + + + + Gets the object to which the trigger is attached. + + The associated object. + + + + Gets the type constraint of the associated object. + + The associated object type constraint. + + + + Gets the actions associated with this trigger. + + The actions associated with this trigger. + + + + Event handler for registering to PreviewInvoke. + + + + + Invoke all actions associated with this trigger. + + Derived classes should call this to fire the trigger. + + + + Called after the trigger is attached to an AssociatedObject. + + + + + Called when the trigger is being detached from its AssociatedObject, but before it has actually occurred. + + + + + Creates a new instance of the TriggerBase derived class. + + The new instance. + + + + Gets the associated object. + + The associated object. + + + + Attaches to the specified object. + + The object to attach to. + Cannot host the same trigger on more than one object at a time. + dependencyObject does not satisfy the trigger type constraint. + + + + Detaches this instance from its associated object. + + + + + Represents a collection of triggers with a shared AssociatedObject and provides change notifications to its contents when that AssociatedObject changes. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + Internal, because this should not be inherited outside this assembly. + + + + Called immediately after the collection is attached to an AssociatedObject. + + + + + Called when the collection is being detached from its AssociatedObject, but before it has actually occurred. + + + + + Called when a new item is added to the collection. + + The new item. + + + + Called when an item is removed from the collection. + + The removed item. + + + + Creates a new instance of the . + + The new instance. + + + + Specifies type constraints on the AssociatedObject of TargetedTriggerAction and EventTriggerBase. + + + + + Gets the constraint type. + + The constraint type. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The constraint type. + + + + This class provides various platform agnostic standard operations for working with VisualStateManager. + + + + + Transitions the control between two states. + + The element to transition between states. + The state to transition to. + True to use a System.Windows.VisualTransition to transition between states; otherwise, false. + True if the control successfully transitioned to the new state; otherwise, false. + Control is null. + StateName is null. + + + + Gets the value of the VisualStateManager.VisualStateGroups attached property. + + The element from which to get the VisualStateManager.VisualStateGroups. + + + + + Find the nearest parent which contains visual states. + + The element from which to find the nearest stateful control. + The nearest stateful control if True; else null. + True if a parent contains visual states; else False. + + + diff --git a/dotnet/packages/Microsoft.Xaml.Behaviors.Wpf.1.1.19/lib/netcoreapp3.0/Design/Microsoft.Xaml.Behaviors.DesignTools.dll b/dotnet/packages/Microsoft.Xaml.Behaviors.Wpf.1.1.19/lib/netcoreapp3.0/Design/Microsoft.Xaml.Behaviors.DesignTools.dll new file mode 100644 index 00000000..b2dc901a Binary files /dev/null and b/dotnet/packages/Microsoft.Xaml.Behaviors.Wpf.1.1.19/lib/netcoreapp3.0/Design/Microsoft.Xaml.Behaviors.DesignTools.dll differ diff --git a/dotnet/packages/Microsoft.Xaml.Behaviors.Wpf.1.1.19/lib/netcoreapp3.0/Microsoft.Xaml.Behaviors.dll b/dotnet/packages/Microsoft.Xaml.Behaviors.Wpf.1.1.19/lib/netcoreapp3.0/Microsoft.Xaml.Behaviors.dll new file mode 100644 index 00000000..1f4abee1 Binary files /dev/null and b/dotnet/packages/Microsoft.Xaml.Behaviors.Wpf.1.1.19/lib/netcoreapp3.0/Microsoft.Xaml.Behaviors.dll differ diff --git a/dotnet/packages/Microsoft.Xaml.Behaviors.Wpf.1.1.19/lib/netcoreapp3.0/Microsoft.Xaml.Behaviors.pdb b/dotnet/packages/Microsoft.Xaml.Behaviors.Wpf.1.1.19/lib/netcoreapp3.0/Microsoft.Xaml.Behaviors.pdb new file mode 100644 index 00000000..88dc89f4 Binary files /dev/null and b/dotnet/packages/Microsoft.Xaml.Behaviors.Wpf.1.1.19/lib/netcoreapp3.0/Microsoft.Xaml.Behaviors.pdb differ diff --git a/dotnet/packages/Microsoft.Xaml.Behaviors.Wpf.1.1.19/lib/netcoreapp3.0/Microsoft.Xaml.Behaviors.xml b/dotnet/packages/Microsoft.Xaml.Behaviors.Wpf.1.1.19/lib/netcoreapp3.0/Microsoft.Xaml.Behaviors.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000..e2b9c8a4 --- /dev/null +++ b/dotnet/packages/Microsoft.Xaml.Behaviors.Wpf.1.1.19/lib/netcoreapp3.0/Microsoft.Xaml.Behaviors.xml @@ -0,0 +1,2389 @@ + + + + Microsoft.Xaml.Behaviors + + + + + Represents a collection of IAttachedObject with a shared AssociatedObject and provides change notifications to its contents when that AssociatedObject changes. + + + + + The object on which the collection is hosted. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + Internal, because this should not be inherited outside this assembly. + + + + Called immediately after the collection is attached to an AssociatedObject. + + + + + Called when the collection is being detached from its AssociatedObject, but before it has actually occurred. + + + + + Called when a new item is added to the collection. + + The new item. + + + + Called when an item is removed from the collection. + + The removed item. + + + Cannot add the instance to a collection more than once. + + + + Gets the associated object. + + The associated object. + + + + Attaches to the specified object. + + The object to attach to. + The IAttachedObject is already attached to a different object. + + + + Detaches this instance from its associated object. + + + + + Encapsulates state information and zero or more ICommands into an attachable object. + + The type the can be attached to. + + Behavior is the base class for providing attachable state and commands to an object. + The types the Behavior can be attached to can be controlled by the generic parameter. + Override OnAttached() and OnDetaching() methods to hook and unhook any necessary handlers + from the AssociatedObject. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Gets the object to which this is attached. + + + + + Encapsulates state information and zero or more ICommands into an attachable object. + + This is an infrastructure class. Behavior authors should derive from Behavior<T> instead of from this class. + + + + The type to which this behavior can be attached. + + + + + Gets the object to which this behavior is attached. + + + + + Called after the behavior is attached to an AssociatedObject. + + Override this to hook up functionality to the AssociatedObject. + + + + Called when the behavior is being detached from its AssociatedObject, but before it has actually occurred. + + Override this to unhook functionality from the AssociatedObject. + + + + Gets the associated object. + + The associated object. + + + + Attaches to the specified object. + + The object to attach to. + The Behavior is already hosted on a different element. + dependencyObject does not satisfy the Behavior type constraint. + + + + Detaches this instance from its associated object. + + + + + Represents a collection of behaviors with a shared AssociatedObject and provides change notifications to its contents when that AssociatedObject changes. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + Internal, because this should not be inherited outside this assembly. + + + + Called immediately after the collection is attached to an AssociatedObject. + + + + + Called when the collection is being detached from its AssociatedObject, but before it has actually occurred. + + + + + Called when a new item is added to the collection. + + The new item. + + + + Called when an item is removed from the collection. + + The removed item. + + + + Creates a new instance of the BehaviorCollection. + + The new instance. + + + + This method evaluates operands. + + Left operand from the LeftOperand property. + Operator from Operator property. + Right operand from the RightOperand property. + Returns true if the condition is met; otherwise, returns false. + + + + Evaluates both operands that implement the IComparable interface. + + Left operand from the LeftOperand property. + Operator from Operator property. + Right operand from the RightOperand property. + Returns true if the condition is met; otherwise, returns false. + + + + A basic implementation of ICommand that wraps a method that takes no parameters or a method that takes one parameter. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The action. + Use this constructor to provide an action that ignores the ICommand parameter. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + An action that takes an object parameter. + Use this constructor to provide an action that uses the object parameter passed by the Execute method. + + + + Occurs when changes occur that affect whether the command should execute. Will not be fired by ActionCommand. + + + + + Defines the method that determines whether the command can execute in its current state. + + Data used by the command. If the command does not require data to be passed, then this object can be set to null. + + Always returns true. + + + + + Defines the method to be called when the command is invoked. + + Data used by the command. If the command does not require data to be passed, then this object can be set to null. + + + + Calls a method on a specified object when invoked. + + + + + The object that exposes the method of interest. This is a dependency property. + + + + + The name of the method to invoke. This is a dependency property. + + + + + Invokes the action. + + The parameter of the action. If the action does not require a parameter, the parameter may be set to a null reference. + + + + Called after the action is attached to an AssociatedObject. + + Override this to hook up functionality to the AssociatedObject. + + + + Called when the action is getting detached from its AssociatedObject, but before it has actually occurred. + + Override this to unhook functionality from the AssociatedObject. + + + + An action that will change a specified property to a specified value when invoked. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Gets or sets the name of the property to change. This is a dependency property. + + The name of the property to change. + + + + Gets or sets the value to set. This is a dependency property. + + The value to set. + + + + Gets or sets the duration of the animation that will occur when the ChangePropertyAction is invoked. This is a dependency property. + If the duration is unset, no animation will be applied. + + + + + Increment by Value if true; otherwise, set the value directly. If the property cannot be incremented, it will instead try to set the value directly. + + + + + Invokes the action. + + The parameter of the action. If the action does not require a parameter, then the parameter may be set to a null reference. + A property with could not be found on the Target. + Could not set to the value specified by . + + + + Represents one ternary condition. + + + + + Gets or sets the left operand. + + + + + Gets or sets the right operand. + + + + + Gets or sets the comparison operator. + + + + + Method that evaluates the condition. Note that this method can throw ArgumentException if the operator is + incompatible with the type. For instance, operators LessThan, LessThanOrEqual, GreaterThan, and GreaterThanOrEqual + require both operators to implement IComparable. + + Returns true if the condition has been met; otherwise, returns false. + + + + Ensure that any binding on DP operands are up-to-date. + + + + + Enumeration of different comparison operators. + + + + + Forward chaining. + + + + + Represents a conditional expression that is set on a ConditionBehavior.Condition property. + Contains a list of conditions that gets evaluated in order to return true or false for ICondition.Evaluate(). + + + + + Gets or sets forward chaining for the conditions. + If forward chaining is set to ForwardChaining.And, all conditions must be met. + If forward chaining is set to ForwardChaining.Or, only one condition must be met. + + + + + Return the Condition collections. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Goes through the Conditions collection and evalutes each condition based on + ForwardChaining property. + + Returns true if conditions are met; otherwise, returns false. + + + + A behavior that attaches to a trigger and controls the conditions + to fire the actions. + + + + + + Gets or sets the IConditon object on behavior. + + The name of the condition to change. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + The event handler that is listening to the preview invoke event that is fired by + the trigger. Setting PreviewInvokeEventArgs.Cancelling to True will + cancel the invocation. + + The trigger base object. + An object of type PreviewInvokeEventArgs where e.Cancelling can be set to True. + + + + Toggles between two states based on a conditional statement. + + + + + Gets or sets the binding that produces the property value of the data object. This is a dependency property. + + + + + Gets or sets the value to be compared with the property value of the data object. This is a dependency property. + + + + + Gets or sets the name of the visual state to transition to when the condition is met. This is a dependency property. + + + + + Gets or sets the name of the visual state to transition to when the condition is not met. This is a dependency property. + + + + + Called after the behavior is attached to an AssociatedObject. + + Override this to hook up functionality to the AssociatedObject. + + + + A helper function to take the place of FrameworkElement.IsLoaded, as this property isn't available in Silverlight. + + The element of interest. + Returns true if the element has been loaded; otherwise, returns false. + + + + Trigger designed to be bound to a data store property. Fires when the property changes. + + + + + Represents a trigger that performs actions when the bound data meets a specified condition. + + + + + Gets or sets the value to be compared with the property value of the data object. This is a dependency property. + + + + + Gets or sets the type of comparison to be performed between the specified values. This is a dependency property. + + + + + Called when the binding property has changed. + UA_REVIEW:chabiss + + argument. + + + + ExtendedVisualStateManager is a custom VisualStateManager that can smooth out the animation of layout properties. + With this custom VisualStateManager, states can include changes to properties like Grid.Column, can change element heights to or from Auto, and so on. + These changes will be smoothed out over time using the GeneratedDuration and GeneratedEasingFunction of the appropriate transition. + See the "VisualStateManager overrides" region below for a general description of the algorithm. + + + + + OriginalValueRecord remembers the original value of a property that was changed in a state. + + + + + A VisualStateGroup that can use FluidLayout or not. + + + + + Visibility is shadowed by a custom attached property at runtime. + + + + + A VisualStateGroup keeps a list of these original values in an attached property. + + + + + For every state, the layout-specific properties get extracted and then are attached to the state. These properties are removed from the state itself. + + + + + Remember the current state. + + + + + The TransitionEffect to use when the state changes. + + + + + The TransitionEffectStoryboard in use during the state change. + + + + + The cached background in use during the state change. + + + + + The cached background in use during the state change. + + + + + The cached background in use during the state change. + + + + + This is the set of elements that are currently in motion. + + + + + This is the storyboard that is animating the transition. + + + + + This list contains all the known layout properties. + + + + + Stop the animation and replace the layout changes that were made to support that animation. + + + + + Locate the transition that VisualStateManager will use to animate the change, so that the layout animation can match the duration and easing. + + The group in which the transition is taking place. + The state that you are coming from. + The state you are going to. + The transition + + + + Remove all layout-affecting properties from the Storyboard for the state and cache them in an attached property. + + The state you are moving to. + A Storyboard containing the layout properties in that state. + + + + The set of target elements is the set of all elements that might have moved in a layout transition. This set is the closure of: + - Elements with layout properties animated in the state. + - Siblings of elements in the set. + - Parents of elements in the set. + + Subsequent code will check these rectangles both before and after the layout change. + + The control whose layout is changing state. + The storyboard containing the layout changes. + Any previous values from previous state navigations that might be reverted. + The set of elements currently in motion, if there is a state change transition ongoing. + The full set of elements whose layout may have changed. + + + + Gets a set of rectangles for all the elements in the target list. + + The set of elements to consider. + The set of elements currently in motion. + A Dictionary mapping elements to their Rects. + + + + Get the layout rectangle of an element, by getting the layout slot and then computing which portion of the slot is being used. + + The element whose layout Rect will be retrieved. + The layout Rect of that element. + + + + Get the opacities of elements at the time of the state change, instead of visibilities, because the state change may be in process and the current value is the most important. + + The control whose state is changing. + The storyboard with the layout properties. + The set of original values. + + + + + Go through the layout Storyboard and set all the properties by using SetValue to enable calling UpdateLayout without + ticking the timeline, which would cause a render. + All values that are overwritten will be stored in the collection of OriginalValueRecords so that they can be replaced later. + + The control whose state is changing. + The Storyboard holding the layout properties. + The store of original values. + + + + Take all the elements that will be moving as a result of the layout animation, and wrap them in Canvas panels so that + they do not affect their sibling elements. + + The set of elements that will be moving. + + + + Take all the elements that have been moving as a result of the layout animation, and unwrap them from their Canvas panels. + + The set of elements that have been moving. + + + + Copy the layout properties from the source element to the target element, clearing them from the source. + + The source of the layout properties. + The destination of the layout properties. + + + + Create the actual Storyboard that will be used to animate the transition. Use all previously calculated results. + + The duration of the animation. + The easing function to be used in the animation. + The set of elements that will be moving. + The old opacities of the elements whose visibility properties are changing. + The Storyboard. + + + + An action that will transition a FrameworkElement to a specified VisualState when invoked. + + + If the TargetName property is set, this action will attempt to change the state of the targeted element. If not, it walks + the element tree in an attempt to locate an alternative target that defines states. ControlTemplate and UserControl are + two common possibilities. + + + + + Determines whether or not to use a VisualTransition to transition between states. + + + + + The name of the VisualState. + + + + + Called when the target changes. If the TargetName property isn't set, this action has custom behavior. + + + + Could not locate an appropriate FrameworkElement with states. + + + + This method is called when some criteria is met and the action is invoked. + + + Could not change the target to the specified StateName. + + + + An interface that a given object must implement in order to be + set on a ConditionBehavior.Condition property. + + + + + An action that will launch a process to open a file or Uri. For files, this action will launch the default program + for the given file extension. A Uri will open in a web browser. + + + + + The file or Uri to open. + + + + + This method is called when some criteria is met and the action is invoked. + + + + + + Represents a trigger that performs actions when the bound data have changed. + + + + + A binding object that the trigger will listen to, and that causes the trigger to fire when it changes. + + + + + Called when the binding property has changed. + + argument. + + + + Called after the trigger is attached to an AssociatedObject. + + + + + Called when the trigger is being detached from its AssociatedObject, but before it has actually occurred. + + + + + Called when the target changes. If the TargetName property isn't set, this action has custom behavior. + + + + Could not locate an appropriate FrameworkElement with states. + + + + Allows a user to remove the item from a ListBox ItemTemplate. + + + + + An action that will remove the targeted element from the tree when invoked. + + + This action may fail. The action understands how to remove elements from common parents but not from custom collections or direct manipulation + of the visual tree. + + + + + An action that will change the value of a property from a data store object. + This class is identical to ChangePropertyAction. The only difference is that the data store picker is loaded + for this action. + + + + + A trigger that is triggered by a specified event occurring on its source and fires after a delay when that event is fired. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Gets or sets the number of milliseconds to wait between ticks. This is a dependency property. + + + + + Gets or sets the total number of ticks to be fired before the trigger is finished. This is a dependency property. + + + + + Enumerates possible values for reusable property value editors. + + + + + Uses the element picker, if supported, to edit this property at design time. + + + + + Uses the storyboard picker, if supported, to edit this property at design time. + + + + + Uses the state picker, if supported, to edit this property at design time. + + + + + Uses the element-binding picker, if supported, to edit this property at design time. + + + + + Uses the property-binding picker, if supported, to edit this property at design time. + + + + + Associates the given editor type with the property on which the CustomPropertyValueEditor is applied. + + Use this attribute to get improved design-time editing for properties that denote element (by name), storyboards, or states (by name). + + + + Gets or sets the custom property value editor. + + The custom property value editor. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The custom property value editor. + + + + Helper class for managing binding expressions on dependency objects. + + + + + Ensure that all DP on an action with binding expressions are + up to date. DataTrigger fires during data binding phase. Since + actions are children of the trigger, any bindings on the action + may not be up-to-date. This routine is called before the action + is invoked in order to guarantee that all bindings are up-to-date + with the most current data. + + + + + Ensures that all binding expression on actions are up to date + + + + + This helper function ensures that, if a dependency property on a dependency object + has a binding expression, the binding expression is up-to-date. + + + + + + + Provides design tools information about what to instantiate for a given action or command. + + + + + Gets the type that this DefaultTriggerAttribute applies to. + + The type this DefaultTriggerAttribute applies to. + + + + Gets the type of the to instantiate. + + The type of the to instantiate. + + + + Gets the parameters to pass to the constructor. + + The parameters to pass to the constructor. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The type this attribute applies to. + The type of to instantiate. + A single argument for the specified . + is not derived from TriggerBase. + This constructor is useful if the specifed has a single argument. The + resulting code will be CLS compliant. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The type this attribute applies to. + The type of to instantiate. + The constructor arguments for the specified . + is not derived from TriggerBase. + + + + Instantiates this instance. + + The specified by the DefaultTriggerAttribute. + + + + This method will use the VisualTreeHelper.GetParent method to do a depth first walk up + the visual tree and return all ancestors of the specified object, including the object itself. + + The object in the visual tree to find ancestors of. + Returns itself an all ancestors in the visual tree. + + + + EventObserver is designed to help manage event handlers by detatching when disposed. Creating this object will also attach in the constructor. + + + + + Creates an instance of EventObserver and attaches to the supplied event on the supplied target. Call dispose to detach. + + The event to attach and detach from. + The target object the event is defined on. Null if the method is static. + The delegate to attach to the event. + + + + Detaches the handler from the event. + + + + + A trigger that listens for a specified event on its source and fires when that event is fired. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + Name of the event. + + + + Gets or sets the name of the event to listen for. This is a dependency property. + + The name of the event. + + + + Represents a trigger that can listen to an element other than its AssociatedObject. + + The type that this trigger can be associated with. + + EventTriggerBase extends TriggerBase to add knowledge of another object than the one it is attached to. + This allows a user to attach a Trigger/Action pair to one element and invoke the Action in response to a + change in another object somewhere else. Override OnSourceChanged to hook or unhook handlers on the source + element, and OnAttached/OnDetaching for the associated element. The type of the Source element can be + constrained by the generic type parameter. If you need control over the type of the + AssociatedObject, set a TypeConstraintAttribute on your derived type. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Gets the resolved source. If is not set or cannot be resolved, defaults to AssociatedObject. + + The resolved source object. + In general, this property should be used in place of AssociatedObject in derived classes. + + + + Called when the source property changes. + + Override this to hook functionality to and unhook functionality from the specified source, rather than the AssociatedObject. + The old source. + The new source. + + + + Represents a trigger that can listen to an object other than its AssociatedObject. + + This is an infrastructure class. Trigger authors should derive from EventTriggerBase<T> instead of this class. + + + + Gets the type constraint of the associated object. + + The associated object type constraint. + Define a TypeConstraintAttribute on a derived type to constrain the types it may be attached to. + + + + Gets the source type constraint. + + The source type constraint. + + + + Gets or sets the target object. If TargetObject is not set, the target will look for the object specified by TargetName. If an element referred to by TargetName cannot be found, the target will default to the AssociatedObject. This is a dependency property. + + The target object. + + + + Gets or sets the name of the element this EventTriggerBase listens for as a source. If the name is not set or cannot be resolved, the AssociatedObject will be used. This is a dependency property. + + The name of the source element. + + + + Gets the resolved source. If is not set or cannot be resolved, defaults to AssociatedObject. + + The resolved source object. + In general, this property should be used in place of AssociatedObject in derived classes. + The element pointed to by does not satisify the type constraint. + + + + Specifies the name of the Event this EventTriggerBase is listening for. + + + + + + Called when the event associated with this EventTriggerBase is fired. By default, this will invoke all actions on the trigger. + + The instance containing the event data. + Override this to provide more granular control over when actions associated with this trigger will be invoked. + + + + Called when the source changes. + + The old source. + The new source. + This function should be overridden in derived classes to hook functionality to and unhook functionality from the changing source objects. + + + + Called after the trigger is attached to an AssociatedObject. + + + + + Called when the trigger is being detached from its AssociatedObject, but before it has actually occurred. + + + + Could not find eventName on the Target. + + + + A strongly-typed resource class, for looking up localized strings, etc. + + + + + Returns the cached ResourceManager instance used by this class. + + + + + Overrides the current thread's CurrentUICulture property for all + resource lookups using this strongly typed resource class. + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to Could not find method named '{0}' on object of type '{1}' that matches the expected signature.. + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to Cannot set the same BehaviorCollection on multiple objects.. + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to An instance of a Behavior cannot be attached to more than one object at a time.. + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to Cannot host an instance of a TriggerAction in multiple TriggerCollections simultaneously. Remove it from one TriggerCollection before adding it to another.. + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to Cannot set the same TriggerCollection on multiple objects.. + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to An instance of a trigger cannot be attached to more than one object at a time.. + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to More than one potential addition operator was found on type '{0}'.. + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to Cannot animate a property change on a type '{0}' Target. Property changes can only be animated on types derived from DependencyObject.. + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to Cannot find a property named "{0}" on type "{1}".. + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to The Increment property cannot be set to True if the Duration property is set.. + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to The '{0}' property cannot be incremented because its value cannot be read.. + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to Cannot assign value of type "{0}" to property "{1}" of type "{2}". The "{1}" property can be assigned only values of type "{2}".. + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to Property "{0}" defined by type "{1}" does not expose a set method and therefore cannot be modified.. + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to The command "{0}" does not exist or is not publicly exposed on {1}.. + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to Cannot find state named '{0}' on type '{1}'. Ensure that the state exists and that it can be accessed from this context.. + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to "{0}" is not a valid type for the TriggerType parameter. Make sure "{0}" derives from TriggerBase.. + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to Cannot add the same instance of "{0}" to a "{1}" more than once.. + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to The event "{0}" on type "{1}" has an incompatible signature. Make sure the event is public and satisfies the EventHandler delegate.. + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to Cannot find an event named "{0}" on type "{1}".. + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to Target {0} does not define any VisualStateGroups. . + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to LeftOperand of type "{0}" cannot be used with operator "{1}".. + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to LeftOperand of type "{1}" and RightOperand of type "{0}" cannot be used with operator "{2}".. + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to RightOperand of type "{0}" cannot be used with operator "{1}".. + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to An object of type "{0}" cannot have a {3} property of type "{1}". Instances of type "{0}" can have only a {3} property of type "{2}".. + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to Cannot attach type "{0}" to type "{1}". Instances of type "{0}" can only be attached to objects of type "{2}".. + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to Unable to resolve TargetName "{0}".. + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to The target of the RemoveElementAction is not supported.. + + + + + An interface for an object that can be attached to another object. + + + + + Gets the associated object. + + The associated object. + Represents the object the instance is attached to. + + + + Attaches to the specified object. + + The object to attach to. + + + + Detaches this instance from its associated object. + + + + + A Trigger that is triggered by a keyboard event. If the target Key and Modifiers are detected, it fires. + + + + + The key that must be pressed for the trigger to fire. + + + + + The modifiers that must be active for the trigger to fire (the default is no modifiers pressed). + + + + + If true, the Trigger only listens to its trigger Source object, which means that element must have focus for the trigger to fire. + If false, the Trigger listens at the root, so any unhandled KeyDown/Up messages will be caught. + + + + + Determines whether or not to listen to the KeyDown or KeyUp event. + + + + + Allows the user to use common touch gestures to translate, zoom, and rotate the attached object. + + + + + Gets or sets a value specifying which zooming and translation variants to support. + + + + + Gets or sets a number describing the rate at which the translation will decrease. + + + + + Gets or sets a number describing the rate at which the rotation will decrease. + + + + + Gets or sets the value indicating whether the zoom and translate position of the attached object is limited by the bounds of the parent object. + + + + + Gets or sets a number indicating the minimum zoom value allowed. + + + + + Gets or sets a number indicating the maximum zoom value allowed. + + + + + Called after the behavior is attached to an AssociatedObject. + + Override this to hook up functionality to the AssociatedObject. + + + + Called when the behavior is getting detached from its AssociatedObject, but before it has actually occurred. + + Override this to unhook functionality from the AssociatedObject. + + + + Static class that owns the Triggers and Behaviors attached properties. Handles propagation of AssociatedObject change notifications. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether to run as if in design mode. + + + True if [should run in design mode]; otherwise, False. + + Not to be used outside unit tests. + + + + This property is used as the internal backing store for the public Triggers attached property. + + + This property is not exposed publicly. This forces clients to use the GetTriggers and SetTriggers methods to access the + collection, ensuring the collection exists and is set before it is used. + + + + + This property is used as the internal backing store for the public Behaviors attached property. + + + This property is not exposed publicly. This forces clients to use the GetBehaviors and SetBehaviors methods to access the + collection, ensuring the collection exists and is set before it is used. + + + + + Gets the TriggerCollection containing the triggers associated with the specified object. + + The object from which to retrieve the triggers. + A TriggerCollection containing the triggers associated with the specified object. + + + + Gets the associated with a specified object. + + The object from which to retrieve the . + A containing the behaviors associated with the specified object. + + + Cannot host the same BehaviorCollection on more than one object at a time. + + + Cannot host the same TriggerCollection on more than one object at a time. + + + + A helper function to take the place of FrameworkElement.IsLoaded, as this property is not available in Silverlight. + + The element of interest. + True if the element has been loaded; otherwise, False. + + + + Executes a specified ICommand when invoked. + + + + + Gets or sets the name of the command this action should invoke. + + The name of the command this action should invoke. + This property will be superseded by the Command property if both are set. + + + + Gets or sets the command this action should invoke. This is a dependency property. + + The command to execute. + This property will take precedence over the CommandName property if both are set. + + + + Gets or sets the command parameter. This is a dependency property. + + The command parameter. + This is the value passed to ICommand.CanExecute and ICommand.Execute. + + + + Gets or sets the IValueConverter that is used to convert the EventArgs passed to the Command as a parameter. + + If the or properties are set, this property is ignored. + + + + Gets or sets the parameter that is passed to the EventArgsConverter. + + + + + Gets or sets the parameter path used to extract a value from an property to pass to the Command as a parameter. + + If the propert is set, this property is ignored. + + + + Specifies whether the EventArgs of the event that triggered this action should be passed to the Command as a parameter. + + If the , , or properties are set, this property is ignored. + + + + Invokes the action. + + The parameter to the action. If the action does not require a parameter, the parameter may be set to a null reference. + + + + This enumerated type indicates whether a FluidMoveBehavior applies to the element to which it is attached, or to the children of that element. + "Self" is useful when there is a single element that should behave in a special manner; "Children" is useful when the same behavior should apply to all + children of a WrapPanel or to the ItemsHost panel of an ItemsControl. + + + + + This enumerated type indicates whether an element is identified by itself, or by its DataContext. + DataContext identification allows movement from one data-driven location to another. + + + + + Indicates whether the behavior applies just to this element, or to all children of the element (if the element is a Panel). + + + + + Dependency property for the scope of the behavior. See FluidMoveScope for more details. + + + + + Indicates whether the behavior is currently active. + + + + + Dependency property for the active state of the behavior. + + + + + Indicates whether to use the element as its own tag, or to use the binding on the element as the tag. + + + + + Dependency property that provides the ability to use the element as its own tag, or the binding on the element. + + + + + Extra path to add to the binding when TagType is specified. + + + + + Dependency property for the extra path to add to the binding when UsaBindingAsTag is true. + + + + + Identity tag used to detect element motion between containers. + + + + + Private structure that stores all relevant data pertaining to a tagged item. + + + + + Behavior that watches an element (or a set of elements) for layout changes, and moves the element smoothly to the new position when needed. + This behavior does not animate the size or visibility of an element; it only animates the offset of that element within its parent container. + + + + + The duration of the move. + + + + + Dependency property for the duration of the move. + + + + + Spawning point for this item. + + + + + Dependency property for the tag type to use just before the object is loaded. + + + + + Extra path to add to the binding when TagType is specified. + + + + + Dependency property for the extra path to add to the binding when UsaBindingAsTag is true. + + + + + Identity tag used to detect element motion between containers. + + + + + Flag that says whether elements are allowed to float above their containers (in a Popup or Adorner) when changing containers. + + + + + Dependency property for the FloatAbove flag. + + + + + EasingFunction to use for the horizontal component of the move. + + + + + Dependency property for the EasingFunction to use for the horizontal component of the move. + + + + + EasingFunction to use for the vertical component of the move. + + + + + Dependency property for the EasingFunction to use for the vertical component of the move. + + + + + Remember the popup/adorner being used, in case of element motion between containers when FloatAbove is true. + + + + + Opacity cache used when floating a Popup. + + + + + Marks the animation transform. + + + + + Simple helper class to allow any UIElements to be used as an Adorner. + + + + + Repositions the attached element in response to mouse drag gestures on the element. + + + + + Occurs when a drag gesture is initiated. + + + + + Occurs when a drag gesture update is processed. + + + + + Occurs when a drag gesture is finished. + + + + + Dependency property for the X position of the dragged element, relative to the left of the root element. + + + + + Dependency property for the Y position of the dragged element, relative to the top of the root element. + + + + + Dependency property for the ConstrainToParentBounds property. If true, the dragged element will be constrained to stay within the bounds of its parent container. + + + + + Gets or sets the X position of the dragged element, relative to the left of the root element. This is a dependency property. + + + + + Gets or sets the Y position of the dragged element, relative to the top of the root element. This is a dependency property. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the dragged element is constrained to stay within the bounds of its parent container. This is a dependency property. + + + True if the dragged element should be constrained to its parents bounds; otherwise, False. + + + + + Gets the on-screen position of the associated element in root coordinates. + + The on-screen position of the associated element in root coordinates. + + + + Gets the element bounds in element coordinates. + + The element bounds in element coordinates. + + + + Gets the parent element of the associated object. + + The parent element of the associated object. + + + + Gets the root element of the scene in which the associated object is located. + + The root element of the scene in which the associated object is located. + + + + Gets and sets the RenderTransform of the associated element. + + + + + Attempts to update the position of the associated element to the specified coordinates. + + The desired position of the element in root coordinates. + + + + Applies a relative position translation to the associated element. + + The X component of the desired translation in root coordinates. + The Y component of the desired translation in root coordinates. + + + + Applies the given translation to the RenderTransform of the associated element. + + The X component of the translation in parent coordinates. + The Y component of the translation in parent coordinates. + + + + Does a recursive deep copy of the specified transform. + + The transform to clone. + A deep copy of the specified transform, or null if the specified transform is null. + Thrown if the type of the Transform is not recognized. + + + + Updates the X and Y properties based on the current rendered position of the associated element. + + + + + Check if one Rect is contained by another. + + The containing Rect. + The contained Rect. + True if rect1 contains rect2; otherwise, False. + + + + Transforms as vector. + + The transform. + The X component of the vector. + The Y component of the vector. + A point containing the values of X and Y transformed by transform as a vector. + + + + Gets the transform offset. + + The transform. + The offset of the transform. + + + + Called after the behavior is attached to an AssociatedObject. + + Override this to hook up functionality to the AssociatedObject. + + + + Called when the behavior is getting detached from its AssociatedObject, but before it has actually occurred. + + Override this to unhook functionality from the AssociatedObject. + + + + An action that will play a sound to completion. + + + This action is intended for use with short sound effects that don't need to be stopped or controlled. If you're trying + to create a music player or game, it may not meet your needs. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + A Uri defining the location of the sound file. This is used to set the source property of the MediaElement. This is a dependency property. + + + The sound can be any file format supported by MediaElement. In the case of a video, it will play only the + audio portion. + + + + + Control the volume of the sound. This is used to set the Volume property of the MediaElement. This is a dependency property. + + + + + When the action is invoked, this method is used to customize the dynamically created MediaElement. + + + This method may be useful for Action authors who wish to extend PlaySoundAction. If you want to control the + MediaElement Balance property, you could inherit from PlaySoundAction and override this method. + + + + + + This method is called when some criteria are met and the action should be invoked. + + + Each invocation of the Action plays a new sound. Although the implementation is subject-to-change, the caller should + anticipate that this will create a new MediaElement that will be cleaned up when the sound completes or if the media + fails to play. + + + + + + An abstract class that provides the ability to target a Storyboard. + + + For action authors, this class provides a standard way to target a Storyboard. Design tools may choose to provide a + special editing experience for classes that inherit from this action, thereby improving the designer experience. + + + + + The targeted Storyboard. This is a dependency property. + + + + + This method is called when the Storyboard property is changed. + + + + + + An action that will change the state of a targeted storyboard when invoked. + + + + + This method is called when some criteria is met and the action should be invoked. This method will attempt to + change the targeted storyboard in a way defined by the ControlStoryboardOption. + + + + + + An abstract class that provides the ability to target a Storyboard. + + + For Trigger authors, this class provides a standard way to target a Storyboard. Design tools may choose to provide a + special editing experience for classes that inherit from this trigger, thereby improving the designer experience. + + + + + The targeted Storyboard. This is a dependency property. + + + + + This method is called when the Storyboard property is changed. + + + + + A trigger that listens for the completion of a Storyboard. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Defines a transition effect shader that transitions from one visual to another visual + using an interpolated value between 0 and 1. + + + + + Brush-valued properties that turn into sampler-properties in the shader. + Represents the image present in the final state of the transition. + + + + + Brush-valued properties that turn into sampler-properties in the shader. + Represents the image present in the initial state of the transition. + + + + + A Dependency property as the backing store for Progress. + Also used to represent the state of a transition from start to finish (range between 0 and 1). + + + + + Creates a modifiable clone (deep copy) of the using its current values. + + + + + Makes a deep copy of the transition effect. Implements CloneCurrentValue in Silverlight. + + A clone of current instance of transition effect. + + + + Updates the shader's variables to the default values. + + + + + Gets or sets the Input variable within the shader. + + + + + Gets or sets the OldImage variable within the shader. + + + + + Gets or sets the Progress variable within the shader. + + + + + Provides data about which objects were affected when resolving a name change. + + + + + Helper class to handle the logic of resolving a TargetName into a Target element + based on the context provided by a host element. + + + + + Occurs when the resolved element has changed. + + + + + Gets or sets the name of the element to attempt to resolve. + + The name to attempt to resolve. + + + + The resolved object. Will return the reference element if TargetName is null or empty, or if a resolve has not been attempted. + + + + + Gets or sets the reference element from which to perform the name resolution. + + The reference element. + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the reference element load is pending. + + + True if [pending reference element load]; otherwise, False. + + + If the Host has not been loaded, the name will not be resolved. + In that case, delay the resolution and track that fact with this property. + + + + + Attempts to update the resolved object from the name within the context of the namescope reference element. + + The old resolved object. + + Resets the existing target and attempts to resolve the current TargetName from the + context of the current Host. If it cannot resolve from the context of the Host, it will + continue up the visual tree until it resolves. If it has not resolved it when it reaches + the root, it will set the Target to null and write a warning message to Debug output. + + + + + The current version of the flow file schema. + This number should be incremented whenever: + A new _required_ field is added. + The data type of a field is changed. + The semantic interpretation of a field is changed. + + When upgrading the current schema number, you'll also need to take into account + migration/upgrade strategies, and mechanisms for deserializing older schemas. + In some cases, the same serializer data structure may suffice by applying different + parsing validation rules. In other cases, a new data structure may be needed to + deserialize the old format from disk. + + + + + Represents an action that can be targeted to affect an object other than its AssociatedObject. + + The type constraint on the target. + + TargetedTriggerAction extends TriggerAction to add knowledge of another element than the one it is attached to. + This allows a user to invoke the action on an element other than the one it is attached to in response to a + trigger firing. Override OnTargetChanged to hook or unhook handlers on the target element, and OnAttached/OnDetaching + for the associated element. The type of the Target element can be constrained by the generic type parameter. If + you need control over the type of the AssociatedObject, set a TypeConstraintAttribute on your derived type. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Gets the target object. If TargetName is not set or cannot be resolved, defaults to the AssociatedObject. + + The target. + In general, this property should be used in place of AssociatedObject in derived classes. + + + + Called when the target property changes. + + Override this to hook and unhook functionality on the specified Target, rather than the AssociatedObject. + The old target. + The new target. + + + + Represents an action that can be targeted to affect an object other than its AssociatedObject. + + This is an infrastructure class. Action authors should derive from TargetedTriggerAction<T> instead of this class. + + + + Gets or sets the target object. If TargetObject is not set, the target will look for the object specified by TargetName. If an element referred to by TargetName cannot be found, the target will default to the AssociatedObject. This is a dependency property. + + The target object. + + + + Gets or sets the name of the object this action targets. If Target is set, this property is ignored. If Target is not set and TargetName is not set or cannot be resolved, the target will default to the AssociatedObject. This is a dependency property. + + The name of the target object. + + + + Gets the target object. If TargetObject is set, returns TargetObject. Else, if TargetName is not set or cannot be resolved, defaults to the AssociatedObject. + + The target object. + In general, this property should be used in place of AssociatedObject in derived classes. + The Target element does not satisfy the type constraint. + + + + Gets the associated object type constraint. + + The associated object type constraint. + Define a TypeConstraintAttribute on a derived type to constrain the types it may be attached to. + + + + Gets the target type constraint. + + The target type constraint. + + + + Called when the target changes. + + The old target. + The new target. + This function should be overriden in derived classes to hook and unhook functionality from the changing source objects. + + + + Called after the action is attached to an AssociatedObject. + + + + + Called when the action is being detached from its AssociatedObject, but before it has actually occurred. + + + + + Represents an attachable object that encapsulates a unit of functionality. + + The type to which this action can be attached. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Gets the object to which this is attached. + + The associated object. + + + + Gets the associated object type constraint. + + The associated object type constraint. + + + + Represents an attachable object that encapsulates a unit of functionality. + + This is an infrastructure class. Action authors should derive from TriggerAction<T> instead of this class. + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether this action will run when invoked. This is a dependency property. + + + True if this action will be run when invoked; otherwise, False. + + + + + Gets the object to which this action is attached. + + The associated object. + + + + Gets the associated object type constraint. + + The associated object type constraint. + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether this instance is attached. + + True if this instance is attached; otherwise, False. + + + + Attempts to invoke the action. + + The parameter to the action. If the action does not require a parameter, the parameter may be set to a null reference. + + + + Invokes the action. + + The parameter to the action. If the action does not require a parameter, the parameter may be set to a null reference. + + + + Called after the action is attached to an AssociatedObject. + + + + + Called when the action is being detached from its AssociatedObject, but before it has actually occurred. + + + + + When implemented in a derived class, creates a new instance of the derived class. + + The new instance. + + + + Gets the associated object. + + The associated object. + + + + Attaches to the specified object. + + The object to attach to. + Cannot host the same TriggerAction on more than one object at a time. + dependencyObject does not satisfy the TriggerAction type constraint. + + + + Detaches this instance from its associated object. + + + + + Represents a collection of actions with a shared AssociatedObject and provides change notifications to its contents when that AssociatedObject changes. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + Internal, because this should not be inherited outside this assembly. + + + + Called immediately after the collection is attached to an AssociatedObject. + + + + + Called when the collection is being detached from its AssociatedObject, but before it has actually occurred. + + + + + Called when a new item is added to the collection. + + The new item. + + + + Called when an item is removed from the collection. + + The removed item. + + + + Creates a new instance of the TriggerActionCollection. + + The new instance. + + + + Represents an object that can invoke actions conditionally. + + The type to which this trigger can be attached. + + TriggerBase is the base class for controlling actions. Override OnAttached() and + OnDetaching() to hook and unhook handlers on the AssociatedObject. You may + constrain the types that a derived TriggerBase may be attached to by specifying + the generic parameter. Call InvokeActions() to fire all Actions associated with + this TriggerBase. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Gets the object to which the trigger is attached. + + The associated object. + + + + Gets the type constraint of the associated object. + + The associated object type constraint. + + + + Argument passed to PreviewInvoke event. Assigning Cancelling to True will cancel the invoking of the trigger. + + This is an infrastructure class. Behavior attached to a trigger base object can add its behavior as a listener to TriggerBase.PreviewInvoke. + + + + Represents an object that can invoke Actions conditionally. + + This is an infrastructure class. Trigger authors should derive from Trigger<T> instead of this class. + + + + Gets the object to which the trigger is attached. + + The associated object. + + + + Gets the type constraint of the associated object. + + The associated object type constraint. + + + + Gets the actions associated with this trigger. + + The actions associated with this trigger. + + + + Event handler for registering to PreviewInvoke. + + + + + Invoke all actions associated with this trigger. + + Derived classes should call this to fire the trigger. + + + + Called after the trigger is attached to an AssociatedObject. + + + + + Called when the trigger is being detached from its AssociatedObject, but before it has actually occurred. + + + + + Creates a new instance of the TriggerBase derived class. + + The new instance. + + + + Gets the associated object. + + The associated object. + + + + Attaches to the specified object. + + The object to attach to. + Cannot host the same trigger on more than one object at a time. + dependencyObject does not satisfy the trigger type constraint. + + + + Detaches this instance from its associated object. + + + + + Represents a collection of triggers with a shared AssociatedObject and provides change notifications to its contents when that AssociatedObject changes. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + Internal, because this should not be inherited outside this assembly. + + + + Called immediately after the collection is attached to an AssociatedObject. + + + + + Called when the collection is being detached from its AssociatedObject, but before it has actually occurred. + + + + + Called when a new item is added to the collection. + + The new item. + + + + Called when an item is removed from the collection. + + The removed item. + + + + Creates a new instance of the . + + The new instance. + + + + Specifies type constraints on the AssociatedObject of TargetedTriggerAction and EventTriggerBase. + + + + + Gets the constraint type. + + The constraint type. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The constraint type. + + + + This class provides various platform agnostic standard operations for working with VisualStateManager. + + + + + Transitions the control between two states. + + The element to transition between states. + The state to transition to. + True to use a System.Windows.VisualTransition to transition between states; otherwise, false. + True if the control successfully transitioned to the new state; otherwise, false. + Control is null. + StateName is null. + + + + Gets the value of the VisualStateManager.VisualStateGroups attached property. + + The element from which to get the VisualStateManager.VisualStateGroups. + + + + + Find the nearest parent which contains visual states. + + The element from which to find the nearest stateful control. + The nearest stateful control if True; else null. + True if a parent contains visual states; else False. + + + diff --git a/dotnet/packages/Microsoft.Xaml.Behaviors.Wpf.1.1.19/tools/Install.ps1 b/dotnet/packages/Microsoft.Xaml.Behaviors.Wpf.1.1.19/tools/Install.ps1 new file mode 100644 index 00000000..b980f235 --- /dev/null +++ b/dotnet/packages/Microsoft.Xaml.Behaviors.Wpf.1.1.19/tools/Install.ps1 @@ -0,0 +1,5 @@ +param($installPath, $toolsPath, $package, $project) + +# Remove the reference to the .Design.dll, which is incorrectly referenced during +# the NuGet package installation in .NET Framework applications (not .NET Core). +$project.Object.References | Where-Object { $_.Name -eq 'Microsoft.Xaml.Behaviors.Design' } | ForEach-Object { $_.Remove() } \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/features/bkt_excel/books.py b/features/bkt_excel/books.py index b71b29cf..4e82c453 100644 --- a/features/bkt_excel/books.py +++ b/features/bkt_excel/books.py @@ -35,39 +35,82 @@ def reset_workbook(workbook, application): pass @staticmethod - def theme_export(workbook, application): + def theme_apply(workbook): + fileDialog = Forms.OpenFileDialog() + fileDialog.Filter = "Excel (*.xlsx;*.xls;*.xltx;*.xlt)|*.xlsx;*.xls;*.xltx;*.xlt|Alle Dateien (*.*)|*.*" + fileDialog.Title = "Excel-Datei auswählen" + + if workbook.Path: + fileDialog.InitialDirectory = workbook.Path + '\\' + + if not fileDialog.ShowDialog() == Forms.DialogResult.OK: + return + schemePath = fileDialog.FileName + + try: + workbook.ApplyTheme(schemePath) + bkt.message("Theme erfolgreich angewendet!") + except: + bkt.message("Fehler beim Anwenden des Themes! Eventuell ist die Arbeitsmappe oder einzelne Blätter geschützt.") + + @classmethod + def theme_color_export(cls, workbook): + cls._theme_export(workbook, "color") + @classmethod + def theme_color_import(cls, workbook): + cls._theme_import(workbook, "color") + + @classmethod + def theme_font_export(cls, workbook): + cls._theme_export(workbook, "font") + @classmethod + def theme_font_import(cls, workbook): + cls._theme_import(workbook, "font") + + @staticmethod + def _theme_export(workbook, theme_type): #Using SaveFileDialog because application.FileDialog does not support xml-File-Filter fileDialog = Forms.SaveFileDialog() fileDialog.Filter = "XML (*.xml)|*.xml|Alle Dateien (*.*)|*.*" if workbook.Path: fileDialog.InitialDirectory = workbook.Path + '\\' - fileDialog.FileName = 'colorscheme.xml' + if theme_type == "color": + fileDialog.FileName = 'colorscheme.xml' + else: + fileDialog.FileName = 'fontscheme.xml' fileDialog.Title = "Speicherort auswählen" fileDialog.RestoreDirectory = True if not fileDialog.ShowDialog() == Forms.DialogResult.OK: return - colorschemePath = fileDialog.FileName - workbook.Theme.ThemeColorScheme.Save(colorschemePath) + schemePath = fileDialog.FileName + + if theme_type == "color": + workbook.Theme.ThemeColorScheme.Save(schemePath) + else: + workbook.Theme.ThemeFontScheme.Save(schemePath) - bkt.message("Theme Color Scheme erfolgreich exportiert!") + bkt.message("Scheme-Datei erfolgreich exportiert!") @staticmethod - def theme_import(workbook, application): - fileDialog = application.FileDialog(3) #msoFileDialogFilePicker - fileDialog.Filters.Add("XML", "*.xml", 1) - fileDialog.Filters.Add("Alle Dateien", "*.*", 2) + def _theme_import(workbook, theme_type): + fileDialog = Forms.OpenFileDialog() + fileDialog.Filter = "XML (*.xml)|*.xml|Alle Dateien (*.*)|*.*" + fileDialog.Title = "XML Scheme-Datei auswählen" + if workbook.Path: - fileDialog.InitialFileName = workbook.Path + '\\' - fileDialog.title = "XML Color Scheme auswählen" + fileDialog.InitialDirectory = workbook.Path + '\\' - if fileDialog.Show() == 0: #msoFalse + if not fileDialog.ShowDialog() == Forms.DialogResult.OK: return - colorschemePath = fileDialog.SelectedItems(1) + schemePath = fileDialog.FileName try: - workbook.Theme.ThemeColorScheme.Load(colorschemePath) - bkt.message("Theme Color Scheme erfolgreich importiert!") + if theme_type == "color": + workbook.Theme.ThemeColorScheme.Load(schemePath) + else: + workbook.Theme.ThemeFontScheme.Load(schemePath) + bkt.message("Scheme-Datei erfolgreich importiert!") except: bkt.message("Fehler beim Import!") @@ -600,27 +643,64 @@ def consolidate_worksheets(cls, workbook, sheet, sheets, selected_sheets, applic ] ), bkt.ribbon.Menu( - label="Color Scheme", + label="Theme & Color Scheme", show_label=True, image_mso='SchemeColorsGallery', children = [ bkt.ribbon.Button( - id = 'theme_export', - label="Export", - #show_label=True, - #image_mso='SchemeColorsGallery', - supertip="Exportiere Farbschema der Arbeitsmappe als XML-Datei.", - on_action=bkt.Callback(BooksOps.theme_export, workbook=True, application=True), + id = 'theme_apply', + label="Theme aus Datei anwenden", + supertip="Beliebige Excel-Datei auswählen und dessen Theme (Farb- und Fontschema) auf aktuelle Datei anwenden.", + image_mso='SchemeColorsGallery', + on_action=bkt.Callback(BooksOps.theme_apply, workbook=True), get_enabled = bkt.CallbackTypes.get_enabled.dotnet_name, ), - bkt.ribbon.Button( - id = 'theme_import', - label="Import", - #show_label=True, - #image_mso='SchemeColorsGallery', - supertip="Importiere Farbschema aus einer XML-Datei in die Arbeitsmappe.", - on_action=bkt.Callback(BooksOps.theme_import, workbook=True, application=True), - get_enabled = bkt.CallbackTypes.get_enabled.dotnet_name, + bkt.ribbon.MenuSeparator(), + bkt.ribbon.Menu( + label="Color Scheme", + show_label=True, + # image_mso='SchemeColorsGallery', + children = [ + bkt.ribbon.Button( + id = 'theme_color_export', + label="Export", + screentip="Farbschema Export", + supertip="Exportiere Farbschema der Arbeitsmappe als XML-Datei.", + on_action=bkt.Callback(BooksOps.theme_color_export, workbook=True), + get_enabled = bkt.CallbackTypes.get_enabled.dotnet_name, + ), + bkt.ribbon.Button( + id = 'theme_color_import', + label="Import", + screentip="Farbschema Import", + supertip="Importiere Farbschema aus einer XML-Datei in die Arbeitsmappe.", + on_action=bkt.Callback(BooksOps.theme_color_import, workbook=True), + get_enabled = bkt.CallbackTypes.get_enabled.dotnet_name, + ), + ] + ), + bkt.ribbon.Menu( + label="Font Scheme", + show_label=True, + # image_mso='SchemeColorsGallery', + children = [ + bkt.ribbon.Button( + id = 'theme_font_export', + label="Export", + screentip="Fontschema Export", + supertip="Exportiere Fontschema der Arbeitsmappe als XML-Datei.", + on_action=bkt.Callback(BooksOps.theme_font_export, workbook=True), + get_enabled = bkt.CallbackTypes.get_enabled.dotnet_name, + ), + bkt.ribbon.Button( + id = 'theme_font_import', + label="Import", + screentip="Fontschema Import", + supertip="Importiere Fontschema aus einer XML-Datei in die Arbeitsmappe.", + on_action=bkt.Callback(BooksOps.theme_font_import, workbook=True), + get_enabled = bkt.CallbackTypes.get_enabled.dotnet_name, + ), + ] ), ] ), diff --git a/features/bkt_excel/cells.py b/features/bkt_excel/cells.py index 1e8ce71e..ab88cd7e 100644 --- a/features/bkt_excel/cells.py +++ b/features/bkt_excel/cells.py @@ -311,7 +311,7 @@ def _get_flags(): def _do_regex(regex, string): if regex.groups > 0: - return sum(res is not None for res in chain.from_iterable(m.groups() for m in regex.finditer(string))) + return sum(res is not None for res in bkt.helpers.flatten(m.groups() for m in regex.finditer(string))) else: # return len(list(m.group() for m in regex.finditer(string))) return len(list(regex.finditer(string))) @@ -387,7 +387,7 @@ def _do_regex(regex, string, join=None): regex_result = regex.split(string) else: if regex.groups > 0: - regex_result = list(chain.from_iterable(m.groups("") for m in regex.finditer(string))) + regex_result = list(bkt.helpers.flatten(m.groups("") for m in regex.finditer(string))) else: regex_result = list(m.group() for m in regex.finditer(string)) @@ -672,6 +672,23 @@ def formula_to_relative(cells, application): for cell in cells: if cell.HasFormula: cell.Formula = application.ConvertFormula(cell.Formula, 1, 1, 4) #xlA1, xlA1, xlRelative + + @staticmethod + def local_formula_to_english_text(cells): + if not xllib.confirm_no_undo(): return + for cell in cells: + if cell.HasFormula: + cell.Value = "'" + cell.Formula + + @staticmethod + def english_text_to_local_formula(cells, application): + if not xllib.confirm_no_undo(): return + general_format = application.International(xlcon.XlApplicationInternational["xlGeneralFormatName"]) + for cell in cells: + if cell.Text[0] != "=": + continue + cell.NumberFormatLocal = general_format + cell.Formula = cell.Value() @staticmethod def prohibit_duplicates(areas, application): @@ -1178,6 +1195,25 @@ def horiz_align_pressed(selection, alignment): on_action=bkt.Callback(CellsOps.formula_to_relative, cells=True, application=True), get_enabled = bkt.CallbackTypes.get_enabled.dotnet_name, ), + bkt.ribbon.MenuSeparator(), + bkt.ribbon.Button( + id = 'eng_text_to_formula', + label="Englische Formeln zu Formeln", + show_label=True, + #image_mso='PasteFormulas', + supertip="Konvertiert als Text gespeicherte englische Formeln in echte Formeln. Dabei wird das Zellenformat auf 'Standard' geändert.", + on_action=bkt.Callback(CellsOps.english_text_to_local_formula, cells=True, application=True), + get_enabled = bkt.CallbackTypes.get_enabled.dotnet_name, + ), + bkt.ribbon.Button( + id = 'formula_to_eng_text', + label="Formeln zu englischen Formeln", + show_label=True, + #image_mso='PasteTextOnly', + supertip="Konvertiert Formeln in als Text gespeicherte englische Formeln. Dabei wird das Zellenformat auf 'Text' geändert. Zellen ohne Formeln bleiben unverändert.", + on_action=bkt.Callback(CellsOps.local_formula_to_english_text, cells=True), + get_enabled = bkt.CallbackTypes.get_enabled.dotnet_name, + ), ]) ] ), diff --git a/features/bkt_excel/selection.py b/features/bkt_excel/selection.py index 367364f0..cca0cf3a 100644 --- a/features/bkt_excel/selection.py +++ b/features/bkt_excel/selection.py @@ -510,6 +510,7 @@ def selection_address(application, selection): image_mso='SizeToControlHeightAndWidth', screentip="Verschieben der Selektion verändert auch die Größe", on_toggle_action=bkt.Callback(SelectionOps.toggle_move_resize), + get_pressed=bkt.Callback(lambda: SelectionOps.move_resize), get_enabled = bkt.Callback(lambda areas: True, areas=True, areas_min=1, areas_max=1), ), bkt.ribbon.Separator(), diff --git a/features/bkt_visio/tests.py b/features/bkt_visio/tests.py index 0cb75e73..1180f33c 100644 --- a/features/bkt_visio/tests.py +++ b/features/bkt_visio/tests.py @@ -125,7 +125,7 @@ def shape_data(shape): EndY: {} 1D: {} '''.format(shape.x, shape._x, shape.pinx, shape.y, shape._y, shape.piny, shape.beginx, shape.beginy, shape.endx, shape.endy, shape.shape.OneD) - bkt.console.show_message(bkt.ui.endings_to_windows(msg)) + bkt.console.show_message(bkt.helpers.endings_to_windows(msg)) class Adjustments(object): diff --git a/features/dev_florian/BktWindow.xaml b/features/dev_florian/BktWindow.xaml new file mode 100644 index 00000000..264b1b4d --- /dev/null +++ b/features/dev_florian/BktWindow.xaml @@ -0,0 +1,25 @@ + + + + + - - QE + QE - - - + + diff --git a/features/toolbox/resources/xaml/shape_scale.xaml b/features/toolbox/resources/xaml/shape_scale.xaml new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f38c6d82 --- /dev/null +++ b/features/toolbox/resources/xaml/shape_scale.xaml @@ -0,0 +1,65 @@ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +